m

g ra
​QUALITY STUDY MATERIAL

le
TO JOIN OUR CHANNEL - ​CLICK HERE

te
l_
※SOME FEATURES OF OUR CHANNEL※
ia
● Here you get all PREMIUM books of class 9/10/NTSE/CBSE
er
● We provide you all type of coaching material of allen,aakash,Fiitjee,RESONANCE & Much
at

more
● we daily upload STUDY MATERIAL for 9/10/NTSE/CBSE
ym

JOIN NOW QUALITY STUDY MATERIAL

ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
 am
gr
le
te
l_
ia
er

SOCIAL SCIENCE
at
ym
ud
st

CLASS
ity

10
al
qu
@

MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd.

New Delhi | Gurugram
 Price : ` 275
Revised Edition : 2020
Published by : MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd., New Delhi
Corporate Office : Plot 99, Sector 44 Institutional Area, Gurugram, Haryana-122003
Phone : 0124 - 6601200. Web : mtg.in Email : info@mtg.in
Registered Office : 406, Taj Apt., Ring Road, Near Safdarjung Hospital, New Delhi-110029

am
gr
le
Information contained in this book has been obtained by mtg, from sources believed to be reliable. Every effort has been

te
made to avoid errors or omissions in this book. In spite of this, some errors might have crept in. Any mistakes, error or
discrepancy noted may be brought to our notice which shall be taken care of in the next edition. It is notified that neither

l_
the publishers nor the author or seller will be responsible for any damage or loss of action to anyone, of any kind, in any
manner, therefrom.
ia
er
at

© MTG Learning Media (P) Ltd. Copyright reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval
system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise,
ym

without the prior permission of the Publisher.

All disputes subject to Delhi jurisdiction only.
ud
st

Visit www.mtg.in for buying books online.

ity
al
qu
@

EVERY GENUINE COPY OF THE BOOK HAS A HOLOGRAM STICKER ON THE COVER
Move the book slightly to see the special features of the hologram

Kinetic Effect

Mirror Effect Micro Text (Genuine)

Litho White

Emboss Effect

Gradient Effect
 PREFACE
W e are pleased and delighted in presenting the revised edition of the book “CBSE Champion
Chapterwise-Topicwise Social Science Class 10th” as per the CBSE Curriculum

am
for the academic year 2019-20. Special efforts have been put to produce this book in order to
equip students with practice material including previous 10 years’ CBSE Board Examination
questions. It will give them comprehensive knowledge of subject according to the latest syllabus

gr
and pattern of CBSE Board Examination. The book will be helpful in imparting students a clear

le
and vivid understanding of the subject.

te
Salient Features
Chapterwise / Topicwise Graphical Analysis : Graphical analysis of previous 10 years’

l_
CBSE Board papers’ questions (VSA, SA, LA) is provided to let students figure out which chapter
and which topic is to be revised hard and how much is the weightage of that topic.
ia
Comprehensive Theory : Indepth theory is provided for effective learning.
er
Chapterwise-Topicwise Questions and Answers : Theory is followed by chapterwise-
topicwise questions taken from previous 10 years’ CBSE-DELHI, ALL INDIA and FOREIGN papers.
at

The latest changes in the syllabus have been incorporated.

ym

Answers are given according to the CBSE marking scheme.

Based on NCERT Pattern: Questions are segregated according to NCERT syllabus. Topicwise
questions are arranged in descending chronological (2019-2010) order so that latest questions
ud

come first in practice and revision.

Practice Papers with Objective Type Questions : Practice Papers strictly based on design
st

and blue print issued by CBSE Board are also incorporated.

ity

Solved CBSE Sample Paper : Solved CBSE sample paper is included with the marking scheme.
Maps given in this book are not up to the scale. Topics which are not to be studied for Board
al

Examination are marked with asterix(*).

qu

On August 5, 2019 there were sweeping constitutional changes pertaining to the Indian
State of Jammu and Kashmir. The state is to be bifurcated. Instead of the state of Jammu
and Kashmir, two Union Territories, the UT of Jammu & Kashmir and the UT of Ladakh is
@

created on October 31, 2019. Proposed new map of J&K after reorganisation have been covered
in this book. The boundaries shown in this book are illustrative. For latest information visit
www.surveyofindia.gov.in
Every possible effort has been made to make this book error free. Useful suggestions by our readers
for the rectification and improvement of the book content would be gracefully acknowledged and
incorporated in further editions.
Readers are welcome to send their suggestions at editor@mtg.in.

All The Best

MTG Editorial Board

 CONTENTS
Unit 1: India and the Contemporary World-II ...... 1-108

am
1. The Rise of Nationalism in Europe …… 1
2. Nationalism in India …… 28
3. The Making of a Global World …… 53

gr
4. The Age of Industrialization …… 73
5. Print Culture and the Modern World …… 88

le
Unit 2: Contemporary India – II ...... 109-210

te
1. Resources and Development …… 111

l_
2. Forest and Wildlife* …… 124
3. Water Resources* ia …… 132
4. Agriculture …… 143
5. Minerals and Energy Resources …… 159
er
6. Manufacturing Industries …… 176
at

7. Life Lines of National Economy …… 195

zz Map Work ...... 211
ym

Unit 3: Democratic Politics – II ...... 231-316

ud

1. Power Sharing …… 233

2. Federalism …… 245
3. Democracy and Diversity* …… 256
st

4. Gender, Religion and Caste …… 264

ity

5. Popular Struggles and Movements* …… 276

6. Political Parties …… 283
al

7. Outcomes of Democracy …… 297

qu

8. Challenges to Democracy* …… 309

Unit 4: Understanding Economic Development ...... 317-392

@

1. Development …… 319
2. Sectors of the Indian Economy …… 335
3. Money and Credit …… 353
4. Globalisation and the Indian Economy …… 367
5. Consumer Rights …… 383

Practice Papers ...... 393-421

zz Practice Paper 1-2 (Solved) ...... 393

zz Practice Paper 3-5 (Unsolved) ...... 409

CBSE Sample Paper ...... 422-430

 SYLLABUS*

No. Units No. of Periods Marks

I India and the Contemporary World - II 60 20
II Contemporary India - II 55 20
III Democratic Politics II 50 20
IV Understanding Economic Development 50 20
Total 215 80

am
Unit I: India and the Contemporary World-II (60 Periods)
Section 1: Events and Processes : •• Rebuilding a World Economy: The

gr
Post-War Era
1. The Rise of Nationalism in Europe:
4. The Age of Industrialization :

le
•• The French Revolution and the Idea
of the Nation •• Before the Industrial Revolution

te
•• The Making of Nationalism in Europe •• Hand Labour and Steam Power
•• Industrialization in the Colonies

l_
•• The Age of Revolutions: 1830-1848
•• The Making of Germany and Italy •• Factories Come Up
•• The Peculiarities of Industrial
•• Visualizing the Nation
ia
•• Nationalism and Imperialism Growth
er
•• Market for Goods
2. Nationalism in India:
at

•• The First World War, Khilafat and Section 3: Everyday Life, Culture and Politics:
Non - Cooperation
ym

5. 
Print Culture and the Modern
•• Differing Strands within the
World:
Movement
•• The First Printed Books
ud

•• Towards Civil Disobedience

•• Print Comes to Europe
•• The Sense of Collective Belonging
•• The Print Revolution and its Impact
st

Section 2: Livelihoods, Economies and Societies : •• The Reading Mania

ity

Any one theme of the following : •• The Nineteenth Century

•• India and the World of Print
3. The Making of a Global World:
al

•• Religious Reform and Public Debates

•• The Pre-Modern World
•• New Forms of Publication
qu

•• The Nineteenth Century (1815-1914)

•• Print and Censorship
•• The Inter War Economy
@

UNIT II: Contemporary India - II (55 Periods)

1. Resources and Development: •• Soil as a Resource

•• Types of Resources
•• Development of Resources
•• Resource Planning in India
•• Land Resources
•• Land Utilization
•• Land Use Pattern in India
•• Land Degradation and Conservation
Measures
•• Classification of Soils
•• Soil Erosion and Soil Conservation
2. Forest and Wildlife
•• Biodiversity or Biological Diversity
•• Flora and Fauna in India
•• Vanishing Forests
•• Asiatic Cheetah: Where did they go?
*For latest details refer to www.cbse.nic.in
 •• The Himalayan Yew in trouble
•• Conservation of forest and wildlife in
India
•• Project Tiger
•• Types and distribution of forests and
wildlife resources
•• Community and Conservation
Note : The chapter ‘Forest and
Wildlife’ to be assessed in the
Periodic Tests only and will not be
evaluated in Board Examination.
3. Water Resources:
•• Water Scarcity and The Need for
Water Conservation and Management
•• Multi-Purpose River Projects and
Integrated Water Resources
Management
•• Rainwater Harvesting •• Classification of Industries
Note : The chapter ‘Water
Resources’ to be assessed in the
er
Periodic Tests only and will not be
evaluated in Board Examination.
at
4. Agriculture:
ym
•• Types of farming
•• Cropping Pattern
•• Major Crops
ud
•• Technological and Institutional
Reforms
st
•• Impact of Globalization on
ity
Agriculture
al
UNIT III: Democratic Politics - II
qu
@
1. Power Sharing: 
•• Case Studies of Belgium and Sri
Lanka
•• Why power sharing is desirable?
•• Forms of Power Sharing
2. Federalism:
•• What is Federalism?
•• What makes India a Federal Country?
•• How is Federalism practiced?
•• Decentralization in India
5. Minerals and Energy Resources:
•• What is a mineral?
•• Mode of occurrence of Minerals
•• Ferrons and Non-Ferrons Minerals
•• Non-Metallic Minerals
•• Rock Minerals
•• Conservation of Minerals
•• Energy Resources :
– Conventional and
am
Non-Conventional
–  Conservation of Energy Resources
gr
6. Manufacturing Industries:
•• Importance of manufacturing
le
•• Contribution of Industry to National
te
Economy
•• Industrial Location
l_
•• Spatial distribution
ia
•• Industrial pollution and
environmental degradation
•• Control of Environmental
Degradation
7. Life Lines of National Economy :
•• Transport – Roadways, Railways,
Pipelines, Waterways, Airways
•• Communication
•• International Trade
•• Tourism as a Trade
(50 Periods)
3. Democracy and Diversity:
•• Case Studies of Mexico
•• Differences, similarities and divisions
•• Politics of social divisions
Note : The chapter ‘Democracy and
Diversity’ to be assessed in the
Periodic Tests only and will not be
evaluated in Board Examination.
4. Gender, Religion and Caste:
•• Gender and Politics
 •• Religion, Communalism and Politics 7. Outcomes of Democracy:
•• Caste and Politics •• How do we assess democracy’s
5. Popular Struggles and Movements : outcomes?
•• Popular Struggles in Nepal and •• Accountable, responsive and
Bolivia legitimate government
•• Mobilization and Organization •• Economic growth and development
•• Pressure Groups and Movements
•• Reduction of inequality and poverty
Note : The chapter ‘Popular
•• Accommodation of social diversity
Struggles and Movements’ to be
assessed in the Periodic Tests only •• Dignity and freedom of the citizens

am
and will not be evaluated in Board
8. Challenges to Democracy:
Examination.
•• Thinking about challenges

gr
6. Political Parties :
•• Thinking about Political Reforms
•• Why do we need Political Parties?

le
•• Redefining democracy
•• How many Parties should we have?

te
•• National Political Parties Note : The chapter ‘Challenges to
•• State Parties Democracy’ to be assessed in the

l_
•• Challenges to Political Parties Periodic Tests only and will not be
•• How can Parties be reformed?
ia evaluated in Board Examination.
er
UNIT IV: Understanding Economic Development (50 Periods)
at

1. Development : •• Loan activities of Banks

ym

•• What Development Promises - •• Two different credit situations

Different people different goals •• Terms of credit
ud

•• Income and other goals •• Formal sector credit in India

•• National Development •• Self Help Groups for the Poor
st

•• How to compare different countries

or states? 4. 
Globalisation and the Indian
ity

•• Income and other criteria Economy :

•• Public Facilities •• Production across countries
al

•• Sustainability of development •• Interlinking production across

qu

countries
2. Sectors of the Indian Economy :
•• Foreign Trade and integration of
•• Sectors of Economic Activities
@

markets
•• Comparing the three sectors
•• What is globalization?
•• Primary, Secondary and Tertiary
•• Factors that have enabled
Sectors in India
Globalisation
•• Division of sectors as organized and
unorganized •• World Trade Organisation
•• Sectors in terms of ownership: Public •• Impact of Globalization on India
and Private Sectors •• The Struggle for a fair Globalisation

3. Money and Credit : 5. Consumer Rights :

•• Money as a medium of exchange Note : Chapter 5 ‘Consumer Rights’
•• Modern forms of money to be done as Project Work.
 SOCIAL SCIENCE (CODE NO. 087)
QUESTION PAPER DESIGN
Class - X
Time : 3 Hours  Max. Marks : 80
Typology of Objective Total Weightage
S. SA LA Map
Questions Type Marks %
No. (3 Marks) (5 Marks) Skill
(1 Mark)
1. Remembering : Exhibit memory of previously
learned material by recalling facts, terms, basic 9 3 1 – 23 29%
concepts, and answers.

am
2. Understanding : Demonstrate understanding
of facts and ideas by organizing, comparing,
4 2 2 – 20 25%
translating, interpreting, giving descriptions,

gr
and stating main ideas
3. Applying : Solve problems to new situations by

le
applying acquired knowledge, facts, techniques 3 1 2 – 16 20%
and rules in a different way.

te
4. Analysing and Evaluating : Examine and
break information into parts by identifying

l_
motives or causes. Make inferences and find
evidence to support generalizations 2 ia 1 1 – 10 12%
Present and defend opinions by making
judgements about information, validity of ideas,
or quality of work based on a set of criteria.
er
5. Creating : Compile information together in a
at

different way by combining elements in a new 2 1 – – 5 6.5%

pattern or proposing alternative solutions.
ym

6. Map Skill – – – 3+3 6 7.6%

Total 1 × 20 = 20 3 × 8 = 24 5 × 6 = 30 6 80 100%

•• Internal Assessment: 20 Marks

ud

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT
st

 Max. Marks : 20
ity

S. No. Marks Description

Periodic Assessment 10 Marks Pen Paper Test 5 marks
al

Assessment using multiple strategies 5 marks

qu

For example, Quiz, Debate, Role

Play, Viva, Group Discussion, Visual
@

Expression, Interactive Bulletin Boards,

Gallery Walks, Exit Cards, Concept Maps,
Peer Assessment, Self-Assessment, etc.
Portfolio 5 Marks •• Classwork
•• Work done (Activities / Assignments)
•• Reflections, Narrations, Journals, etc.
•• Achievements of the student in the subject

throughout the year
•• Participation of the student in different activities
like Heritage India Quiz
Subject Enrichment Activity 5 Marks •• Project Work
 am
gr
le
te
l_
ia
er

INDIA AND THE

at
ym

CONTEMPORARY
ud

WORLD - II
st
ity
al
qu
@
 Unit 1
India and the Contemporary World - II

1. The Rise of Nationalism in Europe

am
2. Nationalism in India

gr
3. The Making of a Global World

le
te
4. The Age of Industrialization

l_
5. Print Culture and the Modern World
ia
er
Chapterwise Analysis of Last 10 Years’ CBSE Board Questions (2019-2010)
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
 Chapter
The Rise of
1 Nationalism in Europe
1.1 The French Revolution and the Idea of the 1.4 The Making of Germany and Italy
Nation

am
1.5 Visualizing the Nation
1.2 The Making of Nationalism in Europe 1.6 Nationalism and Imperialism
1.3 The Age of Revolutions: 1830-1848

gr
Topicwise Analysis of (2019-2010) Years’ CBSE Board Questions

le
te
l_
ia
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu

QUICK RECAP
@

The political and social movements in Europe
leading to 1830s included the following :
XX Development of a collective identity and
visualization of nation states.
XX Spread of liberal thoughts such as ideals of
liberty, equality and fraternity.
XX Dissatisfaction with political leadership that
made people to demand more participation
in the affairs of the states. Important changes
occurred in America, France, Germany, Italy
and Russia.
XX Britain underwent a unique Glorious
Revolution (1688). It was so called because
no blood was shed to achieve its success. The
Parliament removed King James II from the
throne in favor of his daughter Mary II and
her husband William III. The autocratic rule
of James II was replaced with a constitutional
form of government. It showed that the
Parliament had the power to change the
monarch.
2 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
XX By the end of the 19th century however, the
conservative forces in Europe backed by
the monarchs were able to take control. The
ia
er
at
ym
ud
1.1 THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND THE
st
IDEA OF THE NATION
ity
ff In the 18th century, French society was quite
feudal in character and the king exercised
al
complete control. The kingdom was divided
qu
into three classes or estates -The First Estate
of Clergy, the Second Estate of Nobility who
@
enjoyed all the luxuries and privileges. The
Third Estate comprising of the peasantry,
city workers and the middle class; they were
heavily burdened with taxes.
ff Louis XVI and his wife Marie Antoinette’s
luxurious lifestyles had emptied the treasury
and made the country bankrupt. Louis XVI
was forced to call a meeting of representatives
of the three estates in 1789. He wanted to gain
political development in the Balkans led to the
disastrous First World War (1914-1918).
am
gr
le
te
l_
approval for new tax law. Here the third estate
demanded equality in taxation and abolition
of special privileges enjoyed by the first two
estates. It declared itself a National Assembly
and took over the sovereign power from the
Emperor. The historic French document,
‘Declaration of the Rights of Man and Citizen’
was adopted. It was later embodied as the
preamble in the French Constitution of 1791.
ff The French revolutionaries brought in different
measures and practices that helped to create a
sense of collective identity amongst the French
people. The ideas of la patrie (the fatherland)
and le citoyen (the citizen) emphasized the
concept of a united community enjoying equal
rights under a constitution.
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe 3

Adoption of a constitution that Ideals of citizenship (le citoyen)

and the fatherland (Ia patrie)
gave citizen equal rights. became prevalent

Adoption of the new tricolor

Martyrs remembered and new national flag replacing the former
hymns were composed royal standard,

Abolition of internal Elements that Led to the

am
customs duty on goods and Development of Collective Gradual reduction of number of
free movement of capital Identity currencies from 32 to 2.

gr
le
Adoption of uniform laws and Formulation of centralized
weights and measures administration

te
Adoption of French as the
common language and

l_
discouraging regional dialects.
ia
er
ff The revolutionaries also declared that it was down the medieval structures of Europe and
the mission and the destiny of the French brought in, new ideas.
at

nation to liberate the people of Europe from ff Napoleon introduced many of the reforms in
despotism and help other people of Europe to other territories that were already introduced
ym

become nations. in France. However, through a return to

ff With the outbreak of the revolutionary wars, monarchy Napoleon did, destroy democracy
the French armies began to carry the ideals in France, but he introduced revolutionary
ud

of nationalism abroad. The Napoleonic administrative reforms, making the system

Wars began in 1789 and lasted for about rational and efficient. The Civil Code of 1804
st

15 years leading to the formation of the – usually known as the Napoleonic Code
ity

French Republic. The French Revolution tore brought many reforms.

al

French Revolution -1789 led to Napoleonic code led to

qu

1. It resulted in the transfer of power from the king Established equality before law by
Louis XVI, to the National Assembly. abolishing privilege based on birth
@

2. A collective identity of the people developed. Granted right to property to the French
citizens.
3. A mission was declared and implemented by Improved transportation and business
Napoleon to liberate other European countries travel
from despotic rulers.
4. Jacobian clubs were set up for the propagation of Simplified administration making it more
liberal thoughts. efficient
5. Freed peasantry by abolishing serfdom/
feudalism
6. Standardization of weights and measures
4 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

1.2 THE MAKING OF NATIONALISM IN
EUROPE
ff The ideas of national unity in early 19th
century Europe was closely associated with the
ideology of liberalism. The term ‘liberalism’
derives from the Latin root liber, meaning
free.
ff For the new middle classes in Europe,
liberalism meant freedom for the individual
the Napoleonic Code went back to limited
suffrage and reduced women to the status of
a minor, subject to the authority of fathers
and husbands. Throughout the nineteenth
and early twentieth centuries women and
non-propertied men organized opposition
movements demanding equal political rights.
New Conservatism post 1815

am
and equality of all before the law. After the defeat of Napoleon in 1815, the spirit
ff Politically, it emphasized the concept of of conservatism became strong. They believed
government by consent. that traditional institutions like the monarchy, the

gr
ff After the French Revolution, liberalism meant Church, social hierarchies, property and the family

le
the end of autocracy and clerical privileges, a – should be preserved. However, they retained
constitution and representative government many of the changes initiated by Napoleon. Such

te
through parliament. as modernization of the army, the bureaucracy,
ff The liberals also stressed the inviolability of

l_
a dynamic economy, the abolition of feudalism
private property. and serfdom as it could strengthen the autocratic
ff However, equality before the law did not
ia monarchies of Europe.
stand for universal suffrage. The right to vote ff In 1815, the European powers – Britain,
er
and to get elected was granted exclusively to Russia, Prussia and Austria – who had
property-owning men. Men without property
collectively defeated Napoleon, met at Vienna
at

and all women were excluded from political

to draw up a settlement for Europe.
rights.
ym

ff The main motive was to undo the changes that

ff Only for a brief period under the Jacobins
were initiated by Napoleon.
did all adult males enjoy suffrage. However,
ud

Characteristics of New conservative Important provisions of Treaty of Vienna 1815,

st

regimes hosted by Austrian Chancellor Duke Metternich

ity

1. The regimes set up in 1815 were Restoration of the regime of Bourbon dynasty
autocratic. (1814 to until the July Revolution of 1830). The
al

brothers of executed Louis XVI of France came

qu

to power.
2. They did not tolerate criticism and Territories captured by Napoleon were taken
@

dissent. back.
3. They sought to curb activities that Russia was given part of Poland and Prussia was
questioned the legitimacy of their given part of Saxony.
governments.
4. Censorship laws were imposed to A series of states were set up on the boundaries of
control liberal views and ideas in plays France to prevent future French expansion. Thus
newspapers, books, and songs. kingdom of Netherlands that included Belgium
was set up in the north and Genoa was added to
Piedmont in the south.
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
5. Many of the liberal-nationalists all over Austria was given control of Northern Italy.
Europe went underground or in hiding. However German confederation of 39 states set
Secret societies sprang up to train and up by Napoleon was left as it were.
spread liberal ideas.
1.3 THE AGE OF REVOLUTIONS: 1830-1848
Giuseppe Mazzini (1805- 1972)
was a revolutionary. He became a
member of the secret society of
the Carbonari. As a young man of
24, he was sent into exile in 1831
for attempting a revolution in
Liguria. He founded two more
underground societies, - Young Italy in Marseilles,
Young Europe in Berne, whose members were
like-minded young men from Poland, France, Italy
and German states.
ff He believed that God had intended nations to
ia
be the natural units of mankind.
er
ff According to him Italy could not continue to
be a patchwork of small states and kingdoms.
at
He believed that unification alone could be the
ym
basis of Italian liberty.
ff Following his model, secret societies were
set up in Germany, France, Switzerland and
ud
Poland.
ff His opposition to monarchy and his vision of
st
democratic republics scared the conservatives.
ity
He was described by Metternich as ‘the most
dangerous enemy’ of the social order.
al
‘When France sneezes,’ Metternich (1773-1859)
once remarked, ‘the rest of Europe catches cold.’
qu
Metternich had witnessed both Napoleonic Era
and the French Revolution. He had seen how
@
events in France affected the rest of Europe.
Once Napoleon took control of France, rest
of the Europe was automatically affected by
it. When Napoleon became the emperor of
France, he brought changes to all of Europe.
Similarly, during the French Revolution, whole
of Europe felt the good and bad impacts of it.
This metaphor was basically used to describe
how when anything happens in France it has an
impact on all of Europe.
5
Romanticism
Culture and art also played an important role in
creating the idea of the nation. Romanticism,
am
became a cultural movement which helped to
develop a particular kind of nationalist sentiment.
ff Romantic artists generally focused on
gr
emotions, intuition and mystical feelings.
le
ff They criticized reasoning and the scientific
temper.
te
ff It helped in creating a sense of a shared
collective heritage, a common cultural past, as
l_
the basis of a nation.
ff They collected and spread folklore in
vernacular language even amongst the
illiterate. This was particularly true of Poland,
which had been partitioned at the end of the
eighteenth century by – Russia, Prussia and
Austria.
ff Art, poetry, music and stories of rich heritage
shaped nationalistic feelings.
Romantics such as the German philosopher
Johann Gottfried Herder (1744-1803) claimed
that true German culture was to be discovered
among the common people. It was through folk
songs, folk poetry and folk dances that the true
spirit of the nation (volksgeist) was popularized.
Hunger, Hardship and Popular Revolt
ff The 1830s were years of great economic
hardship all over Europe.
ff The population had risen and there was
rampant unemployment.
ff Industrial revolution in England had led to an
oversupply of machine made low priced goods
particularly textiles, which was a common
cottage industry. Hand made goods could not
compete with machine made goods.
ff Peasants were over-burdened with feudal dues
because of bad harvests.
ff This made a large number of rural population
which included weavers and peasants to
6 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
migrate to the urban areas. This made the
cities even more over crowded.
ff In the year 1848 high food prices and shortages
and widespread unemployment brought the
population of Paris out on the roads and Louis
Philippe was forced to flee.
In 1845, weavers in Silesia had led a revolt against
contractors who supplied them raw material
and gave them orders for finished textiles but
drastically reduced their payments.
As reported by Wilhelm Wolff a journalist - in
a Silesian villages of about 18000 people whose
main occupation was cotton weaving, the workers
suffered extreme misery.
On 4 June at 2 p.m. a large crowd of weavers
emerged from their homes and marched in pairs
up to the mansion of their contractor demanding
higher wages. They were treated with scorn and
threats. Following this, a group of them forced
er
their way into the house, smashed its elegant
at
windowpanes, furniture, porcelain etc. Another
group broke into the storehouse and plundered
ym
it of supplies of cloth which they tore to shreds.
The contractor fled with his family and by next
ud
day came back with the army. In the exchange that
followed, eleven weavers were shot.
st
The Revolution of the Liberals
ff Along with the revolts of the poor, unemployed
ity
and starving peasants and workers in many
al
European countries in the year 1848, a
revolution led by the educated middle classes
qu
was also under way.
ff In the parts of Europe where independent
@
nation-states did not yet exist – such as
Germany, Italy, Poland, the Austro-Hungarian
Empire – men and women of the liberal
middle classes combined their demands for
constitutionalism with national unification.
ff They took advantage of the growing popular
unrest all over Europe, to push their
demands for the creation of a nation-state
on parliamentary principles – a constitution,
freedom of the press and freedom of
association.
As the French monarchy was dethroned in 1848,
the liberal middle class aspired for a constitution
and national unification. Serfdom and bonded
labor was abolished.
In 1848 in Germany middle class voted 831
representatives. The Frankfurt parliament sat in
a church that drafted a constitution for a German
nation to be headed by a monarchy subject to a
parliament.
am
However, Friedrich Wilhelm IV, King of Prussia
rejected the offer and joined other monarchs to
gr
oppose the elected assembly.
le
As the social base of the parliament shifted to
the middle class, who resisted the demand of the
te
workers and artisans resulting in loss of their
support and the assembly was disbanded with the
l_
iahelp of the army.
Political associations were formed by women with
the aim to gain political rights. This however was
some years away.
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE
MOVEMENTS IN POLAND, HUNGARY,
ITALY, GERMANY AND GREECE
Germany, Italy and Switzerland were divided into
Kingdom, duchies and cantons. These divisions
were having their autonomous rulers.
Poland
ff As you know Poland had been divided
and shared by Russia, Prussia and Austria.
Even though Poland no longer existed as
an independent territory, national feelings
were kept alive by the ‘romantics’ through
music and language. The sentiments of the
national struggle were kept alive through
operas, music, and folk dances which became
nationalist symbols.
ff After Russian occupation, the Polish language
was forced out of schools and the Russian
language was imposed. In 1831, an armed
rebellion against Russian rule took place,
which was brutally crushed. After this, many
members of the clergy in Poland began to use
language as a means of protest and resistance.
Polish was used for Church gatherings and
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
all religious instruction. As a result, a large
number of priests and bishops were put in jail
or sent to Siberia by the Russian authorities
as punishment for their refusal to preach in
Russian. The use of Polish language came to
be seen as a symbol of the struggle against
Russian dominance.
Hungary
ff In the Austro-Hungarian Empire – the
7
constitution and national unification. They
also demanded freedom of the press and
freedom of association.
ff In the years after 1848, the autocratic
monarchies of Central and Eastern Europe
began to introduce the changes that had
already taken place in Western Europe before
1815. Thus, serfdom and bonded labor were
abolished both in the Habsburg dominions.

am
revolution was led by the liberal middle The Habsburg rulers granted more autonomy
classes. They demanded the formation of a to the Hungarians in 1867.

gr
1.4 THE MAKING OF GERMANY AND ITALY

le
Unification of Italy

te
In the 18th century, Italy was divided into seven states, of which only one, Sardinia-Piedmont,

l_
was ruled by an Italian princely house. The north was under Austrian Habsburgs, the center
was ruled by the Pope and the southern regions were under the domination of the Bourbon
ia
kings of Spain.
er
The Italian language too had different regional and local variations.
at

Many revolutionaries like Giuseppe Mazzini and Garibaldi and their secret society “Young
ym

Italy” kept spreading the idea of an independent and unified Italy and put together a
programme for unification of Italy.
ud

From 1849 the King of Piedmont-Sardinia, Victor Emmanuel II, took an active role in this
st

unification. It is to be noted that the Italian unification was headed by a monarch. Under
the leadership of Emmanuel, Prime Minister Cavour, ousted the Austrians form Lombardy,
ity

Tuscany, Modena, etc.

al

Garibaldi led the revolt and liberated Sicily and Naples. He handed over the charge of the
qu

two states to Emmanuel and declared him the King of Italy. Later, Rome and Venetia joined
the federation of Italian states. The process of unification of Italy began with the Congress of
@

Vienna in 1815 and ended with the Franco-Prussian War in 1871.

Giuseppe Garibaldi (1807-82) is perhaps the
most celebrated of Italian freedom fighters. He
was a sailor in the merchant navy. In 1833 he met
Mazzini and joined the ‘Young Italy Movement’
and participated in a republican uprising in
Piedmont in 1834. The uprising was suppressed
and Garibaldi had to flee to South America, where
he lived in exile till 1848. In 1854, he supported
king Victor Emmanuel II, in his efforts to unify the
Italian states.
Garibaldi led the famous Red Shirt Movement.
In 1867, Garibaldi led an army of volunteers
to Rome to fight the last obstacle in the unification
of Italy, the Papal States where a French garrison
was stationed. The Red Shirts proved to be
no match for the combined French and Papal
troops. It was only in 1870 when, during the war
with Prussia, France withdrew its troops from
Rome that the Papal States were finally joined to
Italy.
8 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Unification of Germany

After Napoleon’s defeat in 1815, many Germans wanted an independent Germany.

The King of Prussia, Kaiser William I, chose Prime Minister Bismarck to unify Germany under
the rule of Prussia.

Bismarck was a fearless leader and believed in the urgent need for unification in Germany. He

am
started with the modernization of the army, defying the parliament in collecting taxes. His
policy came to be known as ‘Blood and Iron’ policy and earned him the nickname of the ‘Iron
Chancellor’. It can be said that unification of Germany happened because of the German Army.

gr
With the improved army, Bismarck encouraged the German population of Schleswig and

le
Holstein to revolt against their ruler. In 1864, Bismarck joined hands with Austria against

te
Denmark. Prussia also defeated Austria and formed the North German Confederation.

l_
Bismarck was able to keep Italy, Russia ( and Napoleon III, of France till the end) out of war
by diplomacy and negotiations. ia
The modern state placed great emphasis on modernizing the currency, banking, legal and
er
judicial systems.
at

The unification of Germany was complete under Greece

ym

Kaiser William I in 1871. Soon Germany emerged ff In the late eighteenth century, an increasing
as the leading power in Europe, building a colonial number of people in Greece began to learn
empire to further German economic interest and about and discuss the high points of the
ud

increase German influence in the world. Greek history and independence in ancient
The Grimm Brothers: The brothers Jacob and times. Their desire for political autonomy was
st

Wilhelm Grimm were born in the German city triggered by the romantic ideals of their past
history and there was the sense of winning
ity

of Hanau in 1785 and 1786 respectively. While

both of them studied law, they soon developed back their independence. One of the
organizations formed was the Filiki Eteria,
al

an interest in collecting old folktales. They spent

six years travelling from village to village. These a secret organization formed by merchants
qu

folktales were popular both among children and in Odessa as early as 1814. Greece had been
adults. In 1812, they published their first collection part of the Ottoman Empire since the fifteenth
@

of tales. Subsequently, both the brothers became century.

active in liberal politics, especially the movement
for freedom of the press. In the meantime, they
also published a 33-volume dictionary of the
German language. The Grimm brothers also saw
French domination as a threat to German culture,
and believed that the folktales they had collected
were expressions of a pure and authentic German
spirit. They considered their projects of collecting
folktales and developing the German language
as part of the wider effort to oppose French
domination and create a German national identity
ff The growth of revolutionary nationalism in
Europe sparked off a struggle for independence
amongst the Greeks which began in 1821.
Nationalists in Greece got support from other
Greeks living in exile and also from many
West Europeans who had sympathies for
ancient Greek culture.
Greek Culture
ff Poets and artists lauded Greece as the cradle
of European civilization and mobilized public
opinion to support its struggle against a
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
Muslim empire. The English poet Lord Byron
organized funds and later went to fight in the
war, where he died of fever in 1824. Finally, the
Treaty of Constantinople of 1832 recognized
Greece as an independent nation.
After 1871 the Balkan region comprising of
modern-day Romania, Bulgaria, Albania,
Greece, Macedonia, Croatia, Bosnia-
Herzegovina, Slovenia, Serbia and Montenegro
was under the grip of serious nationalist
sentiment. A large part of the Balkans was
under the Ottoman Empire. The spread of the
ideas of romantic nationalism in the Balkans
and the breakdown of the Ottoman Empire
made this region politically very active.
The rebellious nationalities in the Balkans
thought of their struggles as attempts to win
back their long-lost independence. During
this period, there was intense rivalry among
the European powers over trade and colonies
ia
as well as naval and military might. These
er
rivalries were very evident in the way the
Balkan problem unfolded. Each power –
at
Russia, Germany, England, Austro-Hungary
– was keen on countering the hold of other
ym
powers over the Balkans, and extending its
own control over the area. This led to a series
of wars in the region and finally the First
ud
World War.
st
The Strange case of Britain
ff Before the eighteenth century the nation of
ity
Britain did not exist. The people inhabiting
the area had their own ethnic identities, such
al
as English, Welsh, Scot or Irish. These ethnic
groups had strong cultural traditions and were
qu
politically powerful.
ff The English parliament, which had seized
@
power from the monarchy in 1688 at the end of
a protracted conflict, became the instrument
through which a nation-state, with England at
its core, was formed.
ff The Act of Union (1707) between England and
Scotland, led to the formation of the ‘United
Kingdom of Great Britain’. In this union
England was able to impose its influence on
Scotland, through the English members of the
parliament. Growth of a British identity meant
that Scotland’s distinctive culture and political
institutions were systematically subdued.
9
ff The Catholic clans of the Scottish Highlands
were brutally repressed whenever they
attempted to assert their independence. They
were forbidden to speak their Gaelic language
or wear their national dress, and many of them
were forcibly driven out of their homeland.
ff Ireland met with a similar fate. Ireland was
divided between Catholics and Protestants.
The English sided with, the Protestants of
am
Ireland and established their dominance over
a largely Catholic country.
The revolts of the Catholics against British
gr
dominance were suppressed. The revolt led by
Wolfe Tone and his United Irishmen (1798),
le
was suppressed and Ireland was forcibly
incorporated into the United Kingdom in 1801.
te
 The ‘British nation’ was forged by forcible
l_
propagation of English culture. The symbols
of the new Britain – the British flag (Union
Jack), the national anthem (God Save Our
Noble King), the English language – were
actively promoted and the other nations
survived only as subordinate partners in the
union.
1.5 VISUALIZING THE NATION
Use of Allegory
It is a story, poem, or picture that can be interpreted
to reveal a hidden meaning, typically a moral or
political. An abstract idea (for instance, greed,
envy, freedom, liberty) can be expressed through
a person or a thing. An allegorical story has two
meanings, one literal and one symbolic.
Artists in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries
found a way out by personifying a nation. In other
words, they represented a country as if it were a
person. Nations were then portrayed as female figures.
The female form that was chosen to personify the
nation did not stand for any particular woman in
real life; rather it sought to give the abstract idea
of the nation a concrete form. That is, the female
figure became an allegory of the nation.
Common Symbols Its significance and
used meaning
Broken chains Being Freed
Breastplate with Symbol of German
eagle Empire -Strength
10
Sword Readiness to fight
Olive branch around Willingness to make
the sword peace
Black, red and gold Flag of the liberal-
tricolor nationalists in 1848,
banned by the Dukes of
the German states
Rays of the rising sun Beginning of a new era
1.6 NATIONALISM AND IMPERIALISM
As the 19th century was entered its last quarter
nationalism became diluted. It no longer retained
the idealistic liberal-democratic sentiment of the
first half of the century, but became a narrow
creed with limited ends. The nationalist groups
became more and more intolerant of each other
and were always ready to go to war. In addition
the major European powers, also manipulated the
nationalist aspirations of peoples to further their
er
own imperialist aspirations.
at
The Balkans had the most serious nationalist
tension in Europe after 1871. This was a region
ym
of geographical and ethnic disparity. This
comprised of modern-day Romania, Bulgaria,
ud
Albania, Greece, Macedonia (Republic of North
Macedonia), Croatia (Republic of Croatia), Bosnia-
st
Herzegovina, Slovenia, Serbia and Montenegro
whose inhabitants were broadly known as the
ity
Slavs.
The spread of the ideas of romantic nationalism
al
and the disintegration of the Ottoman Empire
qu
made this region very explosive. In the 19th
century. Though the Ottoman Empire had tried
@
to strengthen itself by modernization and internal
reforms it met with little success. One by one, its
European nationalities broke away from its control
and declared independence.
The people claimed independence, based political
rights on nationality and used history to prove
that they had once been independent but had
subsequently been subjugated by foreign powers.
The struggles of the rebellious nationalities was
thought of as attempts to win back their long-lost
independence.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
The Balkan states were fiercely jealous of each
other and each hoped to gain more territory at the
expense of the others. During this period Balkans
also became the scene of big power rivalry over
trade and colonies as well as naval and military
power.
Each power – Russia, Germany, England, Austro-
Hungary – was keen on countering the hold of
am
other powers over the Balkans, and extending its
own control over the area. This led to a series of
wars in the region and finally the First World War.
gr
The anti-imperial movements that developed were
nationalist, in the sense that they all struggled to
le
form independent nation-states, and were inspired
te
by a sense of collective national unity. A common
factor was its opposition to imperialism. European
l_
ideas of nationalism were nowhere replicated and
the people developed their own specific variety of
ia
nationalism. But the idea that societies should be
organized into ‘nation-states’ came to be accepted
as natural and universal.
Important Years
1789 : French revolution
1797 : Invasion of Italy by Napoleon
1804 : Implementation of Napoleonic code in
different countries
1814-15 : Defeat of Napoleon and Treaty of Vienna
1832 : Treaty of Constantinople granting of Greek
independence
1834 : Custom union or Zollverein formed in
Prussia to abolish internal tariff
1848 : Artisans and industrial workers revolt in
Europe against hardship. Middle class demands
constitution and representative government
1858 : Cavour formed an alliance with France
1859-70 : Unification of Italy
1866 -1871 : Unification of Germany
1871 : King William I, proclaimed emperor of
Germany
Important words and terms
Absolutist : Literally, a government or system of
rule that has no restraints on the power exercised.
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
In history, the term refers to a form of monarchical
government that was centralized, militarized and
repressive.
Utopian : Vision of a society that is so ideal that it
is unlikely to actually exist.
Plebiscite : A direct vote by which all the people
of a region are asked to accept or reject a proposal.
Nation-state : (as opposed to multinational
dynastic empires) in which the majority of its
citizens, and not only its rulers, came to develop
a sense of common identity and shared history
or descent. This commonness did not exist from
time immemorial; it was forged through struggles,
through the actions of leaders and the common
people.
Jacobin Clubs : These were the most influential
political clubs during the French Revolution. The
clubs grew in various parts of the world but mostly
in Europe.
ia
(The Jacobin Club of Mysore was the first
er
Revolutionary Republican organization to be
formed in India. It was founded in 1794 by French
at
Republican officers with the support of Tipu Sultan.
ym
He planted a Liberty Tree and declared himself
Citizen Tipu. The British regarded the link up of
Revolutionary Jacobin forces and Indian resistance
ud
as an extremely dangerous development.)
Civil Code of 1804 : also known as the Napoleonic
st
Code – It did away with all privileges based on
birth, established equality before the law and
ity
secured the right to property. This Code was also
implemented in other countries exported under
al
French control.
qu
Habsburg Empire : The empire that ruled over
Austria-Hungary.
@
Liberalism : Derived from Latin root liber,
meaning free. For the new middle classes
liberalism meant freedom for the individual
and equality of all before the law. Politically, it
emphasized the concept of government by consent.
Since the French Revolution, liberalism had stood
for the end of autocracy and clerical privileges,
a constitution and representative government
through parliament. Nineteenth-century liberals
also stressed the inviolability of private property.
Suffrage : The right to vote to elect one’s
representative.
11
Elle : A measure of cloth which had different value
in different regions of Europe. It was replaced by
standard weight and measure to facilitate trade.
Zollverein : Formed in 1834, it was a customs
union at the initiative of Prussia and joined by
most of the German states. The union abolished
tariff barriers and reduced the number of
currencies from over thirty to two. It helped to
bind the German economy together.
am
Conservatism : A political philosophy that
stressed the importance of tradition, established
institutions and customs, and preferred gradual
gr
development to quick change.
le
Treaty of Vienna of 1815 : In 1815, representatives
of the European powers – Britain, Russia, Prussia
te
and Austria – who had collectively defeated
Napoleon, met at Vienna to draw up a settlement
l_
for Europe. Hosted by the Austrian Chancellor
Duke Metternich, the delegates drew up the Treaty
of Vienna of 1815 with the object of undoing most
of the changes that had come about in Europe
during the Napoleonic wars. The Bourbon dynasty,
which had been deposed during the French
Revolution, was restored to power, and France lost
the territories it had annexed under Napoleon.
Romanticism : A cultural movement which
sought to develop a particular form of nationalist
sentiment. Romantic artists and poets generally
criticized the glorification of reason and science
and focused instead on emotions, intuition and
mystical feelings. Their effort was to create a sense
of a shared collective heritage, a common cultural
past, as the basis of a nation.
Volksgeist : The true spirit of a nation.
Feminism : Awareness of women’s rights and
interests based on the belief of the social, economic
and political equality of the genders.
Ideology : System of ideas reflecting a particular
social and political vision.
Junkers : Large landowners in Prussia.
Ethnic : Relates to a common racial, tribal, or
cultural origin or background that a community
identifies with or claims.
Marianne : The female allegory the national
symbol of the French republic.
Germania : The female allegory of the German
nation.
12 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

1.1 The French Revolution and SA (3 marks)

the Idea of the Nation 10. How had Napoleonic code exported to the
regions under French control? Explain with
VSA (1 mark)
examples. (Delhi 2019)

am
1. Interpret the concept of ‘liberalisation’ in the
11. Describe any three steps taken by the French
field of economic sphere during the nineteenth
revolutionaries to create a sense of collective
century in Europe. (Delhi 2019)

gr
identity amongst the French people.
2. Which nation was identifiable in the
revolutionary tricolour in Sorrieu’s utopian (Delhi 2017)

le
vision? (AI 2019) 12. What was the status of France as a state before

te
3. What was the main aim of Treaty of Vienna 1789? Which two political and constitutional

l_
1815? (Term-II 2016) changes came in the wake of the french
Revolution. (Term-II 2015)
4. What was the meaning of liberalism in early ia
nineteenth century in Europe? 13. Explain any three provisions of the Treaty of
(Term-II 2012)
er
(Foreign 2016) Vienna of 1815.

5. What was the main aim of revolutionaries of 14. What changes did Napoleon introduce to
at

Europe during the years following 1815? make the administrative system more efficient
ym

(Term-II 2016) in the territories ruled by him?(Term-II 2011)

6. What was the main aim of the French 15. Explain any three features of Napoleonic
ud

revolutionaries? (AI 2015) Code.  (Delhi 2010)

7. Identify the French artist who prepared a LA (5 marks)

st

series of four prints visualising his dream of a

world from the following: 16. “The first clear expression of nationalism
ity

(a) Kitagewa Utamaro came with the ‘French Revolution’ in 1789.”

Examine the statement. (AI 2017)
al

(b) Richard M. Hoe (c) Voltaire

(d) Frederic Sorrieu (Delhi 2013) 17. Analyse the measures and practices introduced
qu

8. Which one of the following statements is false by the French revolutionaries to create a sense
of collective identity amongst the French
@

regarding the Act of Union 1707?

(a) It was an agreement between England and
Scotland.
(b) It was an agreement between England and
Ireland.
(c) It resulted in the formation of the ‘United
Kingdom of Great Britain’.
(d) It gave England control over Scotland.
(Delhi 2011)
9. Mention the proclamation of the French
Revolution. (Delhi 2010)
people. (Delhi 2016)
18. “Napoleon had destroyed democracy in
France but in the administrative field he had
incorporated revolutionary principles in
order to make the whole system more rational
and efficient.” Analyse the statement with
arguments. (AI 2016)
19. Describe any five steps taken by the French
Revolutionaries to create a sense of collective
identity among the French people. (AI 2015)
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
20. Explain any five social and administrative
reforms introduced by Napoleon in the
regions under his control. (Delhi 2014)
21. Describe any four measures which were
introduced by the French Revolutionaries to
create a sense of collective identity amongst
the French people.(Delhi 2017, Term-II 2016)
22. Who hosted ‘Vienna Congress’ in 1815?
Analyse the main changes brought by the
‘Vienna Treaty.’ (Delhi 2017)
1.2 The Making of Nationalism
in Europe
VSA (1 mark)
23. What was the major change that occurred in
the political and constitutional senerio due to ia
French Revolution in Europe? (Delhi 2015)
er
24. What was the major issue taken up by the
liberal nationalists? (Foreign 2015)
at
25. What type of conservative regimes were set
ym
up in 1815 in Europe? Choose the appropriate
answer from the following:
(a) Autocratic (b) Democratic
ud
(c) Aristocratic (d) Dictatorial
st
 (AI 2014)
26. Who remarked “When France sneezes the rest
ity
of Europe catches cold”? (Term-II 2016)
al
27. Which one of the following is true about the
‘Treaty of Constantinople’ of 1832?
qu
(a) It recognised Turkey as an independent
nation.
@
(b) It recongnised Greece as an independent
nation.
(c) It recognised Germany as an independent
nation.
(d) It recognised France as an independent
nation. (AI 2012)
28. Which one of the following statements is false
regarding the Zollverein formed in 1834?
(a) It abolished trade barriers.
(b) It reduced the number of currencies.
13
(c) It had most of the German states as
members.
(d) It abolished feudal system.
(Delhi 2011)
SA (3 marks)
29. How did a wave of economic nationalism
strengthen the wider nationalist sentiment
growing in Europe? Explain.
am
 (Term-II 2015, Foreign 2015)
gr
30. Describe the events of French Revolution
which had influenced the people belonging to
le
other parts of Europe. (Delhi 2015)
te
31. What were Jacobin Clubs? How did their
activities and campaigns help to spread the
l_
idea of nationalism abroad? Explain.
(Foreign 2014)
32. How did the local people in the areas
conquered by Napoleon react to French rule?
Explain. (Delhi 2014)
33. Explain the role of languages in developing
national sentiments in Europe.(Term-II 2011)
34. Examine the role of woman in the nationalist
struggles of Europe. (Term-II 2011)
35. “Culture played an important role in creating
the idea of the nation in Europe.” Support the
statement with examples. (AI 2010)
LA (5 marks)
36. “Nationalism no longer retained its idealistic
liberal democratic sentiment by the last
quarter of the nineteenth century in Europe.”
Analyse the statement with examples.
(Foreign 2016)
37. Describe the impact of Napoleonic reforms on
the rest of Europe.  (Term-II 2015)
38. Explain the conditions that were viewed
as obstacles to the economic exchange and
growth by the new commercial classes and
growth by the new commercial classes during
the nineteenth century in Europe?
 (Term-II 2014)
14
39. “Culture played an important role in creating
the idea of the nation in Europe.” Support the
statement with suitable examples.
(Foreign 2014)
40. How did culture play an important role in
creating the idea of the ‘nation’ in Europe?
Explain with examples. (Delhi 2013)
41. What happened during the year following
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
50. Why in the years after 1848, the autocrats of
central and Eastern Europe began to introduce
the changes that had already taken place in
Western Europe before 1815? Explain.
 (Term-II 2016)
51. Explain any three reasons for the nationalist
upsurge in the 19th century Europe.
 (Term-II 2011)

am
1815 when the fear of repression drove many 52. How had revolutionaries spread their ideas
liberal nationalists underground? Explain. in many European States after 1815? Explain

gr
(Term-II 2016) with example. (Term-II 2016)

le
42. How had revolutionaries spread their ideas 53. Define the term Romanticism. How did
in many European States after 1815? Explain it facilitate the promotion of nationalist

te
with examples. (AI 2014) sentiment? (Term-II 2016)

l_
1.3 The Age of Revolutions: 54. “The development of nationalism did not
come about only through wars and territorial
1830-1848
ia
expansion. Culture played an important role
er
VSA (1 mark) in creating the idea of the nation.” Elaborate
upon the statement.  (Term-II 2016)
at

43. What was the strong demand of the emerging

55. How did nationalism develop through culture
middle classes in Europe during nineteenth
ym

century? (Term-II 2016) in Europe? Explain. (AI 2015)

44. What was the major issue taken up by the 56. Explain the conditions that were viewed
ud

liberal nationalists? (Term-II 2015) as obstacles to the economic exchange and

growth by the new commercial classes during
45. What were the effects of revolutinary upheaval
st

the nineteenth century in Europe.

in France in 1830?  (Term-II 2011) (AI 2014)
ity

46. Name the Treaty of 1832 that recognised 57. Describe the role of Giusppe Mazzini as an
Greece as an independent nation.(Delhi 2016)
al

Italian revolutionary. (Term-II 2012)

47. Which one of the following treaties recognised
qu

58. “The decade of 1830 had brought great

Greece as an independent nation? economic hardship in Europe.” Support 
(a) Treaty of Vienna
@

(b) Treaty of Constantinople
(c) Treaty of Versailles
(d) Treaty of St. Germain (Foreign 2014)
SA (3 marks)
48. Describe any three economic hardships faced
by Europe in the 1830s. (AI 2017)
49. “The decade of 1830 had brought great
economic hardship in Europe”. Support the
statement with arguments. (AI 2016)
 (Term-II 2012)
59. What is the significance of 1848 for France
and the rest of Europe? What did the liberals
demand? (Term-II 2011)
60. What were the political, social and economic
ideas supported by the liberals, in Europe?
(Term-II 2011)
61. Explain any three ways in which nationalist
feelings were kept alive in Poland in the 18th
and 19th centuries. (AI 2011)
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe 15

LA (5 marks) (b) They stopped the supply of raw materials

to them.
62. “The idealistic liberal-democratic sentiment of (c) They refused to place orders for finished
nationalism in the first half of the nineteenth
textiles.
century became a narrow creed with limited
ends.” Examine the statements. (d) Condition of weavers was very pitiable.
(Foreign 2015) (Delhi 2014)

63. What does the term ‘Liberalism’ mean? What 73. Who was proclaimed the king of United Italy
did it mean to different classes and people? in 1861? (Term-II 2011)

am
 (Term-II 2012) 74. Which one of the following states was ruled by
64. Explain any four ideas of Liberal Nationalists an Italian princely house before unification of

gr
in the economic sphere. (Delhi 2017) Italy?
(a) Kingdom of Two Sicilies

le
65. How did culture play in important role in
Europe in creating the idea of the nation? (b) Lombardy

te
 (Term-II 2012) (c) Venetia

l_
(d) Sardinia-Piedmont (AI 2011)
66. Why were the years of 1830’s of great hardship
in Europe? Explain any five reasons. ia SA (3 marks)
 (Term-II 2012)
75. Describe the role of Otto von Bismarck in the
er
67. Explain the 1848 revolution of the liberals.
making of Germany. (AI 2019)
What were the political, social and economic
at

ideas supported by the liberals? 76. Describe any three conditions that led to the
ym

 (Term-II 2012) formation of the British Nation State.

68. How did the Greek War of Independence (Foreign 2017)
mobilized nationalist feeling among the
ud

77. Briefly describe the process of German

educated elite across Europe ? Give five points.
unification. (Term-II 2015)
 (Term-II 2011)
st

78. Explain the process of unification of Italy.

69. Explain any four economic hardships that
ity

(Delhi 2013, Term-II 2012)

Europe faced in the 1830s. (Delhi 2011)
79. Describe the process of ‘Unification of Italy’.
al

1.4 The Making of Germany and (AI 2012)

Italy
qu

80. Who was Cavour? Explain his contributions

VSA (1 mark) to the unification of Italy. (Term-II 2012)
@

70. Who founded the secret society, ‘Young Italy’ 81. What changes came in Nationalism in Europe
during the 1830s? (Delhi 2017) after 1848? Who was the architect of this
process? How was it practised?
71. Who was proclaimed German Emperor in a
(Term-II 2012)
ceremony held at Versailles in January 1871?
 (Term-II 2016) LA (5 marks)
72. Which among the following was the main
82. Examine the ‘Nation State Building’ process in
reason for the weavers to revolt against
Germany after 1848. (Foreign 2017)
contractors in Silesia, in 1845?
(a) Contractors reduced their payments 83. Describe the process of unification of
drastically. Germany. (Delhi 2015)
16
84. Describe the process of Unification of Britain.
 (Term-II 2015)
85. In Britain the formation of the nation-state
was not the result of a sudden upheaval
or revolution. Validate the statement with
relevant arguments. (Term-II 2012)
86. Explain the role of Giuseppe Mazzini in the
unification of Italy. (Term-II 2012)
87. With reference to Scotland and Ireland,
explain how British nationalism grew at the
cost of other cultures. (Term-II 2012)
1.5 Visualizing the Nation
VSA (1 mark)
88. Which one of the following is not true about
the female allegory of France?
(a) She was named Marianne.
(b) She took part in the French Revolution.
er
(c) She was a symbol of national unity.
at
(d) Her characteristic were drawn from those
of Liberty and the Republic. (AI 2011)
ym
Answers
ud
1. In the economic sphere, liberalism stood for
st
the freedom of markets and the abolition of state-
ity
imposed restrictions on the movement of goods
and capital in the nineteenth century.
al
2. France
qu
3. The main aim of the Treaty of Vienna (1815)
was to undo, most of the changes that had come
@
about in Europe during the Napoleonic wars.
4. Liberalism stood for freedom for individual
and equality for all before the law. Politically it
meant government by consent.
5. The main aim of the revolutionaries
of Europe in the years following 1815, was to
oppose monarchial form of government.
It emphasized the notion of united community
which would have equal rights under a
constitution.
6. The main aim of the French Revolutionaries
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
SA (3 marks)
89. How had the female figures become an
allegory of the nation during nineteenth
century in Europe? Analyse.
 (Delhi 2016)
LA (5 marks)
90. ‘While it is easy enough to represent a rular
am
through a portrait or a statue, how does one go
about giving a face to a nation.” Examine this
statement in context of European nationalism
gr
in five points. (Term-II 2012)
le
1.6 Nationalism and Imperialism
te
LA (5 marks)
l_
ia91. Describe the explosive conditions prevailing
in Balkans after 1871 in Emope. (2018)
92. Briefly trace the geographical and ethnic
variations of Balkan region. Why did this
region become politically very explosive.
 (Term-II 2014)
was to create a sense of collective identity amongst
the French people.
7. (d) Frederic Sorrieu
8. (b) It was an agreement between England and
Ireland.
9. During the French Revolution, the
proclamation of the abolition of the monarchy
was a proclamation by the National Convention
of France announcing that it had abolished the
French monarchy on 21 September 1792.
Liberalism stood for freedom for the individual
and equality of all before the law. Politically, it
emphasized the concept of government by consent.
Since the French Revolution, liberalism had stood
for the end of autocracy and clerical privileges,
a constitution and representative government
through parliament. Nineteenth-century liberals
also stressed the inviolability of private property.
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
10. As per the Napoleonic code :
(1) All the privileges obtained at birth was
dismissed. It established equality before law.
(2) Granted right to property to the French
citizens and simplified administration making it
more efficient, abolished multiple taxes.
(3) Improved transportation and business
travel and freed peasantry by abolishing
serfdom/feudalism. Weights and measures were
standardized.
11. (i) The ideas of La Patrie (the fatherland) and
Le citoyen (the citizen) emphasised the notion of
united community enjoying equal rights under a
constitution.
(ii) A new French flag, tricolour was chosen to
replace the Royal Standard.
(iii) Estates general was elected by the body
of active citizens and renamed the National
ia(v) Abolished feudal system.
Assembly.
er
(iv) New hymns were composed and martyrs
commemorated all in the name of the nation.
at
(v) A centralised system of administration
was introduced, uniform laws were made for all
ym
citizens.
(vi) French language was spoken and written and
ud
became a common language in Paris.
12. France was a full-fledged territorial state in
st
1789 under the rule of an absolute monarch.
ity
(i) French Revolution led to the transfer of
sovereignty from the monarchy to a body of
al
French citizens.
(ii) The revolution proclaimed that it was the
qu
people who would henceforth constitute the
nation and shape its destiny. So, the French
@
revolutionaries introduced various measures and
practices that could create a sense of collective
identity amongst the French people.
13. Provisions of Treaty of Vienna.
(i) Bourbon dynasty was restored to power in
France.
(ii) France lost the territories it had annexed under
Napoleon.
(iii) The kingdom of Netherlands was set-up in
North and Genoa was added to Piedmont in the
South.
17
(iv) Prussia was given new territories on its
Western frontier.
(v) Austria was given control of Northern Italy.
(vi) Russia was given part of Poland and Prussia
was given a part of Saxony.
14. Napoleon introduced following changes to
make the administrative system more efficient in
Europe :
am
(i) The Civil Code of 1804, known as Napoleonic
code, did away with all the privileges based on
birth.
gr
(ii) Administration became more efficient.
Napoleon introduced revolutionary principles in
le
an administration making it more efficient and
te
rational.
(iii) Secured the Right to property.
l_
(iv) Simplified administrative divisions.
(vi) Freed peasants from serfdom and dues.
(vii) In the towns too, guild restrictions were
removed.
(viii) Transport and communication was improved.
(ix) Peasants, artisans, workers and new
businessmen enjoyed new-found freedom,
uniform laws, standardized weight and the
measures facilitated the movement of goods and
capital from one region to another.
Reactions to these changes : Businessmen and
small scale producers of goods in particular soon
began to benefit from these.
15. (i) It did away with all privileges based on
birth.
(ii) It established equality before law and secured
the right to property.
(iii) It simplified administrative divisions and
abolished feudal system.
16. The first clear expression of nationalism came
with the French Revolution in 1789. France, was a
full-fledged territorial state in 1789 under the rule
of an absolute monarch.
(i) The political and constitutional changes that
came in the wake of the French Revolution led to
the transfer of sovereignty from the monarchy to a
body of French citizens.
18
(ii) From the very beginning, the French
revolutionaries introduced various measures and
practices that could create a sense of collective
identity amongst the French people.
(iii) The ideas of la patrie (the fatherland) and le
citoyen (the citizen) emphasized the notion of a
united community enjoying equal rights under a
constitution.
(iv) A new French flag, the tricolor, was chosen
to replace the former royal standard. The Estates
General was elected by the body of active citizens
and renamed the National Assembly. New
hymns were composed, oaths taken and martyrs
commemorated, all in the name of the nation.
(v) The revolutionaries further declared that
it was the mission and the destiny of the French
nation to liberate the people of Europe from
despotism.
17. Refer to answer 16.
ia
18. “Napoleon had destroyed democracy
er
in France but in administrative field he had
incorporated revolutionary principles in order
at
to make the whole system more rational and
efficient.”
ym
(i) All privileges based on birth were removed.
(ii) Established equality before law.
ud
(iii) Right to property was given.
(iv) Simplified administrative divisions.
st
(v) Feudal system was abolished and peasants
ity
were freed from serfdom and manorial dues.
(vi) Guild restrictions were removed.
al
(vii) Transport and communication systems were
qu
improved.
19. The different measures introduced by
the French Revolutionaries that helped in the
@
development of collective identity were –
(a) The ideas of la patrie (the fatherland) and le
citoyen (the citizen) emphasized the notion of a
united community enjoying equal rights under a
constitution.
(b) A new French flag, the tricolor, was chosen
to replace the former royal standard.
(c) The Estates General was elected by the
body of active citizens and renamed the National
Assembly.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(d) New hymns were composed, oaths taken and
martyrs commemorated, all in the name of the
nation.
(e) A centralized administrative system was put
in place and it formulated uniform laws for all
citizens within its territory.
(f) Internal customs duties and dues were
abolished and a uniform system of weights and
measures was adopted.
am
(g) Regional dialects were discouraged and
French, as it was spoken and written in Paris,
gr
became the common language of the nation.
20. Refer to answer 14.
le
21. Refer to answer 16.
te
22. In 1815, representatives of the European
powers – Britain, Russia, Prussia and Austria –
l_
who had collectively defeated Napoleon, met at
Vienna to draw up a settlement for Europe.
The Congress was hosted by the Austrian
Chancellor Duke Metternich, the Treaty of Vienna
was drawn with the object of undoing most of the
changes that had come about in Europe during the
Napoleonic wars.
The Bourbon dynasty, which had been deposed
during the French Revolution, was restored to
power.
France lost the territories it had annexed under
Napoleon.
A series of states were set up on the boundaries of
France to prevent French expansion in future. Thus
the kingdom of the Netherlands, which included
Belgium, was set up in the north and Genoa was
added to Piedmont in the south. Prussia was given
important new territories on its western frontiers,
while Austria was given control of northern Italy.
The German confederation of 39 states that
had been set up by Napoleon was however, left
untouched. In the east, Russia was given part
of Poland while Prussia was given a portion of
Saxony.
The main intention was to restore the monarchies
that had been overthrown by Napoleon and create
a new conservative order in Europe.
Conservative regimes set up in 1815 were autocratic.
They did not tolerate criticism and dissent, and
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
sought to curb activities that questioned the
legitimacy of autocratic governments. Most of
them imposed censorship laws to control what was
said in newspapers, books, plays and songs and
reflected the ideas of liberty and freedom.
23. The French revolution led to the transfer
of sovereignty from the monarchy to a body of
French Citizens.
24. For the new middle classes liberalism stood
for freedom for the individual and equality of
all before the law. Politically, it emphasized the
concept of government by consent. Since the
French Revolution, liberalism had stood for
the end of autocracy and clerical privileges, a
constitution and representative government
through parliament. Nineteenth-century liberals
also stressed the inviolability of private property.
25. (a) Autocratic
26. Metternich
27. (b) It recognized Greece as an independent
er
nation.
at
28. (c) It had most of the German states as
members.
ym
29. Economic nationalism strengthened the
wider nationalist sentiment.
ud
(i) In the economic sphere liberalisation stood
for the freedom of markets and the abolition of
st
state imposed restrictions on the movement of
goods and capital. There was a strong demand
ity
of the emerging middle classes of the German
speaking regions for this.
al
(ii) Napoleon’s administrative measures had
qu
created a confederation of 39 states. Each of
these possessed its own currency, weights and
measures. Such conditions were viewed as
@
obstacles to economic exchange and growth by
the new commercial classes who argued for the
creation of a unified economic territory allowing
the unhindered movement of goods, people and
capital.
(iii) The union abolished tariff barriers and
reduced the number of currencies from over thirty
to two.
(iv) The creation of network of railways further
stimulated mobility, harnessing economic interest
to national unification.
19
30. The important events of the French revolution
that affected other parts of Europe include :
(a) The first clear expression of nationalism came
with the French Revolution and it spread in most
parts of Europe.
(b) The political and constitutional changes that
came in the wake of the French Revolution led to
the transfer of sovereignty from the monarchy to a
body of French citizens. This spread the message
am
of rule by people’s representatives.
(c) The ideas of la patrie (the fatherland) and le
gr
citoyen (the citizen) emphasized the notion of a
united community enjoying equal rights under a
le
constitution.
te
(d) A centralized administrative system was
put in place and it formulated uniform laws for
l_
all citizens within its territory. Internal customs
iaduties and dues were abolished and a uniform
system of weights and measures was adopted.
These measures were also implemented in other
countries which came under the occupation of
Napoleon.
(e) Knowing about the various changes in France,
Jacobian clubs were formed in various cities of
Europe by the educated middle class and students.
31. As the news of the events in France reached
the different cities of Europe, students and other
members of educated middle classes began
setting up Jacobin clubs. This spread the ideals of
liberalism in different parts of Europe. Thus, the
ideals of freedom for the individual and equality
of all before the law, government by consent etc.,
spread. With the outbreak of the revolutionary
wars, the French armies began to carry the idea of
nationalism abroad.
32. In the areas conquered by Napoleon the
reactions of the local populations to French rule
were mixed.
(a) Initially, in many places such as Holland and
Switzerland, as well as in certain cities like Brussels,
Mainz, Milan and Warsaw, the French armies were
welcomed as harbingers of liberty.
(b) But the initial enthusiasm soon turned
to hostility, as it became clear that the new
administrative arrangements did not go hand in
hand with political freedom.
20
(c) Increased taxation, censorship, forced
conscription into the French armies required to
conquer the rest of Europe, all seemed to outweigh
the advantages of the administrative changes.
33. Languages played an important role in
developing the nationalist sentiments.
(i) When Russia occupied Poland, the Polish
language was banned, and it was replaced by the
Russian language.
(ii) Many members of the clergy in Poland began
to use language as a weapon of national resistance.
(iii) The use of Polish came to be seen as a symbol
of the struggle against the Russian dominance.
34. (a) They started protests for equal political
rights and participated in political meetings.
(b) They formed their own associations and
newspapers.
(c) They also attended Frankfurt parliament
ia(v) One by one, European nationalists broke
though as observers.
er
35. Culture played an important role in creating
the idea of the nation:
at
(a) Art and poetry, stories and music helped
ym
express and shape nationalist feelings.
(b) Romanticism, a cultural movement which
sought to develop a particular form of nationalist
ud
sentiment. Though they generally criticized the
glorification of reason and science and focused on
st
emotions, intuition and mystical feelings. Their
effort was to create a sense of a shared collective
ity
heritage, a common cultural past, as the basis of a
nation.
al
(c) Romantics such as the German philosopher
qu
Johann Gottfried Herder claimed that true
German culture was to be discovered among the
common people – das volk. It was through folk
@
songs, folk poetry and folk dances that the true
spirit of the nation was popularized.
(d) The emphasis on vernacular language and the
collection of local folklore ignited the national
spirit, and carried the modern nationalist message
to large audiences who were mostly illiterate. This
was especially so in the case of Poland, which had
been partitioned.
(e) Language too played an important role in
developing nationalist sentiments. After Russian
occupation, the Polish language was forced out of
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
schools and the Russian language was imposed.
Many members of the clergy in Poland began to
use language as a weapon of national resistance.
Polish was used for Church gatherings and all
religious instruction.
36. Sentiment of Nationalism in the last half of
the 19th century.
(i) Nationalist groups became increasingly
intolerant, which led to war.
am
(ii) Major European powers manipulated the
nationalist aspirations to further their own
gr
imperialist aims.
(iii) Source of nationalist tension in Europe was
le
the area called Balkans.
te
(iv) Idea of romantic nationalism in the Balkan
together with disintegration of the Ottoman
l_
empire made this region very explosive.
away from its control and declared independence.
(vi) The Balkan people based their claims for
independence or political rights on nationality to
prove that they were once independent but were
subjugated by foreign power.
(vii) As the different, slavic nationalities struggled
to define their identity and independence, the
Balkan area became an area of intense conflict.
37. (i) Napoleon was set-about introducing
many of the reforms that he had already introduced
in France.
(ii) Through a return to monarchy Napoleon
had destroyed democracy in France, but in
the administrative field he had incorporated
revolutionary principles in order to make the
whole system more rational and efficient.
(iii) The Civil Code of 1804-usually known as
the Napoleonic Code-did away with all privileges
based on birth, established equality before the law
and secured the right to property.
(iv) This Code was exported to the regions
under French control. In the Dutch Republic, in
Switzerland, in Italy and Germany, Napoleon
simplified administrative divisions, abolished the
feudal system and freed peasants from serfdom
and manorial dues.
(v) In the towns too, guild restrictions were
removed.
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
(vi) Transport and communication systems were
improved.
38. (i) The absence of freedom of markets.
(ii) State imposed restrictions on movement of
goods and capital.
(iii) Time consuming calculation resulting from
difference in currency, weight and measurement.
(iv) The first half of the 19th century had low
explosive population growth.
(v) Job-seekers were more and employment
opportunities were less.
(vi) Small producers faced stiff competition from
import of cheap machine-made goods.
(vii) Peasants struggled under the burden of feudal
dues.
39. Refer to answer 35.
40. Refer to answer 35.
41. (i) Secret societies sprang up in many
European states to train revolutionaries and spread
er
their ideas.
at
(ii) To be revolutionary at this time meant a
commitment to oppose monarchical forms that
ym
had been established after the Vienna Congress,
and to fight for liberty and freedom.
ud
(iii) Most of these revolutionaries also saw the
creation of nation-states as a necessary part of this
struggle for freedom. One such individual was the
st
Italian revolutionary Giuseppe Mazzini.
ity
(iv)
He subsequently founded two more
underground societies, first, Young Italy in
al
Marseilles, and then, Young Europe in Berne,
whose members were like-minded young men
qu
from Poland, France, Italy and the German states.
(v) Mazzini believed that God had intended
@
nations to be the natural units of mankind. So,
Italy could not continue to be a patchwork of small
states and kingdoms. It had to be forged into a
single unified republic within a wider alliance of
nations.
(vi) This unification alone could be the basis of
Italian liberty. Following his model, secret societies
were set-up in Germany, France, Switzerland and
Poland.
(vii) Mazzini’s relentless opposition to monarchy
and his vision of democratic republic frightened
21
the conservatives. Metternich described him as
‘the most dangerous enemy’ of our social order.
42. During the years following 1815, the fear
of repression drove many liberal-nationalists
underground.
Secret societies sprang up in many European states
to train revolutionaries and spread their ideas.
To be revolutionary at this time meant a
am
commitment to oppose monarchical forms that
had been established after the Vienna Congress,
and to fight for liberty and freedom.
gr
Most of these revolutionaries also saw the creation
of nation-states as a necessary part of this struggle
le
for freedom.
te
One such individual was the Italian revolutionary
Giuseppe Mazzini. He became a member of the
l_
secret society of the Carbonari. As a young man of
ia24, he was sent into exile in 1831 for attempting a
revolution in Liguria.
He subsequently founded two more underground
societies, Young Italy in Marseilles, and Young
Europe in Berne, whose members were like-
minded young men from Poland, France, Italy and
the German states.
Mazzini believed that God had intended nations
to be the natural units of mankind. So Italy could
not continue to be a patchwork of small states
and kingdoms. It had to be forged into a single
unified republic within a wider alliance of nations.
This unification alone could be the basis of Italian
liberty.
Following his model, secret societies were set up
in Germany, France, Switzerland and Poland.
Mazzini’s relentless opposition to monarchy and
his vision of democratic republics frightened the
conservatives.
43. Freedom of the markets and abolition of state
imposed restrictions on movement of goods.
44. Freedom of the Press
45. The effect of revolutionary upheaval in France
in 1830 were :
(i) The Bourbon dynasty which was restored in
1815 was overthrown by liberal revolutionaries.
(ii) A constitutional monarchy was installed with
Louis Philippe as its head.
22
(iii) An uprising was seen in Brussels which led to
Belgium breaking away from the United Kingdom
of Netherlands.
46. Treaty of Constantinople 1932
47. (b) Treaty of Constantinople.
48. (a) There were more seekers of jobs than
employment. Population from rural areas migrated
to the cities to live in overcrowded slums.
(b) Small producers in towns were often faced
with stiff competition from imports of cheap
machine-made goods from England. This was
especially so in textile production, which was
carried out mainly in homes or small workshops.
(c) In those regions of Europe where the
aristocracy still enjoyed power, peasants struggled
under the burden of feudal dues and obligations.
The rise of food prices or a year of bad harvest led
to widespread pauperism in town and country.
iawas mainly used as a weapon of national resistance
49. Refer to answer 48.
er
50. (i) Though conservative forces were able to
at
suppress liberal movements in 1848, they could not
restore the old order. Monarchs were beginning to
ym
realise that the cycles of revolution and repression
could only be ended by granting concessions to the
liberal-nationalist revolutionaries.
ud
(ii) Hence, in the years after 1848, the autocratic
monarchies of Central and Eastern Europe began
st
to introduce the changes that had already taken
ity
place in Western Europe before 1815.
(iii) Thus, serfdom and bonded labour were
al
abolished. The Habsburg rulers granted more
qu
autonomy to the Hungarians in 1867.
51. Reasons for the Nationalist upsurge in the
@
19th century Europe.
(i) Oppression of people under absolute rulers.
(ii) Liberal ideas spread by well-known
philosophers and leaders.
(iii) The French Revolution inspired the people to
fight for freedom. The slogan ‘Liberty, Equality and
Fraternity’ became the clarion call for the common
people.
(iv) With the outbreak of revolutionary wars, the
French army and its soldiers began to carry the
ideas of nationalism abroad.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
52. (i) After 1815, many liberal nationalists
went underground for the fear of repression like
Giuseppe Mazzini, an Italian revolutionary who
founded two underground societies; first Young
Italy in Marseilles and then Young Europe in
Berne. Following the footsteps of Mazzini, many
secret societies were set-up in Germany, France,
Switzerland and Poland.
(ii) Romanticism was the cultural movement
am
which sought to develop a particular form of
nationalist sentiment. The Romantics used folk
songs, folk poetry and folk dances to popularize
gr
the true spirit of the nation. For example : Karol
Kurpinski celebrated the national struggle through
le
his operas and music in Poland. He turned folk
dances; like polonaise and mazurka into nationalist
te
symbols.
l_
(iii) Language also played an important role in
developing nationalist sentiments. For Example: It
when Polish language was forced out of schools
and the Russian language was imposed everywhere
in Poland.
53. Romanticism was a cultural movement which
sought to develop a particular form of nationalists
sentiments in the following ways.
(i) Critical approach towards reason and science :
Romantic artists criticized the glorification of
reason and science and focused on emotions,
intuitions and mystical feeling.
(ii) Folk culture as the spirit of the nation: Johann
Gottfried Herder claimed that through folk songs,
folk poetry and folk dances, the true spirit of
nation could be popularised.
(iii) Emphasis on vernacular language : They gave
emphasis on vernacular language to recover the
national spirit and to carry the modern nationalist
message to large audience who were mostly
illiterate.
54. Culture played an important role in creating
the idea of a nation because of the following
reasons.
(i) Art and poetry, stories, and music helped in
shaping nationalist feelings in Europe.
(ii) Romanticism was a cultural movement which
played a role in this context. Romantic poets
and artists were critical of reasons and scientific
thoughts.
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
(iii) A sense of shared collective heritage was
developed.
(iv) Folk dance, Folk poetry, Folk songs were
considered the true expression of the spirit of the
nation.
(v) Speaking in the vernacular language was
another expression of nationalism.
55. Refer to answer 35.
56. Some of the prevailing conditions that were
viewed as obstacles to economic exchange and
growth by the new commercial classes in the 19th
century Europe include –
(a) In a large number of small principalities that
formed a confederation of 39 states, Each of them
had its own currency, and weights and measures.
(b) A merchant travelling through Europe even
for medium distances had to cross numerous
custom barriers and pay a custom duty of about 5
iamost controversial subject matter within the liberal
per cent at each one of them.
er
(c) Duties were often levied according to the
weight or measurement of the goods. As each
at
region had its own system of weights and measures,
this involved time-consuming calculation.
ym
Such conditions were viewed as obstacles to
economic exchange and growth by the new
ud
commercial classes, who argued for the creation
of a unified economic territory allowing the
st
unhindered movement of goods, people and
capital.
ity
57. The role of Giuseppe Mazzini as an Italian
revolutionary:
al
(i) He founded two secret societies – Young Italy
qu
in Marseilles and Young Europe in Berne.
(ii) Members of these societies were like-minded
@
young men from Poland, France, Italy and German
states.
(iii) Mazzini’s relentless opposition to monarchy
and his vision of democratic republic frightened
the conservatives.
58. (i) The first half of the 19th century saw an
enormous increase in population all over Europe.
(ii) Job-seekers were more and employment
opportunities were less.
(iii) People from rural areas migrated to cities and
made cities over-crowded slums.
23
(iv) Small producers often faced stiff competition
from imports of cheap machine-made goods.
(v) Peasants struggled under the burden of feudal
dues and obligations.
59. With many revolts, like revolts of the poor,
unemployed workers and starving peasants during
1848 in Europe, the educated middle class of
France also started a revolution for the abdication
of the monarch and a republic based on universal
am
male suffrage.
In other parts of Europe, men and women of the
Liberal middle classes combined their demands for
gr
constitutionalism with national unification. They
took advantage of the growing popular unrest to
le
push their demand for the creation of a nation-
te
state on parliamentary principles — a constitution,
freedom of press and freedom of association. The
l_
issue of extending political rights to women was
movement in which large number of women had
participated actively.
60. (i) The 1848 revolution was led by the
educated middle class along with the poor,
unemployed starving peasants and workers in
many European countries for fulfilling their
demand of constitutionalism with nation
unification.
(ii) Political ideas : In German regions, large
number of political associations whose member
were middle class professionals, business man
and prosperous artisans came together in the city
of Frankfurt and decided to vote for all German
National Assembly.
(iii) Social ideas : A large number of women
had participated actively and formed their own
political associations founded newspapers, took
part in political meetings and struggled for right
to vote.
(iv) Economic ideas : Liberals struggled for
abolition of serfdom and bonded labour and
wanted freedom of market.
(v) Though conservative forces were able to
suppress liberal movements in 1848, they could
not restore the old order. Thus, serfdom and
bonded labour were abolished.
61. Though Poland was occupied the national
feelings were kept alive through music and
language.
24
Karol Kurpinski, celebrated the national struggle
through his operas and music, turning folk dances
like the polonaise and mazurka into nationalist
symbols.
Language too played an important role in
developing nationalist sentiments. As Russian
language was imposed in schools, many members
of the clergy in Poland began to use Polish during
Church gatherings and all religious instruction.
The use of Polish came to be seen as a symbol of
the struggle against Russian dominance.
62. Refer to answer 36.
63. Liberalism : Derived from Latin word ‘liber’
means ‘free’. It meant differently to different people.
Middle class : For the new middle classes it stood
for freedom of individual and equality of all, before
law.
Politically : It emphasized government by consent.
There was to be an end to autocracy and special
er
privileges. The right to vote was meant to be only
for property owning men, the lower classes were
at
therefore not included. In general, it stood for
ym
inviolability of private property and freedom of
the markets from state imposed restrictions on the
movement of good.
ud
64. The four important ideas of Liberal nationalist
in the economic sphere were –
st
(a) Removal of Internal customs duties.
ity
(b) Reducing the number of currency from 3 to
just two.
al
(c) Implementation of a uniform system of
qu
weights and measures.
Regional dialects were discouraged and French,
@
as it was spoken and written in Paris, became the
common language of the nation, which improved
business communication.
65. Culture played an important role in creating
the idea of a nation because of the following
reasons.
(i) Art and poetry, stories, music helped in
shaping nationalist feeling in Europe.
(ii) Romanticism was a cultural movement which
played a role in this context. Romantic poets and
artist were critical of reason and science.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iii) A sense of shared collective heritage was
developed.
(iv) Folk dance, folk poetry, folk songs were
considered the true expression of the spirit of the
nation.
(v) Speaking in the vernacular language was
another expression of nationalism.
66. Refer to answer 58.
am
67. Refer to answer 60.
68. (i) Greece had been a part of the Ottoman
Empire since the 15th century.
gr
(ii) Struggle for independence began in 1821.
le
(iii) Greece got support from Greeks living in
exile and West-Europeans who had sympilized
te
public opinion to support its fight against Muslim
l_
Empire.
ia(iv) The English Peit-Lord Byron, organised
funds, fought in war and died (of fever) in 1824.
(v) The treaty of Constantinople of 1832
recognized Greece as an independent nation.
69. The 1830s were years of great economic
hardship in Europe.
(a) There was an enormous increase in population
all over Europe. In most countries there were more
job seekers than employment available.
(b) Population from rural areas migrated to the
cities to live in overcrowded slums.
(c) Small artisans in towns often faced stiff
competition from imports of cheap machine-made
goods from England, where industrialization was
more advanced than on the continent. This was
especially so in textile production, which was
carried out mainly in homes or small workshops
and was only partly mechanized.
(d) In those regions of Europe where the
aristocracy still enjoyed power, peasants struggled
under the burden of feudal dues and obligations.
The rise of food prices or a year of bad harvest led
to widespread pauperism in town and villages.
70. During the 1830s, Giuseppe Mazzini had
sought to put together a coherent program for a
unitary Italian Republic. He formed the secret
society called Young Italy.
71. Kaiser William -I of Prussia.
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
72. (a) Contractors reduced their payments
drastically.
73. Victor Emmanuel -II.
74. (d) Sardinia-Piedmont
75. After Napoleon’s defeat in 1815, many
Germans wanted an independent Germany. The
King of Prussia, Kaiser William I, chose Prime
Minister Bismarck to unify Germany under the
rule of Prussia.
Bismarck was a fearless leader and believed in the
urgent need for unification in Germany. He started
with the modernization of the army, defying the
parliament in collecting taxes. His policy came to
be known as ‘Blood and Iron’ policy and earned
him the nickname of the ‘Iron Chancellor’.
(a) Bismarck took great efforts to improve the
army. With the improved army, he encouraged
the German population of Schleswig and Holstein
to revolt against their ruler Denmark. In 1864,
iaof unification of Germany. Its Chief Minister,
Bismarck joined hands with Austria against
er
Denmark. Prussia also defeated Austria and
formed the North German Confederation.
at
(b) Bismarck was able to keep Italy, Russia (and
Napoleon III, of France till the end) out of war by
ym
diplomacy and negotiations.
(c) The unification of Germany was complete
ud
under Kaiser William I in 1871. Soon Germany
emerged as the leading power in Europe, building
st
a colonial empire to further German economic
interest and increase German influence in the
ity
world.
76. (a) The English nation steadily grew in
al
wealth, importance and power, it was able to
qu
extend its influence over the other nations of the
islands.
@
(b) The English parliament, which had seized
power from the monarchy in 1688 at the end of
a protracted conflict, was the instrument through
which a nation-state, with England at its center,
came to be forged.
(c) The Act of Union (1707) between England
and Scotland that resulted in the formation of the
‘United Kingdom of Great Britain’ meant, in effect,
that England was able to impose its influence on
Scotland.
(d) Scotland’s distinctive culture and political
institutions were systematically suppressed.
25
The Catholic clans that inhabited the Scottish
Highlands suffered terrible repression whenever
they attempted to assert their independence.
(e) The Scottish Highlanders were forbidden to
speak their Gaelic language or wear their national
dress, and large numbers were forcibly driven out
of their homeland.
(f) The English helped the Protestants of Ireland
to establish their dominance over a largely
am
Catholic country. Catholic revolts against British
dominance were suppressed.
gr
77. Unification of Germany :
Nationalist feelings were widespread among
le
middle class farmers. In 1848, they tried to unify
te
Germany into a nation. This feeling was repressed
by the combined forces of the monarchy and the
l_
military.
From then on Prussia took on the leadership
Otto- von Bismarck was the architect of this process,
he took the help of military and bureaucracy.
Three wars over seven years ended in Prussian
victory and completed the process of unifications.
The Prussian King William-I was proclaimed
German Emperor in January 1871.
78. The Unification of Italy : During the mid of
the 19th century, Italy was divided into seven
states. In 1830, Mazzini decided to unite Italy. He
had formed a secret society ‘Young Italy’ to achieve
his goal. After earlier failures in 1831 and 1848
King Victor Emmanuel-II took to unify the Italian
states through wars.
Through a tactful diplomatic alliance with France
by Cavour of Sardinia-Piedmont succeeded in
defeating the Austrian forces in 1859. Under
the leadership of Garibaldi, armed volunteers
marched into south Italy in 1860 and the kingdom
of the two Sicilies and succeeded in winning the
support of the local peasants in order to drive out
the Spanish rulers. In 1861, Victor Emmanuel-II
was proclaimed king of united Italy.
79. Refer to answer 78.
80. Cavour was the Chief Minister of Sardinia
Piedmont. His contribution to the unification of
Italy was:
(i) He was a good administrator.
26
(ii) He worked for the unification of Italy.
through a tactful diplomatic alliance with France
engineered by Cavour of Sardinia-piedmont.
(iii) He led the movement to unify the regions of
Italy.
(iv) He was a tactful diplomat. He succeeded in
defeating the Austrian forces in 1859.
81. (i) Europe moved away from its association
with democracy and revolution. Conservatives
promoted state power and political domination.
(ii) Otto von Bismarck was the architect of this
process.
(iii) It was backed by the army and bureaucracy.
82. After 1848, nationalism in Europe separated
from its association with democracy and
revolution. Nationalist sentiments were mobilized
by conservatives for promoting state power and
achieving political domination over Europe.
Nationalist feelings were widespread among
er
middle-class Germans, who in 1848 tried to unite
the different regions of the German confederation
at
into a nation-state governed by an elected
parliament.
ym
This liberal initiative to nation-building was,
however, repressed by the combined forces of the
ud
monarchy and the military, supported by the large
landowners (called Junkers) of Prussia.
st
From then on, Prussia took on the leadership of
the movement for national unification. The chief
ity
minister of Prussia, Otto von Bismarck, was the
architect of this process. It was carried out with the
al
help of the Prussian army and bureaucracy.
qu
Three wars over seven years – with Austria,
Denmark and France – ended in Prussian victory
and completed the process of unification. In
@
January 1871, the Prussian king, William I, was
proclaimed German Emperor in a ceremony held
at Versailles.
83. Refer to answer 77.
84. Unification of Britain : In Britain, the
formation of the nation states was the result of
long drawn out process. All ethnic groups such as
English, Welsh, Scot or Irish had their own cultural
and political traditions. They were suppressed.
The English nation steadily grew in wealth and
power. It was able to extend its influence over the
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
other nations. The Act of Union 1707 between
England and Scotland resulted in the formation of
The United Kingdom of Great Britain.
85. In Britain, the formation of the nation-
state was not the result of a sudden upheaval or
revolution. It was the result of a long-drawn-out
process.
(i) The primary identities of the people who
inhabited the British Isles were ethnic ones-such
am
as English, Welsh, Scot or Irish.
(ii) All of these ethnic groups had their own
gr
cultural and political traditions.
(iii) Growth of the English nation happened
le
steadily in wealth, importance and power. It was
able to extend its influence over the other nations
te
of the islands.
l_
(iv) The Act of Union 1707 - between England
iaScotland resulted in the formation of the ‘United
Kingdom of Great Britain’. It means that England
was able to impose its influence on Scotland.
(v) The growth of the British identity meant
that Scotland’s distinctive culture and political
institutions were systematically suppressed.
(vi) The Scottish Highlanders were forbidden to
speak their Gaelic language or wear their national
dress, and large numbers were forcibly driven out
of their homeland.
86. (i) Giuseppe Mazzini became member of
various secret societies such as ‘young Italy’ or
‘Young Europe’.
(ii) He attempted revolution in Liguria.
(iii) He wanted unification with wider alliance of
nations.
(iv)
He frightened conservatives through
opposition of monarchy and vision of democratic
republics.
(v) He favoured unification of Italy.
(vi) He wanted Economic development and
political dominance of Italy.
87. (i) Through the act of Union (1707), England
was able to impose its influence on Scotland.
(ii) The growth of British identity in Parliament
suppressed the distinctive culture of Scotland.
(iii) The Catholic clans that inhibited the Scottish
Highland suffered repression.
The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
(iv) They were forcibly driven out of their
homeland.
(v) Ireland was also divided between Catholics
and Protestants.
(vi) Ireland was forcibly incorporated in the UK.
88. (c) She was a symbol of national unity.
89. Artists in the eighteenth and nineteenth
centuries found a way out by personifying a nation.
They portrayed a country as a female figure.
(a) The female form that was chosen to personify
the nation did not stand for any particular woman
in real life.
(b) It gave an abstract idea of the nation a concrete
form.
(c) The female figure became an allegory of the
nation.
(d) In France she was named Marianne and in
Germany she was named Germania.
90. Visualizing the Nation :
er
(i) Artists personified the nation — portrayed
at
nation as a female figure.
(ii) Artist used the female allegory to portray
ym
ideas such as liberty, justice and the republic.
(iii) Statues of Marianne were erected in public
ud
squares to remind the national symbol of unity
and to persuade them to identify with it.
st
(iv) Marianne images were marked on coins and
stamps.
ity
(v) Germania became the allegory of the German
nation. She wears a crown of oak leaves, as in
al
Germany oak stands for heroism.
qu
91. By the last quarter of the nineteenth century
nationalist aspirations of the subject people in
@
Europe to further their own imperialist aims. The
spread of the ideas of romantic nationalism in the
Balkans together with the disintegration of the
Ottoman Empire made this region very explosive
after 1871.
One by one, its European subject nationalities of
the Ottoman empire, broke away from its control
and declared independence. The Balkan people
27
based their claims for independence or political
rights on nationality and used history to prove
that they had once been independent but had
subsequently been subjugated by foreign powers.
Hence the rebellious nationalities in the Balkans
thought of their struggles as attempts to win back
their long-lost independence.
This made the Balkans an area of intense conflict.
The Balkan states were fiercely jealous of each
am
other and each hoped to gain more territory at
the expense of the others. Matters were further
complicated because the Balkans also became the
gr
scene of big power rivalry. During this period,
there was intense rivalry among the European
le
powers over trade and colonies as well as naval and
te
military might.
Each power – Russia, Germany, England, Austro–
l_
Hungary was keen on countering the hold of other
iapowers over the Balkans and extending its own
control over the area. This led to a series of wars in
the region and finally the First World War.
92. (i) The Balkan was a region of geographical
and ethnic variation comprising of many states
and territories whose inhabitants were commonly
known as Slaves.
(ii) A large part of Balkans was under the control
of the Ottoman empire while some other parts
were under the control of Russia and Austria
causing a complex problem.
(iii) The spread of the ideas of Romantic
nationalism in the Balkans together with the
disintegration of the Ottoman Empire made the
region very explosive.
(iv) The Balkan people based their claim for
independence or political rights on nationality and
desired to win back their long lost freedom.
(v) The Balkans also became the scene of big
power rivalry over trade and colonies as well as
naval and military might. Each power—Russia,
Germany, England, and Austria-Hungary—was
keen on countering the hold of other powers over
the Balkans, and extending its own control over
the area. This led to a series of wars in the region
and finally the First World War.
 Chapter

2 Nationalism in India

2.1 The First World War, Khilafat and Non 2.3 Towards Civil Disobedience
- Cooperation

am
2.4 The Sense of Collective Belonging
2.2 Differing Strands within the Movement

gr
Topicwise Analysis of (2019-2010) Years’ CBSE Board Questions

le
te
l_
ia
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al

QUICK RECAP
qu

In India as in other countries/colonies the concept war loans

of modern nationalism was closely linked to anti- ff Forced recruitment in to the army
@

colonial movement. People began discovering
their unity in the process of their struggle with
colonialism. The sense of being oppressed under
colonialism provided a shared bond that tied
many different groups together. But each class and
group felt the effects of colonialism differently,
their experiences were varied, and their notions of
freedom were not always the same.
2.1 THE FIRST WORLD WAR, KHILAFAT
AND NON - COOPERATION
ff More defense budget forcing countries to take
ff Shortages leading to prices doubling between
1913-18.
ff Shortage of food items because of crop failures
ff Raised Custom duty and taxes
ff Epidemic leading to death of many people
The idea of Satyagraha
ff You know that Mahatma Gandhi came back
to India (in January 1915) from South Africa.
He had used a novel method of mass agitation
against the racist regime there, which he called
satyagraha.
Nationalism in India
The idea of satyagraha emphasized that :
(a) If the cause was true and the struggle was
against injustice, then physical force was not
necessary to fight the oppressor.
(b) Without seeking revenge or being aggressive,
a satyagrahi could win the battle through non-
violence.
(c) This was to be done by appealing to the
conscience of the oppressor, who had to be
persuaded to see the truth.
(d) Mahatma Gandhi believed that this dharma of
non-violence could unite all Indians.
Gandhiji’s Early Experiments in Satyagraha
ff 1917 Champaran to lead plantation workers
against oppressive system.
ff 1917 Kheda to support peasants for relaxation
of revenue demand.
ff 1918 Ahmedabad to support the cotton mill
workers.
er
Rowlatt Act
at
ff The Anarchical and Revolutionary Crimes
Act of 1919, also known as the  Rowlatt Act
ym
was a legislative act passed by the  Imperial
Legislative Council in  Delhi  on March 18,
ud
1919.
ff It indefinitely extended the emergency
measures of preventive indefinite detention,
st
incarceration without trial and judicial
ity
review enacted in the Defense of India Act
1915  during the First World War. It was
al
named after the British judge Sir Sidney
qu
Rowlatt.
ff This act authorized the government to
imprison any person suspected of terrorism
@
living in the Raj for up to two years, without
a trial.
Gandhiji’s Satyagraha Against the Rowlatt Acts
and Events Leading to Jallianwala killings:
(a) Gandhiji wanted non-violent civil disobedience
against such unjust laws, starting with a strike
on 6 April.
(b) Rallies were organized in various cities,
workers went on strike in railway workshops,
and shops closed down.
29
(c) Alarmed by the public response and afraid
that important services such as the railways
and telegraph would be disrupted, the
British administration clamped down on the
nationalists.
(d) Local leaders were picked up from Amritsar,
and Mahatma Gandhi was barred from
entering Delhi.
(e) On 10 April, the police in Amritsar fired upon
am
a peaceful procession, provoking widespread
attacks on banks, post offices and railway
gr
stations.
(f) Martial law was imposed and General Dyer
le
took command.
te
(g) On 13 April the infamous Jallianwalla Bagh
incident took place. On that day a large crowd
l_
gathered there, some had come to protest
ia against the government’s new repressive
measures. Others had come to attend the
annual Baisakhi fair. People from villages
were unaware of the martial law that had been
imposed. Dyer entered the area, blocked the
exit points, and opened fire on the crowd,
killing hundreds.
(h) As the news of Jallianwala Bagh spread,
crowds took to the streets in many north
Indian towns. There were strikes, clashes
with the police and attacks on government
buildings. The government responded with
brutal repression, satyagrahis were forced to
rub their noses on the ground, crawl on the
streets, and do salaam (salute) to all sahibs;
people were flogged and villages (around
Gujranwala in Punjab, now in Pakistan) were
bombed.
Seeing violence spread, Mahatma Gandhi called off
the movement.
Khilafat Movement
ff Mahatma Gandhi understood that the
national movement had to be made broad-
based and for that muslims had to be brought
in to the movement. One way of doing this, he
felt, was to take up the Khilafat issue.
ff The First World War had ended and there
were rumors that a harsh peace treaty was
going to be imposed on the Ottoman emperor
30
– the spiritual head of the Islamic world (the
Khalifa). To defend him a Khilafat Committee
was formed in Bombay in March 1919.
Muslim leader brothers Muhammad Ali and
Shaukat Ali, discussed a united mass action on
the issue. Gandhiji saw this as an opportunity
to bring Muslims under the umbrella of a
unified national movement.
ff At the Congress session in Calcutta in
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
to cooperate, British rule in India would collapse
within a year, and Swaraj would come. He wanted
the non-cooperation to be implemented in stages:
1. Surrrender of Government titles
2. Boycott of civil services, army, police, court and
legislative councils and schools.
3. Boycott of foreign made goods.
4. If the government used repression, a full civil

am
September 1920, he convinced other leaders of disobedience campaign to be launched.
the need to start a non-cooperation movement Many in the Congress however, were reluctant
in support of Khilafat as well as for Swaraj. to boycott the council elections scheduled for

gr
Non-cooperation Moment -Stages November 1920, and they feared violence may
In his famous book Hind Swaraj (1909) Mahatma happen. At the Congress session at Nagpur in

le
Gandhi said that British rule was established in December 1920, a compromise was worked

te
India with the help of Indians, and had survived out and the Non-Cooperation programme was
only because of this cooperation. If Indians refused adopted.

l_
2.2 DIFFERING STRANDS WITHIN THE MOVEMENT ia
Non-cooperation in cities
er
(a) The movement started with middle-class participation in the cities.
at

(b) Thousands of students left government schools and colleges. Headmasters and teachers resigned,
and lawyers gave up their legal practices.
ym

(c) The council elections were boycotted except in Madras.

(d) Economic effects of the movement were more visible. Foreign cloth was burnt in huge bonfires.
ud

Value of imported cloth dropped from Rs 102 crore to Rs 57 crore.

(e) Merchants and traders refused to trade in foreign goods or finance foreign trade.
st

(f) Production of Indian textile mills and handlooms went up.

ity

But the movement in the cities gradually slowed down for a variety of reasons :
(i) Khadi cloth was often more expensive than mass produced mill cloth for the poor.
al

(ii) Boycott of British institutions could not be sustained because these were not replaced by Indian
qu

institution. So, teachers went back to schools and lawyers to courts.

Non-cooperation in villages
@

(a) Non-cooperation movement spread to the villages and tribal areas.

(b) In Awadh, peasants were led by Baba Ramchandra – a sanyasi who had been to Fiji as an indentured
laborer. The movement here was against talukdars and landlords who demanded exorbitantly high
rents and a variety of taxes from peasants. They demanded reduction of revenue, abolition of begar,
and social boycott of oppressive landlords.
(c) In June 1920, Jawaharlal Nehru began going around the villages to understand their grievances.
(d) The development of the peasant movement, was not liked by the Congress leadership. The houses
of talukdars and merchants were attacked, bazaars were looted, and grain hoards were taken over.
In many places local leaders told peasants that Gandhiji had declared that no taxes were to be paid
and land was to be redistributed among the poor.
Nationalism in India 31

(e) By October, the Oudh Kisan Sabha was set up headed by Jawaharlal Nehru, Baba Ramchandra and
a few others. When the Non-Cooperation Movement began Congress tried to integrate peasant
struggle into the wider struggle.

Non-cooperation by Tribals
(a) In the Gudem Hills of Andhra Pradesh, for instance, a militant guerrilla movement spread in the
early 1920s – led by Alluri Sitaram Raju.
(b) He claimed to have supernatural powers. He admired Mahatma Gandhi and persuaded people to
wear khadi and give up drinking.

am
(c) But at the same time, he asserted that India could be liberated only by the use of force, not non-
violence.

gr
(d) The Gudem rebels attacked police stations, attempted to kill British officials and carried on guerrilla
warfare for achieving Swaraj. Raju was captured and executed in 1924, and over time became a folk

le
hero.

te
Swaraj in Plantations

l_
Plantation workers in Assam, had their own understanding of Mahatma Gandhi and Swaraj.
(a) For them freedom meant the right to move freely and retaining a link with the village from which
ia
they had come. Under the Inland Emigration Act of 1859, plantation workers were not permitted
to leave the tea gardens without permission, and they were rarely given such permission.
er
(b) Because of the Non-Cooperation Movement, thousands of workers defied the authorities and headed
home.
at

(c) They believed that Gandhi Raj was coming and everyone would be given land in their own villages.
ym

The tribals interpreted the term Swaraj in their own way, imagining it to be a time when all suffering
and all troubles would be over. Yet, when they chanted Gandhiji’s name and raised slogans demanding
‘Swatantra Bharat’, they were also emotionally relating to the all-India agitation.
ud

2.3 TOWARDS CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE

st

(a) As the non-cooperation movement turned (c) Seniors like C R Das and Motilal Nehru formed
ity

violent it was withdrawn. Swaraj Party to contest council elections.

(b) Some leaders in the congress wanted to (d) Young leaders such as Subhash Chandra Bose
al

participate in provincial council elections set and Jawaharlal Nehru pressed for more radical
by GOI act 1919.
qu

means and wanted full independence.

Factors Shaping Indian Politics
@

Economic Depression Simon Commission

ff Agricultural prices began to fall ff The British government set up a Statutory Commission
from 1926 and collapsed after under Sir John Simon in response to the nationalist
1930. movement. However, the commission did not have a single
ff Demand for agricultural goods Indian member. They were all British. When the Simon
fell and exports declined, Commission arrived in India in 1928, it was greeted with
peasants found it difficult to sell the slogan ‘Go back Simon’.
their harvests and pay their taxes. ff Lord Irwin, announced in October 1929, a vague offer of
‘dominion status’ for India in an unspecified future.
The radicals in the Congress such as Subhas Chandra Bose and
Nehru became more assertive.
32
Lahore Session of Congress 1929
(a) Presided by Jawaharlal Nehru
(b) Demand for Full Independence was declared
(c) Declared 26th January 1930 as Independence
Day
(d) Pledged to struggle for complete independence
Independence was still an abstract idea for most
Indians. Mahatma Gandhi wanted to relate
this abstract concept with concrete issues of
everyday life.
The Salt March and the Civil Disobedience
Movement
ff Salt was a powerful symbol that was common
and had the potential to unite the nation.
ff On 31 January 1930, Gandhiji, sent a letter
to Viceroy Irwin stating eleven wide ranging
iaff Arrest of Gandhiji and attack on government
demands. The demands were made wide
er
ranging so that different sections of the society
could identify with them and everyone could
at
be brought together in a united campaign.
ym
ff The most important among the demand was
to abolish the salt tax. Salt was something
ud
consumed by the rich and the poor alike, and it
was one of the most essential items of food. He
st
opposed the tax on salt and the government
monopoly over its production. It revealed the
ity
most oppressive face of British rule.
ff The letter stated that if the demands were not
al
fulfilled by 11 March, the Congress would
qu
launch a civil disobedience campaign.
ff As Viceroy Irwin did not respond favorably so
@
Mahatma Gandhi started his famous 240 mile,
salt march accompanied by 78 of his trusted
volunteers. On 6 April he reached Dandi, and
ceremonially violated the law, manufacturing
salt by boiling sea water. This marked
the beginning of the Civil Disobedience
Movement.
Civil Disobedience was different from the Non-
Cooperation Movement
(a) People were now asked not only to refuse
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
cooperation with the British, as they had
done in 1921-22, but also to break colonial
laws.
(b) Thousands of people in different parts of the
country broke the salt law, manufactured salt
and demonstrated in front of government salt
factories.
(c) Foreign made cloth was boycotted, and liquor
am
shops were picketed. Peasants refused to pay
revenue and chaukidari taxes, village officials
gr
resigned, and in many places forest people
violated forest laws.
le
Calling off of Civil Disobedience
te
ff Arrest of many congress leaders.
l_
ff British responded by brutal repression and
lakhs of people were arrested.
buildings by industrial workers.
ff Arrest of Abdul Ghaffar Khan and death of
many protestors in police firing.
ff Violent clashes in different parts of the country.
Gandhiji called off the movement and entered into
pact with Irwin. By this Gandhi-Irwin Pact (5th
March 1931) Gandhiji consented to participate
in a Round Table Conference (the Congress had
boycotted the first Round Table Conference) in
London and the government agreed to release the
political prisoners.
In December 1931, Gandhiji went to London for
the conference, but the negotiations broke down
and he returned disappointed. Meanwhile the
government had begun a new cycle of repression.
Ghaffar Khan and Jawaharlal Nehru were both in
jail, and the Congress had been declared illegal, and
holding meetings, demonstrations and boycotts
was made illegal. Mahatma Gandhi relaunched the
Civil Disobedience Movement, though gradually it
lost its momentum.
How Participants saw the Movement : Different
social groups had different set of reasons
for participating in the Civil Disobedience
Movement.
Nationalism in India 33

They were hit by depressed prices of the food grains.

They were unable to pay the land revenue. Their demand for reduction in revenue was refused.
Rich
For them fight for swaraj was fight against high revenue.
Peasants
They were disappointed with the calling off of Civil Disobedience Movement and were
reluctant to joint it back upon its relaunch.
Economic depression made it very difficult for them to pay rent to the landlords.
Poor
Congress did not support their no rent campaign fearing that it would upset the rich
Peasants
farmers.
Their demand was for protection against exports and fixed exchange ratio.

am
To protect their business interests, they formed the Indian Industrial and Commercial
Business Congress in 1920 and the Federation of the Indian Chamber of Commerce and Industries
Community (FICCI) in 1927.

gr
Growing socialistic sentiments in congress kept them away from the Civil Disobedience
Movement when it was relaunched.

le
As the congress was seen close to the industrialists, the workers did not participate in the

te
Workers movement except in Nagpur.
Congress was reluctant to include their demands, fearing alienation of industrialists.

l_
There was largescale participation of women in the Civil Disobedience Movement.
They participated in the Salt March and other protest march.
Women
ia
They participated in picketing of foreign cloth and liquor shops.
They saw service to the nation as sacred duty and even went to jail.
er
Limits of Civil Disobedience
at

Not all social groups were moved by the abstract concept of swaraj. The Dalits and the Muslims were such
ym

important groups.
The congress ignored the Dalits for fear of offending the conservative upper caste Hindus.
Even though Gandhiji declared them as harijan - children of god.
ud

He organized Satyagraha to secure them entry into temples and access to public wells,
tanks, roads, schools, etc.
st

He himself cleaned toilets to dignify the work of the sweepers.

Dalits The Organized Depressed Classes Association under the leadership of B R Ambedkar
ity

demanded separate electorate in the second-round table conference.

When the British government conceded the demands; Mahatma Gandhi opposed it and
al

went on fast unto death. He believed that separate electorate for Dalits will delay their
qu

integration into the society.

This resulted in the Poona pact, that gave the Dalits reserved constituency.
@

After the decline of the Khilafat non-cooperation movement a large section of the Muslims
were alienated from the congress.
The association of congress in 1920 with Hindu religious nationalist group further widened
the divide.
Frequent Hindu-Muslim communal clashes aggravated the situation.
There were differences over the issue of representation in future assemblies.
Muslims
Negotiations over the issue of representation in assemblies fell through at the All Parties
Conference in 1928, when it was opposed by Hindu Mahasabha.
Many Muslim leaders expressed their concern about the status of Muslims as a minority
within India. They feared that their identity would be submerged under the domination of
a Hindu majority.
Thus, the participation of Muslims in the Civil Disobedience Movement was not enthusiastic.
34
2.4 THE SENSE OF COLLECTIVE BELONGING
Nationalism spreads when people begin to believe
that they are all part of the same nation, when they
discover some unity that binds them together.
Gradually the nation became a reality in the minds
of people.
er
ff This sense of collective belonging came partly
at
through the experience of united struggles.
History and fiction, folklore and songs, popular
ym
prints and symbols, all played a part in the
making of nationalism.
ud
ff In the twentieth century, the identity of India
came to be visually associated with the image
of Bharat Mata. The image was first created by
st
Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay. In the 1870s
ity
he wrote ‘Vande Mataram’ as a hymn to the
motherland. Later it was included in his novel
al
Anandamath and widely sung during the
qu
Swadeshi Movement in Bengal.
ff Abanindranath Tagore painted his famous
image of Bharat Mata. In this painting Bharat
@
Mata is portrayed as an ascetic figure; she
is calm, composed, divine and spiritual.
Devotion to this mother figure came to be
seen as evidence of one’s nationalism.
ff Ideas of nationalism also developed through
a movement to revive Indian folklore. In
late-nineteenth-century India, nationalists
began recording folk tales sung by bards and
they toured villages to gather folk songs and
legends. In Bengal, Rabindranath Tagore
himself began collecting ballads, nursery
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
rhymes and myths, and led the movement for
folk revival.
In Madras, Natesa Sastri published a massive
four-volume collection of Tamil folk tales,
The Folklore of Southern India. He believed
that folklore was national literature; it was ‘the
most trustworthy manifestation of people’s real
thoughts and characteristics’.
ff During the Swadeshi Movement in Bengal,
am
a tricolor flag (red, green and yellow) was
designed. It had eight lotuses representing
gr
eight provinces of British India, and a crescent
moon, representing Hindus and Muslims.
le
By 1921, Gandhiji had designed the Swaraj
flag. It was again a tricolor (red, green and
te
white) and had a spinning wheel in the centre,
l_
representing the Gandhian ideal of self-help.
ia Carrying the flag, holding it aloft, during
marches became a symbol of defiance.
ff Another means of creating a feeling of
nationalism was through reinterpretation of
history. By the end of the nineteenth century
many Indians began feeling that to instill a
sense of pride in the nation, Indian history
had to be thought about differently.
ff The British saw Indians as backward and
primitive, incapable of governing themselves.
In response, Indians began looking into the
past to discover India’s great achievements.
They wrote about the glorious developments
in ancient times when art and architecture,
science and mathematics, religion and culture,
law and philosophy, crafts and trade had
flourished.
ff The nationalist histories urged the readers
to take pride in India’s great achievements in
the past and struggle to change the miserable
conditions of life under British rule.
Important Years
1885 : First meeting of Indian National Congress
1905 : Partition of Bengal
1906 : Formation of Muslim League
1914-18 : First World War
1917 : Satyagrah Movement by Gandhiji at Kheda
1919 : Rowlatt Act passed
Nationalism in India
1919 : 13th April Jallianwala Bagh Massacre
1920 : September, Calcutta Congress session
1920 : December, Nagpur Congress Session
1927 : The Federation of Indian Chamber of
Commerce and Industries (FICCI) formed.
1928 : Simon Commission arrived in India
1929 : December, Lahore session: demand for
Purna Swaraj
1930 : 26th January was celebrated as independence
day
1930 : April 6th Salt March reached Dandi
1931 : March 5th , Gandhi- Irwin pact signed
1932 : September – Poona pact between Gandhiji
and Ambedkar
1937 : Election held for Provincial Assemblies
1939 : Second World War begins
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
35
Important Terms
Nationalism : Identifying as individual or as a
group with the political united thinking.
Forced recruitment : A process by which the
colonial state forced people to join the army.
Boycott : The refusal to deal and associate with
people, or participate in activities, or buy and use
things; usually a form of protest.
am
Satyagrah : A form of protest based on the ideals
of truth and non-violence.
Civil Disobedience : Breaking colonial laws
gr
Picket : A form of demonstration or protest by
which people block the entrance to a shop, factory
le
or office.
te
Begar : Labour that villagers were forced to
contribute without any payment.
l_
iaSwaraj : Freedom or self rule
36 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

2.1 The First World War, Khilafat 12. How had the First World War created a new
economic situation in India? Explain with
and Non - Cooperation three examples. (Term-II 2013)
VSA (1 mark) 13. What were the three proposals regarding
Non-Cooperation Movement, as suggested by

am
1. Name the writer of the book "Hind Swaraj".
Mahatma Gandhi? (Term-II 2012)
(AI 2017, Term-II 2011)
14. Write about the Rowlatt Act, 1919.
2. Trace the reason because of which Gandhiji

gr
 (Term-II 2012)
started Satyagraha in 1919. (Term-II 2016)

le
15. Describe the incident of Jallianwala Bagh
3. What did British do to repress the Rowlatt
which took place during the British rule.

te
Satyagrahis? (Term-II 2016)
 (Term-II 2012)
4. In which one of the following places Mahatma

l_
16. Explain any three facts about the new
Gandhi organised Satyagraha for the first time
economic situation created in India by the
in India?
ia First World War. (Delhi 2011)
(a) Dandi (b) Ahmedabad
er
(c) Kheda (d) Champaran 17. How did Mahatma Gandhi successfully
organize Satyagraha Movement in various
(Delhi 2014)
at

places just after arriving India? Explain by

SA (3 marks) giving three examples. (Term-II 2011)
ym

5. Why did Gandhiji decide to launch a LA (5 marks)

nationwide Satyagraha against the proposed
ud

18. Explain the implications of the ‘First World

Rowlatt Act 1919? Explain any three reasons.
War’ on the economic and political situation
(Delhi 2017, Term-II 2015, Al 2010)
st

of India. (AI 2019)

6. Discuss the various stages of the Non-
ity

19. Why did Gandhiji decide to launch a

Cooperation Movement launched by
nationwide Satyagraha against the proposed
Mahatma Gandhi. (Term-II 2016)
al

Rowlatt Act of 1919? How was it organized?

7. How could Non-Cooperation become a Explain.  (Term-II 2016)
qu

movement? Give your opinion. 20. Explain the effects of First World War on
(Foreign 2015, Term-II 2012) India. (Term-II 2015, Term-II 2013)
@

8. "British rule in India would have collapsed
if Indian had not cooperated". How did this
statement help in starting a mass movement in
India against the British rule? (Term-II 2015)
9. Explain the idea of Satyagraha according to
Gandhiji. (Delhi 2014, Al 2011)
10. Explain the issue behind the Khilafat
movement. (Term-II 2014)
11. How was Rowlatt Act opposed by the people
in India? Explain with examples. (Delhi 2013)
21. Describe the development which led to the
launching of Non-Cooperation Movement.
 (Term-II 2014)
22. How could Non-Cooperation become a
movement? Explain with examples.
(Delhi 2014)
23. Explain Gandhiji view on Satyagraha. Which
quality of Mahatma Gandhi turned the
freedom struggle into a mass movement?
 (Term-II 2013)
Nationalism in India
24. What was the impact of the First world War
on the economic conditions in India?
 (Term-II 2013)
25. What was the impact of the Rowlatt Act
Satyagraha on the political situation in India?
Describe. (Term-II 2012)
26. How did Gandhiji convert the National
Movement into a Mass Movement?
 (Term-II 2011)
2.2 Differing Strands within the
Movement
VSA (1 mark)
27. Why did Gandhiji withdraw the Non-
Cooperation Movement?
(a) Gandhiji realised that people were losing
interest in the movement.
ia
(b) Gandhiji felt the movement was turning
er
violent in many places.
(c) Some Congress leaders wanted to
at
participate in elections to Provincial
ym
Council.
(d) Some Congress leaders wanted more
radical mass agitations. (Delhi 2011)
ud
28. Which one of the following statement is false
about Alluri Sitaram Raju?
st
(a) He claimed he had special powers.
ity
(b) He was inspired by the non-cooperation
movement.
al
(c) He believed in the principle of non-
violence advocated by Gandhiji.
qu
(d) He persuaded people to give up drinking.
(Delhi 2011)
@
SA (3 marks)
29. Why did the Non-Cooperation Movement
gradually slow down in the cities? Explain.
 (Term-II 2015, Foreign 2014)
30. Describe the spread of Non-Cooperation
Movement in the countryside. (Term-II 2015)
31. Describe any three major problems faced by
the peasants of Awadh in the days of Non-
Cooperation Movement. (Term-II 2015)
37
32. Explain any three effects of the Non-
Cooperation Movement on the economy of
India.  (AI 2011)
33. Why did the different social groups join the
Civil Disobedience Movement? Explain.
(Term-II 2016)
34. How did women participate in the Civil
Dsiobedience Movement? Explain.
am
(Term-II 2015)
35. Explain the circumstances under which
gr
Gandhiji decided to call off the Civil
Disobedience Movement in 1931. (AI 2011)
le
LA (5 marks)
te
36. Explain the limitations of the ‘Civil
l_
Disobedience Movement’. (AI 2019)
37. How did Non-Cooperation Movement start
with participation of middle class people in
the cities. Explain its impact on the economic
front. (2018)
38. Why was Congress reluctant to allow women
to hold any position of authority within the
organization? How did women participate in
Civil Disobedience Movement explain?
 (2018)
39. How had Non-Cooperation Movement spread
in cities? Explain. (Term-II 2016)
40. Explain the response of the plantation workers
to the Non-Cooperation Movement started
by Gandhiji. What did freedom mean for
them? (Term-II 2016)
41. How did different social groups conceive
the idea of 'Non-Cooperation'? Explain with
example. (Term-II 2014)
42. Explain the grievances of the peasants against
the government. What steps were taken to
organise Peasant Movement to fufill their
demands during the colonial rule?
 (Term-II 2012)
43. Which incident marked the beginning of
Civil Disobedience Movement? Why did
the peasants join the Civil Disobedience
Movement?  (Term-II 2012)
38
44. Why did the poor peasants join the Civil
Disobedience Movement (1930-34)? Why
could not the Congress give full support to
their demands? (Term-II 2012)
45. Explain any five factors which gave rise to the
Civil Disobedience Movement of 1930.
(Term-II 2012)
2.3 Towards Civil Disobedience
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(a) Lucknow Pact (b) Gandhi – Irwin Pact
(c) Poona Pact (d) None of these
 (AI 2012)
SA (3 marks)
52. Why did Gandhiji decide to withdraw the
'Non-Cooperation Movement' in February,
1922? Explain any three reasons. (AI 2017)

am
53. What were the causes of the withdrawal of the
VSA (1 mark) Non-Cooperation Movement? Explain.

gr
 (Term-II 2015)
46. The resolution of Poorna Swaraj was adopted
at which session of the Congress? 54. Describe any three suppressive measures

le
 (Term-II 2011) taken by the British administration to clamp

te
down on nationalists. (Term-II 2014)
47. The Simon Commission was boycotted in

l_
India because (Term-II 2011) 55. Explain in brief the 'Dandi March'.
(Term-II 2016)
48. Which one of the following statements is not
ia
related to the Gandhi-Irwin Pact? 56. How did the Salt March become an effective
er
(a) Gandhiji agreed not to launch any further tool of resistance against colonialism? Explain.
mass agitations against the British. (Term-II 2015
at

(b) Gandhiji agreed to participate in the 57. Describe the main features of the 'Salt March'.
ym

Round Table Conference. (AI 2014)

(c) Gandhiji decided to call off the Civil
Disobedience Movement. 58. Describe the role of merchants and
ud

industrialists in the Civil Dsobedience

(d) The British agreed to release the political
Movement. (Foreign 2014)
prisoners. (AI 2011)
st

59. "The plantation workers in Assam had their

49. In which one of the following Indian National
ity

own understanding of Mahatama Gandhi and

Congress sessions was the demand of 'Purna
the notion of Swaraj". Support the statement
Swaraj" formalised in december 1929?
al

with arguments. (AI 2016)

(a) Madras Session (b) Lahore Session
qu

(c) Calcutta Session (d) Nagpur Session 60. Describe the main features of 'Poona Pact'.
(AI 2014) (AI 2015)
@

50. Who among the following was associated 61. Simon Commission was greeted with slogan
with the formation of 'Swaraj Party' within the 'Go back Simon' at arrival in India. Support
Congress? this reaction of Indians with argument.
(a) Subhas Chandra Bose (Term-II 2016, Foreign 2016)
(b) Motilal Nehru 62. What was the objective of Simon Commission?
(c) Jawahar Lal Nehru Why was it opposed in India? (Term-II 2012)
(d) Dadabhai Naoroji (Foreign 2014)
63. "The Civil Disobedience Movement was
51. Which one of the following agreements gave different from the Non-Cooperation
reserved seats to the 'Depressed Classes' in Movement." Support the statement with
Provincial and Central legislative Councils? examples. (Term-II 2012)
Nationalism in India
64. Examine the events that led to the Civil
Disobedience Movement. Why did the
industrialists support this movement?
 (Term-II 2012)
65. Explain the efforts made by Dr. B. R. Ambedkar
for the political empowerment of the Dalits or
Depressed classes. (Term-II 2012)
66. Why did Gandhiji relaunch the Civil
Disobedience Movement after the Second
Round Table Conference? Explain any three
reasons. (AI 2017)
67. "The Congress was reluctant to include
the demands of industrial workers in its
programme of struggle." Analyse the reasons.
(Delhi 2015)
68. How did the industrialists relate to the Civil
Disobedience Movement? Analyse their role.
(Foreign 2015)
er
LA (5 marks)
at
69. Who had organized the dalits into the
‘Depressed Classes Association’ in 1930?
ym
Describe his achievements. (Delhi 2019)
70. Define the term ‘Civil Disobedience
ud
Movement.’ Describe the participation of rich
and poor peasant communities in the ‘Civil
st
Disobedience Movement.’ (Delhi 2019)
ity
71. Explain the importance of the 'Salt March' of
Gandhiji as a symbol to unite the nation.
al
(Foreign 2017)
72. Why did political leaders differ sharply
qu
over the question of separate electorates for
muslims and the dalits?  (Term-II 2014)
@
73. "Dalit participation was limited in the civil
disobedience movement". Examine the
statement. (Delhi 2013)
74. "Plantation workers had their own
understanding of Mahatma Gandhi's ideas
and the notion of 'Swaraj'." Support the
statement. (Delhi 2017)
75. Why did Mahatma Gandhi relaunch the
Civil Disobedience Movement with great
apprehension? Explain. (Term-II 2016)
39
76. Explain the attitude of the Indian merchants
and the industrialists towards the 'Civil
Disobedience Movement'. (AI 2015)
77. How did the peasants of Awadh use different
methods to achieve their goal? Explain with
example. (Term-II 2014)
78. Critically examine the main aspects of Indian
National Movement during the period
am
between 1920 and 1935. (Term-II 2012)
79. How did the Colonial Government repress the
gr
'Civil Disobedience Movement'? Explain.
(AI 2017)
le
80. How did the Civil Disobedience Movement
te
come into force in various parts of the
country? Explain with examples.
l_
 (Term-II 2016)
ia
81. "Some of the Muslim political organizations in
India, were lukewarm in their response to the
'Civil Disobedience Movement'. Examine the
statement.  (Term-II 2013)
82. Critically examine the reasons of conflict
between the Congress and the Muslim league.
Why did the Muslim League fail to respond
to the call of United struggle during the Civil
Disobedience Movement?  (Term-II 2012)
83. What were the limitations of the Civil
Disobedience Movement? Elaborate.
(Term-II 2012)
2.4 The Sense of Collective
Belonging
VSA (1 mark)
84. Name the writer of the novel 'Anandamath'.
(Delhi 2017)
SA (3 marks)
85. What type of flag was designed during the
'Swadeshi Movement' in Bengal? Explain its
main features. (AI 2016)
86. Who had designed the 'Swaraj Flag' in 1921?
Explain the main features of this 'Swaraj Flag'.
(Term -II 2016)
40 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
87. Evaluate the contribution of folklore, songs, 89. "Natonalism spreads when people begin
popular prints, etc. in shaping the nationalism to believe that they are all part of the same
during freedom struggle. (Delhi 2017) nation." Support the statement.
 (Delhi 2015)
LA (5 marks)
90. How did cultural processes help in creating
88. Compare the images of Bharat Mata with the a sense of collective belongingness in India?
image of Germania. (AI 2010) Explain. (Delhi 2011)

Answers

am
gr
1. Mahatma Gandhi (iv) In case the government used repression, a full
2. To protest against Rowlatt Act civil disobedience campaign would be launched.

le
3. The British decided to clamp them down. (v) Mahatma Gandhi and Shaukat Ali toured

te
extensively, mobilising popular support of the
4. (d) Champaran
movement.

l_
5. Mahatma Gandhi decided to launch a
nationwide Satyagraha against the proposed 8. (i) Mahatma Gandhi declared that British
rule was established in India with the cooperation
Rowlatt Act:
ia
of Indians and if Indians had refused to cooperate,
(i) The Rowlatt Act had been hurriedly passed
er
through the Imperial Legislative Council despite British rule in India would have collapsed within a
year.
at

the united opposition of the Indian members.

(ii) It gave the government enormous power to (ii) He proposed that the movement should
ym

repress political activities. unfold in stages.

(iii) Allowed detention of political prisoners (iii) It should begin with the surrounding of titles
that the government had awarded to the Indians.
ud

without trial for two years.

(iv) It was an unjustful law. (iv) A boycott of civil services, army, police, courts
and legislative assemblies, schools and foreign
st

6. Gandhiji proposed that the movement should

unfold in stages: goods would show their non-cooperation to the
ity

British empire.
1st Stage - Surrender of titles that the government
awarded. Mahatma Gandhi felt that in case the government
al

2nd Stage - Boycott of civil services, army, police, used repression, full civil disobedience campaign
qu

courts and legislative, councils, school, and foreign would be launched.

goods. 9. (i) The idea of 'Satyagraha' emphasized the
@

3rd Stage - Then, in case the government used
repression, a full civil disobedience campaign
would be launched.
7. Non-Cooperation became a movement:
(i) It was the view of Gandhiji that the British rule
was set in India with the cooperation of Indians.
(ii) If Indians refused cooperation, British rule
in India would collapse within a year and Swaraj
would come.
(iii) Gandhiji proposed that the movement should
unfold in stages.
power of truth and the need to search for truth.
(ii) It suggested that if the cause was true, if the
struggle was against injustice, then physical force
was not necessary to fight the oppressor.
(iii) According to Gandhiji, without seeking
vengeance or being aggressive, a satyagrahi could
win the battle through non-violence.
10. Khilafat Agitation:
(i) World War-I had ended with defeat of
Ottoman Turks. There were rumours of harsh
treaty on Khalifa.
Nationalism in India
(ii) To defend Khalifa's temporal powers,
Khilafat Committee was formed in 1919 as he was
considred as the spiritual head of Muslims.
Gandhiji supported it because he saw it as an
opportunity to bring Muslims under the umbrella
of a unified National Movement.
11. (i) Rallies were organized in various cities.
(ii) Workers went on strike in railway workshops.
(iii) Shops were closed down.
It was in opposition to the Rowlatt Act and its
consequence that the infamous Jallianwala Bagh
Massacre took place. General Dyer ordered his
troops to open fire on the innocent civilians who
had gathered from the city of Amritsar and outside
to attend a peaceful meeting.
12. Impact of First World War on the economic
situation in India are given below:
(i) It speeded up the process of industrialisation.
ia
(ii) It led to a huge rise in the defence expenditure
er
of the Government of India.
at
(iii) There was shortage of food leading to famine.
13. Refer to answer 6.
ym
14. (i) It gave enormous powers to repress
political activities.
ud
(ii) Allowed detention of political prisoners
without trial.
st
(iii)
It was passed by Imperial Legislative
ity
Assembly despite the strong opposition of the
India members.
al
15. Incident and Impact of the Jallianwala Bagh:
qu
On 13th April large crowd gathered in Jallianwala
Bagh.
@
Some of them had come to protest against the
government's new repressive measures and others
had come to attend Baisakhi fair.
General Dyer entered the area, blocked the exit
points and opened fire on the crowd, killing
hundreds to create a feeling of terror.
It made the following impact:
(i) As the news spread, people took to the streets
in North Indian towns.
(ii) There was strikes, clashed with police.
(iii) Attacks on Government buildings.
41
(iv) The government responded with brutal
repression to terrorize people.
(v) Satyagrahis were forced to rub their noses on
the ground and people were flogged.
16. Refer to answer 12.
17. After arriving in India, Mahatma Gandhi
successfully organized Satyagraha Movement in
various places:
am
(i) In 1917, he travelled to Champaran in Bihar
to inspire the peasants to struggle against the
oppressive plantation of Indigo.
gr
(ii) In 1917, he organized a Satyagrah to support
the peasants of the Kheda district of Gujarat who
le
were affected by crop failure and plague epidemic
te
and could not pay the revenue.
(iii) In 1918, Mahatma Gandhi went to
l_
Ahmedabad to organize Satyagraha Movement
amongst cotton mill workers.
18. The following were the effects of the First
World War on the economic and political situation
of India:
(a) More defense budget forcing countries to take
war loans
(b) Shortages leading to prices doubling between
1913-18.
(c) The Custom duty and taxes were raised
leading to price rise.
(d) Forced recruitment in to the army led to
discontent among the people.
(e) Shortage of food items because of crop failures
(f) Spread of epidemic leading to death of many
people
19. Satyagraha against the proposed Rowlatt Act,
1919:
(i) The Rowlatt Act was hurriedly passed through
the Imperial Legislative Council.
(ii) Indian members unitedly opposed it.
(iii) It gave government enormous powers to
repress political activities.
(iv) It allowed detention of political prisoners
without trials for two years.
Organization of Satyagraph:
(i) Mahatma Gandhi wanted non-violent civil
disobedience against, such unjust laws.
42
(ii) It was started with a "Hartal' on 6th April.
(iii) Rallies were organized in various cities.
(iv) Workers went on strike in railway workshops.
(v) Shops were closed down.
20. (i) The war created a new economic and
political situation.
(ii) It led to huge increase in defence expenditure
which was financed by war loans and increasing
taxes, custom duties were raised and income tax
was introduced.
(iii) Prices increased, doubling between 1913-18.
This hit the common people.
(iv) Villagers were asked to supply soldiers and
through force recruitment in rural areas.
(v) During 1918-19, crops failed in many parts of
India which created shortage of food.
(vi) Spread of influenza epidemic and dealth of 12
to 13 million people.
ia
21. Developments which led to the launching of
er
Non-Cooperation Movement:
Mahatma Gandhi had successfully organized
at
Satyagraha movements in various places.
ym
In 1916, he travelled to Champaran in Bihar
to inspire the peasants to struggle against the
oppressive plantation system.
ud
Then in 1917, he organized a Satyagraph to support
the peasants of the Kheda district of Gujarat.
st
In 1918, he went to Ahmedabad to organize a
ity
Satyagrapha movement amongst cotton mill
workers.
al
(a) In 1919, he decided to launch a nationwide
Satyagraha against the proposed Rowlatt Act.
qu
(b) Rallies were organized in various places.
(c) At the Calcutta session of the Congress in
@
September 1920, he convinced other leaders of
the need to start a non-cooperation movement in
support of Khilafat as well as for Swaraj.
22. The Non-Cooperation-Khilafat Movement
began in January 1921.Various social groups
participated in this movement, each with its own
specific aspiration. All of them responded to the
call of Swaraj, but the term meant different things
to different people.
The movement started with middle-class
participation in the cities. Thousands of students
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
left government-controlled schools and colleges,
headmasters and teachers resigned, and lawyers
gave up their legal practices. The council elections
were boycotted in most provinces (except Madras,
where the Justice Party, the party of the non-
Brahmans, felt that entering the council was one
way of gaining some power.
Foreign goods were boycotted, liquor shops
picketed, and foreign cloth was burnt in huge
am
bonfires. As the boycott movement spread, people
began discarding imported clothes wearing only
Indian cloth.
gr
From the cities, the Non-Cooperation Movement
le
spread to the countryside. It drew into its fold
the struggles of peasants and tribals. In Awadh,
te
peasants were led by Baba Ramchandra – the
l_
movement here was against talukdars and landlords
who demanded from peasants exorbitantly high
rents.
In the Gudem Hills of Andhra Pradesh, a militant
guerrilla movement spread in the early 1920s –
though not a form of struggle that the Congress
could approve. As the colonial government
shut forest areas and began forcing the tribals to
contribute begar for road building, the hill people
revolted rather violently under the leadership of
Alluri Sitaram Raju.
23. Important points about Gandhiji's idea of
'Satyagraha':
(i) The idea of Satyagraha emphasized the power
of truth and the need to search for truth.
(ii) It suggested that if the cause was true, if the
struggle was against injustice, then physical force
was not necessary to fight the oppressor.
(iii) This could be done by appealing to the
conscience of the oppressor.
(iv) Without seeking vengeance or being
aggressive, a satyagrahi could win the battle
through non-violence.
(v) People including the oppressors had to be
persuaded to see the truth, instead of being forced
to accept truth through the use of violence.
(vi) Gandhiji believed that truth was bound to
ultimately triumph.
(vii) He believed that the dharma of non-violence
could unite all Indians.
Nationalism in India
24. (i) It created new economic and political
problems. The war had led to huge expenditure
which was financed by heavy loans and increase in
taxes. Customs duties were raised and income tax
was introduced.
(ii) The prices had doubled between 1913-18 and
the common people underwent great hardships.
(iii) Crops had failed between 1918-19 and
1920-21 leading to famine and disease. There were
epidemics killing between 12-13 million people
(Census, 1921).
(iv) People's hope that the end of war would bring
an end to their goals were belied, and this led to
their support to the national movement.
(v) The Muslims were antagonised by the British
for ill-treatment of the Khalifa, after the First
World War.
(vi) Indian villagers were also incensed by the
British Government's forced recruitment of men
in the army.
er
(vii) The Congress and other parties were angry
at
with the British for not consulting them before
making India a party on their side against
ym
Germany.
(viii) Taking advantage of the First World War,
ud
many revolutionary parties cropped up. They
incited the people to join the anti-colonial
movement in India (i.e., The National Movement).
st
25. (i) People organised hartals in cities and
ity
railways went on strike.
(ii) Shops were closed down.
al
(iii) Leaders were arrested.
qu
(iv) At Amritsar, police fired upon a peaceful
procession.
@
(v) Martial law was imposed.
26. Gandhiji converted the National Movement
into a Mass Movement by:
(i) His simple and saintly life and way of
convincing the masses.
(ii) His undisputed leadership and magnetic
personality.
(iii) His policy of non-violent Satyagraha.
(iv) His programmes of social reforms like
fighting against untouchability.
(v) His commitment to Hindu-Muslim unity.
43
27. (b) Gandhiji felt the movement was turning
violent in many places.
28. (c) He believed in the principle of non-
violence advocated by Gandhiji.
29. The Non-Cooperation Movement gradually
slowed down in the cities because:
(i) Khadi clothes were more expensive than mill
clothes. Poor people could not afford to buy it.
am
(ii) The boycott of British institutions posed a
problem as there was no alternate arrangement.
Students and teachers began trickling back to
gr
government schools.
le
(iii) Lawyers joined work in government courts.
30. Non-Cooperation Movement spread in the
te
countryside:
l_
(i) Awadh peasants were led by Baba
iaRamchandra. Here the movement was against
talukdars and landlords who demanded from
peasants exorbitantly high rents and a variety of
other cesses.
(ii) Peasants had to do begar and work at
landlords farms without any payments. As tenants
they had no security of tenure and were regularly
evicted so that have no right over the leased land.
(iii) The Peasant Movement demanded reduction
of revenue, abolition of begar and social boycott of
oppression landlords.
(iv) In the meantime, Jawaharlal Nehru began
going around the villages in Awadh.
The Awadh Kisan Sabha was set up in the villages.
The peasant movement, however, developed in
forms that the Congress leadership was unhappy
with.
(v) As the movement spread, the houses of
talukdars and merchants were attacked: bazaars
were looted and grain hoards were taken over.
31. Problems faced by the peasants of Awadh in
the days of Non-Cooperation Movement were:
(i) Talukdars and landlords posed high rent on
land and variety of cesses.
(ii) Various taxes were also implemented on
them.
(iii) Peasants had to do begar and work at
landlord's farm without any payment.
44
(iv) They had no security of tenure and were
evicted regularly.
(v) They had no right over leased land.
32. The effects of non-cooperation on the
economic front were very dramatic.
(a) Foreign goods were boycotted, liquor shops
picketed, and foreign cloth burnt in huge bonfires.
(b) The import of foreign cloth halved between
1921 and 1922, its value dropping from Rs 102
crore to Rs 57 crore.
(c) In many places merchants and traders refused
to trade in foreign goods or finance foreign trade.
(d) As the boycott movement spread, and people
began discarding imported clothes and wearing
only Indian ones, production of Indian textile
mills and handlooms went up.
33. Different social groups joined in the Civil
Disobedience Movement for different reasons:
(i) Rich Peasantry Group: The Patidar and Jats
er
demanded reduction in revenue and participated
at
in the boycott program.
(ii) Poor Peasantry Group: They wanted unpaid
ym
rent to be remitted, joined radical movement led
by the socialist and communist.
ud
(iii) Business Class Group: Prominent industrialist
like Purshottamdas, G D Birla formed FICCI.
They wanted protection against imports of foreign
st
goods and stable rupee sterling exchange ratio and
ity
refused to sell imported goods.
(iv) Working Class Group: Nagpur workers
al
adopted boycott of foreign goods, against low
qu
wages and poor working conditions.
(v) Women: Participated in the protest marches,
@
manufacturing of salt and boycotted foreign goods.
34. Participation of women in the Civil
Disobedience Movement:
(i) Women in large number participated in the
Civil Disobedience Movement.
(ii) During Salt March thousands of women came
out of their homes to listen to Gandhiji.
(iii) They participated in protest marches,
manufactured salt.
(iv) They picketed foreign cloth and liquor shops.
(v) Many went to jail.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(vi) They began to see service to the nation as a
sacred duty of women.
35. (i) When Indian leaders were arrested, angry
crowds demonstrated in the streets of Peshawar,
facing armored cars and police firing. Many were
killed.
(ii) A month later, when Gandhiji himself was
arrested, industrial workers attacked police posts,
government buildings, law courts and railway
am
stations and all structures that symbolized the
British rule.
gr
(iii) A frightened government responded with a
policy of brutal repression. Peaceful satyagrahis
le
were attacked, women and children were beaten,
te
and about 100,000 people were arrested.
(iv) To break the deadline between Congress and
l_
the government Lord Irwin invited Gandhiji for a
iapeace pact i.e. Gandhi-Irwin pact.
(v) Under such a situation Gandhiji decided to call
off the movement.
36. The limits of the Civil Disobedience
Movement were-
1. The Congress ignored the dalits and the
depressed classes in order to please the high caste
Hindus. Hence, the participation of the depressed
classes was Limited.
2. The Congress was associated with the
Hindu related Nationalist groups. So, the Muslim
participation was less.
3. There was distrust between the communities
alienated by the Congress. Large sections of
Muslims did not respond to the civil disobedience
movement.
4. The rich peasants were disappointed when
the civil disobedience movement was called off in
1931 without the revenue rates being revised. The
participation of the landless peasants was poor.
5. The Congress was closer to and supported the
business class due to which the industrial working
class did not participate in the movement.
37. The non-cooperation movement started with
middle-class participation in the cities. Thousands
of students left government-controlled schools
and colleges, headmasters and teachers resigned,
and lawyers gave up their legal practices.
Nationalism in India
The council elections were boycotted in most
provinces except Madras, where the Justice Party,
the party of the non-Brahmans, felt that entering
the council was one way of gaining some power –
something that usually only Brahmans had access
to.
The effects of non-cooperation on the economic
front was dramatic. Foreign goods were boycotted,
liquor shops picketed, and foreign cloth burnt in
huge bonfires.
The import of foreign cloth halved between 1921
and 1922, its value dropping from Rs 102 crore
to Rs 57 crore. In many places merchants and
traders refused to trade in foreign goods or finance
foreign trade. As the boycott movement spread,
and people began discarding imported clothes and
wearing only Indian ones, production of Indian
textile mills and handlooms went up.
38. Large number of women participated in
ia
the Civil Disobedience Movement. As was seen
er
during Gandhiji’s Salt March, thousands of women
at
came out of their homes to listen to him. They
participated in protest marches, manufactured
ym
salt, and picketed foreign cloth and liquor shops.
Many went to jail. In urban areas these women
were from high-caste families; in rural areas they
ud
came from rich peasant households. Moved by
Gandhiji’s call, they began to see service to the
st
nation as a sacred duty of women.
ity
However, this increased public role did not
necessarily mean any radical change in the way
al
the position of women was visualized. Gandhiji
was convinced that it was the duty of women to
qu
look after home and hearth, be good mothers and
good wives. And for a long time the Congress was
@
reluctant to allow women to hold any position of
authority within the organization. He was keen
only on their symbolic presence.
39. Non-Cooperation Movement spread in cities
across the country:
(i) The movement started with middle class
participation in the cities.
(ii) Thousands of students left government
controlled schools and colleges.
(iii) Headmasters and teachers resigned and
lawyers gave up their legal practices.
45
(iv) The council elections were boycotted in most
provinces except Madras where Justice Party took
part in elections.
40. The response of the plantation workers to the
Non-Cooperation Movement was as follows:
(i) Under the Inland Emigration Act of 1859,
plantation workers were not permitted to leave the
tea gardens without permission.
am
When they heard of the Non-Cooperation
Movement, thousands of workers defied the
authorities, left the plantations and headed home.
gr
(ii) They believed that Gandhi Raj was coming
and everyone would be given land in their own
le
village.
te
(iii) They, however, never reached their
destination. Stranded on the way because of a
l_
railway and steamer strike, they were caught by the
police and brutally beaten up.
(iv) For them, freedom meant the right to move
freely in and out of the confined space in which
they were enclosed.
41. Refer to answer 33.
42. Reasons of grievances of the peasants against
the government were:
(i) The forest laws of the colonial government
deprived them of the traditional rights of entering
the forest to graze their cattle or to collect fuelwood
and fruits.
(ii) High land revenues.
(iii) Forced to perform begar.
Steps taken to organize Peasant Movement:
(i) Many Kisan Sabhas were organised.
(ii) Guerilla Militant Movement organised.
(iii) Attacked police Stations and attemped to kill
British police officials.
(iv) Gandhiji declared that no tax was to be paid.
43. Civil Disobedience Movement: Violation
of Salt law by manufacturing salt from sea
water by Gandhi marked the beginning of Civil
Disobedience Movement.
The peasants joined the Civil Disobedience
Movement due to the following reasons:
(i) Rich peasant (Patidars of Gujarat and Jats of
Uttar Pradesh) were active in the movement. They
46
were hard hit by the trade depressions and falling
prices. The refusal of the government to reduce the
revenue led to widespread resentment.
(ii) For the rich peasants, fight for Swaraj was a
struggle against high revenue.
(iii) Poor peasants wanted the unpaid rent to
the landlord be remitted so they joined the Civil
Disobedience Movement.
44. The poor peasants joined the Civil
Disobedience Movement (1930-34) because
landlords were not interested in the lowering of
the revenue demand. Many had rented land. They
could not pay rent because of the depression and
dwindling cash incomes.
Congress could not give full support because
they thought rich peasants and landlords would
be upset. It was unwilling to support 'no rent'
campaign in most places. So, the relationship
between the poor peasants and the Congress
remained uncertain.
er
45. Factors that gave rise to the Civil Disobedience
at
Movement were:
(i) The problem with the Simon Commission.
ym
(ii) Irwin's vague offer of Dominion Status for
India in an unspecified future.
ud
(iii) Salt Law.
(iv) Neglect of eleven demands of Gandhiji by the
st
British.
(v) Lahore Session of INC (1929).
ity
46. Lahore Session 1929
al
47. There was no Indian member in the Simon
commission.
qu
48. (a) Gandhiji agreed to not to launch any
further mass agitation
@
49. (b) Lahore Session
50. (b) Motilal Nehru
51. (c) Poona Pact
52. Withdrawal of Non-Cooperation Movement
in February 1922:
(i) Gandhiji felt the movement was turning
violent in many places.
(ii) A clash took place at Chauri Chaura in Uttar
Pradesh. A group volunteers picketing a liquor
shop were beaten up by the police.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iii) In protest a group of peasants went to the
police station, bolted the door and set fire to the
police station killing 22 policemen.
The incident shocked Gandhiji and he immediately
withdrew the movement.
53. Refer to answer 52.
54. (i) Barring local leaders from Amritsar along
with Mahatma Gandhi from entering Delhi.
am
(ii) Open firing upon a peaceful procession in
Amritsar, which led to widespread attacks on
banks, police stations, etc. Imposition of Martial
gr
Law.
le
(iii) Forcing the Satyagrahis to rub their noses on
the ground, flogging people and bombing villages.
te
55. (i) Mahatma Gandhi started his famous 'Salt
l_
March' or 'Dandi March' on 11th March, 1930
iaaccompanied by 78 of his trusted volunteers.
(ii) The march was to cover 240 miles from
Gandhi's asharam in Sabarmati to the Gujarati
Coastal town of Dandi.
(iii) On 6th April, 1930, he reached Dandi and
ceremonially violated the law by manufacturing
salt by boiling sea water.
(iv) This marked the beginning of Civil
Disobedience Movement.
56. 'Salt March' became and effective tool of
resistance against colonialism because:
(i) Mahatma Gandhi found in salt a powerful
symbol that could unite the nation.
(ii) Gandhiji sent a letter to Viceroy Irwin stating
eleven demands. The most stirring of all was the
demand to abolish the salt tax.
(iii) Salt was the most essential item of food and
was consumed by rich and poor alike.
(iv) Irwin was unwilling to negotiate, so
Gandhiji started Salt March with 78 volunteers.
On 6th April he reached Dandi, violated law and
made salt.
This March developed the feeling of nationalism,
people in different parts of the country broke the
salt law and manufactured salt and demonstrated
in front of government salt factories.
57. Refer to answer 55.
Nationalism in India
58. During the First World War, Indian
merchants and industrialists had made huge
profits and become powerful. Keen on expanding
their business, they now reacted against colonial
policies that restricted business activities. They
wanted protection against imports of foreign
goods, and a rupee-sterling foreign exchange ratio
that would discourage imports.
They formed the Indian Industrial and Commercial
Congress in 1920 and the Federation of the Indian
Chamber of Commerce and Industries (FICCI) in
1927.
Led by industrialists like Purshottamdas Thakurdas
and G. D. Birla, the industrialists attacked colonial
control over the Indian economy, and supported
the Civil Disobedience Movement when it was
first launched.
They gave financial assistance and refused to buy
ia
or sell imported goods. Most businessmen came
er
to see swaraj as a time when colonial restrictions
on business would no longer exist and trade and
at
industry would flourish without constraints.
But after the failure of the Round Table Conference,
ym
business groups were no longer uniformly
enthusiastic. They were apprehensive of the spread
ud
of militant activities, and worried about prolonged
disruption of business, as well as of the growing
st
influence of socialism amongst the younger
members of the Congress.
ity
59. Plantation workers had their own
al
understanding of Mahatma Gandhi and the
notion of swaraj. For plantation workers in Assam,
qu
freedom meant the right to move freely in and out
of the confined space in which they were enclosed,
@
and it meant retaining a link with the village from
which they had come.
Under the Inland Emigration Act of 1859,
plantation workers were not permitted to leave the
tea gardens without permission, and in fact they
were rarely given such permission.
When they heard of the Non-Cooperation
Movement, thousands of workers defied the
authorities, left the plantations and headed home.
They believed that Gandhi Raj was coming and
everyone would be given land in their own villages.
47
They, however, never reached their destination.
Stranded on the way by a railway and steamer
strike, they were caught by the police and brutally
beaten up.
60. The main features of 'Poona Pact' were:
(i) The Poona Pact (September 1932) gave
Depressed Classes (later to be known as Scheduled
Caste) reserved seats in provincial and central
legislative councils.
am
(ii) They were to be voted in by the general
electorates.
gr
(iii) The Act came into force due to Gandhiji's fast
unto death.
le
(iv) Ambedkar ultimately accepted Gandhiji's
te
stand.
61. Simon Commission was set up to look into
l_
the functioning of the Constitutional System in
India and suggest changes.
(i) The new Tory government in Britain
constituted a Statutory Commission under Sir
John Simon.
(ii) It was set up in response to the nationalist
movement.
(iii) The commission was to look in to the
functioning of the constitutional system in India
and suggest changes.
(iv) The problem was that the commission didn't
have a single Indian member. They were all whites.
(v) When the Simon Commission arrived in
India in 1928, it was greeted with the slogan 'Go
back Simon'.
(vi) All parties, including the congress and the
Muslim League, participated in the demonstrations.
62. Refer to answer 61.
63. The Civil Disobedience Movement was
different from Non-Cooperation Movement:
(i) In non-cooperation movement - people were
asked not to cooperate with the government.
(ii) Foreign goods were boycotted.
(iii) Liquor shops were picketed and Foreign
clothes were burnt.
(iv) In many places merchants and traders refused
to trade on foreign goods or finance foreign
traders.
48
(v) Students left the government owned schools
and colleges.
(vi) Lawyers gave up legal practices.
In Civil Disobedience Movement:
(i) People were asked to break colonial laws.
(ii) Gandhiji broke the salt law.
(iii) Peasants refused to pay revenue and
Chaukidari tax.
(iv) Government officials resigned from their
jobs.
(v) Forest people violated forest rules and laws.
64. The events that led to the Civil Disobedient
movement include:
(i) Arrival of Simon Commission consisting of
all British members, in 1928 and their report.
(ii) Successful Peasant Movement in Bardoli,
Meerut, and Lahore conspiracy case in 1929.
(iii) Lahore session of Congress in 1929.
ia
(iv) Nehru report in respect of Indian constitution.
er
(v) Demonstrators being brutally assaulted in
at
anti-Simon Commission agitation.
Industrialists supported this movement because:
ym
During the First World War, Indian merchants and
industrialists had made huge profits and became
ud
powerful. Keen on expanding their business, they
now reacted against colonial policies that restricted
st
business activities.
65. (i) Dr. B. R. Ambedkar organized the 'Dalits'
ity
into the Depressed Classes Association in 1930.
al
(ii) He clashed with Mahatma Gandhi at the
Second Round Table Conference by demanding
qu
separate electorate for Dalits.
(iii) In 1932, he signed Poona Pact which gave the
@
depressed classes reserved seats in the provincial
and central legislative councils.
66. In December 1931, Gandhiji went to London
for the conference, but the negotiations broke
down and he returned disappointed.
Back in India, Gandhiji discovered that the
government had begun a new cycle of repression.
Ghaffar Khan and Jawaharlal Nehru were both in
jail, the Congress had been declared illegal and a
series of measures had been imposed to prevent
meetings, demonstrations and boycotts. With
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
great apprehension, Mahatma Gandhi relaunched
the Civil Disobedience Movement.
67. The industrial working classes did not
participate in the Civil Disobedience Movement
in large numbers, except in the Nagpur region.
As the industrialists came closer to the Congress,
workers stayed aloof. But in spite of that, some
workers did participate in the Civil Disobedience
Movement, selectively adopting some of the ideas
am
of the Gandhian program, like boycott of foreign
goods, as part of their own movements against low
gr
wages and poor working conditions.
The Congress was reluctant to include workers’
le
demands as part of its program of struggle.
te
It felt that this would alienate industrialists and
divide the anti-imperial forces.
l_
68. Refer to answer 58.
69. Dr B.R. Ambedkar, organized the dalits into
the Depressed Classes Association in 1930.
(a) Ambedkar clashed with Mahatma Gandhi at
the second Round Table Conference by demanding
separate electorates for dalits.
(b) The British government conceded Ambedkar’s
demand, however Gandhiji opposed it and began
a fast unto death.
(c) Gandhiji believed that separate electorates
for dalits would slow down the process of their
integration into society. This resulted in the Poona
Pact of September 1932.
(d) It gave the Depressed Classes (later to be
known as the Schedule Castes) reserved seats in
provincial and central legislative councils, but they
were to be voted in by the general electorate.
70. Civil disobedience is the active, professed
refusal of a citizen to obey certain laws, demands,
orders or commands of a government. In India it
refers to the movement led by Gandhiji against the
British rule.
Both the rich and the poor peasants did not
participate in the civil disobedience movement
because of varying reasons. There reasons were as
follows
Rich Peasants :
(a) They were hit by depressed prices of the food
grains.
Nationalism in India
(b) They were unable to pay the land revenue.
Their demand for reduction in revenue was
refused.
(c) For them fight for swaraj was fight against
high revenue.
(d) They were disappointed with the calling off of
civil disobedience movement. and were reluctant
to joint it back upon its relaunch.
Poor Peasants :
(a) Economic depression made it very difficult
for them to pay rent to the landlords
(b) Congress did not support their no rent
campaign fearing that it would upset the rich
farmers.
71. Mahatma Gandhi found in salt a powerful
symbol that could unite the nation. On 31 January
1930, he sent a letter to Viceroy Irwin stating wide
ranging eleven demands.
ia
All classes of the Indian society identified with
er
the broad ranging demands. The most stirring of
at
all was the demand to abolish the salt tax.
Salt was something consumed by the rich and the
ym
poor alike, and it was one of the most essential
items of food. The tax on salt and the government
ud
monopoly over its production, Mahatma Gandhi
revealed the most oppressive face of British rule.
st
In the Dandi march the volunteers walked for 24
days, about 10 miles a day. Thousands came to
ity
hear Mahatma Gandhi wherever he stopped, and
he told them what he meant by swaraj and urged
al
them to peacefully defy the British.
qu
On 6 April he reached Dandi, and ceremonially
violated the law, manufacturing salt by boiling sea
@
water.
This marked the beginning of the Civil
Disobedience Movement. People were now asked
not only to refuse cooperation with the British,
as they had done in 1921-22, but also to break
colonial laws.
Thousands of people broke the salt law in different
parts of the country, manufactured salt and
demonstrated in front of government salt factories.
As the movement spread, foreign cloth was
boycotted, and liquor shops were picketed.
49
Peasants refused to pay revenue and chaukidari
taxes, village officials resigned, and in many places
forest people violated forest laws.
72. (i) Dalit began organizing themselves,
demanding reserved seats in educational
institutions and a separate electorate. Dr. B.R.
Ambedkar, who organized the Dalits into the
Depressed Classes Association in 1930, clashed
am
with Mahatma Gandhi asking for separate
electorates for Dalits.
(ii) Ambedkar ultimately accepted Gandhiji's
gr
proposal and the result was the Poona Pact of
September 1932.
le
(iii) After the decline of the Non-Cooperation-
te
Khilafat Movement, large section of Muslims felt
alienated from the Congress. Many Muslim leaders
l_
and intellectuals expressed their concern about the
status of Muslims as a minority within India. They
feared that the culture and identity of minorities
would be submerged under the domination of
Hindu majority.
73. Dalit participation was limited in the civil
disobedience movement some of the reasons were -
The council elections were not boycotted in
Madras, where the Justice Party, the party of the
non-Brahmans, felt that entering the council was
one way of gaining some power.
The Congress Party ignored the Dalits for fear of
offending the conservative high caste Hindus, i.e.
Sanatanis.
Many Dalit leaders believed in a different political
solution to the problem of their community.
They thought that only political empowerment
would resolve their problem of social disabilities.
So, they began organizing themselves, demanding
reserve seats in educational institutions and a
separate electorate that would choose their Dalit
members for Legislative Councils.
Dr Ambedkar demanded separate electorate
for Dalits which was denied by Gandhiji. Dalit
movement continued to be apprehensive of
the Congress led national movement and their
participation was limited.
74. Refer to answer 59.
50
75. Mahatma Gandhi relaunched the Civil
Disobedience Movement with great apprehension
because :
(i) In December, 1931 Gandhiji went to
London for the Round Table Conference, but
the negotiations broke down and he returned
disappointed.
(ii) In India, he discovered that the government
had begun a new cycle of repression.
(iii) Abdul Ghaffar Khan and Jawahar lal Nehru
were both in jail.
(iv) The Congress had been declared illegal.
(v) A series of measures had been imposed to
prevent meetings, demonstration and boycotts.
76. Refer to answer 58.
77. (i) Peasants of Awadh were led by Baba Ram
Chandra, a Sanyasi. The movement was against
Talukdars and Landlords.
(ii) The landlords and talukdars demanded
er
exorbitantly high rents and other cess. Peasants
at
had to do begar and work at landlord's farms
without any payment.
ym
(iii) As tenants, the farmers had no security
of tenure. The peasant movement demanded
ud
reduction of revenue, abolition of begar and social
boycott of oppressive landlords.
st
(iv) In many places, nai-dhobi bandhs were
organized by panchayats to deprive landlords of
ity
the services of barbers and washermen.
(v) Oudh Kisan Sabha was set up headed by
al
Jawaharlal Nehru; Baba Ram Chandra and few
qu
others.
Within a month, over 300 branches were set up in
@
the villages. The peasants development in forms.
In 1921, the houses of Talukdars and Merchants
were attacked. Bazaars were looted. Grain hoards
were taken over.
78. Following are the main aspects of the Indian
National Movement between 1920-1935:
(i) Beginning of Mass Movement after Jallianwala
Bagh massacre.
(ii) Addition of Satyagraha to Mass Movement,
new methods to protest, boycott, picketing,
renunciation of titles, and non-payment of taxes.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iii) People of different sections and parts shared a
common bond of resistance–united in their hatred
against the British rule.
(iv) Industrialists led by Purshottamdas, Thakurdas
and G. D. Birla criticized colonialism.
79. Worried by the developments, the colonial
government began arresting the Congress leaders
one by one. This led to violent clashes in many
places.
am
When Abdul Ghaffar Khan, a devout disciple of
Mahatma Gandhi, was arrested in April 1930,
gr
angry crowds demonstrated in the streets of
Peshawar, facing armored cars and police firing.
le
Many were killed.
A month later, when Mahatma Gandhi himself was
te
arrested, industrial workers in Sholapur attacked
l_
police posts, municipal buildings, lawcourts and
iarailway stations – all structures that symbolized
British rule.
A frightened government responded with a policy
of brutal repression. Peaceful satyagrahis were
attacked, women and children were beaten, and
about 100,000 people were arrested.
80. Civil Disobedience Movement came into
force in various parts of the country:
(i) Gandhiji led the Salt March from Sabarmati
Ashram to Dandi with his followers starting the
Civil Disobedience Movement.
(ii) Thousands in different parts of the country
broke the Salt Law, manufactured salt and
demonstrated in front of government salt factories.
(iii) In the country side, the rich Patidars of
Gujarat and Jats of Uttar Pradesh were active in the
movement.
(iv) As rich peasant communities were very hard
hit by the trade depression and falling prices,
they became enthusiastic supporters of the Civil
Disobedience Movement.
(v) As the depression continued and cash invoice
dwindled, the small tenants found it difficult to
pay the rent. They wanted the unpaid rent to the
landlords to be waived off and thus they joined the
movement.
(vi) Merchants and industrialists supported the
movement by not giving the financial assistance
and refused to buy and sell the imported goods.
Nationalism in India
(vii) The industrial working class of Nagpur region
participated in the Civil Disobedience Movement
(CDM).
(viii) Railway workers, dock workers, coal mine
workers of Chota Nagpur, etc. participated in
protest rallies and boycott campaigns.
(ix) Women also participated in large numbers.
81. Large sections of Muslims were lukewarm
in their response to the Civil Disobedience
Movement due to the following factors:
(i) The decline of Khilafat and Non-cooperation
Movement led to alienation of Muslims from the
Congress.
(ii) From the mid 1920's, the Congress was seen
to be visibly associated with Hindu nationalist
groups like the Hindu Mahasabha.
(iii) Relations between Hindus and Muslims
worsened and communal riots took place.
ia
(iv) The Muslim League gained prominence with
er
its claim of representing Muslims and demanding
separate electorates for them.
at
82. The important differences between the
ym
Congress and the Muslim League were over the
question of representation of Muslims in the future
assemblies, that were to be elected. Suspicion and
ud
distrust between the two communities was also a
major reason.
st
(i) The Civil Disobedience Movement started
under this atmosphere of distrust.
ity
(ii) Negotiation over the question of representation
al
continued but all hopes of resolving the issue in All
Parties Conference in 1928, disappeared when Mr.
qu
R. Jayakar of Hindu Maha Sabha strongly opposed
efforts of compromise.
@
(iii) Alienated from Congress, large sections of the
Muslims failed to respond to the call of a united
struggle.
(iv) The Muslims feared that the culture and
identity of the minorities would be submerged
under the domination of a Hindu majority.
83. Limitations of Civil Disobedience Movement:
(i) Dalit participation was limited. They began
organizing themselves, demanding reserved
seats in educational institutionals, and a separate
electorate.
51
Dr. B. R. Ambedkar, who organized the Dalits into
the Depressed Classes Association in 1930, clashed
with Mahatma Gandhi at the Second Round Table
Conference by demanding separate electorates for
Dalits. Ambedkar ultimately accepted Gandhiji
proposal and the result was the Poona Pact of
September 1932.
(ii) Muslim political groups were also lukewarm
in their response to the Civil Disobedience
am
Movement. After the decline of the Non-
Cooperation-Khilafat Movement, large section of
Muslims felt alienated from the Congress. When
gr
the Civil Disobedience Movement started, there
le
was sudden atmosphere of suspicion and distrust
between communities.
te
Alienated from the Congress, large sections of
l_
Muslims could not respond to the call for a united
struggle. Many Muslim leaders and intellectuals
expressed their concern about the status of
Muslims as a minority within India.
They feared that the culture and identify of
minorities would be submerged under the
domination of Hindu majority.
84. Bankim Chandra Chatterjee
85. During the Swadeshi movement in Bengal, a
tricolour flag (red, green and yellow) was designed.
It had eight lotuses representing eight provinces of
British India, and a crescent moon, representing
Hindus and Muslims.
86. By 1921, Gandhiji had designed the Swaraj
flag. It was again a tricolor (red, green and white)
and had a spinning wheel in the center, representing
the Gandhian ideal of self-help. Carrying the flag,
holding it aloft, during marches became a symbol
of defiance.
87. Ideas of nationalism developed through
a movement to revive Indian folklore. In late-
nineteenth-century India, nationalists began
recording folk tales sung by bards and they toured
villages to gather folk songs and legends.
These tales, they believed, gave a true picture of
traditional culture that had been corrupted and
damaged by outside forces. It was essential to
preserve this folk tradition in order to discover
one’s national identity and restore a sense of pride
in one’s past.
52
In Bengal, Rabindranath Tagore himself began
collecting ballads, nursery rhymes and myths, and
led the movement for folk revival.
In Madras, Natesa Sastri published a massive four-
volume collection of Tamil folk tales, The Folklore
of Southern India. He believed that folklore was
national literature; it was ‘the most trustworthy
manifestation of people’s real thoughts and
characteristics’.
As the national movement developed, nationalist
leaders became more and more aware of such icons
and symbols in unifying people and inspiring in
them a feeling of nationalism.
88. (i) The image of Bharat Mata created by
Abanindranath Tagore is portrayed as an ascetic
figure. She is calm, composed, divine and spiritual.
Another image of Bharat Mata is shown with a
trishul, standing beside a lion and an elephant-
both are the symbols of power and authority.
ia
(ii) Germania was the symbol of the German
er
nation. She is depicted as a female figure standing
against a background where beams of sunlight
at
shine through the tricolour fabric of the national
ym
flag. Germania is wearing a crown of oak leaves, as
for the German oak stands for heroism.
89. Nationalism spreads when people begin to
ud
believe that they are all part of the same nation.
The sense of collective belonging came partly
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
through the experience of united struggles. Variety
of cultural processes through which nationalism
captured people's imagination.
History and fiction, folklore and songs helped with
promotion of nationalism. Literature also helped to
arouse national feelings. The ideas of nationalism
also developed through the celebration of regional
festival. As the national movement developed
nationalist leaders became more and more aware
am
of icons and symbols in unifying and inspiring in
them a feeling of nationalism.
gr
90. (a) The sense of collective belongingness
came partly through the experience of united
le
struggles and growing anger among people against
te
the colonial government.
(b) But there were also a variety of cultural
l_
processes through which nationalism captured
people's imagination:
(i) The identify of the nation symbolised in a
figure or image of Bharat Mata created through
literature, songs, painting, etc.
(ii) Movement to revive Indian folklore to
enhance nationalist sentiments.
(iii) Role of icons and symbols in unifying people
and inspiring in them a feeling of nationalism.
(iv) Creating a feeling of nationalism was through
reinterpretation of history.
 Chapter
The Making of a
3 Global World
3.1 The Pre-modern World 3.3 The Inter-War Economy

am
3.4 Rebuilding a World Economy : The Post-
3.2 The Nineteenth Century (1815-1914) War Era

gr
Topicwise Analysis of (2019-2010) Years’ CBSE Board Questions

le
te
l_
ia
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity

QUICK RECAP
al
qu

3.1 THE PRE-MODERN WORLD the Indus Valley Civilisations with present-day
The idea of the global world has a long history West Asia.
@

– it includes various aspects of trade, migration, Inter-connectedness in the World

people’s search for work and movement of finances.
All through history, human societies have become
more and more interlinked.
From the earliest times, travellers, traders, priests
and pilgrims travelled vast distances. They
travelled for trade, knowledge, and in the pursuit
of spiritualism.
They carried goods, money, values, skills, ideas,
inventions, and even germs and diseases. As
early as 3000 BCE an active coastal trade linked
Silk Routes
ff These represent the vibrant pre-modern trade
and cultural links between distant parts of the
world.
ff Silk routes are indicative of the significance
of west-bound Chinese silk in the early days.
Several silk routes over land and the sea have
been identified that linked Asia with Europe
and northern Africa.
54
ff The silk routes existed even before the
Christian era and thrived till the fifteenth
century. Other trades along the same route
consisted of Chinese pottery, Indian textiles,
etc. In return, gold and silver flowed from
Europe to Asia.
ff Cultural exchange also occurred in this route.
Christian missionaries and Muslim preachers
travelled on this route.
ff Earlier, Buddhism emerged from eastern
India and spread in several directions through
intersecting points on the silk routes.
Food Travels
Food offers many examples of long-distance
cultural exchange.
(a) Traders and travellers introduced new crops to
the lands they travelled.
(b) It is believed that noodles travelled west from
China to become spaghetti. Perhaps Arab
traders took pasta to fifth-century Sicily. Similar
er
foods were also known in India and Japan.
at
There appears to be long-distance cultural
contact in the pre-modern world.
ym
(c) Many of our common foods, such as potatoes,
soya, groundnuts, maize, tomatoes, chilies,
ud
sweet potatoes, were introduced in Europe and
Asia after Christopher Columbus discovered
America.
st
(d) Europe’s poor began to eat better and live longer
ity
with the introduction of the potato. Ireland’s
poor became so dependent on potatoes that
al
when disease destroyed the potato crop in the
mid-1840s, hundreds of thousands died of
qu
starvation.
@
Conquest Disease and Trade
The world became smaller when different sea
routes to Asia and America were discovered.
ff For centuries, the Indian Ocean had known a
bustling trade, with goods, people, knowledge,
customs, etc. crisscrossing its waters. The
Indian subcontinent was central to these flows
and a crucial point in the trading networks.
ff The entry of the Europeans helped expand or
redirect some of these flows towards Europe.
ff After the discovery of America its vast lands
and abundant crops and minerals began to
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
transform trade and lives everywhere. Precious
metals, particularly silver, from mines located
in Peru and Mexico also enhanced Europe’s
wealth and financed its trade with Asia.
ff Spanish conquest was also helped by germs
carried on their person. Because of their
isolation, America’s original inhabitants had
no immunity against these diseases that came
from Europe. Smallpox in particular proved a
am
deadly killer for whole communities.
ff Poverty and hunger
were common in Europe
gr
during the 18th and 19th
century. Because of the
le
diseases in crowded cities
te
and religious conflicts,
thousands fled Europe
l_
for America. Here,
ia plantations worked by
 slaves that were captured in Africa were
growing cotton and sugar for European
markets.
ff Until well into the eighteenth century, China
and India were among the world’s richest
countries. However, 15th century onwards
gradually China slowed down overseas
contacts and reduced its international trade
considerably. Europe emerged as the centre of
world trade.
3.2 THE NINETEENTH CENTURY (1815-
1914)
The Nineteenth Century
In the nineteenth century, the world changed a
great deal. The economic, political, social, cultural
and technological factors interacted and affected
the societies.
ff Economists identify three types of interwoven
movements or ‘flows’ in the international
trade of 19th century :
(a) Flow of trade, meaning trade in goods
(e.g., cloth or wheat).
(b) Flow of labour – the migration of people
in search of employment.
(c) 
Movement of capital for short-term
or long-term investments over long
distances.
The Making of a Global World
A World Economy Takes Shape
Population growth and expanding urban centres
since the late eighteenth century increased the
demand for food grains in Britain, pushing up the
prices.
ff Under pressure from landed groups, the
government restricted the import of corn. The
laws allowing the government to do this were
commonly known as the ‘Corn Laws’.
ff As the food prices kept on rising, industrialists
and urban dwellers forced the abolition of
the Corn Laws. After the Corn Laws were
scrapped, food could be imported into Britain
more cheaply than it could be produced within
the country.
ff Thus, vast areas of agricultural land remained
uncultivated and many agricultural workers
were out of work. Large number of people
moved to cities or migrated overseas.
ff With the fall in food prices, consumption
of food rose sharply. After mid nineteenth
er
century, industrial growth led to faster growth
of income in Britain which further increased
at
food imports.
ym
The Consequences
ff In Eastern Europe, Russia, America and
ud
Australia – land was cleared for agriculture as
food production expanded to meet the British
demands.
st
ff Railway lines were built, linking the
ity
agricultural regions to the ports. Harbours
were expanded and new ones built to deal
al
with the cargo efficiently.
ff People began settling near the new agricultural
qu
lands, which required building homes and
other settlements.
@
For these building activities capital flowed from
financial centres such as London. In America
and Australia where labour was in short supply
more people migrated. Nearly fifty million people
emigrated from Europe to America and Australia
in the nineteenth century. All over the world some
150 million are estimated to have left their homes,
crossed oceans and vast distances over land in search
of a better future.
However, an agriculture worker in such places was
more likely to be a low paid immigrant working on
contract and not a farmer working on his/her land.
55
Many of these workers were from southern Europe,
Asia, Africa and the Caribbean. Similar dramatic
changes could also be seen in west Punjab. Here
the British Indian government built a network of
irrigation canals to transform semi-desert wastes
into fertile agricultural lands that could grow wheat
and cotton for export. The Canal Colonies, as the
areas irrigated by the new canals were called, were
settled by peasants from other parts of Punjab.
am
Taking the example of food grains, similar
developments took place for commodities like
cotton and rubber. Between 1820 and 1914 world
gr
trade is estimated to have multiplied 25 to 40
times. Nearly 60 per cent of this trade comprised
le
‘primary products’ – that is, agricultural products,
such as wheat and cotton, and minerals, such as
te
coal. In large parts of the world food no longer
l_
came from a nearby village or town, but from far
away even overseas.
ia
Role of Technology
ff The railways, steamships, the telegraph etc.,
were important inventions that led to the
transformation of the world in 19th century.
These inventions were often the result of social,
political and economic factors. For example,
colonisation stimulated new investments and
improvements in transport: faster railways,
lighter wagons and larger ships helped move
food more cheaply and quickly from faraway
farms to final markets.
Case of Meat Trade
Till the 1870s, animals were shipped live from
America to Europe and then slaughtered when
they arrived there. The disadvantage of this
arrangement was
(a) Live animals took up a lot of ship space. Many
died or fell ill and thus became unfit to eat.
(b) This made meat an expensive item for a large
number of Europeans. The high prices kept the
demand and production of meat down.
(c) However, the development of refrigerated
ships, which enabled the transport of perishable
foods over long distances changed the picture.
(d) Now animals were slaughtered for food at the
starting point in America, Australia or New
Zealand and then transported to Europe as
frozen meat. This reduced shipping costs and
lowered meat prices in Europe.
56
The poor in Europe could now add meat, eggs,
butter, etc., to their diet. Better living conditions
promoted social peace within the country and
drew support for imperialism abroad.
Late Nineteenth-century Colonialism
ff Though trade flourished in the late nineteenth
century leading to increased prosperity; it
also led to loss of freedom and livelihoods for
many in other parts of the world particularly
in the colonised societies. In 1885, the big
European powers met at Berlin to allocate the
African continent amongst themselves.
ff Britain and France made vast additions to
their overseas territories in the late nineteenth
century. Belgium and Germany became
new colonial powers. The US also became a
colonial power in the late 1890s by taking over
some colonies earlier held by Spain.
Destruction Caused by Rinderpest, or the
iaIndentured Labour Migration from India
Cattle Plague
er
In Africa, in the 1890s, cattle plague or Rinderpest
had a terrifying impact on people’s livelihoods and
at
the local economy. This is a good example how in
ym
this era of conquest even a cattle disease reshaped
the lives and fortunes of thousands of people.
(a) Historically, Africa had abundant land and a
ud
relatively small population. For centuries, land
and livestock sustained African livelihoods and
st
people rarely worked for a wage.
(b) In late nineteenth-century Africa there were
ity
very few consumer goods available. Hence one
did not need money to buy things.
al
(c) Europeans came to Africa in the hope to
qu
establish plantations and mines to produce
crops and minerals for export to Europe. But
@
they faced the unexpected problem of labour
shortage.
ff They used many methods to recruit and retain
labour such as :
(a) Heavy taxes were imposed, which could
be paid only by working for wages on
plantations and mines.
(b) Inheritance laws were changed by which
only one member of a family was allowed
to inherit land, as a result of which the
others were pushed into the labour
market.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(c) Mineworkers were also confined in
compounds and not allowed to move
about freely.
ff Rinderpest, a devastating cattle disease, arrived
in Africa in the late 1880s. It was carried by
infected cattle imported from British Asia
to feed the Italian soldiers invading Eritrea
in East Africa. From east Africa, Rinderpest
moved west ‘like forest fire’, reaching Africa’s
am
Atlantic coast in 1892. It reached Africa’s
southernmost tip five years later. Rinderpest
killed 90 per cent of the cattle, which destroyed
gr
the livelihood of the Africans.
ff The Planters, mine owners and colonial
le
governments easily monopolised the scarce
cattle resources and forced the Africans into
te
the labour market. Control over the scarce
l_
resource of cattle enabled European colonisers
to conquer and subdue Africa.
The example of indentured labour migration from
India also illustrates the two-sided nature of the
nineteenth-century world.
(a) It was a world of faster economic growth as well
as great misery.
(b) Higher incomes for some and poverty for
others.
(c) Technological advances in some areas and new
forms of coercion in others.
ff In the nineteenth century, hundreds of
thousands of Indian and Chinese labourers
went to work on plantations, in mines, and in
road and railway construction projects around
the world. In India, indentured labourers were
hired under contracts, which promised return
travel to India after they had worked for five
years on their employer’s plantation. Most
Indian indentured workers came from the
present-day regions of eastern Uttar Pradesh,
Bihar, central India and the dry districts of
Tamil Nadu.
ff In the mid-nineteenth century these regions
experienced many changes – cottage industries
declined, land rents rose, lands were cleared
for mines and plantations. All this affected the
lives of the poor: they failed to pay their rents,
became deeply indebted and were forced to
migrate in search of work.
The Making of a Global World
ff The main destinations of Indian indentured
migrants were the Caribbean islands (mainly
Trinidad, Guyana and Surinam), Mauritius
and Fiji. Tamil migrants went to Ceylon
and Malaya. Indentured workers were also
recruited for tea plantations in Assam.
Recruitment of indentured workers was done by
agents engaged by employers. Many migrants
agreed to take up work hoping to escape poverty
or oppression in their home villages. Agents
often provided false information about travel,
work, living and working conditions. Often, they
were not even told about long sea voyage they
were to embark. Agents even forcibly abducted
less willing migrants. Nineteenth-century
indenture has been described as a ‘new system
of slavery’.
One of the definition of Indentured labour - A
poor person in former times who agreed to work
for an employer for a specific number of years.
During this period of time, they learnt a skill
er
or job, but had to pay their employer for their
at
travelling and living costs.
On arrival at the plantations, labourers found
ym
conditions to be different from what they had
imagined. Living and working conditions were
harsh, and there were few legal rights. But workers
ud
discovered their own ways of surviving. Many of
them escaped into the wilds, though if caught they
st
faced severe punishment.
ity
ff Workers developed ways of individual and
collective self-expression, blending different
al
cultural forms, old and new. In Trinidad the
annual Muharram procession was transformed
qu
into a riotous carnival called ‘Hosay’ (for
Imam Hussain) in which workers of all races
@
and religions joined. Similarly, the protest
religion of Rastafarianism (made famous by
the Jamaican reggae star Bob Marley) is also
said to reflect social and cultural links with
Indian migrants to the Caribbean. ‘Chutney
music’, popular in Trinidad and Guyana, is
also a creative contemporary expression of the
post-indenture experience.
ff These forms of cultural fusion where things
from different places get mixed, lose their
original characteristics and become something
entirely new. Many indentured workers stayed
57
on after their contracts ended, or returned to
their new homes after a short spell in India.
That is why there are large communities of
people of Indian descent in these countries.
Indian Entrepreneurs Abroad
Indian bankers began financing export of
agricultural products in Central and Southeast
Asia, using either their own funds or those
borrowed from European banks. Shikaripuri
am
Shroffs and Nattukottai Chettiars became
important financers.
gr
(a) They had a sophisticated system to transfer
money over large distances, and even developed
le
indigenous forms of corporate organisation.
te
(b) Indian traders and moneylenders also followed
European colonisers into Africa.
l_
(c) From 1860’s Hyderabadi Sindhi traders,
ia established flourishing emporia at busy ports
worldwide, selling local and imported curios
to increasing number of tourists.
Indian Trade, Colonialism and the Global
System
Historically, fine cottons produced in India were
exported to Europe. With industrialisation, British
cotton manufactures and industrialists pressurised
the government to restrict cotton imports and
protect local industries in England.
ff Tariffs were imposed on cloth imports into
Britain. From the early nineteenth century,
British manufacturers also began to seek
overseas markets for their cloth.
ff Indian textiles now faced stiff competition
in England and other international markets.
Share of cotton textiles in exports declined
from 30% in 1800 to below 3% in 1870.
ff During this period as the export of finished
product declined the export of raw materials
increased. Between 1812 and 1871, the share
of raw cotton exports rose from 5 per cent to
35 per cent. Indigo used for dyeing cloth was
another important export.
ff Opium shipments to China grew rapidly from
the 1820s to become for a while India’s single
largest export. Britain grew opium in India
and exported it to China and, with the money
earned through this sale, it financed its tea and
other imports from China.
58
ff British manufactures flooded the Indian
market with their factory-made goods. Even
though food grain and raw material exports
from India to Britain and other countries
increased, its value was much less than the
British export to India. Thus, Britain had a
‘trade surplus’ with India.
ff Britain used this trade surplus to pay its debt
to other countries, pay for private remittances
of its employees, interest payment on India’s
external debt and pensions of British officials.
3.3 THE INTER-WAR ECONOMY
War Time Transformations
ff The First World War was unique as it was
fought between two blocks of powerful
countries. The warring blocks ‘Allies’ included
Britain, France, Russia and later joined by
USA, Japan and Italy, and ‘Central Powers”
-that included Germany, Austria, Turkey and
Hungary, later joined by Bulgaria.
er
ff It was the first modern war of the industrial
era. It saw the use of machine guns, tanks,
at
aircraft, chemical weapons, etc., leading to the
ym
death of a large number of young people.
ff This led to huge reduction in number of the
male population of working age. Many women
ud
began taking up work that were done earlier
by men.
st
ff Economic ties between some of the world’s
largest economic powers were broken.
ity
Britain borrowed large sums of money from
the US banks as well as the US public. Thus,
al
the war transformed the US from being
qu
an international debtor to an international
creditor.
@
Post War Recovery
ff Post-war economic recovery was difficult
particularly in Britain, which was the world’s
leading economy in the pre-war period.
During the war (28 July, 1914 to 11 November,
1918) industries had developed in India and
Japan. As the war ended Britain could not
recapture its earlier market and found difficult
to compete with Japan internationally.
ff Post-war Britain was burdened with huge
external debts. The war had led to an economic
boom leading to a large increase in demand,
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
production and employment. After the war
production contracted and unemployment
increased.
ff The government reduced expenditures to
bring them in tune with revenues. This led to
huge job losses.
Post-war, because of increased agricultural output,
grain prices declined, which affected the rural
economies all over the world.
am
Mass Production and Consumption
ff After the war, the US economy resumed its
strong growth in the early 1920s.
gr
ff Important feature of the US economy was
mass production. The pioneer of mass
le
production was the car manufacturer, Henry
te
Ford. He adapted the assembly line of a
Chicago slaughterhouse to his new car plant
l_
in Detroit. ‘Assembly line’ method allowed a
ia faster and cheaper way of producing vehicles.
The T-Model Ford was the world’s first mass-
produced car.
ff Mass production lowered costs and prices of
engineered goods. With higher wages, more
workers could now afford to purchase durable
consumer goods, such as cars, refrigerators,
washing machines, radios, gramophone
players, all through a system of ‘hire purchase’.
ff Credit to buy consumer goods to be repaid in
weekly or monthly instalments is called hire
purchase. Housing boom happened as these
were also financed by loans.
ff Large investments in housing and household
goods seemed to create a cycle of higher
employment and incomes, rising consumption
demand, more investment, and yet more
employment and incomes. In 1923, the US
resumed exporting capital to the rest of the
world and became the largest overseas lender.
US imports and capital exports also boosted
European recovery and world trade and
income growth over the next six years.
The Great Depression - Causes
ff There was agricultural overproduction and
agricultural prices were low. Farmers increased
production to maintain their income. This
brought even more volume of produce to
the market, which pushed down prices even
further.
The Making of a Global World
ff Many countries had financed their investments
by American loans. These lenders panicked at
the first sign of trouble and began recalling
loans. This led to collapse of many banks and
businesses in Europe. It led to the collapse of
British Pound Sterling. Europeans stopped
buying consumer items, leading to slump in
American exports to Europe.
ff In 1929, the booming American stock market
crashed, which led to the bankruptcy of many
banks. As banks gave loans without guarantees
and many loans were given for speculating in
the stock market. During this period 4000
banks and over 110,000 companies collapsed.
ff This resulted in severe loss of business
confidence, loss of employment and social
disruption.
India and the Great Depression
ff In the 19th century, colonial India had become
iaThe main aim of the post-war international
an exporter of agricultural goods and importer
er
of manufactured products. Both export and
import slumped.
at
ff Farmers along with jute producers suffered
very badly.
ym
ff With the fall in grain prices, peasants
mortgaged lands and sold their jewellery and
precious metals to meet expenses. This made
ud
India an exporter of precious metals, notably
gold during the depression years.
st
ff Depression did not affect urban dwellers with
fixed incomes. In fact, the fall in prices of
ity
goods was good for them.
al
3.4 REBUILDING A WORLD ECONOMY :
THE POST-WAR ERA
qu
The Second World War (1st Sep. 1939 – 2nd Sep.
1945) broke out a mere two decades after the end
@
of the First World War. It was fought between the
Axis powers (mainly Nazi Germany, Japan and
Italy) and the Allies (Britain, France, the Soviet
Union and the US). The war was fought on land,
in air and in the sea. It lasted for six years on many
fronts.
Two Crucial Influences Shaped Post-war
Reconstruction.
ff The first was that the US emerged as the
dominant economic, political and military
power in the Western world.
59
ff The second was the dominance of the Soviet
Union. It had made huge sacrifices to defeat
Nazi Germany and transformed itself from
a backward agricultural country into a
world power during the years of the Great
Depression in the western world.
Post-war Settlement and the Bretton Woods
Institutions
am
Two important lessons from experiencing war
time economy
ff First, an industrial society based on mass
gr
production cannot be sustained without mass
consumption.
le
ff To ensure mass consumption, high and stable
income was needed, which required steady,
te
full employment. To ensure employment
l_
governments intervention was thought
necessary.
economic system was to preserve economic
stability and full employment in the industrial
world. Its framework was agreed upon at the United
Nations Monetary and Financial Conference held
in July 1944 at Bretton Woods in New Hampshire,
USA.
The Bretton Woods conference established
the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to
deal with external surpluses and deficits of its
member nations. The International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development (popularly
known as the World Bank) was set up to finance
post-war reconstruction. The IMF and the World
Bank are referred to as the Bretton Woods twins.
The post-war international economic system
is also often described as the Bretton Woods
system. The IMF and the World Bank commenced
financial operations in 1947.
The Early Post-war Years
ff There was an era of unprecedented growth of
trade and income for the Western industrial
nations and Japan. World trade grew annually
at over 8 per cent between 1950 and 1970 and
incomes at nearly 5 per cent.
ff Unemployment rate, averaged less than 5 per
cent in most industrial countries.
ff Developing countries invested in technology
leading to industrialisation.
60
Decolonisation and Independence
ff Over the next two decades most colonies
in Asia and Africa became independent
nations. They were, however, very poor and
handicapped by long periods of colonial rule.
ff As Europe and Japan rapidly rebuilt their
economies, IMF and the World Bank began to
shift their attention more towards developing
countries.
ff Ironically, as newly independent countries
came under the guidance of international
agencies that were dominated by the former
colonial powers most developing countries
did not benefit from the fast growth the
western economies experienced in the 1950s
and 1960s.
ff Therefore, they organised themselves as
a group – the Group of 77 (or G-77) – to
demand a New International Economic Order
(NIEO), that would give them real control over
iaBiological Warfare : In the context of this
their natural resources, more development
er
assistance, fairer prices for raw materials, and
better access for their manufactured goods in
at
developed countries’ markets.
ym
End of Bretton Woods and the Beginning of
Globalisation
ff From the 1960s the high cost of American
ud
involvement in international affairs weakened
their finances. The US dollar could not
st
maintain its value in relation to gold. This
led to collapse of fixed exchange rates and
ity
introduction of a system of floating exchange
rates.
al
ff Developing countries could not get financial
support from IMF and World Bank and were
qu
forced to borrow from Western commercial
banks and private lending institutions. This
@
led to periodic debt crises in the developing
world, lower incomes and increased poverty,
especially in Africa and Latin America.
ff The industrial world was also hit by
unemployment that began rising from the
mid-1970s. From the late 1970s, MNCs also
began to shift production to low-wage Asian
countries.
ff Wages were relatively low in countries
like China. Thus, they became attractive
destinations for investment by foreign MNCs
competing to capture world markets.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
ff The relocation of industry to low-wage
countries stimulated world trade and capital
flows. In the last two decades the world’s
economic geography has been transformed as
countries, such as India, China and Brazil have
undergone rapid economic transformation.
Important Years
1914-18 : First World War was fought
1921 : Indentured labour was abolished
am
1929-35 : The Great Economic Depression
1939-45 : Second World War was fought
1944, July : The United Nations Monetary Fund
gr
and financial conference was held at Bretton
Woods at New Hampshire, USA.
le
1947 : IMF and World Bank commence
operation
te
1970s : Large companies began shifting
l_
manufacturing to low wage countries
Important Words and Terms
chapter it is about the germs of disease like small
pox carried by the Portuguese and Spanish they
carried on their person. The original inhabitants of
America had no immunity for this disease because
of their isolation. Small pox in particular killed
whole communities making the European victory
very easy.
Dissenter : One who refuses to accept established
beliefs and practices.
Canal Colonies : The habitations in the areas
irrigated by the new canal systems in Punjab.
Rinderpest : An infectious disease of cattle,
caused by a paramyxovirus. In 1890s it caused
death of 90% of the cattle in the African continent.
Indented labour : A bonded labourers under
contract to work for an employer for a specified
period of time.
Assembly Line : A manufacturing process in
which parts are added as the semi-finished
assembly moves from workstation to workstation
where the parts are added in sequence until the
final product is produced.
MNC (Multinational Corporation) : Large
companies which do business in many countries
at the same time.
Tariff : Tax imposed on a country imports to
restrict it as it makes the product expensive.
Exchange rate : the quantum of exchange value
between different currencies of different nations.
The Making of a Global World
Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions
3.1 The Pre-morden World
VSA (1 mark)
1. Name the person who pioneered mass
production of cars in the USA. (Term-I 2010)
3.2 The Nineteenth Century
(1815-1914)
VSA (1 mark)
2. Why big European powers meet in Berlin in
(2018)
1885?
3. Who amongst the following West-Indies
cricketers trace their roots to indentured
labour migrants from India?
er
(a) Vivian Richards and Gary Sobers
at
(b) Chris Gayle and Dwayne Bravo
(c) Ramnaresh Sarvan and Shivnarine
ym
Chanderpaul
(d) Brian Lara and Courtney Walsh
ud
(Term-I 2013)
4. Which of the following was NOT a destination
st
of Indian indentured migrants?
ity
(a) China (b) Caribbean Islands
(c) Fiji (d) Ceylon
al
 (Term-I 2012)
qu
5. In which one of the following years Great
Depression occurred in the world?
@
(a)
1929-30 (b) 1935-36
(c)
1939-40 (d) 1941-42
(Term-I 2011)
SA (3 marks)
6. Describe the impact of Rinderpest on people's
livelihood and local economy in Africa in
1890s. (2018)
7. Describe any three economic hardships faced
by Europe in the 1830s. (Term-II 2017)
61
8. Mention any three effects of the British
Government's decision for the abolition of the
Corn Laws. (Term-I 2016)
9. Why did the industrialists and people living
in cities of Britain forced the government to
am
abolish Corn Laws in the 18th century? Give
two reasons. (AI 2016)
gr
10. Food offers many example of long distance
le
cultural exchange. Justify this statement.
(Term-I 2016, 2017)
te
11. Trade flourished and markets expanded in the
l_
19th century, but there was a darker side to the
ia process. Justify the statement.
 (Term-I 2015)
12. What were the Corn Laws? Why were the
Corn Laws abolished? What was the result of
the abolishing the laws? (Term-I 2014)
13. How did Rinderpest become instrumental in
subjugating the Africans? (Term-I 2014)
14. 19th century indenture had been described as
a new system of slavery. Explain the statement
briefly. (Term-I 2014)
15. Write any three factors responsible for
indentured labour migration from India.
(Term-I 2014, 2010)
16. ‘The First World War was a war like no other’.
Explain any three features about the war to
support the statement. (Term-I 2013)
17. Explain the effects of the death of men of
working age in Europe because of the First
World War? (Term-I 2013)
18. Describe three major consequence of the
Second World War. (Term-I 2013)
19. What was the impact of industrialisation in
Britain and on the Indian economy? Explain.
(Term-I 2012)
62 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
20. How were the silk routes a good example of 34. Explain the destruction caused during
vibrant pre-modern trade and cultural links? the Second World War. Mention two
Explain. (Term-I 2012) crucial influences which shaped post-war
21. Mention the three types of flows within reconstruction. (Term-I 2012)
international economic exchanges during the 35. Explain why economy of USA was strong
19th century. (Term-I 2012) in the early 1920s? Would you agree that
22. What attracted the Europeans to Africa? Give the roots of the Great Depression lay in the
any three reasons. (Term-I 2012, 2014) ‘boom’? Give reasons for your answer.

am
(Term-I 2012)
23. How did Henry Ford revolutionize mass
production in the U.S.? (Term-I 2012) 36. Describe the social and economic effects of

gr
the World War on England and USA.
24 Give three examples to show that the pre-
(Term-I 2012)
modern world changed with the discovery of

le
new sea routes to America. (Term-I 2012) 37. How did the use of technology transform food

te
availability in Europe? (Term-I 2012)
25. State three reasons why Europeans fled to

l_
America in the 19th century. 3.3 The Inter-war Economy
(2013, Term-I 2011, 2010) ia VSA (1 mark)
LA (5 marks)
er
38. Which one of the following groups of the
26. “Indian trade had played a crucial role in
countries was known as the 'Central Powers'
at

the late nineteenth century world economy.”

in Europe?
Analyze the statement. (Delhi 2019)
ym

(a) Germany, Russia and France

27. Describe the impact of ‘Rinderpest’ in Africa (b) Russia, Germany and Britain
in the 1890s. (AI 2019)
(c) Germany, Austria-Hungary and ottoman-
ud

28. “Trade and cultural exchange always went Turkey

hand in hand”. Explain the statement in the (d) Britain, Germany and Russia
st

light of silk routes. (Term-I 2016, 2014)

(Term-I 2011)
ity

29. After 19th century, how did the indentured

labourers discover their own ways of survival? SA (3 marks)
al

Explain? (Term-I 2016) 39. Explain the three impacts of the first World
qu

30. What were the main features of the First War on the British economy. (Term-I 2016)
World War? (Term-I 2014) 40. Describe any three effects of the Great
@

31. Explain the three types of movements or flows Depression of 1929 on the Indian economy.
within International Economic Exchange. (Term-I 2014)
Mention example of any one type of flow from
41. What is Group 77? Why did Group 77
India and one from England. (Term-I 2013)
countries demand a New International
32. Describe in brief the economic conditions of Economic Order? Explain. (Term-I 2014)
the post First World War period.
 (Term-I 2013) LA (5 marks)

33. Why have the historians described the 19th 42. Describe any five factors that led to the end of
century indenture as a new system of slavery? the Bretton Woods System and the beginning
Explain five reasons. (Term-I 2012, 2013) of globalisation. (Term-I 2016)
The Making of a Global World
43. How did the Great Depression of 1929 affect
the Indian trade? Explain (Term-I 2015)
44. Explain the role of technology in shaping the
world economy of 19th century.(Term-I 2012)
45. Mention the two key lessons learnt from
the inter-war economic experiences by the
economies and politicians after the Second
World War. (Term-I 2012)
46. Define the term trade surplus. How was the
income received from trade surplus with India
used by Britain? (Term-I 2012)
3.4  Rebuilding a World Economy :
The Post-War Era
VSA (1 mark)
47. Human development Index is defined as :
ia
(a) An index developed by the UNDP to
er
measure the level of human development
in a population based on measure such as
at
the infant mortality rate literacy rate, etc.
ym
(b) An index developed by the UNDP that
measures the amount of money the
government spends to improve the overall
ud
quality of living in its population.
(c) An index developed by the UNDP
st
that measures the extent to which the
government distributes wealth equally
ity
among the population.
al
(d) An index developed by the UNDP
to measure the quality of living in a
qu
population. (Term-I 2013)
@
SA (3 marks)
48. Elucidate any three factors that let to the Great
Depression. (Term-I 2016, 2017)
63
49. The multinational companies (MNCs)
choose China as an alternative location for
investment? Explain the statement.
(Term-I 2016)
50. Mention three reasons for the creation of
International Monetary Fund and the World
Bank. (Term-I 2015)
51. China becomes an attraction destination for
am
investment by foreign MNCs in the 19th and
20th century. Justify the statement.
 (Term-I 2015)
gr
52. When was the Bretton Woods conference
le
convened? State the main aim of the
(Term-I 2014, 2011)
te
conference.
53. The relocation of industry to low-wage
l_
countries stimulated world trade and capital
flows. Justify the statement. (Term-I 2014)
54. Why did most of the developing countries
organise themselves as a group - the Group of
77 (G-77)? (Term-I 2012)
55. What steps were taken by the economists and
politicians of the world to meet the global
economic crisis that arose after the Second
World War? (Term-I 2012)
LA (5 marks)
56. Describe the contribution of indentured
labours towards the cultural fusion in emerging
global world. (Term-I 2017, 2014, 2013)
57. Explain the effects of the Great Depression of
1929 on the Unites States.  (Term-I 2015)
58. Explain the two key, lessons learnt by
economists and the politicians from the
economic experiences of the Second World
War. (Term-I 2014)
64
Answers
1. Henry Ford
2. For partitioning Africa among themselves
3. (c) Ramnaresh Sarvan and Shivnarine
Chanderpaul
4. (a) China
5. (a) 1929-30
6. Rinderpest was the fast spreading and
devastating disease of cattle plague.
It affected the Africans in following ways:
(i) Rinderpest moved like forest fire.
(ii) 90% of cattles were killed
(iii) The loss of cattle destroyed African livelihood.
Earlier people rarely worked for a wage. They
possessed land and livestock. Due to Rinderpest,
they were forced to work for wages and so it
er
affected the economy.
(iv) Colonial government forced the Africans into
at
labour market.
ym
7. The economic hardships faced by Europe in
the 1830’s were:
ud
(i) Rise in food prices, a year of bad harvest left
the country poorer.
st
(ii) The ratio of the rise of population was larger
than that of employment generation.
ity
(iii) Migration of rural population to cities led to
overcrowded slums.
al
(iv) Peasants suffered under the burden of feudal
qu
dues and obligations in some regions in Europe.
8. (i) Food could be imported into Britain at
@
much cheaper rate than it was produced within the
country.
(ii) British agriculture was unable to compete with
imports. Vast areas of land were left uncultivated
and people started migrating to cities or other
countries.
(iii) As food prices fell, consumption in Britain
rose. Faster industrial growth in Britain also led to
higher incomes and therefore more food imports.
(iv) Around the world in Eastern Europe, Russia,
America, and Australia, lands were cleared and
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
food production expanded to meet the British
demand.
9. Unhappy with high food prices, urban
dwellers and industrialists forced the abolition of
the Corn laws.
am
As the population in Britain grew in the late 18th
century the demand for food grains went up. This
led to a spike in prices of food.
gr
With the expansion of industries cities began
le
expanding. This also led to a rise in food demand.
As the food prices rose there was social unrest.
te
This forced the government to scrap Corn Laws.
l_
Most of the industrialists and landlords, also did
ianot support Corn Laws, as these laws hindered
free trade.
10. (i) Traders and travellers introduced new
crops to the lands they travelled.
(ii) It is believed that noodles traveled west from
China to become spaghetti.
(iii) Arab traders took pasta to 5th century Sicily,
an island now in Italy.
(iv) Many of our common food such as potatoes,
soya, groundnuts, maize tomatoes, chillies,
sweet potatoes and so on were not known to our
ancestors.
11. (i) In many parts of the world, these
developments meant loss of freedom and
livelihoods.
(ii) Late 19th century European conquest brought
about many destructive economic, social and
ecological changes in the colonies.
(iii) In Africa, in the 1890s, a fast-spreading
disease of cattle plague or Rinderpest had a
terrifying impact on people’s livelihoods and the
local economy.
(iv) The example of indentured labour migration
from India illustrates that it was a world of faster
economic growth for some and great misery and
poverty for others. It led to technological advances
in Europe but a new form of coercion in Asia and
Africa.
The Making of a Global World
12. (i) The laws allowing the British Government
to restrict import of corn is known as the "Corn
Laws".
(ii) These laws were abolished because the
industrialists and urban dwellers were unhappy
with high food prices; as a result of which they
forced the abolition of the Corn Laws.
Result : Food could be imported into Britain at a
much cheaper rate.
13. (i) The loss of 90% of the cattle destroyed
African livelihood.
(ii) Planters, mine owners and colonial
government now successfully monopolised what
little cattle resources remained, to strengthen their
power and forced Africans into the labour market.
(iii) Control over the scarce resource of cattle
enabled European colonisers to conquer and
subdue Africa.
er
14. New system of slavery :
(i) Recruiting agents tempted the poor people by
at
giving false information about the nature of work,
final destinations, living and working conditions,
ym
mode of travel, etc.
(ii) Less willing workers were, at times, forcibly
ud
abducted by the agents.
(iii) On arrival at the plantations, when labourers
st
found conditions to be different, many of them
ity
escaped into the wilds while other developed new
forms of individual and collective self expression.
al
15. Factors responsible for indentured labour
qu
migration from India :
(i) In the mid-19th century, cottage industries
@
declined, land rents rose, lands were cleared for
mines and plantations.
This affected poor people because they were highly
indebted and were forced to migrate for work.
(ii) Temptations : As the agents provided false
information about final destinations, nature of
work and living and working conditions, many
poor people were tempted to go and work.
(iii) In order to escape poverty or oppression at
home and in villages, many migrants agreed to
work.
65
16. (i) It involved the world’s leading industrial
nations.
(ii) This was was the first modern industrial war.
Machine guns, tanks, aircrafts, chemical weapons,
were used on a massive scale.
(iii) Most of those who were maimed were young
and men of working age. The scale of death and
destruction was great. These deaths and injuries
am
reduced the workforce.
(iv) Industries during the war were restructured
to produce war-related products.
gr
(v) The war led to the snapping of economic
le
links between the world’s largest economic powers
which were now fighting with each other. The war
te
transformed the US from being an international
debtor to an international creditor.
l_
ia17. (i) Majority of the people killed in the First
World War were the young and men of working
age. It reduced able bodied workforce in Europe.
(ii) With fewer members within the family,
household, income declined.
(iii) Women stepped in to undertake jobs that
earlier only men were expected to do.
18. Major consequences of the Second World
War are as follows:
(i) Death and destruction were enormous. At
least 60 million of the people or about 3 percent
of the world’s 1939 population are believed to have
been killed directly or indirectly as the result of
war.
(ii) Millions more were injured. Unlike in earlier
wars, most of these deaths took place outside the
battlefield. Many more civilians than soldiers died
from war-related causes.
(iii) Vast parts of Europe and Asia were devastated
and several cities were destroyed by aerial
bombardment or relentness artillery attacks.
(iv) The war caused an immense amount of
economic devastation and social destruction.
Reconstruction proved to be long and difficult.
19. The Industrial Revolution in England became
an important cause of India's poverty.
(i) The Industrial Revolution enabled England
to produce more goods than needed there. So
66
the Indian markets were flooded by the machines
made goods from England. As a result of this, India
which was at one time an exporting country was
reduced to a big consumer of the English goods.
(ii) The Industrial Revolution in England threw
the Indian artisans out of job. As a result, Indian
small-scale household workshops became out of
work.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
21. (i) Flow of Trade : Trade in goods, e.g. cloth
or wheat, giving shape to a global agricultural
economy where food no longer came from a
nearby village or town, but from thousands of
miles away.
(ii) Flow of Labour : The migration of people in
search of employment is called Flow of Labour’.
Nearly 50 million people emigrated from Europe
to America and Australia in the 19th century. All

am
(iii) The British Government forced the Indian
over the world some 150 million are estimated
farmers to sell their raw material at cheap rates to
to have left their homes, crossed oceans and vast
the British factory owners.
distances over land in search of a better future.

gr
This policy of exploiting the Indian economy
(iii) Flow of Capital Investment : Long-term
for the benefit of the British capitalist had severe

le
or short term investment. Capital flowed from
consequences for the India’s economy. financial centres, such as London to build railways

te
(iv) The unemployed artisans again became the and other buildings to different parts of the world.
farm labourers and overburdened the Indian

l_
22. (i) Europeans were attracted due to the
agriculture. In this way, within very short time, resources of land and minerals of Africa.
India became a poor country where agriculture
ia(ii) They came to Africa to establish plantations
was the only occupation of the people.
and exploit mines.
er
(v) Before the advent of the Industrial Revolution,
(iii) African countries were militarily weak and
India was a major producer of cotton, woolen and
at

backward. So, it was easy to conquer them.

silk cloth. But now it suffered a severe set back
23. (i) Henry Ford adapted the assembly line of
ym

in these industries. As the British machine-made

a Chicago slaughter house to his new car plant in
cloth was cheaper than the Indian cloth.
Detroit.
(vi) The Indian goods could not compete with
ud

(ii) The assembly line allowed a faster and cheaper

the British machines made goods as the British
way of producing vehicles. It forced workers to
Government in India imposed heavy duties on
st

repeat single task mechanically and continuously.

the Indian goods and discouraged the Indian
(iii) This increased their efficiency in the single
ity

craftsmen in many other ways so that they could

never think of competing with the British products. task and the speed of production too.
al

20. (i) The silk routes are a good example of (iv) Standing in from the of the conveyor belt, no
worker could delay the motions or take a break.
vibrant pre-modern trade and cultural links
qu

between distant parts of the world. (v) In the beginning many workers quit, since
they could not cope up with the stress of work.
@

(ii) They were spread over land and sea, knitting

together vast regions of Asia and linking with
Europe and Africa.
(iii) They existed since before the Christian era
and thrived almost till the 15th century.
(iv) Indian and Chinese pottery, textiles and
spices travelled to Europe.
(v) In return, precious metals, gold and silver
flowed from Europe to Asia.
(vi) Buddhism, Christian missionaries, Muslim
preachers also travelled through this route to Asia.
(vi) Henry Ford doubled their wages and against
that, he not only increased the speed of the
production time but also banned trade unions
from operating in his plants.
24. Three examples are as follows:
(i) Many common foods, e.g. potatoes, soya,
tomatoes, maize, etc., were introduced to Europe
from America. These crops made a difference
between life and death. The poor began to eat better
and live longer in England with the introduction of
potatoes.
The Making of a Global World
(ii) Religious dissenters from Europe fled due to
the fear of persecution in Europe and migrated to
America.
(iii) Slave trade was started. European traders
captured slaves in Africa and took them to America
where they worked on plantations. Europe became
the centre of the world trade.
(iv) Precious metals, e.g. silver from mines located
in present day Peru and Mexico also enhanced
Europe’s wealth and financed its trade.
th
25. Europeans fled to America in the 19 century
because :
(i) Until the 19th century, power and hunger were
common in Europe.
(ii) Cities were crowded and deadly diseases were
widespread.
(iii)
Religious conflicts were common and
religious dissenters were persecuted.
ia
(iv) In America, plantations were growing
er
cotton and sugar for the European market. These
at
plantations were worked on by slaves.
26. The role on Indian economy in the
ym
nineteenth century world economy can be
explained as follows :
ud
(i) India was a major exporter of raw materials
to Britain most importantly items such as cotton,
st
spices, indigo etc.
(ii) Indian markets were flooded with the British
ity
manufactured goods, giving huge profits to the
British companies.
al
(iii) There was a trade surplus for Britain while
qu
trading with India. This trade surplus was used in
many ways by Britain. This was used to pay for the
@
private remittances by the British officials.
(iv) Not only with Britain, India also traded with
China mainly in opium.
(v) In the nineteenth century, thousands of
Indian labourers went to work on plantations
in mines and in rood and railway construction
projects around the world as indentured labor.
27. Rinderpest or cattle -plague was the fast-
spreading and devastating disease of cattle.
Rinderpest arrived in Africa in the late 1880s.It was
carried by infected cattle imported from British
67
Asia to feed the Italian soldiers invading Eritrea in
East Africa. Entering Africa in the east, rinderpest
moved to the west like forest fire reaching Africa’s
Atlantic coast in 1892.It killed 90% of the cattle on
the way.
It affected the Africans in following ways:
(i) 90% of cattle were killed.
(ii) The loss of cattle destroyed African
am
livelihoods.
(iii) Earlier people rarely worked for a wage. They
possessed land and livestock. Due to Rinderpest,
gr
they were forced to work for wages and so it
affected the economy.
le
(iv) Colonial government forced the Africans
te
into labor market.
(v) Thus, this worked as a gods gift to the
l_
colonizers as now they could easily have cheap
labor to meet their colonial needs.
28. (i) The silk routes are a good example of
vibrant pre-modern trade and cultural links
between distant parts of the world.
(ii) The name ‘silk routes’ points to the
importance of west-bound Chinese silk cargoes
along this route. Precious metals — gold and silver,
etc. flowed from Europe to Asia. Chinese potteries,
textiles from China and spices from India were
traded.
(iii) Various food item offer very good examples of
long distance cultural exchanges.
(iv) Christian missionaries, Muslim preachers
and Buddhist monks travelled through this route.
29. (i) Initially the indentured labourers found it
difficult to adjust to the harsh living conditions of
the plantation. But very soon they discovered new
ways of survival.
(ii) They developed new forms of individual and
collective self expression, blended art, cultural
forms, old and new.
(iii)
In Trinidad, the cultural Muharram
Procession was transformed into a riotous carnival
called ‘Hosay’ in which workers of all races and
religions joined.
(iv) The protest-religion ‘Rastafarianism’ is also
said to reflect social and cultural links with Indian
migrants to the Caribbean.
68
(v) ‘Chutney music’ popular in Trinidad and
Guyana is another creative expression of the post
indenture experience.
30. The main features of the First World War are
as follows:
(i) The First World War (1914-18) was mainly
fought in Europe. But its impact was felt around
the world.
(ii) It was fought between two power blocs —
the Allies (Britain, France and Russia) and the
Central Powers (Germany, Austria - Hungary and
Ottoman Turkey).
(iii) It lasted for more than four years.
(iv) It was the first modern industrial war as it saw
the use of machine guns, tanks, aircraft, chemical
weapons, etc. on a large scale.
(v) To fight the war, millions of soldiers had to be ia(iv) They were beaten or imprisoned for not being
recruited from around the world and most of them
were young men and men of working age.
er
(vi) Death and injuries reduced the able-bodied
at
workforce in Europe.
(vii) Industries were restructured to produce war-
ym
related goods.
31. (i) The first movement is the flow of trade of
ud
goods.
(ii) The second movement is the flow of people
st
migrating in search of employment.
ity
(iii) The third movement is the flow of capital in
terms of short-term and long-term investments
al
done overseas.
(iv) Flow of goods and capital was smoother than
qu
the flow of people. All three were benefitted by the
exchange of ideas.
@
India : Migration of indentured labourers; trade of
cotton textile.
Europe : Selling of manufactured goods in India.
32. Post First World War conditions:
(i) Britain, which was world’s leading economy
in the pre-war period faced a prolonged crisis.
(ii) Indian and Japanese industries developed as
Britain was occupied with war.
(iii) After the war, it was difficult for Britain to
recapture its earlier position in the Indian market.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iv) Britain was burdened with huge external
debts from the US.
(v) Government reduced war expenditure. This
led to huge job loses and unemployment.
(vi) Grain prices witnessed a steep fall as wheat
supply was restored.
33. Indentured labour was described as a new
system of slavery because :
am
(i) Agents tempted the poor people by giving
false information about the nature of work, living
and working conditions, final destinations, modes
gr
of travel, etc.
le
(ii) Less willing workers were at times forcibly
abducted by the agents.
te
(iii) On the plantation, the working conditions
l_
were harsh and they had a few legal rights.
able to meet tasks that used to be very heavy or for
running away from the job.
(v) Nominal medical attention was given to them
and wages were deducted in case of absence at
work or failure to fulfill the task.
34. (i) Unlike earlier wars, most of the deaths
took place outside the battlefields.
(ii) More civilians than soldiers died from war.
(iii) Vast parts of Asia and Europe were devastated.
(iv) Cities were destroyed.
(v) There was immense amount of economic
devastation.
Two crucial influences:
First : U.S’s emergence as military power in the
western world.
Second : Dominance of the Soviet Union.
35. (i) Mass production became a characteristic
feature of industrial production in the USA.
(ii) Mass production lowered costs and prices of
engineered goods.
(iii) There was a spurt in the purchase of
refrigerators, washing machines, etc., through hire
purchase.
(iv) It was fuelled by a boom in house construction
and home ownership, financed once again by
loans.
The Making of a Global World
Yes, the roots of the Great Depression lies in this
boom because of the overproduction in industrial
and agricultural sector and liberal credit facility.
36. Social Effects :
(i) Most of the killed and maimed people were of
the working age and this affected the work force in
England.
(ii) Household income declined and women
stepped in to take up jobs usually done by men.
(iii) Role and position of women changed forever
in England.
Economic Effects :
(i) Economic links between some of the major
economic powers of the world were snapped.
(ii) England borrowed large sums of money from
the US Banks.
(iii) USA emerged as an international creditor.
iaand precious metals. The Great Depression helped
(iv) USA owned more assets in foreign countries
er
than foreign countries owned in the USA.
37. (i) Faster railway, lighter wagons and larger
at
ships helped food to reach more cheaply and
ym
quickly from far away farms to markets.
(ii) Earlier the animals were shipped live from
America to Europe, many died on the way or
ud
became unfit to eat. Thus meat became expensive.
(iii) Refrigerated ships : The animal could be
st
slaughtered at the starting point of America,
ity
Australia or New Zealand and transported to
Europe as frozen meat.
al
(iv) This reduced the shipping cost and lowered
qu
prices in Europe.
(v) The poor could add variety to their food and
@
it improved their living condition.
38. (c) Germany, Austria-Hungary and Ottoman
Turkey
39. (i) After the war, Britain found it difficult to
recapture its earlier position of dominance in the
colonial market.
(ii) To finance war expenditures, Britain had
borrowed from the U.S. At the end of the war
Britain was burdened with huge external debts.
(iii) The war had led to a huge increase in demand,
production and employment.
69
(iv)
The government reduced bloated war
expenditures to bring them at par with peace time
revenues.
(v) These developments led to huge job losses. In
1921, one in every five British worker was out of
work.
40. (i) India’s exports and imports nearly halved.
(ii) As international prices crashed, prices in
am
India also plunged.
(iii) Wheat prices in India fell by 50 percent.
gr
(iv) Peasants and farmers suffered more than
urban dwellers.
le
(v) The colonial government refused to reduce
te
revenue demands.
l_
(vi) India’s peasants’ indebtedness increased.
(vii) They used up their savings and sold jewellery
the urban people, especially the fixed income
earners.
41. As colonies, many of the less developed regions
of the world had been part of Western empires.
As newly independent countries facing urgent
pressures to lift their populations out of poverty,
they came under the guidance of international
agencies that was dominated by the former
colonial powers. The former colonial powers still
controlled vital resources such as minerals and
land in many of their former colonies.
Even the large corporations of other powerful
countries, for example the US, also often managed
to secure rights to exploit developing countries’
natural resources very cheaply.
At the same time, most developing countries
did not benefit from the fast growth the Western
economies experienced in the 1950s and 1960s.
Therefore, they organised themselves as a group
– the Group of 77 (or G-77) – to demand a new
international economic order (NIEO). By the
NIEO they meant a system that would give them
real control over their natural resources, more
development assistance, fairer prices for raw
materials. and better access for their manufactured
goods in developed countries’ markets.
70
42. The five factors are :
(i) Decline in economic power of the USA.
(a) US dollar no longer commanded confidence.
(b) US dollar could not maintain its value in
relation to gold.
(c) Collapse of fixed exchange rates on floating
exchange rates.
(ii) Change in the international finance : The
International Monetary Fund and the World Bank
were created to meet the financial needs of the
industrial countries. International financial system
changed, and developing countries were forced to
borrow from western commercial banks.
(iii) Unemployment in industrialised countries :
Industrial world was hit by unemployment. The
number of unemployed started rising and people
travelled long distances looking for any work they
ia
could find.
er
(iv) Shifting to production enterprises : MNCs
shifted their production units to Asian countries
at
because of abundant labour and low wages.
ym
(v) Changes in China : China became an attractive
destination for investment by foreign MNCs.
ud
43. The Great Depression affected the Indian
trade in many ways.
st
(i) India’s exports and imports were halved
between 1928 and 1934.
ity
(ii) As international prices crashed, prices in
al
India also plunged.
(iii) Peasants and farmers suffered more than
qu
urban dwellers.
(iv) Peasants producing for the world market were
@
the worst hit.
(v) Town-dwelling land owners and middle-class
salaried employees found themselves better off as
everything cost less for them.
44. Technology had the following effects in
shaping the world economy.
(i) Technology played a major role in all
the developments. Railways, steam shipping,
telegraph, etc. were important inventions led to
the transformation of nineteenth-century world.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(ii) Linking the markets : New investments and
improvements in transport, faster railways, lighter
wagons and larger ships helped move food more
cheaply and quickly from far away farms to final
markets.
(iii) Impact on the meat trade : Till the 1870s,
meat from America was shipped to Europe in the
form of live animals which were then slaughtered
am
in Europe. But live animals took up a lot of ship
space. Many also died in voyage fell ill, lost weight
or became unfit to eat. So the prices of meat were
gr
very high and it was beyond the reachs of the
European poor. Due to high price, the demand
le
and production was low. But the invention of
te
refrigerated ships made it possible to transport
meat from one region to another.
l_
(iv) Social peace and imperialism : The poor in
Europe could now consume a more varied diet.
Better living conditions promoted social peace
within the country and support for imperialism
abroad.
(v) Colonialism : Technology played very
important role in linking the world markets which
promoted colonialism.
45. The two lessons learnt by the economists and
politicians during the Second World War were :
First : An industrial society based on mass
production needs mass consumption. For mass
consumption, steady income was necessary and
for stable income, full employment was necessary.
For this, the government had to minimise the
fluctuation of price, production and employment.
Hence, economic stability could be ensured by the
government intervention.
Second : The goal of full employment could be
achieved only if the government controls the flow
of goods, capital and labour.
46. Trade Surplus : It is a situation in which the
total value of exports of a nation during the year
exceeds the total value of imports.
(i) Over the 19th century, British manufactures
flooded Indian market. Food grains and raw
material exports from India to Britain and the rest
of world also increased.
The Making of a Global World
(ii) Value of British exports to India were higher
then imports from India.
(iii) Britain, thus had trade surplus with India.
Britain used this surplus to balance trade deficit
with other countries.
(iv) This is how a multilateral settlement system
works that allows one country’s deficit with
another country to be settled by its surplus with a
third country.
(v) India played a crucial role in helping Britain to
balance its deficits. Britain’s trade surplus in India
helped paying the home charges that included
private remittances by British official and traders.
47. (a)
48. (i) Agricultural overproduction remained
a problem and it was made worse by falling
agricultural prices.
(ii) As prices slumped and agricultural incomes
ia53. (i) MNCs shifted their production units to
declined, farmers tried to expand production and
er
bring a large volume of produce to the market but
it pushed down prices.
at
(iii) In the mid 1920s, many countries financed
their investments through loans from the US, it
ym
was extremely easy to raise loans in the US when
the going was good.
ud
(iv) But in the first half of the 1920’s, countries
that depended crucially on US loan faced an acute
st
crisis.
(v) The withdrawal of the US loans affected the
ity
rest of the world in different ways. In Europe, it led
to the failure of small major banks and the collapse
al
of currencies, such as the British Pound Sterling.
qu
49. (i) Since the revolution in 1949, China
gradually came in the field of world economy.
@
It attracted the foreign MNC’s because of its
economic structure.
(ii) Wages were relatively low.
(iii) China has the largest population besides
labour, that formed a larger consumer base.
50. (i) The International Monetary Fund and the
World Bank were created to meet the financial
needs of the industrial countries.
(ii) When Japan and Europe rapidly rebuilt
economies, they became less dependent on the
IMF and the World Bank.
71
(iii) Thus, from the late 1950s the Bretton Woods
institutions, WB and IMF, began to turn their
attention towards newly developing countries.
(iv) The newly independent countries facing
problems of poverty came under the guidance of
international agencies dominated by the former
colonial powers.
51. Refer to answer 49.
52. (i) The Bretton Wood conference was
am
convened in July, 1944 at Bretton Woods in New
Hampshire, U.S.A.
gr
(ii) Its main aim was to preserve economic
stability and full employment in the industrial
le
world.
(iii) The conference established International
te
Monetary Fund (IMF) and the International Bank
l_
for Reconstruction and Development (World
Bank).
Asian countries because of cheap labour and low
wages.
(ii) Availability of raw materials and a large
market.
(iii) Effects : It stimulated world trade and flow
of capital. Countries like India, China and Brazil
underwent rapid economic transformation.
It generated employment opportunities and
introduced competition in the domestic markets.
54. (i) The developing countries came under
the guidance of IMF and World Bank which were
dominated by the former colonial powers in order
to uplift their economies.
(ii) Former colonial powers exploited the natural
resources of developing nations through IMF and
World Bank.
(iii) The developing nations organised themselves
into G-77 so as to gain real control over their
natural resources, to get more development
assistance and fairer prices for raw materials.
(iv) They also wanted a better opportunity
for their manufactured good in the markets of
developing nations.
55. The steps taken are as follows :
(i) Bretton Woods Conference established IMF
to deal with external surplus and deficit of its
members.
72
(ii) The World Bank was set up to finance post-
war reconstruction.
(iii) Bretton Woods System was based on fixed
exchange rates.
(iv) Dollar was anchored to gold at a fixed price.
56. Indentured labour made a huge contribution
towards cultural fusion.
(i) Cultural fusion is a phenomenon, which
emerges when two or more cultures inter-mingle
and produce a new culture.
(ii) Indentured labourers used to live and work
in very harsh conditions. This forced them to
seek new avenues of comfort and relaxation. This
blended different cultural forms.
(iii) Examples :
(a) Hosay : In Trinidad, the annual Muharram
procession was transformed into a riotous carnival
called ‘Hosay’ in which workers of all races and
religions joined.
er
(b) Chutney Music : It is another creative
at
contemporary expression of the post indentured
experience.
ym
(c) Rastafarianism : The protest religion of
‘Rastafariansim’ is also said to reflect social
ud
and cultural links with Indian migrants to the
Carribean.
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
57. (i) With the fall in prices and the prospect
of depression, the US banks also slashed domestic
lending and called back loans.
(ii) Farmers were unable to sell their harvests.
(iii) Faced with falling income, many households
in the US could not repay what they had borrowed,
and were forced to give up their homes, cars and
other consumer durables.
am
58. The economists and politicians learnt two
key lessons from the inter-war economic
experiences of the Second World War.
gr
(i) First, an industrial society based on mass
le
production cannot be sustained without mass
consumption.
te
(ii) There was a need for high and stable income
l_
which depends on full employment of the people.
(iii) Since market alone could not guarantee
ia
full employment; government should intervene
and take steps to minimise fluctuation of market
forces.
(iv) The second lesson is that the global economy
is inter-related.
(v) The goal of full employment could only be
achieved if governments had power to control flow
of goods, capital and labour.
 Chapter
The Age of
4 Industrialization
4.1 Before the Industrial Revolution 4.4 Factories Come Up
4.2 Hand Labour and Steam Power 4.5 The Peculiarities of Industrial Growth

am
4.3 Industrialization in the colonies 4.6 Market for Goods

gr
Topicwise Analysis of (2019-2010) Years’ CBSE Board Questions

le
te
l_
ia
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu

QUICK RECAP
@

4.1 BEFORE THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION
ff Before factories began to come up in England
and Europe, there was large-scale production
of goods for supplying to the international
market. This was not based on factories.
Many historians refer to this phase of
industrialization as proto-industrialization.
ff In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries,
merchants from the towns in Europe began
moving to the villages. They gave finance to
the peasants and artisans, persuaded them to
produce goods for an international market.
ff With the acquisition of colonies in different
parts of the world, the demand for goods
began growing. But merchants could not
expand production within towns because of
crafts and trade guilds.
ff Guilds were associations of producers that
trained craftspeople. They maintained control
over production, regulated competition and
prices, and restricted the entry of new people
into the trade. Rulers had granted different
guilds the monopoly right to produce and
74
trade in specific products. It was therefore
difficult for new merchants to set up business
in towns. So they turned to the countryside.
ff In the countryside poor peasants and artisans
began working for merchants. During
this period open fields were disappearing.
Cottagers and poor peasants who had earlier
depended on common lands for their survival
had to now look for alternative sources of
income. So when merchants came around
and offered advances to produce goods for
them, peasant households eagerly agreed.
ff Thus, a close relationship developed between
the town and the countryside. Merchants were
based in towns but the work was done mostly
in the countryside. A merchant purchased
wool from a wool stapler and took it to the
spinners; the yarn then went through different
stages of production from weavers, fullers,
and then to dyers. The finishing was done
ia
in London before the export. London in fact
er
came to be known as a finishing center.
This proto-industrial system was thus part of
at
a network of commercial exchanges. It was
ym
controlled by merchants and the goods were
produced by a vast number of producers working
within their family farms, not in factories. At
ud
each stage of production 20 to 25 workers were
employed by each merchant. This meant that each
st
clothier was controlling hundreds of workers.
ity
The Coming Up of Factory
ff The earliest factories in England came up in
al
the 1730s. By late 18th century, there were
numerous factories in England. In 1760 while
qu
Britain imported 2.5 million pounds of raw
cotton, this quantity increased to 22 million
@
pounds by 1787.
ff This increase happened because of a number
of innovations in the process of production
such as carding, twisting, spinning, and
rolling. They enhanced the output per worker,
enabling each worker to produce more, and
they made possible the production of stronger
threads and yarn. All the processes were
brought together in cotton mills by Richard
Arkwright.
ff In the early phases the industrial revolution
was mostly in textile production.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
ff Benefits of factories :
The factories increased
efficiency of workers.
Because of new machines
a worker could produce
better products in much
bigger quantities. Cotton Spinning Wheel
textiles were the main area in which
industrialization happened. Managing and
am
supervising the labor was much easier in
factories than it was in the countryside. 
gr
The pace of Industrial Change
ff Cotton and metal industries were changing
le
rapidly and were the most dynamic industries
in Britain. Cotton was the leading sector in
te
the first phase (till 1840). The iron and steel
industries grew rapidly with the expansion of
l_
railways. The railways expanded in England
from the 1840s and in the colonies from
1860s. By 1873, the export of iron and steel
from Britain was valued at about 77 million
pounds. This was double the value of cotton
export.
ff By the end of the nineteenth century, less than
20% of total workforce was employed in the
industrial sector. The traditional industry
was also thriving side by side.
ff Many innovations were also seen in food
processing, building, pottery, glasswork,
tanning, furniture making and production of
implements.
ff High cost of machines and their costly
repair prevented quick spread of technology.
Sometimes the new machines were not as
effective as claimed.
4.2 HAND LABOUR AND STEAM POWER
Human Labor
ff During this period there was no shortage of
human labor. Hence the wages were low. In
some businesses the demand for labor was
seasonal. So, businessmen did not want to
invest in costly machines.
ff The finished goods from machines though
standardized were inferior in finish and
were not liked by the rich. Goods produced
by craftsmen had better finish and were
considered ‘classy’.
The Age of Industrialization
ff However, in 19th century America there was
a shortage of labor hence mechanization was
preferred.
Life of Workers
(a) Large number of people came to cities looking
for jobs.
(b) Finding a job largely depended on existing
network of friendship and kin relations.
(c) People without jobs often had to spend nights
on bridges or in night shelters. Some private
individuals had set up Night Refuges. Law
authorities maintained casual wards for such
people.
(d) People employed in seasonal jobs often moved
to villages or stayed in towns looking for odd
jobs. During this period wages were low and the
period of employment fluctuated. During the
periods of economic slump, the unemployment
ia
increased anywhere between 35 and 75%.
er
(e) Workers often turned hostile to new technology
because of fear of unemployment. For example;
at
when Spinning Jenny was introduced, women
ym
began to attack the new machines because they
survived on hand spinning.
(f) After the 1840s, because of more construction
ud
activity there was an increase in employment.
The number of workers in the transport
st
industries doubled in the 1840s, and doubled
again in the subsequent 30 years.
ity
4.3 INDUSTRIALIZATION IN THE COLONIES
al
Age of Industrial Textile
qu
ff Before the age of machine industries, fine
varieties of silk and cotton goods from India
@
dominated the international market in textiles.
Surat on the Gujarat coast, Masulipatam on the
Coromandel coast and Hooghly in Bengal were
very important trading centers.
ff A variety of Indian merchants and bankers
were involved in financing production,
carrying goods and supplying exporters.
As the East India Company consolidated its
business by the mid-eighteenth century. The
earlier centers of trade; like Surat and Hooghly
declined and the new centers like Calcutta and
Bombay emerged.
75
What Happened to Weavers
ff The East India Company faced tough
competition from the French, Dutch and
Portuguese. They developed a system to
control textile trade.
ff As the East India Company established
political power, it began to assert its monopoly
right to trade. It tried to establish a more direct
control on the weavers. A paid servant; called
am
gomastha was appointed to supervise weavers,
collect supplies, and examine the quality of
cloth.
gr
ff The Company prevented weavers from
dealing with other buyers by giving advances
le
to buy raw materials. Once a weaver took the
advance, he could not sell his produce to any
te
other trader. The system of “advances” resulted
l_
in many weavers falling into debt traps.
ff The gomastha being an outsider, did not
employ social skills with the villagers. He
used to visit with sepoys and peons and
punish weavers who could not meet the
deadline. The gomastha behaved arrogantly.
There were reports of clashes between weavers
and gomasthas in many villages.
ff In Carnatic and Bengal, many weavers
deserted villages and migrated to other
villages to set up looms. Many weavers began
to refuse loans, closed down their workshops
and took to farming.
Manchester Comes to India
(a) Right from the beginning of 19 th century
exports of Indian textile began to decline.
Export of piece-goods declined from 33% in
1811/12 to less than 3% by 1850-51.
(b) Duties were imposed on Indian exports to
Britain, because of pressure from British
manufacturers.
(c) The East India Company was pressurized to sell
British manufactured goods in Indian markets.
In 1850 cotton piece-goods constituted 31% of
the value of Indian imports. By 1870s, the value
increased to over 70%.
(d) The machine-made cotton was cheaper than
hand-made cotton piece-goods in India. The
weavers thus lost a huge market share to
imports from Britain. By 1850s, most of the
cotton producing centers in India faced a steep
decline.
76
(e) As the Civil war broke out in the US in 1860s,
the supply of cotton from the US to Britain was
cut off. Britain thus began to source cotton from
India. This led to a huge shortage of raw cotton
for weavers in India.
(f) By the end of the nineteenth century, cotton
factories began to come up in India as well. This
was the final blow for traditional cotton textiles
industry in India.
4.4 FACTORIES COME UP
The first cotton mill in
Bombay came up in 1854
and it went into
production two years
later. By 1862 four mills
were in operation. Jute
mills also came up in Spinning Jenny
Bengal around the same time. The Elgin Mill was
started in Kanpur in the 1860s. In Ahmadabad, the
first cotton mill was set up in the same period. By
1874, the first cotton mill of Madras began production.
er
The Early Entrepreneurs and workers
at
The history of many Indian business groups goes
back to their trade with China. Since the late
ym
eighteenth century, the British in India had begun
to export opium to China and import tea from
there. Many Indian traders participated in these
ud
trades as junior partners. Once these businessmen
earned enough, they dreamt of developing
st
industrial enterprises in India. Capital was also
accumulated through other trade networks; like
ity
Burma, the Middle East and Africa.
ff Dwarkanath Tagore was among the pioneers
al
to begin industries in the 1830s and 1840s.
qu
Tagore’s enterprise was closed during the
business crises of the 1840s.
ff But in the later nineteenth century, many
@
businessmen became successful industrialists.
In Bombay, Parsis like Dinshaw Petit and
Jamsetjee Nusserwanjee Tata went on to build
huge industrial empires.
ff Seth Hukumchand; a Marwari businessman;
set up the first Indian jute mill in Calcutta in
1917. The Birla Group was similarly started by
successful traders from China.
ff The East India company gradually put many
restrictions on Indian businessmen. They
were barred from trading with Europe in
manufactured goods, and had to export
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
mostly raw materials and food grains – raw
cotton, opium, wheat and indigo – required
by the British. They were also gradually edged
out of the shipping business.
ff Till the First World War, European Managing
Agencies controlled a large sector of Indian
industries. Important ones were Bird Heiglers
& Co., Andrew Yule, and Jardine Skinner &
Co. These Agencies mobilized capital, set up
joint-stock companies and managed them.
am
In most instances Indian financiers provided
the capital while the European Agencies made
gr
all investment and business decisions. The
European merchant-industrialists had their
le
own chambers of commerce which Indian
businessmen were not allowed to join.
te
Where Did the Workers Come from?
l_
ff In most of the industrial regions workers came
ia from the surrounding districts. In 1901, there
were 584,000 workers in Indian factories. By
1946 the number was over 2,436,000. Most
of the workers came from neighboring
villages. They maintained contact with their
rural homeland; by returning to their villages
during harvests and festivals.
ff As the news of better employment
opportunities spread, workers began to
migrate greater distances in search of work. For
example; people from the United Provinces
began to migrate to Bombay and Calcutta.
ff Getting a job was not easy. Industrialists
usually employed a jobber to hire new people.
The jobber was usually an old and trusted
worker. The jobber usually preferred people
from his own village. He helped them settle
in the city and provided financial help during
crisis. The jobber thus became an influential
person. He began to demand money and gifts
for his favor and began to control the lives of
workers.
4.5 THE PECULIARITIES OF INDUSTRIAL
GROWTH
European Managing Agencies focused on goods
that were needed for exports to Britain. They
focused on tea and coffee plantations, mining,
indigo and jute.
ff The Indian businessmen avoided competing
with Manchester goods in the Indian market.
For example; they produced coarse cotton
The Age of Industrialization
yarn which was used by handloom weavers or
exported to China.
ff In the first decade of the twentieth century,
various changes affected the pattern of
industrialization. As the swadeshi movement
gathered momentum industrial groups
organized themselves for collective bargaining
with the government. They pressurized
the government for concessions. During this
period export of Indian yarn to China declined
as Chinese and Japanese mills flooded the
Chinese market. Thus, the Indian manufacturers
began to shift from yarn to cloth production.
Between 1900 and 1912, the cotton piece-goods
production doubled in India.
ff During the First World War the British mills
became busy in meeting the needs of the army.
This resulted in decline of imports to India.
This gave a vast home market to be catered by
the Indian mills. The Indian mills were also
asked to supply goods for the British army.
This created a boom in industrial activities.
er
ff After the war, Manchester could never
recapture its lost position in the Indian market.
at
The British industry could not compete with
ym
the US, Germany and Japan as well.
Small Scale Industries Predominate
In spite of industrial growth, large industries
ud
formed only a small segment of the economy.
About 67% of the large industries were located
st
in Bengal and Bombay. Small-scale production
continued to prevail in the rest of the country.
ity
ff The handicrafts expanded in the twentieth
century. The artisans adopted many new
al
technologies. For example; weavers started the
qu
use of fly shuttle in their looms. By 1941, more
than 35% of handlooms in India were fitted
with fly shuttles. The percentage was 70 to 80
@
in major textile hubs; like Travancore, Madras,
Mysore, Cochin and Bengal. Many other small
innovations helped in improving productivity
in the handloom sector.
ff Even though weavers and other craftspeople
expanded their business in the 20th century
they did not necessarily prosper. They lived
hard lives and worked long hours. Very often
the entire household – including all the women
and children – had to work at various stages
of the production process. But they were not
simply remnants of past times in the age of
77
factories. Their life and labor was integral to
the process of industrialization.
4.6 MARKET FOR GOODS
The manufacturers practiced various ways to
lure new customers. Advertisement is one of the
various ways to attract new customers.
(a) The producers from Manchester labeled their
products to show the place of manufacture.
The label ‘Made in Manchester’ was considered
am
to be the sign of good quality. The labels also
carried beautiful illustrations. The illustrations
often carried the images of Indian gods and
gr
goddesses. This was a good attempt to develop
le
a local connect with the people.
(b) By the late nineteenth century, manufacturers
te
began distributing calendars to popularize their
products. A calendar has a longer shelf life than
l_
newspaper or magazines. It works as a constant
ia brand reminder throughout a year.
(c) The Indian manufacturers often highlighted
nationalist messages along with their
advertisement; in an attempt to develop a better
connect with the potential customers.
Important Years
1730 : Earliest Factories came up in England
1764 : James Hargreaves invented Spinning Jenny
1781 : James Watt patented the Steam Engine
1830s : Dwarkanath Tagore established six companies
1854 : First cotton mill set up in Bombay
1855 : First Jute mill established in Bengal
1863 : London underground Railway started operation
1912 : First Iron and Steel plant set up at
Jamshedpur
1917 : Seth Hukumchand established first Indian
Jute Mill in Calcutta
Important Words and terms
ff Orient : Refers to the countries west of the
Mediterranean Sea. The term arises from a
wester view that this region is pre-modern,
traditional and mysterious.
ff Proto : Refers to something that happened
before some event.
ff Carding : Process in which fibers such as
cotton or wool are prepared before spinning.
ff Spinning Jenny : Devised by James Hargreaves
in 1764. In the machine by turning a single
wheel a worker could set in motion a number
of spindles and spin several threads at a time.
78 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

4.1 Before the Industrial Revolution 11. Explain the effects of the East India Company's
exploitative methods of asserting monopoly
SA (3 marks) over trade. (Term-I 2014)
1. What is proto-industrialization? Explain the 12. Who were the Jobbers? Explain their main
conditions in 18th century English county functions. (Term-I 2012, 2014)

am
side that created conditions for proto-
industrialization. (Term-I 2017) 13. Who were the Gomasthas? Why did the
weaves and Gomasthas clash? (Term-I 2011)

gr
2. What advantage did the hand labour had over
machines in Victorian Britain? (Term-I 2013) 14. The typical worker in the mid 19th century

le
was not a machine operator but the traditional
LA (5 marks) crafts persons and labourer. Support the

te
3. What was 'Proto-indusrialization'? Explain statement with examples. (Term-I 2011)

l_
the importance of proto-industrialization. 15. Trace the development of textile industry in
(Term-I 2016) India. (Term-I 2011)
ia
4.2 Hand Labour and Steam Power 4.3 Industrialization in the Colonies
er

SA (3 marks) VSA
at

(1 mark)
4. Explain any three causes which led to the
ym

16. Who among the following setup the first jute

decline of Indian cotton textiles in the early
mill in Kolkata?
nineteenth century. (Term-I 2016)
(a) J.N. Tata (b) Seth Hukumchand
ud

5. Describe any three conditions that were (c) Dwaraknath Tagore

favourable for the continuing growth of
(d) Dinshaw petit (Term-I 2012)
st

industries in the 18th century India.

(Term-I 2016) 17. What was the role of gomastha under the East
ity

India Company? (Term-I 2010)

6. Industrialization gave birth to Imperialism.
al

Justify the statement with three arguments. SA (3 marks)

(Term-I 2016)
qu

18. How did the East India Company procure

7. How was foreign trade from India conducted
regular supplies of cotton and silk textiles
before the age of machine industries? Explain
@

from Indian weavers? (Term-I 2017)

(Term-I 2016)
19. How did a series of inventions in the 18th
8. In the eighteenth century Europe, the peasants
century increase the efficiency of each step
and artisans in the country side readily agreed
to work for the merchants. Explain any three of production process in the cotton textile
reasons. (Term-I 2016) industry? (Term-I 2012)

9. Describe any three main reasons for the LA (5 marks)

decline of textile exports from India in the 20. “Series of changes affected the pattern
19th century. (Term-I 2014) of industrialization in India by the early
10. Describe the condition of the workers in twentieth century.” Analyze the statement.
nineteenth century in England.(Term-I 2014) (Delhi 2019)
The Age of Industrialization
21. What was the condition of Indian industries
before the First World War? How did it change
after the First World War? (Term-I 2013)
22. Why was a jobber employed? How did a jobber
misuse his position and power? Explain.
(Term-I 2013)
23. How did the Indian industries develop in the
19th and 20th centuries? Explain.
79
SA (3 marks)
31. What led to rise of Bombay and Calcutta ports
in the 9th century? Explain. (Term-I 2017)
32. Explain any three reasons for the clashes
between the weavers and the gomasthas.
(Term-I 2016)
33. How did the expansion of the British industries

am
 (Term-I 2012)
in India affect the weavers? (Term-I 2016)
24. The establishment of political power by the
34. Explain the role played by advertisements

gr
East India Company resulted in ruination of
the Indian weavers. Support the statement in creating new consumers for the British

le
with suitable examples. (Term-I 2012) products. (Term-I 2014)

te
25. How did the handloom industry collapse in 35. The upper classes, during Victorian period,
India under the British rule? Explain. preferred things produced by hands because:

l_
(Term-I 2012) Give the reasons. (Term-I 2014)

26. Explain giving four reasons why did the

ia36. Describe the contributions of Dwarkanath
industrialists of Europe prefer hand labour Tagore as an entrepreneur of Bengal.
er
over machines during the 19th century.  (Term 2014)
at

(Term-I 2011)
37. How did the abundance of labour in the
ym

4.4 Factories Come Up market affect the lives of workers in Britain?

 (Term-I 2013)
VSA (1 mark)
ud

38. Explain any three methods used by producers

27. Why were merchants from towns in Europe of Manchester to expand their market in the
began to move to countryside in seventeenth
st

19th century. (Term-I 2012)

and eighteenth century? (2018)
ity

39. Why did technological changes occur slowly

28. The Spinning Jenny was devised by _____
in Britain in the early nineteenth century?
(a) T.E.. Nicholson (b) James Hargreaves
al

Explain any three reasons. (Term-I 2012)

(c) William Bell Scot
qu

(d) Will Thome (Term-I 2013) LA (5 marks)

29. Which one of the following alternatives is
@

40. Describe the conditions of workers in Europe

associated with Gomasthas?
after the Industrial Revolution. (AI 2019)
(a) Traders (b) Landlords
(c) Unpaid servants 41. How did the abundance of labour in the
(d) Paid supervisors (Term-I 2012) market effect the lives of the workers in the
nineteenth century? Explain with examples.
30. Who among the following improved the steam
(Term-I 2017)
engine produced by New Comen?
(a) Mathew Boulton 42. Why were the British industrialists not
(b) James Watt keen to introduce modern machinery in the
(c) Henry Ford nineteenth century? Explain any five reasons.
(d) Grahm Bell (Term-I 2011) (Term-I 2016)
80
43. Why did London city dwellers become
rebellious during 19th century? (Term-I 2015)
44. 'The First World War created dramatically a
new situation for Indian Industries'. Analyse
how this change took place.
 (Term-I 2014, 2012)
45. Describe any five major problem faced by
new European merchants in setting up their
industries in towns before the industrial
revolution. (Term-I 2012)
46. Describe the life of the workers in Victorian
Britain. (Term-I 2012)
4.5 The Peculiarities of Industrial
Growth
VSA (1 mark)
47. Which of the following group of industries
ia
was the dynamic industries of England during
er
its earliest phase of industrialization?
(a) Cotton and metals
at
(b) Cotton and silk
ym
(c) Silk and footwears
(d) Footwears and glass (Term-I 2011)
ud
Answers
st
1. Proto -industrialization was the early phase of
ity
industrialization in Europe. Before factories began
to dot the landscape in England and Europe, there
al
was large-scale production for an international
qu
market. This was not based on factories. In the
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, merchants
@
from the towns in Europe began moving to the
countryside, supplying money to peasants and
artisans, persuading them to produce for an
international market. With the expansion of
world trade and the acquisition of colonies in
different parts of the world, the demand for goods
began growing. But merchants could not expand
production within the cities. This was because here
urban crafts and trade guilds were powerful and
prevented the entry of merchants.
During the 18th century this was a time when
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
SA (3 marks)
48. "By the first decade of the twentieth century
a series of changes affected the pattern of
industrialisation in India". State any three
such changes. (Term-I 2017)
4.6 Market for Goods
LA (5 marks)
am
49. Explain with examples the importance of
advertisement in the marketing of the goods.
gr
(Term-I 2016)
le
50. Describe the technique which were adopted
te
by the Manchester industrialists to sell their
goods in India. (Term-I 2015)
l_
51. Why could mechanical technology not
replace human labour in Victorian Britain?
Explain.
(Term-I 2015)
52. "Getting a job in factories was always difficult
in the 19th century." Justify the statement
comparing the case of England and India.
(Term-I 2012)
open fields were disappearing. Cottagers and poor
peasants who had earlier depended on common
lands for their survival, gathering their firewood,
berries, vegetables, hay and straw, had to now look
for alternative sources of income. Many had tiny
plots of land which could not provide work for all
members of the household. So when merchants
came around and offered advances to produce
goods for them, peasant households eagerly agreed
to take up the work.
This also provided extra income that supplemented
their meagre income from small fields.
2. Hand Labour was preferred over machines in
Victorian England because :
(a) There was less space for installing machines.
(b) Women labourers were not trained to operate
machines.
The Age of Industrialization
(c) Manual labour was cheaper than machines as
large number of migrant labor had come to cities.
(d) The Queen had banned the use of machines in
factories to create job opportunities for the poor.
(e) Machines often broke down and their repair
was expensive.
(f) In seasonal industries, where production
fluctuated with the seasons, industrialists usually
preferred hand labour, employing workers only for
the season, when it was needed.
(g) The variety of products required in the market
could not be produced by the machines available at
that time. In mid-nineteenth century, Britain, for
instance, 500 varieties of hammers were produced
and 45 kinds of axes, these required human skill,
and not mechanical technology.
3. Proto-industrialization refers to the system of
industries that existed in Europe before the arrival
of modern machine run factories. Large scale
production took place for an international market.
er
It was based in the countryside, not in factories.
at
Effects:
(i) Open fields were disappearing and commons
ym
were being enclosed so common people had no
alternative sources of income.
ud
(ii) Many had small plots of land which could not
provide work for all family members.
st
(iii) Merchants offered them advances for which
they agreed.
ity
(iv) They got a source of income which
supplemented their shrinking income from
al
cultivation.
qu
4. (i) The British cotton manufactures began to
expand.
@
(ii) British manufacturers pressurized the
Government to restrict cotton imports.
(iii) Manufacturers began to search the overseas
markets for selling their cloth.
(iv) Indian textiles faced stiff competition in other
international market.
(v) There was a decline in the share of the textile.
(vi) Tariffs were imposed on cloth imports into
Britain.
5. Three conditions that were favourable for the
continuing growth of industries in 18th century
81
India are:
(i) India abounds in coal and iron-ore deposits.
(ii) Number of perennial rivers.
(iii) Abundant raw-materials.
(iv) Vast network of roads and railways.
(v) Big market.
(vi) Demand in several Arabian and Asian
countries.
am
6. 'Industrialization gave birth to Imperialism.
(i) Imperialism followed industrialization.
(ii) Industrialization chiefly needed the constant
gr
supply of raw-materials. The finished goods
le
needed to be sold at the same speed.
(iii) The industrialized countries had introduced
te
heavy import duties as protective tariffs to check
l_
the import from other countries.
ia(iv) Faced with the problem of finding new
markets for their products, the producer nations
choose such countries where industrialization had
not yet happened.
(v) Hence a race for bringing those areas under
their effective occupation or effective influence
started among the various industrialized nations.
(vi) As a consequence, Britain, France, Germany,
Japan, etc. set up their colonies in Asia, Africa,
South America, etc.
(vii) These colonies served two purposes of being
the suppliers of cheap raw materials and an easy
market for their finished goods.
7. (i) Before the age of machine industries,
silk and cotton goods from India dominated the
international market in textile. Coarser cotton
was produced in many countries, but the finer
varieties often came from India. Armenian and
Persian merchants took the goods from Punjab to
Afghanistan, Eastern Persia and Central Asia.
(ii) Bales of fine textiles were carried on camel
back via the North West frontier, through
mountain passes and across deserts.
(iii) A vibrant sea trade operated through the
main precolonial ports. Surat on the Gujarat coast
connected India to the Gulf and Red Sea Ports;
Masulipatnam on the Coromandel Coast and
Hooghly in Bengal had trade links with Southeast
Asian ports.
82
8. Refer to answer 3.
9. (i) Britain imposed duties on cotton textiles,
thus export market declined.
(ii) Exports of British goods to India increased.
The Manchester goods flooded Indian markets.
(iii) The machine-made goods were cheaper and
weavers could not compete with them.
(iv) By 1850, exports from most weaving regions
declined.
10. (i) Labour was in abundance.
(ii) Job opportunities were few.
(iii) Job seekers who came from villages had to
spend the night under bridges or in night shelters
and they had no place to stay in the city.
(iv) Much of the work was seasonal in nature such
as book binding.
(v) Wages were low and life was difficult when
prices of goods in the city rose sharply.
ia
(vi) Workers had to look for odd jobs when they
er
could not find proper employment in factories.
11. (i) The company tried to eliminate the
at
existing traders and brokers connected with cloth
ym
trade and tried to establish a direct control over
the weavers.
(ii) This was a situation of helplessness and
ud
desperation which made the workers to revolt
against the British. The workers started to either
st
change their profession or migrated to other
places.
ity
(iii)
These measures ultimately led to the
al
elimination of the Indian weavers.
12. Jobber was employed to get new recruits for
qu
the factories or industrialists.
The jobber misused his position and power in the
@
following ways:
(i) Initially Jobbers lured people from his village
ensuring them jobs. He also helped them settle in
the city and lent them money in the times of crisis.
(ii) Gradually, Jobbers got position and power.
(iii) They started demanding money and gifts for
all the favours.
(iv) They also started to control the lives of the
workers.
(v) Jobbers got people from his own village and
restricted entries of others in the mills.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
13. (i) The Gomasthas were appointed by the
British to supervise weavers, collect supplies and
examine the quality of cloth.
(ii) As time passed, new Gomasthas who were
outsiders and did not have any long term social
link with the village acted arrogantly with the
villagers, marched into the village with sepoys and
peons and punished weavers for delays in supply-
often beating and flogging them. This was an act
am
which was very similar to the manner in which
the British dealt with defaulters. Thus the weavers
gr
often clashed with the gomasthas.
14. (i) Technological changes occurred slowly.
le
(ii) Aristocrats and bourgeoisie preferred things
te
produced by hands. These were better finished and
carefully designed.
l_
(iii) Thus the artisans still got jobs to sum his
livelihood. Most of them were also not trained to
operate the new machines.
15. The development of textile industry in India
can be traced in the following stages:
(i) First cotton mill came up in Bombay in 1854.
(ii) Around the 1860s, jute mills came up in
Bengal.
(iii) These were followed by mills in Kanpur,
Ahmedabad and Madras.
16. (b) Seth Hukumchand
17. Their role was to supervise the weavers,
collect supplies and examine the quality of cloth.
18. (i) The East India company tried to eliminate
the existing traders and appointed 'Gomasthas' as
supervisors.
(ii) The system of advances was introduced to
have a direct control over the weavers.
Impact :
(i) Weavers devoted entire time to weaving.
(ii) They were forced to accept the prices fixed by
the company.
(iii) There were reports of clashes of weavers with
gomasthas.
19. A series of inventions such as Spinning Jenny,
Flying Shuttle were invented to increase efficiency
of each step of the production process in cotton
textile industry.
The Age of Industrialization
(i) Invention of process like carding, twisting,
spinning and rolling. These steps in the production
process of the textile industry enhanced the output
per worker and enabled him to produce stronger
yarn.
(ii) Richard Arkwright created a Cotton Mill. This
enabled to set up new machines in the mill where
all the processes were brought together under one
roof.
(iii) People were trained to be Stapler or Fuller. A
Stapler was a person who sorted wool according
to fibers and the Fuller used to gather cloth by
pleating with the newly invented machines.
20. By the first decade of 20th Century, a series of
changes affected the pattern of industrialization.
(i) As the Swadesh Movement gathered
momentum in India, the nationalists mobilized
people to boycott foreign cloth and other goods.
Industrial groups organized themselves to
ia
protect their collective interests pressurizing the
er
government to increase tariff protection and grant
at
other concessions.
(ii) From 1906, export of Indian yarn to China
ym
declined. So Indian industrialists shifted their
interest from yarn to cloth production leading to
considerable production of cotton piece goods.
ud
(iii) The beginning of First World War created
a new situation. Since British mills were busy in
st
producing war materials to meet their own war
ity
needs, export of goods to India declined. This
gave an opportunity to Indian industries to thrive.
al
Indian mills now had a vast home market to supply.
(iv) As the war continued, Indian factories were
qu
called upon to supply war needs, such as jute bags,
cloth for army uniform, tents, leather boots, horse
@
and mule saddles, etc. New factories were set up
and old factories ran double shift.
(v) After the war, industries in Britain got a severe
setback. In India however local industrialists
gradually consolidated their position substituting
foreign manufactures and capturing home market.
Handicraft production also expanded in the 20th
century.
21. Till the First World War, industrial growth in
India was slow. The Indian manufactured goods
had to compete with British imports.
83
The war created a dramatically new situation. With
British mills busy with war production to meet
the needs of the army, British imports into India
declined.
Suddenly, Indian mills has a vast home market to
supply. As the war prolonged, India factories were
called upon to supply war needs: Jute bags, cloth
for army uniforms, tents and leather boots, horse
and mule saddles and a host of other items. New
am
factories were set up.
Many new workers were employed and everyone
gr
was made to work longer hours. Over the war
years industrial production boomed.
le
After the war, British goods could never recapture
te
its old position in the Indian market.
22. Refer to answer 12.
l_
23. (i) The early industrialists avoided a direct
competition with the British factories.
(ii) The cotton mills started to produce coarse
cotton yarn and this was exported to China.
(iii) As Swadeshi Movement gathered momentum,
industrialist pressurized the government to
increase tariff protection.
(iv) During the First World War, the British
Government called upon the Indian mills to
produce goods such as jute bags, boots, etc., for
the British Army.
(v) As the war prolonged, England could not
capture the Indian markets.
24. After establishing its political power, the
British East India Company asserted a monopoly
right to trade. It developed a system that would
eliminate competition, control cost and ensure
regular supply of cotton and silk goods. These
measures ultimately led to the ruining of Indian
weavers. The measures adopted were as follows :
(i) The company tried to eliminate the existing
traders and brokers, connected with cloth trade
and establish a direct control over the weavers.
It appointed a paid servant called Gomastha
to supervise the weavers, collect supplies and
examine the quality of cloth.
(ii) The company weavers were prevented from
selling to other buyers. The weavers were tied to
the company by a system of advance. Loans were
84
given to the weavers for production and they had to
hand over the finished products to the Gomasthas.
(iii) The price that the weavers received was low,
but they were left with no choice but to sell their
goods to the British because the loans tied them to
the British.
This was a situation of helplessness and desperation
that made them to revolt against the British. They
quit their profession and migrated to other places.
25. (i) Factories in Manchester started producing
cotton textiles for the domestic market.
(ii) The government put more import duties on
the textile coming from India to encourage the
local industries. As a result, the Indian weavers lost
their overseas market.
(iii) The British Government in India also levied
more taxes on the handloom units which made
the Indian textiles costlier in Indian markets when
compared to the Manchester textiles.
er
(iv) The Civil War in USA forced the British to buy
more raw cotton from India for their Manchester
at
textile industries. This created an acute shortage
of raw material for the weavers and the Indian
ym
handloom industry collapsed.
26. Refer to answer 2.
ud
27. Merchants from the towns in Europe began
moving to the countryside, supplying money to
st
peasants and artisans, persuading them to produce
for an international market.
ity
With the expansion of world trade and the
acquisition of colonies in different parts of the
al
world, the demand for goods began growing. But
qu
merchants could not expand production in the
towns. This was because here urban crafts and
@
trade guilds were powerful and prevented the
entry of merchants.
28. (b) James Hargreaves
29. (d) Paid supervisors
30. (b) James Watt
31. Before the machine age, the Indian textile
industry, specially cotton and silk goods,
dominated the international market. Indian
merchant and bankers were involved in the export
trade of textiles. Later arrival of European traders
like East India Company broke down the network
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
of exports controlled by Indian merchants. It led to
decline of old ports like Surat and Hoogly and the
growth of new industrial towns like Bombay and
Calcutta.
32. There were frequent clashes between
Gomasthas and weavers in the village because of
the following reasons :
(i) Earlier supply merchants often belonged to
the same villages and had a close relationship with
am
the weavers.
(ii) The company's appointed Gomasthas were
gr
outsiders, with no long-term social link with the
villagers.
le
(iii) They acted arrogantly, marched into villages
te
with sepoys and peons and punished weavers for
delays.
l_
(iv) The weavers could no longer bargain for
iaprices or sell to other buyers in place or the British
who paid them low wages.
(v) In many places, Carnatic (Karnataka) and
Bengal weavers deserted the village, migrated or
revolted along with the village traders.
33. (i) Initially, the Indian industries did not
decline as the British cotton industries had not
yet expanded and Indian fine textiles were in great
demand. So the Company was keen on expanding
the textile exports from India.
(ii) Before establishing political power in India,
the company in, Bengal and Carnatic in 1760s and
1770s, had found it difficult to ensure a regular
supply of goods for export.
(iii) The Dutch, the French and the Portuguese,
as well as local traders, competed in the market to
secure woven cloth.
(iv) So the weavers could bargain and try selling
the produce to the best buyer.
(v) Once the Company established its power it
could assert a monopoly right to trade. It developed
a system of management and control that would
eliminate the competition, control cost and ensure
regular supplies.
34. (i) Advertisements make products appear
desirable and necessary.
(ii) They try to shape the minds of people and
create new needs.
The Age of Industrialization
(iii) If we look back into history since the very
beginning of the industrial age, advertisements
have played a very vital role in expanding the
markets for products and in shaping a new
consumer culture.
35. The upper classes, during Victorian period
preferred things produced by hands because:
(i) They symbolised refinement and class.
(ii) They were better finished.
(iii) They were individually produced and
carefully designed.
36. (i) Dwarkanath Tagore believed that India
would develop through westernization and
industrialisation.
(ii) He invested in shipping, ship building,
mining, banking, plantations and insurance.
(iii) Dwarkanath Tagore made his fortune in China
trade before he turned to industrial investment,
ia(iv) Images of important personages : Along
setting up six joint stock companies in the 1830s
er
and 1840s.
37. Abundance of labour in the market affected
at
the lives of the workers in Britain in following
ym
ways:
(i) The work available in most of the industries
were seasonal. So workers had long period without
ud
work. Many returned to the countryside. But most
of them looked for odd jobs.
st
(ii) Most of the workers had to wait for weeks or
ity
more to get job. They had to spend nights under
bridges or in night shelters.
al
(iii) Wages had increased somewhat in the early
nineteenth century. When prices rose sharply
qu
during the prolonged Napoleonic war, the real
value of what the workers earned fell significantly,
@
since the same wages could now buy fewer things.
38. (i) Advertisement : Advertisements through
newspapers, magazines, hoarding; were the most
important method used by the producers to expand
the market. It played a major role in expanding the
markets, and shaping a new consumer culture.
Advertisements make products appear desirable
and necessary.
(ii) Labelling : Labelling was another method
used by the producers to expand their market.
When Manchester industrialists began selling
85
cloth in India, they cut labels on the cloth bundles.
When buyers saw ‘MADE IN MANCHESTER’
written in bold on the labels, they were expected
to feel confident about buying the cloth. But labels
did not only carry words and texts. They also
carried images, and were very often beautifully
illustrated.
(iii) Calendars : By the nineteenth century,
manufacturers were printing calendars to
am
popularise their products. Unlike newspapers and
magazines, calendars were used even by people,
who could not read. They were hung in tea shops
gr
and in poor people’s homes just as much as in
le
offices and middle-class apartments. Those, who
hung the calendars had to see the advertisements,
te
day after day, through the year. Even in these
l_
calendars, images of gods and goddesses were used
to attract the consumers.
with the images of gods, figures of important
personages, of emperors and nawabs were also
used. The message very often seemed to say; if you
respect the royal figure, then respect this product;
when the product was being used by kings, or
produced under royal command, its quality could
not be questioned.
(v) Advertisement by Indian producers : Indian
manufacturers were also using the same tactics.
When Indian manufacturers advertised, the
nationalist message was clear and loud. If you care
for the nation, then buy products that Indians
produce. Finally, advertisements became a vehicle
of the nationalist message of Swadeshi.
39. (i) New technology was expensive and
merchants and industrialists were cautious about
using it.
(ii) The machines often broke down and repairs
were costly.
(iii) They were not much effective as compared to
cheap labour.
40. Large number of people came to cities looking
for jobs. The wages for women and children were
almost half that of men. Most people worked for
between 12 to 16 hours a day six days a week and
without any paid holidays. The working conditions
were really poor.
86
(i) Finding a job largely depended on existing
network of friendship and kin relations. People
without jobs often had to spend nights on bridges
or in night shelters. Some private individuals
hadset up Night Refuges. The Law authorities
maintained Casual Wards for such people.
(ii) People employed in seasonal jobs often
moved to villages or stayed in towns looking for
odd jobs. During the periods of economic slump,
the unemployment increased anything between 35
and 75%. This reduced the wages as workers were
in surplus.
(iii) Workers often turned hostile to new
technology because of fear of unemployment. For
example; when Spinning Jenny was introduced,
women began to attack the new machines because
they survived on hand spinning
(iv) Factories were dusty, dirty and dark – the only
light source was sunlight that came in through a
ia
few windows. Because the machines ran on steam
er
from fires, there was smoke everywhere. Many
people ended up with eye problems and lung
at
diseases. There was no safety norm and accidents
happened frequently.
ym
(v) After the 1840s, because of more construction
activity there was an increase in employment. The
ud
number of workers in the transport industries
doubled in the 1840s, and doubled again in the
st
subsequent 30 years.
41. Refer to answer 37.
ity
42. The British industrialists did not wish to
al
introduce modern machinery because :
(i) Seasonal demand of laboures in industries.
qu
(ii) Range of products could be produced only
with handlooms.
@
(iii) For certain products only human skill was
required.
(iv) Upper class society preferred things produced
by hands.
(v) Handmade products symbolised refinement
or class.
43. London city dwellers become rebellious
during 19th century because :
(i) The vast mass of one room hose occupied by
the poor were seen as a serious threat to public
health.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(ii) Cities were overcrowded, badly ventilated,
and lacked sanitation.
(iii) There were worries about fire hazards created
by poor housing.
(iv) There was a widespread fear of social disorder,
especially after the Russian Revolution in 1917.
(v) Worker's mass housing schemes were
planned to prevent the London poor from turning
rebellious.
am
44. (i) The First World War created a dramatically
new situation. Till then industrial production had
gr
been slow.
(ii) British mills were busy with war production
le
to meet the needs of the army. Manchester imports
te
into India declined.
(iii) Indian mills now had a vast home market to
l_
cater to.
(iv) As the war prolonged, Indian factories were
called upon to supply war needs, jute bags, cloth
for army uniforms, tents, leather boots, horse and
mule saddlers and many other items.
(v) Many workers were employed as new factories
were set up and old ones ran in multiple shifts.
(vi) Over the war years, industrial production
boomed. Manchester was unable to capture its old
position in the Indian market after the war. Cotton
production collapsed and export of cotton cloth
from Britain fell dramatically.
45. (i) Due to the expansion of world trade, the
merchants wanted to expand their production. But
trade and craft guilds were very powerful.
(ii) They could create many problems for the
merchants in their town.
(iii) Rulers had granted different guilds monopoly
rights to produce and trade in specific products.
So, merchants were handicapped in towns.
(iv) Guilds regulated competition and prices.
(v) In the countryside, peasants and artisans were
available for work.
46. In 19th century Britain, there was no shortage
of human labour. Poor peasants and vagrants came
to the cities in large numbers in search of jobs. The
actual possibility of getting a job depended on their
existing network of friendship and kin relations.
If someone had a relative or friend in a factory, he
The Age of Industrialization
could easily get a job. But not everyone had social
connections.
The following points state that the life of workers at
that time was pathetic:
(i) After the busy season was over, labourers looked
for odd jobs which till the mid-19th century were
difficult to find.
(ii) Though, the wages increased somewhat in the
early 19th century, the increase was nullified by an
increase in prices of commodities.
(iii) The income of workers depended not on the
wage rate alone, it also depended on the number
of days of their work.
(iv) Till the mid-19th century, about 10 per cent of
the urban population was extremely poor.
(v) Poor workers were forced to live in slums.
(vi) Fear of unemployment made workers hostile
to the introduction of new technology. When the
Spinning Jenny was introduced in the woolen
industry, women who survived on hand spinning
er
began attacking new machines.
at
47. (a) Cotton and metals
48. (i) Swadeshi and Boycott Movements : The
ym
launching of Swadeshi and Boycott Movements
after the Partition of Bengal provided impetus to
ud
Indian industries. There was an increase in the
demand of Indian goods, especially of clothes.
st
ity
al
qu
@
87
(ii) Industrial groups : Industrial groups had also
organized themselves to protect their collective
interests, pressurizing the government to increase
tariff, the protection, and grant other concessions.
(iii) Decline of exports to China : From 1906 the
export of Indian yarn to China declined since
produces from Chinese and Japanese mills had
flooded the Chinese markets.
49. Refer to answer 38.
am
50. Refer to answer 38.
51. Refer to answer 46.
gr
52. (i) England : The actual possibility of getting
a job depended on existing network of friendship
le
and kin relationship. A person was more likely to
te
get a job if he had a friend or a relative working in
the factory. Many who did not have connections
l_
had to wait for weeks spending nights under
iabridges or in the night shelters.
(ii) India : In India, the number of job seekers was
always more than the jobs available. Industrialist
usually employed jobbers, who were old and
trusted workers to get new recruits.
The jobber got people from his village, ensured
them job and helped them settle in the city.
Jobbers eventually began demanding money for
the favours they showed and controlled the lives
of workers.
 Chapter
Print Culture and the
5 Modern World
5.1 The First Printed Books 5.6 India and the World of Print
5.2 Print Comes to Europe 5.7 Religious Reform and Public Debates

am
5.3 The Print Revolution and its Impact 5.8 New Forms of Publication
5.4 The Reading Mania 5.9 Print and Censorship

gr
5.5 The Nineteenth Century

le
Topicwise Analysis of (2019-2010) Years’ CBSE Board Questions

te
l_
ia
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu

QUICK RECAP
Printed material are everywhere around us. Books, ff In 594 AD wooden block printing was done
@

journals, newspapers, prints of paintings, school in China.

circulars, calendars, diaries, advertisements and
many more. Nowadays we take out computer
prints whenever we wish to. It is important for us
to realize that there was a time when printing was
simply not there.
5.1 THE FIRST PRINTED BOOKS
China
ff Earliest printing technology developed in
China, Japan and Korea.
ff Only one side of the thin porous sheet was
printed, so two sheets had to be stitched on
the sides.
ff Calligraphy the art of beautiful writing
developed.
ff Imperial state of China was a major producer
of printed material.
ff Printing diversified because of expanding
urban culture.
Print Culture and the Modern World
ff Merchants used printed material to get trade
related information.
ff Reading of fiction, poetry, biographies,
anthologies, etc., became a popular leisure
activity.
Japan
ff Hand printing was introduced by Buddhist
missionaries from China 768-770 AD.
ff Diamond Sutra the oldest Buddhist book was
printed in 868 AD. It had six sheets of text and
woodcut illustrations.
ff Pictures were printed on textile, playing cards
and paper money. In medieval Japan, poets
and prose writers were regularly published,
and books were cheap and freely available.
ff In the late 18th century, in urban circles at Edo
(Tokyo), illustrated collections of paintings
depicted an elegant urban culture, involving
ia
artists, courtesans, and teahouse gatherings.
er
Libraries were packed with hand-printed books
on women, musical instruments, calculations,
at
tea ceremony, flower arrangements, proper
ym
etiquette, cooking and famous places.
5.2 PRINT COMES TO EUROPE
ud
Marco Polo was a great explorer from Italy. He
returned from China in 1295 and brought the
st
knowledge of woodblock printing to Italy. Thus,
printing began in Italy and travelled to other parts
ity
of Europe. Vellum however, was still the preferred
al
material for printing for the rich elite.
Production of handwritten manuscripts was also
qu
organized in new ways to meet the increasing
demand. Skilled hand writers were increasingly
@
employed by booksellers. More than 50 scribes
often worked for one bookseller. But copying
was an expensive, laborious and time-consuming
business. Manuscripts were fragile, awkward to
handle, and could not be carried around or read
easily.
With the growing demand for books, woodblock
printing gradually became more and more
popular. By the early fifteenth century, woodblocks
were being widely used in Europe to print textiles,
playing cards, and religious pictures with simple,
89
brief texts. Calligraphy was gradually being
replaced.
There was clearly a great need for even quicker and
cheaper reproduction of texts. The breakthrough
occurred at Strasbourg, Germany, where Johann
Gutenberg developed the first-known printing
press in the 1430s.
Gutenberg and the Printing Press
am
ff Gutenberg used his knowledge of making lead
mounts and perfected the system by 1448. The
first book printed by him was the Bible.
gr
ff Initially, the printed
books resembled the
le
written manuscripts in
te
appearance and layout.
In the hundred years
l_
between 1450 and 1550,
printing presses were set
up in most parts of
Europe. The growth of the print industry was
so good that about 20 million books appeared
in the European markets in the second half of
the fifteenth century. In the sixteenth century,
this number went up to about 200 million
copies.
5.3 THE PRINT REVOLUTION AND ITS
IMPACTS
A New Reading Public
ff Printing reduced the cost of books. The time
and labor required to produce each book came
down, and multiple copies could be produced
with greater ease.
ff Books flooded the market. Now books were
available to a very large readership of common
people. Earlier, reading was restricted to the
elites.
ff Earlier the common people lived in a world of
oral culture. They heard sacred texts, ballads,
and folk tales. Knowledge was transferred
orally. Before the age of print, books were not
only expensive but they could not be produced
in sufficient numbers.
ff With abundant supply of books, the hearing
public, became reading public.
90
ff We must remember that literacy levels were
low. However, even those who did not read
could certainly enjoy listening to books being
read out. So, printers began publishing popular
ballads and folk tales, and such books would
be profusely illustrated with pictures. These
were then sung and recited at gatherings in
villages and in taverns in towns. Oral culture
thus entered print and printed material was
orally transmitted. The line separating the oral
and reading cultures became blurred. And
the hearing public and reading public became
intermingled.
Religious Debates and Fear of Print
ff Print created the possibility of wide circulation
of ideas, debate and discussion. Even those
who disagreed with established authorities
could now print and circulate their ideas.
ff Not everyone welcomed the printed book.
er
Many were apprehensive of the effects that
at
the easier access to the printed word and
the wider circulation of books, could have
ym
on people’s minds. It was feared that if there
was no control over what was printed then
ud
rebellious and irreligious thoughts might
spread, leading to destruction of authority of
‘valuable’ literature.
st
ff In 1517, the religious reformer Martin Luther
ity
wrote ‘Ninety Five Theses’ criticizing many
of the practices and rituals of the Roman
al
Catholic Church. Luther’s writings were
qu
immediately reproduced in vast numbers and
read widely. This was the beginning of the
@
Protestant Reformation. Luther’s translation
of the New Testament sold 5,000 copies within
a few weeks. Deeply grateful to print, Luther
said, ‘Printing is the ultimate gift of God and
the greatest one.’
ff Several scholars, in fact, think that print
brought about a new intellectual atmosphere
and helped spread the new ideas that led to the
Reformation.
Print and Dissent
ff Reading of religious literature stimulated
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
many distinctive individual interpretations of
faith.
ff In the sixteenth century, Menocchio, a miller
in Italy, began to read books that were available
in his locality. He reinterpreted the message of
the Bible and formulated a view of God and
Creation that enraged the Roman Catholic
Church.
ff The Roman Church, troubled by such
am
questionings of faith, imposed controls over
publishers and booksellers and began to
gr
maintain an Index of Prohibited Books from
1558.
le
5.4 THE READING MANIA
te
ff During the 17th and
l_
18th century literacy
ia rates went up to as
much as 60 to 80
% in some parts of
Europe. This led
to a virtual reading
mania and printers produced books in ever-
increasing numbers.
ff New forms of popular literature appeared,
targeting new audiences. Booksellers employed
peddlers who roamed around villages,
carrying little books for sale. Different forms
of reading matter, largely for entertainment,
began to reach ordinary readers in addition
to almanacs, folktales, ballads, etc.
ff In England, penny chapbooks were sold by
petty peddlers known as chapmen, for a
penny, so that even the poor could buy. In
France the ‘Biliotheque Bleue’, which were
low-priced small books printed on poor
quality paper, became popular.
ff Romances, printed on four to six pages, and
the more substantial ‘histories’ which were
stories about the past were popularly sold.
‘Tremble, therefore, tyrants of the world!’
ff By the mid-eighteenth century, there was
a common understanding that books
were a means of spreading progress and
enlightenment.
Print Culture and the Modern World
ff Many believed that reading books could
liberate the society from despotism and
tyranny, and change the world for better.
ff Louise-Sebastien Mercier, a novelist in the 18th
-century France, declared that ‘The printing
press is the most powerful engine of progress
and public opinion is the force that will sweep
despotism away.’ He proclaimed: ‘Tremble,
therefore, tyrants of the world! Tremble before
the virtual writer!’
Print Culture and the French Revolution
ff Many historians have argued that print culture
created the conditions leading to the French
Revolution. Three types of arguments are :
ff First: Print popularized the ideas of the great
thinkers. They were critical on tradition,
superstition and despotism. They argued for
iaff Anything that was considered unsuitable was
the rule of reason and rationality. They attacked
er
the sacred authority of the Church and the
despotic power of the state, thus eroding
at
the legitimacy of traditional social order.
ym
The writings of Voltaire and Rousseau made
people see the world through questioning,
critical and rational eyes.
ud
ff Second : Print created a new culture of
dialogue and debate. All values, norms and
st
institutions were re-evaluated and discussed
ity
by a public that had become aware of the
power of reason and recognized the need
al
to question existing ideas and beliefs. This
qu
brought the idea of social revolution.
ff Third : By the 1780s there was a huge amount
@
of literature that mocked the royalty and
criticized their morality and raised questions
about the social order.
There can be no doubt that print helps the spread of
ideas. But people read different kinds of literature
which included the ideas of Voltaire and Rousseau,
but they were also exposed to monarchical and
Church propaganda. They accepted some ideas
and rejected others. They interpreted things their
own way thus reading opened up the possibility of
thinking differently for the people.
91
5.5 THE NINETEENTH CENTURY
There was vast leap in mass literacy in Europe
in the nineteenth century. This brought a large
numbers of new readers among children, women
and workers.
ff Children became an important category
of readers as primary education was made
compulsory. Production of school textbooks
am
became critical for the publishing industry.
A children’s press, devoted to literature for
children alone, was set up in France in 1857.
gr
This press published new works as well as old
fairy tales and folk tales. The Grimm Brothers
le
in Germany spent years compiling traditional
te
folk tales gathered from peasants. What they
l_
collected was edited before the stories were
published in a collection in 1812.
not included in the published version. In this
way, print recorded old tales but also changed
them.
ff Women became important as readers as well
as writers. Penny magazines were especially
meant for women, as were manuals teaching
proper behavior and housekeeping.
ff When novels began to be written in the
nineteenth century, women were seen as
important readers. Some of the best known
novelists were women: Jane Austen, the
Bronte sisters, George Eliot. Their writings
became important in defining a new type
of woman: a person with will, strength of
personality, determination and the power to
think.
ff In the 19th century, lending libraries in
England became instruments for educating
white-collar workers, artisans and lower-
middle-class people. Sometimes, self-educated
working class people wrote for themselves.
After the working day was gradually shortened
from the mid-nineteenth century, workers
had some time for self-improvement and self-
expression. They wrote political tracts and
autobiographies in large numbers.
92
Further Innovations
By now press was made of metals. Further in the
19th century many innovations were incorporated.
By the mid-nineteenth century, Richard M. Hoe
of New York had perfected the power-driven
cylindrical press. This was capable of printing
8,000 sheets per hour. This was particularly useful
for printing newspapers. In the late nineteenth
century, the offset press was developed which
could print up to six colors at a time.
By the 20th century electrically operated
presses accelerated printing operations. Other
innovations include improved methods of feeding
paper, quality of plates became better, automatic
paper reels and photoelectric controls of the color
register were introduced. Thus the quality of the
printed text improved greatly.
New Strategies to sell books
ia
ff Many periodicals serialized important novels
er
in the nineteenth century. This gave birth to a
particular way of writing novels.
at
ff In the 1920s in England, popular works were
ym
sold in cheap series, called the Shilling Series.
ff The dust cover or book jacket is a twentieth
century innovation.
ud
ff Cheap paperback editions were brought to
counter the effect of the Great Depression in
st
the 1930s.
ity
5.6 INDIA AND THE WORLD OF PRINT
al
Manuscripts Before the Age of Print
In India there always was a rich tradition of
qu
handwritten manuscripts – in Sanskrit, Arabic,
Persian, and other languages. Manuscripts were
@
copied on palm leaves or on handmade paper.
Pages were often beautifully illustrated. They were
pressed between wooden covers or sewn together
to ensure preservation.
Manuscripts, however, were highly expensive and
fragile and not widely used. They had to be handled
carefully, and they could not be read easily. So in
the pre-colonial Bengal primary school students
very often did not read texts. They only learnt to
write. Teachers dictated portions of texts from
memory and students wrote them down. Many
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
thus became literate without ever actually reading
any kinds of texts.
Print Comes to India
ff The Portuguese missionaries were the first
to bring printing press to Goa in the mid-
sixteenth century. The first books were printed
in Konkani language. By 1674, about 50 books
had been printed in Konkani and Kanara
am
Languages. Catholic priests printed the first
Tamil book in 1579 at Cochin. They printed
the first Malayalam book in 1713.
gr
ff Publishing in the English language began later.
le
From 1780, James Augustus Hickey began
to edit the weekly magazine Bengal Gazette.
te
It however, closed down within two years
l_
because of controversial reporting. Governor
General Warren Hastings persecuted Hickey.
Warren Hastings encouraged the publication
of officially sanctioned newspapers to protect
the image of the colonial government.
ff The first Indian newspaper was the weekly
Bengal Gazette which was brought out by
Gangadhar Bhattacharya in 1816. He also
published many other books.
5.7
RELIGIOUS REFORM AND PUBLIC
DEBATES
Print culture helped in initiating new debate on
religious, social and political issues in India. Many
existing religious practices were criticized.
ff Rammohun Roy published Sambad Kaumudi
from 1821 to criticize the orthodox views in
the Hinduism such as widow immolation,
monotheism, Brahmanical priesthood and
idolatry. The Hindu orthodoxy commissioned
the Samachar Chandrika to counter his
opinions. In 1822, publication of two Persian
newspapers began, viz. Jam-i-Jahan Nama
and Shamsul Akhbar. Bombay Samachar; a
Gujarati newspaper appeared in the same year.
ff With the collapse of Muslim dynasties, the
Ulama became anxious. They feared that
colonial rulers would encourage conversion
and change the Muslim personal laws.
To counter this, they began to publish
Print Culture and the Modern World
lithographic prints which contained Persian
and Urdu translations of holy scriptures.
They also published religious newspapers and
tracts. The Deoband Seminary was founded in
1867. It published thousands upon thousands
of fatwas about proper conduct in the life of
Muslims.
ff Ramcharitmanas of Tulsidas was printed
from Calcutta in 1810. From the 1880s, the
Naval Kishore Press at Lucknow and the Shri
Venkateshwar Press in Bombay published
many religious texts in vernaculars. With
economical lithographic editions helped in
bringing the religious texts within reach of the
common masses.
ff It also helped in shaping the new political
debate. It connected the people from different
parts in developing ‘pan-India’ identity.
5.8 NEW FORMS OF PUBLICATION
er
ff Novels : More and more people now wanted to
read reflections of their life experiences. The
at
novel, a literary form developed in Europe got
modified to Indian form and style. For readers,
ym
it opened up new worlds of experience, and
gave a vivid sense of the diversity of human
ud
lives. Other new literary forms included –
lyrics, short stories, essays about social and
st
political matters.
ff Visual culture began taking shape by the end
ity
of 19th century. Now visual images could be
easily reproduced in multiple copies. Painters
al
like Raja Ravi Varma produced images for
qu
mass circulation. Cheap prints and calendars,
could be bought even by the poor. These
prints began shaping popular ideas about
@
modernity and tradition, religion, politics,
society and culture.
ff Caricatures and cartoons began to be
published by 1870 in journals and newspapers.
They commented on social and political
issues. Some of them ridiculed the educated
Indians’ fascination with Western tastes and
clothes, while others expressed the fear of
social change. There were imperial caricatures
mocking nationalists, as well as nationalist
cartoons criticizing imperial rule.
93
Women and Print
ff Many writers wrote about the lives and feelings
of women. Due to this, readership among
middle-class women increased substantially.
There were many liberal husbands and fathers
who stressed on women’s education. They
began going to school or were educated at
home. This was the time, when many women
writers also began to express their views
am
through their writings. They explained why
women should be educated. They also carried
a syllabus and attached suitable reading
gr
matter which could be used for home-based
le
schooling.
ff However, conservative Hindus and Muslims
te
were still against women’s education. They
l_
thought that a girl’s mind would be polluted
ia by education. People wanted their daughters
to read religious texts but did not want them
to read anything else.
ff While Urdu, Tamil, Bengali and Marathi print
culture had developed early, Hindi printing
began seriously only from the 1870s.
ff Rashsundari Devi, wrote the first full length
autobiography Amar Jiban in 1876.
ff In the 1880s, in present-day Maharashtra,
Tarabai Shinde and Pandita Ramabai wrote
with passionate anger about the miserable
lives of upper-caste Hindu women, especially
widows.
ff Journalists discussed important issues like
educating women and widow remarriage.
Print and the Poor People
Very cheap small books were brought to markets
in nineteenth-century Madras, and sold at
crossroads, allowing poor people travelling to
markets, to buy them.
ff Public libraries were set up in cities and towns
in the early 20th century. It was a matter of
prestige for the rich to set up libraries.
ff From the late 19th century, issues of caste
discrimination began to be written about in
many printed tracts and essays. Jyotiba Phule,
the Maratha pioneer of ‘low caste’ protest
movements, wrote about the injustices of the
caste system in his Gulamgiri (1871).
94
ff In the twentieth century, B.R. Ambedkar in
Maharashtra and E.V. Ramaswamy Naicker
in Madras, better known as Periyar, wrote
powerfully on caste and their writings were
read by people all over India.
ff Many popular journals criticized ancient
scriptures and talked about a new and just
future. Kashibaba, a Kanpur millworker,
wrote and published Chhote Aur Bade Ka
Sawal in 1938 to show the links between caste
and class exploitation.
ff By the 1930s, Bangalore cotton millworkers set
up libraries to educate themselves, following
the example of Bombay workers. These were
sponsored by social reformers who tried to
restrict excessive drinking among them and to
propagate the message of nationalism.
5.9 PRINT AND CENSORSHIP
ia
ff Before 1798, the colonial rulers were not
er
too concerned with censorship. Initially,
at
the control measures were directed against
Englishmen in India who were critical of
ym
Company misrule.
ff After the revolt of 1857, the British attitude
to freedom of the press changed. The
ud
Vernacular Press Act was passed in 1878. The
Act provided the government with extensive
st
rights to censor reports and editorials in the
ity
vernacular press. In case of a seditious report,
the newspaper was warned. If the warning was
al
ignored, the press was liable to be seized and
qu
the printing machinery confiscated.
ff However, despite the repressive measures
nationalist newspapers flourished.
@
Important Years
1822 – Persian Newspapers Jam-i-Jahan Nama
and Shamsul Akbar, published
1843 – Steam powered rotatory printing
invented by Richard Hoe
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
1878 – Vernacular Press Act passed
1880s – Tarabai Shinde and Pandita Ramabai
wrote about miserable lives of upper caste Hindu
women
1926 – Begum Rokeya Sakhawat Hossein
condemns men for preventing women from
studying
Important Words and Terms
am
Calligraphy : The art of beautiful and stylized
writing
Edo : Old name of Tokyo
gr
Kitagawa Utamaro : Developed the art form
le
called ukiyo (pictures of the floating world)
te
Vellum : A parchment made from skin of animals
Platen : A board that is pressed onto the back of
l_
the paper to get an impression
Compositor : Person who composes the text for
printing
Galley : Metal frame in which types are laid
Ballard : A folk tale of historical account usually
in songs
Taverns : Places where people gathered to drink
alcoholic drinks and to meet friends
Protestant Reform : 16th century movement to
reform the Catholic church
Inquisition : A Roman catholic court to punish
heretics
Heretical : Beliefs that do not follow accepted
teachings of the church
Satiety : Being fulfilled; more than being satisfied
Seditious : Action, speech, etc., that is seen as
against the ruling government
Denominations : A subgroup within a religion
Chapbook : Economical pocket sized books
Despotism : A system of government which
exercises absolute power
Ulama : Scholars of Islam
Fatwa : A pronouncement of Islamic law
Print Culture and the Modern World 95

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

5.1 The First Printed Books LA (5 marks)

VSA (1 mark) 15. What were the chief characteristics of the

earliest print culture in Japan? Explain any
1. How had hand printing technology introduced five. (Term-I 2012)

am
in Japan? (Delhi 2019)
2. Explain the meaning of the term ‘Calligraphy’.
5.2 Print Comes to Europe
(AI 2019) VSA (1 mark)

gr
3. Name the first book printed by Gutenberg 16. Who developed the first printing press?

le
Press. (Term-I 2017) (Term-I 2014)

te
4. Name the oldest Japanese book.(Term-I 2016)
SA (3 marks)

l_
5. What is Calligraphy? (Term-I 2014)
17. Mention any three reasons for the limited
6. Who introduced hand-printing technology in circulation of manuscripts in Europe
ia
Japan? (Term-I 2014) before Marco Polo introduced the printing
er
7. Which method of hand-printing was technology. (Term-I 2017)
developed in China? (Term-I 2014)
at

18. Where was the earliest kind of print technology

developed? Explain that technology.
SA (3 marks)
ym

(Term-I 2014)
8. What is manuscript? Mention any two
19. How did Gutenberg personalise the printed
ud

limitations of it, during nineteenth century. books? Explain. (Term-I 2012)

(Term-I 2016)
20. How did print culture develop in Europe?
st

9. How had the earliest printing technology Explain. (Delhi 2010)

developed in the world? Explain with example.
ity

(Term-I 2016) LA (5 marks)

al

10. Explain the reasons favouring shift from hand 21. Describe the impact of the print revolution in
printing to mechanical printing in China. Europe during 15th and 16th century.
qu

(Term-I 2015, 2014) (Term-I 2016, 2017)

@

11. What was an ‘Accordion Book’? Describe any 5.3 The Print Revolution and its
two features of hand printing in China.
Impact
(Term-I 2012)
12. Explain the different stages of development of VSA (1 mark)
printing technology in China. (Term-I 2012) 22. Who was Menocchio? (Term-I 2016)
13. What was woodblock printing and where did 23. Who wrote Ninety-five Theses?
it develop first? Mention its two main features. (a) Martin Luther
(Term-I 2013) (b) Johann Gutenberg
14. Why were manuscripts not widely used in (c) Charles Dickens
everyday life? Give three reasons. (Term-I 2014) (d) Louise Sebastian Mercier (Term-I 2012)
96 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

SA (3 marks) SA (3 marks)

24. “Print Revolution in sixteenth century Europe
transformed the lives of people.” Support the
statement with suitable arguments. (AI 2019)
25. How had the Imperial State in China been the
major producer of printed material for a long
time? Explain with examples. (Delhi 2019)
36. How did a new reading public emerge with the
printing press? Explain. (Term-I 2016)
37. 'With the printing press a new public emerged
in Europe'. Justify the statement.
 (Term-I 2015)
38. What are the factors that lead to the reading

am
mania in the seventeenth and eighteenth
26. What is meant by the print revolution? Explain centuries in Europe? (Term-I 2017)
its significance. (Term-I 2014)
39. Print culture created the condition within

gr
27. “The print Revolution had transformed the which French Revolution occurred. Give

le
lives of people changing their relationship any three suitable arguments to support the
to information and knowledge” Analyse the statement. (Term-I 2016)

te
statement. (2018, AI 2014) 40. ‘Print culture created the conditions within

l_
28. Explain the reasons favouring shift from hand which the French Revolution occurred’. Give
three suitable arguments to support this
printing to mechanical printing in China.
ia statement. (Term-I 2012)
(Term-I 2015, 2014)
er
41. ‘Access to books created a new culture of
29. Give any three reasons favouring shift from reading’. Support the statement giving three
at

hand printing to mechanical printing in examples. (Term-I 2011)

China. (Term-I 2012)
ym

5.5 The Nineteenth Century

LA (5 marks)
VSA (1 mark)
ud

30. "It is difficult to imagine a world without

42. Wooden or Metal frames in which types are
printed matter". Justify the statement with
laid and the text composed for printing was
st

suitable arguments. (Term-I 2013) known as: (Term-I 2013)

ity

31. Describe any five uses of print culture in the SA (3 marks)

al

17th century China. (Term-I 2014) 43. How did new forms of popular literature
qu

32. Describe any five strategies developed by the appear in print targeting new audience in the
printers and publishers in the 19th century to 18th century? Explain with examples.
 (Term-I 2012)
@

sell their products. (Term-I 2013)

44. How did print help in empowering
33. Explain five effects of print revolution.
womenfolk? (Term-I 2015)
(Term-I 2012)
LA (5 marks)
5.4 The Reading Mania
45. What difference did printing technology make
VSA (1 mark) in the lives of women and children in the 19th
century? Explain. (Term-I 2014, 2012)
34. How were Biliotheque Bleue different from
46. Explain with example how print culture
penny chapbooks? (Term-I 2015)
catered to the requirement of children.
35. What were penny chapbooks? (Term-I 2010) (Term-I 2016)
Print Culture and the Modern World
47. How did the printed books of India attract
the poor class as readers in the 19th century?
Explain. (Term-I 2012)
48. How did print culture affect the life of poor
people and women in the nineteenth century
India? Explain.  (Term-I 2012)
5.6 India and the World of Print
97
58. Explain briefly the initial efforts made by
foreigners to introduce printing press in India.
(Term-I 2016)
59. How were the manuscripts written in India
before the age of print? What were their
drawbacks and effect? (Term-I 2014)
60. Describe the impact of print culture on Indian

am
VSA (1 mark) women. (Term-I 2012)

49. Which of the following newspapers was 5.7 Religious Reform and Public

gr
started by Bal Gangadhar Tilak?
(a) Kesari
Debates

le
(b) Jansattu VSA (1 mark)

te
(c) Statesman
(d) Amirta Bazaar Patrika (Term-I 2012) 61. Who were the Ulama? (Term-I 2014)

l_
50. The first printing press came to India with SA (3 marks)
which one of the following?
ia
(a) Portuguese Missionaries 62. How did print help to spread new ideas that
er
(b) Catholic Priests led to the Reformation in Europe?
(c) Dutch protestants  (Term-I 2015)
at

(d) East India Company (Term-I 2011) LA (5 marks)

ym

51. Where was the first printing press established

in India? (Term-I 2010) 63. “Print not only stimulated the publication of
conflicting opinions amongst communities
ud

SA (3 marks) but it also connected communities and people

in different parts of India”. Examine the
st

52. Enumerate any three features of handwritten

manuscripts before the age of print in India. statement. (Term-I 2016)
ity

(Term-I 2016) 64. Martin Luther remarked Printing is the

al

53. How were the students taught in pre-colonial ultimate gift of God and the greatest one.
Bengal? (Term-I 2017) Explain this remark in the light of the religious
qu

54. Examine the role of missionaries in the growth reforms that took place in Europe in the 16th
of press in India. (Term-I 2012) century. (Term-I 2014, Term-I 2012)
@

55. Explain giving three points how did the print 65. How did print introduce as new world
culture develop in India. (Term-I 2011) of debate and discussion? What were its
implication in sphere of religion? Explain.
LA (5 marks)
(Term-I 2012)
56. Printing press played a major role in shaping
the Indian society of the 19th century, support 5.8 New Forms of Publication
with examples. (Term-I 2017, 2012)
VSA (1 mark)
57. Describe the attitude of liberal and
conservative Indians towards women's 66. Who wrote "Chhote aur Bade ka Sawal"?
reading. (Term-I 2016) When was it published? (Term-I 2015)
98 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

SA (3 marks) control over publishers and book sellers?

67. Why were women not educated in India in the
early part of the nineteenth century? Give any
two reasons. (Term-I 2015)
68. For what purpose did Ram Chaddha, publish
‘Istri Dharm Vichar’? (Term-I 2015)
69. Explain the new visual culture in print which
(2018)
75. How did Governor General Willian Bentinck
react to the petition filed by editors of English
and vernacular newspapers? (Term-I 2014)
SA (3 marks)
76. What led the colonial government to pass

am
developed in the nineteenth century. the Vernacular press Act in 1878? How did it
(Term-I 2012) affect the vernacular newspapers?
 (Term-I 2014)

gr
LA (5 marks)
77. Why did the Roman Catholic Church begin

le
70. “From the late 19th century, issues of caste to keep an index of prohibited books from the
discrimination began to be written about in mid 16th century? (Term-I 2015, 2013, 2012)

te
many printed tracts and essays.” Support the
78. Why did British Government curb the

l_
statement by giving example. (Term-I 2014)
freedom of the Indian press after the revolt of
71. Evaluate the role of print in connecting various ia 1857? (Term-I 2016)
communities in different parts of India.
79. What restrictions were imposed by the
(Term-I 2014)
er
Vernacular Press Act on the Indian Press?
72. Explain how print culture assisted the growth Explain. (Term-I 2016)
at

of Nationalism in India.  (Term-I 2012) 80. Evaluate the efforts made by the British in
ym

73. What were the effects of the spread of print India to impose censorship on the press.
culture for poor people in the 19th century (Term-I 2013)
India? Describe. (Term-I 2012)
ud

LA (5 marks)
5.9 Print and Censorship 81. What led the colonial government to pass
st

the Vernacular Press Act in 1879? How did it

VSA (1 mark)
ity

affect the vernacular newspaper?

74. Why did Roman Catholic church impose  (Term-I 2015)
al

Answers
qu
@

1. Buddhist missionaries from China introduced 6. Buddhist missionaries from China.

hand-printing technology into Japan around AD
768-770.
2. Calligraphy is a visual art of giving form to
signs and writing or lettering in an expressive,
harmonious, and skillful manner the art of
producing it with a pen or brush.
3. The Bible
4. Diamond Sutra
5. It is the art of beautiful and stylish writing.
7. Woodblock printing
8. (i) Manuscripts were copies on palm leaves
or on handmade paper.
(ii) Pages were beautifully illustrated.
(ii) Manuscripts were highly expensive but
fragile.
(iii) They were in various vernacular languages.
(iv) They could not be read easily as the script was
written in different styles.
Print Culture and the Modern World
9. (i) The earliest kind of print technology was
developed in China, Japan and Korea. In China
woodblocks were used for hand printing.
(ii) Upto the 6th century print was used only by
the scholar officials but later it became common.
(iii) The Buddhist missionaries introduced hand
printing technology from China to Japan.
(iv) It was Marco Polo, a great explorer, who
brought printing knowledge of woodblock from
China to Italy.
10. (i) From 594 A.D. the books were printed in
China by pressing paper against the inked surface
of woodblocks.
(ii) The imperial court got many textbooks
printed for the Civil Services Examination and
remained the target user of printed books in China.
(iii) By the 17th century urban culture developed
in China and it added merchants, wives of rich
ia
men, scholars and officials who not only started
er
reading printed books but also began to write their
autobiographies.
at
(iv) In the late 19th century, the western powers
established mechanical printing press in Shanghai
ym
and shifted to mechanical printing.
11. ‘Accordion Book’ is a traditional Chinese
ud
book, folded and stitched at the side.
(i) Chinese Accordion Books were handprinted.
st
They were printed by rubbing paper against the
inked surface of wooden blocks.
ity
(ii) As both sides of the thin, porous sheet would
al
not be printed, the traditional Chinese 'Accordion
Book' was folded and stitched at the side.
qu
(iii) These Accordion Books could be duplicated
by superbly skilled craftsmen with remarkable
@
accuracy and the beauty of calligraphy.
12. Refer to answer 10.
13. (i) The earliest kind of print technology was
developed in China, Japan and Korea. This was a
system of hand printing.
(ii) From AD 594 onwards, books in China were
printed by rubbing paper, against the inked surface
of woodblocks. As both sides of the thin, porous
sheet could not be printed, the traditional Chinese
‘accordion book’ was folded and stitched at the
side.
99
(iii) Superbly skilled craftsmen could duplicate,
with remarkable accuracy, the beauty of calligraphy
on the woodblock.
14. 1. Manuscripts were documents or books
written by hand.
2. They were not used widely because :
(i) They could not satisfy the ever increasing
demand for books.
am
(ii) They were expensive as copying was an
expensive, laborious and time consuming work.
(iii) Manuscripts were fragile, awkward to handle
gr
and could not be carried around or read easily.
(iv) Their circulation was limited.
le
15. (i) Introduced by the Buddhist missionaries :
te
The Buddhist missionaries from China introduced
the hand printing technology into Japan around
l_
AD 768-770.
(ii) Old book : The oldest Japanese book,
printed in AD 868, is the Buddhist Diamond
Sutra, containing six sheets of text and woodcut
illustrations.
(iii) Material: Playing cards, paper money and
textile products were used for printing pictures.
(iv) Cheap books : In the medieval Japan, the
works of poets and prose writers were regularly
published, and books were cheap and abundant.
(v) Print in Edo (Tokyo) : In the late 18th century,
in the flourishing urban circles at Edo (Tokyo),
illustrated collections of paintings depicting an
elegant urban culture, involving artists, courtesans
and teahouse gatherings.
16. Johann Gutenberg developed the first-known
printing press in the 1430s.
17. The circulation of manuscript remained
limited because :
(i) The production of handwritten manuscripts
could not satisfy the ever-increasing demand for
books.
(ii) Copying was an expensive, laborious and
time-consuming business.
(iii) Manuscripts were fragile, awkward to handle,
and could not be carried around or read easily.
18. (i) The earliest kind of print technology was
developed in China. This was a system of hand
printing.
100
(ii) From 594 A.D. onwards, books in China were
printed by rubbing paper against the inked surface.
(iii) As both sides of the thin and porous sheet
could not be printed the traditional Chinese
‘Accordion book’ was folded and stitched at the
side.
19. (i) Borders were illuminated by hand with
foliage and other patterns.
(ii) Books printed for rich had blank space left for
decoration.
(iii) Each buyer could choose the design.
(iv) Verses were highlighted with hand and with
colours.
20. The print culture developed in Europe in
small steps.
In the eleventh century, Chinese paper reached
Europe via the silk route. Paper made possible the
production of manuscripts, carefully written by
scribes.
er
In 1295, Marco Polo, the great explorer, returned
at
to Italy after many years of exploration in China.
Marco Polo brought Chinese technology of
ym
woodblock printing back with him. Now Italians
began producing books with woodblocks, and
ud
soon the technology spread to other parts of
Europe.
st
With the growing demand for books, woodblock
printing gradually became more and more
ity
popular. By the early fifteenth century, woodblocks
were being widely used in Europe to print textiles,
al
playing cards, and religious pictures with simple,
qu
brief texts. There was clearly a great need for even
quicker and cheaper reproduction of texts.
@
The breakthrough occurred at Strasbourg,
Germany, where Johann Gutenberg developed the
first-known printing press in the 1430s.
21. Impact of the print revolution in Europe
during the 15th and 16th century:
(i) Printing reduced the cost of books.
(ii) The time and labour required to produce
each book came down, multiple copies could be
produced with greater ease.
(iii) Books flooded the market, reaching out to an
ever growing readership.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iv) Publishers started publishing popular ballads
folk tales with beautiful pictures and illustrations.
(v) Print created the possibility of wide circulation
of ideas, and introduced a new world of debate and
discussion.
(vi) Even those who disagreed with established
authorities, could now print and circulate their
ideas, e.g. Martin Luther was a German monk,
priest, professor and church reformer. He
am
challenged the Church to debate his ideas.
This led to division within the Church and the
gr
beginning of the Protestant Reformation.
(vii) Print and popular religious literature
le
stimulated many distinctive individual
te
interpretations of faith even among little-educated
working people.
l_
22. Menocchio was a miller of 16th century in
iaItaly. He reinterpreted the message of the Bible
and formulated a view of God and creation that
enraged the Catholic Church.
23. (a) Martin Luther
24. The print revolution transformed the lives of
a large section of the society in the 16th century
Europe.
(a) A new reading public emerged as printing
reduced the cost of books making it very affordable.
(b) Access to books created a new culture of
reading. Earlier, reading was restricted to the elites.
Common people lived in a world of oral culture.
Common folk only heard sacred texts that was
read out. Knowledge was transferred orally. People
collectively heard a story, or saw a performance.
(c) Now books could reach out to wider sections
of people and a reading public came into being.
The line that separated the oral and reading
cultures became blurred. And the hearing public
and reading public became intermingled.
25. The Imperial state of China for a long time
was the major producer of printed material. This
was China had a large bureaucracy. The Chinese
civil services examinations required the use of
large number or text books for its preparation in
the recruitment process.
Thus, large number of books and other study
materials were printed under the sponsorship of
Print Culture and the Modern World
the Imperial state. From the 16th century onwards
the number of examination candidates went up
and thus the volume of print also increased.
Thus, printing of books started rapidly all over the
nation. This was further accelerated by authors
and rich merchants.
26. With the invention of printing press, the
printing of books started at a large scale. it was
called the Print Revolution.
Significance :
(i) With the printing press, a new reading public
emerged.
(ii) Printing reduced the cost of books.
(iii) Books flooded the market, reaching out to an
ever growing readership.
27. (i) The rate of literacy was very low in
Europe till the end of the 20th century. In order to
attract people towards books, the printers started
printing popular ballads and folk tales with lot of
illustration.
er
(ii) Such books were recited at gatherings and it
at
attracted listeners.
(iii) Thus the oral culture was printed and printed
ym
material was orally transmitted. That’s how oral
and reading culture intermingled.
ud
28. (i) The woodblock printing was much faster
than hand printing.
st
(ii) They had to make copies of book with a great
accuracy and in beauty of calligraphy.
ity
(iii) And the books were printed on rubber paper.
29. The principal reason for shifting from hand
al
printing to mechanical printing in China were
qu
an increased demand and availability of the
technology.
@
(a) From the earliest days China had a large
bureaucratic system which recruited its personnel
through civil service examinations. Textbooks
for this examination were printed in vast
numbers under the sponsorship of the imperial
state. Sixteenth century onwards the number of
examination candidates went up and that increased
the volume of print.
(b) By the seventeenth century, as urban culture
bloomed in China, the uses of print diversified.
Merchants began to use print in their everyday life,
as they collected trade information.
101
(c) Reading increasingly became a leisure activity
for a large number of people including women.
The new readership preferred fictional narratives,
poetry, autobiographies, anthologies of literary
masterpieces, and romantic plays. Many women
began publishing their poetry and plays.
(d) Western printing techniques and mechanical
presses were imported in the late nineteenth
century as Western powers established their
am
outposts in China. Shanghai became the hub of
the new print culture, catering to the Western-
gr
style schools. This led to a gradual shift from hand
printing to mechanical printing.
le
30. Yes, it is really very difficult to imagine a
world without printed matter because:
te
(i) Everywhere in our surroundings, we
l_
find evidence of print, i.e. in books, journals,
ianewspapers, prints of famous paintings, etc.
(ii) We see printed materials in everyday
things like theatre programs, official circulars,
calendars, diaries, advertisements, cinema posters,
government notifications, etc.
(iii) We read printed literature, see printed images,
follow the news through different newspapers
and track public debates that appear in print.
We take this world as world of print and often
forget that there was a time before the printing
technology came.
31. (i) By the 17th century, as urban culture
bloomed in China, the uses of print diversified.
(ii) Print was no longer used just by scholar-
officials.
(iii) Merchants used print in their everyday life, as
they collected trade information.
(iv) The new readership preferred fictional
narratives, poetry, autobiographies, anthologies of
literary masterpieces and romantic plays.
(v) Rich women began to read and many women
began publishing their poetry and plays.
(vi) Wives of scholar-officials published their
works and courtsmen wrote about their lives.
32. Some of the important strategies adopted by
the printers and publishers to sell books were :
(i) They brought out serialized novels. The first
serialized novel was shilling series. It was a cheap
102
series that was very popular and was sold in
England in 1920's.
(ii) The advertisers put up advertisements at
strategic public locations such as building, railway
station, etc. to attract buyers and improve sales.
(iii) The dust cover or the book jacket is the 20th
century innovation.
(iv) One of the great innovation was the
introduction of cheap paper back books in the
1930's. During the Great Depression this kept the
steady sale of books. Cheap paper back editions
were brought to counter the effect of the Great
Depression in the 1930's.
(v) The shilling series was also considered an
important innovation at this time.
33. Impact of Print Revolution :
(i) New reading public emerged.
(ii) The hearing people became reading people.
ia
(iii) Religious debates due to fear of prints led to
er
distinctive interpretation of faith.
(iv) Printing transformed the lives of the people.
at
(v) It opened new ways of looking at things.
ym
(vi) Print culture also affected the life of poor
people and women in many ways. The print gave
birth to new form of popular literature. Very small
ud
books were brought out. They were sold across
roads. The poor people brought these books and
st
read with great interest. Books were cheap so the
the poor people could also afford them.
ity
(vii) Women's reading increased enormously in
al
middle class homes. Liberal husbands and fathers
began educating their women folk at home and
qu
send them to schools. Women schools were also
set up.
@
34. Both were low priced books printed on poor
quality paper, but the Biliotheque Bleue were
bound in cheap blue covers.
35. Penny chapbooks were an early type of
popular literature printed in early modern Europe
produced cheaply. Chapbooks were commonly
small, paper covered booklets, usually printed on
a single sheet folded into books of 8, 12, 16 and 24
pages.
36. (i) Wider sections of people started having
an easy access to books.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(ii) Books were printed in large numbers with
greater ease.
(iii) The prices fell and they became affordable for
large public.
(iv) The hearing public and reading public became
intermingled.
37. Refer to answer 36.
38. As literacy spread to peasants and artisans,
am
the literacy rate rose as high as 60 to 80 per cent in
some parts of Europe.
(i) People wanted to read books and the printers
gr
produced books in ever increasing numbers.
(ii) By mid-eighteenth century, there was a
le
common belief that books were a means of
te
spreading progress and enlightenment.
(iii) Others felt that books could change the world,
l_
liberate society from despotism and tyranny and
would bring an era when reason and intellect
would rule.
(iv) Convinced by the power of print, there was
virtual reading mania among Europeans of 18th
century.
39. (i) Print popularized the ideas of enlightened
thinkers on traditions, superstitions and
despotism.
(ii) They advocated reasons.
(iii) People read books of Voltaire and Rousseau.
Print created dialogue and debate.
(iv) People started discussion and evaluated the
royalty.
(v) Print literature mocked the royalty.
(vi) These kind of print literature circulated
underground and it created awareness among
people and formed the basis of French Revolution.
40. Refer to answer 39.
Many historians believe that print culture created
the conditions within which French Revolution
occurred. The arguments put forward are as
follows :
(a) Print popularized the ideas of the
Enlightenment thinkers. Their writings provided
a critical commentary on tradition, superstition
and despotism. They argued for the rule of reason
rather than custom, and demanded that everything
be judged through the application of reason and
Print Culture and the Modern World
rationality. They attacked the sacred authority of
the Church and the despotic power of the state,
thus eroding the legitimacy of a social order based
on tradition.
The writings of Voltaire and Rousseau were
read widely; and those who read these books
saw the world through new eyes, eyes that were
questioning, critical and rational.
(b) Print created a new culture of dialogue and
debate. All values, norms and institutions were
re-evaluated and discussed by the public that
had become aware of the power of reason, and
recognized the need to question existing ideas and
beliefs. Within this public culture, new ideas of
social revolution came into being.
(c) Large amount of literature was produced
that mocked the royalty and criticized their
morality. In the process, it raised questions about
the existing social order. This literature circulated
underground and led to the growth of hostile
er
sentiments against the monarchy.
at
41. The new reading culture developed with the
increased access to books due to:
ym
Books became available to almost everyone in the
society as a result of the printing invention. This
ud
automatically meant that anyone could read a
book whenever they wanted.
st
Novels and creative story books were quite
entertaining and many people soon developed the
ity
habit of reading them.
Since the books were very accessible, the literacy
al
level went up as many people wanted to be able to
qu
read the books as everyone else did.
42. Galley
@
43. (i) There were almanacs along with ballads
and folktales. In England, chapbooks were carried
by petty pedlars known as chapman and sold for a
penny.
(ii) Biliotheque Bleue were low-priced books sold
in France.
(iii) There were the romances printed on four
to six pages and the more substantial 'Histories'
which were stories of the past.
44. Printing helped in empowering womenfolk
greatly. Lives and feelings of women were written
103
with intensity in the books. This increased the
number of women who took to reading.
Liberal husbands and fathers started educating
their womenfolk at home and some sent them to
schools.
Many journals began carrying writings by women
and explained why women should be educated.
They also carried a syllabus and attached suitable
reading matter which could be used for home-
am
based schooling.
Social reforms and novels created a great interest
gr
in women’s lives and emotions. Women’s opinions
and views began to be considered and respected.
le
Stories were written about how women were
imprisoned at home, kept in ignorance, forced to
te
do hard domestic labor and treated unjustly by the
l_
very people they served.
iaStories about the miserable lives of upper-caste
Hindu women, especially widows also appeared in
print. These stories paved the way for the liberation
of the suppressed Indian woman.
45. Impact on Women :
(i) Women became important readers and
writers. Penny magazines, especially meant for
women, contained guidelines on proper behaviour
and housekeeping.
(ii) Novel began to be written in the 19th century
and some of the best novelist were women like
Jane Austen, Bronte sisters, George Eliot, etc.
(iii) Their writing created a new image of women
with will, strength of personality, determination
and power to think.
Impact on Children :
(i) Primary education became compulsory from
the late 19th century.
(ii) School textbooks, rural folk tales in edited
versions, fairy tales and new stories were published
for children.
(iii) Grimm brothers of Germany spent years to
collect traditional folk tales from peasants and in
France a children's press was set up in 1857.
46. (i) In Europe primary education became
compulsory from the late nineteenth century,
children became an important category of readers.
Production of school textbooks became critical for
the publishing industry.
104
(ii) A children's press devoted to literature for
children alone, was set up in France in 1857.
(iii) This press published new works as well as old
fairy tales and folktales.
(iv) The Grimm brothers in Germany spent years
in compiling traditional folk tales gathered from
peasants. What they collected was edited before
the stories were published in a collection in 1812.
(v) Anything that was considered unsuitable for
children or would appear vulgar to the elites, was
not included in the published version. Rural folk
tales thus acquired a new form. In this way, print
recorded old tales but also changed them.
47. Sources of Attraction :
(i) Very cheap small books were brought to
market in the 19th century.
(ii) Public libraries were set up to give an easy
access to books to those who could not buy.
(iii) Kashibaba of Kanpur published ‘Chhote Aur
er
Bade ka Sawal’ where caste and class exploitation
were linked.
at
(iv) Sacchi Kavitayen, the poems of another
Kanpur millworker who wrote under the pen
ym
name of Sudarshan Chakra also attracted the mill
workers towards reading printed books since they
ud
could see their lives and suffering reflected in such
books.
st
48. (i) The print culture gave birth to new forms
of popular literature. Very small books were
ity
brought out. They were sold cross roads. The poor
people brought these books and read with great
al
interest. Books were cheap, even the poor could
qu
afford to buy them. Public libraries were set up.
(ii) The print culture made the women important,
@
as readers as well as writers. Women's reading
increased enormously in middle class homes.
Liberal husbands and fathers began educating
their women folk at home and send them to
schools. Women schools were set up.
49. (a) Keshri
50. (a) Portuguese missionaries
51. In Goa
52. Three features of handwritten manuscripts:
(i) Before the age of print everything had to be
written by hand.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(ii) Handwritten manuscripts were expensive and
it was a laborious and time consuming business.
(iii) Skilled hand writers could not meet the ever
increasing demand for books.
(iv) As initially paper was not available, bark of
trees, palm leaves, vellum, etc. were used to write
manuscripts.
53. Even though pre-colonial Bengal had
developed an extensive network of village primary
am
schools, students very often did not read texts.
They only learnt to write. Teachers dictated
gr
portions of texts from memory and students wrote
them down. Many thus became literate without
le
ever actually reading any kinds of texts.
te
54. (i) The printing press first came to Goa in
Western India through Portuguese missionaries in
l_
mid 16th century.
ia(ii) Jesuit priests learnt Konkani and printed
several texts and nearly 50 books were printed in
Konkani.
(iii) Catholic priests printed the first Tamil book
in 1579 at Cochin.
(iv) The first Malayalam book was printed in
1713.
(v) The Dutch Protestant missionaries had
printed 32 Tamil texts.
55. Kurasani   paper was introduced to India in
the eighth century by Arabs. Indian manuscripts
were written in mainly four colors - gold and silver,
black and red.
Printing came to India in 1556. The first book
printed in India was in Portuguese language in Old
Goa. It was Doctrina Christa by St. Francis Xavier.
With development of printing technology more
books started to be printed.
Experimentation with the themes of the books
started. This led to the publication of different
books in vernacular languages. Novels, story books
and books for children helped to earn readership.
56. Printing press played a major role in shaping
the Indian society:
(a) It made people aware about various social
issues and problems. For example it created
intense debate and controversy between social and
religious reformers and the orthodox Hindus. The
Print Culture and the Modern World
ideas of reformers reached the wider population
of the common people through printed reading
material. For example the “Sambad Kaumudi”
carried the ideas of Raja Ram Mohan Roy. The
Deoband Seminary founded in 1867, published
thousands of fatwas telling the Muslim readers
how to conduct themselves in their everyday lives.
The print culture had a significant impact on the
growth of nationalism in India.
(i) Inspite of passing a Vernacular Press Act,
nationalist newspapers grew in numbers.
(ii) They reported on colonial misrule and
encouraged nationalist actvities.
(iii) The British Government tried to put down
the criticism but there were more protests.
(iv) Punjab revolutionaries were deported,’ Tilak
wrote in Kesari.
(v) It led to his imprisonment in 1908 provoking
large protest.
57. (i) Liberal husbands and fathers began
er
educating their women folk at home and sent them
at
to schools.
(ii) Conservative Hindus believed that a literate
ym
girl would be widowed and Muslims feared that
educated women would be corrupted by reading
romantic books.
ud
Kailashbashini Devi wrote books highlighting
the experiences of women-how women were
st
imprisoned at home, kept in ignorance, forced to
ity
do hard domestic labour.
58. (i) The Portuguese missionaries first
al
introduced printing press in India in the mid 16th
century.
qu
(ii) Jesuit priests learnt Konkani and printed
several texts.
@
(iii) By 1674 about 50 books had been printed in
the Konkani and Kannada language.
(iv) Catholic priest first published printed books
in Tamil in Cochin and in 1713 first Malayalam
book was printed.
(v) Dutch Protestant missionaries had printed
nearly 32 text in Tamil which were later translated.
(vi) The English language press did not grow in
India till quite late even though official of the East
India Company began to import presses from late
17th century.
105
(vii) From 1780, James Augustus Hickey began
to edit the Bengal Gazette, a weekly magazine; it
was a private English enterprise and was free from
colonial influence.
(viii) Hickey published a lot of advertisements
including those that related to import and sale of
slaves.
(ix) By the close of the 18th century, a number of
newspaper and journals appeared in print.
am
59. (i) In India manuscripts were written on
palm leaves or on handmade paper before the age
gr
of print.
(ii) Pages were sometimes beautifully illustrated.
le
(iii) They would be either pressed between wooden
te
covers or sewn together to ensure preservation.
(iv) Manuscripts continued to be produced till
l_
well after the introduction of print, down to the
ialate nineteenth century.
(v) Manuscripts, however, were highly expensive
and fragile. They had to be handled carefully and
they could not be read easily as script was written
in different styles.
60. (i) Women education : Writers started
writing about the lives and feelings of women,
and this increased the number of women readers.
Women got interested in education, and many
women schools and colleges were set up. Many
journals started emphasising the importance of
women education.
(ii) Women writers : In East Bengal, in the early
nineteenth century, Rashsundari Debi, a young
married girl wrote her autobiography, Amar Jiban
(means ‘my life’) which was published in 1876.
From the 1860s, many Bengali women writers like
Kailashbashini Debi wrote books highlighting the
experiences of women, about how women were
imprisoned at home, kept in ignorance, forced
to do hard domestic labour, and treated unjustly
by the menfolk, they served. In the 1880s, in the
present-day Maharashtra, Tarabai Shinde and
Pandita Ramabai wrote with passionate anger
about the miserable lives of the upper-caste Hindu
women, especially the widows. The poor status of
women was also expressed by the Tamil writers.
(iii) Hindi writing and women : While Urdu,
Tamil, Bengali and Marathi print culture had
106
developed earlier, Hindi printing began seriously
only from the 1870s. Soon, a large section of it was
devoted to the education of women.
(iv) New journals : In the early 20th century, the
journals written by women, became very popular
in which women’s education, widowhood, widow
remarriage, etc. were discussed. Some of them
offered fashion lessons for women.
(v) Teachings for women : Ram Chaddha
published Istri Dharam Vichar to teach women
how to be obedient wives. The Khalsa Tract Society
published cheap booklets with a similar message.
Many of these were in the form of dialogues about
the qualities of a good woman.
61. They were legal scholars of Islam and the
Sharia, which is a body of Islamic law.
62. (i) In 1517, the religious reformer Martin
Luther wrote 'Ninety Five Theses’ criticising many
ia
of the practices and rituals of the Roman Catholic
er
Church.
(ii) Due to writings of Martin Luther, the church
at
got divided and a new Protestant reformation had
ym
started.
(iii) Several scholars, think that print brought
about a new intellectual atmosphere and helped
ud
spread the new ideas that led to reformation.
63. (i) Religious texts, reached a wide circle
st
of people encouraging discussions, debates and
ity
controversies within and among different religions.
(ii) Newspapers conveyed news from one place to
al
another creating pan-Indian identities.
qu
(iii) Spread of ideas through printed texts and
newspapers led to widespread participation of
@
Indians.
(iv) Print propagated opinion against social evils
like sati, child marriage and the purdah system.
(v) New ideas emerged through the clashes of
opinions.
64. (i) Martin Luther wrote ‘Ninety Five Theses’
criticising the malpractices in the Roman Catholic
Church. He posted a printed copy of it on the door
of a church in Wittenberg.
(ii) Luther's writing immediately became popular
through printed copies and was read widely.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iii) 5000 printed copies of Luther's translation of
the New Testament were sold in a week.
(iv) All these led to a religious debate and marked
the beginning of the Protestant Reformation.
(v) Printing technology played a key role in
bringing religious reforms in the 16th century.
Hence Martin Luther’s remarks were apt, effective
and practical.
am
65. (i) Print created the possibility of wide
circulation of ideas leading to debate and
discussion. Those who disagreed with established
gr
authorities could now print and circulate their
own views.
le
(ii) Through printed messages, they could
te
persuade people to think differently.
(iii) Implication on the sphere of religion — The
l_
religious reformer. Martin Luther, wrote ‘The
Ninety five Theses’ criticizing many practices of
Roman Catholic Church. This led to a division
within the church and marketed the beginning of
the Protestant Reformation.
66. Kashbaba, a Kanpur millworker in 1938.
67. (i) This was because of the superstitions and
myths that prevailed in the society.
(ii) Conservative Hindus believed that a literate
girl would be widowed and Muslims feared that
educated women would be corrupted by reading
Urdu romances.
68. (i) In Punjab, a similar folk literature about
discussing women issues was widely printed from
the early 20th century.
(ii) Ram Chaddha published the fast selling
‘Istri Dharma Vichar’ to teach women how to be
obedient wives.
69. (i) With the setting up of an increasing
number of printing presses, visual images could be
easily reproduced in multiple copies.
(ii) Painters like Raja Ravi Verma produced
images for mass circulation.
(iii) Cheap prints and calenders were easily
available in the bazar. By the 1870s, caricatures and
cartoons were also being published in Journals and
newspapers commenting on social and political
issues.
Print Culture and the Modern World
70. From the late 19th century, issues of caste
discrimination began to be written.
(i) Jyotiba Phule, the Maratha pioneer of low
caste, started protest movement. He wrote about
the injustice of the caste system in his Gulamgiri.
(ii) B. R. Ambedkar in Maharashtra and E. V.
Ramaswamy in Madras wrote powerfully on caste.
Their writing were read by people all over India.
(iii) Local protest movements and sets also created
a lot of journals and tracts.
(iv) Kashibaba a Kanpur millworker wrote and
published Chhote Aur Bade ka Sawal'.
(v) Bangalore cotton millworkers set up libraries
to educate themselves.
(vi) Workers were overburdened and lacked the
education to write much but they kept reading.
71. (i) In Bengal as the debate developed, tracts
and newspapers proliferated, circulating a variety
of arguments.
ia
(ii) To reach a wider audience, the ideas were
er
printed in the everyday spoken language of
ordinary people.
at
(iii) Ram Mohan Roy published the 'Sambad
ym
Kaumudi' from 1821 and the Hindu orthodoxy
commissioned the 'Samachar Chandrika' to
oppose his opinion.
ud
(iv) A wider range of people could not participate
in these public discussions and express their views
st
but they read the opinions.
(v) New ideas emerged through these clashes of
ity
opinions.
(vi) Newspapers conveyed news from one place to
al
another, creating pan-Indian identities.
qu
72. Print culture, i.e., press and literature played a
crucial role in growth and spread of nationalism in
@
India.
(i) In the 19th century, huge quantity of national
literature was created. It inspired people to throw
away the British yoke.
(ii) India Mirror, Bombay Samachar, The Hindu,
Kesari-Indian newspapers exerted deep imprint
on the minds of people.
(iii) Nationalist press reported on colonial misrule
and encouraged nationalist activities. For example,
when Punjab revolutionaries were deported
in 1907, Balgangadhar Tilak wrote with great
sympathy about them.
107
(iv) Gandhi ji spread his ideas of Swadeshi in
a powerful way through newspapers. Many
Vernacular newspapers came up in India to spread
nationalism.
73. Effects of Print culture on poor people :
(i) Cheap small books were brought to the
markets in Madras and were then sold.
(ii) Public libraries were set up from early 20th
am
century expanding the access to books.
(iii) Issues to caste discrimination were written
by Ambedkar, Jyotiba Phule and it was read by
gr
people. ‘Gulamgiri’ of Jyotiba Phule exposed the ill
treatment given to the low castes.
le
(iv) Local protest movements and sets criticised
te
ancient scriptures.
(v) Workers in factories wrote and published to
l_
show links between caste and class exploitation.
(vi) Bangalore cotton mill workers set up libraries
to educate themselves.
74. The Roman Catholic Church imposed control
over publishers and booksellers because scholars
and writers started interpreting religious books,
which everyone could read and understand. 
The public started questioning the Church
authorities regarding the rules and regulations
imposed and the religious beliefs. The Church
wanted to maintain its supremacy and prevent
people from questioning them, imposed control
over booksellers and publishers.
75. In 1835, faced with urgent petitions by editors
of English and vernacular newspapers, Governor-
General William Bentinck agreed to revise press
laws.
76. (i) The Vernacular Press Act was passed
because the vernacular newspapers were assertively
nationalist. They openly criticized and debated the
government policies.
(ii) The Vernacular Press Act of 1878 was passed
which empowered the government to censor
reports and editorials.
(iii) The government kept a regular tract of
vernacular newspapers. If a report was judged
seditious, the newspaper was warned and if
warning was ignored, appropriate actions were
taken.
108
77. (i) Printed religious literature stimulated
a variety of interpretations of faith, even among
the little educated working class in the early 16th
century.
(ii) Menocchio, an Italian miller, reinterpreted
the Bible in a way that enraged the Roman Catholic
Church.
(iii) Such instances worried the Church about
people reading the various interpretations of the
religion and questioning the Church.
(iv) Hence, it imposed severe controls over
publishers and booksellers and began maintaining
an index of prohibited books.
78. After the revolt of 1857, the attitude to
freedom of press changed. Enraged English
officials clamped down the Indian press because of
their nationalists activities.
(i) In 1887, the Vernacular Press Act was passed. iaWhen a report was judged as seditious, the
It provided the government extensive right to
censor reports.
er
(ii) The government kept regular track of the
at
Vernacular newspaper, when a report was judged
as seditious the newspaper was warned, the press
ym
was liable to be seized and machinery could be
confiscated.
ud
79. (i) The Vernacular Press Act provided the
government with extensive rights to censor reports
and editorials in the Vernacular press.
st
(ii) The government kept regular track of the
ity
Vernacular newspapers published in different
provinces.
al
(iii) When a report was judged as seditious, the
qu
newspaper was warned.
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iv) If the warning was ignored, the press was
liable to be seized and the printing machinery
could be confiscated.
80. (i) By the 1820's, the Calcutta Supreme Court
passed certain regulations to control press freedom
and the country began encouraging publication of
newspaper that would celebrate British Rule.
(ii) In 1835, faced with urgent petitions by editors
of English and Vernacular newspapers, Governor
am
General Bantick agreed to revise press laws.
(iii) In 1878, the Vernacular press Act was passed,
gr
modeled on the Irish Press Laws. It provided
the government with extensive right to censor
le
reports and editorials in the Vernacular Press.
From now the government kept regular track of
te
the Vernacular newspaper published in different
l_
provinces.
newspaper was warned and if the warning was
ignored the press was liable to be seized and the
printing machinery could be confiscated.
81. (i) Nationalists in India used print media to
publish the evil affects of British rule and spread
new ideas.
(ii) As Vernacular newspapers became assertively
nationalist, the colonial government decided to
take strong measures.
(iii) In 1878 the Vernacular Press Act was passed
which provided the government with intensive
rights to censor reports and editorials in the
Vernacular press.
(v) Despite repressive measures nationalist news
papers grew in numbers in all parts of India.
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia

INDIA - II
l_
te
le
gr
am
CONTEMPORARY
 Unit 2
Contemporary India - II
1. Resources and Development

am
2. Forest and Wildlife

gr
3. Water Resources

le
4. Agriculture

te
l_
5. Minerals and Energy Resources
ia
er
6. Manufacturing Industries
at

7. Life Lines of National Economy

ym

Chapterwise Analysis of Last 10 Years’ CBSE Board Questions (2019-2010)

ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
 Chapter
Resources and
1 Development
 Types of Resources
 Development of Resources
 Resource Planning in India
 Land Resources
Land Utilization

QUICK RECAP
Everything available in our environment which
can be used to satisfy our needs, provided, it is
technologically accessible, economically feasible
er
and culturally acceptable can be termed as
at
‘Resource’. This implies that what is a resource in
USA for example, may not be a resource in India
ym
because of a gap in technological competence.
Shale is a resource for extracting hydrocarbons in
ud
USA but not yet in India.
Origin
st
Biotic Resources : These are obtained from the
ity
biosphere and have life in them . For example,
flora and fauna around us; such as trees,
al
animals, insects, etc.
qu
Abiotic Resources : All the resources that are
composed of non-living things. For example –
@
rocks, minerals, etc.
Ownership
Individual : Resources owned by individuals
are called Individual Resources. For example –
land owned by farmers, house, etc.
Community : Resources owned by community
or society are called Community Owned
Resources. For example – Graveyard, grazing
land, ponds, burial grounds, park, etc.
 Land Use Pattern in India
am
 Land Degradation and Conservation
Measures
 Soil as a Resource
gr
 Classification of Soils
 Soil Erosion and Soil Conservation
le
te
l_
ia TYPES OF RESOURCES
Resources can be classified on different bases; into
following types:
ff On the basis of origin: Biotic and Abiotic
ff On the basis of exhaustibility: Renewable and
Non-renewable.
ff On the basis of ownership: It can be Individual,
Community, National and International
ff On the basis of status of development:
Potential, Developed, Stock and Reserves
Exhaustibility
Renewable Resources : Resources that can be
replenished after a short period of time are called
Renewable Resources. For example – agricultural
crops, wind energy, water, forest, wildlife, etc.
Non-renewable Resources : Resources which takes
million years of time to replenish are called non-
renewable resources. For example – fossil fuels. We
must remember that some resources like metals are
recyclable.
Status of Development
Potential Resources : Resources which are found
in a particular region, but have not yet been used
properly. For example – Rajasthan and Gujarat
receive plenty of solar energy and have plenty of
wind energy, but use of these resources so far has
not been developed properly.
112
National Resources : Resources owned
by Individual Nations are called National
Resources. The nation has legal powers, to
acquire even private property for public good.
All the minerals, water resources, forests, wildlife
land in the political boundaries and in oceanic
area up to 12 nautical miles from the coast
(called territorial waters) and the resources
in them belongs to the country. For example –
Government land, Roads, canals, railway, etc.
International Resources : Resources regulated
by International bodies are called International
Resources. For example – Ocean and sea
beyond 200 nautical miles of the Exclusive
Economic Zone is called open sea or ocean. No
individual country can utilize these resources
without the permission of International bodies.
DEVELOPMENT OF RESOURCES
Resources of different kinds are vital for human
survival and also for maintaining the quality of
at
life. Earlier the resources were taken as free gifts
ym
of nature and were used indiscriminately. This has
led to the following major problems:
ff Depletion of resources for satisfying the greed
ud
of few individuals.
ff Accumulation of resources in few hands,
st
which, in turn, divided the society into two
ity
segments i.e. haves and have nots (or rich
and poor). Thus a large section of the society
al
becomes deprived.
ff Indiscriminate exploitation of resources has
qu
led to global ecological crises such as, global
warming, ozone layer depletion, environmental
@
pollution and land degradation. These issues
make equitable distribution of resources and
sustainable development very important.
ff Sustainable Development : Development
which takes place without damaging the
environment and compromising with needs
of future generation, is called sustainable
development.
ff Keeping the view of justified use of resources
and sustainable development, the first
International Earth Summit was organized
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Developed Resources : Resources which are
developed and surveyed for utilization and are
being used in present time are known as Developed
Resources. The development of resources depend
on the technology available and project feasibility.
Stock: Resources that are available, but we do not
have proper technology to use them are called
Stock. For example – water is made of oxygen and
am
hydrogen, hydrogen can be used as fuel, but because
of lack of proper technology these are not being
used.
gr
Reserves: These resources are a sub-set of Stock.
le
These include the resources that can be used with
the available know-how, but their use has not started
te
yet. For example – river water which is not used to
l_
generate electricity.
ia
in 1992 in Rio de Janeiro in which more than
er
100 state heads agreed with Agenda 21 for the
sustainable development and proper use of
resources.
ff Agenda 21 : It is the declaration signed
by world leaders in 1992 at the United
Nations Conference on Environment and
Development (UNCED), which took place
at Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. It aims at achieving
global sustainable development. It is an
agenda to combat environmental damage,
poverty, disease through global co-operation
on common interests, mutual needs and
shared responsibilities. One major objective of
the Agenda 21 is that every local government
should draw its own local Agenda 21.
Resource Planning
ff Resource planning is judicious use of
resources. It becomes more important in a
country like India, where resources are not
evenly distributed. For example states like
Jharkhand and Madhya Pradesh are rich in
minerals but deficient in other resources.
Arunachal Pradesh has abundance of
water resources but lacks in infrastructural
development. Rajasthan is very well endowed
with solar and wind energy but lacks in water
resources.
Resources and Development
ff These types of disparities can be eliminated
to a great extent by proper planning of the
resources at the national, state, regional and
local levels.
RESOURCE PLANNING IN INDIA
Resources can contribute in proper development
only with a good planning keeping the technology,
skills and institution in mind. Resource Planning
in India is one of the most important goals right
from its first Five Years Plan. Important aspects of
resource planning are :
–– Identification and inventory of resources
across the regions of the country.
This involves surveying, mapping and
qualitative and quantitative estimation
and measurement of the resources.
–– Evolving a planned structure endowed
with appropriate technology, skill and
institutional set up for implementing
resource development plans.
er
–– Matching the resource development plans
at
with overall national development plans.
ff From the history of colonization, we learn
ym
that rich resources of the colonies were the
main attractions for the foreign invaders.
Because of their higher level of technological
ud
development they exploited the resources of
the colonies and established their supremacy.
st
ff This tells us that resources contribute to
ity
development only when they are accompanied
by appropriate technological development
al
and institutional changes. Therefore, in
India, development, in general, and resource
qu
development in particular does not only
involve the availability of resources, but also
@
the technology, quality of human resources
and the historical experiences of the people.
Conservation of Resources
ff Overuse of resources creates many socio-
economic problems. Many thinkers have been
advocating the judicious use and conservation
of resources. Gandhiji said “There is enough
for everybody’s need but not for any body’s
greed.” He thought that exploitative nature
of modern technology is the root cause for
depletion of resources at global level.
113
ff He believed in the production by masses and
not in the mass production of factories.
At the international level, the Club of Rome
advocated resource conservation for the first time
in a more systematic way in 1968. Subsequently,
in 1974, Gandhian philosophy was once again
presented by Schumacher in his book Small is
Beautiful. The seminal contribution with respect
to resource conservation at the global level was
am
made by the Brundtland Commission Report, 1987.
This report introduced the concept of ‘Sustainable
Development’ and advocated it as a means for
gr
resource conservation, which was subsequently
published in a book - Our Common Future. Another
le
significant contribution was made at the Earth
te
Summit at Rio de Janeiro, Brazil in 1992.
l_
LAND RESOURCES
iaff Land is one of the most important natural
resources. Land supports our life system.
Thus, careful planning of use of land resource
is necessary. India comprises of many types of
land. These are mountains, plateau, plains and
islands.
ff Mountains: About 30% of land area in India is
in the form of mountain. Mountain supports
the perennial flow of rivers, which carry fertile
soils, facilitate irrigation and provide drinking
water.
27% 43% Plains
Mountains
Plateaus
30%
ff Plain : About 43% of land area in India is in
the form of plains. Plains provide facilities for
agriculture, building of industries and houses,
etc.
ff Plateau : About 27% of land in India is in the
form of plateau which provides many types of
minerals, fossil fuels and forest.
LAND UTILIZATION
1. Forests - Includes land that is under forest
cover.
114
2. Land not available for cultivation:  There
are two types of land which are not used for
agriculture purpose. These are:
–– Barren and waste land
–– Lands used for buildings, roads, factories,
etc. i.e for non-agriculture purpose.
3. Other uncultivated land (excluding fallow
land)
Permanent pastures and grazing land,
––
–– Land under miscellaneous tree crops
groves (not included in net sown area)
–– Culturable waste land (left uncultivated
for more than 5 agricultural years).
4. Fallow lands
–– Current fallow-(left without cultivation
for one or less than one agricultural year)
–– Other than current fallow-(left
uncultivated for the past 1 to 5 agricultural
ia
years).
er
5. Net sown area:  Area which is sown at least
once in a year is called net sown area.
at
6. Gross cropped area:  Area sown more than
ym
once in an agricultural year plus net sown area
is known as gross cropped area.
LAND USE PATTERN IN INDIA
ud
ff Pattern of use of land depends upon physical
and human factors. Land use depends on
st
topography, climate, soil types as well as
ity
human factors such as population density,
technological capability and culture and
al
traditions etc.
ff India has total 3.28 million square kilometer
qu
of land. But data on only 93% of the total land
is available. This is because land used data
@
has not been collected for the north eastern
states except Assam and the land occupied
by Pakistan and China has not been surveyed
because of many unavoidable reasons.
ff The land under permanent pasture is
decreasing, this will create the problem for
grazing. The total net sown area (NSA) is not
more than 54% including land other than
fallow land. Land other than fallow land is
either of poor quality or too costly to cultivate.
These lands are cultivated only once or twice
in two or three consecutive years.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
ff The pattern of net sown area varies greatly
from state to state. While in states like Punjab
and Haryana it is close to 80% it is only 10%
in the state of Arunachal Pradesh, Mizoram,
Manipur and Andaman and Nicobar Island.
ff According to National Forest Policy (1952),
the area under forest should be 33% of
total geographical area, which is essential to
maintain ecological balance. But the forest
am
area in India is far less than that.
ff A part of the land is termed as wasteland,
when it is no longer useful for agricultural
gr
practices. Wasteland includes rocky, arid
and desert areas and land put to other non-
le
agricultural uses. It includes settlements,
te
roads, railways, industry etc. Continuous use
of land over a long period of time without
l_
taking appropriate measures to conserve and
manage it, results in land degradation. This, in
turn, has serious repercussions on society and
the environment.
LAND DEGRADATION AND
CONSERVATION MEASURES
ff There are about 130 million hectares of
degraded land in India. About, 28% of it is
forest degraded area, 56% is water eroded area
and the rest have become saline or alkaline .
Human activities such as deforestation, over
grazing, mining and quarrying have also
contributed to land degradation.
ff In Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh
and Odisha deforestation due to mining have
caused severe land degradation.
ff In Gujarat, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and
Maharashtra overgrazing is one of the main
reasons for land degradation.
ff In Punjab, Haryana, western Uttar Pradesh,
over irrigation is responsible for land
degradation it has led to increase in salinity or
alkalinity of the soil.
ff Mineral processing like grinding of limestone
for cement industry and calcite and soapstone
for ceramic industry generate huge quantity
of dust. It retards the process of percolation of
water into the soil. Industrial effluents have
also become a major source of land and water
pollution in many parts of the country.
Resources and Development
Measures to Conserve the Land Resources
ff Degradation of land can be prevented by
taking following measures:
–– Afforestation
–– Proper management of grazing
–– Stabilization of sand dunes by plantation
of thorny bushes
–– Proper management of waste lands
–– By proper irrigation
–– Control over mining activities
–– Proper management of land after
completion of mining work
–– Discharge of industrial waste and effluents
only after proper treatment
Plantation of trees along the road sides
––
–– By preventing deforestation
SOIL AS A RESOURCE
ff Soil is one of the most important natural
ia
resources. Soil supports the growth of plants.
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
115
Soil is the natural home of many living
organism, such as ants, rats, snakes, and many
insects. The soil is a living system.
ff It takes millions of years for just few cm of
soil to form. Relief, parent rock or bed rock,
climate, vegetation and other forms of life and
time are important factors in the formation of
soil. Various forces of nature such as change in
temperature, actions of running water, wind
am
and glaciers, activities of decomposers etc.
contribute to the formation of soil.
gr
ff Chemical and organic changes which take
place in the soil are equally important.
le
Soil also consists of organic (humus) and
te
inorganic materials. On the basis of the
factors responsible for soil formation, color,
l_
thickness, texture, age, chemical and physical
properties, the soils of India can be classified
in different types.
116
CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL
Alluvial Soil
ff This soil type is most important and widely
spread. The entire northern plains are made of
alluvial soil.
ff These have been deposited by three important
Himalayan river systems– the Indus, the
Ganga and the Brahmaputra. These soils also
extend in Rajasthan and Gujarat through a
narrow corridor. Alluvial soil is also found
in the eastern coastal plains particularly in
the deltas of the Mahanadi, the Godavari, the
Krishna and the Kaveri rivers.
ff According to age these are classified as old
alluvial (Bangar) and new alluvial (Khadar).
The bangar soil has higher concentration of
kanker nodules than the Khadar. Khadar soil
has more fine particles and is more fertile than
the bangar. Alluvial soils as a whole are very
fertile.
er
ff Mostly these soils contain adequate proportion
at
of potash, phosphoric acid and lime which
are ideal for the growth of sugarcane, paddy,
ym
wheat and other cereal and pulse crops.
ff Regions of alluvial soils are intensively
cultivated and densely populated. Soils in
ud
the drier areas are more alkaline and can
be productive after proper treatment and
st
irrigation.
ity
Black soil
ff These are black in colour and are also known
al
as regur soils. Ideal for growing cotton these
qu
are also known as black cotton soil.
ff Climatic condition along with the parent
rock material are the important factors for
@
the formation of black soil. This soil is typical
of northwest Deccan plateau and is made
up of lava flows. They cover the plateaus of
Maharashtra, Saurashtra, Malwa, Madhya
Pradesh and Chhattisgarh and extend in the
south east direction along the Godavari and
the Krishna valleys.
ff The black soils are made up of extremely fine
i.e. clayey material. They are well-known for
their capacity to hold moisture. In addition,
they are rich in soil nutrients, such as calcium
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
carbonate, magnesium, potash and lime.
These soils are generally poor in phosphorus.
ff They develop deep cracks during hot weather,
which helps in the proper aeration of the soil.
These soils are sticky when wet and difficult
to work on unless tilled immediately after
the first shower or during the pre-monsoon
period.
Red and Yellow soil
am
ff Red soil develops on crystalline igneous rocks
in areas of low rainfall in the eastern and
gr
southern parts of the Deccan plateau.
ff Yellow and red soils are also found in parts of
le
Odisha, Chhattisgarh, southern parts of the
middle Ganga plain and along the piedmont
te
zone of the Western Ghats.
l_
ff These soils develop a reddish color due to
ia diffusion of iron.
ff It looks yellow when it occurs in a hydrated
form
Laterite soil
ff Laterite word is derived from the Latin word
‘later’ meaning brick. This soil develops
in areas with high temperature and heavy
rainfall.
ff The soil is leached due to heavy rain and
its humus content is low because most
of the microorganisms, particularly the
decomposers, like bacteria, get destroyed due
to high temperature.
ff Laterite soils can be used for cultivation if
adequate manure and fertilizer is used.
ff These soils are mainly found in Karnataka,
Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Madhya Pradesh, and the
hilly areas of Odisha and Assam.
ff With appropriate soil conservation techniques
in the hilly areas of Karnataka, Kerala and
Tamil Nadu, this soil has become very useful
for growing tea and coffee.
ff Red laterite soils in Tamil Nadu, Andhra
Pradesh and Kerala are more suitable for crops
like cashew nut.
Arid Soil
ff Arid soils can be red to brown in color. They
are generally sandy in texture and saline in
nature.
Resources and Development
ff In some areas the salt content is very high and
common salt is obtained by evaporating the
water.
ff Due to the dry climate and high temperature,
evaporation is faster and the soil lacks humus
and moisture.
ff The lower horizons of the soil have more
Kankar because of the increasing calcium
content. The Kankar layer formations in the
bottom horizons restrict the infiltration of
water.
ff After proper irrigation these soils become
cultivable as has been in the case of western
Rajasthan.
Forest soil
ff Forest soils are found in the hilly and
mountainous areas where sufficient rain
forests are available.
ff Texture varies according to the mountain
er
environment where they are formed. They
are loamy and silty in valley sides and coarse
at
grained in the upper slopes.
ff In the snow-covered areas of Himalayas, these
ym
soils experience denudation and are acidic
with low humus content.
ud
ff The soils found in the lower parts of the valleys
particularly on the river terraces and alluvial
fans are fertile.
st
SOIL EROSION AND SOIL CONSERVATION
ity
ff Denudation of the soil cover and its washing
al
away is called soil erosion. The processes of soil
formation and erosion, go on simultaneously
qu
and generally there is a balance between the
two.
@
117
ff This balance is disturbed due to activities like
deforestation, over-grazing, construction and
mining etc., while natural elements like wind,
glacier and water lead to soil erosion.
ff Running water cuts through the clayey soils
and makes deep channels as gullies. The land
becomes unfit for cultivation and is known as
bad land. In the Chambal basin such lands are
called ravines.
am
ff Sometimes water flows as a sheet over large
areas down a slope. In such cases the top soil
is washed away quickly. This is known as sheet
gr
erosion.
ff Wind blows away loose soil off flat or sloping
le
land; it is known as wind erosion.
te
ff Soil erosion is also caused due to bad methods
of farming. Ploughing in a wrong way i.e. up
l_
and down the slope form channels for the
ia quick flow of water leading to soil erosion.
Ploughing along the contour lines can
decelerate the flow of water down the slopes.
This is called contour ploughing.
ff Steps can be cut out on the slopes making
terraces. Terrace cultivation restricts erosion.
Western and central Himalayas have well
developed terrace farming. Large fields can
be divided into strips. Strips of grass are left
to grow between the crops. This breaks up the
force of the wind. This method is known as
strip cropping.
ff Planting lines of trees to create shelter also
works in a similar way. Rows of such trees are
called shelter belts. These shelter belts have
contributed significantly to the stabilization
of sand dunes and in stabilizing the desert in
western India.
118 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

Types of Resources; Development 12. Provide a suitable classification for resources

on the basis of ownership. Mention main
of Resources; Resource Planning in features of any three types of such resources.
India  (Term-I 2014)

am
VSA (1 mark) 13. 'Indiscriminate use of resources had led to
numerous problems'. Justify this statement.
1. Highlights the reason for land being known as  (Term-I 2012)

gr
an utmost important natural resources.
(AI 2019) Land Resources; Land Utilization;

le
2. Classify resources based on origin. Land Use Pattern in India; Land

te
 (2018, Term-I 2015, 2014)
Degradation and Conservation

l_
3. Give one difference between renewable and
non-renewable resources. (Term-I 2016) iaMeasures
4. Give an example of non-renewable resources. VSA (1 mark)
er
(Term-I 2016) 14. How is over irrigation responsible for land
degradation in Punjab? (Delhi 2019)
at

5. What are resources which are found in a

region but have not been utilised called? 15. How is cement industry responsible for land
ym

 (Term-I 2015) degradation? (Delhi 2019)

SA (3 marks) 16. In which states has mining caused severe land

ud

degradation? (Term-I 2014)

6. What is Agenda 21? List its two principles.
SA
st

(Term-I 2016) (3 marks)

ity

7. Classify the resources on the basis of 17. 'Land is a natural resource of utmost
exhaustibility. State two characteristics of each. importance'. Justify the statement with
al

 (Term-I 2016) appropriate arguments.  (Term-I 2014)

qu

8. Distinguish between the renewable and non- 18. Define the following terms:
renewable resources.  (Term-I 2012) (i) Current fallow land
@

(ii) Other than current fallow

9. Distinguish between stock and potential
resource., Give one example of each.
 (Term-I 2012, 2011)
10. What are the three stages of resource planning
in India? (Term-I 2011)
LA (5 marks)
11. What are the three stages of resource planning
in India? Why is it essential to have resource
planning? (Term-I 2017, 2014)
(iii) Culturable waste land (Term-I 2013)
19. Explain any three factors responsible for soil
formation.  (2012, Term-I 2011)
20. Describe any three measures of controlling
land degradation.  (Term-I 2012)
21. Which is the main cause of land degradation
in Gujarat, Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh?
How can it be checked? Explain.
 (Term-2011)
Resources and Development 119

LA (5 marks) resource". Do you agree with the statement?

22. Discuss the factors responsible for land
degradation in India.
 (Term-I 2015, 2014)
23. Why is soil considered as a resource? Explain
with five arguments.  (Term-I 2015)
24. How can you contribute to minimize the
Support your answer with any three examples.
 (Term-I 2016)
30. Distinguish between red soil and laterite soil
stating any three points of distinction.
 (Term-I 2015)
31. Mention any three features of arid soils.
(Term-I 2014)

am
pollution? Explain. (Term-I 2014)
32. Enumerate any three features of "regur" soil.
Soil as a Resource; Classification  (Term-I 2012)

gr
of Soils; Soil Erosion and Soil 33. Which geographical factors are responsible

le
for the evolution of black soil? Why is it
Conservation considered the most suitable for growing

te
VSA (1 mark) cotton? (Term-I 2012)

l_
34. Distinguish between Khadar and Bangar soils.
25. Highlight the importance of contour
 (Term-I 2011)
ploughing. (AI 2019)
ia
26. Which soil type is the most widely spread and LA (5 marks)
er
important soil in India? (Term-I 2015) 35. Explain the two types of soil erosion mostly
at

27. Which soil types is made up of lava flows? observed in India. Explain three human
activities responsible for soil erosion.
ym

(Term-I 2014)
 (Term-I 2016)
SA (3 marks)
36. Describe any five distinct characteristics of
ud

28. Name the soil type which is widely found in 'Arid soils'. (Term-I 2015)
Western Rajasthan. Explain two important 37. What type of soil is found in the river deltas of
st

characteristics of this soil type which makes it the eastern coast? Give four main features of
ity

unsuitable for cultivation. (Term-I 2017) this type of soil. (Term-I 2014)
29. "In India, some regions are rich in certain 38. Suggest any three methods of soil conservation
al

types of resources but deficient in some other suitable to Indian conditions. (Term-I 2012)
qu

Answers
@

1. Land is a resource of utmost importance due
to following reasons:
It’s a fixed factor of production and supports
all economic activities. It also supports natural
vegetation wildlife and various other resources.
2. Resources can be categorized on the basis
of origin: Abiotic resources comprise non-living
things (e.g., land, water, air and minerals). Biotic
resources are obtained from the biosphere. These
have life such as humans, flora and fauna.
3. Renewable : Replenished by nature e.g., crops
and plants.
Non-renewable : Which get exhausted after years
of use. e.g., crude oil.
4. Coal/Minerals
5. Potential resources
6. Agenda 21 was adopted at first International
earth Summit held in 1992 at Rio de Janerio Brazil
The two principles are as follows :
120
(a) To combat environment damage, poverty
disease through global cooperation on (common
interests, mutual needs and shared responsibilities)
(b) Every local government should draw its own
local Agenda 21.
7. Renewable Resources : Resources that can be
replenished after a short period of time are called
Renewable Resources. For example – agricultural
crops, wind energy, water, forest, wildlife, etc.
Non-renewable Resources : Resources which
takes million years of time to replenish are called
non-renewable resources. For example – fossil
fuels. We must remember that some resources like
metals are recyclable.
8. Refer to answer 7.
9. (i) Stock :
(a) They are found in the environment around us.
(b) They are not accessed due to the lack of
ianautical miles from the coast (called territorial
technology.
er
(c) Example : Water is a compound of two
inflammable gases – hydrogen and oxygen,
at
hydrogen can be used as a rich sources of energy.
But we do not have the required technical know-
ym
how to use them for this purpose.
(ii) Potential resources :
ud
(a) They are found in a region.
(b) They have not been utilized or developed.
st
(c) Example : Rajasthan and Gujarat have
enormous potential for the development of wind
ity
and solar energy but they are yet to be developed
fully for various reasons.
al
10. (i) Identification and inventory of resources
qu
across the regions of the country.
(ii) Evolving a planned structure endowed with
@
appropriate technology, skill and institutional set
up for implementing resource development plans.
(iii) Match the resource development plans with
overall national development plans.
11. Resource planning is a technique or skill for
proper utilization of resources.
(a) As resources are limited, their planning is
necessary so that we can use them properly and
also save them for our future generation.
(b) Resources are not only limited but they are
distributed over different parts of the country.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(c) Resource planning is also essential for
production of resources and to protect them from
over exploitation. Also,
Refer to answer 10.
12. Classification based on ownership:
Individual:  Resources owned by individuals are
called Individual Resources. For example – land
owned by farmers, house, etc.
Community : Resources owned by community or
am
society are called Community Owned Resources.
For example – Graveyard, grazing land, ponds,
gr
burial grounds, park, etc.
National Resources : Resources owned by
le
individual nations are called National Resources.
te
The nation has legal powers, to acquire even
private property for public good. All the minerals,
l_
water resources, forests, wildlife land in the
political boundaries and in oceanic area up to 12
waters) and the resources in them belongs to the
country. For example – Government land, Roads,
canals, railway, etc.
International Resources : Resources regulated
by International bodies are called International
Resources. For example – Ocean and sea beyond
200 nautical miles of the Exclusive Economic
Zone is called open sea or ocean. No individual
country can utilize these resources without the
permission of International bodies.
13. Resources are vital for human survival and it
was believed that resources are free gift of nature.
The indiscriminate use of resources led to the
following problems.
(i) To satisfy the greed of few individuals,
depletion of resources has continued.
(ii) Due to the accumulation of resources in few
hand, the society gets divided into two segments,
i.e., rich and poor.
(iii) Indiscriminate use of resources has led to
ecological crises, e.g., ozone layers depletion, land
degradation, global warming and environmental
pollution.
14. Over irrigation in Punjab causes the
lowering in fertility rate of the soil because of water
logging leading to increased salinity and alkalinity
of the soil.
Resources and Development
15. Grinding and crushing of limestone for the
cement industry generate a large amount of dust.
As the dust settles down on the soil it reduces the
process of infiltration of water into the soil.
16. Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh
and Odisha.
17. (i) We live on land, we perform our economic
activities on land and we use it in different ways.
(ii) It supports natural vegetation, wildlife,
human life, economic activities, transports and
communication system.
(iii) It is an asset of a finite magnitude.
18. (i) Current fallow land : Left uncultivated for
one or less than one agricultural year.
(ii) Other than current fallow : Left uncultivated
for past 1 to 5 agricultural years.
(iii) Culturable waste lands : Left uncultivated for iaover-irrigation, leads to
more than 5 agricultural years.
19. (i) The parent rock is the first factor which
er
provides the basic material for the formation of soil.
at
(ii) Climate breaks the parent rock into small
pieces.
ym
(iii) Vegetation : Plant and animal organisms
help in the weathering of the rocks slowly but
ud
continuously.
(iv) Various forces of nature such as change in
st
temperature, actions of running water, wind and
glaciers, activities of decomposers, etc, contribute
ity
to the formation of soil.
(v) Chemical and organic changes take place in
al
the soil.
qu
20. (i) Afforestation and proper management of
grazing can help in controlling of land degradation.
@
(ii) Planting of shelter belts, control on
overgrazing, stabilisation of sand dune by growing
thorny bushes, are important ways.
(iii) Proper management of wastelands, control of
mixing activities, proper discharge and disposal of
industrial effluents and wastes after treatment can
reduce land and water degradation in industrial
and sub-urban areas. These are some of the
methods to check land degradation.
21. (i) Main Cause : Large scale overgrazing has
caused severe land degradation.
121
Measures to check include:
(a) Afforestation and proper management of
grazing.
(b) Planting of shelter belts of plants.
(c) Stabilization of sand dunes by growing thorny
bushes.
(d) Control on overgrazing.
22. The important factors responsible for land
degradation in India are as follows :
am
(a) Deforestation : By an estimate over one
million hectares of forest is lost every year in India.
gr
(b) Erosion: Loss of vegetation cover makes land
more susceptible to erosion. Wind and water have
le
left vast tracts of land barren. Water erodes top
soil to an extent of around 12,000 million tons per
te
annum.
l_
(c) Over-Irrigation : Successive cropping and
water-logging and
consequent salinization and alkalization. This
situation mainly arises due to poor drainage.
(d) Floods and Droughts: Drought is both man-
made and environment-induced. Man has played a
key role in the creation of drought-prone areas by
over-exploitation of natural resources like forests,
degradation by grazing, excessive withdrawal of
ground water, silting of tanks, rivers, etc.
Floods, on the other hand, are caused by heavy
rains in a very short period. Each situation could
have been altered had there been good vegetation
cover. Vegetation helps in reducing run-off,
increasing infiltration and reducing soil erosion.
(e) Over-grazing: India has the worlds largest
cattle population, but not enough pasture land.
This has led to serious problems as animals have
encroached into forest lands and even agricultural
lands. Land degradation due to overgrazing leads
to desert ­like conditions.
(f) Pollution -Pollution of land is caused by
disposal of solid waste, refuse from domestic,
industrial and agricultural sectors. Another major
source of land pollution is the creation of derelict
land due to mining particularly due to surface and
underground mining activities.
23. (i) Soil is considered as a resource because it
is used to satisfy our needs.
(ii) It is the most important renewable natural
resource.
122
(iii) It is the medium of plant growth.
(iv) It supports different types of living organisms
on the earth.
24. We can contribute to minimize pollution by :
(i) Planting more plants and trees.
(ii) Using non-conventional sources of energy
such as solar and wind energy.
(iii) Using public transport instead of personal car
motor bike etc.
(iv) Saving water and electricity.
25. Contour farming, the practice of tilling sloped
land along lines of consistent elevation in order to
conserve rainwater and to reduce soil losses from
surface erosion.
26. Alluvial soil
27. Black soil
28. The soil type in western Rajasthan is arid soil,
following are its characteristics :
(i) it consists very high kankar nodules due to
er
increasing calcium content downwards .
at
(ii) it is brown - yellow in its colour.
(iii) it is difficult to cultivate anything on this type
ym
of soil , but cultivation can be encouraged after
proper irrigation as in western Rajasthan.
ud
29. Yes, there are regions which are rich in certain
types of resources but are deficient in some other
st
resources.
(i) Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh and Madhya
ity
Pradesh are rich in minerals and coal deposits.
(ii) Arunachal Pradesh has abundance of water
al
resources but lacks in infrastructural development.
qu
(iii) Rajasthan is endowed with solar and wind
energy but lacks in water resources.
@
(iv) Ladakh has rich cultural heritage but lacks in
water resources and infrastructure.
30. Red soils
(i) Red soil is formed due to weathering of
igneous and metamorphic rocks.
(ii) It is highly porous and less fertile but where it
is deep it is fertile.
(iii) It is less crystalline.
(iv) It is red in colour due to presence of iron in it.
They occur in parts of Tamil Nadu, Karnataka,
Andhra Pradesh, Orissa and Jharkhand.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Laterite soil
(i) It is formed by the leaching process in the
heavy rainfall areas of tropical India.
(ii) It is less fertile, only grass grows on it in
abundance.
(iii) It is crystalline.
(iv) It is found in hills of the Deccan, Karnataka,
Kerala, Orissa, Assam and Meghalaya.
31. (i) Arid soils range from red to brown in
am
colour.
(ii) They are generally sandy in texture and saline
gr
in nature.
(iii) Due to dry climate, high temperature,
le
evaporation is faster and the soil lacks humus and
te
moisture.
(iv) The lower horizons of the soil are occupied by
l_
Kankar because of the increasing calcium content.
ia32. (i) Regur soil is also known as black soil.
(ii) It is ideal for growing cotton, so it is also
known as "Black cotton soil".
(iii) It is made up of extremely fine clayey material.
(iv) It is rich in soil nutrients, calcium carbonate,
magnesium, potash and lime.
(v) It develops cracks in hot weather.
(vi) It can hold moisture and is sticky when wet.
33. (i) Climatic conditions along with present
rock material are important factors for making of
black soil. The parent rock is volcanic rocks.
(ii) It is ideal for growing cotton because of the
following reasons :
(a) It has capacity to hold moisture.
(b) It is rich in soil nutrients such as calcium
carbonate and potash.
(c) Deep cracks in the soil help in aeration.
34. Alluvial Soil : It is soil formed by the sediments
deposited by river water.
S.N. Khadar soil Bangar soil
(i) It is a new alluvial It is an old alluvial
soil. soil.
(ii) Lower concentration Higher concentration
of kankar nodules. of kankar nodules.
(iii) It has more fine It has less fine
particles. particles.
(iv) It is more fertile. It is less fertile.
Resources and Development
35. (i) Two human activities which are
responsible for the process of soil erosion
are deforestation and overgrazing mining,
construction, etc.
(ii) Types of soil Erosion :
(a) Gullies : The running water cuts through the
clayey soil and makes deep channels/gullies. The
unfit land caused by gullies is called bad land or
ravines.
123
Main features of alluvial soil :
(i) It is formed by the deposition of materials
brought down by the himalayan rivers.
(ii) It is highly fertile.
(iii) It consists of various proportion of sand, silt
and clay.
(iv) It is rich in potash, phosphoric acid and lime
but deficient in organic matter.
38. Methods of soil conservation :

am
(b) Sheet erosion : Water flows as a sheet over
(i) Ploughing along the contour lines can
large areas down a slope. The top soil is washed
decrease the speed of water flow down the slopes.
away. This process is known as sheet erosion.

gr
(ii) Step or terrace cultivation on slopes restricts
36. (i) Arid soils range from red to brown in
erosion. Western and central Himalayas have well-

le
colour.
developed terrace farming areas.
(ii) Sandy in texture and saline in nature.
(iii) Strip cropping : Here large fields can be

te
(iii) Evaporation from this soil is faster, soil lacks divided into strips. Strips of grass are left to grow
humus and moisture.

l_
between the crops. This breaks up the force of the wind.
(iv) Soil occupied by Kankar. (iv) Shelter belt plantation : Trees are planted
(v) Kankar restricts the infiltration of water.
iain rows. These shelter belts have led to the
37. Alluvial soil is found in the entire northern stabilisation of sand dunes and in stabilising the
er
plain it is the most widely spread soil of India. desert in western India.
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
 Chapter

2 Forest and Wildlife*

 Biodiversity or Biological Diversity  Conservation of Forest and Wildlife in India

Flora and Fauna in India Project Tiger

am
 

 Types and Distribution of Forests and

 Vanishing Forests
Wildlife
Asiatic Cheetah: Where did they go?

gr
  Resources
 The Himalayan Yew in Trouble  Community and Conservation

le
te
QUICK RECAP

We share this planet with millions of other living

l_
forests, swamplands, plains, grasslands,
ia
beings. They include micro-organisms such as areas surrounding rivers, as well as island
er
bacteria to different large organisms such as archipelago.
banyan trees, elephants and blue whales. Our ff India has 4 biodiversity hotspots: the
at

habitat has immense biodiversity. All living Western Ghats, the Himalayas, the Indo-
organisms including humans form a complex web Burma region and the Sundaland (includes
ym

of ecological system. We depend on this ecological Nicobar group of Islands). These hotspots
system completely for our existence. have numerous endemic species.
ud

For example, the plants, animals and micro- ff India is ranked ninth in the world in terms of
organisms recreate the quality of the air we breathe, higher plant species richness. At the ecosystem
the water we drink and the soil that produces our
st

level, India is also well-endowed, with ten

food without which we cannot survive. Forests distinct biogeographical zones.
ity

play a key role in the ecological system as these ff India is an important center of diversity of a
are also the primary producers on which all other great many domesticated species, including
al

living beings depend. vari­ous cereals, millets, legumes, vegetables,

qu

BIODIVERSITY OR BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY temper­ ate and tropical fruits, fibre crops,
ff The variety of flora and fauna in a given medicinal and aromatic plants.
@

geographical area is called biodiversity of that Flora and Fauna in India

area. Fauna More than 81,000 species
FLORA AND FAUNA IN INDIA Flora More than 47,000 species
ff India is one of the world’s richest countries in Indigenous
About 15,000 species
terms of its vast array of biological diversity, flowering plants
and has nearly 7.5% of the total number of Endangered wild
About 10%
species in the world . The boundaries of India flora
encompass a wide range of ecozones, high Endangered
About 20%
mountains, highlands, tropical and temperate mammals

*The chapter ‘Forest and Wildlife’ to be assessed in the Periodic Tests only and will not be evaluated in Board Examination.
Forest and Wildlife
Classification Based on the International
Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural
Resources (IUCN)
ff Normal Species :  If the population level
of species is within normal range for their
survival, it is called normal species, e.g. cattle,
pine, sal, rodents, etc.
ff Endangered Species :  Species which are in
danger of extinction are called endangered
species, e.g. black buck, crocodile, Indian wild
ass, Indian rhino, lion tailed macaque, sangai
(brow antlered deer in Manipur), etc.
ff Vulnerable Species : If the population of a
species has declined to such a level that it
is likely to become endangered; it is called
vulnerable species, e.g. Blue sheep, Asiatic
elephant, Gangetic dolphin, etc.
ff Rare Species : If the population of a species
is so small that it can become vulnerable
or endangered, it is called rare species, e.g.
Himalayan brown bear, wild Asiatic buffalo,
er
Desert, fox, Hornbill, etc.
at
ff Endemic Species : A species which is found
only in a particular geographical area is
ym
called an endemic species, e.g. Andaman teal,
Nicobar pigeon, Andaman wild pig, Mithun
in Arunachal Pradesh, etc.
ud
ff Extinct Species : A species which no longer
exists is called an extinct species. A species may
st
be extinct from a local area, region, country,
ity
continent or the entire earth. Examples:
Asiatic cheetah, Pink head duck, etc.
al
ff Forest in India : Ideally for a healthy
ecosystem we should have forest cover on
qu
33% of our total land area. But as of now it has
been much less than the ideal figure.
@
VANISHING FORESTS
Vanishing Forests
708263 sq km (21.53% of total
Forest cover
geographical area)
Very dense 98158 sq km (13% of the forest
forest area)
Moderately 308318 sq km (43% of the forest
dense area)
301797 sq km (42 % of the forest
Open forest
area)
125
ASIATIC CHEETAH: WHERE DID THEY GO?
ff The fastest land mammal, the cheetah
(Acinonyx jubantus), is extinct. A unoque
member of the cat family it could move
at the speed of 112 km./hr. The cheetah’s
distinguishing marks are the long tear drop
shaped lines on each side of the nose from
the corner of its eyes to its mouth. Before the
20th century, cheetahs were widely distributed
am
throughout Africa and Asia. Today, the Asian
cheetah is nearly extinct due to a decline of
gr
available habitat and prey. The species was
declared extinct in India as early as 1952.
le
Causes of Depletion of Flora and Fauna
te
ff Agricultural Expansion :  According to the
Forest Survey of India, over 262,000 sq km of
l_
forest area was converted into agricultural land
ia in India between 1951 and 1980. Moreover, a
substantial part of the tribal belts has been
deforested or degraded by shifting cultivation.
ff Enrichment Plantation : Enrichment
plantation was done to promote a few favoured
species in many parts of India. This practice
involves plantation of a single commercially
valuable species. This leads to elimination of
other species.
ff Development Projects : Large scale
development projects have also contributed
significantly to the loss of forests. Over 5,000
sq km of forest was cleared for river valley
projects since 1951.
ff Mining:  Mining has also caused large scale
depletion of flora and fauna in many areas.
For example; the ongoing dolomite mining is
seriously threatening the Buxa Tiger Reserve
in West Bengal.
ff Unequal Access to Resources: Social
inequality is another major factor to depletion
of flora and fauna. The rich people consume
much more than the poor and thus cause a
higher degree of environmental damage.
THE HIMALAYAN YEW IN TROUBLE
ff The Himalayan Yew (Taxus wallachiana) is
a medicinal plant found in various parts of
Himachal Pradesh and Arunachal Pradesh. A
126
chemical compound called ‘taxol’ is extracted
from the bark, needles, twigs and roots of
this tree, and it has been successfully used
to treat some cancers – the drug is now the
biggest selling anti-cancer drug in the world.
The species is under great threat due to over-
exploitation. In the last one decade, thousands
of yew trees have dried up in various parts of
Himachal Pradesh and Arunachal Pradesh.
Social Effect of Resource Depletion
ff In many societies, it is the women who are
responsible for collection of fuel, fodder, water
and other basic subsistence needs. Depletion
of these resources means women need to work
harder to collect those resources. At some
places, women have to walk more than 10 km
to collect firewood. This causes serious health
problems for women.
iaNew Trends In Conservation Policy
ff Deforestation induced flood and draught
er
result in economic misery for the poor.
ff Deforestation also leads to loss of cultural
at
diversity. The marginalized people who had
ym
been traditionally dependent on forest for
sustenance are now forced to look for other
sources of livelihood. In order to do so, they
ud
are uprooted from their traditional habitat
and culture.
st
CONSERVATION OF FOREST AND
ity
WILDLIFE IN INDIA
al
The Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972
ff In the 1960s and 1970s, the conservationists
qu
demanded some rules to protect the wildlife.
Conceding to their demand, the government
@
enacted the Indian Wildlife (Protection)
Act 1972. Under this act, an all India list of
protected species was published. Hunting was
banned to protect the remaining population
of some endangered species. Trade in wildlife
was restricted and the habitats of wildlife were
given legal protection. Many national parks
and wildlife sanctuaries were established by
various state governments and the central
government. Several projects were announced
for protecting specific animals, e.g. Project Tiger.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Benefits of Conservation
ff Conservation helps in preserving ecological
diversity and our life support systems; water,
air and soil.
ff It preserves the genetic diversity of plants and
animals.
Government's Categorization of Forests
ff Reserved Forests : More than half of the total
forest land has been declared reserved forests.
am
These are considered as the most valuable
from conservation perspective.
ff Protected Forests :  Almost one-third of
gr
the total forest area is protected forest. The
le
protected forests are protected from any
further depletion.
te
ff Unclassed Forests :  Forests which do not
come under either of the above two categories
l_
are called unclassed forests.
ff Increase Biodiversity:  The new trend in
conservation policy is the focus on biodiversity
rather than on a few of its components. So,
instead of just focusing on bigger mammals; like
tiger and lion, even insects are finding a place in
conservation planning. New notifications were
issued under Wildlife Act of 1980 and 1986. As
per them; several hundred butterflies, moths,
beetles and one dragonfly have been added to
the list of protected species. Six species of plants
were added to the list in 1991.
Community and Conservation
ff Many local communities have recognized
that conservation can secure their long-term
livelihood. At many places, such communities
are coordinating with government officials in
conservation efforts.
ff At Sariska Tiger Reserve (Rajasthan), villagers
have fought against mining by citing the
Wildlife Protection Act.
ff In many villages, people are protecting habitats
and are explicitly rejecting government
involvement. For example; the inhabitants
of five villages in Alwar district of Rajasthan
have declared 1,200 hectares of forest as the
Bhairodev Dakav ‘Soncuri’. They have declared
their own set of rules and regulation to protect
the wildlife.
Forest and Wildlife
ff Nature worship is an age old custom in the
Hindu religion and in many tribes. Sacred
groves in forests are the result of this tradition.
Such spots in forests are untouched by human
intervention.
ff The Mundas and the Santhals of Chhota
Nagpur region worship mahua (Bassia
latifolia) and kadamba (Anthocaphalus
cadmba) trees. Similarly, the tribals of Odisha
and Bihar worship the tamarind (Tamarinudus
indica) and mango (Mangifera indica); as part
of wedding rituals.
ff Monkeys are considered the representatives
of the Hindu God, Hanuman. At most of
the places people do not harm monkeys or
langurs because of this belief. In and around
Bishnoi villages in Rajasthan, chinkara, nilgai
and peacocks are protected by the community
and nobody harms them.
ff The Chipko Movement is a good example of
er
community participation in conservation
at
programme.
ff Farmers and citizen’s groups like the Beej
ym
Bachao Andolan in Tehri and Navdanya have
shown that adequate levels of diversified
ud
crop production without the use of synthetic
chemicals are possible and economically viable.
ff The Joint Forest Management (JFM)
st
programme is another example of involvement
ity
of local communities in forest management.
This programme has been in practice in
al
Odisha since 1988. Under this programme,
qu
the local villagers form some institutions and
manage the conservation activities. In lieu of
@
that, they get the right to take and utilize some
forest resources.
PROJECT TIGER
ff Project Tiger was launched in 1973; to protect
tigers from becoming extinct.
ff At the turn of the 20th century, the tiger
population was around 55,000 which
dwindled to 1,827 by 1973.
ff Threats to Tiger Population: Poaching for
trade, shrinking habitat, depletion of base
prey species, growing human population, etc.
127
Success Rate
Year Tiger Population
1985 4,002
1989 4,334
1993 3,600
ff Current Status: 27 tiger reserves covering
37,761 sq km.
ff Important Tiger Reserves : Corbett National
am
Park (Uttarakhand), Sunderban National Park
(West Bengal), Bandhavgarh National Park
gr
(Madhya Pradesh), Sariska Wildlife Sanctuary
(Rajasthan), Manas Tiger Reserve (Assam)
le
and Periyar Tiger Reserve (Kerala).
te
TYPES AND DISTRIBUTION OF FORESTS
AND WILDLIFE RESOURCES
l_
ff In India, much of its forest and wildlife
ia resources are either owned or managed by the
government through the Forest Department
or other government departments. These are
classified under the following categories.
ff Reserved Forests : More than half of the
total forest land in India has been declared
reserved forests. These are regarded as the
most valuable from the point of view of
conservation of forest and wildlife resources.
ff Protected Forests : One-third of the total
forest area is protected forest, as declared by
the Forest Department. This forest land are
protected from any further depletion.
ff Unclassed Forests : These are other forests and
wastelands belonging to both the government
and private individuals and communities.
• The Reserved and protected forests are
also referred to as permanent forest estates
maintained for the purpose of producing
timber and other forest produce, and for
protective reasons. Madhya Pradesh has
the largest area under permanent forests,
constituting 75 per cent of its total forest
area.
• Jammu and Kashmir, Andhra Pradesh,
Uttarakhand, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, West
Bengal, and Maharashtra have large
percentages of reserved forests of its total
forest area whereas Bihar, Haryana, Punjab,
128
Himachal Pradesh, Odisha and Rajasthan
have a bulk of it under protected forests.
• All Northeastern states and parts of Gujarat
have a very high percentage of their forests
as unclassed forests managed by local
communities.
COMMUNITY AND CONSERVATION
ff In India, forests are also home to many
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
based on the premise that all creations of
nature have to be protected. Such beliefs have
preserved several virgin forests in original
form called Sacred Groves (the forests of God
and Goddesses).
ff These patches of forest or parts of large forests
have been left untouched by the local people
and any interference with them is banned.
Certain societies revere a particular tree which

am
traditional communities. The local they have preserved from time immemorial.
communities very often work hard to conserve
these habitats along with government officials.
• The Mundas and the Santhal of Chota

gr
Nagpur region worship mahua (Bassia
They understand that only this will secure
latifolia) and kadamba (Anthocaphalus
their own long-term livelihood.

le
cadamba) trees.
• In Sariska Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan,

te
villagers have fought against mining by
• Tribals of Odisha and Bihar worship the
tamarind (Tamarindus indica) and mango

l_
citing the Wildlife Protection Act. At
(Mangifera indica) trees during weddings.
many places, villagers themselves are
• To many of us, peepal and banyan trees are
protecting habitats and explicitly rejecting
ia
government involvement. sacred.
er
ff The famous Chipko movement in the
• The inhabitants of five villages in the
Himalayas has successfully resisted
at

Alwar district of Rajasthan have declared

deforestation in several areas. It has also
1,200 hectares of forest as the Bhairodev
ym

shown that community afforestation with

Dakav ‘Sonchuri’, declaring their own set
indigenous species can be enormously
of rules and regulations which do not allow
successful. Farmers and citizen’s groups
hunting, and are protecting the wildlife
ud

like the Beej Bachao Andolan in Tehri and

against any outside encroachments.
Navdanya have also shown that adequate
st

Sacred groves - a wealth of diverse and rare levels of diversified crop production without
species the use of synthetic chemicals are possible and
ity

ff Worship of nature is an age old tribal belief economically viable.

al
qu
@
Forest and Wildlife 129

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

Forest and Wildlife Justify this statement with relevant examples.

 (Term-I 2016)
VSA (1 mark)
8. What are extinct species? Describe any
1. Asiatic cheetah belongs to which of the two factors that caused fearful depletion of
following types of species? biodiversity of India. (Term-I 2015, 2014)

am
(a) Endangered species
9. Explain any three factors responsible for the
(b) Rare species (c) Extinct species depletion of flora and fauna in India.

gr
(d) Normal species (Term-I 2012)
 (Term-I 2014)
2. Which one of the following is NOT on the

le
10. Explain the two famous programmes which
verge of extinction?
have resisted deforestation and involved local

te
(a) Asiatic Cheetah (b) Blackbuck communities. (Term-I 2013)
(c) Pink headed duck (d) Mountain Quail

l_
(Term-I 2012) 11. How have communities conserved and
protected forests and wildlife in India?
3. In which states, Corbett National Park is
ia
Explain. (Term-I 2012)
located? (Term-I 2011)
er
12. Why do we need to conserve our forest and
4. What are endemic species? (Term-I 2010) wildlife resources? Explain any three reasons.
at

SA (3 marks)  (Term-I 2011)

ym

5. In which year was the 'Indian Wildlife LA (5 marks)

Protection Act' implemented in India?
13. What is bio-diversity? Why is bio-diversity
ud

Describe the main thrust area of this

programme. (Term-I 2017) important for human lives? Analyse.
 (Term-I 2017)
st

6. 'Forests and wildlife are vital to the quality of

life and environment'. Justify the statement by 14. Analyse any four reasons for the depletion of
ity

giving three reasons. (Term-I 2016) forest resources in India. (Term-I 2015)
al

7. 'Large-scale development projects have also 15. Describe the steps taken to conserve the flora
contributed significantly to the loss of forests'. and fauna of the country. (Term-I 2015, 2014)
qu

Answers
@

1. (a) Endangered species Conceding to their demand, the government

2. (d) Mountain Quail
3. Uttarakhand state
4. Endemic species are plants and animals that
exist only in one geographic region. Species can be
endemic to large or small areas of the earth: some
are endemic to a particular continent, some to part
of a continent, and others to a single island.
5. In the 1960s and 1970s, the conservationists
demanded some rules to protect the wildlife.
enacted the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972.
Under this act, an all India list of protected species
was published.
Hunting was banned to protect the remaining
population of some endangered species.
Trade in wildlife was restricted and the habitats of
wildlife were given legal protection. Many national
parks and wildlife sanctuaries were established
by various state governments and the central
government.
130
Several projects were announced for protecting
specific animals, e.g. Project Tiger. Project Tiger
was launched in 1973 to protect tigers from
becoming extinct.
6. Forests and wildlife are vital to the quality of
life and environment. This is because destruction
of forests and wildlife leads to
(a) Loss of cultural diversity – In addition to the
loss of flora and fauna in the forest; the communities
that depend on various forest produce suffer a lot.
(b) Impact on women – In almost all rural
societies women bear the responsibility to collect
fire wood, fodder and water. Depletion of these
resources makes them work much harder and the
tasks become more time taking. This often leads to
various health problems in them.
(c) Poverty – When the poor tribal population
fail to get their supplies of basic items , they have
to buy those by spending money which is in short
supply. Thus, greater economic pressure is created
on them.
7. (i) Since 1951, over 5000 sq km forest was
er
cleared for River Valley Projects.
at
(ii) Clearing of forests is still continuing with
projects like the Narmada Sagar Project in Madhya
ym
Pradesh which would inundate 40, 000 hectares of
forest.
(iii) Mining is another important factor behind
ud
deforestation.
8. Extinction of a particular animal or plant
st
species occurs when there are no more individuals
of that species alive anywhere in the world - the
ity
species has died out. This is a natural part of
evolution. But sometimes extinctions happen at a
al
much faster rate than usual.
qu
Depletion of biodiversity happens because of
(a) Cutting of forests for developing agriculture.
This leads to decline of habitat as well as prey for
@
the wild animals.
(b) River water development projects submerging
large forest areas.
(c) Development of roads and railway network.
(d) Hunting/Poaching of wild animals.
(e) Commercial plantation of certain trees at the
expense of other varieties.
(f) Pollution of water bodies and land areas.
9. There are five major reasons which are
responsible for depletion of flora and fauna in India:
(i) Agricultural expansion : After Independence
agricultural expansion became the major cause
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
of depletion of forest resources. Between 1951
and 1980, according to the Forest Survey of
India over 26,200 sq. km of forest area was
converted into agricultural land all over the India.
(ii) Mining : It is another major factor responsible
for deforestation, e.g. dolomite mining has
seriously threatened the Buxa Tiger Reserve in
West Bengal. This ongoing mining has disturbed
the natural habitat and blocked the migration
route of great Indian elephant.
am
(iii) Large-scale development projects : Since
1951, over 5000 sq km of forest was cleared for
River Valley Projects. Large hydro projects have
gr
inundated large forest areas.
(iv) Rapidly expanding industrial-urban
le
economy : It leads to huge consumption of forest
te
based product such as rubber, medicines, dyes,
fuel wood. This has increased the depletion of
l_
forest resources.
ia10. (a) The Chipko Movement is a good example
of community participation in conservation
program.
The Chipko movement was a forest conservation
movement where people embraced the trees to
prevent them from being cut. The first movements
date back to 1730 AD when in Khejarli village of
Rajasthan, 363 Bishnois sacrificed their lives to
save khejri trees. In modern India, it began in 1973
in Uttarakhand (then in Uttar Pradesh) and went
on to become a rallying point for many future
environmental movements all over the world.
(b) The Beej Bachao Andolan or BBA was started
in Jardhargaon in Tehri Garhwal to conserve
and promote indigenous seeds and agricultural
practices. It has its roots in the Chipko Movement.
Vijay Jardhari a farmer and social activist
realized that modern agriculture was destroying
traditional farming. He formed the BBA. He
decided to discontinue the cultivation of chemical
dependent seeds. He and his colleagues found out
about traditional varieties of seeds. They got to
know about a distinctive variety of red rice called
chardhan. Thapchini, jhumkiya, rikhwa and lal
basmati were other indigenous varieties.
They organized food marches, get-togethers and
meetings to create awareness about the importance
of protecting traditional seeds. BBA actively
promotes the use of traditional farming methods
like baranaja.
11. (i) Conservation of forests has been a part
of Indian culture and folklore and it has been
Forest and Wildlife
prevalent among the village communities since
ancient times.
(ii) Many tribal communities and other
government officials have raised their voice
towards protection of forests and wildlife in the
name of certain beliefs.
(iii) For example, the inhabitants of five villages in
Alwar district in Rajasthan have announced 1200
hectares of land as the Bhairodev Dakav ‘Sonchuri’
as protection of wildlife from hunting by anyone.
(iv) Some trees and animals were considered
sacred by certain communities which helped in
the species preservation of forests and wildlife.
For example, The Mundas and Santhals of Chhota
Nagpur worship mahua and kadamba trees. The
tribals of Odisha and Bihar worship tamarind, and
mango trees during weddings.
(v) Other trees like tulsi, neem and peepal are also
considered sacred. Certain animals like macaques
and langurs are found in some temples.
(vi) The Bishnoi tribes of Rajasthan played an
important role towards preservation of black
er
buck, nilgai and peacocks. Thus, conservation was
considered as an essential part of the community
at
and any damage caused to the trees and animals
had serious repercussions.
ym
12. Wildlife and forests must be conserved for the
following reasons :
ud
(a) Biodiversity persists in a particular region
because of forests so it is important to save a
different kind of species with the help of the forests.
st
(b) The ecological stability is completely
ity
dependent on the forests.
(c) Forests release pure air which is important for
al
human beings and keep a stable climatic condition
for human health.
qu
13. Biodiversity refers to diverse flora and fauna
that exist in a given area. Plants, animals and
@
human beings are interdependent. It is necessary
for human beings as we get fresh air, water, food,
etc., from them. Thus, the existence of human
beings depends on them. Biodiversity boosts
ecosystem productivity where each species, no
matter how small, all have an important role to play.
For example, a larger number of plant species
means a greater variety of crops. Greater species
diversity ensures natural sustainability for all life
forms. Healthy ecosystems can better withstand
and recover from a variety of disasters. And
131
so, while we dominate this planet, we still need
to preserve the diversity in wildlife.
Each species depends on the services provided
by other species to ensure survival. It is a type
of cooperation based on mutual survival that is
provided by a balanced eco system. That is why
when the ecosystem is disturbed survival of the
species becomes difficult.
14. Reasons for depletion of forest resources in
am
India are:
(i) Extensive use of forest products such as wood,
barks, leaves, rubber, medicines, dyes, food, fuel,
gr
fodder, manure etc.
(ii) Agricultural expansion, development of
le
railways, mining, commercial and social forestry.
(iii) Substantial forests in the tribal belts of
te
north-eastern states have been degraded by
shifting cultivation (Jhumming) or slash and burn
l_
agriculture.
ia(iv) Large scale developmental projects like
Narmada Sagar Project of Madhya Pradesh which
would inundate 40,000 hectares of forests.
(v) Mining is another important factor, as in the
Buxa Tiger Reserve in West Bengal is seriously
threatened by dolomite mining. It has disturbed
the natural habitat of many species and migration
route of animals, especially the great Indian Elephant.
15. The various steps taken to conserve the flora
and fauna of the country include:
(a) Implementation of the Indian Wildlife
Protection Act 1972.
(b) Desired control on deforestation and
implementing afforestation programs.
(c) Providing legal protection to animals by
bringing and implanting laws such as banning of
hunting and poaching.
(d) Spreading the awareness about the values of
forests and its flora and fauna among the public.
(e) Setting up of biosphere reserves; 18 Biosphere
Reserves have been set up in India. Providing
financial and technical assistance to many
botanical gardens.
(f) Implementation of specific focused projects
such as : Project Tiger, project Rhino, project Great
Indian Bustard and many other eco developmental
projects. 103 national parks, 530 Wildlife
sanctuaries and zoological gardens (Government
of India, July 2015) are setup to take care of natural
heritage.
 Chapter

3 Water Resources*

 Water Scarcity and The Need for Water  Multi-Purpose River Projects and Integrated
Conservation and Management Water Resources Management

am
 Rainwater Harvesting

gr
QUICK RECAP

le
Even though three-fourth of the world is covered be obtained directly from precipitation, surface

te
with water and water is a renewable resource, yet run off and groundwater. Is it possible that an area
countries and regions around the globe suffer from or region may have ample water resources but is

l_
water scarcity. Why is it predicted that by 2025, still facing water scarcity? Many of our cities are
nearly two billion people will live in absolute water such examples.
ia
scarcity? In recent times you would have heard ff Large growing population leads to – greater
er
about severe water crisis in the South African city demands for water for domestic use and
of Cape Town. to produce more food. Water resources are
at

over-exploited to expand irrigated areas. Dry-

Water: Some Facts and Figures
season agriculture also uses water during the
ym

ff Out of total volume of water on earth; 97.5%

lean season. Indiscriminate pumping of water
exists in oceans and seas.
from tube wells leads to falling groundwater
ff About 2.5% of total water is available as
ud

levels. This adversely affects water availability

freshwater.
and food security of the people in the long
ff 70% of total freshwater is present as frozen ice
st

run.
in icebergs and glaciers. ff The ever-increasing number of industries has
ity

ff A little less than 30% of total freshwater is made matters worse by exerting pressure on
stored as groundwater. existing freshwater resources. Industries, apart
al

ff India receives about 4% of global precipitation. from being heavy users of water, also require
ff India ranks 133rd in the world in terms of
qu

power to run them. Much of this energy

water availability per person per annum. comes from hydroelectric power. Today,
in India hydroelectric power contributes
@

ff The total renewable water resources in India

are estimated at 1,897 sq km per annum.
ff It is predicted that large parts of India will join
regions with absolute water scarcity; by 2025.
WATER SCARCITY AND THE NEED
FOR WATER CONSERVATION AND
MANAGEMENT
Where is the water scarcity likely to occur? As you
have read in the hydrological cycle, freshwater can
approximately 13.5% of the total electricity
produced ( as of 2017)
ff Multiplying urban centers with large and
dense populations and urban lifestyles have
added to water and energy requirements and
further aggravated the problem.
ff Most housing societies or colonies in the cities,
have their own groundwater pumping devices
to meet their water needs. In most cases

*The chapter ‘Water Resources’ to be assessed in the Periodic Tests only and will not be evaluated in Board Examination.
Water Resources
these are uncontrolled leading to depletion in
ground water levels.
ff In addition to the quantitative aspect the
qualitative aspect of water available to us is
very important. This scarcity may be due to
bad quality of water. Lately, there has been a
growing concern that even if there is ample
water to meet the needs of the people, much of
it may be polluted by domestic and industrial
wastes, chemicals, pesticides and fertilizers
used in agriculture, thus, making it hazardous
for human use.
India’s rivers, especially the smaller ones,
have all turned into toxic streams. And even
the big ones like the Ganga and Yamuna
are far from being pure. The assault on
India’s rivers – from population growth,
agricultural modernization, urbanization
ia
and industrialization – is enormous and
er
growing by the day. This entire life stands
threatened.
at
Source: The Citizens’ Fifth Report, CSE,
1999.
ym
ff Large scale deforestation has disturbed the
natural recharge of groundwater at many
ud
places. Construction of concrete buildings,
factories and roads has also made the ground
st
less impervious to rainwater. This has almost
totally stopped the percolation of rainwater to
ity
recharge groundwater.
ff Excess use of chemical fertilizers and
al
insecticides has contaminated groundwater
qu
at many places. The contamination is at such
a high level that water has become unfit for
@
human consumption.
ff Sewage and effluents are being discharged into
rivers and ponds; without being treated. This
has turned most of the rivers into filthy drains.
Water Resource Management
ff Our archaeological and historical records
show that from ancient times we have
been constructing sophisticated hydraulic
structures like dams built of stone rubble,
reservoirs or lakes, embankments and canals
for irrigation.
133
Hydraulic Structures in Ancient India
ff In the first century B.C., Sringaverapura near
Allahabad had sophisticated water harvesting
system channelling the flood water of the river
Ganga.
ff During the time of Chandragupta Maurya,
dams, lakes and irrigation systems were
extensively built.
am
ff Evidences of sophisticated irrigation works
have also been found in Kalinga, (Odisha),
Nagarjunakonda (Andhra Pradesh), Bennur
gr
(Karnataka), Kolhapur (Maharashtra), etc.
ff In the 11th Century, Bhopal Lake, one of the
le
largest artificial lakes of its time was built.
te
ff In the 14th Century, the tank in Hauz Khas,
Delhi was constructed by Iltutmish for
l_
supplying water to Siri Fort area.
MULTI-PURPOSE RIVER PROJECTS
AND INTEGRATED WATER RESOURCES
MANAGEMENT
ff Dams were traditionally built to restrain
rivers and store rainwater that could be used
later to irrigate agricultural fields. Today,
dams are built not just for irrigation but
for electricity generation, water supply for
domestic and industrial uses, flood control,
recreation, inland navigation and fish
breeding. Hence, dams are now referred to as
multi-purpose projects where the many uses
of the impounded water are integrated with
one another.
ff For example, in the Sutluj-Beas river basin,
the Bhakra – Nangal project water is being
used both for hydel power production and
irrigation. Similarly, the Hirakud project in
the Mahanadi basin integrates conservation of
water with flood control.
ff Multi-purpose projects, launched after
Independence with their integrated water
resources management approach, were
thought of as the vehicle that would lead
the nation to development and progress,
overcoming the handicap of its colonial
past. Jawaharlal Nehru proudly proclaimed
the dams as the ‘temples of modern India’;
134
the reason being that it would integrate
development of agriculture and the village
economy with rapid industrialization and
growth of the urban economy.
ff A dam is a barrier across flowing water
that obstructs, directs or retards the flow of
the river often creating a reservoir, lake or
impoundment.
ff “Dam” refers to the reservoir rather than the
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
which it is intended that water will flow either
intermittently or continuously.
ff Dams are classified according to structure,
intended purpose or height. Based on
structure and the materials used, dams are
classified as timber dams, embankment dams
or masonry dams, with several subtypes.
ff According to the height, dams can be
categorized as large dams and major dams

am
structure. Most dams have a section called or alternatively as low dams, medium height
a spillway or weir over which or through dams and high dams.

gr
Advantages Disadvantages of large dams

le
ff Flood Control ff Damming of rivers affect their natural flow causing poor sediment flow and

te
ff Production of excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir, and poorer habitat
hydroelectricity for the rivers’ aquatic life.

l_
ff Dams also fragment rivers making it difficult for aquatic fauna to migrate,
especially for spawning.
ia
ff Reservoirs created on the floodplains also submerge the existing vegetation
er
and soil leading to its decomposition.
at

ff Navigation ff Resistance to these projects (Narmada Bachao Andolan and Tehri Dam
ff Recreation Andolan) has primarily been due to the large-scale displacement of local
ym

ff Water supply communities.

ff Irrigation ff So, if the local people are not benefiting from such projects then who is
ud

benefited?
ff With abundance of water many farmers shifting to water intensive and
commercial crops. This has great ecological consequences like salinization
st

of the soil.
ity

ff It has transformed the social landscape i.e. increasing the social gap
between the richer landowners and the landless poor.
al
qu

RAINWATER HARVESTING particularly in Rajasthan.

In ancient India, there existed an extraordinary ff In the flood plains of Bengal, people developed
@

tradition of water-harvesting systems. People inundation channels to irrigate their fields.

knew about rainfall patterns and soil types
and developed different techniques to harvest
rainwater, groundwater, river water and flood
water depending on the local ecological conditions
and their water needs.
ff In hill and mountainous regions, people-built
diversion channels like the ‘guls’ or ‘kuls’ of
the Western Himalayas for agriculture.
ff ‘Rooftop rain water harvesting’ was
commonly practiced to store drinking water,
ff In arid and semi-arid regions, agricultural
fields were converted into rain fed storage
structures that allowed the water to stand and
moisten the soil like the ‘khadins’ in Jaisalmer
and ‘Johads’ in other parts of Rajasthan.
ff In dry regions of Rajasthan, particularly in
Bikaner, Phalodi and Barmer, almost all the
houses traditionally had underground tanks
or tankas for storing drinking water. It was a
part of the well-developed rooftop rainwater
Water Resources
harvesting system and were built inside the
main house or the courtyard. They were
connected to the sloping roofs of the houses
through a pipe. Rain falling on the rooftops
would travel down the pipe and was stored
in these underground ‘tankas’. Usually the
first spell of rain was not collected as this
would clean the roofs and the pipes. The
rainwater from the subsequent showers was
135
for rainwater harvesting. Roof top rain water
harvesting is the most common practice
in Shillong, Meghalaya. It is interesting
because Cherapunjee and Mawsynram are
just about 55 km from here and receive the
highest rainfall in the world yet the state
capital Shillong faces acute shortage of water.
Nearly every household in the city has a roof
top rain water harvesting structure. Nearly

am
then collected. Rainwater was stored in the 15-25 per cent of the total water requirement
tankas till the next rainy season. These were of the household comes from roof top water
a reliable source of drinking water when all harvesting.

gr
other sources are dried up, particularly in the Bamboo Drip irrigation System is also extensively
summers.

le
used in Meghalaya.
ff Rainwater, or palar pani, as commonly referred ff Tamil Nadu is the first state in India which

te
to in these parts, is considered the purest form has made roof top rainwater harvesting
of natural water. Many houses constructed

l_
structure compulsory to all the houses across
underground rooms adjoining the ‘tanka’ to the state. There are legal provisions to punish
beat the summer heat as it would keep the
ia the defaulters.
room cool. Most of the rainwater just flows off –– Roof top rain water is collected using a
er
without percolating down the ground. Waste
PVC pipe
of water can be prevented by using rainwater
at

–– Filtered using sand and bricks

harvesting. Rainwater can be collected for
future use or can be channelized to recharge –– Underground pipe takes water to a tank
ym

groundwater. Rooftop rainwater harvesting for immediate usage

is ideal to be applied at small scale. Many –– Excess water is taken to the well
ud

infrastructure projects; like Metro rail and –– Water from the well recharges the
flyovers have also started making provisions underground
st

Dam River Location - State

ity

1 Salal Project Chenab Jammu and Kashmir

al

2 Bhakra Nangal Sutlej Himachal Pradesh

qu

3 Tehri Bhagirathi Uttarakhand

@

4 Hirakud Mahanadi Odisha

5 Nagarjuna Sagar Krishna Andhra Pradesh, Telangana

6 Sardar Sarovar Narmada Gujarat

7 Rana Pratap Sagar Chambal Rajasthan

8 Tungabhadra Tungabhadra Karnataka

@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
Water Resources
Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions
Water Scarcity and The Need
for Water Conservation and
Management, Multi-Purpose River
Projects and Integrated Water
Resources Management, Rainwater
Harvesting
VSA (1 mark)
1. Name any one river valley project which
has significantly contributed to the loss of
forests.
 (Term-I 2014)
2. On which one of the following rivers Sardar
er
Sarovar Dam is built?
(a) River Kaveri (b) River Krishna
at
(c) River Narmada (d) River Satluj
ym
 (Term-I 2011)
3. What is the traditional system of rain water
ud
harvesting used in Rajasthan? (Delhi 2010)
SA (3 marks)
st
4. “Water scarcity may be an outcome of large
ity
and growing population in India.” Analyse the
al
statement. (Delhi 2019)
5. “Urbanisation has added to water scarcity.”
qu
Support the statement with arguments.
(AI 2019)
@
6. “Water harvesting system is an effective
measure to reduce the problem of water
scarcity.” Justify the statement. (AI 2019)
7. How has ever increasing number of industries
in India made worse position by exerting
pressure on existing fresh water resources?
Explain.  (2018)
8. "Water scarcity is on an increase day by day:"
Justify the statement citing three reasons.
(Term-I 2017)
137
9. Explain the working of underground tanks as
a part of rooftop rainwater harvesting system
practised in Rajasthan. (Term-I 2016)
10. "In recent years multipurpose projects and
large dams have come under scrutiny and
am
opposition". Explain why? (Term-I 2016)
11. Describe the working of the Roof Top
gr
Rainwater Harvesting being practised in
India. (Delhi 2016)
le
12. Mention any four main objectives of
te
multipurpose river valley projects. Name any
l_
two Multipurpose Project of India.
ia (Term-I 2015)
13. What is Bamboo Drip Irrigation? Mention
any two features of it.  (Term-I 2015)
14. How have Industrialization and urbanization
posed a great pressure on existing fresh water
resources in India? Explain with examples.
(Term-I 2015)
15. Why did Jawaharlal Nehru proclaim the dams
as the "temples of modern India"? Explain any
three reasons. (Term-I 2014)
16. List any three advantages and three
disadvantages of multipurpose river project.
(Term-I 2014)
17. Water scarcity in most cases is caused by
over-exploitation, excessive use and unequal
access to water among different social groups'.
Explain the meaning of the statement with the
help of examples. (Term-I 2014)
18. Describe any three traditional methods of
rainwater harvesting adopted in different
parts of India.  (Term-I 2012)
19. 'An area or region may have ample water
resources but is still facing water scarcity'.
Give any three arguments to support the
statement.
(Term-I 2012)
138
20. Highlight any three hydraulic structures
as part of water management programmes
intiated in ancient India along with the period
when they were built. (Term-I 2011)
21. Why is groundwater a highly overused
resource? (Term-I 2011)
LA (5 marks)
22. Describe the procedure for roof top rainwater
harvesting. (Term-I 2016)
23. Why is roof top water harvesting important in
Rajasthan? Explain.  (Term-I 2014)
Answers
1. Sardar Sarovar Dam
2. River Narmada
er
3. Taanka is a traditional rainwater harvesting
technique indigenous to the Thar desert region
at
of Rajasthan. A Taanka is a cylindrical paved
underground pit into which rainwater from
ym
rooftops, courtyards or artificially prepared
catchments accumulate for later use.
ud
4. A large population leads to greater demand
for water.
st
(i) A large population means more water not
only for domestic use but also to produce more
ity
food in various agricultural practices.
al
(ii) Most of the Indian cities are facing the
problem of water due to growing population. This
qu
happens because large amount of ground water is
pumped out in densely populated colonies. This
@
has drastically lowered the water table.
(iii) Large industries also makes huge demand on
water. Further industrial pollution often pollutes
the water bodies which further aggravates the
situation.
5. (a) It is true that urbanization has aggravated
water crisis in India. The urban centers support
large populations which increases the water
demand for personal uses.
(b) In the city housing societies or colonies have
their own groundwater pumping arrangements
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
24. Explain any four reasons responsible for water
scarcity in India.
 (Term-I 2015, Delhi 2010)
25. Why are different water harvesting systems
considered a viable alternative both socio-
economically and environmentally in a
country like India?
 (Term-I 2011,2010)
am
26. Describe any four traditional methods of rain
water harvesting adopted in different parts of
gr
India. (Term-I 2011)
le
te
l_
iato meet the water requirements. Thus, the water
resources are over-exploited.
(c) The urban centers also have many
largenumbers of industries. These industries use
a huge quantity of water and exert pressure on
the existing freshwater resources. Quite often the
industries also pollute the water resources.
6. Water is an essential item for human existence
but it is also one of the mostmisused commodities.
Through the passage of time, early societies
understood the importance and need for water and
planned their lives around it. Civilizations have
been born and lost on account of water. Today, we
have the advantage of this knowledge.
Rain is the primary source of water, but we get rain
only during the monsoon season in India during
the months of July, August and September. Even
in these three months it has been found that most
areas get about 80% of the annual rain in about just
24 days.
A large amount of this precious water just drains
away. The only way to save this water from wastage
is by rain water harvesting. In its simplest form
it involves storing the rain water in tanks, or by
making embankments etc. The different methods
of rain water harvesting used in India have been
as follows:
Water Resources
(a) Guls or Kuls in the Western Himalayas
(b) Rooftop rain water harvesting in Rajasthan
associated with tankas .Khadins in Jaisalmer
and Johads in other parts of Rajasthan were also
popular.
(c) Inundation channels in West Bengal
(d) In Meghalaya which gets copious rain, rain
water harvesting is commonly practiced.
(e) In modern civil construction and housing
societies provision for rain water harvesting
7. After independence, industries are increasing
at a rapid pace and have put pressure on existing
fresh water resources, fresh water is limited,
though renewable. In India, over-exploitation and
mismanagement of this resource by industries is
aggravating the water stress day-by-day.
(i) Industries especially heavy industries use
huge amount of fresh water, they also pollute and
ia
waste a large amount of water.
er
(ii) These industries often depend on
hydroelectric projects and this electricity is
at
generated through damming the rivers upstream.
So, the river almost dries in the lower stream areas.
ym
(iii) Industries dump the chemical waste in the
river, lake, etc. which then consequently pollute
ud
the water dangerously. These also contaminate the
groundwater through seepage of industrial wastes.
st
So, the increasing number of industries exert
pressure on existing fresh water resources.
ity
8. The reasons for water scarcity in India are :
al
(i) Seasonal and annual variation in precipitation.
(ii) Unequal access to water resources.
qu
(iii) Overexploitation of water resources or fresh
water bodies
@
(iv) Large and growing population resulting in
greater demand for water resources particularly in
cities.
A large population means, not only more water
is required for domestic use but also for higher
food grain productivity. This has led to over-
exploitation of water resources to expand irrigated
areas especially for dry season agriculture. It has
also contributed to falling ground water levels,
adversely affecting the water availability and food
security of the people.
139
(v) Multiplying urban areas with dense
population and modern life styles have created
an ever-increasing demand for water and energy
resources.
(vi) Pollution of water bodies due to discharge of
industrial effluents, use of pesticides, insecticides
and fertilizers in agriculture, make the river water
hazardous for human consumption.
9. (i) In semi-arid and arid regions of
am
Rajasthan almost all the houses traditionally had
underground tanks for storing drinking water.
gr
They are extremely reliable source of drinking
water when other sources dry up. Rain water is
le
considered the purest form of natural water.
te
(ii) The tanks can be as large as big rooms.
(iii) The tanks were part of the well-developed
l_
roof-top rainwater harvesting systems.
(iv) The tanks were built inside the main house or
the courtyard giving cooling effect to the rooms in
the summer.
(v) Those tanks were connected to the sloping
roofs of the houses by a pipe.
(vi) Rain falling on these rooftops would travel
down the pipe and get stored in these underground
tanks.
(vii) Usually first rain water is not collected as it
cleans the rooftop and get the pipe.
10. The various reasons why multipurpose
projects and large dams have come under scrutiny
and opposition is because of the following reasons.
They affect natural flow of running water:
(i) Hence, it causes excessive sedimentation at
the bottom of the reservoir.
(ii) It results in rockier stream beds.
(iii) They also fragment rivers making it difficult
for aquatic fauna to migrate, especially for
breeding.
Affect natural vegetation and soil :
(i) The reservoirs that are created on the
floodplains also submerge the existing vegetation
and soil leading to its decomposition over a period
of time.
(ii) The flood plains are deprived of silt, a natural
fertiliser, further adding on to the problem of land
degradation.
140
Create conflicts:
(i) The dams create conflicts between people
wanting different uses and benefits from the same
water resources.
(ii) Inter-state water disputes are also becoming
common with regard to sharing the costs and
benefits of the multi-purpose project.
Cause of many social movements:
(i) They have been a cause of many new social
movements like the ‘Narmada Bachao Andolan’
and the ‘Tehri Dam Andolan’ etc.
Displacement of people :
(i) They results in the large-scale displacement of
local communities.
(ii) Local people often had to give up their land,
livelihood for the project.
(iii) This leads to widening of the social gap
(iv) The local people are not benefiting from such
ia(b) The flow of water into the pipes is controlled
projects.
er
Failure to control flood :
(i) The dams that were constructed to control
at
floods have often triggered floods due to
sedimentation in the reservoir and at the time of
ym
excessive rainfall.
(ii) It was also observed that the multi-purpose
ud
projects induced earthquakes, caused waterborne
diseases.
st
Change in cropping pattern:
(i) Availability of irrigation has also changed the
ity
cropping pattern.
(ii) Farmers have shifted to water intensive and
al
commercial crops.
qu
(iii) This has great ecological consequences like
salinisation of the soil.
@
(iv) It has increased the social gap between the
richer landowners and the landless poor.
11. (i) Rooftop rainwater is collected using a
PVC pipe.
(ii) Collected water is filtered using sand and
bricks.
(iii) Underground pipe is used to take the water to
the tank for immediate usage.
(iv) Excess water from the tank is taken to the well.
(v) Water from the well recharges the
underground water.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
12. A project where many uses of the impounded
water are integrated with one another is known
as multipurpose project. It is built for irrigation,
power generation, water supply, flood control,
recreation, etc.
(a) Bhakra Nangal project
(b) Sardar Sarovar project
13. (i) Bamboo Drip irrigation system is a 200
years old system of tapping stream and spring
am
water by using bamboo pipe and transporting
water from higher to lower regions through
gr
gravity.
(ii) Features :
le
(a) 18-20 liters of water entres the bamboo pipe
te
system, get transported over hundreds of meters
and finally reduces to 20-80 drops per minute at
l_
the site of the plants.
by manipulating the pipe positions.
14. Post independence India witnessed intensive
industrialisation and urbanisation.
(i) Arrival of MNC's : Apart from fresh water
they required electricity which comes from
hydroelectric power.
(ii) Multiplying urban centers with large and
dense population and urban life styles have only
added to water and energy requirements, which
has further aggravated the problem.
(iii) Large-scale migration from rural to urban
areas is causing over exploitation of water
resources.
15. Jawaharlal Nehru proclaimed the dams as the
"temples of modern India" because :
(i) They eliminate or reduce flooding
(ii) Provide water for agriculture.
(iii) Provide water for human and industrial
consumption.
(iv) Provide hydroelectricity for houses and
industries.
16. Advantages :
(i) These are an important source of power
generation.
(ii) They provide us pollution free and economical
energy which is the backbone of industry and
agriculture.
Water Resources
(iii) These projects control the floods because
water can be stored in them. These projects have
converted many, rivers of sorrows into rivers of
boon.
(iv) These projects are the main source of
irrigation and also help in conserving soil.
Disadvantages.:
(i) Due to the construction of dams there are no
adequate floods in the river. Because of this, the
soil of the downstream regions do not get nutrient
rich silt.
(ii) Dams also fragment rivers making it difficult
for aquatic fauna to migrate for spawning.
(iii) It result in displacement of local communities.
The Local people often have to given up their land
and livelihood and their meagre access and control
over resources.
17. The given statement means that most often
ia
over exploitation of water resources leads to water
er
scarcity. An important example is growing of crops
in dry season with the help of ground water. This
at
had led to severe depletion of ground water levels
in different parts of the country.
ym
Distribution of water in terms of precipitation and
availability through other sources is quite uneven.
ud
For example annual precipitation in Mawsynram,
Meghalaya, is, 11,873 mm while annual rain
st
in Jodhpur Rajasthan is less than 100 mm. The
uneven rainfall creates its own problems. Where
ity
as in areas of scarcity people try to save every bit of
precipitation, a lot of water in areas of heavy rain
al
goes waste.
qu
18. (i) In hilly and mountainous regions, people
build diversion channels like 'gul' or 'kul' in eastern
@
Himalaya for agriculture.
(ii) Roof-top rainwater harvesting was commonly
practised to store drinking water particularly in
Rajasthan.
(iii) In semi-arid regions agricultural fields are
converted into rainfed storage structures that
allow the water to stand and moist the soil.
19. Many of our cities face this problem; they
have adequate supply of water but much of it is
unfit for consumption. Many of our cities are on
rive banks, but the river water is no longer suitable
141
for consumption because of the toxic wastes it
receives.
This is also seen in many hilly areas where rain
water is not adequately conserved.
20. Sophisticated hydraulic structures like
dams build of stone rubble, reservoirs of lakes,
embankments and canals for irrigation were built
in various regions of the country.
am
(i) A sophisticated water harvesting system
channelling the flood water of river Ganga was
build at Sringaverapura near Allahabad in the first
gr
century B.C.
(ii) Nagarjunakonda in Andhra Pradesh, Bennur
le
in Karnataka, Kolhpur in Maharashtra and Kalinga
te
in Odisha have evidences of irrigation structures.
(iii) In the 11th century, Bhopal Lake, one of the
l_
largest artificial lakes of its time was built.
(iv) The tank in Hauz Khas, Delhi was constructed
by Iltutmish in the 14th century to supply water to
the Siri Fort Area.
21. Groundwater is a highly overused resource
because of the following reasons:
(i) Due to large and growing population and
consequent greater demands for water and unequal
access to it.
(ii) To facilitate higher food grain production for
large population,water resources are being over
exploited to expand irrigated areas and dry season
agriculture.
(iii) In the housing societies or colonies in the
cities, there is an arrangement of ground water
pumping devices to meet water needs. Often this
is over exploited.
22. Refer to answer 11.
23. Roof top water harvesting is important in
Rajasthan because :
(i) It provides a good source of drinking water.
(ii) The rainwater can be stored in the tanks till
the next rainfall, making it an extremely reliable
source of drinking water when all other sources
are dried up, particularly in the summers.
(iii) Rainwater, or palar pani, as commonly
referred to in these parts, is considered the purest
form of natural water.
142
(iv) Many houses construct underground rooms
adjoining the tanks' to beat the summer heat as it
keeps the room cool.
(v) Some houses still maintain the tanks since
they do not like the taste of tap water.
24. (i) The availability of water resources varies
over space and time, mainly due to the variations
in seasonal and annual precipitation.
(ii) Over-exploitation, excessive use and unequal
access to water among different social groups land
and livelihood and their meagre access and control
over resources for the greater need of the nation. Also,
Refer to answer 17.
25. Keeping into view the disadvantages and
rising resistance against the multi-purpose
projects, water harvesting system is considered a
viable alternative both socio-economically and
environmentally.
(i) In ancient India also along with the
sophisticated hydraulic structures, there existed
er
and extra-ordinary tradition of various water
at
harvesting systems.
(ii) People adopted different techniques in
ym
different areas. In hilly regions people build
diversion channels like the 'guls' or 'Kuls' for
agriculture.
ud
(iii) Roof-top rain water harvesting was commonly
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
practised to store drinking water, particularly in
Rajasthan.
(iv) In the flood plains of Bengal, people
developed inundation channels to irrigate their
fields. Khadins, Johads and Tanks are the forms of
rain water harvesting practised in Rajasthan.
26. Methods of rain water harvesting used in
India are :
(i) Guls and Kuls : People built guls and kuls in
am
hilly and mountainous regions to divert water.
These are simple channels. They are mainly used
gr
in the Western Himalayas.
(ii) Roof top rain water harvesting : Commonly
le
practised to store drinking water in Rajasthan.
te
(iii) Inundation Channels : These channels
developed in the flood plains of Bengal to irrigate
l_
fields.
ia(iv) Khadins and Johads : In arid and semi-arid
regions, some agricultural fields were converted
into rain fed storage structures. These structures
are found in Rajasthan.
(v) Tankas : The tankas were build inside the
house or the courtyard. They were connected to
the sloping roofs of the houses through a pipe.
Rain falling on the rooftops would travel down the
pipe and was stored in these underground tanks'.
The rainwater was stored in the tankas.
 Chapter

4 Agriculture

 Types of Farming  Technological and Institutional Reforms

am
 Cropping Pattern  Impact of Globalization on Agriculture
 Major Crops

gr
QUICK RECAP

le
te
India is an agriculturally important country. is used in this type of farming. The farming
While about half of its workforce is engaged in mainly depends on monsoon and natural

l_
agriculture and allied activities, it contributes 17% fertility of soil. Crops are grown as per the
to the national GDP. But employs 53% of the work suitability of the environmental condition.
ia
force. It plays a significant role in the overall socio- This is also called  ‘slash and burn’  agriculture. A
er
economic fabric of India. Agriculture is a primary patch of land is cleared by slashing the vegetation
activity, which produces most of the food that we and then the slashed plants are burnt. The ash
at

consume. Besides food grains, it also produces raw obtained is mixed with the soil and crops are
materials for various industries.
ym

grown.
TYPES OF FARMING IN INDIA This type of farming produces just enough crops
ff Over the years, cultivation methods have to sustain the family. After a couple of seasons,
ud

changed significantly in India. It greatly the patch is left fallow and a new patch of land is
depends upon the characteristics of physical prepared for farming. This allows the earlier patch
st

environment, technological know-how of land to replenish its fertility through the natural
ity

and socio-cultural practices. The following process. Although there are different names for
farming systems are practiced in India in slash and burn farming in different regions of
al

different regions. India, the name 'Jhum Cultivation' or Jhuming

ff Primitive Subsistence Farming : This type of is commonly used in this context. The following
qu

farming is practiced on small patches of land. table shows various names for slash and burn
Primitive tools and family/community labor farming in different countries.
@

Different Names of Slash and Burn Farming

Name Regions of India Name In other Countries

Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram Milpa Mexico and Central America
Jhumming
and Nagaland
Pamlou Manipur Conuco Venezuela
Bastar (Chhattisgarh) and Roca Brazil
Dipa
Andaman & Nicobar Islands
Bewar or Dahiya Madhya Pradesh Masole Central Africa
144
Podu or Penda Andhra Pradesh
Pama Dabi or Koman
Odisha
or Bringa
Kumara Western Ghats
Valre or Waltre South eastern Rajasthan
Khil Himalayan belt
Kuruwa Jharkhand
Intensive Subsistence Farming
ff This type of farming is practiced in densely
populated areas. Because of inheritance laws
as land holdings become smaller, more people
become dependent on smaller land holdings.
This kind of farming involves high degree
of use of biochemical inputs and irrigation.
It is labor-intensive farming, and gives good
agricultural output.
ff Problems of Intensive Farming : Division
er
of land through successive generation leads
to plot size getting smaller and smaller. This
at
makes it impossible to properly manage the
farm inputs. Moreover, large-scale farming is
ym
not possible in that case.
Intensive and Extensive Farming : The basic
ud
difference between these two types of farming is the
amount of production per unit of land. Extensive
farming is seen in countries such as USA, Canada,
st
and Russia. In India, we do not practice extensive
ity
cultivation. When large patches of land are used for
cultivation, it is called extensive farming. Here, total
al
production may be high due to larger area but per
unit production is low. Intensive Farming records
qu
high production per unit of land. Best example of
intensive cultivation is seen in Japan. In India good
@
intensive farming is seen in Kerala.
Commercial Farming
ff In commercial farming most of the produce
is sold in the market to earn money (as
opposed to subsistence farming). In this
system, farmers use inputs like irrigation,
chemical fertilizers, insecticides, pesticides
and high yielding varieties of seeds etc.
Some of the major commercial crops grown
in different parts of India are cotton, jute,
sugarcane, groundnut etc. Rice farming in
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Ladang Indonesia
Ray Vietnam
am
Haryana is mainly for commercial purpose as
people of this area are predominantly wheat
gr
eaters. However, in East and North-Eastern
states of India, rice cultivation would be
le
largely of subsistence type.
ff Punjab, Haryana, Western UP and some
te
parts of Maharashtra are the areas where
l_
commercial farming is done on large scale.
ia However, this type of farming is also done in
many other states; like Bihar, West Bengal,
Tamil Nadu, etc.
ff Plantation:  In this type of farming, a single
crop is grown on a large area. Plantation
requires large capital and a large number
of workers. Most of the produce from a
plantation is for sale and used in various
industries. Tea, coffee, rubber, sugarcane,
banana, etc., are important plantation crops.
Tea is mainly produced in the tea gardens of
Assam and North Bengal, coffee is produced
in Tamil Nadu, and banana is produced in
Bihar and Maharashtra.
ff Many of these crops were introduced in
India by the British. Plantation requires a
well-developed network of transport and
communication, processing industries and a
good market.
ff Mixed Farming : It is a practice in which
both growing of crops and rearing of animals
are carried on simultaneously. The farmers
engaged in mixed farming are economically
well off, than others.
CROPPING PATTERN
India has three cropping seasons — rabi, kharif
and zaid.
ff Rabi: Rabi crops are also known as winter
crops. They are sown from October to
December and harvested from April to June.
Agriculture
Wheat, barley, pea, gram and mustard are
the important rabi crops. Punjab, Haryana,
Himachal Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir,
Uttarakhand and Uttar Pradesh are the
important producers of rabi crops. Availability
of precipitation during winter months due to
the western temperate cyclones helps in the
success of these crops. However, the success
of the green revolution in Punjab, Haryana,
western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan
has also been an important factor in the
growth of the above mentioned rabi crops.
Green Revolution : It stands for a major
technological breakthrough in India based on
(i) improved seeds of high yielding varieties,
(ii) adequate and assured supply of water for
irrigation, and (iii) increased and appropriate
application of chemical fertilizers for increasing
agricultural production.
White Revolution : It stands for remarkable
er
increase in milk production and establishment
of a national milk grid, removing regional and
at
seasonal imbalances. Among the technological
ym
inputs are
(i) cross breeding of indigenous cows with high
milk yielding European breed;
ud
(ii) pasteurization of milk for keeping it
unspoiled for a longer duration;
st
(iii) collection of quality milk from members in
ity
rural areas;
(iv) refrigerated transport system which helps in
al
sending milk to far off metropolitan centers
both by road and rail.
qu
Blue Revolution : It refers to big rise in catching
of fresh water and marine fish.
@
Yellow Revolution : It refers to remarkably
steady and assured supply of poultry products.
Pink Revolution : It refers to a considerable
rise in the production of quantity of apples
particularly in the states of Himachal Pradesh
and J&K.
ff Kharif : Kharif crops are also known as
summer crops. They are sown at the beginning
of monsoon and harvested in September-
October. Paddy, maize, jowar, bajra, tur,
moong, urad, cotton, jute, groundnut and
145
soybean are important kharif crops. Assam,
West Bengal, coastal regions of Odisha Andhra
Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Maharashtra,
Uttar Pradesh and Bihar are important rice
growing states. In Assam, West Bengal and
Odisha; three crops of paddy are grown in a
year. These are called Aus, Aman and Boro.
ff Zaid : The zaid season falls in between the rabi
and kharif seasons. Watermelon, muskmelon,
am
cucumber, vegetables and fodder crops are
some of the crops grown in this season.
Sugarcane is planted in this season but takes
gr
almost a year to grow.
le
MAJOR CROPS
ff Rice : India is the second largest producer of
te
rice after China. Rice is the most important
l_
food crop of India. It is a Kharif crop. It covers
iaabout one third of total cultivated area of the
country and provides food to more than half
of the Indian population.
Conditions for rice (paddy) cultivation are as
follows:
(a) Temperature : Rice requires hot and
humid conditions. The temperature
should be fairly high between 22°C to
32°C.
(b) Rainfall : Rainfall ranging between 150-
300 cm is suitable. In Punjab, Haryana
and Western Uttar Pradesh where rainfall
is less than 100 cm, rice is cultivated with
the help of irrigation.
(c) Soil : Rice is grown in varied soil
conditions but deep clayey and loamy
soil provides the ideal conditions. Rice is
primarily grown in plains. It is also grown
below sea level at Kuttinad (Kerala), hill
terraces of north eastern part of India and
valleys of Kashmir.
(d) Labour : Rice cultivation requires a lot
of labor. Nowadays mechanization is also
applied.
(e) The main rice producing states are
Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, Andhra
Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, Uttarakhand,
Chhattisgarh, Punjab, Odisha, Uttar
Pradesh, Karnataka, Assam and
146
Maharashtra. It is also grown in Haryana,
Madhya Pradesh, Kerala, Gujarat and
Kashmir Valley.
ff Wheat : Wheat is the main food crop in north
and north-western parts of India. For most
of India, wheat is the second most important
food crop next to rice. It is a Rabi or winter
crop. It is sown in the beginning of winter
and harvested in the beginning of summer.
Normally (in north India) the sowing of wheat
begins in the month of October-November
and harvesting is done in the month of March-
April. This is the staple food of millions of
people particularly in the northern and north-
western regions of India. Condition needed
for growing wheat are as :
(a) Temperature : It requires cool climate.
The ideal temperature is between 10°C
to 15°C at the time of sowing and 21°C
to 26°C at the time of ripening and
ia
harvesting.
er
(b) Rainfall : Wheat thrives well in areas
at
receiving annual rainfall of about 75cm.
Annual rainfall of about 100cm is the
ym
upper limit for wheat cultivation. Wheat
can also be grown by irrigation method
in areas where rainfall is less than
ud
75cm. Frost at the time of flowering and
hailstorm at the time of ripening can
st
cause heavy damage to the wheat crop.
(c) Soil : Although wheat can be grown in
ity
a variety of soils but well drained fertile
loamy and clayey loamy soil is best suited
al
for wheat cultivation.
qu
(d) Labour : Wheat cultivation can be very
mechanized and requires less labour.
@
(e) Distribution : The main regions of wheat
production in India are U.P., Punjab,
Haryana, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh,
Bihar, Gujarat and Maharashtra.
ff Millets :  Jowar, bajra and ragi are the
important millets grown in India. Millets
are known as coarse grains, but they have
very high nutritional value. These are short
duration warm weather crops used for both
food and fodder. These are kharif crops. These
are sown in May-August and harvested in
October-November.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
ff Jowar : Maharashtra is the largest producer
of jowar; followed by Karnataka, Andhra
Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh. Jowar grows in
moist areas and hardly needs irrigation.
ff Bajra : Bajra grows well on sandy soil and
shallow black soil. Rajasthan is the largest
producer of bajra; followed by Uttar Pradesh,
Maharashtra, Gujarat and Haryana.
ff Ragi : Ragi grows in dry regions on red,
am
black, sandy loamy and shallow black soils.
Karnataka is the largest producer of ragi;
followed by Tamil Nadu.
gr
Conditions needed for growing these crops
le
are as follows:
(a) Temperature : These crops are grown
te
where the temperature is high which
ranges between 27°C to 32°C.
l_
(b) Rainfall : As mentioned earlier that
millets are ‘dry land crops’, therefore,
rainfall ranging from 50 to 100cm is ideal
for their cultivation.
(c) Soil : Millets are less sensitive to soil
deficiencies. They can be grown in inferior
alluvial or loamy soil.
(d) Distribution : Jowar and bajra, are grown
in Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat, Rajasthan,
Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu,
Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, Haryana and
Punjab. Ragi is generally concentrated
in the southern India i.e. Tamil Nadu,
Karnataka, Telangana and Andhra
Pradesh.
ff Maize : Maize is used both as food and fodder.
It grows well in old alluvial soil and requires
a temperature range of 21°-27°C. Karnataka,
Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Andhra Pradesh and
Madhya Pradesh are the major maize-
producing states.
In some states like Bihar maize is grown in
rabi season also. Use of modern inputs such
as HYV seeds, fertilizers and irrigation have
contributed to the increasing production of
maize. We must know that India produces a
fraction of world maize production.
ff Pulses : India is the largest producer of pulses
in the world. It is also the largest consumer
of pulses. Pulses are usually produced in
Agriculture
rotation with other crops. UP, MP, Rajasthan
and Karnataka are the major pulse-producing
states. Major pulses that are grown in India
are tur (arhar), urad, moong, masur, peas and
gram.
ff Sugarcane : Sugarcane needs hot and humid
climate. India is the second largest producer
of sugarcane after Brazil . Uttar Pradesh,
Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Andhra
Pradesh, Bihar, Punjab and Haryana are major
sugar producing states.
Sugarcane belongs to bamboo family of plants
and is indigenous to India. It is a Kharif
crop. It is the main source of sugar, gur and
khandsari. It also provides raw material for
the manufacturing of alcohol. Bagasse, the
crushed cane residue, has also multiple uses.
It is used for manufacturing of paper. It is also
an efficient substitute for petroleum products
ia
and a host of other chemical products. A part
er
of it is also used as fodder.
Conditions required for growing sugarcane
at
are as follows:
(a) Temperature : It requires hot and humid
ym
climate with an average temperature of
21°C to 27°C.
ud
(b) Rainfall : 75-100 cm rainfall is favorable.
Irrigation is required in those areas where
st
rainfall is less than the prescribed limit.
(c) Soil : It can grow in a variety of soils. In
ity
fact, sugarcane can tolerate any kind of
soil that can retain moisture. But deep rich
al
loamy soil is ideal for its growth. The soil
qu
should be rich in nitrogen, calcium and
phosphorous. It should not be too acidic
or alkaline. Flat, plain areas are good for
@
sugarcane cultivation because it facilitates
irrigation . Sugarcane cultivation requires
heavy application of manures and
fertilizers because it exhausts the fertility
of soils quickly and extensively.
(d) Labor : It is a labor orientated cultivation .
(e) Distribution : India has the largest area
under sugarcane cultivation in the world.
The three important regions are -
(i) The Sutlej-Ganga plain from Punjab
to Bihar containing 51% of the total
147
area and 60% of the country’s total
production.
(ii) The black soil belt from Maharashtra
to Tamil Nadu along the eastern
slopes of the Western Ghats.
(iii) Coastal Andhra Pradesh and Krishna
river valley.
ff Oilseeds :  India is the largest producer of
oilseeds in the world. Groundnut, mustard,
am
coconut, sesame, soya bean, castor, cotton
seeds, linseed and sunflower are the main
oilseeds grown in India.
gr
Different oil seeds are grown covering
le
approximately 12 per cent of the total cropped
area of the country.
te
Most of these are edible and used as cooking
l_
mediums. However, some of these are also
used as raw material in the production of
soap, cosmetics and ointments.
XX Groundnut is a kharif crop (for 90 to 95%
areas and rabi crop for the rest) and accounts
for about half of the oilseeds produced in the
country. States where groundnut is cultivated
are Gujarat, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, Andhra
Pradesh, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh,
Maharashtra, West Bengal and Telangana.
Linseed and mustard are rabi crops. Sesame is
a kharif crop in north and rabi crop in south
India. Castor seed is grown both as rabi and
kharif crop.
Conditions required for groundnut cultivation
are as follows:
(a) Temperature : It grows best in the
tropical climate and requires 20°C to 30°C
temperature.
(b) Rainfall : 50-75 cm rainfall is favorable
for groundnut cultivation. It is highly
susceptible to frost, prolonged drought,
continuous rain and stagnant water.
Therefore, dry winter is needed at the
time of ripening.
(c) Soil : Well drained light sandy loams, red,
yellow and black soils are well suited for
its cultivation.
(d) Distribution : It is the most important
oilseed of India. India is the largest
producer of groundnut in the world.
148
ff Tea : Tea cultivation is plantation agriculture.
It is one of the popular beverage crops
introduced in India initially by the British.
Today however, most of the tea plantations are
owned by Indians.
ff Tea is processed within the tea garden to
restore its freshness. Major tea producing
states are Assam, West Bengal, Tamil Nadu
and Kerala. Apart from these, Himachal
Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Meghalaya, Andhra
Pradesh and Tripura are also tea-producing
states in the country. India is the second
largest producer of tea after China. Other tea
producing countries include Kenya, Sri Lanka,
Turkey, Vietnam, Indonesia etc.
ff Tea is made from tender leaves of tea plants by
processing them.
ff Conditions needed for the cultivation of tea
are as follows:
ia
(a) Temperature : It requires hot and wet
er
climate. The ideal temperature for the
growth of tea bushes and leaf varies
at
between 20°C to 30°C. Temperatures
ym
below 10°C and over 35°C, can harm the
tea bushes.
(b) Rainfall : Tea requires a good amount
ud
of rainfall ranging between 150-300 cm
and the annual rainfall should be well
st
distributed throughout the year. Long dry
ity
spell is harmful for tea.
(c) Soil : Tea bush grows well in well drained,
al
deep, loamy soil. However, virgin forest
soils rich in humus and iron content are
qu
considered to be the best soils for the tea
plantation. Tea is a shade loving plant and
@
grows better when planted along with
shady trees.
(d) Labor : Cheap and efficient labor is
required for tea production.
ff Coffee : Coffee is also grown in plantations.
Initially, the Arabica variety was brought from
Yemen and produced in India. The cultivation
of coffee was initially introduced on the Baba
Budan Hills. Even today its cultivation is
confined to the Nilgiri in Karnataka, Kerala
and Tamil Nadu. Karnataka accounts for 70%
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
of the coffee produced in India. Now, both
Arabica and Robusta varieties are grown in
India.
India is the 7th largest coffee producing
country in the world. Indian coffee is known
in the world for its good quality.
Indian coffee is said to be the finest coffee
grown in the shade rather than direct sunlight
am
anywhere in the world.  There are about
250,000 coffee growers in the country; 98% of
them are small growers.
gr
Conditions required for cultivation of coffee
are as follows:
le
(a) Temperature : It requires hot and humid
te
climate with temperature varying between
15°C and 28°C. It is generally grown
l_
under shady trees. Therefore, strong sun
shine, high temperature above 30°C,
frost and snowfall are harmful for coffee
cultivation. Dry weather is necessary at
the time of ripening of berries.
(b) Rainfall : Rainfall between 150 to 250 cm
is favorable for coffee cultivation.
(c) Soil : Well drained, rich loamy soil
containing good deal of humus and
minerals like iron and calcium are ideal
for coffee cultivation. The soil must be
properly manured to retain and replenish
fertility and to increase productivity.
(d) Labor : Like tea, coffee cultivation also
requires plenty of cheap and skilled
labor for various purposes like sowing,
transplanting, pruning, plucking, dying,
grading and packing of coffee.
(e) Distribution : Karnataka, Kerala and
Tamil Nadu are the main states of coffee
production in India.
Horticulture Crops
ff India is the second largest producer of fruits
and vegetables in the world. India is a producer
of tropical as well as temperate fruits.
ff Mangoes are grown in Maharashtra, Andhra
Pradesh, Telangana, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and
West Bengal.
ff Oranges are grown in Nagpur and Cherrapunji
(Meghalaya).
Agriculture
ff Bananas are grown in Kerala, Mizoram,
Maharashtra, Bihar and Tamil Nadu.
ff Lichi and guava are grown in Uttar Pradesh
and Bihar.
ff Pineapples are grown in Meghalaya, grapes in
Andhra Pradesh, Telangana and Maharashtra
and apples, pears, apricots and walnuts are
grown in Jammu and Kashmir and Himachal
Pradesh.
Cotton is basically a kharif crop and grown in
149
material for the cotton textile industry; the
seeds are used to produce oil and oil cakes.
India is the second -largest producer of cotton
in the world (2014/15). The crop requires 6 to
8 months to mature. Maharashtra, Gujarat,
Madhya Pradesh, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh,
Tamil Nadu, Punjab, Haryana and Uttar
Pradesh are the main cotton producing states.

am
ff Indian fruits have good demand domestically
and internationally. tropical and sub-tropical areas. Some of the
ff India produces about 13% of the world’s conditions required for its cultivation are as

gr
vegetables. It is an important producer of pea, follows:
cauliflower, onion, cabbage, tomato, brinjal (a) Temperature : Cotton is the crop of

le
and potato. tropical and sub-tropical areas and

te
Non-Food Crops requires uniformly high temperature
ff Rubber :  Rubber is a crop of equatorial varying between 21°C and 30°C.

region but it is also grown in tropical and
subtropical regions. It needs moist and humid ia
climate with rainfall more than 200 cm. A
temperature range above 25°C is required for
er
rubber plantation. In India, rubber is mainly
at
l_
(b) Rainfall : It grows mostly in the areas
having at least 210 frost free days in a year.
It requires modest amount of rainfall of 50
to 100cm. However, cotton is successfully
grown with the help of irrigation in the

grown in Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka and areas where rainfall is less than 50 cm.
Andaman & Nicobar Islands and also in the High amount of rainfall in the beginning
ym

Garo hills of Meghalaya. India is the fifth and sunny and dry weather at the time of
largest rubber producer in the world. ripening are very useful for a good crop.
4.1% 62.2%
ud

4.7% (c) Soil : Cotton cultivation is very closely

Dipped Others auto Tyres
4% Goods and Tubes related to Black soils of Deccan and
Latex Form
st

Malwa plateau. However, it also grows

4.6%
well in alluvial soils of the Sutlej-Ganga
ity

Belts and Hoses

6.6% plain and red and laterite soils of the
Foot wears peninsular region.
al

4.6% (d) Labor : As picking of cotton has not been

qu

Camel Back made mechanized till now, therefore a lot

9.2 of cheap and efficient labor is required at
Cycle Tyres the time of picking.
@

and Tubes
ff Jute : It is known as the golden fiber. Jute grows
Fiber crops
ff Cotton, jute, hemp and natural silk are the
four major fiber crops grown in India. The
first three are derived from the crops grown
in the soil, silk is obtained from cocoons of
the silkworms fed on green leaves specially
mulberry. Rearing of silk worms for the
production of silk fiber is known as sericulture.
ff Cotton : Cotton is the most important fiber
crop in the world. It not only provides raw
well on well-drained fertile soils in the flood
plains where soils are renewed every year.
High temperature is required during the time
of growth. West Bengal, Bihar, Assam, Odisha
and Meghalaya are the major jute producing
states. It is used in making gunny bags, mats,
ropes, yarn, carpets and other artefacts. Due
to its high cost, it is losing market to synthetic
fibers and packing materials, particularly the
nylon.
150
However, we must know that it is an eco-
friendly fiber unlike synthetic fibers. Jute is
also being tried in textiles.
TECHNOLOGICAL AND INSTITUTIONAL
REFORMS
ff There have been various improvements and
reforms tat have led to increased productivity
in various fields. These include introduction
of technology, better agricultural practices,
availability of better seeds, fertilizers,
pesticides and facilities of irrigation etc.
ff There have been certain institutional
reforms since independence. These include
collectivization, consolidation of holdings,
cooperation and abolition of zamindari, etc.
‘Land reform’ was the main focus of our First
Five Year Plan. The right of inheritance had
already led to fragmentation of land holdings
necessitating the laws of land reforms.
ia
ff The Government of India embarked upon
er
introducing agricultural reforms to improve
Indian agriculture in the 1960s and 1970s.
at
The Green Revolution based on the use
ym
of package technology and the White
Revolution (Operation Flood) were some
of the strategies initiated to improve the lot
ud
of Indian agriculture. But, this too led to
the concentration of development in few
st
selected areas. Therefore, in the 1980s and
ity
1990s, a comprehensive land development
program was initiated, which included both
al
institutional and technical reforms. The
various initiatives are summarized as follows:
qu
IMPACT OF GLOBALIZATION ON
@
AGRICULTURE
ff Globalization has always been there in some
form. It was there at the time of 19th century
colonization.
th
–– In the 19 century Indian spices were an
important trading item with European
traders. Indian spices were exported
to different countries of the world and
farmers of south India were encouraged
to grow these crops. Even today it is one
of the important items of export from
India.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
–– During the British period cotton was
exported to Britain as a raw material for
their textile industries. Cotton textile
industry in Manchester and Liverpool
flourished due to the availability of good
quality cotton from India.
–– Indigo was another item that the textile
factories in England needed in large
quantities. The Champaran movement
am
which started in 1917 in Bihar was
because farmers of that region were
forced to grow indigo on their land. They
gr
were unable to grow food grains to sustain
their families.
le
ff Due to globalization, particularly after 1990,
te
the farmers in India have been exposed to new
challenges. Even though we are significant
l_
producer of rice, cotton, rubber, tea, coffee,
jute and spices our agricultural products
are not able to compete with the developed
countries because of the highly subsidized
agriculture in those countries.
–– To make agriculture successful and
profitable, proper thrust should be given
to the improvement of the condition of
marginal and small farmers.
–– The promises of the green revolution are
under controversies. It is being alleged
that it has caused land degradation due
to overuse of chemicals. It has led to
drying of aquifers and destruction of
biodiversity.
–– The keyword today is “gene revolution”.
Which includes genetic engineering.
Genetic engineering is recognized as a
powerful supplement in inventing new
hybrid varieties of seeds.
–– Another important segment that
has developed is organic farming.
Organic farming is much in demand
today because it is practiced without
factorybmade chemicals such as fertilizers
and pesticides. Hence, it does not affect
environment in a negative manner and
the food is also healthier.
–– The bane of Indian agriculture has been
that Indian farmers have very small
Agriculture
land holdings. India’s rural population is
about 600 million which depends upon
250 million (approximate) hectares of
agricultural land, an average of less than
half a hectare per person.
–– It has been suggested that Indian
farmers should diversify their cropping
pattern from cereals to high-value
crops. This will increase incomes and
151
like jatropha and jojoba need much less
irrigation than rice or sugarcane. India’s
diverse climate can be harnessed to grow
a wide range of high-value crops.
–– However, this may mean that we will
export high value products and import
cereals. As some of the successful
economies like Italy, Israel and Chile do.
These countries exports farm products

am
reduce environmental degradation (fruits, olives, specialty seeds and wine)
simultaneously. Fruits, medicinal herbs, and import cereals. Are we ready to take
flowers, vegetables, bio-diesel crops this risk? Debate the issue.

gr
Government Initiatives

le
Technological Institutional

te
ff Green revolution 1960s -1970s ff Collectivization

l_
ff White revolution 1970s ff Consolidation of land holdings
ff Comprehensive land development program 1980s -1990s ff Abolition of Zamindari
ia
ff Minimum support price, remunerative and procurement
price to avoid exploitation from middle men.
er
ff Crop Insurance against natural calamities such as drought, ff Land reforms
at

floods, fire disease etc.

ym

ff Grameen bank and micro finance

ff Kisan Credit Card (KCC)
ff Personal Accident Insurance Scheme (PAIS)
ud

ff Radio and TV, programs for farmers

ff Special weather bulletins
st

ff Establishment of Indian Council of Agricultural Research

ity

(ICAR) and other educational institutions

al
qu
@
152 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

Types of Farming; Cropping 12. Describe any four geographical conditions

required for the growth of tea. Mention the
Pattern-Major Crops two major tea producing states of South India.
VSA (1 mark)  (Term-I 2012)
13. Which are the two major cotton producing

1. By which name is specialized cultivation of
fruits and vegetables known? (Term-I 2017)
2. Describe 'Jhumming cultivation' in one
am
states of North? Describe four geographical
conditions required for the growth of cotton.
 (Term-I 2012)

gr
sentence. (Term-I 2017)
14. Compare the geographical conditions

le
3. How can small and marginal farmers be required for the production of cotton and jute.
supported by the government? (Term-I 2017)

te
(Term 2011)
4. By which other name is 'slash and burn' 15. Explain any four features of primitive

l_
agriculture known? (Term-I 2014) subsistence agriculture in India.
5. India is the largest producer as well as  (Term-I 2011)
ia
consumer of which agricultural product in the 16. Explain any four features of intensive
er
world? (Term-I 2014) subsistence agriculture in India.
 (Term-I 2011)
at

6. What soil is perfect for the growth of cashew

nuts? (Term-I 2014) Major Crops
ym

SA (3 marks)
VSA (1 mark)
7. What are the growing conditions required for
ud

17. Which is the leading coffee producer state in

the main staple food crop of India? Mention India? (Term-I 2016)
the main growing regions. (Term-I 2015)
st

18. What is the importance of millets?

8. How many cropping seasons are found in
ity

 (Term-I 2016)
India? Name them and write a short note on
each. (Term-I 2015, 2014) 19. Which crop is the major crop of rabi ?
al

 (Term-I 2014)
LA (5 marks)
qu

20. Mention the sowing period of Kharif crops.

9. Name the two most important staple food  (Delhi 2010)
@

crops of India. Name the states where they are

produced. Write the geographical conditions SA (3 marks)
required for their growth. (Term-I 2012)
21. Describe any three main features of ‘Rabi crop
10. Define plantation agriculture. Explain any season.’ (Delhi 2019)
four characteristics of plantation agriculture.
22. Describe any three main features of ‘Kharif
 (Term-I 2012) crop season.’ (Delhi 2019)
11. Explain rubber cultivation in India under the 23. Categories the following as ‘Rabi crops’ and
following heads : ‘Zaid crops’ :
(i) Importance (i) Wheat (ii) Watermelon
(ii) Geographical conditions (iii) Fodder crops (iv) Mustard
(iii) Producing states. (Term-I 2012) (v) Cucumber (vi) Peas (AI 2019)
Agriculture
24. What is the importance of pulses in our
country? Why are pulses grown as a rotation
crop? (Term-I 2017)
25. Describe the geographical conditions required
for the growth of 'wheat' in India.
 (Term-I 2014)
26. Explain any two geographical conditions
required for the cultivation of pulses. Name
any two important pulses producing states.
 (Term-I 2013)
27. Give an account of rice cultivation in India,
under the following heads:
(a) Climatic condition
(b) Soil requirement
(c) Two major rice producing states
 (Term-I 2013)
28. Give an account of oilseeds in India. State the ia
importance of groundnut and name the states
where it is grown. (Term-I 2013)
er
LA (5 marks)
at
29. Name any four oilseeds produced in India.
ym
Explain the importance of oilseeds in our day
to day life. (Term-I 2017)
ud
30. What are millets? Give brief description of the
climatic conditions and producing states of
st
the millets grown in India.  (Term-I 2017)
31. Which crop is known as the 'golden fibre'?
ity
Explain any two geographical conditions
essential for the cultivation of this crop.
al
Mention its any four uses.  (Term-I 2016)
qu
32. Explain the geographical conditions required
for the cultivation of pulses. Name any two
@
important pulses producing states.
 (Term-I 2016)
33. Mention any two geographical conditions
required for the growth of maize crop in
India. Describe any three factors which have
contributed to increase in maize production.
 (Term-I 2015)
34. Explain any three geographical conditions
required for the growth of rice in India. How is
it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall?
Explain with examples.  (Term-I 2015)
153
35. What are the climatic conditions required for
the growth of rice? (Term-I 2014)
36. "Wheat and rice farming in India are fairly
different from each other". Explain
(Term-I 2012)
37. Describe four geographical conditions
required for the growth of sugarcane. Name
two major sugarcane producing states of
am
North India.  (Term-I 2012)
Technological and Institutional
gr
Reforms ; Impact of Globalization
on Agriculture
le
te
VSA (1 mark)
l_
38. Which factors has helped Punjab and Haryana
to grow more and more of rice?(Term-I 2017)
SA (3 marks)
39. Explain any three steps for agriculture reforms
taken by the Government of India, after the
independence. (2018)
40. Describe any three technological and
institutional reforms made in the field of
agriculture in India. (Term -I 2014)
LA (5 marks)
41. The government of India has introduced
various institutional and technological reforms
to improve agriculture in the 1980's and 1990.
Support this statement with examples.
(2018)
42. Explain any five initiatives taken by the
government to ensure the increase in
agricultural production.
 (Term-I 2017, 2013)
43. Why has the agriculture sector in India got a
major set back in spite of increase in the G.D.P.
growth rate? Analyse the reason.
 (Term-I 2016, 2015)
44. Why is agriculture called the mainstay of
Indian economy? (Term-2011)
45. Why has Indian agriculture started to decline
in the trend of food production? How can we
overcome this problem? (Term-I 2011)
154 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Answers
1. Horticulture Soil Clay or clay Well-drained
2. Slash and burn cultivation in the NE region of loam (Good fertile soil,
India. water retention heavy textured
3. Loan facilities to the farmers at lower rates capacity) soil with lime,
of interest, Kisan Credit Card (KCC) and crop clayey loamy
insurance etc. soil or black soil

am
4. Jhum cultivation Temperature Above 25° C 10° – 15°C
5. Pulses during growth

gr
6. For the best production deep, well-drained and 25° - 28°C
sandy or sandy-loam soil is recommended. at ripening

le
7. (i) Growing conditions required for rice : Rainfall Above 100 cm 50-75 cm

te
(a) High temperature (above 25°C). It is a Kharif
crop. 10. Plantation agriculture : It is a type of

(b) High humidity with annual rainfall above
100 cm.
(ii) Main growing regions : Northern plains,
ia
north eastern India, Coastal areas, deltaic plains
er
and river valleys.
8. The three cropping seasons in India are:
at
l_
commercial farming practised in tropical and sub-
tropical regions. It was introduced by the British in
India.
Characteristics :
(i) A single crop is grown over a large area.
(ii) It is capital intensive and done with cheap

(i) Rabi (ii) Kharif (iii) Zaid Rabi labour.

ym

These are characterized as : (iii) All produce is used as raw materials in various
(i) The kharif season largely coincides with industries. Crops are tea, coffee, rubber, sugarcane,
Southwest Monsoon under which the cultivation banana, etc.
ud

of tropical crops such as rice, cotton, jute, jowar, (iv) Plantation has interface of agriculture and
bajra and tur is possible. industry both.
st

(ii) The rabi season begins with the onset of

11. (i) Importance : Many industries depend
winter in October-November and ends in March-
ity

April. The low temperature conditions during upon rubber as their raw material especially
this season facilitate the cultivation of temperate transport industry.
al

and subtropical crops such as wheat, gram and (ii) Geographical conditions :
mustard. (a) It is an equatorial crop, but under special
qu

(iii) Zaid is a short duration summer cropping conditions, it is also grown in tropical and
season beginning after harvesting of rabi crops. subtropical areas. It requires moist and humid
@

9. The most important staple crops are rice climate with rainfall of more than 200 cm and
and wheat. The states where they are grown and temperature above 25°C.
geographical conditions for the production of rice (iii) Rubber producing states are Kerala, Tamil
and wheat are : Nadu, Karnataka, Andaman and Nicobar Islands
Parameter Rice Wheat and Garo hills of Meghalaya.
States where West Bengal, Uttar Pradesh, 12. Tea : Grows well in tropical and sub-tropical
grown (major Andhra Punjab, climates.
states in Pradesh, Uttar Haryana, Soil type : Deep and fertile, well drained soil, rich
decreasing Pradesh, Rajasthan in humus and organic matter.
order) Punjab and and Madhya Climate : Warm and moist, frost-free climate
Odisha Pradesh throughout the years.
Agriculture
Rainfall : Frequent showers throughout the year.
Two states : Assam, West Bengal, Kerala, Tamil
Nadu, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Andhra
Pradesh, Meghalaya and Tripura.
13. Maharashtra, Gujarat, MP. etc., are the major
cotton producing states.
Geographical conditions required for the
cultivation of cotton are:
(i) It grows well in drier parts of the black cotton
155
(ii) Features of intensive farming :
(a) High yielding variety (HYV) seeds and
modern chemical inputs and irrigation are used to
increase the production.
(b) The per hectare yield is very high.
(c) More than one crop is cultivated during a
year.
(d) In Indian this kind of farming is seen in

am
Kerala.
soil of the Deccan plateau.
17. Karnataka
(ii) It requires high temperature (21°C – 30°C).
18. In addition to their good nutritional value, an

gr
(iii) It requires light rainfall or irrigation (50-100 cm).
important feature of these crops is that they require
(iv) It requires 210 frost free days and bright

le
much less water to grow than rice and wheat. They
sunshine for its growth.
can be successfully cultivated in semi-arid tropics

te
14. and on poor soils.

l_
S. No. Cotton Jute 19. Wheat
(i) Cotton requires Jute requires 30°C ia20. The kharif cropping season is from July –
more than 21° C of temperature. October during the south-west monsoon.
temperature.
er
(ii) Rainfall : 50 - 100 cm. Rainfall : About 21. (a) Rabi crops are also known as winter
150 cm. crops. They are sown from October to December
at

(iii) Frost free days are a Hot and humid and harvested from April to June.
(b) Wheat, barley, pea, gram and mustard are the
ym

must during picking climate is

days. required. important rabi crops. Punjab, Haryana, Himachal
(iv) Loamy and black We l l - d r a i n e d Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Uttarakhan and Uttar
ud

soil is required. fertile loamy soil Pradesh are the important producers of rabi crops.
is required. (c) Availability of precipitation during winter
st

(v) Mainly grown in Grown in eastern months due to the western disturbances helps in
Maharashtra and state of the the success of these crops. However, the success of
ity

Gujarat. country as W.B. the green revolution in Punjab, Haryana, western

Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan has also been
al

15. Features of primitive subsistence agriculture

in India are : an important factor in the growth of the above
qu

(i) It is practised on small patches of land with mentioned rabi crops.

the help of primitive tools. 22. (a) Kharif crops are also known as summer
@

(ii) Tools which are used are basically traditional
tools such as hoe, dao and digging sticks.
(iii) This type of agriculture totally depends upon
monsoon.
(iv) When the soil fertility decreases, the farmers
shift to another plot of land.
16. (i) Intensive subsistence farming is practised
in areas of high population pressure on land. In
this type of farming, the agricultural production
is increased by using high doses of biochemical
inputs and better agricultural inputs.
crops. They are sown at the beginning of monsoon
and harvested in September-October.
(b) Paddy, maize, jowar, bajra, tur, moong, urad,
cotton, jute, groundnut and soybean are important
kharif crops. Assam, West Bengal, coastal regions
of Odisha, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Kerala,
Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh and Bihar are
important rice growing states.
(c) In Assam, West Bengal and Orissa; three
crops of paddy are grown in a year. These are called
Aus, Aman and Boro.
156
23. (c) Two major rice producing states : West
Rabi Crops Zaid Crops
Wheat, pea, and Watermelon, cucumber,
mustard fodder crops
24. India is the largest producer and consumer
of pulses in the world. Pulses are rich in proteins
and are the main source of protein for vegetarians
India. It is second important constituent of Indian
diet after cereals.
Pulses are mostly grown in rotation with other
crops because
(i) Pulses need less moisture and survive even
dry conditions.
(ii) Being leguminous crops, all these crops help
in restoring soil fertility by fixing nitrogen from
the air.
(iii) Major pulse producing states are : Madhya
Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh.
25. Wheat requires a cool growing season and a
ia
bright sunshine at the time of ripening. It requires
er
50 to 75 cm of annual rainfall evenly distributed
over the growing season. Fertile alluvial soil or
at
mixed soil and plain land or gentle slope is ideal
for wheat cultivation.
ym
There are two important wheat-growing zones
in the country – the Ganga-Satluj plains in the
northwest and black soil region of the Deccan.
ud
The major wheat-producing states are Punjab,
Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Rajasthan and
st
parts of Madhya Pradesh.
ity
26. Pulses are mostly grown in rotation with
other crops because
al
(i) Pulses need less moisture and survive even in
dry conditions.
qu
(ii) Being leguminous crops, all these crops help
in restoring soil fertility by fixing nitrogen from
@
the air.
Major pulse producing states are : Madhya Pradesh
and Uttar Pradesh.
27. (a) Climatic condition : It is a kharif crop
which requires high temperature (above 25°C) and
high humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help
of irrigation.
(b) Soil requirement : Rice is grown in the plains
of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and
the deltaic regions. The preferred soil type is clayey
or clayey -loam.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Bengal, Uttar Pradesh
28. Importance of oil seeds :
(i) These are edible and used as cooking medium.
(ii) Also used as raw material in production of
soaps, cosmetics and ointments.
(iii) India is the largest producers of oil seeds.
Groundnut :
(i) Kharif crop
am
(ii) Accounts for half of the total oilseed
production in India.
gr
(iii) State : Andhara Pradesh, Tamil Nadu,
Karnataka, Gujarat and Maharashtra.
le
29. (i) Groundnut (ii) Mustard
te
(iii) Coconut (iv) Sesame
(v) Soyabean, Sunflower, etc.
l_
Importance of oilseeds : Most of these are edible
in the form of oil. Used as raw material for
manufacturing paints, varnishes, soaps, perfumes
etc,. oil cake is used as cattle feed and fertiliser.
30. Millets are coarse grains but have high
nutritional value e.g., ragi-rich in iron, calcium.
(i) Jowar – Rain fed crop mostly grows in moist
area.
(ii) Bajra – grows well on sandy soils and shallow
black soil.
States producing – Rajasthan, Maharashtra,
Gujrat, Haryana and U.P.
(iii) Ragi – grows well in dry region on red, black,
sandy and loamy soils.
States producing – Tamil Nadu, Himachal
Pradesh, Uttarakhand and Sikkim.
31. (i) Jute is called the golden fibre.
(ii) Geographical conditions :
(a) Grows well in drained fertile soil of the flood
plains where the soil is renewed every year.
(b) High temperature is required during the time
of growth.
Uses : Can be used to manufacture gunny bags,
mats, ropes, yarn, carpets and other artefacts.
32. Refer to answer 26.
33. (i) Geographical conditions required for the
growth of maize crop in India :
(a) It is a kharif crop which requires temperature
between 21°C to 27°C.
Agriculture
(b) It grows well in alluvial soil.
(ii) Use of modern inputs such as HYV seeds,
fertilisers and irrigation have contributed to the
increased production of maize.
34. (i) Three geographical conditions for the
growth of rice :
(a) It requires high temperature (above 25°C).
(b) Annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(c) High humidity
157
2. Cooperative societies were formed which
provided quality seeds and fertilizers to farmers at
low price.
3. Another act called 'land ceiling act' was
passed, according to which the land could not be
held by a person beyond a defined limit.
The important institutional reforms carried out by
the Government of India have been as follows :
(i) Provision for crop insurance against drought,

am
(ii) It is possible to grow rice in areas of less flood, cyclone, fire and disease.
rainfall with the help of irrigation as done in (ii) Establishment of Grameen (regional rural)
Punjab and Haryana. banks, cooperative societies and banks for

gr
35. Refer to answer 34. providing loan facilities to the farmers at lower

le
36. Differences between Rice and Wheat farming: rates of interest.
(iii) Establishment of Indian Council of

te
S.No. Basis of Wheat Rice Agricultural Research (ICAR), agricultural
difference universities, veterinary services and animal

l_
(i) Rainfall 50-75 cm Above 100 cm breeding centers, horticulture development,
research and development in the field of
(ii) Temperature 15°C Above 25°C
ia
meteorology and weather forecasting etc.
(iii) Area wise North Plains of
er
40. (i) Land reforms : Collectivisation,
distribution and north and
consolidation of land holdings, cooperation and
at

north- north-west
abolition of zamindari.
west parts of the
(ii) Agricultural reforms : Green revolution and
ym

country
white revolution.
(iv) Types of crop Rabi Kharif (iii) Land development programmes : Provision
ud

(v) Major Punjab West Bengal for crop insurance against drought, flood, cyclone
Producer etc., establishment of Grameen banks.
st

37. Geographical conditions required for the (iv) Issuing of Kisan Credit Card and Personal
growth of sugarcane in India are : Accident Insurance Scheme, etc.
ity

(i) It is a tropical as well as sub-tropical crop so it (v) Special weather bulletins and agricultural
requires a hot and humid climate. programmes for farmers on radio and TV.
al

(ii) Temperature of 24°C to 27°C. 41. The various institutional reforms introduced
qu

(iii) It requires an annual rainfall between 75 to by the government in the interest of farmers are
100 cm. mentioned below:
(iv) It can be grown on a variety of soils.
@

(i) Provision for crop insurance against drought,

Major sugarcane producing states of North India
are : Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Punjab and Haryana.
38. Development of dense canal network and
inputs like fertilizers and pesticides.
39. Three steps were as follows :
From the earliest days agriculture was given
great importance in the “five year plans”. Other
important steps included :
1. Abolishment of zamindari system. The right
to own the land was given to the actual cultivators
which then led to the increase in the production.
flood, cyclone, and disease.
(ii) Establishment of Grameen banks, cooperative
societies and banks for providing loan facilities to
the farmers at lower rates of interest.
(iii) Kisan Credit Card (KCC), Personal Accident
Insurance Scheme (PAIS) schemes are introduced
by the Government of India for the benefit of the
farmers.
(iv) Special weather bulletins and agricultural
program for farmers have been introduced on the
radio and television.
158
(v) The government also announces minimum
support price, remunerative and procurement
prices for important crops to check the exploitation
of farmers by speculators and middlemen.
The technological advancements gave birth to
Green Revolution, White Revolution or Operation
Flood. Considering the importance of agriculture
the Government of India took steps to modernize
agriculture. Indian Council of Agricultural
Research (ICAR) was established. The government
encourages through various institution the use of –
(a) Soil testing facilities
(b) Technology such as drip irrigation
(c) Better seeds, fertilizers and pesticides
42. The main initiatives include :
(i) Land reforms : Collectivisation, consolidation
of land holdings, cooperation and abolition of
zamindari.
(ii) Agricultural reforms : Green revolution and
er
white revolution.
(iii) Land development programmes : Provision
at
for crop insurance against drought, flood, cyclone,
etc., establishment of Grameen banks, Cooperative
ym
societies and banks for providing loans.
(iv) Issuing of Kisan Credit Card and Personal
ud
Accident Insurance Scheme, etc.
(v) Special weather bulletins and agricultural
st
programmes for farmers on radio and TV.
(vi) Government announces Minimum support
ity
Price (MSP) and remunerative and procurement
prices to check exploitation.
al
(vii) The government provides HYV seeds and
qu
fertilisers.
(viii) Government provides technical assistance
@
and training for farmers.
(ix) Soil testing facilities, cold storage and
transportation for farmers.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
43. (i) More and more land is used for
construction of factories, warehouses and shelters
which have reduced the land under cultivation.
(ii) Soil gets degraded by the use of pesticides,
fertilizers, etc. Irrigation, often leads to water
logging and salinity.
(iii) Today Indian farmers are facing a big
challenge from international competition.
(iv) Our government is reducing the public
am
investment in agriculture, subsidy on fertilizers
have decreased.
(v) Reduction in import duties on agricultural
gr
products have proved detrimental to agriculture in
le
our country.
44. (i) Agriculture is the mainstay of Indian
te
economy because about 67% of our population
l_
depends directly or indirectly on agriculture.
ia(ii) It provides raw materials to the industries.
(iii) India earns foreign exchange by exporting
agricultural products.
(iv) It contributes about 17% to other gross
domestic product.
(v) It provides food to the Indian population.
45. Indian agriculture started a decline in the
trend of food production because :
(i) More and more land is used for construction
of factories, warehouses and shelters. This has
reduced good land under cultivation.
(ii) Soil gets degraded by the use of pesticides,
fertilizers, over-irrigation, etc., which leads to
water logging and salinity.
Remedial measures:
(i) Use of agricultural techniques which are
environmentally sustainable.
(ii) Use of biotechnology in modifying different
crops and increase the yield per hectare. It reduces
dependence on insecticides and also require less
water.
 Chapter
Minerals and Energy
5 Resources
 What is a Mineral?
 Mode of Occurrence of Minerals
 Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Minerals
 Non-Metallic Minerals
QUICK RECAP
WHAT IS A MINERAL?
ia
ff We all use numerous products made from
er
minerals every day. Pencils are made from
mineral graphite. Cooking utensils are made
at
using materials that are derived from different
ym
minerals.
ff To define a 'mineral' geologists have fixed
ud
certain criteria - They are
–– naturally occurring
st
–– inorganic
ity
–– solid
–– definite chemical composition
al
–– ordered internal structure
qu
ff "Naturally occurring" means that people did
not make it. Steel is not a mineral because it
@
is an alloy produced by people. "Inorganic"
means that the substance is not made by an
organism. Wood, coal and pearls are made
by organisms and thus are not minerals.
"Definite chemical composition" means that
all occurrences of that mineral have a chemical
composition that varies within a specific
limited range. For example: the mineral halite
 Rock Minerals
am
 Conservation of Minerals

Energy Resources : Conventional and Non-
Conventional; Conservation of Energy
gr
Resources
le
te
l_
(known as "rock salt" when it is mined) has a
chemical composition of NaCl. It is made up
of an equal number of atoms of sodium and
chlorine.
ff "Ordered internal structure" means that the
atoms in a mineral are arranged in a systematic
and repeating pattern. "Solid" means that it is
not a liquid or a gas at standard temperature
and pressure. Although, over 2000 minerals
have been identified, only a few are abundantly
found in most of the rocks. A particular
mineral that will be formed from a certain
combination of elements depends upon the
physical and chemical conditions under which
the material forms. This, in turn, results in a
wide range of colours, hardness, crystal forms,
luster and density that a particular mineral
possesses. Geologists use these properties to
classify the minerals.
For general and commercial purposes minerals can
be classified as under and includes energy minerals.
In simple terms a mineral is a homogenous,
naturally occurring substance with definable
internal structure.
160
Metallic
Precious
Ferrous (containing iron) Non-Ferrous
e.g iron or, Manganese, e.g., copper, lead, e.g. gold, silver,
platinum etc.
nickel, cobalt, etc. tin, bauxite, etc.
MODE OF OCCURRENCE OF MINERALS
1. In igneous and metamorphic rocks:  The
smaller occurrences are called veins and the
larger occurrences are called lodes. They are
usually formed when minerals in liquid/
molten and gaseous forms are forced upwards
through cavities towards the earth’s surface,
they then cool down and solidify. Examples:
ia
tin, copper, zinc, lead, etc.
er
2. In sedimentary rocks:  In these rocks,
minerals occur in beds or layers. They form
at
as a result of deposition, accumulation and
ym
concentration in horizontal strata. Coal, iron
ore, gypsum, potash salt and sodium salt are
the minerals found in sedimentary rocks.
ud
3. By decomposition of surface rocks:
Decomposition of surface rocks and removal
st
of soluble constituents leaves a residual mass
ity
of weathered material which contains ores.
Bauxite is formed in this way.
al
4. As alluvial deposits: These minerals are found
qu
in sands of valley floors and the base of hills.
These deposits are called placer deposits.
@
They generally contain those minerals which
are not corroded by water. Examples; gold,
silver, tin, platinum, etc.
5. In ocean water :  Most of the minerals in
ocean water are too widely diffused to be of
economic importance. But common salt,
magnesium and bromine are mainly derived
from ocean waters.
Most of the minerals in India are nationalized and
their extraction is possible only after obtaining due
permission from the government. But in most of
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Minerals
Non-metallic Energy Minerals
e.g mica, salt, potash Coal
sulphur, granite, Petroleum
limestone, marble, Natural gas,
sandstone, etc. etc.
am
the tribal areas of the north-east India, minerals
are owned by individuals or communities. In
gr
Meghalaya, there are large deposits of coal, iron
le
ore, limestone and dolomite etc. Coal mining in
te
Jowai and Cherapunjee is done by family members
in the form of a long narrow tunnel. This is known
l_
as ‘Rat hole’ mining.
ff In India we have a rich and varied mineral
resources distributed in different parts of the
country. Broadly speaking, peninsular rocks
contain most of the reserves of coal, metallic
minerals, mica and many other non-metallic
minerals. Sedimentary rocks on the western
and eastern flanks of the peninsula, in Gujarat
and Assam have most of the petroleum
deposits.
ff Rajasthan with the rock systems of the
peninsula, has reserves of many non-ferrous
minerals. The vast alluvial plains of north
India are almost devoid of economic minerals.
These variations exist largely because of
the differences in the geological structure,
processes and time involved in the formation
of minerals.
FERROUS AND NON-FERROUS MINERALS
ff Ferrous Minerals : Ferrous minerals account
for about three fourths of the total value of
the production of metallic minerals. They
provide a strong base for the development
of metallurgical industries. India exports
substantial quantities of ferrous minerals after
meeting her internal demands.
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
162 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

am
gr
le
te
l_
ia
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
Minerals and Energy Resources
NON -METALLIC MINERALS
ff Mica is a mineral which is made up of a series
of plates or leaves. The mica sheets can be so
thin that a thousand of them can be layered
into a few centimeter-thick mica sheet. Mica
has excellent di-electric strength, low power
loss factor, insulating properties and resistance
to high voltage. Mica is widely used in electric
and electronic industries.
ff Mica deposits are found in the northern edge
of the Chota Nagpur plateau. Koderma-Gaya-
Hazaribagh belt of Jharkhand is the leading
producer of mica. Ajmer in Rajasthan and
Nellore in Andhra Pradesh are the other
important producers of mica.
ROCK MINERALS
Limestone
ff Limestone is found in association with
rocks composed of calcium carbonates
ia
or calcium and magnesium carbonates.
er
It is found in sedimentary rocks of most
geological formations. Limestone is the basic
at
raw material for the cement industry and
ym
essential for smelting iron ore in the blast
furnace.
ud
Hazards of Mining
ff Mining is a hazardous industry; both for the
workers and for the residents. The Miners
st
have to work under tough conditions where
ity
no natural light is available. There is always a
risk of collapse of mine roof, inundation with
al
water and fire. The areas around mines face
the problem of too much dust from the mines.
qu
Slurry from mines damages the roads and the
farmland. Houses and clothes become dirty
@
more often than in other areas. Miners are at
great risk of getting afflicted with pulmonary
disorders. Cases of respiratory tract diseases
are very high in mining areas.
ff The water sources in the region get
contaminated due to mining. Dumping of
waste and slurry leads to degradation of land,
soil, and increase in river pollution.
ff Strict safety regulations and implementation
of environmental laws are essential to
prevent mining from becoming a “killer
industry”.
163
CONSERVATION OF MINERALS
ff The total volume of workable mineral deposits
is an insignificant fraction i.e. one per cent of
the earth’s crust. We are rapidly consuming
mineral resources that takes millions of years
to form.
ff Compared to the present rate of consumption,
the replenishment rate of minerals is very slow.
am
Mineral resources are, therefore, finite and
non-renewable. Due to this, it is important
that we conserve the mineral resources.
gr
ff A concerted effort must be made in order to
use our mineral resources in a planned and
le
sustainable manner. Improved technologies
te
need to be constantly evolved to allow use of
low grade ores at low costs. Recycling of metals,
l_
using scrap metals and other substitutes are
steps in conserving our mineral resources for
the future.
ENERGY RESOURCES
ff Conventional Energy Resources:  Firewood,
cattle dung cake, coal, petroleum, natural gas
and electricity (both hydel and thermal).
ff Non-conventional Energy Resources:  Solar,
wind, tidal, geothermal, biogas and atomic
energy.
ff Firewood and cattle dung cake:  As per
estimates, more than 70% of energy needs in
rural households is met by firewood and cattle
dung cake. A decreasing forest area is making
it difficult to use firewood. Dung cake can be
put to better use in the form of manure and
hence its use should also be discouraged.
Further they cause severe household pollution.
ff Coal : India is highly dependent on coal for
meeting its commercial energy requirements.
Depending on the degree of compression
during its formation and stage of life-cycle,
there are varieties of coal.
(a) Lignite : It is a low grade brown coal. It is soft
and has high moisture content. Neyveli in
Tamil Nadu has the main reserves of lignite
coal. This type of coal is used for electricity
generation.
164
(b) Bituminous coal :  Coal which was formed
because of increased temperature and was
buried very deep is called bituminous coal.
This is the most popular coal for commercial
use. High grade bituminous coal is ideal for
use in metallurgy.
(c) Anthracite coal :  This is the highest quality
hard coal.
ff In India, coal occurs in rock series of two
main geological ages. The Gondwana coal
was formed over 200 million years ago. The
tertiary deposits are about 55 million years
old. The major sources of Gondwana coal are
located in the Damodar valley (West Bengal-
Jharkhand). In this belt; Jharia, Raniganj and
Bokaro are important coalfields. Coal deposits
are also present in the Godavari, Mahanadi,
Son and Wardha valleys.
ia
ff Tertiary coal is found in the north-eastern
er
states of Meghalaya, Assam, Arunachal
Pradesh and Nagaland. Coal is bulky and
at
heavy and needs to be transported to the place
where it is used. That is why major coal users
ym
are located near the coal-mines.
Petroleum
ud
ff After coal, the next major energy resource
in India is petroleum. Petroleum is a major
st
source of fuel for various uses. Petroleum
ity
industry acts as nodal industry for a variety
of industries such as plastic, synthetic textiles,
al
fertilizer, pharmaceuticals and other chemical
industries.
qu
ff Most of the petroleum in India occurs
in anticlines and fault traps in the rock
@
formations of the tertiary age. The oil bearing
layer is a porous limestone or sandstone
through which oil may flow. The intervening
non-porous layers prevent the oil from rising
or sinking. Petroleum is also found in fault
traps between porous and non-porous rocks.
Gas usually occurs above the oil because it is
lighter than oil.
ff Mumbai High produces about 63% of India’s
petroleum, Gujarat produces 18% and Assam
13%. Ankeleshwar is the most important
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
oil field in Gujarat. Assam is the oldest oil
producing state of India. Important oil
fields of Assam are Digboi, Naharkatiya and
Moran-Hugrijan.
Natural Gas
ff Natural gas is found along with or without
petroleum. It is used as fuel and also as
industrial raw material. Large reserves of
am
natural gas have been discovered in the
Krishna-Godavari Basin. Gulf of Cambay,
Mumbai High and Andaman Nicobar Islands
gr
are also important areas with large reserves of
le
natural gas.
ff The 1700 km long Hazira-Vijaipur-Jagdishpur
te
pipeline links Mumbai High and Bassein
l_
with the fertilizer, power and industrial
complexes in western and northern India.
Natural gas is mainly used by the fertilizer and
power industries. Now-a-days, use of CNG
(Compressed Natural Gas) is increasing as
vehicle fuel in the country.
Electricity
ff Electricity has a very wide range of
applications in the modern world. Its per-
capita consumption is often treated as an
index of development. Electricity is generated
mainly in two ways: by running water which
drives hydro turbines to generate hydro
electricity; and by burning other fuels such
as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive
turbines to produce thermal power.
ff Once generated both the kinds of electricity
are exactly the same. Bhakra Nangal, Damodar
Valley Corporation, Kopili Hydel Project,
etc. are major hydroelectric producers in the
country. At present, there are over 300 thermal
power stations in India.
Non-conventional Sources of Energy
ff We are largely dependent on fossil fuels (coal,
petroleum, gas) for generation of electricity.
Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential
shortages have raised uncertainties about the
security of energy supply in future, which in
turn has serious repercussions on the growth
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
Minerals and Energy Resources
of the national economy. Moreover, increasing
use of fossil fuels also causes serious
environmental problems.
ff Hence, there is a pressing need to use
renewable energy sources like solar energy,
wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste
material. These are called nonconventional
energy sources.
ff Nuclear Energy:  Nuclear energy is obtained
by altering the structure of atom. When the
structure of an atom is altered, too much
energy is released in the form of heat. This
heat is utilized to generate electric power.
Uranium and Thorium are used for generating
atomic power. These minerals are available
in Jharkhand and the Aravalli ranges of
Rajasthan. The Monazite sand of Kerala is also
rich in Thorium.
iaff Energy is a basic requirement for economic
ff Solar Energy:  Photovoltaic technology is
er
used to convert solar energy into electricity.
The largest solar plant of India is located at
at
Madhapur near Bhuj. Solar energy holds
ym
great promises for the future. It can help in
minimizing the dependence on firewood and
animal dung cakes in rural areas. This will also
ud
help in conservation of fossil fuels.
ff Wind Power :  India has great potential of
st
wind power. The largest wind farm cluster
ity
is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagarcoil to
Madurai. Apart from these, Andhra Pradesh,
al
Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and
Lakshadweep have important wind farms.
qu
Nagarcoil and Jaisalmer are well known for
effective use of wind energy in the country.
@
ff Biogas : Biogas can be produced from shrubs,
farm waste, and animal and human waste.
Biogas is more efficient than kerosene, dung
cake and charcoal. Biogas plants can be set
up at municipal, cooperative and individual
levels. The gobar gas plants provide energy
and also manure.
ff Tidal Energy :  Floodgate dams are built
across inlets. The water flows into the inlet
during high tide and gets trapped when the
gate is closed. Once the tide recedes, the gates
167
are opened so that water can flow back to
the sea. The flow of water is used to run the
turbine to generate electricity. A 900 mw tidal
energy power plant is set up by the National
Hydropower Corporation in the Gulf of
Kutch.
ff Geo Thermal Energy :  We know that the
inside of the Earth is very hot. At some
am
places, this heat is released on the surface
through fissures. Groundwater in such areas
becomes hot and rises up in the form of
gr
steam. This steam is used to drive turbines.
Two experimental projects have been set up in
le
India to harness geothermal energy. They are;
te
the Parvati valley near Manikarn in Himachal
Pradesh and the Puga Valley in Ladakh.
l_
Conservation of Energy Resources
development. Every sector of the national
economy – agriculture, industry, transport,
commercial and domestic – needs inputs of
energy.
ff The economic development plans
implemented since Independence necessarily
required increasing amounts of energy to
remain operational. As a result, consumption
of energy in all forms has been steadily rising
all over the country.
ff Thus there is an urgent need to develop a
sustainable system of energy development.
Promotion of energy conservation and
increased use of renewable energy sources are
the twin planks of sustainable energy.
ff India is presently one of the least energy
efficient countries in the world. We have to
adopt a cautious approach for the judicious
use of our limited energy resources.
For example, as concerned citizens we can
do our bit by using public transport systems
instead of individual vehicles; switching off
electricity when not in use, using power-
saving devices and using non-conventional
sources of energy. After all, “energy saved is
energy produced”.
168 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

MAP WORK

Iron Ore Mines

Mayurbhanj
Durg
Bailadila
Mayurbhanj
Bellary Durg

am
Kudremukh Bailadila

gr
le
Bellary

te
Kudremukh

Coal Mines
l_
ia
er
Raniganj
at

Bokaro Talcher
ym

Talcher

Neyvali
ud
st
ity

Neyvali
al
qu

Oil Fields

Digboi Digboi
@

Naharkatia
Naharkatia
Kalol

Mumbai --High basin

Ankaleshwar
Kalol
Mumbai -
High basin
Ankaleshwar

Bassien
Bassien Onshore
on field
Offshore
Minerals and Energy Resources 169
Power plants -Thermal
Namrup Singrauli Ramagundam
Power Plants -Nuclear
Narora Tarapur Kakrapara Kalpakkam

am
gr
le
te
l_
ia
Narora
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
170
Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions
What is a Mineral? ; Mode of
Occurrence of Minerals
VSA (1 mark)
1. How do minerals occur in sedimentary rocks?
 (AI 2015)
2. What are the two types occurrence of minerals
in igneous and metamorphic rocks?
 (Foreign 2015)
3. What is a mineral? (Term-II 2015)
Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Minerals ;
Non-Metallic Minerals ; Rock Minerals
ia
VSA (1 mark)
er
4. Why are there a wide range of colours,
at
hardness, crystal forms, lustre and density
found in minerals? (Delhi 2016)
ym
5. How is iron-ore transported from Kudremukh
mines to a port near Mangaluru?
ud
 (Foreign 2016)
st
6. Why aluminium metal has great importance?
(Term-II 2015)
ity
7. Which one of the following minerals is used to
al
harden steel during its manufacturing?
(a) Iron ore (b) Coking coal
qu
(c) Manganese (d) Limestone
 (Foreign 2014)
@
8. Name the industry which uses limestone as its
main raw material. (Delhi 2010)
SA (3 marks)
9. Describe any three characteristics of the Durg-
Bastar-Chandrapur Iron-ore belt in India.
 (AI 2017)
10. Describe any three characteristics of 'Odisha-
Jharkhand belt' of iron ore in India.
 (Delh 2017)
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
11. Describe any three characteristics of Bellary-
Chitradurga, Chikmaglur-Tumkur iron-ore
blet in India. (Foreign 2017)
12. "India is an important iron and steel producing
am
country in the world. Yet we are not able to
perform to our full potential." Suggest and
explain any three measure to get full potential.
gr
 (Foreign 2016)
le
13. Describe any three features of ferrous minerals
found in India. (Foreign 2015)
te
14. Why is mica considered the most important
l_
mineral in electric and electronic industries?
Give three reasons. (AI 2014)
15. Differentiate between metallic and non-
metallic minerals with examples. (Delhi 2013)
LA (5 marks)
16. "Minerals are indispensible part of our lives."
Support the statement with examples.
 (Foreign 2016)
17. Which minerals are used to obtain nuclear
energy? Name all the six nuclear power
stations of India. (Term-II 2016)
18. What efforts are required to use mineral
resources in a planned and sustainable
manner? Explain in three points.
 (Term-II 2012)
Conservation of Minerals ; Energy
Resources : Conventional and Non-
Conventional; Conservation of Energy
Resources
VSA (1 mark)
19. Why should the use of cattle cake as fuel be
discouraged? (AI 2016)
20. How are 'Gobar Gas Plants' beneficial to the
farmers? (Term-II 2016)
Minerals and Energy Resources
SA (3 marks)
21. 'Consumption of energy in all forms has been
rising all over the country. There is an urgent
need to develop a sustainable path of energy
development and energy saving'. Suggest
and explain any three measures to solve this
burning problem. (AI 2016)
22. How is the mining activity injurious to the
health of the miners and environment?
Explain. (Delhi 2015)
23. Why is conservation of minerals important?
How can we conserve minerals?
 (Term-II 2014)
24. “Natural gas is considered an environment
friendly fuel.” Explain the statement in two
points. (Term-II 2015)
25. How is geo-thermal energy produced?
ia
Explain. (Term-II 2015)
er
26. How can biogas solve the energy problem
at
mainly in rural India? Give your suggestions.
 (Term-II 2015)
ym
27. “There is a pressing need to use renewable
energy resources.” Justify the statement with
ud
suitable arguments. (Term-II 2016)
28. Describe any three non-conventional sources
st
of energy. (Term-II 2012)
ity
29. Which are the potential sources of biogas?
State any four benefits of biogas.
al
 (Term-II 2012)
qu
Answers
@
1. In sedimentary rocks , minerals occur in beds
and layers.
2. In igneous and metamorphic rocks minerals
may occur in the cracks, crevices, faults or joints.
The smaller occurrences are called veins and the
larger are called lodes.
3. Mineral is a naturally occurring substance
with a definite chemical and crystallographic
structure.
171
30. “India is presently one of the least energy
efficient countries in the world. We have to
adopt cautious approaches for the judicious
use of our limited energy resources.” Analyse
this statements. (Term-II 2012)
31. Why is energy required for all activities? How
can energy by generated? Explain.
 (Delhi 2014)
am
LA (5 marks)
32. Why is it necessary to conserve mineral
gr
resources? Explain any four ways to conserve
mineral resources. (AI 2017)
le
33. 'Energy saved is energy produced.' Assess the
te
statement. (Term-I 2017)
34. Why should we use renewable energy
l_
resource? Explain with arguments.
 (Foreign 2017)
35. There is an urgent need to develop a sustainable
path of energy development. Give two broad
measures for it. As concerned citizens, how
can you help to conserve energy? (2016)
36. Explain the importance of conservation of
minerals. Highlight any three measures to
conserve them. (AI 2016)
37. Highlight the importance of petroleum.
Explain the occurrence of petroleum in India.
 (Delhi 2016)
38. How can solar energy solve the energy
problem to some extent in India? Give your
opinion. (Term-II 2015)
4. The varied colours found in minerals are due
to its chemical composition, and the parameters
such as temperature, pressure, rate of cooling etc.,
present during its formation.
5. Iron ore is transported as slurry through
pipelines.
6. Aluminium metal combines the properties
of great strength, lightness, malleability and
conductivity
172
7. (c) Manganese
8. Cement Industry
9. Durg-Bastar-Chandrapur belt lies in
Chhattisgarh and Maharashtra.
(a) It provides very high grade hematite from
the famous Bailadila range of hills in the Bastar
district of Chhattisgarh.
(b) The range of hills comprise of 14 deposits of
super high-grade hematite iron ore. It has the best
physical properties needed for steel making.
(c) Iron ore from these mines is exported to
Japan and South Korea via Vishakhapatnam port.
10. Odisha-Jharkhand belt:
(a) In Odisha high grade hematite ore is found
in Badampahar mines in the Mayurbhanj and
Kendujhar districts.
(b) In the adjoining Singbhum district of
Jharkhand hematite iron ore is mined in Gua and
ia
Noamundi.
er
(c) These mines feed the steel industry in the
at
eastern and other parts of India.
11. Ballari-Chitradurga-Chikmagaluru-Tumakuru
ym
belt in Karnataka has large reserves of iron ore.
(a) The Kudremukh mines located in the Western
ud
Ghats of Karnataka.
(b) They are a 100 per cent export unit.
st
(c) Kudremukh deposits are known to be one of
the largest in the world. The ore is transported as
ity
slurry through a pipeline to a port near Mangaluru.
12. Though, India is an important iron and steel
al
producing country in the world yet, we are not
qu
able to perform to our full potential largely due
to the following reasons: High costs and limited
@
availability of coking coal and poor supportive
infrastructure. Many of the steel plants have
outdated technology.
We can greatly improve our performance by
adapting the following measures :
(a) Modernizing the technology and machinery.
(b) Streamlining supply of inputs such as iron ore
coke etc.
(c) Having adequate buffer of electricity capacity.
(d) Streamlining customer demand and supplies.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
13. Ferrous minerals in India account for
approximately three-fourths of the total price
of the production of metallic minerals. They
provide a strong foundation for the expansion of
metallurgical industries. India is also a leading
exporter of ferrous minerals, magnetite, hematite
are some of the common ferrous minerals. Odisha,
Chhattisgarh and Maharashtra are the chief states
where these minerals are found.
am
14. Mica is :
(i) Excellent di-electric in strength and has low
power loss factor.
gr
(ii) It has insulating properties and resistance to
high voltage.
le
(iii) It is the most indispensable mineral used in
te
electric and electronic industries.
15. Metallic Minerals:
l_
(a) Metallic minerals are those minerals which
can be processed to obtain metals.
(b) Magnetite, hematite, bauxite, are some
examples.
(c) These are generally associated with igneous
and metamorphic rocks.
(d) They are usually hard and have shines or
luster of their own.
Non-Metallic Minerals:
(a) Non-metallic minerals are those which do not
yield new products on melting.
(b) Coal, salt, clay, marble are some examples.
(c) These are generally associated with
sedimentary rocks.
(d) They are not so hard and have no shine or
luster of their own.
16. Minerals are important part of our lives.
(i) Almost everything we use, from a tiny pin to
built a towering building or a big ship, all are made
from minerals.
(ii) The railway lines and the roads, our
implements and machine are all made from
minerals.
(iii) Cars, buses, trains, aeroplanes are
manufactured from minerals and run on power
resources derived from minerals.
(iv) Even the food that we eat contains minerals.
(v) In all stages of development, human being
have use minerals for their livelihood, decoration,
festivities, religious and ceremonial rites.
Minerals and Energy Resources
17. The minerals which are used to obtain nuclear
energy are Uranium, Thorium.
(i) Narora nuclear power station.
(ii) Kakrapara nuclear power station.
(iii) Tarapur nuclear power station.
(iv) Kaiga nuclear power station.
(vi) Rawat Bhata nuclear power station.
18. Following efforts have to be made to use
minerals in a planned and sustainable manner :
(i) Recycling of metals : We should recycle the
metal or metal-made products to prevent its
scarcity.
For example : Used steel blade should be sent for
recycling, so that the steel can be used again for
other purposes.
(ii) Improved technologies need to be evolved :
Traditional technologies should be replaced
with new and improve technologies, so that the
wastages can be minimised.
ia
(iii) Use of substitute or alternative resource :
er
The resources which cannot be recycled or reused
should be replaced with the recyclable resources.
at
e.g. Use of green gas instead of coal for cooking
purpose.
ym
19. (a) It creates pollution
(b) By burning a manure resource is destroyed,
ud
which can improve soil fertility.
20. Gobar Gas Plant are beneficial to the farmers
by two ways. It provides a clean fuel for domestic
st
cooking and lighting. It also provides high quality
ity
manure.
21. Energy is a basic requirement for economic
al
development. The strategy of economic develop-
ment that India adopted since independence
qu
required increasing amount of energy con-
sumption. As a result, consumption of energy
@
in all forms has been rising. To take care of this
concern various measures that need to be adopted
are as follows.
(i) We need to increase the use of renewable
energy resources like solar, wind power, biogas,
tidal energy and geothermal energy. This will
decrease the dependence on non-renewable
sources.
(ii) We have to adopt a cautious approach for
judicious use of our limited energy resources. For
example, as a concerned citizen we can use public
transport system in place of individual vehicle.
173
(iii) Another measure that needs to be adopted is
promotion of energy conservation, e.g., switching
off electrical devices when not in use, using power
saving devices etc.
22. The mining activity is injurious to the health
of the miners and environment as :
(a) The dust and toxic fumes can cause pulmonary
disease to the miners.
(b) The roofs and walls of the mines have a risk of
am
collapsing.
(c) Flooding or fire are a great risk in mines.
gr
(d) The water bodies in the region get
contaminated by mineral dust.
le
(e) Dumping of waste and slurry degrades the
te
land.
23. Conservation of minerals is important for the
l_
following reasons.
(i) Minerals are exhaustible.
(ii) They are limited in availability.
(iii) Minerals have manifold uses.
(iv) Growth of industrialisation has accelerated
the extraction of minerals.
We can conserve minerals by making an efficient
use of them and using recyclable sources of energy
wherever possible.
24. Natural gas is used as a source of energy as
well as an industrial raw material.
(i) It can be transported easily through pipelines.
(ii) Pipelines have helped in setting up fertilizer
plants and power plants on its way.
(iii) Natural gas is a clean source of energy. This is
because it causes very less pollution.
25. The Earth grows progressively hotter with
increasing depth. Where the geothermal gradient
is high, high temperatures are found at shallow
depths. Groundwater in such areas absorbs heat
from the rocks and becomes hot.
It is so hot that when it rises to the earth's surface
it turns into steam. This steam is used to drive
turbines and generate electricity.
26. Biogas can solve energy problem :
(i) Availibitlity of raw material is not a problem.
(ii) Awareness to be created about biogas.
(iii) It will reduce the burden on conventional
sources of energy.
174
(iv) Educate the rural people about the use of
biogas.
(v) It is a renewable source of energy.
(vi) Eco-friendly.
27. Need to use renewable energy resources are :
(i) The growing consumption of energy has
resulted in the country becoming increasingly
dependent on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas.
(ii) Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential
shortages have raised uncertainties about the
security of energy supply in future.
(iii) Has serious repercussions on the growth of
our country.
(v) Hence, there is a pressing need to use
renewable energy source like solar energy, wind,
tide, biomass and energy from waste material.
28. Non-conventional sources of energy are :
(i) Solar Energy : India is a tropical country. It has
iaMethods to conserve :
enormous possibilities of trapping solar energy.
er
Photovoltaic technology converts sunlight directly
into electricity. Solar energy is quickly becoming
at
popular in rural and remote areas.
(ii) Wind Energy : India now ranks as a 'wind super
ym
power' in the world. Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka,
Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep
ud
have important wind farms. Nagericoil and
Jaisalmer are well-known for effective use of wind
energy in the country.
st
29. Potential sources of biogas are : Shrubs, farm
ity
wastes, animal human waste, etc.
Four benefits of biogas are :
al
(i) Its calorific value is high.
qu
(ii) It burns without smoke, causing no pollution.
(iii) It is the cheapest gaseous fuel.
@
(iv) Its plants provide twin benefits to the farmer
in the form of energy and improved quality of
manure.
30. The statement is right to a great extent.
Therefore, we need to adopt a cautious approach
for the judicious use of energy resources. We
should –
(i) Use public transport system.
(ii) Switch off electricity when not needed.
(iii) Use power saving devices.
(iv) Use non-conventional sources of energy.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
31. (i) Energy is a basic requirement for
economic development.
(ii) Every sector of the national economy needs
input of energy.
(iii) Consumption of energy in all forms has been
steadily rising all over the country.
(iv) Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential
shortage have raised uncertainities about the
security of energy supply in future.
am
Energy can be generated from fuel minerals like
coal, petroleum, natural gas, uranium and from
gr
electricity.
32. The various reasons for Conservation are –
le
(i) Strong dependence of industry and agriculture
te
upon minerals.
l_
(ii) Process of mineral formation is slow.
(iii) They are non-renewable.
(i) Minerals should be used in a planned and
sustainable manner.
(ii) Improved technology needs to be constantly
evolved to allow use of low grade ore at low cost.
(iii). Recycling of minerals must be practiced.
33. Energy is required for all activities in
industries, agriculture, transport and domestic
use. It implies that all these activities can take
initiatives to conserve energy if we discipline
ourselves.
To begin with, each one of us should be always
ready and be vigilant to take note of wasteful use
and correct it immediately. It may be as simple as
putting off an electrical appliance when not in use.
We should develop a mindset to use public
transport system instead of individual vehicles.
Electronic devices must be switched off when not
in use.
We should use more and more power saving
devices and at home we should plan to install solar
panels to generate some electricity.
When we do not use a particular quantity of
electric power someone else use can it. In absolute
sense power plants will need to produce that much
less of power; which benefits the environment as
that much less fossil fuel will have to be burnt.
Minerals and Energy Resources
34. In the present circumstances particularly in
India there is a pressing need to use renewable
energy resources because :
1. Non-renewable resources are limited and will
get exhausted in few decades, thus there is a need
to use inexhaustible energy resources such as
solar power, for sustainable development.  (vii) The rich mineral deposits of our country are
2. There has been a rapid depletion of non-
renewable resources like coal, gasoline, petroleum
that took millions of years to form. Thus, it makes
immense sense to use renewable nonpolluting
energy resources.  (iii) It provides lubricant for machinery.
3. Fossil fuels like coal, petroleum products
etc., create pollution which has resulted in
environmental degradation making clean energy
an urgent requirement.
4. Newer sources of fossil fuels are becoming
more and more difficult to find hence they have
become more expensive. Thus, it again points to
adaptation to renewable energy sources like solar,
er
geothermal wind energy etc.
at
35. Refer to answer 27.
ym
36. Conservation of minerals is the need of the
hour :
(i) Minerals are considered to be the backbone of
ud
the economy.
(ii) Industry largely depends on mineral deposits.
st
(iii) Total volume of workable mineral deposits is
ity
very less-only 1% of the earth's crust.
(iv) Mineral resources are being consumed
al
rapidly, and minerals deposits need millions of
years to be created and concentrated.
qu
@
175
(v) The geological process of mineral formation
are so slow that the rates of replenishment are
infinitely small in comparison to the present rates
of consumption.
(vi) Mineral resources are finite and non-
renewable.
extremely valuable but shorts-lived possessions.
37. Importance of Petroleum are as follows :
am
(i) Petroleum is the major energy source in India.
(ii) It provides fuel for heat and lighting.
gr
(iv) It provides raw material for a number of
le
manufacturing industries.
(v) Petroleum refineries act as core industry for
te
synthetic, textile, fertilizer and chemical industries.
l_
Availability :
ia(i) Most of the petroleum reserves in India are
associated with anticlines and fault traps.
(ii) In regions of folding anticline or domes,
it occurs where oil is trapped in the crust of the
upfold.
(iii) Petroleum is also found in fault traps between
porous and non-porous rocks.
38. (i) India is a tropical country, therefore it
receives sunlight in abundance throughout in
rural and remote areas.
(ii) Solar plant can be easily established in rural
and remote areas.
(iii) It will minimise the dependence of rural
household on firewood and dung cakes which in
turn will contribute to environmental conservation
and adequate quantity of manure.
 Chapter
Manufacturing
6 Industries
 Importance of Manufacturing
Contribution of Industry to National
 
Economy
 Industrial Location
 Classification of Industries
QUICK RECAP
Production of different goods in large quantities
from raw materials after due processing to more
valuable products is called manufacturing. In other
words, it is the process of converting raw materials,
ia
components, or parts into finished products.
er
Manufacturing commonly employs a machines
and men or women. People employed in the
at
secondary activities that is manufacturing convert
the primary materials into finished goods. The
ym
workers employed in steel factories, car, breweries,
textile industries, bakeries etc., fall into this
category. Some people are employed in providing
ud
services which is called tertiary activities. The
economic strength of a country is measured by the
st
development of its manufacturing industries.
ity
IMPORTANCE OF MANUFACTURING
1. Manufacturing industries help in modernizing
al
agriculture; which helps the efficiencies of
qu
agricultural practices.
2. It reduces the heavy dependence of people on
@
agricultural income. This becomes possible
because of creation of new jobs in secondary
and tertiary sectors.
3. Industrial development helps in eradication
of unemployment and poverty. Industries in
underdeveloped areas reduce regional disparity.
4. Export of high quality manufactured goods
expands trade and commerce faster and
brings in much needed foreign exchange. This
is many times better than exporting basic raw
materials as was happening during the British
era.
 Spatial Distribution
Industrial Pollution and Environmental
am
Degradation
 Control of Environmental Degradation
gr
le
te
l_
5. A country with high level of manufacturing
activities becomes prosperous.
Agriculture and industry are closely interlinked.
Manufacturing gives a boost to agriculture by
raising its productivity. Industrial products that are
commonly used in agriculture include irrigation
pumps, tractors, fertilizers, insecticides, pesticides,
plastic and PVC pipes and other machines and tools.
CONTRIBUTION OF INDUSTRY TO
NATIONAL ECONOMY
ff The share of manufacturing sector in the
Indian GDP (Gross Domestic Product) has
been relatively stagnant at 17%, this is also
because other sectors have also been growing
steadily. The total contribution of industry to
the GDP is 27% out of which 10% comes from
mining, quarrying, electricity and gas.
The growth of the manufacturing sector had
been 7% in the last decade. However, the
desired growth rate over the next decade is
pegged at 12%.
The National Manufacturing Competitiveness
Council (NMCC) was set up in 2004 with the
objectives of improving productivity through
proper policy interventions by the government
and renewed efforts by the industry. However,
this was wound up in 2016.
INDUSTRIAL LOCATION
Some of the factors which affect the selection of
industrial location are as follows:
Manufacturing Industries 177
–– Availability of raw materials The key to decision of the factory location is the
–– Availability of labor least cost. Government policies and availability
–– Availability of capital specialised labour also influence the location of
–– Availability of power an industry.
Ideal location of an Industry
–– Availability of market
–– Adequate Infrastructure Cost of obtaining
ff The above factors have to be close-by or should raw materials
be economically accessible. After an industrial at site

am
activity starts, urbanization follows in the Cost of
Cost of
area. When industries are located in or near Production Distribution
the cities industrialization and urbanization at site of production

gr
go hand in hand.
ff Cities provide markets and also provide Decision to

le
locate factory
services such as banking, insurance, transport, at site

te
labor, consultants financial advisers, etc. to
the industry. Many industries tend to come CLASSIFICATION OF INDUSTRIES

l_
together to make use of the advantages offered Industries can be classified according to different
by the urban centers known as agglomeration iaparameters.
economies. Gradually, a large industrial
1. On the basis of source of raw materials used :
er
agglomeration takes place.
–– Agro based: cotton, woolen, jute, silk
ff In the pre-Independence period, most
textile, rubber, sugar, tea, coffee and
at

manufacturing units were located in places

edible oil.
from the point of view of overseas trade such as
ym

Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, etc. Consequently, –– Mineral based: iron and steel,
there emerged certain pockets of industrially cement, aluminum, machine tools,
petrochemicals, etc.
ud

developed urban centers surrounded by a

huge agricultural rural hinterland. 2. According to their main role :
Basic or key industries which supply their
st

––
Industry – Market Linkage products or raw materials to manufacture
ity

Inputs other goods e.g. iron and steel and copper

Raw Materials and/or smelting, aluminum smelting.
al

components parts. Factors of –– Consumer industries that produce goods

Production: Land. Labour. for direct use by consumers – sugar,
qu

Capital. Entrepreneur. toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, fans,

Infrastructure. etc.
@

Transport 3. On the basis of capital investment : The

definitions have changed from time to time.
Factory –– Small-Scale Enterprise : Manufacturing
enterprises in which investment in plant
Outputs and machineries is more than Rs 25.00
(Products) lakhs but does not exceed Rs 5.00 crores
Money and service sector industries in which
Transport investment in equipment is more than
Rs 10.00 lakhs but does not exceed Rs
2.00 crores are termed as small-scale
Market enterprises.
178
Medium Scale Enterprise : Manufacturing
enterprises in which investment in plant &
machineries is more than Rs 5.00 crores but does
not exceed Rs 10.00 crores and service sector
industries in which investment in equipment is
more than Rs 2.00 crores but does not exceed Rs
5.00 crores are termed as medium scale enterprises.
4. On the basis of ownership :
–– Public sector : owned and operated by
government agencies – BHEL, SAIL etc.
–– Private sector : owned and operated by
individuals or a group of individuals –
TISCO, Bajaj Auto Ltd., Dabur Industries.
–– Joint sector : industries which are jointly
run by the government and industrialists.
Cochin Refineries
–– Cooperative sector : industries are owned
and operated by the producers or suppliers ia
of raw materials, workers or both. They
pool in the resources and share the profits
er
or losses proportionately such as the sugar
industry in Maharashtra, the coir industry
at
in Kerala.
ym
5. Based on the bulk and weight of raw material
and finished goods :
–– Heavy industries such as iron and steel
ud
–– Light industries that use light raw
materials and produce light goods such as
st
electrical industries.
ity
Agro Based Industries
Cotton, jute, silk, woolen textiles, sugar and
al
edible oil, industries are based on agricultural raw
materials.
qu
ff Textile Industry : The textile industry
occupies unique position in the Indian
@
economy, because it contributes significantly
to industrial production (14 per cent),
employment generation (35 million persons
directly – the second largest after agriculture)
and foreign exchange earnings (about 24.6 per
cent). It contributes 4 per cent towards GDP.
It is the only industry in the country, which
is self-reliant and complete in the value chain
i.e., from raw material (raw fiber to ready to
wear garments) to the highest value-added
products.
ff Cotton Textiles : Cotton textiles were
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
traditionally produced with hand spinning
and handloom weaving techniques. Power-
looms came into use after the 18th century.
During the colonial period, the competition
of mill-made cloth from England destroyed
the Indian textiles industry.
Important Features
ff It is the largest industry in India, operating in
private, public and cooperative sector.
am
ff It forms a unique link between agriculture and
commerce. The industry provides a source of
livelihood to farmers, cotton ball pluckers
gr
and workers engaged in ginning, spinning,
weaving, dyeing, designing, packaging,
le
tailoring and sewing.
te
ff Weaving in the textile industry is highly
decentralized. There are thousands of small
l_
weavers in addition to the large textile mills
spread in different parts of the country.
ff Textile industry supports other industries
such as chemicals, dyes, tailoring, sewing
packaging, transportation, etc.
ff India has the second largest installed capacity
of spindles in the world, with 43.13 million
spindles (2011-12) after China. We have
25% share in the world trade of cotton yarn.
However, our trade in garments is only 4 per
cent of the world’s total. Our spinning mills
are competitive at the global level and capable
of using all the fibers we produce.
ff The weaving, knitting and processing units
cannot use much of the high quality yarn that
is produced in the country. This mismatch is
a major drawback for the industry. As a result,
many of our spinners export cotton yarn while
apparel/garment manufactures have to import
fabric. Yarn is sold at Rs. 85 per kg. If it is sold
as a trousers it fetches Rs 800 per kg. Value
is added at every stage from fiber to yarn to
fabric and to the garment.
Location :
–– This industry was earlier concentrated
in the cotton belt of Maharashtra and
Gujarat because of availability of raw
materials, port facilities, transportation,
labor, moist climate, etc.
–– Spinning still continues to be centralized
in Maharashtra, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu.
Manufacturing Industries
However, weaving is highly decentralized
and there are many weaving centers in the
country. The great benefit of this is that
local art and tradition is incorporated in
textile designs.
–– India has world class production in
spinning, but weaving supplies low
quality of fabric as it cannot use much
of the high quality yarn produced in the
country. Weaving is done by handloom,
power loom and in mills. The handspun
khadi provides large scale employment
to weavers in their homes as a cottage
industry.
Problems :
–– Obsolete machinery which cannot use
high quality yarn.
–– Erratic supply of electricity
–– Lower labor productivity
–– Competition from synthetic fabrics
er
Opportunities :
at
–– There is a wide market for cotton textiles
in India and in foreign countries.
ym
–– Indian textile is exported both as finished
garment and as yarn.
ud
–– USA, European countries, Russia, Canada
and the Middle east provide good market.
st
Jute Textiles
ity
Important Features
–– India is the largest producer of raw jute
al
and jute goods in the world. It is the
qu
second largest exporter of jute; after
Bangladesh.
@
–– Most of the 70 jute mills in India are
located in West Bengal; mainly along the
bank of Hooghly. The jute industry is in
a narrow belt which is 98 km long and 3
km wide.
ff Location : Advantages of locating the Jute
mills near the Hooghly basin are:
–– Proximity of the jute producing areas,
inexpensive water transport, supported
by a good network of railways, roadways
and waterways to facilitate movement
of raw material to the mills, abundant
179
water for processing raw jute, cheap labor
from West Bengal and adjoining states of
Bihar, Orissa and Uttar Pradesh. Kolkata
as a large urban center provides banking,
insurance and port facilities for export of
jute goods.
–– Jute mills are also located in Andhra
Pradesh, Assam, Odisha, Bihar, Tripura.
Problems :
am
–– Challenges faced by the industry include
stiff competition in the international
gr
market from synthetic substitutes and
from other competitors like Bangladesh,
le
Brazil, Philippines, Egypt and Thailand.
te
Opportunities :
–– The internal demand for jute and jute
l_
products has been on the increase due to
ia the Government policy of mandatory use
of jute packaging.
Jute is environment friendly which the
––
synthetic fibers are not.
–– In 2005, National Jute Policy was
formulated with the objective of
increasing productivity, improving
quality, ensuring good prices to the jute
farmers and enhancing the yield per
hectare. The main markets are U.S.A.,
Canada, Russia, United Arab Republic,
U.K. and Australia. The growing global
concern for environment friendly,
biodegradable materials, has once again
opened the opportunity for jute products.
Sugar Industry
India is the second largest producer of sugar
in the world. It is the largest producer of gur
and khandsari. There are 453 sugar mills those
constituting 252 mills from the Co-operative
sector and 134 mills from the private sector. This
industry is seasonal and hence is more suited to
the cooperative sector.
Important Features :
–– In India, Sugar industry is the second
largest agro-based industry and it
contributes significantly to the socio-
economic development of the nation.
–– In addition to producing sugar, jaggery,
180 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
khandsari the industry produces, bagasse Mineral Based Industries
(used as biofuel and in the manufacture of Industries that use minerals and metals as raw
building material) materials are called mineral based industries.
–– Sugar industry is also responsible for bio- Iron and Steel Industry
electricity, bio-ethanol, bio-manure and The iron and steel industry is one of the basic
chemicals. industry since all the other industries — heavy,
–– It provides direct employment to over 5 medium and light, depend on it for their
lakh people. machinery. Steel is needed to manufacture
a variety of engineering goods, construction

am
Location : material, defense, medical, telephonic, scientific
The sugar mills are spread over Uttar
–– equipment and a large variety of consumer goods.
Pradesh, Bihar, Maharashtra, Karnataka,

gr
Important Features :
Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, –– Production and consumption of steel is

le
Punjab, Haryana and Madhya Pradesh. often regarded as the index of a country’s
Sixty percent mills are in UP and Bihar. development.

te
ff Problems : Seasonal nature of industry, –– Iron and steel is a heavy industry because

old and inefficient methods of production,
transport delay and the need to maximize the ia
use of bagasse are the major challenges for this
industry.
er
ff Opportunities : Blending of gasoline with
ethanol has raised new opportunities for the
at
l_
all the raw materials as well as finished
goods are heavy. Thus it incurs huge
transportation cost.
–– Iron ore, coking coal and lime stone are
required in the ratio of approximately
4 : 2 : 1. Some quantities of manganese,

sugar industry. are also required to harden the steel.

ym

Blast Furnace Pig Iron

Transport of raw Iron ore is melted. Molten materials pured
ud

material to plant Lime stone the fluxing into moulds called pigs.
material is added.
st

Slag is removed. Coke is burnt

to heat the ore.
ity
al

Shaping Metal Steel Making

Rolling, Pressing, casting Pig iron is further purified
qu

and forging melting and oxidinsing the

impurities. Manganese, nickel,
@

chromium are added.

Location : proximity, cheap labor and vast growth

–– Steel plants must be located near the raw
materials and near to goods transport
Problems
hubs.
–– Chotanagpur plateau region has the ––
maximum concentration of iron and steel
industries. It is because of the advantages
this region has. These include, low cost
of iron ore, high grade raw materials in
potential in the home market.
Though, India is an important iron and
steel producing country in the world yet,
we are not able to perform to our full
potential largely due to high costs and
limited availability of coking coal.
Manufacturing Industries 181
–– Lower productivity of labor Aluminium Smelting
–– Irregular supply of electricity Aluminium smelting is the second most important
–– Poor infrastructure compared to metallurgical industry in India.
international standards. We also import –– Aluminium is light, resistant to corrosion,
a good conductor of heat, malleable and
good quality steel from other countries.
becomes strong when it is mixed with
Opportunities : other metals.
–– In 2017 India produced 101 million –– It is used to manufacture aircraft, utensils
tons of steel, making it the third largest and wires.

am
producer after China and Japan. –– It has gained popularity as a substitute of
steel, copper, zinc and lead in a number of
–– It is the largest producer of sponge iron.
industries.
In 2010-11 per capita consumption of

gr
–– Aluminium smelting plants in the country
steel in the country was only around 61kg
are located in Odisha, West Bengal,

le
per annum against the world average of Kerala, Uttar Pradesh, Chhattisgarh,
202 kg. Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu.

te
Steel Production in million tons –– In 2016, India produced over 2.75 million
tons of aluminium, making it the 4th

l_
Year India China Japan largest aluminium producer in the world
after China, Russia and Canada.
2017 101.4 831.7 104.7
ia
–– Bauxite, the raw material used in the
er
2016 95.5 786.9 104.8 smelters is a very bulky, dark reddish rock.
The flow chart given below shows the process of
2015 89.6 803.8 105.2
at

manufacturing aluminium. Regular supply of

2014 87.3 822.7 110.7 electricity and an assured source of raw material
ym

at minimum cost are the two prime factors for

2013 81.2 779 110.6
location of the industry.
ud

Process of Manufacturing in Aluminium Industry

st

Cryolite
A molten metal acts as
ity

Bauxite an electrolyte
Alumina
al

The raw material Bauxite crushed 1. B ulk ore shipped Aluminium

and alumina to site of smelter Smelter
qu

dissolved out. 2. Calcinated petroleum

Bauxite coke from a refinery
@

Quarry Transport Aluminium

Aluminium 3. Pitch from a colliery
Rail or ship Smelter
Refinery
Electricity 18600 kwh
per tonne of ore

Chemical Industries –– It comprises both large and small-scale

ff The Chemical industry in India is fast growing
and diversifying.
–– The chemical industry contributes
approximately 3% of the GDP.
–– It is the third largest in Asia and occupies
the 6th place in the world in term of its size.
manufacturing units.
–– Rapid growth has been recorded in both
inorganic and organic sectors.
–– Inorganic chemicals include sulphuric
acid (used to manufacture fertilizers,
synthetic fibers, plastics, adhesives, paints,
182
dyes stuffs), nitric acid, alkalis, soda ash
(used to make glass, soaps and detergents,
paper) and caustic soda. These industries
are widely spread over the country.
–– Organic chemicals include
petrochemicals, which are used for
manufacturing of synthetic fibers,
synthetic rubber, plastics, dye-stuffs,
drugs and pharmaceuticals.
–– Organic chemical plants are located near
oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
The chemical industry is its own largest
consumer.
–– Basic chemicals undergo processing to
further produce other chemicals that are
used for industrial application, agriculture
or directly for consumer markets.
Fertilizer Industry
–– Fertilizer industry in India is focused on
the production of nitrogenous fertilizers
er
(mainly urea), phosphatic fertilizers
and ammonium phosphate (DAP)
at
and complex fertilizers which have a
ym
combination of nitrogen (N), phosphate
(P), and potash (K).
–– The third, (K) i.e. potash is entirely
ud
imported as the country does not have any
reserves of commercially usable potash or
st
potassium compounds.
India is the second largest producer of
ity
––
nitrogenous fertilizers after China.
There are 57 fertilizer units manufacturing
al
––
nitrogenous and complex nitrogenous
qu
fertilizers, 29 for urea and 9 for producing
ammonium sulphate as a byproduct
@
and 68 other small units produce single
superphosphate.
–– At present, there are 10 public sector
undertakings and one in cooperative
sector at Hazira in Gujarat under the
Fertilizer Corporation of India.
–– After the Green Revolution the industry
expanded to several other parts of the
country. Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Uttar
Pradesh, Punjab and Kerala contribute
towards half of the fertilizer production
in India.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
–– Other significant producers are Andhra
Pradesh, Odisha, Rajasthan, Bihar,
Maharashtra, Assam, West Bengal, Goa,
Delhi, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka.
Cement Industry
ff Cement is the most essential material for
construction activities of almost all kinds
of infrastructures; such as building houses,
factories, bridges, roads, airports, dams and
am
for other commercial establishments. The first
cement plant was set up in Chennai in 1904.
gr
Today India is the second largest producer of
cement in the world after China.
le
–– This industry requires bulky and heavy raw
te
materials like limestone, silica, alumina
and gypsum. Coal and electric power are
l_
needed apart from rail transportation.
ia –– Some cement plants are strategically
located in Gujarat that have suitable
access to the market in the Gulf countries.
–– There are 128 large plants and 332 mini
cement plants in the country.
India produces a variety of cement.
––
–– Cement is exported to East Asia, Middle
East, Africa and South Asia.
–– There is a large demand of cement within
the country.
–– This industry is doing well in terms of
production as well as export.
Automobile Industry
ff Automobiles provide vehicle for quick
transport of goods, services and passengers.
–– Trucks, buses, cars, motor cycles, scooters,
three-wheelers and multi-utility vehicles
are manufactured in India at various
centers.
–– After the liberalization, many
foreign companies have started their
manufacturing facility in India.
–– There has been a huge increase in
vehicle ownership which has led to the
healthy growth of the industry including
passenger cars, two and three wheelers.
–– This industry had experienced a quantum
jump in less than 15 years. Foreign Direct
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
Manufacturing Industries
INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION AND
ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION
ff Even though industrial activities contribute
significantly to India’s economic growth and
prosperity of a large section of the population
the increase in pollution of land, water, air,
noise and resulting degradation of environment
they cause has to be taken care of.
–– Different industries are responsible for
the pollution of (a) Air (b) Water (c) Land
(d) Noise is also a great concern.
–– Different industries pollute our
environment, this also include thermal
power plants.
–– Air pollution is caused by the presence
of high proportion of undesirable gases,
such as sulphur dioxide and carbon
monoxide in air.
ia
–– Airborne particulate materials contain
er
both solid and liquid particles like dust,
sprays mist and smoke. Smoke is emitted
at
by burning of fossil fuels in different
ym
industries such as brick kilns, refineries
and smelting plants etc. Many times
pollution norms are not followed. Exhaust
ud
smoke from vehicles also contribute to air
pollution significantly.
st
–– Toxic gas leaks can be very hazardous
with long-term effects; as happened after
ity
the Bhopal Gas tragedy.
al
–– Air pollution adversely affects human
health, animals, plants, buildings and the
qu
atmosphere as a whole.
ff Water pollution is caused by organic and
@
inorganic industrial wastes and effluents
discharged into rivers and lakes.
–– The main culprits in this regard are
paper, pulp, chemical, textile and dyeing,
petroleum refineries, tanneries and
electroplating industries.
–– They release toxic dyes, detergents, acids,
salts and heavy metals like lead and
mercury, various pesticides, fertilizers,
synthetic chemicals, plastics and rubber
etc., into the water bodies.
185
–– Fly ash, phospho- gypsum and iron and
steel slags are the major solid wastes in
India.
–– Thermal pollution of water occurs when
hot water from factories and thermal
plants is drained into rivers and ponds
before cooling; this greatly harms the
aquatic plants and animals.
am
–– Mismanagement of wastes from nuclear
power plants can cause cancers and birth
defects.
gr
–– Soil and water pollution are closely
le
related. Dumping of wastes such as glass,
harmful chemicals, industrial effluents,
te
packaging materials, salts and garbage
l_
pollutes the soil. Rain water percolates
through the soil carrying the pollutants to
the ground and the ground water also gets
contaminated.
ff Noise pollution not only results in irritation
and anger, it is also a cause of stress. Industrial
and construction activities machinery, factory
equipment, generators, saws and pneumatic
and electric drills also make a lot of noise.
Health problems caused by sound pollution
include :
–– hearing impairment
–– increased heart rate and blood pressure
–– other physiological effects
CONTROL OF ENVIRONMENTAL
DEGRADATION
ff When an industry discharges one liter of
polluted water without proper treatment it
can pollute at least eight times the quantity
of freshwater. To reduce the pollution of water
bodies the following action should be taken –
(i) Minimizing use water for processing by
reusing and recycling it in two or more
successive stages.
(ii) Harvesting of rainwater to meet water
requirements.
(iii) Treating hot water and other effluents
before releasing them in water bodies.
186
Treatment of industrial effluents
ff Treatment of the wastes and effluents can be
done in three phases :
1. Primary treatment by mechanical
means. This involves screening, grinding,
flocculation and sedimentation.
2. Secondary treatment by biological process
3. Tertiary treatment by biological, chemical
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Air/ Noise Pollution control :
Particulate matter pollution in the air can be
reduced by fitting suitable smoke screens in
factories with electrostatic precipitators, fabric
filters, scrubbers and inertial separators.
Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead
of coal in factories.
Machinery and equipment can be used

and physical processes. This involves
recycling of wastewater.
ff Overdrawing of ground water reserves by
am
and generators should be fitted with silencers.
Almost all machinery can be redesigned to

gr
industry or even for agricultural purposes increase energy efficiency and reduce noise.
need to be regulated and a viable solution Noise absorbing material may be used apart from

le
needs to be implemented. personal use of earplugs and earphones.

te
l_
ia
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
Manufacturing Industries 187

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

Importance of Manufacturing; LA (5 marks)

Contribution of Industry to 10. Explain the importance of manufacturing
National Economy sector in the economic development of a
country. (AI 2019)

am
VSA (1 mark) 11. Why is economic strength of a country
measured by the development of
1. Which one of the following industries manufacturing industries? (2018)
generates the largest amount of employment?

gr
12. Analyse the role of chemical industries in the
(a) Cotton Industry (b) Jute Industry Indian economy. (AI 2017)

le
(c) Silk Industry (d) Textile Industry
13. Explain the contribution of textile industry in
 (Foreign 2016)

te
the Indian economy. (Foreign 2017)
2. Why has the 'National Manufacturing 14. "The economic strength of a country

l_
Competitiveness Council' been set-up? is measured by the development of
 (Term-II 2015) ia manufacturing industries." Support the
statement with arguments. (Delhi 2016)
3. Which one of the following countries is giving
er
stiff competition to India with regard to jute 15. 'Agriculture' and 'Industry' are complementary
industry? to each other." Explain with five examples.
at

(a) Brazil (b) Bangladesh (Delhi 2014)

Industrial Location; Classification
ym

(c) Philippines (d) Thailand

 (Delhi 2011)
of Industries, Spatial Distribution
SA
ud

(3 marks)
VSA (1 mark)
4. Analyse the role of the manufacturing sector 16. Why is the 'least cost' known as decision
st

in the economic development of India. making factor for ideal location of an industry?
(AI 2017)
ity

(Term-II 2014)
5. "Manufacturing sector is considered as 17. Which one of the following cities has emerged
al

the backbone of economic development as the 'electronic capital' of India?

of a country." Support the statement with (a) Delhi (b) Kolkata
qu

examples. (Foreign 2017) (c) Bangalore (d) Hyderabad

6. Describe the importance of manufacturing. (AI 2012)
@

(Term-II 2016)
7. Explain with examples, how do industries give
boost to the agriculture sector?
 (Delhi 2015)
18. Which one of the following has been the major
source of foreign exchange for IT industry?
(a) BHEL (b) SAIL
(c) BPO (d) OIL (AI 2011)

8. Examine the impact of liberalisation on SA (3 marks)

automobile industry of India. (Term-II 2012)
9. Mention any two factors that have contribute
to a healthy growth of the automobile industry
in India? Name two centres where this
industry is located.  (Term-II 2011)
19. Explain with examples the interdependence of
agriculture and industries. (Delhi 2017)
20. Classify industries on the basis of source of
raw material. How are they different from
each other? (AI 2016)
188
21. “The textile industry is the only industry in
the country which is self-reliant and complete
in the value chain.” Justify the statement.
(Delhi 2016)
22. Classify industries on the basis of their main
role. How are they different from each other?
(Foreign 2016)
23. Classify industries on the basis of capital
investment. How are they different from one
another? Explain with examples.
 (Term-II 2016)
24. Classify the industries on the basis of
ownership and give one example of each
(Term-II 2012)
category. 
25. How does textile industry occupy a unique
position in Indian economy? Explain giving
any three points. (Term-II 2014, Delhi 2011)
ia
26. "The sugar mills are shifting towards southern
er
states of India." Support the statement giving
three reasons. (Delhi 2011)
at
27. "The iron and steel industry is the basic as well
ym
as heavy industry." Support the statement with
three points.  (Term-II 2012)
ud
28. Explain any three problems faced by Iron and
Steel Industry in India. (AI 2011)
st
29. Distinguish between an integrated steel plants
ity
and a mini steel plant stating three points of
distinction.  (Term-II 2011)
al
30. What is the importance of the information
qu
technology sector for the Indian economy?
Explain.  (Term-II 2012)
@
LA (5 marks)
31. Explain any five factors affecting the location
of a industry. (Term-II 2014, Term-II 2015)
32. Why was the cotton textile industry
concentrated in the cotton growing belt in the
early years? Explain. (Term-II 2014)
33. "Many of our spinners export cotton
yearn while apparel manufacturers have to
import fabric." Explain this statement with
appropriate reasons.  (Term-II 2014)
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
34. Evaluate the factors which are responsible for
the location of jute industry in west Bengal.
(Term-II 2016, 2014)
35. "Production and consumption of Steel is
often regarded as the index of a country's
development". Examine the statement.
 (Term-II 2014)
36. Describe any five factors responsible for the
am
concentration of iron and steel industry in and
around Chota Nagpur Plateau region.
 (Term-II 2014)
gr
Industrial Pollution and
le
Environmental Degradation,
te
Control of Environmental
Degradation
l_
SA (3 marks)
37. Suggest any three steps to minimise the
environmental degradation caused by the
industrial development in India. (AI 2016)
38. Analyse any three major challengers faced by
the sugar industry in India.  (Foreign 2014)
39. How does industry pollute the environment?
Explain with three examples.  (Term-II 2012)
40. Examine what are the causes of industrial
pollution of freshwater resources?
 (Term-II 2011)
41. Suggest any three measures to reduce the
industrial pollution of freshwater resources.
(Term-II 2011)
LA (5 marks)
42. How are industries responsible for
environmental degradation in India? Explain
with examples. (Delhi 2019)
43. Explain any two main challenges faced by
the jute industry in India. Explain any three
objectives of National Jute Policy. (Delhi 2017)
44. Explain the pro-active approach adopted by
the National Thermal Power Corporation
(NTPC). (Term-II 2015)
45. Explain any five measures to control industrial
pollution in India. (Delhi 2013)
Manufacturing Industries
Answers
1. (d) Textile Industry
2. To improve the productivity of the industrial
sector. However, this has been wound up in March
2016.
3. (b) Bangladesh
4. Manufacturing industries help in
modernizing agriculture which forms the
backbone of our economy. Apart from this,
manufacturing industries also reduce the heavy
dependence of people on agricultural income.
This becomes possible because of creation of
new jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.
Industrial development helps in eradication of
unemployment and poverty. When a country
manufactures its own products, it becomes more
self-reliant.
Export of manufactured goods expands trade
er
and commerce and brings in much needed
foreign exchange. A country with high level of
at
manufacturing activities becomes prosperous.
ym
5. Industrial sector provides the basic inputs to
the agricultural sector such as tractors, harvesting
machines, fertilizers etc., that make the basic
ud
inputs for the sector. It helps in modernization
of the agricultural activity. The industrial sector
st
provides employment to a large number of people
and improves their economic status. These people
ity
in turn are able to buy more of the agricultural
products such as food items, clothes etc. Thus the
al
industrial sector improves employment. Because
of industrial sector value is added to goods. The
qu
country can export products instead of raw
materials.
@
6. The economic strength of a country lies in the
development of manufacturing industries:
(i) Manufacturing industries help in modernising
agriculture which forms the backbone of our
economy.
(ii) It reduces the heavy dependence of people
on agriculture sector and creatis jobs in secondary
and tertiary sectors.
(iii) It is necessary for the removal of
unemployment and poverty.
(iv) It brings down regional disparities.
189
(v) Export of manufactured goods expand trade
and commerce and enhances prosperity.
(vi) It brings much needed foreign exchange.
7. (a) Industries provide agricultural implements
machine and other products to the agricultural
am
sector such as PVC pipes, irrigation pumps,
fertilizers, pesticides, insecticides etc.
(b) Due to these products provided by the
gr
industries to the agricultural sector, the agricultural
production increases. These inputs also improve
le
the efficiency of production.
te
(c) Green revolution in Punjab and Uttar Pradesh
was achieved only because the industries provided
l_
products like fertilizers and tractors and irrigation
iapumps to the farmers.
(d) Thus, agricultural development is possible
only due to the support from the manufacturing
industries
(e) Because of the inputs from the industry the
employment opportunities in the agricultural
sector also increases.
8. Impact of liberalisation on automobile
industry are :
(i) Multi-utility vehicles have been introduced.
(ii) The coming of new and contemporary models
which are of international quality.
(iii) Healthy growth and expansion of the market.
(iv) FDI in new technology has come.
(v) The industry has achieved global standard.
9. (i) The introduction of new and
contemporary models stimulated the demand for
vehicles in India.
(ii) Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) brought
in new technology and aligned the industry with
global development. The two centres of automobile
industry are Jamshedpur and Gurgaon.
10. People employed in the secondary activities
that is manufacturing convert the primary
materials into finished goods. The workers
employed in steel factories, car, breweries, textile
industries, bakeries etc. fall into this category. The
share of manufacturing sector in the Indian GDP
(Gross Domestic Product) has been relatively
190
stagnant at 17% , this is also because other sectors
have also been growing steadily.
Importance of Manufacturing in the economic
development:
1. Manufacturing industries help in modernizing
agriculture; which helps in the efficiencies in
agricultural practices.
2. It reduces the heavy dependence of people
on agricultural income. This becomes possible
because of creation of new jobs in secondary and
tertiary sectors.
3. Industrial development helps in eradication
of unemployment and poverty. Industries in
underdeveloped areas reduce regional disparity.
4. Export of high quality manufactured goods
expands trade and commerce faster and brings in
much needed foreign exchange. This is many times
better than exporting basic raw materials as was
happening during the British era.
iaIn a developing country like India, the Cotton
5. A country with high level of manufacturing
er
activities becomes prosperous.
11. Manufacturing sector is considered the
at
backbone of an economy because of the following
reasons :
ym
(a) Utilization of Natural Resources: Utilization
of huge volume of natural resources has become
ud
possible with the development of industries in the
country.
st
(b) Balanced Sectoral Development: Growth
of Industrialization in the country can attain
ity
balanced sectoral development and it can reduce
the too much dependence of the economy on the
al
agricultural sector.
qu
(c) Enhanced Capital Formation: Increasing
volume of investment in industries has led to
enhancement in the rate of capital formation in the
@
country.
(d) Increase in National Income and Foreign
Exchange:- Industries contribute a good portion
of the total national income of our country.
(e) Increase in Job Opportunities: It Increases the
job opportunities for a large section of population
of the country.
(f) Development of Industries brings down
regional economic and social disparities as
incomes rise and people from different strata of
the society work together.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
12. (i) It contributes approximately 3% of the
GDP.
(ii) It is the 3rd largest in Asia and occupies the
6th place in the world.
(iii) It consists both large and small scale
manufacturing units.
(iv) Rapid growth has been recorded in both
inorganic and organic sector. Organic chemicals
include petrochemicals which are used
am
for  manufacturing of synthetic fibers, rubber,
plastics, and dye stuffs. Inorganic chemicals include
sulphuric acid, fertilizers, synthetic fibers, plastics,
gr
adhesives, paints, etc.
(v) The chemical industry is its own largest
le
consumer with value addition.
13. The Cotton Textile Industry forms the largest
te
single industry in India. Every year the Cotton
l_
Textile Industry produces 30% – 35%` of the total
industrial products in the country.
Textile Industry is very important, for it has to
meet the demand for clothes from within the
country and also for exports.
14. Refer to answer 11.
15. (i) Agro industries in India have given a major
boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.
(ii) Industries depend on agriculture for their raw
materials.
(iii) Industries sell their products such as irrigation
pumps, fertilisers, etc., the farmers.
(iv) Industries have made production processes of
agriculture very efficient.
(v) Income generated by industrial sector makes
its workers richer so they can afford more food stuff.
Similarly money is the hand of agricultural labour
makes him able to afford more manufactured
goods.
16. Ideal location of the industry depends on
many factors which combines to make the “least
cost factor”. It includes important factors like
distance from raw material source, nearness to the
market, transport and communication facilities
etc.
17. (c) Bangalore
18. (c) BPO
19. The interdependence of agriculture and
industries is based on many things like adequate
rainfall and good crops.
Manufacturing Industries
Some of the examples are when the rains fail the
crops fail, the industries suffer and we have losses
in our business as the purchasing power falls.
If the cotton crops fail the clothing industries
suffer and the industries suffer.
If the poultry farms does not produce enough
eggs the bakery industries which use egg as their
important ingredient suffers.
20. On the basis of sources of raw material
industries are classified as:
Agro based: Agro based industries draw their raw
materials from agricultural products. For example,
Textiles, Sugar, Coffee, Tea and Edible Oil, etc.
Mineral based: They draw their raw material from
minerals. For example, Iron and Steel industries,
cement, petrochemicals, etc.
While in agro based industries value addition
is done at every stage; in case of mineral based
industries refining is a more important activity.
ia
21. The textile industry occupies a unique
er
position in Indian economy, because it contributes :
(i) Significantly to industrial production
at
(14 percent).
(ii) It generates employment (35 million persons
ym
directly).
(iii) Earns foreign exchange (about 24.6 percent).
ud
(iv) It contributes to a larger amount towards
GDP (4 percent)
st
(v) Only industry in the country which is self-
reliant and complete in the value chain i.e., from
ity
raw material to the highest value added products.
22. Industries can be classified according to the
al
role they play in the economy of the country. They
qu
are :
(a) Basic or key industries which supply their
products or raw materials to manufacture other
@
goods e.g. iron and steel and copper smelting,
aluminium smelting. These industries help in the
establishment of other industries.
(b) Consumer industries that produce goods for
direct use by consumers – sugar, toothpaste, paper,
sewing machines, electric fans etc.
23. (i) Classification of the industries on the
basis of capital investment :
(a) Small Scale Industry
(b) Large Scale industry
(ii) Difference :
191
Small scale Industries : They employ less number
of people and capital. Most of the work is done by
small machines and manpower. They use less raw
material and their production is also less. Example
Radio, TV making, agricultural implements etc.
Large scale Industries : These industries employ
large number of people and capital. Work is
done by large machines and manpower. They use
large amount of raw materials and produce more
am
products. Examples are textile industry, steel
industry, etc.
24. Classification of Industries on the basis of
gr
ownership :
le
S. No. Category Examples
(i) Public Sector BHEL, SAIL, etc.
te
Industries
l_
(ii) Private Sector Tisco, Bajaj Auto
Industries Ltd.
(iii) Joint Sector Oil India Ltd.
Industries
(iv) Cooperative sector Sugar Industry in
Industries. Maharashtra.
25. Textile Industry: The textile industry occupies
unique position in the Indian economy, because it
contributes significantly to industrial production
(14 per cent), employment generation ( over 40
million persons directly – the second largest after
agriculture) and foreign exchange earnings (about
$ 40 billion). It contributes 4 per cent towards
GDP.
It is the only industry in the country, which is self-
reliant and complete in the value chain i.e., from
raw material to the highest value-added products
Textile industries create demand for other
industries such as chemicals, dyes, packaging
materials and engineering works. Thus, it can
be concluded that the textile industry occupies a
unique position in Indian economy.
26. Shifting of sugar industries to southern states
is because :
(i) Sugarcane that grows there has a higher
sucrose content.
(ii) Favourable climate provides longer crushing
period and growing season.
(iii) Cooperatives are successful in these states.
(iv) Modern mills have more crushing capacity.
192
27. Iron and steel industry is the basic industry as :
(i) All the other industries depend on it for their
machinery.
(ii) Steel is needed to manufacture a variety of
engineering goods.
(iii) It provides variety of consumer goods.
(iv) Construction material, defence, medical,
telephonic, scientific equipment, are the gift of
iron and steel industry.
28. (a) High cost and limited availability of
coking coal.
(b) Lower productivity of labor.
(c) Poor transport infrastructure.
(d) Irregular supply of electricity.
29. (i) An integrated steel plant is larger than a
mini steel plant.
(ii) Mini steel plant use steel scrap and sponge
iron while integrated steel plants use basic raw
materials i.e., iron ore for making steel.
(iii) Mini steel plant produces mild and alloy steel
er
while integrated steel plant produces only steel.
at
30. The importance of IT sector is as follows :
(i) It has provided employment to over one
ym
million people.
(ii) This industry is a major foreign exchange
ud
earner.
(iii) It has helped in the growth of the service
st
sector in India.
31. The factors affecting the location of a industry :
ity
(i) Availability of raw material.
(ii) Availability of cheap labour.
al
(iii) Availability of capital and bank facilities.
qu
(iv) Availability of power and other infrastructure.
(v) Proximity to markets.
@
(vi) Proximity of adequate and efficient means of
transport.
32. Cotton textile industry was concentrated in
the cotton growing belt in the early years because:
(i) Availability of raw cotton e.g. belt of
Maharashtra and Gujarat.
(ii) Nearness to market
(iii) Efficient transport facility
(iv) Port facilities for export
(v) Cheap labour
(vi) Moist climate
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
33. (i) The weaving, knitting and processing
units cannot use much of the high quality yarn
that is produced in the country.
Therefore, many of our spinners export cotton
yarn while apparel/garment manufacturers have
to import fabric.
(ii) If weaving sector is improved, then yarn
can be used in the country and garments can be
exported to earn more foreign exchanges for the
am
country.
34. Factors for the concentration of jute mills in
West Bengal are as follows.
gr
(i) Proximity of the jute producing areas
le
(ii) Inexpensive water transport
(iii) Abundant water for jute processing
te
(iv) Cheap and skilled labour
l_
(v) Port facilities for export
ia(vi) Kolkata as a large urban centre provides
banking and insurance facilities.
35. (i) Steel production is the backbone of any
country's economy since it is the basic unit for the
development of the nation.
(ii) Almost every industry depends on iron and
steel for its manufacturing and production.
(iii) In today's era of globalisation, consumption
of goods is increasing. Thus, it can be concluded
that growth in production of steel is regarded as
the index of country's development.
36. Factors responsible for concentration of iron
and steel industries in Chhota Nagpur Plateau :
(i) Low cost and high quality of iron-ore
(ii) High grade raw material in proximity
(iii) Cheap labour
(iv) Vast growth potential in the home market
(v) Good transport connectivity
(vi) Availability of water resources
37. Three steps to minimize the environmental
degradation caused by industrial development in
India are :
(i) Minimizing use of water for processing by
reusing and recycling it in two or more successive
stages.
(ii) Harvesting of rain water to meet water
requirements.
(iii) Treating hot water and effluents before
releasing them in rivers and ponds.
Manufacturing Industries
(iv) Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by
fitting smoke stacke to factories with electrostatic
precipitators, fabric filters, scrubbers and inertial
separators.
(v) Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas
instead of coal in factories.
(vi) Generators should be fitted with silencers.
(vii) Almost all machineries can be redesigned to
increase energy efficiency and reduce noise.
38. Major challenges of sugar industry are :
(i) Seasonal nature of the industry.
(ii) Old and inefficient methods of production.
(iii) Transport delay in reaching to sugar factories
and the need to maximise the use of bagasse.
39. Industries are responsible for four types
of pollution i.e., : (i) Air (ii) Water (iii) Noise
(iv) Land.
(i) Air pollution is caused by the presence of high iarefineries and smelting plants etc.
proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur
dioxide and carbon monoxide. Smoke is emitted
er
by factories, brick kilns, refineries and smelting
plants, and burning of fossil fuels in big and small
at
factories. Air pollution is also caused by fine dust
ym
particles from construction industry.
(ii) Water pollution is caused by organic
and inorganic industrial wastes and affluents
ud
discharged into rivers. The main culprits in this
regard are paper, pulp, chemical, textile and dyeing,
st
petroleum refineries and electroplating industries.
They let out dyes, detergents, acids, salts and heavy
ity
metals like lead and mercury, into water bodies.
Pesticides, fertilisers, synthetic chemicals with
al
carbon, plastics and rubber, etc., also pollute Into
the water bodies.
qu
(iii) Noise pollution is due to industrial and
construction activities. Machinery and electric
@
drills cause hearing problems and irritation.
(iv) Land Pollution is caused by damping of waste
as glass and harmful chemicals and sludge.
40. Fresh water sources are polluted by organic
and inorganic wastes and effluents discharged by
industries into rivers. The main culprits are paper
and pulp, chemical, textile petroleum, refineries,
tanneries, etc.
41. (i) Minimising use of water for processing by
reusing and recycling it in two or more successive
stages.
193
(ii) Harvesting of rainwater to meet water
requirements.
(iii) Treatment of hot water and effluents before
releasing them in river and ponds.
42. Although industrialization has contributed
significantly to India’s economic growth and
development the increase in pollution has resulted
in gross degradation of our environment. Different
industries are responsible for the pollution of
am
(a) Air (b) Water (c) Land (d) Noise.
• Air pollution is caused by the presence of high
proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur
gr
dioxide and carbon monoxide in air.
le
• Airborne particulate materials contain both
solid and liquid particles like dust, sprays mist
te
and smoke. Smoke is emitted by burning of fossil
l_
fuels in different industries such as brick kilns,
• Many times pollution norms are not followed
by the industries. The effluents are not treated
before their discharge into air or water bodies.
• Toxic gas leaks can be very hazardous with
long-term effects; as happened after the Bhopal
Gas tragedy. Hence meticulous maintenance of
equipment is necessary.
• Water pollution is caused by organic
and inorganic industrial wastes and effluents
discharged into rivers and lakes. The main culprits
in this regard are paper, pulp, chemical, textile
and dyeing, petroleum refineries, tanneries and
electroplating industries.
• They release toxic dyes, detergents, acids,
salts and heavy metals like lead and mercury,
various pesticides, fertilizers, synthetic chemicals,
plastics and rubber etc., into the water bodies.
• Fly ash, phospho- gypsum and iron and steel
slags are the major solid wastes in India.
• Thermal pollution of water occurs when hot
water from factories and thermal plants is drained
into rivers and ponds before cooling; this greatly
harms the aquatic plants and animals.
• Mismanagement of wastes from nuclear
power plants can cause cancers and birth defects.
• Soil and water pollution are closely related.
Dumping of wastes such as glass, harmful
chemicals, industrial effluents, packaging
194
materials, salts and garbage renders the soil useless.
Rain water percolates through the soil carrying the
pollutants to the ground and the ground water also
gets contaminated.
• Noise pollution not only results in irritation
and anger. Unwanted sound is an irritant and
a cause of stress. Industrial and construction
activities machinery, factory equipment,
generators, saws and pneumatic and electric drills
also make a lot of noise. Health problems caused
by sound pollution include : hearing impairment,
increased heart rate and blood pressure and other
physiological effects
43. Following are the challenges faced by jute
industries in India :
1. High cost of production
2. Storage of raw Jute is a problem.
3. Shortage of supply of electricity.
4. Growth of Jute mills in Bangladesh and loss of
foreign market.
er
5. Emergence of synthetic substitute of jute
at
leading to loss in demand and fall in prices.
The Indian government has taken the following
ym
steps to boost Jute production :
(i) Government has made it compulsory in the
ud
country to use jute packaging.
(ii) In 2005, our government formulated the
st
National Jute policy with the following aims:
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
To expand production, enhance quality. To provide
good prices to the farmers.
44. The pro-active approach adopted by the
National Thermal Power Corporation (NTPC) for
preserving the natural environment are as follows:
(i) Optimum utilisation of equipment adopting
latest techniques and upgrading existing
equipment.
(ii) Minimising waste generation by maximising
am
ash utilisation.
(iii) Providing green belts for nurturing ecological
balance and afforestation.
gr
(iv) Reducing environmental, pollution through
ash pond management, ash water recycling system
le
and liquid waste management.
te
(v) Ecological monitoring, review and online
database management for all its power stations.
l_
45. Five ways to reduce industrial pollution are as
iafollows :
(i) Restructuring the manufacturing processes to
reduce pollutant by pollution prevention methods.
(ii) Creating cooling ponds, which are designed
to cool the hot waters from industries.
(iii) Treatment of sewage in water treatment plants
attached to industries.
(iv) Polluting industries should be set-up far from
residential areas.
(v) Industries must follow the government norms
of pollution control strictly.
 Chapter
Life Lines of National
7 Economy
 Transport – Roadways, Railways, Pipelines,  International Trade
Waterways, Airways

am
 Tourism as a Trade
 Communication

gr
QUICK RECAP

le
The pace of development of a country greatly possible because of efficient transport and modern

te
depends upon the production of goods and service. communication systems.
The production becomes efficient when the raw Now India is well-linked internally and

l_
materials reach the factories timely as needed. The externally with rest of the world very efficiently.
finished products should also be efficiently moved iaRailways, airways, waterways, newspapers, radio,
out through the distribution channels so as to television, cinema and the Internet, etc. have
reach the consumers.
er
been contributing to the Indian socio-economic
Therefore, efficient means of transport are pre- progress in many ways.
at

requisites for fast development. Movement of

these goods and services can be over land, water TRANSPORT – ROADWAYS, RAILWAYS,
ym

and air. Thus, the various means of, transport can PIPELINES, WATERWAYS, AIRWAYS
also be classified into land, water and air transport. Transport plays an important role in the
Today, our world has become small in terms of economy. The different modes of transport are as
ud

time it takes to cover distances. This has been follows :

st

Means of Transport
ity

Land Water Air

al

Roadways Railways Pipelines Inland Overseas Domestic International

Airways Airways
qu

Public Undertaking
@

Private Airlines

Roadways (b) Roads can traverse comparatively more

India has the second largest road network in the
world, aggregating to about 5.6 million km (March
2016). In India, roadways have preceded railways.
They still have an edge over railways in view of the
ease with which they can be built and maintained.
The growing importance of road transport vis-à-
vis rail transport is rooted in the following reasons:
(a) Construction cost of roads is much lower than
that of railway lines.
dissected and undulating topography.
(c) Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slopes
and as such can traverse mountains such as
the Himalayas.
(d) Road transport is economical in transportation
of few persons and relatively smaller amount
of goods over short distances.
(e) It also provides door-to-door service; thus, the
cost of loading and unloading is much lower.
196
(f) Road transport is also used as a feeder to other
modes of transport, such as they provide a link
between railway stations, air and sea ports.
Classification of Roads in India
Golden Quadrilateral : The Golden Quadrilateral
is a highway network connecting many of the
major towns, such as Chennai, Kolkata, Delhi and
Mumbai. Other cities connected by this network
are Ahmedabad, Bengaluru, Bhubaneswar, Jaipur,
Kanpur, Pune, Surat, Vijayawada, Ajmer and
Vizag. It is the longest highway project is India
and 5th longest in the world at 5846 km. In January
2012, the project was declared complete.
The major objective of these Super Highways is to
reduce the time and distance between the mega
ia
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
cities of India. These highway projects are being
implemented by the National Highway Authority
of India (NHAI).
ff National Highways : National Highways link
extreme parts of the country. The National
Highways Authority of India (NHAI) is the
authority responsible for the development,
maintenance and management of National
Highways entrusted to it. After the formation
am
of NHAI in 1988 the national highways are
looked after by it. A number of major National
gr
Highways run in North-South and East-West
directions. The famous Sher Shah Suri Marg
le
between Delhi and Amritsar is called National
te
Highway 1.
l_
Life Lines of National Economy
ff State Highways: Roads linking a state
capital with different district headquarters
are known as State Highways. These roads
are constructed and maintained by the State
Public Works Department (PWD in State and
Union Territories.
ff District Roads:  These roads connect the
district headquarters with other places of the
district. These roads are maintained by the
Zila Parishad.
ff Other Roads:  Rural roads, which link rural
areas and villages with towns, are classified
under this category. These roads received
special impetus under the Pradhan Mantri
Grameen Sadak Yojana. Under this scheme
special provisions are made so that every
village in the country is linked to a major town
in the country by an all season motorable road. iaa great integrating force for more than 150 years.
ff Border Roads:  Apart from these, Border
Roads Organization a Government of India
er
undertaking constructs and maintains roads
at
in the bordering areas of the country. This
organization was established in 1960 for
ym
the development of the roads of strategic
importance in the northern and northeastern
ud
border areas. These roads have improved
accessibility in areas of difficult terrain and
st
have helped in the economic development of
these area.
ity
Road Density
al
We have defined road density as the length of
road per 100 sq. km of area. Distribution of road
qu
is not uniform in the country. Density of all roads
varies from only 12.14 km in Jammu & Kashmir
@
to 517 km in Kerala with the national average of
142.68 km ( 2011).
Road transportation in India faces a number of
problems. Keeping in view the volume of traffic
and passengers, the road network is inadequate.
About half of the roads are unmetalled and this
limits their usage during the rainy season. The
National Highways are inadequate too. Moreover,
the roadways are highly congested in cities and
most of the bridges and culverts are old and
narrow.
197
Railways
Railways are the principal mode of transportation
for freight and passengers in India. Indian Railways
is the 4th largest rail-network in the world. It has a
network of 7349 stations and route length of 67368
km, 49% of which are electrified. As of March 2017,
it had 277,987 freight wagons, 70,937 passenger
coaches and 11,452 locomotives. Indian Railways
have locomotive and coach-production facilities at
am
several locations in India. It is the world's eighth-
largest employer, it hats 1.308 million employees as
gr
of March 2017.
Railways also make it possible for us to conduct
le
multifarious activities like business, sightseeing,
pilgrimage along with transportation of goods
te
over longer distances. Apart from an important
l_
means of transport, the Indian Railways have been
Railways in India bind the economic life of the
country as well as accelerate the development of
the industry and agriculture
Gauge (in m) Route (km) % of total)
Broad Gauge 1.676m 61680 92 %
Meter Gauge 1 m 3479 05%
Narrow Gauge 0.762
2208 03%
& 0.610 m
Pipelines
ff Pipeline transport is the transportation of
goods or materials through a pipe. In the past,
pipes were used to transport water to cities
and industries. Now, these are also used for
transporting crude oil, petroleum products
and natural gas from oil and natural gas fields
to refineries, fertilizer factories and big thermal
power plants. Solids can also be transported
through a pipeline when converted into slurry.
ff The far inland locations of refineries like
Barauni, Mathura, Panipat and gas based
fertilizer plants have been functioning only
because of pipelines. Initial cost of laying
pipelines is high but subsequent running costs
are minimal. It rules out trans-shipment losses
or delays.
ff There are three very important networks of
pipeline transportation in the country.
198
1. Naharkatia-Nunmati-Barauni Pipeline
(1167 km): From oil field in upper Assam
to Kanpur (Uttar Pradesh), via Guwahati,
Barauni and Allahabad. It has branches from
Barauni to Haldia, via Rajbandh, Rajbandh to
Maurigram and Guwahati to Siliguri.
2. Salaya-Koyali-Mathura Pipeline (1256 km) :
From Salaya in Gujarat to Jalandhar in Punjab,
via Viramgam, Mathura, Delhi and Sonipat.
It has branches to connect Koyali (near
Vadodara, Gujarat) Chakshu and other places.
3. Hajira-Bijapur-Jagdishpur (HBJ) Gas
Pipeline (1750 km) : Gas pipeline from
Hazira in Gujarat connects Jagdishpur
in Uttar Pradesh, via Vijaipur in Madhya
Pradesh. It has branches to Kota in Rajasthan,
Shahajahanpur, Babrala and other places in
Uttar Pradesh.
ia
Other important pipelines are
er
4. Mumbai High-Mumbai-Ankleshwar-
at
Kayoli Pipeline: (210 km)
5. Jamnagar-Loni LPG Pipeline: (1269 km)
ym
6. Kandla-Bhatinda Pipeline: (1331 km)
Waterways
ud
ff Waterways are the cheapest means of
transport. They are most suitable for carrying
st
heavy and bulky goods. It is a fuel-efficient
ity
and environment friendly mode of transport.
India has inland navigation waterways of
al
14,500 km in length. Out of these only 3,700
km are navigable by mechanised boats.
qu
ff The following waterways have been declared as
the National Waterways by the Government:
@
(a) The Ganga river between Allahabad and
Haldia (1620 km)-N.W. No.1
(b) The Brahmaputra river between Sadiya and
Dhubri (891 km)-N.W. No.2
(c) The West-Coast Canal in Kerala (Kottapurma-
Komman, Udyogamandal and Champakkara
canals-205 km) – N.W. No.3
(d) Specified stretches of Godavari and Krishna
rivers along with Kakinada Puducherry
stretch of canals (1078 km) – N.W. No.4
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(e) Specified stretches of river Brahmani along
with Matai river, delta channels of Mahanadi
and Brahmani rivers and East Coast Canal
(588 km) – N.W. No.5
A good amount of transportation also takes place
in Mandavi, Zuari and Cumberjua, Sunderbans,
Barak, backwaters of Kerala and tidal stretches of
some other rivers.
am
Major Sea Ports
The coastline of India (7,516.6 km), is dotted
with 12 major and 181 medium and minor ports.
gr
The major ports handle 95 per cent of India’s
foreign trade.
le
ff Kandla in Kuch was the first port developed
te
soon after Independence to ease the volume
of trade on the Mumbai port. It is a tidal port,
l_
catering to export and import of grains and
industrial products of the north-west India.
ff Mumbai is the biggest port with a spacious
natural and well-sheltered harbor.
ff The Jawaharlal Nehru port was planned with a
view to decongest the Mumbai port and serve
as a hub port for this region.
ff Marmagao port (Goa) is the premier iron
ore exporting port of the country. This port
accounts for about fifty per cent of India’s iron
ore export.
ff New Mangalore port, located in Karnataka
caters to the export of iron ore concentrates
from Kudremukh mines. Kochi is the extreme
south-western port, located at the entrance of
a lagoon with a natural harbor.
ff On the east coast, is the port of Tuticorin, in
Tamil Nadu. This port has a natural harbor
and rich hinterland. It handles a large variety
of cargo to even our neighboring countries
like Sri Lanka, Maldives, etc. and the coastal
regions of India.
ff Chennai is one of the oldest artificial ports of
the country. It is ranked next to Mumbai in
terms of the volume of trade and cargo.
ff Vishakhapatnam is the deepest landlocked
and well-protected port. This port was,
originally, conceived as an outlet for iron ore
exports.
Life Lines of National Economy
ff Paradip port located in Orissa, specializes in
the export of iron ore.
ff Kolkata is an inland riverine port. This port
serves a very large and rich hinterland of
Ganga-Brahmaputra basin. Being a tidal
port, it requires constant dredging of Hoogly.
Haldia port was developed as a subsidiary
port, in order to relieve growing pressure on
the Kolkata port.
Airways
ff The air transport was nationalized in 1953.
On the operational side, Air India, (subsidiary
of Indian Airlines), and different private
scheduled airlines provide domestic air
services. Air India, Jet Airways, SpiceJet, etc.,
provides international air services.
ff Pawan Hans Ltd. provides helicopter services
ia
to Oil and Natural Gas Commission in its off-
er
shore operations, to inaccessible areas and
difficult terrains like the north-eastern states
at
and the interior parts of Jammu and Kashmir,
ym
Himachal Pradesh and Uttaranchal.
ff Air travel can cover very difficult terrains
ud
like high mountains, dreary deserts, dense
forests and also long oceanic stretches with
st
great ease. The air travel, today, is the fastest,
most comfortable and prestigious mode of
ity
transport. That is why it is a preferred mode of
travel in the north east.
al
COMMUNICATION
qu
We use different means of communication in our
day-to-day life. Be it personal communication
@
mediums such as telephones, letters, etc. or means
of mass communication, such as radio, television
or the newspaper; we use all of them.
ff The Indian postal network is the largest in the
world. It handles parcels as well as personal
written communications.
ff Cards and envelopes are considered first–class
mail and are airlifted between stations.
ff The second–class mail includes book packets,
registered newspapers and periodicals. They
199
are carried by surface mail, by land and water
transport.
ff To facilitate quick delivery of mails in large
towns and cities, six mail channels have been
introduced recently. They are called Rajdhani
Channel, Metro Channel, Green Channel,
Business Channel, Bulk Mail Channel and
Periodical Channel.
am
Telephone
ff India has one of the largest telephone
gr
networks in Asia. In order to strengthen the
flow of information from the grassroot to the
le
higher level, the government has made special
te
provision to extend twenty-four hours STD
facility to every village in the country. There
l_
is a uniform rate of STD facilities all over
India. It has been made possible by integrating
the development in space technology with
communication technology.
Mobile Telephones
ff India is one of the fastest growing mobile
networks in the world. Mobile phones have
changed the way Indians conducted business.
Now even low-income group people like
vegetable vendors, plumbers and carpenters
get better business because they are connected
through mobile phones. The call rates of
mobile telephony have become very affordable.
Mass Communication
ff Mass communication provides entertainment
and creates awareness among people about
various national programmes and policies.
It includes radio, television, newspapers,
magazines, books and films. All India
Radio (Akashwani) broadcasts a variety of
programmes in national, regional and local
languages for various categories of people,
spread over different parts of the country.
Doordarshan, the national television channel
of India, is one of the largest terrestrial
networks in the world. It broadcasts a variety of
programmes from entertainment, educational
200 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
to sports, etc. for people of different age
Machinery 13.6 5%
groups.
ff Newspapers: India publishes a large number Biochemicals 12 4%
of newspapers and periodicals annually. They Pharmaceuticals 11.7 4%
are of different types depending upon their
periodicity. Newspapers are published in about Major Imports by India (2017 -Billion Dollars)
100 languages and dialects. Largest number of
newspapers published in the country are in Product Billion $ Percent of
Hindi, followed by English and Urdu. total

am
ff Films: India is the largest producer of feature
Petroleum Products 123 27.7%
films in the world. It produces short films;

gr
video feature films and video short films. The Gems and Jewelry 74 16.7%
Central Board of Film Certification (CBFC),
Electrical Machinery 47 10.6%

le
is the authority to certify both Indian and
Computers etc. 36 8.1%

te
foreign films.
INTERNATIONAL TRADE Organic chemicals 18 4%

l_
ff Trade between two countries is called Special Plastics 13 2.9%
international trade. It may take place through
ia
sea, air or land routes. Advancement of TOURISM AS A TRADE
er
international trade of a country is an index ff Tourism is very important for the Indian
to its economic prosperity. It is, therefore, economy. According to the World Travel &
at

considered the economic barometer for a Tourism Council tourism generated US$230
ym

country.
billion or 9.4% of the nation's GDP in 2017
ff Export: When the goods are sent to other
and supported 41.622 million jobs, 8% of its
country for sale it is called as export.
ud

total employment.
ff Import: When the goods come from another
ff Over 10 million foreign tourists arrived in
country to be sold in India it is called import.
st

ff Balance of Payment : This is the difference India in 2017. Domestic tourist visits to all
states and Union Territories  numbered
ity

of revenue between export and import of a

country. When export is higher than import 1,036.35 million (in 2012).
al

then this is a situation of favorable balance of ff Tourism also promotes national integration,
payment. On the other hand, when the import provides support to local handicrafts
qu

is higher than export then this is a situation of and cultural pursuits. It also helps in the
unfavorable balance of payment. development of international understanding
@

Top Indian Exports (2017 -Billion Dollars) about our culture and heritage.
ff It also helps in the development of
Product Billion $ Percent of total
international understanding about our culture
Petroleum Products 62 22% and heritage. Foreign tourists visit India for
Gems and Jewelry 42 15% heritage tourism, eco-tourism, adventure
tourism, cultural tourism, medical tourism
Automobiles 14.5 5%
and business tourism.
Life Lines of National Economy 201

MAP WORK
Locating and labelling Major Ports of India
Major Ports –
Kandla
Mumbai

am
Marmagao
New Mangalore

gr
Kandla
Kochi Haldia

le
Paradip
Tuticorin Mumbai

te
Vishakhapatnam
Chennai

l_
Marmagao
Vishakhapatnam ia Chennai
Paradip New Mangalore
er
Haldia Kochi
Tuticorin
at
ym

International Airports
ud
st
ity

Amritsar (Raja Sansi)

Delhi (Indira Gandhi

al
qu

International)
@

Mumbai (Chhatrapati Shivaji)

Chennai (Meenam Bakkam)

Kolkata (Netaji Subhash

Chandra Bose)

Hyderabad (Rajiv Gandhi)

202 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

Transport – Roadways, Railways, SA (3 marks)

Pipelines, Waterways, Airways 11. "Dense and efficient network of transport
is a pre-requisite for local and national
VSA (1 mark)
development". Analyse the statement.

am
1. Name the river related to National Waterways (2018, AI 2017)
No. 2. (AI 2017) 12. "Efficient means of transport are pre-requisites
for the fast development." Express your views

gr
2. Name the river which is related to National
Waterways No. 1. (AI 2017) in favour of this statement. (Delhi 2016)

le
3. Name the state related to National Waterways 13. Elaborate any three advantage of railways in
India.  (Term-II 2016)

te
No. 3. (Foreign 2017)
14. What is pipeline transportation? Write two

l_
4. What is a new arrival on the transportation
map of India? (Term-II 2016) merits and demerits of the same.
 (Term-II 2016)
5. What is the major objective to develop super
ia
highways? (Term-II 2015) 15. Describe the rural roads in India.
er
(Term-II 2015)
6. Why was Jawaharlala Nehru port developed?
at

 (Term-II 2015) 16. Describe any three features of waterways in

India.  (Term-II AI 2015)
ym

7. Why was the Haldia seaport set-up?

 (Term-II 2015) 17. Describe any three factors that accord
prominence to airways as a mode of
ud

8. National Waterway No. 1 is navigable between transportation.  (Term-II 2015)

which of the following places?
18. Explain the importance of railways as the
st

(a) Sadiya and Dhubri principal mode of transportation for freight

(b) Allahabad and Haldia
ity

and passengers in India. (AI 2015)

(c) Udyogamandal and Champakkara
19. Why are metalled roads better than unmetalled
al

(d) Kottapuram and Komman (AI 2014) roads? What is the role of border roads and
national highways in transportation?
qu

9. Which one of the following ports is the biggest

with a spacious natural and well sheltered  (Term-II 2015)
harbour?
@

20. Mention any four merits and any two demerits

(a) Kolkata (b) Chennai
(c) Mumbai (d) Vishakhapatnam
 (Delhi 2013)
10. Which one of the following groups of terminal
stations is connected with National Highway
No. 78?
(a) Delhi and Kolkata
(b) Delhi and Amritsar
(c) Delhi and Chennai
(d) Varanasi and Kanyakumari (Foreign 2012)
of air transport. (AI 2012)
21. Explain the improvements made by the Indian
railways in its functioning. (AI 2012)
22. Explain any three major problems faced by
Indian Railways. (Term-II 2011)
23. What are Golden Quadrilateral Super
Highways? Mention any two objectives of
this project. The North-South and East-West
Corridors join which terminal cities.
(Term-II 2011)
Life Lines of National Economy 203
24. Explain any four advantages of pipeline 37. What is the significance of 'Border Roads'?
transportation. (Term-II 2011) Explain. (Term-II 2011)

LA (5 marks) 38. Elaborate any two important networks of

pipeline transportation in India along with
25. “Roadways still have an edge over railways in their branches.  (Term-II 2011)
India.” Support the statement with examples.
39. Name the longest National Waterway of
(Delhi 2019)
India. Write any three points of importance of
26. “Roadways still have an edge over railways in waterways. (Term-II 2011)

am
India.” Support the statement with arguments.
40. Explain any five characteristics of Kandla
(AI 2016) Seaport. (Term-II 2011)

gr
27. Explain with examples the condition
responsible for uneven distribution pattern of Communication

le
the railways network in India. (Foreign 2016) SA (3 marks)

te
28. Highlight any five features of Hazira-Vijaipur-
41. Examine with example the role of means of

l_
Jagdishpur gas pipeline.  (Term-II 2016) transport and communication in making our
29. How do modern means of transport serve as ia life prosperous and comfortable. (AI 2017)
lifelines of our nation? Explain. 42. How do means of transport and
er
 (Term-II 2016) communication play an important role in
30. "Road transport and Rail transport in India the economic development of the country?
at

are not competitive but complementary to Explain. (Delhi 2014)

ym

each other." Justify the statement. 43. “Information and communication technology
(Foreign 2015) has played a major role in spreading out
products and services across countries.”
ud

31. Analyse the physiographic and economic

Support the statement. (AI 2012)
factors that have influenced the distribution
44. What is the difference between personal
st

pattern of the railway network in our country.

(Delhi 2015) communication and mass communication?
ity

State any two points of importance of mass

32. "Indian Railways binds the economic life of the communication. (Term-II 2011)
al

country as well as accelerates the development

of industry and agriculture." Justify the LA (5 marks)
qu

statement. (Foreign 2014) 45. Classify communication services into two

categories. Explain main features of each.
@

33. Describe any five major problems faced by

road transport in India. (Delhi 2013) (Term-II 2016)

34. Classify roads into six classes according to
their capacity. What is the role of National
Highways Authority of India?  (Term-II 2012)
35. Explain the importance of air transport in
India giving four points. (Delhi 2011)
36. Why is air travel more popular in the North-
Eastern states of India? Explain.
 (Term-II 2011)
46. What is mass communication? What are the
different means of mass communication? What
is the significance of mass communication in a
country like India? (Term-II 2012)
47. Why is a dense and efficient network of
transport and communication a prerequisite
for the development of local, national and
global trade of today? Give your opinion.
(Term-II 2012)
204
International Trade; Tourism as a
Trade
SA (3 marks)
48. Describe the significance of tourism as a trade
in India.  (Term-II 2015)
49. Explain the ways in which tourism promotes
the related industries and services of the
destination-country.  (Term-II 2015)
50. What is meant by international trade? State
any one feature of India’s international trade.
(Term-II 2011)
51. Define the following terms :
(i) Trade (ii) International Trade
(iii) Favourable Balance of Trade
(iv) Unfavourable Balance of Trade.
 (Term-II 2011)
ia
Answers
er
at
1. The Brahmaputra river between Sadiya and
ym
Dhubri (891 km)
2. The Ganga river between Allahabad and
Haldia (1620 km)
ud
3. Kerala
st
4. Pipeline transportation network. It transports
gas, liquids and solids in slurry form.
ity
5. The major objective behind developing super-
highways is to reduce distance and time taken to
al
travel between the large cities of India.
qu
6. JLN port was developed with the aim to de-
congest the Mumbai port and serve as a hub to this
@
region.
7. Haldia seaport was set-up, as a subsidiary
port to reduce the load of Kolkata port.
8. (b) Allahabad and Haldia
9. (c ) Mumbai
10. (c ) Delhi-Chennai
11. We need various things to sustain our lives in
the form of goods, services and support systems.
The same applies to all occupational activities.
Each of the requirements cannot be in the close
vicinity of our place of living.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
LA (5 marks)
52. Describe any five benefits of tourism in India.
(AI 2019)
53. What is trade? Explain the importance of
international trade? (Term-II 2016)
54. Define the term ‘Tourism.’ Why is tourism
am
known as a trade? Explain. (Term-II 2016)
55. “Advancement of international trade of a
gr
country is an index to its prosperity.” Support
the statement with suitable examples.
le
(Term-II 2014)
te
56. Explain with example of the changing nature
l_
of international trade of India in the last
fifteen years. (Term-II 2012)
We need to move the goods and services from the
supply localities to the demand localities and this
is done by the transportation system. We also need
efficient transportation for people to reach their
places of work, play and learning efficiently. All
these activities, which are integral in the economic
growth of the local population and the country as a
whole is greatly dependent on the transport sector.
Thus a dense and efficient network of trans-
portation is a prerequisite for local and national
development. Examples are -
(i) fast and efficiently moving transport is
required for traded items to reach their destinations
on time, otherwise business will suffer.
(ii) Transport is required to carry raw materials
to production centers.
(iii) From manufacturing hubs to markets
particularly for perishable goods.
(iv) Movement of people is also very important
for trade and business.
12. Refer to answer 11.
13. (i) It facilitates regular and efficient long
distance travel and transportation of bulky goods
which are not easily transported through motor
vehicles.
Life Lines of National Economy
(ii) It helps in the industrialization process of a
country by easy transportation of coal and raw-
materials efficiently and at a cheaper rate.
(iii) It helps in the quick movement of goods from
one place to another at the time of emergencies
like famines and scarcity.
(iv) It encourages mobility of labor and thereby
provides a great scope for employment.
(v) Railway is the safest form of transport. The
chances of accidents and breakdown of railways
are minimum as compared to other modes of
transport. Moreover, the traffic can be protected
from the exposure to sun, rain snow, etc.
(vi) The carrying capacity of the railways is
extremely large. Moreover, its capacity is elastic
which can easily be increased by adding more
wagons.
(vii) It is the largest public sector undertaking in
the country. Railways perform many public utility
iaswiftness.
services. Their charges are based on charge what
er
the traffic can bear principles which helps the poor.
14. Pipeline transport network is the new mode
at
of transport these days. In the past, pipelines were
used to transport water to cities and industries.
ym
Now, these are used for transporting crude oil,
petroleum products and natural gas from oil and
ud
natural gas fields to refineries, fertilizer factories
and big thermal power plants. Solids can also be
st
transported as slurry.
Merits :
ity
(i) Useful in transporting gas, liquids and solid
slurry from far away location.
al
(ii) Subsequent running costs after laying down
qu
the network are minimal.
(iii) It rules out trans-shipment losses or delays.
Demerits :
@
(i) Initial cost of laying pipelines is high.
(ii) Pipelines can burst or can have leakage
leading to wastage of valuable resource like water
mineral oil, etc.
15. (i) Rural roads link rural areas and villages
with important towns.
(ii) These roads received special impetus under
the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak Yojna.
(iii) Special provisions are made so that every
village in the country is linked to a major town in
the country by an all season motorable road.
205
16. Features of water ways in India are :
(i) India has been one of the seafaring countries.
(ii) Seamen sailed far and near; carrying and
spreading Indian commerce and culture.
(iii) Waterways are the cheapest means of
transport.
(iv) They are most suitable for carrying heavy and
bulky goods over long distance.
(v) It is fuel-efficient and environment friendly
am
mode of transport.
17. Following are the factors that accord
prominence to airways as a mode of transportation:
gr
(i) They are the fastest mode of transportation.
(ii) They are the best means of transport for
le
remote, inaccessible and hostile areas.
te
(iii) Airways play a vital role in the event of natural
and human-made calamities like floods, famines,
l_
earthquake, epidemics and war by virtue of their
18. Refer to answer 13.
19. Metalled roads are made of either cement,
concrete or bitumen of coal therefore, these are
durable over unmetalled road. Unmetalled roads
go out of use in rainy season.
Border roads plays an important role in connecting
strategically important difficult areas in the Indian
boarders and helps in the economic development
of the area. National Highways are the primary
road system which links extreme parts of the
country.
20. Merits of air transport are:
(i) It is the fastest, most comfortable and
prestigious mode of transport.
(ii) It can cover very difficult surface terrains with
great ease.
(iii) It makes access to far-flung and remote or
otherwise inaccessible areas easier and quicker.
(iv) It provides transport services to offshore oil
and gas exploration activities.
Demerits of air transport are :
(i) It is a relatively costly means of transportation.
(ii) Places not having airports or helipads cannot
be reached.
21. (i) Conversion of meter gauge to broad
gauge.
(ii) Steam engines have been replaced by diesel
and electric engines. This has increased the speed
and haulage capacity.
206
(iii) The replacement of steam engine run by coal
has improved the environment of stations and its
surroundings.
(iv) Railways routes have been extended to areas
were there was no railway lines earlier.
22. The following problems are faced by the
railways:
(i) Travelling without ticket.
(ii) Thefts and damaging railway property.
(iii) Stopping of trains without any emergency on
necessity in unauthorised way.
(iv) Railways also face challenges in constructing
and maintaining railway tracks in mountains,
sandy plains, and swampy areas.
23. (i) The Golden Quadrilateral Super Highway
is a major road development project linking Delhi
- Kolkata - Chennai - Mumbai and Delhi by six
lane super highways.
(ii) The two major objectives of these Super
iaeconomic opportunities. Likewise, it is difficult to
Highways projects are to (a) reduce the time, and
er
(b) Distance between the mega cities of India.
(iii) The North-South Corridors linking Srinagar
at
(Jammu and Kashmir) and Kanayakumari (Tamil
Nadu) and East-West Corridor connecting Silchar
ym
(Assam) and Porbander (Gujarat).
24. Refer to answer 14.
ud
25. Roadways still have an edge over the railways.
This is evident for the following reasons:
st
(a) Construction cost of roads is much lower
than that of railway lines and construction time is
ity
also comparatively less.
(b) Roads can traverse comparatively more
al
dissected and undulating topography which is a
qu
limitation in case of railways.
(c) Roads can negotiate higher gradients of
@
slopes and as such can traverse mountains like
the Himalayas, whereas the mountainous regions
are unfavorable for the construction of railway
lines due to high relief. Similarly it is difficult to
lay railway lines on the sandy plains in the deserts,
swampy or forested tracks.
(d) Road transport is economical in transportation
of few persons and relatively smaller amount of
goods over short distances, whereas railways are
suitable for transportation of large number of
people and goods in bulk, especially over long
distances.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(e) Roadways provide the “last mile connectivity”
forming the door to door service, thus the cost of
loading and unloading is much lower.
(f) Road transport is the idea to feeder mode of
transport to other modes of transport such as they
provide a link between railway stations, air and
seaports.
26. Roadways v/s Railways:
(i) Construction cost of roads is much lower
am
than that of railway lines and construction time is
also comparatively less.
(ii) Roads can traverse comparatively more
gr
dissected and undulating topography, which is a
limitation in case of railways.
le
(iii) Roads can negotiate higher gradients of
te
slopes and as such can traverse mountains like the
Himalayas, whereas the mountainous regions are
l_
unfavourable for the construction of railway lines
due to high relief, sparse population and lack of
lay railway line on the sandy plains in the deserts,
swampy or forested tracks.
(iv) Road transport is economical in transportation
of few persons and relatively smaller amount of
goods over short distance, whereas railways are
suitable for transportation of large number of
people and goods in bulk, especially over long
distances.
(v) Roadways provide door-to-door service, thus
the cost of loading and unloading is much lower.
Railways have not reached everywhere, there are
places which are yet to be connected with the
railways.
(vi) Road transport is also used as a feeder to
other modes of transport, such as they provide a
link between railway stations, air and seaports. On
the other hand, railways work as a lifeline for the
economic growth of a country as they carry raw
materials and produce goods from one part of the
nation to another on a large scale.
27. The distribution pattern of the Railway
network :
(i) The northern plains with their vast level land,
high population density and rich agricultural
resources provided the most favourable condition
for then growth of railways.
(ii) In the hilly terrains of the peninsular region,
railway tracks are laid through low hills, gaps or
tunnels.
Life Lines of National Economy
(iii) The Himalayan mountainous regions are
unfavourable for the construction of railway lines
due to high relief, sparse population and lack of
economic opportunities.
(iv) It was difficult to lay railway line on the sandy
plain of western Rajasthan, swamps of Gujarat,
forested tracks of Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh,
Odisha and Jharkhand.
(v) The stretch of Sahyadri mountains could
be crossed only though gaps or passes (Ghats).
Development of railways in these areas have been
difficult and so it in sparse.
(vi) The development of the Konkan railway along
passengers and goods.
28. (i) This pipeline is about 1700 km. long.
(ii) Hazira-Jaipur-Jagdishpur cross country gas
pipeline links Mumbai High and Bassien with
the fertilizer, power and industrial complexes in
western and northern India.
(iii) This artery has provided an impetus to India's
gas production.
er
(iv) The power and fertilizer industries are the key
users of natural gas.
at
(v) Use of Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) for
ym
vehicles to replace liquid fuels is gaining wide
popularity in the country.
29. Transport is the basic arterles of nation’s
ud
economy because :
(i) Economic development of a region or a
st
country very largely depends upon the dense
network of transport and communication.
ity
(ii) They link areas of production with
consumption, agriculture with industry and village
al
with towns and cities.
qu
(iii) They help the industry by transporting raw
materials and distribution of finished good.
@
30. Road Transport and Rail Transport :
The statement 'Road transport' and 'Rail transport'
in India are not competitive but complementary to
each other is justified in the following ways:
(i) Road transport is more suitable for short
distances whereas rail transport is more suitable
for long distance travel.
(ii) Road transport is economical in
transportation of few people and relatively smaller
amount of goods over short distances, whereas
rail transport is more suitable for large number of
people and heavy goods.
207
(iii) It is beneficial for perishable goods to be
carried by road in short period of time, whereas
non-perishable and bulky goods are transported
by railways for a longer distances.
(iv) Road transport increases the efficiency of
railways.
(v) Road transport links the rural areas with
railway stations.
(vi) The deficiency of railways is compensated by
am
road transport and vice versa.
31. Refer to answer 27.
32. Railways are the most important mode of
gr
transport in India due to the following reasons:
le
(i) Railways are the principal mode of
transportation for freight and passengers in India,
te
as they link different parts of the country.
(ii) They carry huge loads and bulky goods to
l_
long distances.
ia(iii) Railways make it possible to conduct
multifarious activities like business, sightseeing,
pilgrimage along with goods transportation over
longer distance.
(iv) Railways have been a great integrating force
for the nation for more than 150 years.
(v) They have accelerated the development of the
industry and agriculture.
33. Five problems faced by road transport in
India are given below :
(i) Volume of traffic and passengers is very large.
(ii) Road network is inadequate.
(iii) Half the roads are unmetalled, which limits
their usage in rainy seasons.
(iv) National highways too are inadequate and
congested.
(v) Roadways are highly congested in cities and
most bridges and culverts are old and narrow.
34. Roads are classified as given below :
(i) Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways-
reduce the time and distance between the mega
cities of India.
(ii) National Highways-connect the state capitals,
big cities and important ports.
(iii) State Highways-join the state capitals with
district headquarters.
(iv) District Roads-connect the district centres
with the major roads.
(v) Other Rural Roads-link rural areas and
villages with towns.
208
(vi) Border Roads-have increased accessibility in
areas of difficult terrain along the country’s border.
Projects related to super highways are being
implemented by the NHAI.
35. Merits of air transport are :
(i) It is the most comfortable mode of transport.
(ii) It is the fastest mode of transport.
(iii) It is the prestigious mode of transport.
(iv) It can cover very difficult terrains like high
mountain and dreary deserts.
(v) Dense forests and oceans are not problems for
air transport. It covers them with great ease.
36. Air transport is considered as an important
means of transport in the North-Eastern part of
our country because :
(i) Big rivers : Presence of big rivers like
Brahmaputra make it difficult to construct roads
and railways. Airways are suitable when rivers get
flooded.
ia(iv) Caters to exports and imports of highly
(ii) Dissected relief : Uneven surface-not suitable
for the construction of roadways and railway-are
er
costly and can be travelled by airways.
at
(iii) Dense forests : Dense forests hamper the
construction of roadways and railways.
ym
(iv) International frontiers : International borders
of Bangladesh, Myanmar, China, etc, can be easily
travelled by airways without much hassles.
ud
37. (i) Border Road Organization was established
in 1960. consumption, agriculture with industry and village
st
(ii) This organization develops the roads of
ity
strategic importance in the North and the North
East border areas.
al
(iii) These roads have improved accessibility in
areas of difficult terrain.
qu
(iv) These roads have enabled the economy to
develop in the border areas.
@
38. (i) Commodities transported by pipelines :
Crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and
even solids in the form of slurry.
(ii) Network
(a) From upper Assam to Kanpur (Uttar
Pradesh), via Guwahati, Barauni and Allahabad. It
has branches from Barauni to Haldia via Rajbandh,
Rajbandh to Maurigram and Guwahati to Siliguri.
(b) From Salaya in Gujarat to Jalandhar in Punjab
via Viramgam, Mathura, Delhi and Sonipat. It
has branches to connect Koyali (near Vododara,
Gujarat) Chakshu and other places.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
39. The longest National Waterway of India in the
Ganga river between Allahabad and Haldia.
Importance of waterways:
(i) It is most suitable for carrying heavy and
bulky goods.
(ii) It is a fuel efficient and environment friendly
mode of transport.
(iii) More than 95% of the country’s trade volume
is moved by the sea.
am
(iv) It is the cheapest means of transport.
(v) They are the natural routes, which do not
involve cost of construction.
gr
40. Characteristics of Kandla sea port :
(i) It was the first port developed soon after India
le
got independence.
te
(ii) It reduced the volume of traffic of Mumbai
port.
l_
(iii) It is a tidal port.
productive granery and industrialised states.
(v) It ia a free trade zone.
41. Refer to answer 11.
42. Transport and communication are the basic
arteries of a nation’s economy because :
(i) Economic development of a region or a
country very largely depends upon the dense
network of transport and communication.
(ii) They link areas of production with
with towns and cities.
(iii) They help the industry by transporting raw
materials and distribution of finished goods.
43. Rapid improvement in information
technology has stimulated the spread of products
and services.
(i) Remarkable developments in information and
communication technology helps to spread the
information about products among a large section
of the population, which facilitates business very
quickly.
(ii) Telecommunication and mobile telephony
are used to contact one another around the
world, to access information instantly, and to
communicate from remote areas. The network is
also used to transmit large amounts of data.
(iii) Through the Internet, one can obtain and
share information on almost anything. It also
allows to send e-mail and talk across the world at
Life Lines of National Economy
negligible cost. It has also opened up online trade
and retailing.
44. Personal communication means
communication between two persons either
through oral, letter or through telephone, etc,
while mass communication includes the use of
radio, television, press, films, etc, for wider public
audience.
The two points of importance of mass
communication are :
(i) provides entertainment to a large audience
(ii) creates awareness among people about various
national programmes and policies very quickly.
45. Communication services can be classified in
two categories :
(i) Personal communication :
(a) Communication between two or more persons
at personal level is personal communication.
(b) The India postal network handles parcels as
well as personal written communication.
(c) Cards and envelops, posts and telegraph and
email are examples.
at
(d) Telephone services like STD, ISD provide
easy and comfortable network to a large number
ym
of people that facilitates personal communication.
(ii) Mass communication :
(a) It is the communication through, which one
ud
can communicate with several people at the same
time.
st
(b) It provides the entertainment (movies) and
creates awareness among people about various
ity
national programmes and policies very quickly.
(c) It includes print media like newpapers,
al
magazines, book, etc. and electronic media like
qu
radio, television, Etc.
46. Mass communication : It covers large number
@
of people at the same time. Different means of
mass communication are radio, television, films,
internet, newspapers and magazines.
Significance of mass communication are :
(i) Covers more than 95% of India’s total population
(ii) Provides education and entertainment
(iii) Most instant means of mass information
(iv) Brings all classes of people together
47. Dense and efficient network of transport and
communication are necessary for development.
(i) We use different material and services. Only
some of these are available near us while other
209
requirements are met by bringing them from other
places. Movement of these goods and services
a need communication and transport.
(ii) Today, the world has become small with the
help of efficient and fast moving transport.
(iii) We have been able to achieve this with the
help of well developed communication system.
(iv) Therefore transport and communication are
complementary to each other and are needed for
am
trade.
(v) Today India is well linked with the rest of the
world despite its vast size diversity, linguistic and
gr
socio-cultural diversity.
48. Significance of tourism as a trade in India.
le
(i) Tourism in India has grown substantially over
the last three decades.
te
(ii) Foreign tourists arrival has witnessed an
l_
increase thus, contributing to foreign exchange.
(iii) Over 41 million people are directly engaged
in the tourism industry.
ia
(iv) It provides support to local handicrafts and
er
cultural pursuits.
(v) Domestic tourism also promotes national
integration.
(vi) It helps in development of international
understanding about our culture and heritage.
(vii) Foreign tourists visit India for heritage
tourism eco-tourism, adventure tourism, cultural
tourism, medical and business tourism.
49. The industries closely linked with tourism is
handicraft industry, sculpture, sea-shell, regional
handloom, etc. Indian handicraft and handloom
in particular hold special attraction for the western
tourists. Hospitality in services sectors is benefitted
immensely by tourism.
The transportation services reap the benefits of
tourism. Over 10 million foreign tourists visit India
every years. For example, tourism contributed
$230 billion to the Indian exchequer in year 2017
and generated employment for over 41 million
people in the tourism industry (2017).
50. (i) Trade between two countries is called
international trade.
(ii) One of the important features of international
trade of India is information technology.
51. (i) The exchanges of goods among people,
states and countries is referred to as trade.
(ii) Trade between two counties is called
international trade.
210
(iii) When the value of export exceeds the value of
imports, it is called a favourable balance of trade.
(iv) When the value of imports exceeds the value
of exports, it is termed as unfavourable balance of
trade.
52. Tourism is very important for the Indian
economy :
(a) According to the World Travel and Tourism
Council tourism generated US$230 billion or 9.4%
of the nation’s GDP in 2017 and supported 41.622
million jobs, 8% of its total employment. Over 10
million foreign tourists arrived in India in 2017.
Domestic tourist visits to all states and Union
Territories (domestic tourism) numbered 1,036.35
million (in 2012).
(b) Tourism also promotes national integration,
provides support to local handicrafts and cultural
pursuits.
(c) It also helps in the development of
international understanding about our culture and
er
heritage. Foreign tourists visit India for heritage
tourism, eco-tourism, adventure tourism, cultural
at
tourism, medical tourism and business tourism.
ym
(d) The various industries that benefit from
tourism are handicraft industry, sculpture, sea-
shell, regional handloom etc.
ud
(e) Hospitality is another sector that benefits
tremendously from tourism. So does the transport
st
sector including air, railways and road transport.
ity
53. (i) The exchanges of goods among people,
states and countries is referred to as trade.
al
(ii) Trade between two counties is called
international trade.
qu
(iii) When the value of export exceeds the value of
imports, it is called a favourable balance of trade.
@
(iv) When the value of imports exceeds the value
of exports, it is termed as unfavourable balance of
Trade.
Importance :
(i) International trade of a country is an index to
its economic prosperity.
(ii) It is considered as the economic barometer
for a country.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iii) As the resources are space bound, no country
can survive without international trade.
(iv) Countries have trade relations with the major
trading blocks.
(v) In the present times exchange of commodities
and goods have been superseded by the exchange
of information and knowledge.
54. (i) Tourism : “The cultural, recreational and
commercial visit to different places is known as
am
Tourism.” It is called trade because it provides
huge income to the country and employment to
people. Also Refer to answer 49.
gr
55. (i) No country in the world is self-sufficient
in all its needs. Goods produced by one country
le
are required by the other country and vice-
te
versa. Hence, difference in resources, needs and
development among nation creates conditions for
l_
international trade between them.
ia(ii) It helps in exchange of surplus goods with
those of deficit countries through foreign trade.
(iii) Foreign trade has helped India’s economic
growth, raising income levels of people thus,
increasing the foreign exchange reserves.
(iv) International trade helps to import advanced
technology of other countries to improve its own
production.
(v) Thus, prosperity of a country depends on the
advancement of the international trade and hence,
it is called the ‘economic barometer’ of a nation.
56. There has been a change in the nature of our
international trade :
(i) Since 2004-2008, the share of agriculture
and allied products, ores and minerals, chemical
engineering goods has been increasing in
international trade.
(ii) Exchange of commodities and goods have
been superseded by the exchange of information
and knowledge.
(iii) India has emerged as a software giant at
international level.
(iv) India is earning large foreign exchange
through the use of information technology.
(v) Imports : Commodities imports include
petroleum and petroleum products and high
quality coal.
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
MAP WORK am
212 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Map Work

A. HISTORY - Lesson-2 

Nationalism in India - (1918 - 1930)

For locating and labelling / Identification.

am
1. Indian National Congress Sessions :

gr
(a) Calcutta Sep. 1920 Calcutta

le
Nagpur (Sep. 1920)
Bombay (Dec. 1920)

te
(b) Nagpur Dec. 1920 (Dec. 1885)

l_
(c) Madras Dec. 1927
Madras
ia (Dec. 1927)
er
at
ym

2. Important Centres of Indian National Movement

ud

(Non-cooperation and Civil Disobedience

Movement
st

(i) Champaran (Bihar) - 1917 Movement of

ity

Indigo Planters
al

(ii) Kheda (Gujarat) - 1917 Peasant

Satyagrah
qu

(iii) Ahmedabad (Gujarat) - 1918 Cotton

@

Mill Workers Satyagrah

(iv) Amritsar (Punjab) 1919 - Jallianwala

Bagh Incident

(v) Chauri Chaura (U.P.) 1922 - Calling off the

Non Cooperation Movement

(vi) Dandi (Gujarat) 1930 - Civil Disobedience

Movement
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
214 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Chapter 4: Agriculture Identification only

Major producer states of :

(a) Sugarcane

(b) Tea

(c) Coffee

am
(d) Rubber

gr
(e) Cotton

le
(f) Jute

te
l_
ia
er
at

Identify, Locate and label

Major rice growing areas :
ym

Major Rice Growing

ud

Areas of India
st
ity
al
qu
@

Bay of Bangal

Major areas
Other areas
Map Work 215

Identify, Locate and label

Major wheat growing areas :
1. Himachal Pradesh
2. Punjab
3. Haryana
4. Delhi

am
5. Rajasthan
6. Gujarat

gr
7. Madhya Pradesh

le
8. Maharashtra

te
l_
9. Dadra & Nagar Haveli
10. Bihar
ia
11. Uttar Pradesh
er

12. West Bengal

at
ym

Chapter : 5 Mineral and Energy Resources.

ud

Minerals : (Identification only)

st

Locate and label major iron ore mines

ity
al

(I) Iron ore mines :

qu

1. Mayurbhanj
@

2. Durg

3. Bailadila

4. Bellary

5. Kudremukh
216 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(V) Coal mines :

1. Raniganj

2. Bokaro

3. Talcher

am
4. Neyveli

gr
le
te
l_
ia
er
at
ym

(VI) Oil fields :

ud

1. Digboi
st
ity

2. Naharkatia
al
qu

3. Mumbai High
@

4. Bassien

5. Kalol

6. Ankleshwar
Map Work 217
Power Plants :
(Locating and Labelling only)

(a) Thermal : Power stations

1. Namrup

2. Singrauli

3. Ramagundam

am
gr
le
te
l_
ia
er
at
ym

Locate and label

(b) Nuclear : Power Stations
ud
st

1. Narora
ity

2. Kakrapara
al
qu

3. Tarapur
@

4. Kalpakkam
218 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Chapter 6 : Manufacturing Industries
A. Locate and label major Cotton Textile Industries:

1. Mumbai

2. Indore

3. Surat

am
4. Kanpur

gr
5. Coimbatore

le
te
l_
ia
er
at
ym

B. Locate and label Iron and steel plants

ud

1. Durgapur
st

2. Bokaro
ity

3. Jamshedpur
al
qu

4. Bhilai
@

5. Vijayanagar

6. Salem
Map Work 219
Locate and label software technology parks.
C. Software Technology Parks:

1. Noida

2. Gandhinagar
1
3. Mumbai

am
4. Pune
2

gr
5. Hyderabad
3

le
4
6. Bengaluru
5

te
7. Chennai

l_
6
7
8. Thiruvananthapuram ia
er
8
at
ym

Locate and label major sea ports.

ud

1. Kandla
st

2. Mumbai
ity

3. Marmagao
al

4. New Mangalore
qu

5. Kochi
@

6. Tuticorin

7. Chennai

8. Vishakhapatnam

9. Paradip

10. Haldia
220 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
International Airports :
Locate and label international airports.

(a) Amritsar (Raja Sansi)

(b) Delhi (Indira Gandhi International)

am
(c) Mumbai (Chhatrapati Shivaji)

gr
(d) Chennai (Meenam Bakkam)

le
te
(e) Kolkata (Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose)

l_
(f) Hyderabad (Rajiv Gandhi) ia
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
Map Work 221

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

For answer of these questions please refer to maps given in theory part.

1. (A) Two features A and B are marked on the (b) The place where Gandhiji organized
given political outline map of India. Identify Satyagraha in favour of cotton mill
these features with the help of the following workers.

am
information and write their correct names on (B) Locate and label any three of the following
the lines marked near them. with appropriate symbols on the same given
(a) The place where the Indian National political outline map of India :

gr
(i) Raja Sansi – International Airport
Congress Session was held.
(ii) Bhadravati – Iron and Steel Plant

le
(b) The city where Jallianwalla Bagh incident
(iii) Software Technology Park of West Bengal
took place.

te
(iv) Tehri – Dam
(B) Locate and label any three of the following (v) Kaiga – Nuclear Power Plant (AI 2019)

l_
with appropriate symbols on the same given
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
outline political map of India. ia 36° 36°

(i) Kalpakkam – Nuclear Power Plant

er
(ii) Vijayanagar – Iron and Steel Plant 32° 32°

B (i) B (iv)
(iii) Noida – Software Technology Park 28° 28°
at

(iv) Paradeep – Sea Port

24° 24°
(v) Sardar Sarovar – Dam (Delhi 2019)
ym

B (iii)
20° 20°
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° (b)

36° 36° B (v)

ud

16° 16°

32° 32°
12° B (ii) 12°
(b) (a)
st

28° B (iii) 28°

8° 8°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km
ity

24° 24°

(a) 72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

al

20° B (iv) 20°

B (v)
3. Two features A and B are marked on the
qu

16°
B (ii)
16°
given political outline map of India. Identify
12° 12°
these features with the help of the following
information and write their correct names on
@

B (i)
8°
km 100 0 100
72° 76° 80° 84°
2. (A) Two features ‘A’ and ‘B’ are marked on the
given political outline map of India. Identify
these features with the help of the following
information and write their correct names on
the lines marked near them :
(a) The place where the Indian National
Congress Session was held.
300 500 km
8°
the lines marked near them:
(a) The place where the Indian National
88° 92° 96°
Congress Session was held.
(b) The place where Gandhiji organized
‘Satyagraha’ in favour of cotton mill
workers.
(c) Locate and label the following with
appropriate symbols on the same given
outline political map of India.
(i) Raja Sansi- International Airport
 (2018)
222 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
6. On the given political outline map of India,
36° 36°
locate and label the following items with
32° 32°
appropriate symbols:
(1) Salem – Iron and Steel Centre
28° 28°
(2) Kandla – Major Sea Port
24° 24°
(3) Hyderabad – Software Technology Park
B  (Delhi 2017)
20° 20°
7. Three features A,B and C are marked on the
given political outline map of India. Identify

am
16° 16°
these features with the help of the following
12° A 12° information and write their correct names on
the lines marked on the map:

gr
8° 8°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km (1) The place from where the Civil
Disobedience Movement was started.

le
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
(2) The place from where the Movement of

te
4. Three features A, B and C are marked on the Indigo Planters was started.
given political outline map of India. Identify (3) The place where ‘Indian National

l_
Congress’ session was held
these features with the help of the following
 (Foreign 2017)
information and write their correct names on
ia 72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

the lines marked on the map: 36° 36°

er
(1) The the city related to Jallianwala Bagh
32° 32°
Incident.
at

(2) Name the state where the Indigo planters 28° 28°
ym

organised Satyagraha. B
24° 24°
(3) Name the place where Gandhiji violated
C
Salt Law. (AI 2017) 20°
A 20°
ud

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

16° 16°
36° 36°
st

12° 12°
32° 32°
ity

A
8° 8°
28° 28° km 100 0 100 300 500 km
al

24°
B
24°
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
qu

20° 20° 8. On the given political outline map of India,

C
locate and label the following items with
16° 16°
appropriate symbols :
@

12° 12°
Kochi: Major Sea Port (Foreign 2017)
9. Identify the features with the help of the
8°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km
8°
following information and name them on the
lines marked in the political map of India.
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° (a) National park
5. On the given political outline map of India, (b) Soil type (Term-I 2016)
locate and label the following items with 10. Three features A, B and C are marked on the
appropriate symbols: given political outline map of India. Identify
(a) Naraura – Nuclear Power Plant these features with the help of the following
(b) Tuticorin – Major Sea Port information and write their correct names on
(c) Bhilai – Iron and Steel Plant (AI 2017) the lines marked on the map:
Map Work 223
(1) The place where cotton mill workers (1) The place where ‘Indian National
organised Satyagraha. Congress’ session was held
(2) The place related to the calling off of the (2) The place associated with peasant’s
Non-Cooperation Movement. satyagraha
(3) The place where ‘Indian National (3) The city associated with the Jallianwala
Congress’ session was held (AI 2016) Bagh Incident (Delhi 2016)
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° 13. On the given political outline map of India,
36° 36° locate and label the following items with
appropriate symbols:

am
32° 32°
(1) Ankleshwar – Oil field
28° 28° (2) Durgapur – Iron and steel plant
B
(3) Tuticorin – Major Seaport (Delhi 2016)

gr
24° 24°
C
A 14. Three features A, B and C are marked on the

le
20° 20°
given political outline map of India. Identify
these features with the help of the following

te
16° 16°

information and write their correct names on

l_
12° 12° the lines marked on the map:
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
8° 8°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km
ia 36° 36°
er

32° 32°
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

11. On the given political outline map of India, 28° 28°

at

B
locate and label the following items with 24° 24°
ym

appropriate symbols: C
(1) Oil Field – Digboi 20°
A
20°

(2) Iron and Steel Plant – Bhilai

ud

16° 16°
(3) Major Sea Port – Kochi (Term-I 2016)
12. Three features A, B and C are marked on the 12° 12°
st

given political outline map of India. Identify 8° 8°

ity

km 100 0 100 300 500 km

these features with the help of the following
information and write their correct names on 72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
al

the lines marked on the map: (1) The place where ‘Indian National
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° Congress’ session was held
qu

36° 36° (2) The place where ‘No. Tax Campaign’ was
started.
@

32° 32°
C (3) The place where peasants organized a
28° 28° Satyagrah. (Foreign 2016)
B
24° 24° 15. On the given political outline map of India,
locate and label the following items with
20° 20°
appropriate symbols:
16° 16°
(1) Nuclear Power Plant – Kalpakkam
(2) Iron and Steel Plant – Rourkela
12°
A
12° (3) Major Sea Port – Kandla (Foreign 2016)
8° 8° 16. Two features with serial number 1 and 2 are
km 100 0 100 300 500 km
marked on the given political outline map of
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° India. Identify these features with the help of
224 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
the following information and their correct 18. One feature A is marked on the given political
name. outline map of India. Identify these features
On the lines marked in the map with the help of the following information and
(a) A coffee producing state. write their correct names on the lines marked
(b) A dam built on river Narmada on the map:
(Term 2015) Iron-ore mines (AI 2015)
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

36° 36°
36° 36°

am
32° 32°
32° 32°

28° 28°
28° 28°

gr
24° 24°
24° 24°

le
20° A 20°
20° 20°

te
16° 16°
16° 16°

l_
12° 12°
12° 12°

8° 8°
8° 8°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km
ia km 100 0 100 300 500 km
er
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

17. Three features A,B and C are marked on the 19. Three features A, B and C are marked on the
at

given political outline map of India. Identify given political outline map of India. Identify
these features with the help of the following
ym

these features with the help of the following

information and write their correct names on
information and write their correct names on
the lines marked on the map:
the lines marked on the map:
ud

(1) The place where ‘Indian National

(1) The place where ‘Indian National
Congress’ session was held
Congress’ session was held
(2) The city where the Jallianwala Bagh
st

(2) The place associated with the peasant’s

incident occurred.
ity

Satyagra. (3) The place where the peasants struggled

(3) The place related to calling off, of the non- against the indigo plantation system.
al

Cooperation Movement. (AI 2015)  (Delhi 2015)

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° 72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
qu

36° 36° 36° 36°

@

32° 32° 32° 32°

B

28° 28° 28° 28°

C
C
24° 24° 24° 24°

B
20° 20° 20° 20°
A

16° 16° 16° 16°

12° 12° 12° 12°

A
8° 8° 8° 8°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km km 100 0 100 300 500 km

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° 72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
Map Work 225
20. On the given political outline map of India, 22. Two features A and B are marked on the
one feature A is marked. Identify these features given political outline map of India. Identify
with the help of the following information: these features with the help of the following
information and write their correct names on
Iron-Ore Mines (Delhi 2015)
the lines marked on the map:
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
(A) The place where the Indian National
36° 36°
Congress Session was held in 1927.
32° 32° (B) The place which is associated with the
movement of Indigo planters. (AI 2014)

am
28° 28°
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

24° 24° 36° 36°

gr
20° 20° 32° 32°

le
16° 16° 28° 28°

A B

te
12° 12° 24° 24°

l_
8° 8° 20° 20°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km

16° 16°
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
ia
12° 12°
21. Three features A, B and C are marked on the
er
A
given political outline map of India. Identify 8° 8°
at

km 100 0 100 300 500 km

these features with the help of the following

ym

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

information and write their correct names on
the lines marked on the map: 23. Two features A and B are marked on the
(1) The place where ‘Indian National given political outline map of India. Identify
ud

Congress’ session was held these features with the help of the following
information and write their correct names on
(2) The place where cotton mill workers
st

the lines marked on the map:

organized a Satyagraha Movement.
ity

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

(3) The city related to Jallianwala Bagh 36° 36°

incident (Delhi 2015)

al

32° 32°

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

qu

28° 28°
36° 36°

24° 24°
@

32° 32°
C B A
20° 20°
28° 28°

16° 16°
24° 24°

B A
20° 20° 12° 12°

8° 8°
16° 16°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km

12° 12°
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

8° 8° (a) The place where the Indian National

km 100 0 100 300 500 km
Congress Session was held in September
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° 1920.
226
(b) The place where the cotton mill workers
Satyagraha was organised in 1918.
 (Delhi 2014)
24. Two features A and B are marked on the
given political outline map of India. Identify
these features with the help of the following
information and write their correct names on
26. On the same political outline map of India,
the lines marked on the map:
(1) The place where the Indian National
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(A) The place, where the Indian National
Congress Session was held in December
1920.
(B) The place, where the ‘Movement of Indigo
planters’ was started.
 (Delhi 2013)
two features A and B are marked. Identify

am
Congress Session was held in December these features with appropriate symbols:
1920 (a) Kalpakkam – Nuclear power plant
(2) The place where Non-Cooperation (c) Kochi-Major sea port

gr
Movement was called off. (Foreign 2014)  (Delhi 2013)

le
27. Two features A and B are marked on the
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

36° 36°
given political outline map of India. Identify

te
32° 32° these features with the help of the following

l_
information and write their correct names on
28° 28°

B
ia the lines marked on the map:
24° 24°
(1) The place, where the Indian National
Congress Session was held in December
er
20° 20°
A
1920.
at

16° 16°
(2) The place, where the Civil Disobedience
Movement was started. (AI 2013)
ym

12° 12°

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

8° 8°
36° 36°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km
ud

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

32° 32°

25. Two features A and B are marked on the

st

28° 28°

given political outline map of India. Identify

ity

24° 24°
these features with the help of the following
B
information and write their correct names on 20°
A
20°
al

the lines marked on the map:

16° 16°
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
qu

36° 36°
12° 12°
@

32° 32°
8° 8°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km

28° 28°

B 72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

24° 24°

28. Two features (A) and (B) are shown in the

20°
A
20°
given political outline map of India. Identify
16° 16° these features with the help of the following
information and write their correct names on
12° 12°
the lines marked on the map.
8° 8° (a) A soil type
km 100 0 100 300 500 km
(b) A major wheat producing state
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°  (Term-I 2012)
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
228 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(1) The place where the Indian National (1) The place, Where the Indian National
Congress Session was held in December Congress Session of September 1920 was
1920. held.
(2) The place where the cotton mill workers (2) The place, where the movement of Indigo
Satyagraha was held. planters took place. (AI 2011)
 (Delhi 2011) 36. Locate and label the following features with
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
appropriate symbols on the same political
36° 36°
outline map of India:

am
32° 32° (1) Amritsar: The place where Jallianwala
28° 28°
Bagh incident.
(2) Bardoli: The place where no tax campaign

gr
24° 24°
was held.  (AI 2011)
B
37. Two features A, and B are marked on the

le
20° 20°
A
given political outline map of India. Identify

te
16° 16°
these features with the help of the following
information and write their correct names on

l_
12° 12°

the lines marked on the map:

8° 8°
(a) Coal Mines
km 100 0 100 300 500 km
ia
(b) International Airport (AI 2011)

er
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

34. Locate and label the following items with
at

36° 36°
appropriate symbols on the same map.
(a) Amritsar – The place where Jalianwala
ym

32° 32°

B
Bagh incident took place. 28° 28°

(b) Champaran – The place of Indigo planters

ud

movement. (Delhi 2011) 24° 24°

A
35. Two features (1) and (2) are marked in the 20° 20°
st

given political outline map of India. Identify

16° 16°
these features with the help of the following
ity

information and write their correct names on 12° 12°

the line marked in the map:

al

8° 8°
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° km 100 0 100 300 500 km
qu

36° 36°
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
@

32° 32°
38. Locate and label the following features with
28° 28° appropriate symbols on the same political
24°
2
24°
outline map of India:
1 (i) Kanpur – Cotton Textile Industry
20° 20°
(ii) Kandla – Sea Port (AI 2011)
16° 16° 39. Six features with serial number 1 to 6 are
marked in the given outline political map
12° 12°
of India. Identify these features with the
8° 8° help of the following information and write
km 100 0 100 300 500 km
their correct names on the lines marked in the
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° map:
Map Work 229
(1) A place where congress session was held (3) The place where Gandhiji violated the Salt
in December 1920 Law (AI 2010)
(2) A city associated with Jallianwalan Bagh 41. Five features with Serial numbers (1) to (5)
incident are marked in the given Political outline map
(3) A type of Soil of India. Identify these features with the help
(4) A major tea producing state of the following information are write their
(5) An iron ore mine correct names on the lines marked in the map:
(6) A thermal power plant (Term-I 2010) (1) Centre of cotton textile mill workers
Satyagraha

am
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

36° 36°
(2) Place where Indian National Congress
Session 1920 was held

gr
32° 32° (3) Coffee producing State
2
(4) Major iron-ore mine

le
28° 28°

3 4 (5) Important coal mine

24° 24°

te
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

36° 36°
20° 20°

l_
1
32° 32°
16° 16°
6 ia 28° 28°
12° 5 12°
er
24° 24°
8° 8° 2
km 100 0 100 300 500 km 1
at

20° 4 20°

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

ym

16° 16°

40. Three features 1, 2 and 3 are marked on the

12° 3 12°
given political outline map of India. Identify
ud

5
these features with the help of the following 8°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km
8°

information and write their correct names on

st

the lines marked on the map: 72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

42. Locate and label the following features with

ity

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

36° 36°
appropriate symbols on the same political
al

32° 32° outline map of India:

1 72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
qu

28° 28°
36° 36°

24° 24°
@

32° 32°
2
20° 3 20°
28° 28°

16° 16° 1
24° 24°

12° 12° 2
20° 20°
3

8° 8°
16° 16°
km 100 0 100 300 500 km
4

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

12° 12°

(1) The city associated with Jallianwala Bagh 8° 8°

km 100 0 100 300 500 km
(2) The place where Indian National
Congress session was held 72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°
230 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(1) Champaran (ii) Place where Indian National Congress
(2) Dandi Session was held in 1927
(3) Hirakund Dam (iii) Tea producing state
(4) Vishakhapatnam-Sea Port (AI 2010) (iv) The Iron- ore mine
43. Five features with Serial numbers (i) to (v) (v) The Coal mine (Delhi 2010)
are marked in the given Political outline 44. Locate and label the following features with
map of India. Identify these features with the appropriate symbols on the same political
help of the following information are write outline map of India:
their correct names on the lines marked in the (a) Chauri Chaura

am
map: (b) Amritsar
72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° (c) Tungabhadra-Dam
(d) Kandla-Sea Port (Delhi 2010)

gr
36° 36°

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

le
32° 32°
36° 36°

te
28° 28°
32° 32°
iii
b
24° 24°

l_
v 28° 28°
i
20°
iv 20° a
24° 24°
ia d
16° 16°
20° 20°
er
12° 12°
ii 16° 16°
at

8° 8° c
km 100 0 100 300 500 km 12° 12°
ym

72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96° 8° 8°

km 100 0 100 300 500 km

(i) The place of peasants Satyagraha in

ud

Gujarat. 72° 76° 80° 84° 88° 92° 96°

st
ity
al
qu
@
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
POLITICS - II
DEMOCRATIC gr
am
 Unit 3
Democratic Politics - II
1. Power Sharing

2. Federalism

am
3. Democracy and Diversity

gr
le
4. Gender, Religion and Caste

te
5. Popular Struggles and Movements

6. Political Parties
l_
ia
er
7. Outcomes of Democracy
at

8. Challenges to Democracy
ym

Chapterwise Analysis of Last 10 Years’ CBSE Board Questions (2019-2010)

ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
 Chapter
1 Power Sharing
Case Studies of Belgium and Sri Lanka
Why Power Sharing is Desirable?
QUICK RECAP
Power sharing is the very spirit of democracy.
A democratic rule involves sharing power with
those affected by its exercise, and who have to
live with its effects. All communities and social
groups get their say in the governance. People
have a right to be consulted on how they are to be
ia
governed. A legitimate government is one where
er
citizens acquire a stake in the system; through
participation.
at
CASE STUDIES OF BELGIUM AND SRI
ym
LANKA
Population Distribution - Belgium
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
Brussels-Capital Region
Walloon (French-speaking)
Flemish (Dutch-Speaking)
German-Speaking
(a) Population of about 11 million
(b) 59% of the total population speak Dutch
(c) 40% of the total population speak French
(d) 1% of the total population speak German
(e) However, in the capital Brussels 80% speak
French and 20% Dutch
Forms of Power Sharing
am
gr
le
The French were relatively rich and powerful.
The Dutch speaking were a majority in the country
te
but a minority in the capital-Brussels.
l_
Mechanics of Power sharing
Belgian leaders recognized the existence of
regional differences and cultural diversities.
XX Between 1970 and 1993, they amended
their constitution four times to work out an
innovative arrangement that would enable
everyone to live together.
XX As per Constitution, number of Dutch and
French-speaking ministers are equal in the
central government.
Consequences
XX Though the Belgian model appears
complicated the arrangements have worked
well. They helped to avoid civic strife between
the two major communities and a possible
division of the country on linguistic lines.
XX When many countries of Europe came
together to form the European Union, Brussels
was chosen as its headquarters.
XX Some special laws require the support of
majority of members from each linguistic
group. Thus, no single community can make
decisions unilaterally.
XX State governments of the two regions have a
lot of power and are not subordinate to the
Central Government.
XX Brussels has a separate government in
which both the communities have equal
representation.
234
XX There is a third ‘community government’
elected by the people belonging to one
language community – Dutch, French and
German-speaking. This government has the
power regarding cultural, educational and
language-related issues.
Population Distribution - Sri Lanka
Jaffna
Shinhalese
Shri Lankan Tamil
Indian Tamil
Muslim
Trincomalee
Batticaloa
Kandy
er
Colombo
at
ym
(a) Population of about 21 million
ud
(b) Sinhala speaking population 74%
(c) Tamil speaking population 18 %, out of which
st
Sri Lankan Tamils 13% and Indian immigrant
ity
Tamils 4%
(d) The Sinhala speakers are Buddhists and the
al
Tamil speakers are Muslims or Hindus.
qu
Mechanics of Power sharing
The democratically elected government adopted
@
a majoritarian measure to establish Sinhala
supremacy.
XX In 1956 Sinhala became the only official
language, thus disregarding Tamil.
XX The governments followed preferential
policies that favored Sinhala applicants for
university positions and government jobs.
XX A new constitution stipulated that the state
shall protect and foster Buddhism.
XX There was a feeling of alienation among the Sri
Lankan Tamils.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
XX They felt that Buddhist Sinhala political
parties were not sensitive to their language
and culture.
XX They felt that the constitution denied them
equal political rights and discriminated
against them.
Consequences
XX The Sri Lankan Tamils launched political
am
parties but their demand for more autonomy
to Tamil provinces was denied.
XX By 1980s they began demanding an
gr
independent Tamil Eelam (state) in northern
and eastern parts of Sri Lanka.
le
XX The distrust between the two communities
te
turned into widespread conflict and a civil
war.
l_
From the above examples we learn that power
sharing actually empowers individuals and
ia
communities.
Reasons for Power Sharing
1. Prudential reason- Power sharing is good
because it helps to reduce the possibility of
conflict between social groups. We know that
social conflict often leads to violence and
political instability. Thus power sharing can
ensure the stability of political order. Imposing
the will of majority community over others
undermines the unity of the nation.
2. Moral reason - Power sharing is the very spirit
of democracy. It must involve sharing of power
with those affected by its exercise, and who have
to live with its effects. People have a right to be
consulted on how they are to be governed. This
can only be achieved when the citizens have a
stake in the system.
Power Sharing in India
XX India is a democratic country. People of India
elect their representative through direct
franchise. After that, people’s representatives
elect the government to make or amend rules
& regulations and to carry out day to day
functioning of governance. In India we have
a central government, a state government
and a local government (panchayat or
municipalities).
Power Sharing
WHY POWER SHARING IS DESIRABLE?
XX Power sharing helps in reducing the conflict
between various social groups. Hence, power
sharing is necessary for maintaining social
harmony and peace.
XX Power sharing helps in avoiding the tyranny
of majority. The tyranny of majority not only
destroys the minority social groups but also
the majority social group.
XX People’s voice forms the basis of a democratic
government. Hence, power sharing is essential
to respect the spirit of democracy.
XX Avoiding conflict in society and preventing
majority tyranny are considered as prudential
reasons for power sharing. Maintaining the
spirit of democracy is considered as the moral
reason for power sharing.
FORMS OF POWER SHARING
1. Horizontal Power sharing : Power is shared
er
among different arms of the government, such
as the legislature, executive and judiciary.
at
This ensures that none of the arms of the
government has unlimited power. Each organ
ym
acts as a check for the others. This leads to a
balance of power among various institutions.
ud
For example, though ministers and government
officials exercise power, they are responsible to
st
the Parliament or State Assemblies. Similarly,
although judges are appointed by the executive,
ity
they can check the functioning of executive or
laws made by the legislatures. This arrangement
al
is called a system of checks and balances.
qu
2. Vertical Power sharing : Power sharing among
governments at different levels :
@
XX A government for the entire country is called
‘Central or Union or Federal Government’.
The Government in a particular state is called
‘State Government’ in India. In such cases the
constitution clearly lays down the powers of
different levels of government.
XX This is what was done in Belgium but not done
in Sri Lanka. This is called federal division
of power. The same principle can be extended
to levels of government lower than the State
government, such as the municipality and
panchayat.
235
3. Empowering Social groups : Power may
also be shared among different social groups
such as the religious and linguistic groups.
‘Community government’ in Belgium is a
good example of this arrangement. In some
countries there are constitutional and legal
arrangements whereby socially weaker
sections and women are represented in the
legislatures and administration. System of
am
‘reserved constituencies’ in assemblies and the
Parliament of our country is an example of
empowering minority community.
gr
4. Political parties and Pressure groups :
Power sharing is also seen in the way political
le
parties, pressure groups and social movements
te
control or influence those in power. In a
democracy, acquiring power can take the
l_
form of competition among different parties.
ia Such competition ensures that power does not
remain in one hand. In the long run, power
is shared among different political parties
that represent different ideologies and social
groups. This kind of sharing can be direct as
in a coalition government when two or more
parties form an alliance to contest elections.
In a democracy, we find interest groups such as
those of traders, businessmen, industrialists,
farmers and industrial workers. They also
will have a share in governmental power,
either through participation in governmental
committees or bringing influence on the
decision-making process.
Important terms and Words
XX Ethnic : A social division based on shared
culture. People belonging to the same ethnic
group believe in their common descent
because of physical and or cultural similarities.
They may or may not have the same religion
or nationality.
XX Majoritarianism : A belief that the majority
community should be able to rule a country in
any way it wants, by disregarding the needs of
the minority.
XX Civil war : A violent conflict between opposing
groups within a country.
XX Prudential : Based on careful consideration of
gains and losses.
236
Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions
Case Studies of Belgium and Sri
Lanka
VSA (1 mark)
1. How and when was Sinhala recognized as the
official language of Sri Lanka? (Term-I 2016)
2. Which language was recognised as the only
official language of Sri Lanka in 1956?
 (Term-I 2015)
3. Which factor is responsible for increasing the
feeling of alienation among the Sri Lankan,
Tamil? (Term-I 2015)
4. Which type of powers does community
ia
Government of Belgium enjoy?(Term-I 2015)
er
5. State any two measures adopted by Sri Lanka
in 1956 as part of their majoritarian policy.
at
 (Term-I 2015)
ym
6. Who formed the majority in terms of
population in Sri Lanka? (Term-I 2014)
ud
7. What measure was adopted by the
democratically elected government of Sri
st
Lanka to establish Sinhala supremacy?
 (Term-I 2014)
ity
8. What is the state religion of Sri Lanka?
al
(Term-I 2014)
qu
9. Which one of the following measures does not
establish Sinhala supremacy in Sri Lanka?
@
(a) Sinhala is the only official language.
(b) Preferential policies for government jobs.
(c) The state shall protect and foster Buddhism.
(d) Equal political rights to Sri Lankan Tamils.
 (Term-I 2013)
SA (3 marks)
10. Explain the three measures taken by Sri Lanka,
as per the Act passed in 1956. (Term-I 2017)
11. How is the ethnic composition of Belgium
very complex? Explain. (Term-I 2016)
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
12. Explain any three consequences of the
majoritarian policies adopted by the Sri
Lankan government. (Term-I 2016, 2012)
13. How did Sri Lanka and the Belgium
government try to solve the ethnic problem?
am
 (Term-I 2016)
14. "Attempts at forced integration often sow the
gr
seeds of disintegration". Support the statement
with suitable arguments. (Term-I 2016)
le
15. Describe the power sharing arrangement
te
made by Belgium. (Term-I 2014)
16. What is majoritarianism? How has it increased
l_
the feeling of alienation among the Sri Lankan
Tamils? Explain. (Term-I 2013)
17. "Both Belgium and Sri Lanka are democracies
but they follow different systems of power
sharing". Support the statement by giving three
points of difference. (Term-I 2012)
18. Mention any three demands of Sri lankan
Tamils. (Term-I 2012)
19. Compare the different ways in which the
Belgians and the Sri Lankans have dealt with
the problem of cultural diversity.
 (Term-I 2011)
LA (5 marks)
20. Compare the situation of Belgium and Sri
Lanka considering their location, size and
cultural aspects. (Delhi 2019)
21. Describe the power sharing arrangement
made in Belgium. (Term-I 2015, 2014, 2010)
Why Power Sharing is Desirable?
VSA (1 mark)
22. Explain any one benefit of ‘Power Sharing’.
(AI 2019)
23. What is "Homogeneous Society"?
 (Term-I 2015)
24. In which city is the headquarters of the
European Union located? (Term-I 2014)
Power Sharing 237

SA (3 marks) Forms of Power Sharing

25. “The assertion of social diversities in a VSA (1 mark)
democratic country is very normal and can be
healthy.” Justify the statement with arguments. 35. What does the system of checks and balances'
(Delhi 2019) ensure in power sharing ? (Term-I 2016)
26. “Social divisions affect politics.” Examine the 36. Mention any one characteristics of power
statement. (Delhi 2019) sharing. (Term-I 2016)
27. “Social division take place when some 37. What system of power sharing is called

am
social difference overlap with other social "Checks and Balances"? (Term-I 2015)
differences.” Support the statement. (AI 2019)
38. What is the prudential reason behind power

gr
28. Why is power sharing a necessity? sharing? (Term-I 2014)
 (Term-I 2017)

le
SA (3 marks)
29. "In a democracy, political expression of social

te
division is very normal and can be healthy." 39. Three factors are crucial in deciding the
outcome of politics of social division. What

l_
Justify this statement with suitable arguments.
 (Term-I 2017) ia are they?  (Term-I 2015)
30. "Sharing of powers makes a country more 40. How can power be shared among governments
powerful and united." Do you agree with this at different levels? Explain. (Term-I 2014)
er
statement and why? (Term-I 2016) 41. Describe horizontal and vertical power
at

31. Give reasons why power sharing is desirable? sharing in modern democracies.
 (Term-I 2011)
ym

(Term-I 2015)
32. What is power sharing? Why power sharing is 42. In modern democracies, power is often shared
important in democracy? (Term-I 2014) among different organs of the government.
ud

Explain.  (Term-I 2011)

33. "The outcome of politics of social divisions
43. Explain any three forms of power sharing.
st

depends on how the political leaders raise

the demands of any community". Explain the  (Term-I 2010)
ity

statement. (Term-I 2012)

LA (5 marks)
LA
al

(5 marks)
44. How is the idea of power sharing emerged?
qu

34. Why is power sharing necessary in democracy? Explain different forms that have common
Explain. (Term-I 2016) arrangements of power sharing. (Delhi 2019)
@

Answers
1. Sinhala was recognized as the official language
of Sri Lanka by passing an Act in 1956.
2. Sinhala
3. Majoritarianism
4. The government has power regarding culture,
education and issues related to language.
5. Majoritarianism measures adopted in Sri
Lanka are :-
1. They declared Sinhala as an official language.
2. They tried to promote their religion
(Buddhism).
3. In order to gain control over Tamil speakers
they changed constitution and made new
constitution in their own favor.
6. Sinhala community
7. Sinhala speaking community who follow
238
Buddhism took many majoritarianistic measures
to establish supremacy over Sri Lankan Tamils.
8. Buddhism
9. (d) Equal political rights to Sri Lankan Tamils.
10. The measures taken by Sri Lanka are :
(i) Goverment adopted majoritarian measure to
establish Sinhala Supremacy. In 1956, an Act was
passed to recognise Sinhala as the only official
language thus disregarding Tamil.
(ii) The governments followed preferential
politics that favoured Sinhala applicants for
university positions and government jobs.
(iii) A new Constitution stipulated that the state
shall protect and foster Buddhiusm.
11. (i) Of the country's total population, 59
percent live in the Flemish region and speak Dutch
language.
er
(ii) Another 40 percent people live in the Wallonia
region and speak French.
at
(iii) Remaining one percent of the Belgians speak
ym
German.
(iv) In the capital city Brussels, 80 percent people
speak French while 20 percent are Dutch speaking.
ud
12. Consequences of majoritarian policies
st
adopted by Sri Lankan Government :
(i) Tamils felt the government was not sensitive
ity
about Tamil language and culture.
al
(ii) Tamils felt discriminated against in jobs and
education.
qu
(iii) Tamils felt the government was practicing
religious discrimination.
@
13. (i) The Belgium leaders tried to solve the
ethnic problem by respecting the feelings and
interests of different communities and regions,
whereas the Sri Lankan government tried to solve
the problem through majoritarianism.
(ii) Belgian leaders established a federal structure
under which power was shared between the
Union Government and its other constituent
units whereas Sri Lankan leaders adopted Unitary
Government structure.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iii) The Belgium solution helped in avoiding civic
strife whereas the majoritarianism in Sri Lanka led
to the civil war.
14. It is true that forced integration of
communities very often bring in a lot of feelings
of grudge and disagreement among the regions.
This has been seen in Sri Lanka between the
Sinhalese and Tamils.
am
The problem arises during integration of two
regions in division of power and sharing of
resources. Each side is afraid that the other party
gr
or region will dominate over their region. They are
le
afraid of going backwards. And, in today’s world
no one wants to be pushed aside by others.  An
te
important example is the breakdown of erstwhile
l_
USSR into different countries of East Europe.
iaThat is why integration should be on a harmonious,
cordial and amical terms and not by force.
15. The main elements of the Belgium model of
power-sharing includes :
(i) Constitution prescribes that the number of
Dutch and French speaking ministers shall be
equal in the Central Government. Some special
laws require the support of majority of members
from each linguistic group. Thus no single
community can make decisions unilaterally.
(ii) Many powers of the Central Government
have been given to State Governments. The State
Governments are not subordinate to the Central
Government.
(iii) Brussels had a separate government in which
both the communities have equal representation.
The French speaking people accepted equal
representation in Brussels because the Dutch
speaking community has accepted equal
representation in the Central Government.
16. ‘Majoritarianism’ is a concept which signifies
a belief that the majority community should be
able to rule a country in whichever way it wants.
In this type of rule they disregard the wishes and
needs of the minority.
The majoritarian concept has increased the
strong feelings of alienation among Sri Lankan
Power Sharing
Tamils because of the  series of majoritarian
measures  adopted by the democratically elected
government in Sri Lanka after its independence in
1948 to establish Sinhala Supremacy.
(i) In 1956 an Act was passed to recognize Sinhala
as the only official language thus disregarding Tamil.
(ii) The Government followed preferential
policies that favored Sinhala applicants for
239
official religion.
18. Demands of the Sri Lankan Tamils:
(i) Recognition of Tamil as an official language.
(ii) Equal opportunities for Tamils in government
jobs and educational institutions.
(iii) Provincial autonomy for Tamil dominated
provinces.
19. The Belgian leaders recognised the existence

am
university positions and government jobs.
of regional and cultural diversities.
(iii) A new constitution advocated that the state
(i) They amended their Constitution four times
shall protect and foster Buddhism.

gr
so as to work out an innovative arrangement
17. Difference in power sharing of Belgium and that would enable everyone to live together in

le
Sri Lanka : peace and harmony, i.e., there was sharing of

te
(i) In Belgium, the government does not power between the Dutch and the French both
follow preferential policies in matters of jobs and in the Central Government, State Government

l_
education. In Sri Lanka, the government follows and Communities Government. They followed a
preferential policies in matters of government, policy of accommodation.
ia
jobs and education. This helped to avoid civic strife and division of the
er
(ii) In Belgium, there is a special government country on linguistic lines.
called 'Community Government' to look after (ii) On the other hand, the Sinhalese who were in
at

the cultural, educational and language related majority in Sri Lanka as compared to the Tamils
ym

issues. In Sri Lanka, the major political parties are followed a policy of majoritatrianism and adopted
not sensitive to the language and culture of the a series of measures to establish Sinhala supremacy
Tamils. by passing an Act of 1956.
ud

(iii) In Belgium, there is no discrimination between These measures alienated the Tamils leading to
different religions. In Sri Lanka, Buddhism is the civic strife between the two communities.
st
ity

20. The comparison between Belgium and Sri Lanka is follows:

Belgium Sri Lanka
al

Belgium is located in Western Europe, north of Sri Lanka is located in the Indian Ocean south of
qu

France. India. It covers an area of about 65610 sq km with

It is a relatively small country covering a size of the following population characteristics:
@

about 30500 sq km, with the following population • Sinhala speaking population 74%
characteristics: • Tamil speaking population 18 %, our which
• 59% of the total population speak Dutch Sri Lankan Tamil 13% and Indian immigrant
• 40% of the total population speak French Tamils 4%
• 1% of the total population speak German • The Sinhala speakers are Buddhists and the
Tamil speakers are Muslims or Hindus.
• However, in the capital Brussels 80% speak
French and 20% Dutch
• The French were relatively rich and powerful.
The Dutch speaking were a majority in the country
but a minority in the capital-Brussels.
240 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Belgium Sri Lanka

• 
Belgian leaders recognized the existence of • The democratically elected government
regional differences and cultural diversities. adopted a majoritarian measure to establish
They amended the constitution as needed. Sinhala supremacy.
• The number of Dutch and French-speaking •  In 1956 Sinhala became the only official
ministers was made equal in the central language, thus disregarding Tamil.
government. • The governments followed preferential policies
• Some special laws require the support of that favored Sinhala applicants for university

am
majority of members from each linguistic positions and government jobs.
group. Thus, no single community can make • A new constitution stipulated that the state
decisions unilaterally. shall protect and foster Buddhism.

gr
•  State governments of the two regions have • There was a feeling of alienation among the Sri

le
lot of power and are not subordinate to the Lankan Tamils.
Central Government.

te
• They felt that Buddhist Sinhala political
•  Brussels has a separate government in parties were not sensitive to their language and

l_
which both the communities have equal culture.
representation.
• They felt that the constitution denied them
There is a third ‘community government’ elected by
ia
equal political rights, discriminated against
the people belonging to one language community
er
them.
– Dutch, French and German-speaking. This
at

government has the power regarding cultural,

educational and language-related issues.
ym

Results Results
Civic strife between the two major communities The Sri Lankan Tamils launched political parties
ud

and a possible division of the country on linguistic but their demand for more autonomy to Tamil
lines was avoided. provinces was denied.
st

When many countries of Europe came together to The distrust between the two communities turned
form the European Union, Brussels was chosen as into widespread conflict and a civil war.
ity

its headquarters.
al

21. The main elements of the power-sharing representation in Brussels because the Dutch-
model evolved in Belgium are : speaking community has accepted equal
qu

(i) Constitution prescribes that the number of representation in the Central Government.
Dutch and French speaking ministers shall be (iv) Apart from the central and the state
@

equal in the Central Government. Some special
laws require the support of majority of members
from each linguistic group. Thus, no single
community can make decisions unilaterally.
(ii) Many powers of the Central Government
have been given to State Governments of the two
regions of the country. The State Governments are
not subordinated to the Central Government.
(iii) Brussels had a separate government in which
both the communities have equal representation.
The French-speaking people accepted equal
government, there is a third kind of government
called the Community Government.
(v) This Community government is elected by
people belonging to one language community
such as – Dutch, French and German speaking.
This government has the power regarding cultural,
educational and language related issues.
22. Power sharing helps to reduce the possibility
of conflict between different social groups. A
social conflict often leads to violence and political
instability power sharing helps to ensure the
stability of political order.
Power Sharing
23. A  homogeneous society  shares a common
language, ethnicity and culture. Japan and South
Korea are examples of homogeneous societies.
24. Brussels
25. (a) Assertion of social diversity in a
democracy can be seen as very healthy and normal.
Here each social class expresses their feelings and
thoughts.
(b) It creates a spark in other social class too to
express their aspirations and demands.
(c) This allows various disadvantaged and
marginal social groups to express their grievances
and attract the attention of the government action.
(d) Expressions of different social divisions in
politics often results in their cancelling one other
thereby reducing their intensity. This often leads to
strengthening of democracy.
26. Social divisions indeed affect politics. Various
groups raise demands and during elections vote as
ia
per their interests. Social divisions affect voting in
er
most countries. People from one community tend
to prefer some party more than others. In many
at
countries there are parties that focus only on one
ym
community, which however, cannot be said to be
healthy.
Political expression of social diversity depends on
ud
three factors, which are as follows:
(a) How people perceive their identities. If people
st
see their identity in singular or exclusive term, it
ity
becomes difficult to accommodate social diversity.
A majority of Belgians now feel that they are
as much Belgian as they are Dutch or German-
al
speaking. This helps them to stay together. This is
qu
how most people in our country see their identity:
they think of themselves as Indian as well as
@
belonging to a state or a language group.
(b) How political leaders raise the demands of any
community. It is easier to accommodate demands
that are within the constitutional framework and
are not at the cost of another community. In
Sri Lanka, the demand for ‘only Sinhala’ was at
the cost of the interest and identity of the Tamil
community.
(c) How the government reacts to the demands
of a community. If the government accommodates
the demand of a particular community in a
justified way, it makes the politics much better.
241
As seen in the case of Belgium. Whereas it did
not happen in Sri Lanka, if the rulers are willing
to share power and accommodate the reasonable
demands of minority community, social divisions
become less hazardous for the country. However,
when the demands are suppressed the end result is
very bad.
27. Social division takes place when some social
difference overlaps with other differences.
am
(a) The difference between the Blacks and Whites
becomes a social division in the US because the
Blacks tend to be poor, homeless and discriminated
gr
against.
le
(b) In our country Dalits tend to be poor and
landless. They often face discrimination and
te
injustice. Situations of this kind produce social
divisions.
l_
(c) Considering the cases of Northern Ireland
and the Netherlands. Both are predominantly
Christian but divided between Catholics and
Protestants. In Northern Ireland, class and religion
overlap with each other. The Catholics in Northern
Ireland are also more likely to be poor, and often
have a history of discrimination. Whereas in the
Netherlands, class and religion tend to cut across
each other. Catholics and Protestants are about
equally likely to be poor or rich. The result is that
Catholics and Protestants have had conflicts in
Northern Ireland, while they do not do so in the
Netherlands. Overlapping social differences create
possibilities of deep social divisions and tensions.
28. The first reason is power sharing helps to reduce
the possibility of conflict between social groups.
Power sharing is a good way to ensure the stability
of political order as social conflict often leads to
violence and political instability.
Imposing the will of the majority community over
others may look like an attractive option in the
short run, but in the long run it undermines the
unity of the nation.
Tyranny of the majority is not only oppressive for
the minority but it also brings ruin to the majority.  
Another important reason is that the very spirit
of democracy is power sharing. A democratic
rule involves sharing power with those affected by
its exercise, and who have to live with its effects.
People have a right to be consulted on how they
242
are to be governed. A legitimate government is
one where citizens, through participation, acquire
a stake in the system.
29. Every expression of social division in politics
does not lead to disasters but it is beneficial too.
In a democracy, political expression of social
divisions is very normal and can be healthy. In the
cases of India, and Belgium it has been observed
that social diversities can be accommodated in a
very positive manner.
But a positive attitude towards diversity and a
willingness to accommodate it do not come about
easily.
(i) People who feel marginalized, deprived and
discriminated have to fight against the injustices.
(ii) Such a fight often takes the democratic
path voicing their demands in a peaceful and
constitutional manner.
(iii) Seeking a fair position through elections.
iabecause :
(iv) Sometimes social differences can take the
er
form of unacceptable level of social inequality and
injustice. The struggle against such inequalities
at
sometimes takes the path of violence and defiance
of state power. However, history shows that
ym
democracy is the best way to fight for recognition
and also to accommodate diversity.
ud
(iv) Relations between Tamils and Sinhalese
became strained.
30. Power sharing keeps up with the 'Spirit' of
st
Democracy as :
ity
(i) Power sharing ensures that all people have
stake in government.
al
(ii) Power sharing ensures maximum
participation. It upholds the concept of people's
qu
rule. It always brings better outcomes in democracy.
It ensures political stability in a democracy.
@
(iii) Power sharing accommodates diverse groups.
It helps to reduce the possibility of conflict between
social groups.
31. Power sharing is desirable in democracy
because :
(i) Prudential reasons :
(a) It helps to reduce the possibility of conflict
between social groups. Since social conflict often
leads to violence and political instability.
(b) It is a good way to ensure the stability of
political order.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(c) Imposing the will of over others may look like
an attractive option in the short run, but in the
long run it undermines the unity of the nation.
(ii) Moral reasons :
(a) Power sharing is the very spirit of democracy.
A democratic rule involves sharing power with
those affected by its exercise and who have to live
with its effect.
(b) People have a right to be consulted on how
am
they are to be governed.
(c) A legitimate government is one where citizens
gr
through participation, acquire a stake in the system.
32. (i) When the power does not rest with any
le
one organ of the state rather it is shared among
te
legislature, executive and judiciary it is called
power sharing.
l_
(ii) Power sharing is important in a democracy
(a) It helps to reduce the possibility of conflict
between social groups.
(b) It is the very spirit of democracy.
(c) It is a good way to ensure the stability of the
political order.
33. (i) It is easy to accommodate demands that
are within the constitutional framework and are
not at the cost of another community.
(ii) The demand for only the Sinhala community
in Sri Lanka was at the cost of interest and identity
of Tamil community.
(iii) In Yugoslavia, the leaders of the different
ethnic communities presented their demands in
such a way that these could not be accommodated
within a single country.
34. Refer to answer 28.
35. The system of checks and balances ensures that
no one branch of the national government gains
too much power.
36. Power sharing is a system of governance where
all the communities in the society participate in
the policy making.
37. When one arm of the government can question
the functioning of other arms in horizontal power
distribution.
38. Power sharing helps in reducing the conflict
between various social groups. Hence, power
Power Sharing 243
sharing is necessary for maintaining social 41.
harmony and peace. Sr. Horizontal division Vertical division of
39. The three factors that are crucial in deciding No. of power power
the outcome of politics of social division are : (i) Horizontal division In vertical division
(a) People’s perception : This is the most of power sharing of powers, power
important factor which decides the outcome of arrangement in can be shared
politics of social divisions. If people see their which power is among governments
identities in singular and exclusive terms, it can shared among at different levels,
lead to social divisions and violence. It is much different organs of like union, state

am
easier if the people see that their identities are government, such as and local levels of
multiple and are complementary with the national legislature, executivegovernment, i.e, it
and judiciary. involves higher and

gr
identity. A majority of Belgians now feel that they
are as much Belgian nationalist or citizens as they lower levels of the
government.

le
are Dutch or German speaking. This feeling binds
them together. Similarly in India; though - India (ii) In horizontal In vertical division

te
is a multi-cultural country, but the feeling of division of power, of powers,
different organs of constitution clearly

l_
nationalism binds us together.
government exercise lays down the
(b) Raising of demands by political leaders : The ia different powers. power of different
outcome of politics of social division also depends This is a concept of levels of the
on how political leaders raise the demands of any separation of powers. government.
er
community. It is easier to accommodate demands
(iii) Horizontal There is no concept
that are within the constitutional framework and
at

distribution specifies of checks and

are not at the cost of another community. The
the concept of checks balances, because
ym

Sinhalese leaders of Sri Lanka wanted to fulfil their

and balances in order powers are clearly
demand at the cost of other communities, and this to check the exercise given by the
led to the civil war. of unlimited powers constitution from
ud

(c) Reaction of Government: The outcome also of a particular organ. the higher level to
depends on how the government reacts to the the lower level.
st

demands of different groups. If the rulers are 42. Power is shared between different organs of
ity

willing to share power and accommodate the the government such as Legislature, Executive and
reasonable demands of minority community, Judiciary. This system of power sharing is referred
al

social divisions become less threatening for the to as a system of 'checks and balances' because :
country. But if they try to suppress such a demand (i) All three organs are placed at the same level of
qu

with force and in the name of national unity, this power.

can lead to civil war or division of country, and (ii) The power distribution ensures that no organ
@

that is what happened in Sri Lanka. enjoys unlimited powers.

40. Vertical division of power : Vertical
division of power means sharing of power among
governments at different levels.
In India, there are three levels of the government :
(i) For the entire country : Central Government/
Union Government.
(iii) At the provincial level : State Governments.
(iii) At the local level (i.e., rural and urban) : Local
self governments like panchayats and municipal
councils.
(iii) Each organ exercises a check on the other.
Thus there is a balance of power.
43. In modern democracies, power sharing can
take the following forms:
1. Organs of Government:  In democracy,
power is shared among Legislature, Executive and
Judiciary. This is known as distribution of power,
it allows different organs of government placed
at the same level to exercise different powers. No
organ can exercise unlimited power as each organ
checks the others.
244
2. Governments at different levels:
In federal form of government, power is shared
between the central and state governments. In
India there is another lower level of government,
the-local self government. This is called vertical
division of government.
3. Social Groups: Power may also be shared
among different social groups such as religious
and linguistic groups.
44. The idea of power sharing has emerged
contrary to the notions of undivided political
power. Earlier it was believed that all powers of
a government must reside in one person or group
located at one place. It was felt that if the power
to decide was dispersed, it would not be possible
to take quick decisions and to enforce them. But
these notions have changed with the emergence of
democracy.
We have learnt that power sharing actually
iagovernment.
empowers individuals and communities. The two
er
important reasons for sharing power are as follows:
1. Prudential reason : Power sharing is good
at
because it helps to reduce the possibility of
conflict between social groups. We know that
ym
social conflict often leads to violence and political
instability. Thus power sharing can ensure the
stability of political order. Imposing the will of
ud
majority community over others undermines the
unity of the nation.
st
2. Moral reason : Power sharing is the very
ity
spirit of democracy. It must involve sharing of
power with those affected by its exercise, and who
have to live with its effects. People have a right
al
to be consulted on how they are to be governed.
qu
This can only be achieved when the citizens have a
stake in the system.
@
For example in India people elect their
representative through direct franchise. After that,
people’s representatives elect the government to
make or amend rules & regulations and to carry out
day to day functioning of governance. In India we
have a central government, a state government and
a local government (panchayat or municipalities)
Forms of Power Sharing :
1. Horizontal Power sharing : Power is shared
among different arms of the government, such
as the legislature, executive and judiciary. This
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
ensures that none of the arms of the government
has unlimited power. Each organ acts as a check
for the others. This leads to a balance of power
among various institutions.
For example, though ministers and government
officials exercise power, they are responsible to
the Parliament or State Assemblies. Similarly,
although judges are appointed by the executive,
they can check the functioning of executive or
am
laws made by the legislatures. This arrangement is
called a system of checks and balances.
2. Vertical Power sharing : Power sharing
gr
among governments at different levels –
le
A government for the entire country is called
‘Central or Union or Federal government’. The
te
government in a particular state is called ‘State
government’ in India. In such cases the constitution
l_
clearly lays down the powers of different levels of
This is what was done in Belgium but not done in
Sri Lanka. This is called federal division of power.
3. Empowering Social groups : Power may
also be shared among different social groups such
as the religious and linguistic groups. ‘Community
government’ in Belgium is a good example of this
arrangement. I System of ‘reserved constituencies’
in assemblies and the parliament of our country is
an example of empowering minority community.
4. Political parties and Pressure groups : Power
sharing is also seen in the way political parties,
pressure groups and social movements control
or influence those in power. In a democracy
acquiring power can take the form of competition
among different parties. Such competition ensures
that power does not remain in one hand. In the
long run, power is shared among different political
parties that represent different ideologies and
social groups. This kind of sharing can be direct
as in a coalition government when two or more
parties form an alliance to contest elections.
In a democracy, we find interest groups such
as those of traders, businessmen, industrialists,
farmers and industrial workers. They also will have
a share in governmental power, either through
participation in governmental committees or
bringing influence on the decision-making
process.
 Chapter
2 Federalism
What is Federalism?
What Makes India a Federal Country?
QUICK RECAP
WHAT IS FEDERALISM?
Federalism is a system of government in which the
power is divided between a central authority and
various constituent units of the country. Usually,
a federation has two levels of government. One
is the government for the entire country that is
er
responsible for a few subjects of common national
interest. The others are governments at the level
at
of provinces or states that look after much of the
ym
day-to-day administering of their state. Both
these levels of governments enjoy their power
independent of the other.
ud
In contrast a unitary system of government
st
has all the powers as in Sri Lanka. Under the
unitary system, either there is only one level of
ity
government or the sub-units are subordinate to
the central government. The central government
al
can pass orders to the provincial or the local
qu
government. But in a federal system, the central
government cannot order the state government
@
to do something. State government has powers
of its own for which it is not answerable to the
central government. Both these governments
are separately answerable to the people.
The Indian Federation
ff Though the word ‘federation’ has not been
used in the constitution of India, but the Indian
Union was formed on the basis of federalism.
The Indian Constitution originally provided
for a two-tier system of government. The
Union or the Central Government represents
How is Federalism Practiced?
am
Decentralization in India
gr
le
the Union of India and the State governments
te
represent the provinces. Later, a third tier was
added in the federation; with the formation of
l_
Panchayats and Municipalities.
ia
Key Features of Federalism
Two aspects are important for practicing
federalism. Governments at different levels
should agree to some rules of power sharing. They
should also trust that each would abide by its part
of the agreement. An ideal federal system has
both aspects: mutual trust and agreement to live
together.
The exact balance of power between the central
and the state government varies from one
federation to another. This balance depends mainly
on the historical context in which the federation
was formed. The key features are as follows :
ff There are two or more levels (or tiers) of
government.
ff Different tiers of government govern the same
citizens, but each tier has its own jurisdiction
in specific matters of legislation, taxation and
administration.
ff The jurisdictions of the respective levels
or tiers of government are specified in the
constitution. So, the existence and authority
of each tier of government is constitutionally
guaranteed.
ff The fundamental provisions of the constitution
cannot be unilaterally changed by one level of
government. Such changes require the consent
of both the levels of government.
246
ff Courts have the power to interpret the
constitution and the powers of different levels
of government. The highest court acts as an
umpire if disputes arise between different
levels of government in the exercise of their
respective powers.
ff Sources of revenue for each level of
government are clearly specified to ensure its
financial autonomy.
ff The federal system thus has dual objectives: to
safeguard and promote unity of the country,
while at the same time accommodate regional
diversity.
Routes to the formation of federations
(a) Coming together federations:  This type of
federation exists in the USA, Switzerland and
Australia. Independent states came together
on their own to form a bigger unit so that
they could increase their security; while
er
maintaining their sovereignty. In this type of
at
federation, the constituent states have equal
power and are stronger vis-à-vis the central
ym
government.
(b) Holding together federation:  This type of
ud
federation exists in India, Spain, Belgium,
etc. In this case, power is shared among
st
various social groups to accommodate a huge
diversity. In this type of federation, the central
ity
government is more powerful than the state
government. Different constituents of the
al
federation may have unequal powers. Some
qu
units are granted special powers, as in the case
of Jammu & Kashmir in India.
@
WHAT MAKE INDIA A FEDERAL COUNTRY?
The Constitution declared India as a Union of
States. Although it did not use the word federation,
the Indian Union is based on the principles of
federalism. The Constitution provides for a three-
tier system of government. These different tiers
enjoy separate jurisdiction. The Constitution
clearly provided a three fold distribution of
legislative powers between the Union Government
and the State Governments. Thus, it contains three
lists:
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
ff the Union Government or the Central
Government, representing the Union of India
ff the State governments
ff Panchayats and Municipalities.
List of Jurisdiction
ff Union List : Union List includes subjects
of national importance; such as defense
of the country, foreign affairs, banking,
communications and currency. They are
am
included in this list because we need a uniform
policy on these matters throughout the
gr
country. The Union Government alone can
make laws relating to the subjects mentioned
le
in the Union List.
ff Concurrent List : Concurrent List includes
te
subjects of common interest such as education,
l_
forest, trade unions, marriage, adoption and
ia succession. Both the Union as well as the State
Governments can make laws on the subjects
mentioned in this list. If their laws conflict
with each other, the law made by the Union
Government will prevail.
ff State List : State List contains subjects of
State and local importance such as police,
trade, commerce, agriculture and irrigation.
The State Governments alone can make laws
relating to the subjects mentioned in the State
List.
ff Residuary List : Anything out of purview of
above mentioned list is taken as residuary
subject. Union Government has the power to
legislate on these subjects.
ff Special Status : Jammu and Kashmir has its
own Constitution. Many provisions of the
Indian Constitution are not applicable to
this state without the approval of the State
Assembly. Indians who are not permanent
residents of this state cannot buy land or
house here. Similar special provisions exist for
some other states of India as well.
ff Union Territories : There are some units
of the Indian Union which enjoy very little
power. These are areas which are too small to
become an independent State but which could
not be merged with any of the existing states.
The areas, like Chandigarh, or Lakshadweep
or the capital city of Delhi, are called Union
Federalism
Territories. These territories do not have the
powers of a state. The Central Government
has special powers in running these areas.
ff Power Sharing : Between the Union
Government and the State governments there
is power sharing which is basic to the structure
of the Constitution. It is not easy to make
changes to this power sharing arrangement.
The Parliament cannot on its own change this
arrangement. Any change to it has to be first
passed by both the Houses of Parliament with
at least two-third majority. Then it has to be
ratified by the legislatures of at least half of the
total States.
ff The judiciary plays an important role
in overseeing the implementation of
constitutional provisions and procedures.
In case of any dispute about the division of
powers, the High Courts and the Supreme
Court make a decision. The Union and
State governments have the power to raise
er
resources by levying taxes in order to execute
the responsibilities assigned to each of them.
at
HOW IS FEDERALISM PRACTICED?
ym
ff Federalism has succeeded in India because
of the nature of democratic politics in our
ud
country. It has ensured that the spirit of
federalism, respect for diversity and desire for
living together became shared ideals in our
st
country. Let us look at some of the major ways
ity
in which this happened:
ff Linguistic States : The creation of 'Linguistic
al
States' was the first and a major test for
democratic politics in our country. This was
qu
done to ensure that people who spoke the
same language lived in the same state. Some
@
states were created not on the basis of language
but to recognize the differences based on
culture, ethnicity or geography, e.g. Nagaland,
Uttarakhand and Jharkhand.
ff Language policy : Our Constitution did not
give the status of national language to any one
language. Hindi was identified as the official
language. But Hindi is the mother tongue of
only about 40 per cent of Indians. Therefore,
there were many safeguards to protect other
languages. Besides Hindi, there are 21 other
languages recognized as Scheduled Languages
247
by the Constitution. Hindi was not imposed
on non-Hindi areas for most of the period
after the independence.
ff Centre-State relations : Restructuring the
Centre-State relations is one more way in
which federalism has been strengthened. How
the constitutional arrangements for sharing
power work in reality depends to a large
extent on how the ruling parties and leaders
am
follow these arrangements –
–– Situation during Congress Monopoly :
For a major period; after independence;
gr
same party was in power in both center
le
and states in most parts of the country.
In those days, the central government
te
often undermined the rights of the state
l_
governments. Many states were brought
ia under President’s rule at slight pretext of
assertiveness from the state government.
–– Situation in the Era of Coalition
Government : After 1989, the pattern
of the central government shifted to
multi-party coalition government at the
center. As a result a new culture of power
sharing and respect for the autonomy of
State Governments has developed. It can
be said that now the federalism is more
developed in India.
DECENTRALIZATION IN INDIA
ff It was felt that a vast and diverse country like
India cannot be run only through two-tiers of
government. As you know some of the Indian
states are bigger than independent countries
of Europe. Also these states are internally very
diverse in terms of variety of dialects, eating
habits and culture.
ff Hence, a need for creating a third tier of
government was always being felt.
ff When power is taken away from Central
and State governments and given to local
government, it is called decentralization.
Decentralization is good because of the
following reasons:
–– There are a large number of problems and
issues which are best settled at the local
level.
248
People have better knowledge of problems
––
in their localities.
–– They also have better ideas on how to
solve the problems and where to spend
the resources.
–– At the local level it is possible for the
people to directly participate in decision
making.
–– This helps to inculcate a habit of
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(i) All the panchayat samitis or mandals in a
district together constitute the Zilla (district)
Parishad. Most members of the Zilla parishad
are elected. Members of the Lok Sabha and
MLAs of that district and some other officials
of other district level bodies are also its
members. Zilla Parishad chairperson is the
political head of the Zilla Parishad.

am
democratic participation.
ff A major step towards decentralization was
taken in 1992. The Constitution was amended

gr
to make the third-tier of democracy more

le
powerful and effective. The local governing
bodies were given constitutional status.

te
(a) Now it is constitutionally mandatory to hold

l_
regular elections to local government bodies.
(b) Seats are reserved in the elected bodies and ia
the executive heads of these institutions for
the Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and
er
Other Backward Classes.
at

(c) At least one-third of all positions are reserved

ff In the same way local government bodies are
for women.
formed for urban areas too. Municipalities are
ym

(d) An independent institution called the State set up in towns. Big cities are constituted into
Election Commission has been created in each municipal corporations. Both municipalities
State to conduct panchayat and municipal
ud

and municipal corporations are controlled

elections. by elected bodies consisting of people’s
(e) The State governments are required to
st

representatives. Municipal chairperson is the

share some powers and revenue with local political head of the municipality. The Mayor
ity

government bodies. The nature of sharing is the head of a municipal corporation.

varies from State to State. Rural local This system of local government in India is the
al

government is popularly known by the name largest experiment in democracy in the world. There
Panchayati Raj.
qu

are now about 36 lakh elected representatives in the

(f) Each village, or a group of villages in some panchayats and municipalities etc., in India. It is
states, has a gram panchayat. This is a council
@

clear that Constitutional status for local government

consisting of several ward members, often
called panch. The president of the panchayat
is called sarpanch.
(g) Members of a panchayat are directly elected by
all the adults who are living in the panchayat.
(h) The local government structure goes right up
to the district level. A few gram panchayats are
grouped together to form what is usually called
a Panchayat Samiti or Block or Mandal. The
members of this representative body are elected
by all the panchyat members in that area.
has helped to deepen democracy in our country. It
has also increased women’s representation and voice
in our democracy.
Important Words and Terms
Jurisdiction : The area over which one has legal
authority.
Coalition Government : A government formed
by coming together of two or more political
parties. The partners in the coalition form a
political alliance and adopt a common program.
Federalism 249

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

What is Federalism? 12. Why was States Reorganization Commission

formed ? (Term-I 2016)
VSA (1 mark)
13. Which type of powers does the community
1. Mention the dual objective of federal system government of Belgium enjoy? (Term-I 2016)
of government. (Term-I 2016)

am
14. What status has been given to Hindi by the
2. What is the official post for the chaiperson of a Constitution of India? (Term-I 2015)
Municipal Corporation? (Term-I 2014)

gr
SA (3 marks)
3. What do you understand by 'coming together'

le
federations? (Term-I 2014) 15. Describe any three steps taken to strengthen
the local self-governments, by the

te
4. Which subjects are included in the Union
List? (Term-I 2014) Constitutional Amendment, 1992. (AI 2019)

l_
SA (3 marks) 16. Describe any three provisions of amendment
made in Indian Constitution in 1992 for
5. Describe any three features of ‘federalism’.
ia
making three tier government more effective
er
(AI 2019) and powerful. (2018, Term-I 2017)
6. Enumerate the features of federalism. 17. Explain the factors that make federal
at

 (Term-I 2017) government in India so attractive.

ym

7. Highlight three major distinctions between  (Term-I 2016)

the federations of 'coming together' type and 18. Highlight any three steps taken by India
ud

'holding together' type. (Term-I 2015)

towards making it a federation.
LA (5 marks)  (Term-I 2015)
st

8. Differentiate between 'Coming Together 19. What are the three lists given in the
ity

Federation' and 'Holding Together Federation', Constitution? (Term-I 2014)

with examples.  (Term-I 2014)
al

20. Why has federalism succeeded in India?

9. How is a federal government different from Which were the policies adopted by India that
qu

the unitary form of government? Why are ensured this success? Explain.  (Term-I 2014)
federations preferred these days?
21. Explain any five features of Panchayati Raj
@

 (Term-I 2012)
system in India. (Term-I 2016)
What Make India a Federal 22. Explain any five provisions of the
Country? Constitutional Amendment of 1992 that
strengthened the third tier government in
VSA (1 mark)
India. (Term-I 2016)
10. What is the system of Panchayati Raj?
(Term-I 2017) LA (5 marks)

11. List under which both the Union and State 23. How are the powers divided between the states
Government can make laws under the federal and centre? Explain with examples.
system in India. (Term-I 2017)  (Term-I 2012)
250
24. What challenges did centre-state relations in
India face before the 1990's? Why is power
sharing between centre and state more
effective today? (Term-I 2012)
25. What is a Gram Sabha? Describe any four
functions of a Gram Sabha. (Term-I 2012)
26. "Local governments have made a significant
impact on Indian democracy. At the same
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
SA (3 marks)
33. How has the Panchayati Raj strengthened the
democracy in India? Express your views.
 (Term-I 2016)
34. "India has a large cultural, regional and
religious diversity but there is unity among
people". What factors are responsible for this?
Elaborate. (Term-I 2016)

am
time there are many difficulties". Explain.
(Term-I 2012) 35. Differentiate between Gram Sabha and Gram
Panchayat. (Term-I 2015)

gr
27. Assess the need for local government.
36. Do you take decentralisation as means to
(Term-I 2012)

le
minimise the conflicts? Give your view point.

te
How is Federalism Practiced?  (Term-I 2015)

Decentralization in India LA (5 marks)

l_
37. What is the meaning of decentralisation?
VSA (1 mark)
ia Explain any four provisions that have been
28. How do the central and state governments made towards decentralisation in India after
er
enjoy their power in federal system? the Constitutional Amendment in 1992.
at

(Term-I 2016) (Term-I 2012)

38. Why did the makers of our Constitution
ym

29. Which is the highest institution of Panchayati

Raj in India? (Term-I 2016) declare India to be a 'Union of States'? Why
were some sub-political units of India given a
30. Much of the official work in Indian state is
ud

special status? (Term-I 2012)

done in which language? (Term-I 2016)
39. Explain any five advantages of decentalization
st

31. What is decentralization? What is the need for of power. (Term-I 2012)
it? (Term-I 2016, 2015, 2014)
ity

40. What is the rationale for decentralization of

32. In which list of the Indian constitution does power? Explain the structure of Rural local
al

education come? Why? (Term-I 2015) government in India.  (Term-I 2012)

qu

Answers
@

1. Federal System has dual objectives.
2. Mayor
3. The independent states which come together
on their own to form a bigger unit so that they
could increase their security, while maintaining
their sovereignty are called the 'coming together
federations.' Examples-USA, Switzerland and
Australia.
4. Subjects included in the union list include
defense of the country, foreign affairs, banking,
etc.
5. Important aspects of federalism are
Governments at different levels should agree to
some rules of power sharing. They should also trust
that each would abide by its part of the agreement.
An ideal federal system has both aspects: mutual
trust and agreement to live together. The key
features are as follows :
Federalism
There are two or more levels (or tiers) of
government.
• Different tiers of government govern the
same citizens, but each tier has its own jurisdiction
in specific matters of legislation, taxation and
administration.
The jurisdictions of the respective levels or tiers
of government are specified in the constitution.
So, the existence and authority of each tier of
government is constitutionally guaranteed.
The fundamental provisions of the constitution
cannot be unilaterally changed by one level of
government. Such changes require the consent of
both the levels of government.
Courts have the power to interpret the constitution
and the powers of different levels of government.
The highest court acts as an umpire if disputes
arise between different levels of government in the
ia(ii) All the states have equal power and are strong.
exercise of their respective powers.
er
Sources of revenue for each level of government are
clearly specified to ensure its financial autonomy.
at
The federal system thus has dual objectives: to
ym
safeguard and promote unity of the country, while
at the same time accommodate regional diversity.
ud
6. Features of federalism:
(i) There are two or more levels (or tiers) of
st
government. We have three levels in India.
(ii) Different tiers of government govern the
ity
same citizens, but each tier has its own jurisdiction
in specific matters of legislation, taxation and
al
administration.
qu
(iii) The jurisdictions of the respective levels
or tiers of government are specified in the
@
constitution. Thus the existence and authority
of each tier of government is constitutionally
guaranteed.
(iv) The fundamental provisions of the
constitution cannot be unilaterally changed by
one level of government. Such changes require the
consent of both the levels of government.
(v) The high court and the Supreme court acts as
an umpire if disputes arise between different levels
of government in the exercise of their respective
powers.
251
(vi) Sources of revenue for each level of
government are clearly specified to ensure its
financial autonomy.
(vii) The federal system thus has dual objectives: to
safeguard and promote unity of the country, while
at the same time accommodate regional diversity.
7. Holding together federation :
(i) Large countries decide to divide its power
am
between states and the centre.
(ii) Central government tends to be more
powerful.
gr
(iii) Federating units have unequal power.
le
(iv) India, Spain, Belgium are examples.
te
Coming together federation :
(i) Independent states coming together on their
l_
own to form a bigger unit.
(iii) By pooling sovereignty and retaining identity,
they increase their security.
(iv) U.S.A, Switzerland, Australia are examples.
8. Refer to answer 7.
9. Difference between federal and unitary forms
of government:
(i) Unitary government has only one level of
government whereas a federal government has
two or more levels of government.
(ii) In unitary government, the sub-units are
subordinate to the centre, whereas in a federation,
central government cannot encroach on the rights
of state governments.
(iii) In Unitary system, centre can order the sub-
units with cannot happen in federation.
A federation is preferred because :
(i) It helps in making administration effective
and efficient.
(ii) It helps to accommodate all diverse groups.
10. In India, the Panchayati Raj functions as a
system of governance in which gram panchayats
are the basic units of local administration. The
system has three levels: Gram Panchayat (village
level), Block Samiti or Panchayat Samiti (block
level), and Zilla Parishad (district level).
252
11. Concurrent List
12. State Reorganization Commission was
formed in 1954, to recommend creation of states
in India on linguistic basis.
13. In Belgium, there is the form of community
government which is elected by the people
belonging to any one language community, i.e.
German, French or Dutch. This gives every group
proper representation and they can voice their
issues associated with the language, culture and its
prospective education system.
14. Official language of India.
15. A major step towards decentralization and
strengthening of the local self-government was
taken in 1992. The Constitution was amended to
make the third-tier of democracy more powerful
and effective. The local governing bodies were
given constitutional status.
ia17. (i) The Jurisdictions of different arms of the
(a) Now it is constitutionally mandatory to hold
er
regular elections to local government bodies.
(b) Seats are reserved in the elected bodies and
at
the executive heads of these institutions for the
ym
Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and Other
Backward Classes.
(c) At least one-third of all positions are reserved
ud
for women.
(d) An independent institution called the
st
State Election Commission has been created in
ity
each State to conduct panchayat and municipal
elections.
al
(e) The State governments are required to share
some powers and revenue with local government
qu
bodies. The nature of sharing varies from State
to State. Rural local government is popularly
@
known by the name panchayati raj. Members of a
panchayat are directly elected by the all the adults
who are living in the panchayat.
(f) The local government structure goes right
up to the district level. A few gram panchayats
are grouped together to form what is usually
called a panchayat samiti or block or mandal. The
members of this representative body are elected by
all the panchyat members in that area.
16. The various provisions of the constitutional
amendment of 1992, made the third tier of our
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
democracy more powerful. Its provisions include –
(a) Now it is constitutionally mandatory to hold
regular elections to local government bodies.
(b) Seats are reserved in the elected bodies
and the executives of these institutions for the
Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and other
Backward Classes.
(c) At least one-third of all positions are reserved
am
for women.
(d) An independent institution called the
State Election Commission has been created in
gr
each state to conduct panchayat and municipal
elections.
le
(e) The State governments are required to share
te
some powers and revenue with local government
bodies. The nature of sharing varies from state to
l_
state.
government are defined.
(ii) Administrative interference is absent because
there is financial autonomy.
(iii) Problems are solved as per jurisdiction.
The federal structure ensures 'unity amongst the
people'.
18. (i) Reorganisation of states on linguistic basis.
(ii) Centre state relations are well defined.
(iii) Decentralisation at Panchayat level.
19. The three-fold distribution of legislative
powers are :
(i) Union list : Union lists consist of 97 subjects.
It includes subjects of national importance such
as defence of the country, foreign affairs, banking,
communication and currency.
(ii) State list : State list consists of 66 subjects. It
contains subjects of state and local importance
such as police, trade, commerce, agriculture and
irrigation.
(iii) Concurrent list : Concurrent list consists of
47 subjects It includes subjects of common interest
to both such as education, forest, trade unions,
marriage, adoption and succession.
20. The creation of Linguistic States was the first
and a major test for democratic  politics in our
country:
Federalism
(a) Many old states as they were before
independent, have been replaced with new states
with changed geographies and names. In 1947, the
boundaries of several old states were changed in
order to create new states. This was done to ensure
that people who spoke the same language lived in
the same state. Some states were created not on the
basis of language but to recognize differences based
on culture, ethnicity or geography. These include
States like Nagaland, Uttarakhand and Jharkhand.
(b) Language policy : A second test for Indian
federation is the language policy. Our Constitution
did not give the status of national language to
any one language. Hindi was identified as the
official language. However, Hindi is the mother
tongue of only about 40 per cent of Indians.
Therefore, many safeguards were put to protect
other languages. Besides Hindi, there are 21 other
languages recognized as Scheduled Languages in
ia
the Constitution.
er
(c) Centre-State relations: Restructuring the
at
Centre - State relations is one more way in which
federalism has been strengthened in practice. This
ym
happened particularly after 1990 when there was a
coalition government at the centre.
ud
(d) Decentralisation of power : The governmental
power has been decentralised to form the
st
third tier of government in the form of Panchayati
Raj and municipal government.
ity
21. Rural local government is known as
Panchayati Raj.
al
(i) Panchayati Raj is rural-based.
qu
(ii) Each village has a Gram Panchayat.
(iii) It has Panchs and a Sarpanch.
@
(iv) He/she is directly elected by the adult
population in the village.
(v) Panchayat works under the Gram Sabha.
(vi) All the voters meet at least twice or thrice in a
year.
(viii) Few Gram Panchayat from The Panchayat
Samiti or Block or Mandal.
22. The Constitution was amended in 1992 to
make the third tier government which made
democracy more powerful and effective.
253
(i) Now it is mandatory to hold regular elections
to local government bodies.
(ii) At least 1/3rd of all positions and seats are
reserved for women.
(iii) An independent institution called State
Election Commission has been created in each state
to conduct panchayat and municipal elections.
(iv) The State Governments are required to share
some powers and revenue with local government
am
bodies. The nature of sharing varies from state to
state.
gr
23. (i) There is three-fold distribution of
legislative powers :
le
(a) Union list : Union lists consist of 97 subjects.
te
It includes subjects of national importance such
as defence of the country, foreign affairs, banking,
l_
communication and currency.
(b) State list : State list consists of 66 subjects. It
contains subjects of state and local importance
such as police, trade, commerce, agriculture and
irrigation.
(c) Concurrent list : Concurrent list consists of 47
subjects. It includes subjects of common interest
to both such as education, forest trade unions,
marriage, adoption and succession.
(ii) Union Government can make laws on the
subjects which are not covered under these lists.
These subjects are put in residuary list.
24. Challenges before 1990 :
(i) Political scene was dominated by one party
both at the Centre and in the States before 1990.
(ii) As and when the ruling party at the state level
asserted itself the centre enforced governors rule.
(iii) The Central Government would often misuse
the constitution of dismiss the State Government
that were controlled by rival parties.
After 1990 :
(i) The central government was formed by a
coalition of different parties.
(ii) A number of regional parties have become
powerful and play a crucial role at the Centre and
States.
(iii) The era of "coalition" government at the
Centre has inculcated respect for federal autonomy
and respect for state governments.
254
25. Gram Sabha : A body comprising of all adult
members of a village or a group of villages.
Functions of Gram Sabha :
(i) It elects the members of the Gram Panchayat.
(ii) The Gram Sabha supervises the work of the
village panchayat.
(iii) It approves the annual budget of the panchayat.
(iv) It reviews the performance of the Gram
Panchayat.
26. Impact of local self government on Indian
democracy :
(i) Constitutional status for local government
has helped to deepen democracy.
(ii) It has increased women's representation and
voice in our democracy.
Difficulties :
(i) Gram sabhas are not held regularly.
(ii) Most state governments have not transferred
er
significant powers to local government.
(iii) State government do not provide adequate
at
resources to the gram sabhas.
27. Need for local government :
ym
(i) There are a number of problems and issues
that are best settled at the local level because
ud
people have a better knowledge of the problems in
their localities.
st
(ii) The local people are aware of their needs and
can prioritize and find quick solutions.
ity
(iii) It helps to initiate the process of direct
al
decision-making.
(iv) It helps to inculcate the habit of democratic
qu
participation.
(v) Local government is the best way to realize
@
the important principle of democracy, namely
local self government.
28. The central and state governments enjoy
powers because their 'Powers' are clearly divided
in Union list and State list. They exercise authority
equally on items listed is the concurrent list.
The two governments operate according to their
jurisdiction.
29. Zilla Parishad
30. Much of the official work in Indian states is
done in the language of the state.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
31. Decentralization can be defined as systematic
distribution of authority or power at every level of
the government. In India it is the centre, the state
and the village level.
32. Education comes under the concurrent list; so
both the states and the centre can legislate on any
aspect of education.
33. Panchayati Raj is the best example of
am
decentralisation of power.
(i) People can get most of their problems solved at
the local level by participating in decision making.
gr
This is because people understand the problems
le
better and can find better solutions locally.
(iii) People can think and plan for themselves.
te
34. Despite the diversity the people of India are
l_
united because they have :
ia(i) Right to equality.
(ii) No discrimination on the basis of caste, creed
region or religion.
(iii) SCs and STs have some seats reserved and do
get representation.
(iv) They have right to freedom of religion and
cultural and educational rights.
35. Gram Panchayat is a council consisting of
several ward members often called 'Panch' and
a president called 'Sarpanch'. It is the decision
making body for the village.
The Panchayat works under the overall supervision
of the 'Gram Sabha'. All the voters in the village
are its members.
36. Yes, decentralisation reduces conflicts. It helps
in the settlement of a large number of problems
and issues at the local level.
(i) It provides a platform for the direct
participation of people in decision making.
(ii) Decentralisation in the form of different
tiers of government is the best way to realise the
principles of Democracy.
37. Decentralization : When power is taken from
central and state governments and is given to local
government, it is called decentralization.
Refer to answer 22.
Federalism
38. India became a Union of States because it
consisted of both British-ruled territories as well
as many princely states. Some sub-political units
of India have a special status.
(i) Jammu & Kashmir joined India on a special
condition.
(ii) Some units were too small to become
independent states. They were made Union
Territories.
(iii) States in the North-East have been given a
special status as they have a large tribal population
with a distinct history and culture.
39. Advantages of Decentralization are as follows :
(i) Sharing of power between centre, states and
local government reduces conflict.
(ii) Large number of problems and issues can
be best settled at local level. People have better
knowledge of problems in their localities.
(iii) People have better knowledge of local issues
er
so solutions can be found.
(iv) They know better as where to spend money
at
and how to manage things efficiently.
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
255
(v) People at the local level participate directly in
decision making.
40. The rationale behind decentralisation is as
follows :
(i) Large number of problems and issues are best
settled at the local level because people have better
knowledge of their local problems.
(ii) It helps in promoting direct participation of
am
the people in governance.
Structure of Rural Local Government :
gr
A few gram panchayats are grouped together to
form a panchayat samiti or block or mandal. The
le
members of this representative body are elected
by all the panchayat samitis or mandals in a
te
district which makes the Zilla Parishad.
l_
Most members of the Zilla Parishad are elected
iamembers of Lok Sabha and MLA's of that district
and some other officials of other district level
bodies.
The chairperson of Zilla Parishad is the political
head.
 Chapter
Democracy and
3 Diversity*
Case Studies of Mexico Olympics Politics of Social Divisions
Differences, Similarities and Divisions

am
gr
QUICK RECAP

le
CASE STUDIES OF MEXICO OLYMPICS anthem was played, they were the US athletes,

te
ff The Civil Rights Movement in the USA (1954- Tommie Smith and John Carlos.
1968) refers to a set of events and reform ff They had won the gold and bronze medals

movements aimed at abolishing legal racial
discrimination against African-Americans.
ia
Led by Martin Luther King Jr., this movement
er
practiced non-violent methods of civil
disobedience against racially discriminatory
at
l_
respectively. They received their medals
wearing black socks and no shoes to represent
Black poverty. With this gesture, they tried
to draw international attention to racial
discrimination in the USA.

laws and practices. ff The black-gloved and raised clenched fists

ff African-American, The Black Power were meant to symbolize “Black Power”. The
ym

movement emerged in 1966 and lasted till silver medalist, white Australian athlete, Peter
1975, which was a more militant anti-racist Norman, wore a human rights badge on his
ud

movement, advocating even violence if shirt during the ceremony to show his support
necessary, to end racism in the US. to the two Americans.
st

ff The International Olympic Association held

Carlos and Smith guilty of violating the
ity

Olympic spirit by making a political statement.

al

Their medals were taken back. In the United

States they were subjected to a lot of criticism.
qu

Norman too suffered for his action and was

not included in the Australian team for the
@

ff
ff An important landmark in the history of the
Civil Rights Movement occurred at the 1968
Mexico City Olympics. In the the medal
ceremony of the 200 meters race the two men
standing with clenched fists upraised and
heads bowed, while the American national
next Olympic.
But their action succeeded in gaining
international attention for the Civil Rights
Movement in the US. Recently, the San Jose
State University, of which they were former
students, honored them and installed their
statue in the University campus. When Peter
Norman died in 2006, Smith and Carlos were
pallbearers at his funeral.

* The chapter ‘Democracy and Diversity’ to be assessed in the Periodic Tests only and will not be evaluated in Board Examination.
Democracy and Diversity
DIFFERENCES, SIMILARITIES AND
DIVISIONS
ff Social differences are mostly based on the
event of birth and the community one belongs
to. In most cases, we belong to a community
because we were born into it. We all experience
social differences based on our birth. People
around us are male or female, they are tall and
short, have different kinds of complexions, or
have different physical abilities or disabilities.
ff However, some of the differences are based
on our choices. For example, some people
are atheists. Some people choose to follow a
religion other than the one in which they were
born. Most of us choose what to study, which
occupation to take up and which games or
cultural activities to take part in. All these lead
to formation of social groups that are based on
our choices
ff Every social difference does not lead to social
division. Social differences divide similar
er
people from one another, but they also unite
very different people. People belonging to
at
different social groups share differences and
similarities, cutting across the boundaries of
ym
their groups.
ff If social differences cut across one
ud
another, the effects of the differences
reduce considerably. Let us take the
st
cases of Northern Ireland and the
Netherlands.
ity
Both are predominantly Christian
but divided between Catholics and
al
Protestants.
qu
In Northern Ireland, class and
religion overlap with each other.
@
The Catholics are generally
poor. They also have a history of
discrimination.
In the Netherlands, class and
religion tend to cut across each
other. Catholics and Protestants are
about equally likely to be poor or
rich.
The result is that Catholics and
Protestants have had conflicts in
Northern Ireland, while they do
not do so in the Netherlands
257
ff The presence of different socio-economic
groups, different religious groups, different
linguistic groups, different cultural groups
and different caste groups can be termed as
diversity in society.
ff India is a perfect example of diverse nation. In
India, people of almost all major religions of
this world can be found. There are thousands
am
of languages, varieties of food habits, all hues
of costumes and myriad varieties of cultures
and subcultures in India.
gr
ff Diversity as perfect stimulus to politics:
As per Darwin's theory of evolution, the
le
theory of survival of fittest applies. Human
te
beings need to prosper economically; in their
endeavor to survive. The economic prosperity
l_
ia ultimately leads to social upgradation. History
is full of examples of economically stronger
social groups dominating comparatively
weaker sections. This was done to ensure
uninterrupted control over resources and
power.
Civil Rights Movement in the USA (1954-1968)
refers to a set of events and reform movements
aimed at abolishing legal racial discrimination
against African-Americans. Led by Martin
Luther King Jr., this movement practiced non-
violent methods of civil disobedience against
racially discriminatory laws and practices.
African-American, Afro-American, Black
American, or Black are the terms used to refer
mainly to the descendants of Africans who were
brought into America as slaves between the
17th century and early 19th century.
The Black Power Movement emerged in 1966
and lasted till 1975, which was a more militant
anti-racist movement, advocating even violence
if necessary to end racism in the US.
POLITICS OF SOCIAL DIVISIONS
At first sight, it appears that the combination of
politics and social divisions is very dangerous
and explosive, as has been the experience in many
countries. In democracy, there is competition
among various political parties. The competition
258
tends to divide the society. If they start competing
in terms of some existing social divisions, it can
change social divisions into political divisions and
lead to serious conflict.
However, we must know that diversity exists in
every society in every country and it does not lead
to large conflicts. In fact, political expression of
social diversities in a country is normal and can
be healthy.
Thus, the assertion of social diversities in a
country need not be seen as a source of danger.
This allows various disadvantaged and marginal
social groups to express their grievances and get
the government to attend to it. Political expression
of social diversity depends on three factors, which
are as follows:
(a) How people perceive their identities. If
people see their identity in singular or exclusive ia
term, it becomes difficult to accommodate
social diversity. A majority of Belgians now
er
feel that they are as much Belgian as they are
at
Dutch or German-speaking. This helps them
to stay together. This is how most people in
ym
our country see their identity: they think of
themselves as Indian as well as belonging to a
state or a language group.
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(b) How political leaders raise the demands of
any community. It is easier to accommodate
demands that are within the constitutional
framework and are not at the cost of another
community. In Sri Lanka, the demand for
‘only Sinhala’ was at the cost of the interest and
identity of the Tamil community.
(c) How the government reacts to the demands
of a community. If the government
am
accommodates the demands of a particular
community in a justified way, it makes the
politics much better. As seen in the case
gr
of Belgium and Sri Lanka, if the rulers are
le
willing to share power and accommodate the
reasonable demands of minority community,
te
social divisions become less hazardous for
the country. However, when the demands are
l_
suppressed, the end result is very bad.
Important Words and Terms
ff Homogenous Society : A society that has
similar kinds of people, particularly when
there are no significant ethnic differences.
ff Migrant : Anyone who shifts from one region
or country to another region within a country
or to another country for work or other
opportunity.
Democracy and Diversity 259

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

Case Studies of Mexico Olympics; 13. "In a democracy, every expression of social
divisions in politics is not disastrous. "Establish
Differences, Similarities and the truth of the statement with the help of an
Divisions ; Politics of Social Divisions example. (Term-I 2016)
14. "We have different identities in different
VSA

am
(1 mark)
contexts." Support the statement with three
1. Mention any one characteristics of power facts. (Term-I 2016)
sharing.  (Term-I 2017)

gr
15. What steps should be taken according to you
2. What is a homogenous society? (Term-I 2017) to promote the unity among the people of

le
India? (Term-I 2015)
3. Who are represented by the term' African

te
American? (Term-I 2014, 2016) 16. "Attempts at forced integration often sow the
seeds of disintegration." Support the statement

l_
4. Highlight the case of Northern Ireland with suitable arguments.  (Term-I 2015)
in reference to cross cutting of social
17. How is overlapping differences different from
differences. (Term-I 2016)
ia
cross-cutting differences? (Term-I 2014)
5. Which university has recently installed the
er
statues of Tommie Smith and John Carlos in 18. Explain the two basis of social differences with
examples.  (Term-I 2014)
at

its campus? (Term-I 2016)

6. Give one example to show overlapping social 19. Explain with example the role of political
ym

difference create possibilities of deep social leaders to determine the outcome of politics
division and tensions.  (Term-I 2015) of social division. (Term-I 2015)
ud

7. Which event in the USA is referred as the 20. Why do some people think that it's not correct
Black Power Movement (1966-73)? to politicize social divisions? Give three
st

 (Term-I 2015) reasons. (Term-I 2014)

21. Distinguish between Civil Rights Movements
ity

8. Which group of countries did face the problem

of social division? (Term-I 2014) (1954-1968) and the Black Power Movement
(1966-1975) in the USA.
al

SA (3 marks)  (Term-I 2013)

qu

9. Explain the three factors that are essential 22. Who was the leader of the Civil Rights
in deciding the outcome of politics of local Movement? Describe the importance of this
@

decisions. (2018) movement. (Term-I 2012)

10. How far do the emergence of social difference 23. How is political expression of social division
lead to social division? Explain by giving a in democracy beneficial? (Term-I 2011)
suitable example. (Term-I 2016) 24. "Social divisions exist in most of the countries."
11. Describe the consequences of Smith and Explain. (Term-I 2011)
Carlos reaction to the racial discrimination. 25. What are the features of a homogeneous
 (Term-I 2016) society? Mention the name of any one country
having such society.  (Term-I 2011)
12. "Social division takes place when some social
differences overlap with other differences." 26. How do social divisions affect politics? Give
Justify the statement. (Term-I 2016) two examples. (Term-I 2011)
260
27. Taking the example of Carlos, Smith and
Norman, explain how social differences divide
similar people from one another but also unite
very different people.  (Term-I 2011)
28. What were the black gloved and raised
clenched fists meant to do? Why did athletes
do so? (Term-I 2012)
LA (5 marks)
29. Politics and social divisions must not be
allowed to mix. Substantiate this statement,
Answers
1. The people and the leaders respect the
sentiments of different communities and religions.
2. It is a society that has similar kinds of people
especially where there are no significant ethnic
differences. For example, as in the countries like
ia
Germany and Sweden.
er
3. The descendants of Africa, who were mostly
brought into America as slaves between 17th and
at
early 19th century.
ym
4. In Northern Ireland, people are predominantly
Christian but divided between Catholic and
Protestants. Class and religion overlap with
ud
each other thus, creating a possibility of deep
social divisions and tensions. If one is Catholic,
st
he/she is also more likely to be poor, and may have
suffered a history of discrimination. The result is
ity
that Catholics and Protestants have conflicts in
Northern Ireland.
al
5. In 2005, the San Jose State University installed
qu
a 20-foot high sculpture representing the protest
by Tommie Smith and John Carlos.
@
6. The example of Catholics and Protestants and
their conflicts in Northern Ireland.
7. The movement to end racism.
8. Sri Lanka, Belgium, United Kingdom
9. (i) People’s perception : This is the most
important factor which decides the outcome of
politics of social divisions. If people see their
identities in singular and exclusive terms, it will
lead to social divisions and violence. As long as,
people in Ireland saw themselves as only Catholic
or Protestant, their difference prevailed leading
to conflicts. It is better when the people see their
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
with five arguments.  (Term-I 2015)
30. Describe the problems faced by a democracy
to accommodate social diversities.
 (Term-I 2014)
31. What lessons have been learnt from the Civil
Rights Movement of Martin Luther King Jr in
the USA? (Term-I 2014)
32. Explain overlapping and cross-cutting social
am
differences with three examples.
 (Term-I 2011)
gr
le
identities as made of multiple factors that are in
te
sync with the national identity. Such as a majority
of Belgians now feel that they are as much Belgian
l_
nationalist as they are Dutch or German speaking.
This feeling binds them together. Though India
is a multi-cultural country, but the feeling of
nationalism binds us together.
(ii) Raising of demands by political leaders : The
outcome of politics of social division also depends
on how political leaders raise the demands of any
community. It is easier to accommodate demands
that are within the constitutional framework and
are not at the cost of another community. The
Sinhalese leaders of Sri Lanka wanted to fulfil their
demand at the cost of other communities, and
this led to the civil war. In Yugoslavia, the leaders
of different ethnic communities presented their
demands in such a way that these could not be
accommodated within a single country.
(iii) Reaction of Government : The outcome
also depends on how the government reacts to
the demands of different groups. If the rulers are
willing to share power and accommodate the
reasonable demands of minority community,
social divisions become less threatening for the
country. But if they try to suppress such a demand
with force and in the name of national unity, this
can lead to civil war or division of country, and
that is what happened in Sri Lanka.
10. (i) If social differences cross-cut one another,
it is difficult to avoid clashes between the groups
holding different views.
(ii) It means that groups that share a common
interest on one issue are likely to be in different
sides of a different issue.
Democracy and Diversity
(iii) For example, in Northern Ireland class and
religion tend to cut across each other leading to
social tensions.
11. (i) Carlos and Smith were held guilty for
violating the Olympic spirit by making political
statement.
(ii) Medals were taken back.
(iii) Norman was not included in the Australian
team.
(iv) Their action helped in gaining international
attention for Civil Rights Movement.
12. (i) The difference between the Blacks and
Whites becomes a social division in the US
because the Blacks tend to be poor, homeless and
discriminated against.
(ii) In our country Dalits tend to be poor and
landless. They often face discrimination and
injustice.
(iii) One kind of social difference becomes more
ia
important when other people start feeling that
er
they belong to different communities.
13. (i) Every expression of social division in
at
politics does not lead to disasters because wherever
social divisions exist, they are reflected in politics
ym
and get huge support.
(ii) In many countries, there are parties that focus
ud
on one community e.g., AIADMK and BSP in
India.
st
14. We have different identities in different
contexts. It can be proved as follows :
ity
(i) It is fairly common for people belonging to
the same religions to feel that they do not belong
al
to the same community because their caste is
qu
different.
(ii) It is also possible for people from different
religions to have the same caste and feel close to
@
each other.
(iii) Rich and poor persons from the same family
often do not keep close relations with each other
for they feel they are different.
15. Following steps can be taken to promote the
unity among Indians :
(i) There should be equal opportunities of
representation and no discrimination in the
society.
(ii) Participation of more and more people in
political affairs should be encouraged.
261
(iii) Religious tolerance and the support to
minority groups should be given and they should
be allowed to voice their opinion.
16. (i) The above statement is true from the
example of Sri Lanka. If the rulers are willing to
share power and accommodate the reasonable
demands of the minority community, social
divisions become less threatening for the country.
(ii) But if they suppress such a demand in the
am
name of national unity, the end result is often quite
the opposite.
Thus with such attempts at forced integration
gr
often sow the seeds of disintegration as seen in Sri
Lanka.
le
17. (i) Social differences which overlap other
te
differences are known as overlapping differences,
while when social differences cross-cut one
l_
another, it is known as cross-cutting differences.
(ii) Cross-cutting social differences are easier to
accommodate, while overlapping differences are
not.
(iii) Overlapping social differences create
possibilities of deep social divisions and tensions,
as seen in Ireland while cross-cutting differences
do not usually lead to conflicts as seen in Belgium.
18. Different forms of social differences :
(i) Social differences are based on accident of
birth, e.g., people around us are male and female,
they are tall and short, have different kind of
complexions, or have different physical abilities or
disabilities.
(ii) Some differences are based on choices, e.g.
some people are atheists. Some people choose to
follow a religion other than the one in which they
were born.
19. It depends on how political leaders raise the
demands of any community. For example :
(i) it is easier to accommodate demands that are
within the constitutional framework and are not at
the cost of another community.
(ii) The demand for 'only Sinhala' was at the cost
of the interest and identity of the Tamil community
in Sri Lanka.
(iii) In Yugoslavia, the leaders of different ethnic
communities presented their demands in such a
way that these could not be accommodated within
a single country.
262
20. People think that is not correct to politicize
social divisions because :
(i) it can make social divisions into political
divisions and lead to conflict, violence or even
disintegration of a country.
(ii) In Northern Ireland, there has been a violent
and bitter ethno-political conflict for many years.
(iii) It caused disintegration of Yugoslavia into six
independent countries.
21. Civil Rights Movement (1954-1968) :
Refers to a set of events and reform movements
aimed at legally abolishing racial discrimination
against African-Americans. Led by Martin Luther
King Junior, this movement practised non-violent
methods.
The Black Power Movement (1966 - 1975) :
This movement was a more militant anti-racist
movement, advocating even violence, if necessary,
to end racism in the U.S.
22. Martin Luther King Junior was the leader of
the Civil Rights Movement. This movement was
er
started in 1954 and lasted till 1968.
at
Importance of Civil Rights Movement :
(i) It was a reform movement with the aim to
ym
abolish legal racial discrimination against African-
Americans.
ud
(ii) It practised non-violent methods of civil
disobedience against racially discriminatory laws
and practices.
st
23. Every expression of social division in politics
ity
does not lead to disasters. Sometime, it is beneficial
too.
al
(i) The various disadvantaged groups express
their grievances and get the government to attend
qu
to the same.
(ii) Expression of various kinds of social divisions
@
in politics often results in their cancelling one
another out and thus, reducing their intensity.
(iii) Fight against injustice often takes a democratic
path, voicing their demands in a peaceful and
constitutional manner and seeking a fair position
through elections.
24. Social division of one kind or the other exists
in most of the countries.
(i) Social divisions exist whether the country
is big or small. India is a vast country with many
communities. Belgium is a small country with
many communities too.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(ii) Countries, such as Germany and Sweden, that
were once highly homogeneous are undergoing
rapid change with influx of people from other
parts of the world.
(iii) Migrants bring with them their own culture
and tend to form a different social community.
In this sense, most countries of the world are
multicultural and have social division.
25. Features of a homogeneous society :
am
(i) A society has similar kinds of people.
(ii) There are no significant ethnic differences.
gr
Germany and Sweden have homogenous societies.
26. Social divisions affect politics in both negative
le
and positive ways :
te
Negative ways :
(i) In Northern Ireland, there has been a violent
l_
and bitter ethno-political conflict for many years.
iaNorthern Ireland population was divided into
Protestant (53%) and Roman Catholic (44%). The
Catholics were represented by Nationalist parties
who wanted to be unified with the Republic of
Ireland. In contrast, Protestants were represented
by Unionists who wanted to remain with the U.K.
Hundreds of civilians, militants and security forces
were killed in the fight between Unionists and
Nationalist.
(ii) Disintegration of Yugoslavia into six
independent countries happened due to ethnic
and religious differences.
Positive ways :
(i) Every expression of social division in politics
does not lead to disasters because wherever social
divisions exist, they are reflected in politics. In e.g.
AIADMK and BSP in India.
27. (a) Carlos and Smith were similar because
both were African-Americans and thus, different
from Norman who was white.
(b) However, all three were similar because
they were athleties who stood against racial
discrimination.
Thus, it is correct to say that social differences
divide similar people from each other but it also
unites different people.
28. To draw international attention to racial
discrimination in the United States, the African-
American athletes performed following activities :
Democracy and Diversity
(i) They received their models wearing black
socks and no shoes to represent Black poverty.
(ii) When American national anthem was played,
these two African-American athletes stood with
clenched fists upraised and heads bowed.
(iii) The black gloved and raised clenched fists
were meant to symbolise Black power.
29. (i) Democracy involves competition among
various political parties. Their competition tends to
divide any society. If they start competing in terms
of some existing social divisions, it can change social
division into political division and lead to conflict,
violence or even disintegration of a country.
(ii) Hundreds of civilians, militants and security
forces were killed in the fight between Unionists
and Nationalists and between the security forces
of the UK in Ireland.
(iii) Political competition along religious and
ethnic lines led to the disintegration of Yugoslavia
into six independent countries.
iaoverlap other differences.
(iv) In a democracy, it is only natural that political
er
parties would talk about the social divisions, make
different promises to different communities, look
at
after due representation of various communities,
but often it takes a negative turn.
ym
(v) Social divisions affect voting in most
countries. People from one community tend to
prefer some party to others. In many countries,
ud
there are parties that focus only on one community,
which does not serve the greater cause.
st
30. Various problems faced by a democracy to
ity
accommodate social diversities are as follows :
(i) A positive attitude towards diversity and a
al
willingness to accommodate it do not come about
easily amongst the leaders.
qu
(ii) People who feel marginalized, deprived and
discriminated have to fight against the injustice
@
often with less support.
(iii) Such a fight often takes the democratic
path, voicing their demands in a peaceful and
constitutional manner and seeking a solution
through elections.
(iv) Sometimes social differences can take the
form of unacceptable level of social inequality and
injustice.
(v) The struggle against such inequalities
sometimes takes the path of violence and difference
of state power.
263
31. (i) People learnt that issues, such as
discrimination on the basis of colour existed in
many regions of the world and especially in the
USA.
(ii) The issue of equality was much discussed and
it was realized that equality is a dream for many
sections of the society in different countries with
parallel problems.
(iii) People learnt that thought a non-violent
am
protest it was possible to highlight a social problem
and find solutions for the same.
(iv) It is only by the democratic process that
gr
disadvantaged sections of society are able to
highlight their problems and find solutions.
le
32. Social divisions of one kind or the other exist
te
in most parts of the world based on race, religion,
language or culture.
l_
(a) Overlapping Social Differences: Overlapping
differences happen when some social differences
It becomes a social division when some social
differences are joined by another set of social
differences. For example, the difference in the
Blacks and the Whites in America is due to their
different race, which is a social difference.
It becomes a social division when, for example, the
income factor is also added to it. The Blacks tend
to be poor and homeless, while the Whites tend
to be rich and educated. This creates a division in
the people, making them feel that they belong to
different communities.
In India, Dalits tend to be poor and landless. They
often face discrimination and injustice. Situations of
this kind produce social division.
(b) Cross-cutting Social Differences : Cross-
cutting differences happen when one type of social
difference is weakened by another set of social
differences. Then, it becomes difficult to group people
into a single category because they are going to have
different opinions and views on different matters.
On some matters, there might be agreement on a
particular issue, but there might be disagreement
on another issue. For example, people in the
Netherlands are predominantly Christian, but
divided between Catholics and Protestants. Here
class and religion cross-cut each other. Catholics
and Protestants are about equally likely to be poor
or rich and they do not have conflict between them.
 Chapter
Gender, Religion and
4 Caste
Gender and Politics
Religion, Communalism and Politics
QUICK RECAP
GENDER AND POLITICS
What are the various factors that affect the
functioning of a democratic set up in a country?
How has gender division shaped politics? How do
communal divisions affect democracy? Do these
divisions help?
ff The gender division in our society is natural
and unchangeable. This division is not based
er
on biology but on social expectations and
at
stereotypes.
Gender Division of Labor
ym
ff Boys and girls are brought up to believe
that the main responsibility of women is
ud
housework and bringing up children. This is
reflected as the ‘gender division of labor’. In
st
most families women do all the work inside
the home such as cooking, cleaning, washing
ity
clothes, tailoring, looking after children, etc.
and men do all the work outside the home.
al
It is not that men cannot do housework; they
qu
simply think that it is for women to attend to
these things. When these jobs are paid for,
men are ready to take up these jobs.
@
ff The result of this division of labor is that
although women constitute half of the
humanity, their role in public life, especially
politics, is minimal in most societies. Earlier,
only men were allowed to participate in public
affairs, vote and contest for public offices.
Gradually the gender issue was raised in
politics. Women in different parts of the world
organized and agitated for equal rights. There
were agitations in different countries for the
extension of voting rights to women. These
Caste and Politics
am
gr
agitations demanded enhancing the political
le
and legal status of women and improving their
te
educational and career opportunities.
ff More radical women’s movements aimed
l_
at equality in personal and family life as
ia well. These movements are called Feminist
Movements.
ff Political discussions on gender division and
public support on this important issue, has
helped to improve women’s role in public life.
We now find women working as scientists,
doctors, engineers, lawyers, managers and
college and university teachers. These jobs
were earlier not considered suitable for
women. In some parts of the world, for example
in Scandinavian countries such as Sweden,
Norway and Finland, the participation of
women in public life is very high.
ff Women often face disadvantage and
discrimination in our male dominated
patriarchal society:
(a) The literacy rate among women is only 65.46 %
compared with 82.14 % among men. At school
girls perform as well as boys, if not better in
some places. But they drop out because parents
prefer to spend their resources for their boys’
education.
(b) The percentage of women in highly paid jobs
is still very small. At many workplaces, women
are paid less than men for the same job. An
Indian woman usually works more hours than
an average man on a daily basis.
(c) Women are discriminated against in parental
property share. 'The Hindu Succession
Gender, Religion and Caste
Amendment Act, 2005' removes
discriminatory gender practices. The daughters
now have equal right of inheritance to their
father’s estate as sons. The daughters have a
right to receive a share in mother’s property.
(d) The Equal Remuneration Act, 1976 provides
that equal wages should be paid for equal
work. However, in almost all areas of work,
from sports and cinema, to factories and
fields, women are paid less than men, even
when both do exactly the same work.
(e) Many Indian parents prefer to have a male
child. A girl child is aborted in many cases.
This has led to an eschewed sex ratio in India.
(f) There are many reports of harassment against
women; both on the domestic front and
outside the home.
Women’s political representation
ia
The political representation of women had been
er
very poor in the Indian legislatures. Even in the
cabinet, the number of women ministers is very
at
low.
ym
One-third of seats in local government bodies
have been reserved for women candidates. This
has helped in increasing women’s representation
ud
in panchayats and municipalities.
A bill for providing one-third reservation in
st
the Lok Sabha and State Assemblies has been
ity
pending in the Parliament for more than a decade.
Political parties are yet to arrive at consensus on
al
this issue.
qu
@
Women in national parliaments in different
regions of the world
265
Gender division is an example that some form of
social division needs to be expressed in politics. This
also shows that disadvantaged groups do benefit
when social divisions become a political issue.
RELIGION, COMMUNALISM AND
POLITICS
There is another kind of social division in our
society, the division based on religious differences.
am
Though religious diversity is seen all over the world;
it is nor as predominant as gender difference. Many
countries including India have in their population,
gr
followers of different religions.
ff As we have seen in the case of Northern
le
Ireland, even when most of the people belong
te
to the same religion, there can be serious
differences about the way people practice
l_
that religion. Unlike gender differences, the
religious differences are often expressed in
politics.
ff Religion plays an important role in politics. In
some countries, politicians promote the cause
of the majority religious group at the cost of
the minorities. This produces a dangerous
trend of majority tyranny.
–– Gandhiji used to say that religion can
never be separated from politics. What he
meant by religion was not any particular
religion like Hinduism or Islam but moral
values that is at the core of all religions.
He believed that politics must be guided
by ethics drawn from religion.
–– Women’s movement has argued that
'Family Laws' of all religions discriminate
against women. So, they have demanded
that government should change these laws
to make them more equitable. All these
instances involve a relationship between
religion and politics.
Communalism
When one religion is pitted against another; by
the political class, this is called communalism or
communal politics. Communalism can take various
forms in politics :
(a) Many people think of their religion as superior
to all other religions. Such people often try to
266
dominate the people from other communities.
This can result in people from the minority
community to form a separate political unit.
(b) Sometimes, sacred symbols, religious leaders,
emotional appeal, etc., are used to instill a
sense of fear among people of a particular
community. This is done with an attempt to
polarize people on communal lines.
Communalism can also take the ugly form of
communal violence, riots and even massacre
of large number of people.
Secular state
ff Communalism continues to be one of the
major challenges to democracy in our country.
The makers of our Constitution took care of
this by providing various provisions for it in
the constitution.
(a) There is no official religion for the Indian
ia
state. Unlike the status of Buddhism in Sri
er
Lanka, that of Islam in Pakistan and that of
Christianity in England, our Constitution
at
does not give a special status to any religion.
ym
(b) The Constitution provides to all individuals
and communities freedom to profess, practice
and propagate any religion, or not to follow
ud
any.
(c) The Constitution prohibits discrimination on
st
grounds of religion.
ity
(d) At the same time, the Constitution allows
the state to intervene in the matters of
al
religion in order to ensure equality within
religious communities. For example, it bans
qu
untouchability.
ff Secularism is not just an ideology of some
@
parties or persons. This idea constitutes one
of the foundations of our country. That is
why communalism needs to be combated. A
secular Constitution like ours is necessary but
not sufficient to root out communalism. That
is why we all should make an effort towards a
secular society.
Caste and Politics
ff Social division on the lines of caste is unique
to India. Some castes are accorded a higher
status compared to many other castes. What
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
makes it different from other societies is
that in this system, hereditary occupational
division was sanctioned by rituals. Members
of the same caste group were supposed to
form a social community that practiced the
same or similar occupation, married within
the caste group and did not eat with members
from other caste groups.
ff Caste system was based on exclusion of and
am
discrimination against the ‘outcaste’ groups.
They were subjected to untouchability.
Political leaders and social reformers like
gr
Jyotiba Phule, Gandhiji, B.R. Ambedkar and
Periyar Ramaswami Naicker advocated and
le
worked to establish a society in which caste
te
inequalities are absent.
l_
Current Status of Caste Related Prejudice
ff Due to various socio-economic changes, social
division on the basis of caste has been blurring
in recent times. Economic development, large
scale urbanization, literacy, occupational
mobility and weakening of the position of
landlords in villages have helped in diluting
the caste-based divisions.
ff Caste is still an important parameter when it
comes to finalizing marriages. But in most of
the other spheres of life, caste effect has come
down in India.
ff People from the upper caste had traditionally
better access to the education and hence they
have done well in economic development.
People from the oppressed castes are
still lagging behind in socio-economic
development.
CASTE AND POLITICS
(a) Most of the political parties keep the caste
calculation in mind while fielding a candidate
in a particular constituency. While forming
governments, political parties usually take
care that representatives of different castes and
tribes find a place in it.
(b) In elections political parties and candidates
appeals to caste sentiments to get support.
Some political parties are known to
favour some castes and are seen as their
representatives.
Gender, Religion and Caste
(c) Universal adult franchise and the principle of
one-person-one-vote has compelled political
leaders to mobilize caste based votes.
(d) It also brought new awareness among the
people of different castes that were hitherto
treated as inferior and low.
(e) However, elections cannot be won by just
focusing on caste-based politics. This is proved
from the following facts –
ff No parliamentary constituency in the country
has a clear majority of one single caste. So,
every candidate and party needs to win
the confidence of more than one caste and
community to win elections.
ff No party wins the votes of all the voters of a
caste or community. When people say that a
caste is a ‘vote bank’ of one party, it usually
means that a large proportion of the voters
from that caste vote for that party.
ia
ff Many political parties may put up candidates
er
from the same caste (if that caste is believed
to dominate the electorate in a particular
at
constituency).
ym
ff The ruling party and the sitting MP or MLA
frequently lose elections in our country. That
could not have happened if all castes and
ud
communities were frozen in their political
preferences.
st
ff We can say that, while caste matters in electoral
politics, so do many other factors. People
ity
within the same caste have different interests
depending on their economic condition; that
al
is why rich and poor or men and women from
qu
the same caste often vote very differently.
ff A caste group often tries to become bigger by
@
incorporating within it neighboring castes or
sub-castes thus changing the definition of the
group.
267
ff Sometimes various caste groups enter into a
coalition and thus enter into a dialogue and
negotiation. This leads to new kinds of caste
groups such as ‘backward’ and ‘forward’ .
Caste inequality today
Economic inequalities often exist on the basis of
caste. The upper caste people are usually well off,
the backward classes come in between and the
am
dalits and adivasis are at the bottom.
The percentage of people below poverty line
generally is higher among the lowest castes.
gr
Important Terms and Words
le
Sexual division of labor : A system in which all
te
work inside the home is either done by the women
of the family, or organized by them through the
l_
domestic helpers.
Feminist : A woman or a man who believes in
equal rights and opportunities for women and
men.
Patriarchy : Rule by the father, this concept is used
to refer to a system that values men more and gives
them power over women.
Family laws : Those laws that deal with family
related matters such as marriage, divorce,
adoption, inheritance, etc. Different family laws
apply to followers of different religions.
Urbanization : Shift of population from rural
areas to urban areas.
Occupational mobility : Shift from one occupation
to another, usually when a new generation takes
up occupations other than those practiced by their
ancestors.
Caste hierarchy : A ladder like formation in which
all the caste groups are placed from the ‘highest’ to
the ‘lowest’ castes.
268 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

Gender and Politics 11. Suggest any three measures to enhance the
participation of woman in politics.
VSA (1 mark)  (Term-I 2015)
1. How much representation do local 12. "Gender division is not based on biology
governments provide for women in India? but on social expectations and stereotypes."

am
(Term-I 2016) Support the statement. (Term-I 2015)

2. What do you mean by a patriarchal society? 13. Explain the status of women's representation

gr
 (Term-I 2015) in India's legislative bodies.  (Term-I 2014)
14. Define Feminist Movements. Write their

le
3. By what term is now the person known who
believes in equal right and opportunities for objectives.  (Term-I 2011)

te
women? (Term-I 2015)
LA (5 marks)

l_
4. At which level of government in India 1/3rd of
seats are reserved for women? (Term-I 2015) 15. Explain any five methods to raise the political
representation of women in India. (AI 2019)
ia
5. In which constitutional institution have seats
16. Describe the different ways in which the
er
been reserved for women? (Term-I 2014)
women are discriminated in the Indian
6. Which one of the following laws was enacted
at

society. (Term-I 2017)

by the Government of India in October 2005?
17. How is gender division understood in
ym

(a) The Right to Property Act

the society? To what extant does political
(b) The Right to Education Act mobilizations on gender help to improve
(c) The Consumer Protection Act
ud

Moment's role in public life?  (Term-I 2016)

(d) The Right to Information Act (AI 2014)
18. Examine the standard of women's representation
st

7. In which regions of the world, the in India's legislative bodies. (Term-I 2014)
representation of women in the national
ity

parliaments is the lowest? 19. What was the Feminist Movement? Explain
the political demands of the Feminist
(a) India (b) Europe
al

Movement in India.  (Term-I 2012)

(c) Sub Saharan Africa (d) North America
qu

 (Term-I 2012) Religion, Communalism and Politics

8. Explain the term Feminist Movement.
VSA (1 mark)
@

 (Term-I 2010)
20. State any one provision in the Indian
SA (3 marks)
constitution which makes India a secular
9. “Women still lag much behind men in state. (Term-I 2016)
India despite some improvements since
independence.” Analyse the statement.
SA (3 marks)

(Delhi 2019) 21. Secularism is not an ideology of some political

10. How is gender division understood in
Indian society? To what extent does political
mobilization on gender basis help to improve
women's role in public life? (Term-I 2016)
parties, but it is one of the foundations of a
country. Examine the statement. (2018)
22. What is Communalism? How does it affect the
political life of the people?  (Term-I 2016)
Gender, Religion and Caste
23. Suppose a politician seeks your vote on the
religious ground. Why is his act considered
against the norms of democracy? Explain.
 (Term-I 2015)
24. Indian is a secular country. Justify the
statement. (Term-I 2014)
25. Suggest any two measures to check
communalism in India. (Term-I 2014)
269
34. Describe the three factors which determine
the outcome of the politics of social divisions.
 (Term-I 2016)
35. Describe three advantages of the political
expression of caste differences.  (Term-I 2015)
36. Literacy and urbanisation combined with
economic growth have changed the value
system of Indian society. Explain with

am
reference to India's social problems.
26. How can communalism pose a great threat to
Indian democracy? (Term-I 2014) (Term-I 2015)
37. Describe the adverse effects of caste in politics

gr
27. "The Government of India gives holidays for
in India.  (Term-I 2011)
the festivals of most of the religions." Why is it

le
38. Why are caste barriers breaking down in
so? Give your view point. (Term-I 2014) India? Explain with three reasons.

te
LA (5 marks)  (Term-I 2011)

l_
39. How do castes get politicised? Give three
28. Why did the framers of the constitution
points. (Term-I 2010)
choose the ideals of secularism for India? How
ia
is this choice reflected in the constitutional LA (5 marks)
er
provisions? Explain. (Term-I 2017)
40. Caste has not still disappeared from
29. Explain the constitutional provisions that make
at

contemporary India. Justify the statement.

India a secular state.(Term-I 2017, 2014, 2012)  (Term-I 2016, 2014)
ym

30. Define communalism. Explain any three 41. The focus on caste in politics can sometimes
forms of communalism in the Indian Politics. give an impression that elections are all about
 (Term-I 2016)
ud

caste and nothing else. Do you agree? Explain.

31. What form does communalism take in (Term-I 2015)
st

politics? (Term-I 2015) 42. Explain the factors that have led to the
32. How can the relationship between politics and weakening of the caste system in India.
ity

religion be beneficial and problematic at the (Term-I 2014)

same time? Explain. (Term-I 2012)
al

43. Explain the forms of casteism in India politics.

 (Term-I 2014, 2012)
Caste and Politics
qu

44. Describe the positive and negative aspects of

SA (3 marks) relationship between caste and politics.
@

33. “Politics and social divisions should not be  (Term-I 2012)

allowed to mix.” Justify the statement. 45. Assess the influences of politics on caste
(AI 2019) system. (Term-I 2012)

Answers
1. One third 5. Local self government bodies
2. A male dominated society 6. (a) The Right to Property Act.
3. A feminist 7. (a) India
8. A movement to secure legal, economic and
4. Local self government bodies.
social equality for women.
270
9. In our country, women still lag much
behind men despite some improvements since
Independence. Women face disadvantage,
discrimination and oppression in various ways :
(a) The literacy rate among women is only 64.60
percent as compared with 80.90 percent among
men (2011 data).
(b) Similarly, a smaller proportion of girl students
go for higher studies. Girls are performing as
well as boys in school. But they drop out because
parents prefer to spend their resources for their
boy’s education rather than spending equally on
their sons and daughters.
(c) The proportion of women among the highly
paid and valued jobs is still very small. On an
average an Indian woman works one hour more
than an average man every day.
(d) The Equal Wages Act provides that equal
wages should be paid for equal work. However, in
almost all areas of work, from sports and cinema,
er
to factories and fields, women are paid less than
men, even when both do exactly the same work.
at
(e) In some parts of India, parents prefer to have
ym
sons and find ways to have the girl child aborted
before she is born. Such sex selective abortion has
led to a decline in child sex ratio.
ud
(f) Women often face harassment, exploitation
and violence on the domestic front.
st
10. In the Indian society gender division has
ity
proved to be hugely disadvantageous to women.
The literacy among women is low compared to
al
men. Percent of women in highly paid jobs is
much less then men. For the same job women
qu
are paid less. Over all women spend more hours
at work than men at most homes. Parents spend
@
more resources on their male children. Political
mobilization on gender basis has raised the
awareness about discrimination against women
and stereo types. Now more girl children go to
school. There are reservations in job vacancies.
One third seats are reserved in local government
bodies. By the 2005 Right to property Act, now
daughters and sons have the same inheritance
rights.
11. (i) Women should be given proper education,
so that they are aware of their rights and duties and
participate actively in politics.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(ii) Every woman should be self reliant, so that
she enjoys a respectable position in the society and
is confident about her meaningful contribution in
politics as well.
(iii) It should be legally binding to have a fair
proportion of woman in the elected bodies. That
is why 1/3rd of seats in local government bodies in
panchayats and in municipalities are now reserved
for women.
am
12. (i) Gender division is a form of hierarchical
social division based on social expectation and
stereotypes.
gr
(ii) Boys and girls are brought up to believe that
the main responsibilities of women is house work
le
and bringing up children.
te
(iii) There is a sexual division of labour in most
families where women do all the household chores
l_
and men work outside the home.
ia(iv) Majority of women may do some paid work
in addition of domestic labour both in rural and
Urban areas but their work is not valued and does
not get recognition.
13. The status of women's representation in
India's legislative bodies are as follows :
(i) Central Legislature : Less than 10% of its total
strength are women.
(ii) State Legislature : Less than 5% of their total
strength are women.
(iii) Panchayati Raj : One-third of the seats are
reserved for women. There is a demand for similar
reservation in the Parliament and assemblies.
14. Definition : Agitations or movements
demanding enhancement in the political and legal
status of women and improving their education and
career opportunities is called Feminist Movement.
Main Objective : The main objective of Feminist
Movement is to attain equality among men and
women.
15. The political representation of women in
India can be improved by adopting a holistic
approach. This would include :
(a) By improving the literacy rate. Presently
the literacy amongst women is only 65.46% as
compared to over 82% in men. This would improve
the political awareness amongst women.
(b) The percentage of women in highly paid jobs
is still very small. At many workplaces, women
are paid less than men for the same job. When
Gender, Religion and Caste
equal pay comes the voice of women will get
strengthened.
(c) The Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act,
2005 removes discriminatory gender practices.
The daughters now have equal right of inheritance
to their father’s estate as sons. This definitely has
increased the political power of females.
(d) The political representation of women had
been very poor in the Indian legislatures. Even
in the cabinet, the number of women ministers
is very low. The political parties must give more
representation to female candidates in union and
state elections. The Supreme court of India must
intervene in this matter.
(e) One-third of seats in local government bodies
have been reserved for women candidates. This
has helped in increasing women’s representation
in panchayats and municipalities. There is a need
to enhance this to 50%.
ialocal government bodies and a similar demand has
A bill for providing one-third reservation in the
er
Lok Sabha and State Assemblies has been pending
in the Parliament for more than a decade. Political
at
parties are yet to arrive at consensus on this issue.
ym
16. In India, women still lag behind men in
different fields despite some improvements
since Independence. Women face disadvantage,
ud
discrimination and oppression in various ways :
(i) The literacy rate among women is only 65
st
percent as compared with 82 percent among men.
(ii) A smaller proportion of girl students go for
ity
higher studies. Girls perform as well as boys in
schools, but they drop out because parents prefer
al
to spend their resources for their son's education
rather than spending equally on their sons and
qu
daughters.
(iii) The proportion of women among the highly
@
paid and valued jobs is still very small. On an
average an Indian woman works many hours more
than an average man but gets paid less than the
male counterpart.
(iv) The Equal Wages Act provides that equal
wages should be paid to equal work. However, in
almost all areas of work, from sports and cinema,
to factories and fields, women are paid less than
men, even when both do exactly the same work.
(v) In many parts of India, parents prefer to have
sons and find ways to have the girl child aborted
before she is born.
271
(vi) Woman face harassment, exploitation and
violence in their domestic life.
17. (i) In Indian society, gender division tends to
be understood as natural and unchangeable. It is
based on social expectations and stereotypes.
(ii) This attitude leads to sexual division of labour
i.e., boys and girls are brought up to believe that,
the main responsibility of women is house work
and bringing up children whereas all the outside
am
works are to be done by men.
(iii) The result of this division of labour is that
though the women constitute almost half the
gr
population, their role in public life in minimal.
(iv) Political mobilization on this issue has helped
le
to improve women's role in public life. We now find
te
women working as scientists, doctors engineers,
teachers, etc.
l_
(v) Now 33% seats are reserved for women in
been made for Assemblies and the Parliament.
18. The status of women's representation in
India's legislative bodies is as follows :
(i) Central Legislature : Less than 10% of its total
strength are women.
(ii) State Legislature : Less than 5% of its total
strength are women.
(iii) Panchayati Raj : One-third of the seats are
reserved for women.
(iv) India is among the bottom group of nations in
the world, in this aspect.
(v) Women's organizations and activists have
been demanding a reservation of at least one third
of seats in Lok Sabha and State Assemblies.
But the bill to this effect has not been passed.
19. Feminist Movement was a radical movement
which demanded equality for women in personal
and family life and also in politics, society and
education field.
The political demands of the Feminist Movements
in India were :
(i) More women representatives in local
government.
(ii) More political representatives for women by
having elected women representatives.
(iii) Reserving at least one-third of the seats in
Lok Sabha and Legislative Assemblies for women.
(iv) They demanded equal pay as men for same
work done.
272
(v) They demanded same inheritance rights for
daughters as given to sons.
20. There is no official religion for the Indian
states. Unlike the status of Buddhism in Sri Lanka,
that of Islam in Pakistan and that of Christianity in
England, our Constitution does not give a special
status to any religion.
21. Communalism was and to an extent continues
to be one of the major challenges to democracy in
our country. The makers of our Constitution were
aware of this challenge. That is why they chose the
model of a secular state. The important provisions
that makes India a secular state are :
(i) There is no official religion for the Indian
states. Unlike the status of Buddhism in Sri Lanka,
that of Islam in Pakistan and that of Christianity in
England, our Constitution does not give a special
status to any religion.
(ii) The Constitution provides to all individuals
ia
and communities freedom to profess, practice and
er
propagate any religion, or not to follow any.
(iii) The Constitution prohibits discrimination on
at
grounds of religion.
(iv) At the same time the Constitution allows the
ym
state to intervene in the matters of religion in order
to ensure equality within religious communities.
ud
For example, it bans untouchability.
22. Communalism : When beliefs of one
st
religion are presented as superior to those of other
religions, when the demands of one religious
ity
group are formed in opposition to another and
when state power is used to establish domination
al
of one religious group over the rest, we call it as
qu
communalism.
Communalism is a hindrance in the functioning
of our democracy because :
@
(i) Communalism leads to the belief that people
belonging to different religions cannot live as equal
citizens within one nation. Either, one of them has
to dominate the rest or they have to form different
nation.
(ii) Any attempt to bring all followers of one
religion together is bound to suppress the voices of
others.
23. His act is against the spirit of democracy as the
said politician is not working as per the Constitution.
(i) It also exploits the social difference.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(ii) It may create social discord and may lead to
social division.
(iii) It is also biased attitude and neglects the
principle of equality.
24. India is a secular country. With 29 states and
7 union territories there is a large diversity of
culture, religion and language.
India does not have a state or official religion.
It gives fundamental right to its citizens to practice,
am
propagate, profess any religion.
The Indian constitution does not discriminate
against any religion.
gr
The above reasons justify the statement.
25. (i) Communal prejudices and proganda need
le
to be countered in everyday life.
te
(ii) Religion based mobilisation to meet political
must be needs countered.
l_
26. Communalism can pose a great threat to
Indian democracy as :
(i) It leads to the dangerous belief that people
belonging to different religion cannot live as equal
citizens within one nation. Either group has to
dominate the rest or they have to form a different
nation.
(ii) Any attempt to bring followers of one religion
together in the context of politics bound to
suppress many voices within that society.
27. It is so because :
(i) India is a secular state, there is no official
religion in our country.
(ii) The Constitution provides us freedom to
profess, practice and propagate any religion or not
to follow any.
(iii) The Constitution prohibits discrimination on
the ground of religion.
28. Secularism in India means equal treatment for
all religions by the state. The term ‘Secular’ was
added along with the term “Socialist’ through
the 42nd Amendment in the Preamble of the
Constitution of India in 1976. The Preamble of
Constitution of India asserts that India is a secular
country.
The Indian Constitution does not profess any
state religion. The state recognizes and accepts all
religions. It enforces parliamentary laws and not
religious laws, and respects pluralism.
The framers of constitution chose the model of
secular state because of the following reasons :
Gender, Religion and Caste
(i) India emerged as an independent country
amidst heavy turmoil and faced many problems
like partition based on religion. The constitution
makers did not want to give importance to any
religion as it could again divide the country.
(ii) After getting independence, the important
leaders of India made it clear that India has to
be a secular state as they could not afford any
disturbance in the country based on religion.
(iii) The framers of constitution knew that if any
particular religion was promoted then there would
be a chance of conflict among people of various
religions and that would harm the progress of
the country. This would also brings a feeling of
insecurity among the people who follow other
religions.
There is no discrimination among people based on
the religious grounds in India. No religion is given
superiority over any other religion.
ia(iv) Sometimes communalism can lead to
29. Secularism means no special status is given to
er
any religion.
(i) There is no official religion for India unlike
at
the status of Buddhism in Sri Lanka, or that of
Islam is Pakistan.
ym
(ii) The constitution provides freedom to practice
and propagate any religion, or not to follow any.
ud
(iii) The Constitution prohibits discrimination on
the grounds of religion.
st
(iv) The Constitution allows the state to intervene
in the matters of religion to ensure equality within
ity
religious communities. For example, it bans
untouchability.
al
30. (i) Communalism is a situation when beliefs
qu
of one religion are presented as superior to those of
other religions. When the demands of one religious
@
group are formed in opposition to another and
when state power is used to establish domination
of one religious group over the rest.
(ii) Various forms of communalism in politics :
(a) The most common expression of communalism
is in everyday beliefs and practices.
(b) Practice of political dominance of one's own
religious community over others.
(c) Political mobilisation on religious lines is
another frequent form of communalism. This
involves the use of sacred symbols by religious
leaders, emotional appeals to spread fear.
273
31. Communalism can take various forms in
politics :
(i) The most common expression of communalism
is in everyday beliefs. These involve spread of
religious prejudices, stereotype of religious belief, in
the superiority of one's religion over other religions.
This is so common that we often fail to notice it,
even when we do not believe in it.
(ii) It often leads to a quest for political dominance
am
of one's own religious community, this takes
the form of majoritarian dominance. For those
belonging to the minority community, it leads to
gr
formation of a separate political unit.
(iii) Political mobilisation on religious lines is
le
another frequent form of communalism. This
involves the use of sacred symbols by religious
te
leaders. Emotional appeals are made to bring the
l_
followers of one religion together in the political
arena.
communal violence, riots and massacre.
32. Beneficial :
(i) Influence of religion can make politics value
based.
(ii) Religious communities can politically express
their needs and interests.
(iii) Political authorities can monitor and control
religious discrimination and oppression.
Problematic :
(i) Religion can become the base for the
development of nationalist sentiments which can
lead to conflicts between religious groups.
(ii) Political parties can try to make political gains
by pitting one religious group against the other.
(iii) State power may be used to establish the
domination of one religions religious group over
another.
33. It is absolutely correct to say that politics and
social divisions should not be allowed to mix. This
is because :
(i) It can make social divisions into political
division and lead to conflict, violence or even
disintegration of a country.
(ii) In Northern Ireland, there has been a violent
and bitter ethno-political conflict for many years.
(iii) It caused disintegration of Yugoslavia into
six independent countries.In Sri Lanka, when
the ethno-social difference between Sinhalas and
274
Tamils were politicized, the result was the Civil
War in the country.
34. Factors that decide the outcome of the politics
of social divisions are
(i) When the people's perception of their
identities is strict, the accommodation of other
identities becomes difficult in the group.
(ii) Representation of a community by political
leaders : While representing a community, if
politicians raise demands that are constitutional,
then, it is easier to accommodate those demands.
(iii) The government's reaction : If the reasonable
demands of a community are suppressed by the
government, then it leads to social divisions,
which in turns threatens the integrity of the
country.
35. Advantages of the political expression of caste
differences are :
(i) It gives disadvantaged groups the opportunity
ia
to demand a share in power and decision-making.
er
(ii) Many political parties have taken up the issue
of ending caste discrimination.
at
(iii) Measures for uplifting the status of the
backward castes has also been undertaken.
ym
36. (i) The caste system is very old in India and
was also very rigid at one point of time but due
ud
to rise in literacy and economic development the
caste barriers are breaking down. People in urban
areas who are literate mostly do not believe in
st
inequality based on caste. It is accepted that all are
ity
equal. Rising economic status of backward castes
has helped in eroding the caste barriers.
al
(ii) The problem of communalism has decreased
and there is less violence in the name of religion.
qu
People who are literate mostly do not get swayed by
appeal to religious emotions. Economic progress
@
and urbanisation has greatly helped in spread of in
spread of secularism.
(iii) The position of women too has improved
with the spread of literacy among women. Now
they can earn and be economically independent.
This helps to increase self-esteem and decreases
dependence on male members of society.
(iv) The system of dowry at the time of marriage
is getting diluted due to literacy and economic
development of women.
(v) The practice of child marriage is decreasing
due to spread of literacy.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(vi) There is occupational mobility due to spread
of urbanisation and literacy and people are free to
follow the profession of their choice rather than
follow hereditary professions.
37. Adverse effects of caste in politics in India :
(i) Political parties try to use caste to gain votes.
(ii) Promise to take care of interests and demands
of particular caste.
(iii) It leads to conflicts and tensions among various
am
caste groups as some castes get discriminated
against.
gr
38. Caste barriers are breaking down in India due
to the following reasons :
le
(i) With the economic development, large scale
urbanisation, growth of literacy and education,
te
occupational mobility and the weakening of
l_
the position of landlords in the villages, the old
notions of caste hierarchy are breaking down.
(ii) Due to socio-economic changes, i.e. now,
most of the times, in urban areas it does not matter
much who is walking along next to us on street or
eating at the next table in a restaurant.
(iii) The Constitution of India prohibits any caste
based discrimination and lays the foundation of
policies to reverse the injustices of the caste system.
39. (i) Each caste group tries to become bigger
by incorporating within it neighboring castes or
sub-castes which were earlier excluded from it.
(ii) Various caste groups enter into a coalition
with other castes or communities and thus enter
into a dialogue and negotiation.
(iii) New kinds of caste groups have come up in
the political area like 'backward' and forward' caste
groups.
40. It is true the caste factor has still not
disappeared from our society :
(i) Most people marry within their own caste or
tribe.
(ii) Untouchability has not ended despite
provisions in the constitution.
(iii) Effects of centuries of advantages to upper
cast and disadvantages to lower castes continue to
be felt today.
(iv) Large number of low caste people still do not
have access to education.
(v) Caste is still linked to economic and social
status.
Gender, Religion and Caste
41. No, I do not agree. The focus on caste in
politics can sometimes give an impression that
elections are all about caste and nothing else is not
correct because–
(i) No parliamentary constituency in the country
has a clear majority of one single caste. So, every
candidate and party needs to win the confidence
of more than one caste and community to win
elections.
(ii) No party wins the votes of all voters of a caste
or community. When people say that a cast is a
'vote bank' of one party, it usually means that a
large proportion of the voters from the caste vote
for the party, not all.
(iii) Many political parties may put up candidates
from the same caste (if that caste is believed
to dominate the electorate in a particular
constituency). Some voters may have more than
one candidate from their caste while many voters
may have no candidate from their caste.
iadecision-making.
(iv) The ruling party or the sitting M.P. or M.L.A.
er
frequently lose elections in our country. That could
not have happened if all castes or communities
at
were frozen in their political preferences.
42. Decline of the caste system in India :
ym
(i) Efforts of social reformers like Jyotiba Phule,
Gandhiji, Ambedkar against caste system have
ud
helped to promote a casteless society.
(ii) Economic development has reduced the
emphasis on caste.
st
(iii) Large scale urbanisation has diminished the
ity
awareness of caste, as people rub shoulders in
buses, trains and offices.
al
(iv) Growth of literacy and education has helped
to decrease the belief in caste.
qu
(v) Occupational mobility is possible now
and children are not compelled to continue the
@
profession of the family or father.
43. Casteism is rooted in the belief that caste is
the sole basis of social community. Caste takes
various forms in Indian politics.
(i) When parties choose candidates in elections,
they keep in mind the caste composition of the
275
electorate and nominate candidates from the caste
so as to get necessary support to win elections.
(ii) When governments are formed, the political
party takes care that representatives of different
castes and tribes get a place in the ministry.
(iii) During the campaigning, political parties and
candidates make appeals to people to give their
votes on the basis of caste. Some political parties
are known to favor some castes and are seen as
am
their representatives.
However, Universal Adult Franchise and the
principle of one-person-one-vote has compelled
gr
political leaders to gear up to the task of mobilizing
and securing political support. It has brought new
le
consciousness among the people who were so far
treated as inferior and low.
te
44. Positive aspects :
l_
(i) It gives the disadvantaged group the
opportunity to demand a share in power and
(ii) Many political parties take up the issue of
ending caste discrimination.
(iii) Measures for uplifting the status of the
backward castes can be undertaken seriously.
Negative aspects :
(i) Caste-based politics diverts attention from
main issues such as poverty, corruption, etc.
(ii) Caste based politics leads to tensions, conflicts
and violence amongst caste segments.
45. Influence of politics on caste system :
(i) Each caste group tries to become bigger by
incorporating within its sub-castes.
(ii) Various caste groups are required to
enter into a coalition with other castes of same
community.
(iii) New kinds of caste groups have entered
politics like 'backward' and 'forward' castes.
(iv) Politics in caste has allowed many
disadvantaged caste groups to demand their share
of power.
(v) Caste politics has helped the dalits and OBC
to gain better access to decision-making and
political power.
 Chapter
Popular Struggles and
5 Movements*
Popular Struggles in Nepal and Bolivia
Mobilization and Organization
QUICK RECAP
Democracy almost always involves conflict
of interests and viewpoints. These differences
are often expressed in organized ways. Those
who are in power are required to balance these
conflicting demands and pressures. We will
ia The movement came to be known as the second
learn how struggles around conflicting demands
er
and pressures shape democracy. This leads to an
analysis of the different ways and organizations
at
through which ordinary citizen can play a role in
democracy.
ym
POPULAR STRUGGLES IN NEPAL AND
BOLIVIA
ud
Nepal
st
ff Democracy was established in Nepal in 1990,
with King Birendra as formal head of state.
ity
This transition was from absolute monarchy to
al
constitutional monarchy.
ff King Birendra was killed in a mysterious
qu
massacre of the royal family in 2001.
The new King Gyanendra was not prepared
@
to accept democratic rule and dissolved the
parliament in 2005.
ff The movement of April 2006 was aimed at
regaining popular control over the government
from the king.
ff All the major political parties formed a
Seven Party Alliance (SPA) and went on an
indefinite strike in which maoist insurgents
and various other organizations joined hands.
* The chapter ‘Popular Struggles and Movements’ to be assessed in the Periodic Tests only and will not be evaluated in Board Examination.
Pressure Groups and Movements
am
gr
le
ff On 24 April 2006, the king was forced to
te
restore the parliament. The SPA chose Girija
Prasad Koirala as the new Prime Minister of
l_
the interim government.
movement for democracy.
Bolivia
Bolivia is a poor country in Latin America.
ff The World Bank pressurized the government
to give up its control of municipal water
supply. The government sold these rights for
the city of Cochabamba to a multi-national
company (MNC). The company immediately
increased the price of water by four times.
ff Many people received monthly water bill of
Rs 1000 in a country where average income
is around Rs 5000 a month. This led to a
spontaneous popular protest.
The protest was led by an organization called
FEDECOR , which comprised of local
professionals such as engineers and environ-
mentalists.
ff In January 2000, a new alliance of labor,
human rights and community leaders
organized a successful four-day general strike
in the city. Though the government promised
to negotiate but no action was taken.
ff The police resorted to brutal repression when
the agitation was started again in February.
Another strike followed in April and the
government imposed martial law.
Popular Struggles and Movements
But the protest forced the officials of the MNC
to flee the city and made the government
concede to all the demands of the protesters.
ff The contract with the MNC was cancelled and
water supply was restored to the municipality
at old rates. This came to be known as Bolivia’s
Water War.
We can see that the movement in Nepal was
to establish democracy, while the struggle in
Bolivia involved claims on an elected, democratic
government. The popular struggle in Bolivia was
about one specific policy, while the struggle in
Nepal was about the foundations of the country’s
politics. Both these political conflicts led to
popular struggles. In both the cases political
organizations played an important role.
MOBILIZATION AND ORGANIZATIONS
ff Political Parties : Some organizations directly
participate in the democratic process. These
er
organizations are called political parties. They
contest elections and aim to form government.
at
ff Pressure Groups : Some organizations
indirectly participate in the democratic
ym
process. These organizations are called interest
groups or pressure groups.
ud
PRESSURE GROUPS AND MOVEMENTS
(a) Pressure groups are organizations that try to
st
influence government policies by spear heading
ity
popular movements.
(b) They do not aim to form or run the government.
al
(c) Pressure groups are formed by people of
qu
common occupation, interest, aspirations or
opinions.
@
(d) Their decision making is more informal and
flexible.
(e) Some examples of popular movements in India
are: Narmada Bachao Andolan, Movement for
Right to Information, Anti liquor Movement,
Women’s Movement, Environmental Movement.
Sectional Interest Groups and Public Interest
Groups
ff Sectional Interest Groups :  Usually interest
groups seek to promote the interests of a
particular section or group of society. Trade
277
unions, business associations and professional
(lawyers, doctors, teachers, etc.) bodies
are some examples of this type. They are
sectional because they represent a section of
society: workers, employees, businesspersons,
industrialists, followers of a religion, caste
group, etc. Their principal concern is the
betterment and wellbeing of their members,
not the society in general.
am
ff Public Interest Groups :  These second type
of groups are called promotional groups
or public interest groups. They promote
gr
collective rather than selective good. They aim
to help groups other than their own members.
le
Trade Unions, Students’ Union, Ex-Army
te
men Association, etc. are examples of public
interest groups. Example – Backward and
l_
Minority Communities Employee Federation
ia (BAMCEF)
Types of Movement groups
Issue Specific movement
–– They try to achieve a single objective that
too within a timeframe.
–– Usually these are controlled and guided
by a single organization.
–– There is a clear leadership for the period
of the movement.
General Long-term movements
–– They have a long ranging broad goal.
–– There may not be clear leadership and
their active life is long.
No single organization controls such
––
movements.
Influence of Pressure groups on Politics
ff Public Sympathy : They try to gain public
support and sympathy for their goals and
their activity. For this, they carry information
campaigns, organize meetings, file petitions,
etc. Many of them also try to influence the
media to get more attention.
ff Protest Activity : They often organize protest
activity. Protest activities include strikes or
disrupting government program. Strikes
and disruptions are utilized to pressurize the
government to take note of their demand.
278
ff Lobbying : Business groups often employ
professional lobbyists or sponsor expensive
advertisements. Some persons from pressure
groups or movement groups may participate
in official bodies and committees that offer
advice to the government. Some professional
bodies; like ASSOCHAM and NASSCOM are
examples of such groups.
Pressure groups and Political Parties
The interest groups and movement try to influence
political parties. They usually have a particular
political ideology and political position on major
issues.
ff A pressure group can be directly or indirectly
linked to a political party.
ff Most of the trade unions and students’ unions
in India are directly affiliated to political
parties.
ff The activists of such pressure groups are
ia
usually also the activists or leaders of the party.
er
ff Sometimes, political parties grow out of
at
movements. Asom Gana Parishad is a
good example. It originated from students’
ym
movement in Assam which was against the
‘outsiders’ working in Assam.
ff However, in most of the cases, the relationship
ud
between political parties and interest or
movement groups is not so direct. They often
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
have positions which are opposed to each
other. However, they maintain dialogue and
negotiation. Many issues raised by movement
groups are often taken up by political parties.
Many new leaders in the political parties come
from interest or movement groups.
Influence of Pressure Groups
ff Negative Influences
am
(a) Many thinkers say that since a pressure group
champions the cause of a small section of
society; so it should be viewed with caution.
gr
(b) Unlike political parties, a pressure group is not
answerable to the people and hence they may
le
not have a broader perspective in mind.
te
(c) There can be many examples of pressure groups
which are sponsored by powerful business
l_
lobbyists or by some international agencies.
They should be treated with caution.
ff Positive Influences
(a) Putting pressure on the government is always
positive for the deepening of democracy.
(b) The political parties often tend to forget the real
concerns of people; in their pursuit of power.
The pressure groups awaken them from their
slumber.
(c) They help to maintain the balance of power and
avoid conflict of interests.
Popular Struggles and Movements
Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions
Popular Struggles in Nepal
and Bolivia; Mobilization and
Organization; Pressure Groups and
Movements
VSA (1 mark)
1. How can democratic reforms be carried out by
politically conscious citizens? (Delhi 2019)
2. Name any one political party of India which
grew out of a movement. (AI 2017)
3. How do pressure groups form? (Delhi 2017)
4. Give an example of 'pressure group' of India
which functions as a branch of political party.
 (Delhi 2017)
er
5. Explain one difference between pressure
at
group and a political party. (AI 2017)
ym
6. Who dissolved the popularly elected
parliament in February 2005, in Nepal?
(Term-I 2017)
ud
7. What was the main reason of Bolivia's Water
st
War? Choose the most appropriate answer
from the following.
ity
(a) Privatisation of water supply
(b) Irregular water supply
al
(c) Supply of poor quality water
(d) An increase in water price by four times.
qu
(Term-I 2017)
@
8. Which organisation led the protest against
water privatisation in Bolivia? (Delhi 2016)
9. What was the main aim of the popular
movement of April 2006, in Nepal?
(AI 2015)
10. What was the main role of 'FEDECOR'
organisation in Bolivia? (Delhi 2015)
11. Who formed a Seven Party Alliance (S.P.A.) in
Nepal? (Foreign 2015)
12. Which one of the following was the main aim
279
to start movement in April 2006, in Nepal?
(a) To control over government
(b) To snatch power from the king
(c) To restore democracy
(d) To dethrone the king (Term-I 2013)
am
13. Which one of the following was the main aim
of the movement in Nepal in 2006?
gr
(a) To reduce the power of the king.
(b) To re-establish democracy in Nepal.
le
(c) To promote one party rule.
te
(d) To stop military coup. (Delhi 2011)
14. How do pressure groups and movements
l_
strengthen democracy? (AI 2011)
ia
SA (3 marks)
15. Analyse the role of popular struggles in the
development of democracy. (AI 2017)
16. Differentiate between Nepal's Movement and
Bolivia's popular struggle. (Delhi 2017)
17. "The struggle of the Nepali people is a source
of inspiration to democrats all over the world."
Support the statement. (Delhi 2015)
18. Describe the three major demands put
forward by the Seven Party Alliance in Nepal.
(Foreign 2015)
19. What inspiration do we get from Bolivia's
popular struggle? Explain any three values
that we can learn from it.  (AI 2014)
20. How are popular struggles integral to
the working of democracy? Explain with
an example of Bolivia's struggle against
privatisation of water.  (Delhi 2014)
LA (5 marks)
21. Pressure groups and movements exert influence
on politics in a variety of ways? Explain any
four ways. (Foreign 2017, Delhi 2014)
22. Describe the popular struggle of Bolivia.
(AI 2016)
280
23. "The popular struggles are integral to the
development of democracy." Analyse the
statement. (Foreign 2015)
Answers
1. Democratic reforms can be carried out by
politically conscious citizens by participating in
the electoral process. One can become a candidate
in an election. In addition to that one should vote
for only upright candidates who have agendas in
the national interest.
2. Asom Gana Parishad (AGP) is a political
party in India which grew out of a movement.
3. Pressure groups are formed when people
with common occupation, interest, aspirations,
or opinions come together in order to achieve a
common objective, at times forcing government to
fulfil their wishes.
er
4. Akhil Bhartiya Vidyarthi Parishad functions
as a branch of political party Bhartiya Janta Party.
at
5. A political party refers to a voluntary
ym
organized group of dedicated individuals with
similar political ideology. They nominate the
candidate, contest elections and become part of
ud
the government.
st
Pressure groups are a collection of like-minded
people, who come together to promote or defend
ity
a common cause, by continuously striving to
influence the decision of the government.
al
6. In February 2005, the king dismissed the
qu
then Prime Minister and dissolved the popularly
elected Parliament. King Gyanendra, the new king
@
of Nepal, was not prepared to accept democratic
rule.
7. (d) Increase in water price by four times
8. The protest against water privatization in
Bolivia was led by FEDECOR. This organization
was comprised of local professionals, including
engineers and environmentalists.
9. The main aim of the popular movement of
April 2006 in Nepal was restoring democracy.
10. The protest against water privatization in
Bolivia was led by FEDECOR and it made the
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
24. How has the struggle of the Nepali people
become a source of inspiration to democrats
all over the world? Explain. (Delhi 2014)
government concede to all the demands of the
protesters.
am
11. The political parties formed Seven Party
Alliance. It was a coalition of seven Nepali
political parties seeking to end autocratic rule
gr
in the country. They spearheaded the Loktantra
Andolan.
le
12. (c ) To restore democracy
te
13. (b) To re-establish democracy in Nepal
l_
14. They raise the democratic consciousness of
iathe people.
15. A number of factors contribute to the smooth
functioning of the democracy. It includes public
participation, and pressure groups participation
also.
The struggles in Nepal and Bolivia were aimed at
different causes; but they were popular struggles
which caught the attention of the people.
1. The Nepalese struggle was carried out by the
people in restoring democracy while the struggle
in Bolivia was against privatization and subsequent
increase in prices of water after the government
sold the rights to an MNC.
2. Both these instances involved political
conflict that led to popular struggles. In both the
cases, the struggle involved mass mobilization and
public protests and demonstrations.
3. These two instances reflect the values that
democracy upholds. The power of popular
struggles and the urge to bring about a change is
its most important element. Public participation,
mass mobilization and the political organizations
are the important elements through which
democratic movements take place.
16. (A) The movement in Nepal was a claim of
an elected democratic government to restore
itself; whereas in Bolivia it was against a particular
issue of huge price rise for water, an essential
commodity.
Popular Struggles and Movements
(B) The movement in Nepal was against the king
whereas it was against the government in Bolivia.
Both these are instances of political conflict led to
popular struggles.
(i) In both cases, the struggle involved mass
mobilizations and public demonstration of  mass
support that solved the dispute.
(ii) Both instances involved the critical role of
political organization.
17. Nepal witnessed an extraordinary popular
movement in April 2006, which aimed at restoring
democracy. This struggle is a source of inspiration
to democrats all over the world.
All major political parties in the Parliament formed
a Seven Party Alliance (SPA) and called for a four
day strike in Kathmandu, the country’s capital.
This protest soon turned into an indefinite strike in
iaAn alliance of labor, human rights and community
which Maoist insurgents and various organizations
er
joined hands.
People defied curfew and took to the streets. They
at
demanded restoration of parliament, power to
ym
an all-party government and a new constituent
assembly.
As a result, on 24 April 2006, that is, the last day of
ud
the ultimatum, the king was forced to concede all
the demands of people and democracy was restored.
st
18. People demanded restoration of parliament,
ity
power to an all-party government a new constituent
assembly and removal of all the restrictions that
al
were imposed on them.
qu
19. Bolivia is a poor country in Latin America
where government had sold the rights of water
@
supply for the city of Cochabamba to a multi-
national company. The company immediately
increased the price of water four times. This led
to a spontaneous protest from the people and
ultimately made the government concede to all
the demands of the protesters. This success of the
popular struggle reminded us about power of the
people.
From this movement we get inspiration that unity
of common men can overcome the big problems
in our life.
281
Three values related with this popular struggle are
(i) Democratic right to form association
(ii) Unity of voice against unjust policies
(iii) Achieve collective goal
20. People’s successful struggle against
privatization of water in Bolivia reminds us that
popular struggles are integral to the working of
democracy.
am
Bolivia is a poor country in Latin America. The
World Bank pressurized the government to give
up its control of municipal water supply.
gr
The water distribution was handed over to an
MNC.
le
The company immediately increased the price
te
of water by four times. This led to spontaneous
popular protests as the water cost began to make a
l_
dent in the household budget of the people.
leaders organized a four day strike which was
called off after the government agreed to negotiate.
It was due to such protests by the people that the
MNC contract was cancelled and the municipal
water supply was restored at old rates.
21. Pressure groups and movements exert
influence on politics in a variety of ways.
(i) They try to gain public support and sympathy
for their cause by carrying out information
campaigns, organizing meetings, filing petitions,
etc.
(ii) By organizing strikes and disruptions, they
seek to make the government take note of their
demands.
(iii) They also influence decision-making by
lobbying.
(iv) The issues raised by them often influence the
policies of political parties.
22. (a) People’s struggle against privatization of
water in Bolivia proves that struggles are integral
part of Democracy.
(b) The World Bank pressurized the government
to give up its control of municipal water supply. The
government sold these rights to a multinational
company which increased the price of water by
four times. Many people received monthly water
282
bill of rupee 1000/- in a country where average
incomes are around 5000/- a month.
(c) In January 2000, a new alliance of labor
human rights and community leaders organized a
successful four day strike.
(d) The government agreed to negotiate and the
strike was called off, however no action was taken.
(e) The police resorted to brutal repression when
the agitation started in February. In April the
government imposed martial law because of the
agitation.
(f) But the protests forced the officials of the
MNC to flee the city and made the government
concede to all the demands of the protesters.
(g) The contract with MNC was cancelled and the
water supply was restored with the Municipality at
old rates.
This popular struggle came to be known as
ia
”Bolivia’s Water War.”
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
23. (i) Popular movements deepen democracy
as they ensure greater participation of people
through meetings and processions, making people
more aware and vigilant.
(ii) They help in the due representation and
accommodation of diverse interests.
(iii) They put pressure on the government, making
it more accountable and responsive to the needs of
am
the people.
(iv) They raise the democratic consciousness of
gr
the people to fight in the spirit of democracy. For
example, the movement in Nepal was to establish
le
democracy, while the struggle in Bolivia involved
te
claims on an elected, democratic government.
Both these are instances of political conflict that
l_
led to popular struggles. In both cases the struggle
involved mass mobilization.
24. Refer to answer 17.
 Chapter
6 Political Parties
Why do we need Political Parties?
How many Parties should we have?
National Political Parties
QUICK RECAP
A political party is a group of people who come
together to contest elections and hold power in
the government. They agree on some policies and
program for the society with a view to promote the
collective good.
er
A political party tries to convince people that its
policies are better than other’s policies. They try
at
to win elections so that they can implement their
policies.
ym
Thus, parties reflect fundamental political
divisions in a society. Parties are about a part of
ud
the society and hence involve “partnership”. A
party is known by which part it stands for, which
st
policies it supports and whose interests it upholds.
A political party has three components:
ity
(a) The Leaders
al
(b) The Active Members
(c) The Followers
qu
WHY DO WE NEED POLITICAL PARTIES?
@
Functions of Political Party
The main function of a political party is to occupy
political office and exercise political power. For
achieving this, a political party performs following
functions:
ff Contesting Elections : Political parties contest
elections. A political party nominates its
candidate for the electoral contest in various
constituencies.
ff Policies : Political parties put forward
different policies and program so that the
State Parties
am
Challenges to Political Parties
How can Parties be Reformed?
gr
le
te
voters can choose from amongst them. A
political party brings a large number of similar
l_
opinions under one umbrella. These opinions
ia are channelized to form policies and program.
The policies and program of the ruling party
generally become the government policies.
ff Making Law : Political parties play a decisive
role in making laws for the country. You
may be aware that it is the legislature which
passes a law after proper debate. As most of
the members belong to political parties, so a
political party has direct say in law making
for the country. Individual members usually
follow the party line of thinking on such
issues.
ff Formation of Government : Political parties
form and run governments. The executive
body is formed by people from the ruling
party. Various political leaders are assigned
different ministries to carry out the task of
governance.
ff Playing Opposition : A party which does
not get majority or come under the majority
coalition, needs to play the role of opposition.
ff Shaping Public Opinion : Political parties
shape public opinion. They do so by raising
and highlighting issues in the legislature and
in the media. The activists of a political party
are spread all over the country. These activists
raise public awareness on issues close to their
party.
284
ff Providing Access to Government Machinery :
Political parties provide people access to
government machinery and welfare schemes
implemented by governments. Parties need to
be responsive to people’s needs and demands.
This helps them in winning the election.
Necessity of Political Parties
ff If there were no political parties, then each
and every candidate would be independent.
They would only have interests for their own
constituencies.
ff They would not think about the collective
interest of the country.
ff Thus, political parties are necessary to bring
diverse people on a common platform, so that
bigger issues can be taken care of.
ff The democracy which is being practiced
all over the world is called representative
democracy. In this system, governance is
ia
done through people’s representative because
er
it is impossible for each citizen to directly
participate in governance. The need for
at
representative democracy has given rise to
ym
political parties.
HOW MANY PARTIES SHOULD WE HAVE?
ud
Multi-party System or Two-party System
ff In some countries only one party is allowed to
st
control and run the government, e.g., China.
These are called one-party systems. This
ity
cannot be a good option because this is not a
democratic option.
al
ff Any democratic system must allow at least two
qu
parties to compete in elections and provide a
fair chance for the competing parties to come
@
to power. In some countries, power usually
changes between two main parties. Such a
party system is called two-party system. The
United States of America and the United
Kingdom are examples of two-party system.
ff If several parties compete for power, more
than two parties have a reasonable chance of
coming to power either on their own strength
or in alliance with others, we call it a multi-
party system.
ff Though multi-party system appears messy
and can lead to political instability, but it also
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
allows various interests and opinions to enjoy
political representation.
A particular party system takes time to evolve
in a country. It depends on the nature of society,
social and regional diversities. It also depends on
its history of politics and its system of elections.
Because of great diversity in India, it may not be
easy for two or three parties to cover all its aspects.
It is quite natural that a multi-party system has
am
evolved in India. We should keep in mind that
each system has its pros and cons.
Popular Participation in Political Parties
gr
In India the common perception about political
parties are as follows :
le
(a) Political parties do not enjoy much trust among
te
the people in South Asia. The proportion of
those who say their trust in political parties is
l_
‘not much’ or ‘not at all’ is more than those who
have ‘some’ or ‘great’ trust.
(b) Though political parties are one of the least
trusted institutions all over the world, yet the
level of participation in the activities of political
parties is fairly high.
(c) The proportion of those who said that they were
members of some political party was higher
in India than many advanced countries like
Canada, Japan, Spain and South Korea.
(d) Over the last three decades the proportion of
those who report to be members of political
parties in India has gone up steadily.
ff Political Parties : India has very diverse multi
party political system. As on April 13, 2018
there are three types of political parties in
India i.e. National parties, State recognized
parties and Registered unrecognized parties.
Every political party in the country has to
register with the Election Commission. While
the Commission treats all parties equally,
it offers some special facilities to large and
established parties. These parties are given a
unique symbol – only the official candidates of
that party can use that election symbol. Parties
that get this privilege and some other special
facilities are ‘recognized’ by the Election
Commission for this purpose. That is why
these parties are called, ‘recognized political
parties’. These can be National parties or State
parties.
Political Parties 285

NATIONAL POLITICAL PARTIES

A party that secures at least six per cent of total votes in Lok Sabha elections or Assembly elections in four
States and wins at least four seats in the Lok Sabha is recognized as a National party.
Now, India has seven Recognized National parties.
National parties Brief introduction
and Symbol
All India Trinamool The All India Trinamool Congress (AITC) is an Indian political party based
Congress in West Bengal. Founded in 1998, the party is led by its founder and current

am
Chief Minister of West Bengal Mamata Banerjee.
Flowers and Grass After the 2014 general election, it became the fourth largest party in the Lok
Sabha with 34 seats. It has a national party status, because AITC got above

gr
6% vote from five different states (West Bengal, Manipur, Tripura, Jharkhand,

le
Assam)
Bahujan Samaj Formed in 1984 under the leadership of Kanshi Ram. It represents the bahujan

te
Party samaj which includes the dalits, adivasis, OBCs and religious minorities.

l_
The party draws inspiration from the ideas and teachings of Sahu Maharaj,
Elephant Mahatma Phule, Periyar Ramaswami Naicker and Babasaheb Ambedkar.
ia
The party stands for the cause of securing the interests and welfare of the dalits
er
and oppressed people. It has its main base in the state of Uttar Pradesh and
substantial presence in neighboring states like Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh,
at

Uttarakhand, Delhi and Punjab.

The party formed government in Uttar Pradesh several times by taking the
ym

support of other parties at different times.

Bharatiya Janta It was founded in 1980 by reviving the erstwhile Bharatiya Jana Sangh. The
ud

Party party wants to build a strong and modern India by drawing inspiration from
India’s ancient culture and values. Cultural nationalism (or ‘Hindutva’) is an
st

Lotus important element in its conception of Indian nationhood and politics.

ity

Wants full territorial and political integration of Jammu and Kashmir with
India, a uniform civil code for all people living in the country irrespective of
al

religion and a ban on religious conversions.

Earlier limited to north and west and to urban areas, the party expanded its
qu

support in the south, east, the north-east and to rural areas. The party came to
power in 1998 as the leader of the National Democratic Alliance that included
@

several state and regional parties. It won the 2014 election by large margin and
is currently the ruling party at the centre; under the Prime Ministership of Shri
Narender Modi.
Communist Party Formed in 1925. The party believes in Marxism-Leninism, secularism and
of India democracy. Opposed to the forces of secessionism and communalism. Accepts
Ears of Corn and parliamentary democracy as a means of promoting the interests of the working
Sickle class, farmers and the poor.
CPI, became weak after the split in the party in 1964 that led to the formation of
the CPI(M). It has significant presence in the states of Kerala, factory workers,
farmers, agricultural laborer and the intelligentsia.
286 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Communist Party Founded in 1964. Believes in Marxism Leninism. Supports socialism,

of India secularism and democracy and opposes imperialism and communalism.
(Marxist) Accepts democratic elections as a useful and helpful means for securing the
Hammer, Sickle and objective of socioeconomic justice in India.
Star It has been the ruling party for long periods in Kerala, Tripura and West
Bengal. The party enjoys strong support among the poor factory workers,
farmers, agricultural laborer and the intelligentsia. Critical of the new economic
policies that allow free flow of foreign capital and goods into the country. It was
in power in West Bengal without a break for 33 years.

am
Indian National Popularly known as the Congress Party. It is one of the oldest political parties
Congress of the world. Founded in 1885 and has experienced many splits. Played
a dominant role in Indian politics at the national and state level for several

gr
Hand decades after India’s Independence. Under the leadership of Jawaharlal Nehru,

le
the party sought to build a modern secular democratic republic in India. It was
the ruling party at the centre till 1977 and then from 1980 to 1989. After 1989,

te
its support declined, but it continues to be present throughout the country,
cutting across social divisions. A centrist party (neither rightist nor leftist) in

l_
its ideological orientation, the party espouses secularism and welfare of weaker
sections and minorities. Supports new economic reforms but with a human
ia
face. Emerged as the largest party with 145 members in the Lok Sabha elections
held in 2004.
er
Nationalist Formed in 1999 following a split in the Congress party. Espouses democracy,
at

Congress Party Gandhian secularism, equity, social justice and federalism. Wants that high
Clock offices in government be confined to natural born citizens of the country.
ym

A major party in Maharashtra and has a significant presence in Meghalaya,

Manipur and Assam. A coalition partner in the state of Maharashtra in alliance
ud

with the Congress. Since 2004, a member of the United Progressive Alliance.

STATE PARTIES
st

A party that secures at least 6 per cent

ity

of the total votes in an election to the

Legislative Assembly of a State and wins
al

at least two seats is recognized as a State

party.
qu

There are 24, State Recognized Parties in

India.
@

Rise of Regional Parties: Many regional

parties have grown in prominence over
the last three decades. This is a sign of expansion and deepening of democracy in India. Samajwadi Party,
Biju Janata Dal, AIADMK, DMK, etc. are examples of regional parties.
CHALLENGES TO POLITICAL PARTIES 1. Lack of Internal Democracy : In most of the
Popular dissatisfaction and criticism has focused political parties, the power is concentrated
on four problem areas in the working of political in the hands of one or few leaders. Ordinary
parties. Political parties need to face and overcome members of the party cannot even dream
these challenges in order to remain effective of rising to the top as there are no internal
instruments of democracy. elections.
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
288
2. No Records : There are hardly any records
of registered members. The top leadership is
often disconnected with the grassroots workers.
Loyalty to the policies and principles of the
party has less value than the loyalty to the top
leadership.
3. Dynastic Succession : The top positions in
many political parties are usually controlled
by members of one family. A person born in a
particular family becomes the leader by virtue
of his birth; which is not the sign of a healthy
democracy. Dynastic succession is present in
most of the political parties in India. This is
not the case in India alone, but in many other
countries as well.
4. Money and Muscle Power : Winning an
election is the ultimate challenge for a political
party. For this, a political party leaves no stone
unturned and spends huge sum of money on
electioneering.
Parties often select candidates who have large
er
financial backing and also the backing of
at
criminals and goons to terrorize voters and
polling officers.
ym
5. Lack of a Meaningful Choice : Most of
the political parties sound similar to one
another. Very few political parties give any real
ud
alternative. For example, there is practically no
ideological difference between the British Labor
st
Party and the Conservative Party. The same is
ity
true for Indian political parties.
People have no choice than choosing the better
al
of the two evils. In some states, the party in
power just changes every five year but people
qu
seldom experience change on the ground.
HOW CAN PARTIES BE REFORMED?
@
Way to Reform Political Parties
ff Following are some of the recent efforts and
suggestions in our country to reform political
parties and its leaders:
1. Anti-defection Law : The law says that if any
MLA or MP changes parties, he or she will lose
the seat in the legislature. This new law has
helped bring down defection. At the same time
this has made any dissent even more difficult.
MPs and MLAs have to accept whatever the
party leaders decide.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
2. Details of Property and Criminal Proceedings
During Nomination: It is mandatory for every
candidate who contests elections to file an
affidavit giving details of his property and
criminal cases pending against him. The new
system has made a lot of information available
to the public. But there is no system of check if
the information given by the candidates is true
and complete.
am
3. Mandatory Organizational Elections and IT
Returns : The Election Commission passed an
order making it necessary for political parties to
gr
hold their organizational elections and file their
income tax returns. The parties have started
le
doing so but sometimes it is mere formality.
te
Suggestions for Future
(a) A law should be made to regulate the internal
l_
affairs of political parties. This includes
ia having a proper constitution of the party
and maintaining the records of the registered
members.
(b) Political parties should implement reservation
for women. It should be made mandatory for
political parties to give a minimum number of
tickets, about one-third, to women candidates.
Women party members should be allowed to
take part in decision making process.
(c) There should be state funding of elections.
The government should give parties money to
support their election expenses. This support
could be given in : petrol, paper, telephone etc.
Or it could be given in cash on the basis of the
votes secured by the party in the last election.
There are two other ways in which political parties
can be reformed and they are : people’s pressure
and people’s participation.
Important words and Terms
Partisan : A person who is strongly committed to
a party, group or faction. Partisanship is marked
by a tendency to take a side and inability to take a
balanced view on an issue.
Ruling Party : Political party that runs government
Defection : Changing party allegiance from the
party on which a person got elected (to a legislative
body) to a different party.
Affidavit : A signed document submitted to an
officer, where a person makes a sworn statement
regarding his/her personal information.
Political Parties 289

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

Why do we need Political Parties? ;
How many Parties should we have?
VSA (1 mark)
1. Examine the reason to accept multi-party
14. Describe any five major functions of political
parties performance in a democracy.
 (2018, 2015)
15. “Political parties are a necessary condtition
for a democracy”. Analyse the statement with

am
system in India. (Foreign 2017) examples. (AI 2016)
2. Why did India adopt multi-party system? 16. What do you understand by the bi-party

gr
 (AI 2016) system? Write its one merit and one demerit.
(Term-II 2012)
3. Why is one party political system not

le
considered a good democratic system? 17. What is a multi-party system? Explain merits

te
(Term-II 2016) and demerits of multi-party system.
 (Term-II 2012)
4. What is meant by ‘Political Party’?

l_
(Term-II 2015) National Political Parties; State
5. Which one of the following countries has one
iaParties
party system?
er
(a) China (b) Indo-China VSA (1 mark)
(c) Japan (d) Germany
at

18. Name any one political party that has national

 (Delhi 2013) level political organisation but not recognised
ym

SA (3 marks) as the national political party. (AI 2016)

6. Analyse the three components of a political 19. Name the alliance formed by the Congress
ud

party. (Term-II 2016) Party. (Term-II 2016)

7. What is a political party? State any two points 20. Which party was the principal opposition
st

of the the ideology of Bhartiya Janta Party. party in Lok Sabha in 2004? (Term-II 2016)
(Foreign 2016) 21. What is the requirement laid down by the
ity

8. “Political parties are a necessary condition Election Commission for a political party to
be recognized as a ‘State Party’? (Term-II 2015)
al

for a democracy”. Analyse the statement with

examples. (Delhi 2016) 22. What is the guiding philosophy of Bharatiya
qu

9. What is a multi-party system? Why has India Janata Party? (Term-II 2015)
adopted a multi-party system? Explain. 23. Name any two regional parties of West Bengal.
@

(Delhi 2015) (Term-II 2015)

10. Describe any three main features of Two-Party 24. Which one of the following is a ‘National
system. (Term-II 2015) Political Party’?
11. Why do we need political parties? Explain. (a) Samajwadi Party
(AI 2014) (b) Rashtriya Janata Dal
(c) Rashtriya Lok Dal
LA (5 marks) (d) Bahujan Samaj Party (AI 2014, 2012)
12. Highlight any five functions of political parties 25. Which one of the following facilities is offered
to strengthen democracy. (AI 2019) by the ‘Election Commission’ to a recognised
13. Why do we need political parties? Highlight political party?
any five reasons. (AI 2019) (a) Party name (b) Election funds
290 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(c) Election symbol (d) Manifesto 34. What is meant by a ‘national political party’?
 (Delhi 2014, 2012) State the conditions required to be a national
political party. (AI 2016)
26. Who among the following recognises ‘Political
Parties’ in India? 35. Name the ‘regional political parties’ that are
(a) Election Commission predominant in Jharkhand, Maharashtra and
(b) President of India Odisha respectively with their symbols.
(c) Speaker of Lok Sabha (Term-II 2014)
(d) Supreme Court (Foreign 2014) 36. Name the six ‘National Political Parties’ in
India in a chronological order. (AI 2014)

am
27. In which one of the following states does ‘Shiv
Sena’ exist as a regional political party? 37. Name the national political party which
(a) Gujarat (b) Karnataka espouses secularism and welfare of weaker

gr
(c) Maharashtra (d) Madhya Pradesh section and minorities. Mention any four
features of that party.  (Term-II 2013)
 (AI 2012)

le
38. How do state or regional political parties
28. Who, among the following, organised the
contribute in strengthening federalism and

te
dalits into the ‘Depressed Classes Association’
democracy in India? Explain with examples.
in 1930?

l_
(AI 2012)
(a) Kanshi Ram (b) Dr. B.R. Ambedkar
39. Differentiate between national and regional
(c) Gandhiji (d) Alluri Sitaram Raju
ia parties. Write any four points. (Term-II 2012)
 (AI 2012)
er
29. Which one of the following political parties LA (5 marks)
at

seeks to represent and secure power for Dalits, 40. What is meant by a political party? Describe
OBC’s and Adivasis? the three components of a political party.
ym

(a) Bahujan Samaj Party (AI 2015)

(b) Bharatiya Janta Party 41. Name the national political party which gets
inspiration from India’s ancient culture and
ud

(c) Forward Bloc

(d) Janta Dal (s) (Delhi 2011) values. Mention four features of that party.
(Term-II 2012)
st

30. The political party which believes in Marxism-

Leninism is Challenges to Political Parties ;
ity

(a) Nationalalist Congress Party How can Parties be Reformed?

(b) Communist Party of India
al

(c) Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK)

VSA (1 mark)
qu

(d) Bahujan Samaj Party (AI 2011) 42. If all the decisions of a political party are made
by single family and all other members are
SA
@

(3 marks) neglected, then what challenge is being faced

by that party? (Term-II 2015)
31. How are political parties recognized as
regional and national parties in India? Explain 43. Why do political parties involve partisanship?
with examples. (Delhi 2019)  (Term-II 2015)
32. “Nearly every one of the state parties wants SA (3 marks)
to get an opportunity to be a part of one or 44. Which three challenges do you feel are being
the other national level coalition.” Support the faced by political parties in India? Give your
statement with arguments.  (Term-II 2016) opinion.  (Term-II 2016)
33. What is meant by regional political party? 45. “No party system is ideal for all countries
State the conditions required to be recognised and all situations.” Justify the statement with
as a ‘regional political party’. (AI 2016) arguments. (Term-II 2016)
Political Parties
46. “Dynastic succession is one of the most
serious challenges before the political parties.”
Analyse the statement. (AI 2015)
47. How do money and muscle power play an
important role in elections? Explain.
(Term-II 2015)
48. “Serious efforts were made by the legal
organizations to reform political parties in
India. “Support the statement. (Term-II 2015)
49. What is mean by ‘defection’ in democracy?
Explain. (Term-II 2014)
50. How do political parties shape the public
opinion? Explain with three examples.
(AI 2012)
LA (5 marks)
51. “All over the world, people express their
Answers
er
1. The reason to accept multii-party system in
at
India is that this is a more democratic option for a
ym
diverse country like India.
2. India is a large country with great social and
geographical diversities. These diversities can
ud
only be nurtured by a multi-party system.
3. This is because ‘One party’ system does not
st
provide any democratic option.
ity
4. A political party is a group of people, who
have come together to contest elections to hold
al
power in the government.
5. (a) China
qu
6. Three components of a political party are :
(i) Leaders (ii) Active members
@
(iii) Followers
7. A political party is a group of people who
come together to contest elections and hold power
in the government. They agree on some policies
and programmers for the society with a view to
promote the collective good.
The ideologies of Bharatiya Janta party are
(a) Cultural Nationalism
(b) Resloving India’s ancient culture and value.
8. “Political parties are necessary condition for a
democracy” because :
291
dissatisfaction with the failure of political
parties to perform their functions well.”
Analyse the statement with arguments.
(Term-II 2016)
52. Examine any two institutional amendments
made by different institutions to reform
political parties and their leaders.
 (Term-II 2016)
53. Suggest and explain any five measures to
am
reform political parties.  (Term-II 2016)
54. “Modern democracies cannot exist without
gr
political parties.” Examine the statement.
(Foreign 2015)
le
55. Explain two functions each, of the ruling party
te
as well of the opposition parties. (Term-II 2012)
56. Explain any four problem areas in the working
l_
ia of political parties.  (Term-II 2012)
(i) Without political parties, democracies cannot
exist.
(ii) if we do not have political parties; in such
a situation every candidate in elections will be
independent, and will have a local point of view.
(iii) No one will be able to make any promises to
the people about any major policy changes.
(iv) The government may be formed but its utility
will remain uncertain.
(v) Elected representatives will be accountable
to their constituency for what they do in their
locality. But no one will be responsible for how the
country will run.
(vi) The role of opposition party in a democracy
necessitates the existence of political parties.
(vii) As societies become large and complex
they also need some agencies to gather different
views on various issues and to present these to
the government, that’s why political parties are
needed.
9. Multi-party system :
If several parties complete for power, more than
two parties have a reasonable chance of coming to
power either on their own strength or by alliance
with others, we call it a multi-party system.
292
India adopted a multi party system because :
(i) There is social and geographical diversity in
India.
(ii) India is such a large country which is not
easily represented by two or three parties.
(iii) The system allows a variety of interests and
opinions for political representation.
10. Main features of two-party system :
(i) Power usually changes between two parties,
though several other parties may exist.
(ii) In such system, people get clear choice.
(iii) The party that wins majority forms the
government and the other sits in opposition.
(iv) Strong opposition is good for democracy.
(v) Prompt decisions are taken and implemented.
(vi) Promotes more development and less corruption.
11. We need political parties because of the
functions that the political parties perform :
(i) They contest in Elections.
(ii) They put forward different policies and
ia
program for the betterment of society.
er
(iii) They play a decisive role in the making of
Laws that affect each of us.
at
(iv) They form and run the government.
ym
(v) They play the role of Opposition to the Ruling
Party.
(vi) They shape public opinion, as they raise and
ud
highlight issues.
(vii) They provide people access to government
st
machinery and welfare schemes implemented by
the government.
ity
12. The function of a political party that
strengthens the democracy are as follows :
al
(i) Contesting Elections: Political parties contest
elections. A political party nominates its candidate
qu
for the electoral contest in various constituencies.
This provides a variety of choice of personalities
@
for the people to vote for.
(ii) Policies: Political parties put forward different
policies and program so that the voters can choose
from amongst them. A political party brings
a large number of similar opinions under one
umbrella. These opinions are channelized to form
policies and program. The policies and program of
the ruling party generally become the government
policies.
(iii) Making Law: Political parties play a decisive
role in making laws for the country that benefits
the whole population.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iv) Playing Opposition: A party which does not
get majority or come under the majority coalition,
needs to play the role of opposition. This forms the
basis of checks and balances in a democracy.
(v) Shaping Public Opinion: Political parties
shape public opinion. They do so by raising and
highlighting issues in the legislature and in the media.
(vi) Providing Access to Government Machinery:
Political parties provide people access to
government machinery and welfare schemes
am
implemented by governments. Parties need to be
responsive to people’s needs and demands thus
gr
bring good governance.
13. We need political parties for the following
le
reasons:
(i) If there were no political party, then each and
te
every candidate would be independent. So many
l_
individuals would only have interests for their own
constituencies.
(ii) They would not think about the collective
national interest.
(iii) Thus, a political party is necessary to bring
diverse people on a common platform, so that
bigger issues can be taken care of.
(iv) The democracy which is being practiced all
over the world is called representative democracy.
In this system, governance is done through
people’s representative because it is impossible for
each citizen to directly participate in governance.
(v) The need for representative democracy has
given rise to political parties.
14. Functions of political parties :
(i) Parties contest elections and form
government.
(ii) They put forward policies and programmes
that benefit the people.
(iii) Parties play a decisive role in making laws
that affect the society.
(iv) Parties form government.
(v) Defeated parties in the election play its role of
opposition of the parties in power.
(vi) Parties shape public opinion.
(vii) Parties provide people access to government
machinery and welfare schemes.
15. Refer to answer 28.
16. Bi-party system :
(i) In some countries, power usually changes
between two main parties. It is also known as
Bi-party system.
Political Parties
(ii) In this system, the government is formed by
one party and the other plays the role of opposition.
Merit–This system allows stability of government
as no coalition is there.
Demerit–In this system, only two main parties
have a serious chance of winning majority seats to
form the government. Hence people do not really
have choices.
17. Multi-party system : If several parties
compete for power and more than two parties have
a reasonable chance of coming to power either on
their own strength or in alliance with other, we call
it a multi-party system.
India adopted a Multi party system because :
(i) There is social diversity in India.
(ii) India is such a large and diverse country
which cannot easily be represented by two or three
parties.
Merits : (i) This system allows a variety of interests ia Now, India has seven There are 24, state
and opinions to enjoy political representation.
(ii) People can make a choice between several
er
candidates.
Demerits : (i) No one party is likely to gain
at
power alone. Therefore, it leads to difficulty in
functioning of the government.
ym
(ii) Leads to political instability and often appears
to be very messy with too many leaders.
ud
18. Samajwadi party, Samta Party, Rashtriya
Janta Dal
st
19. United Progressive Alliance -UPA.
20. Bharatiya Janta Party
ity
21. A political party that secures at least 6% of
al
the total votes in an election to the Legislative
Assembly of a state and wins at least two seats is
qu
recognized as a state party.
22. (a) Cultural nationalism
@
(b) Restoring India’s ancient culture and values
23. Marxist Forward Bloc, All India Forward Bloc
24. (d) Bahujan Samaj Party
25. (c ) Election symbol
26. (a) Election Commission
27. (c ) Maharashtra
28. (b) Dr B.R.Ambedkar
29. (a) Bahujan Samaj Party
30. (b) Communist Party of India
31. Regional party refers to a political party,
293
which has its base in a particular region may be
covering one or more states. They may have limited
or pan-India aspirations and objectives. National
party implies a political party that extends over the
entire nation, in terms of representation and the
area of influence. The national and the state parties
are recognized by the Election Commission on the
following criteria :
National Political Parties State Parties
am
A party that secures A party that secures
at least six per cent of at least 6 per cent
total votes in Lok Sabha of the total votes in
gr
elections or Assembly an election to the
elections in four States Legislative Assembly
le
and wins at least four of a State and wins
seats in the Lok Sabha is at least two seats is
te
recognized as a national recognized as a State
l_
party. party.
recognized national recognized parties in
parties. India.
32. State parties seeking national level coalition :
Before general election of 2014, in three general
elections not one national party was able to secure
a majority on its own in Lok Sabha. Thus the
national parties were compelled to form alliances
with state or regional parties. Since 1996, nearly
every one of the state parties has got an opportunity
to be a part of one or the other national level
coalition government. This has contributed to the
strengthening of federalism and democracy.
33. A regional political party is a party that is
present in only some states.
Conditions required for a party to be recognized as
a regional political party are :
(i) A party that secures at least six percent of
the total votes in an election to the Legislative
Assembly of a state.
(ii) Wins at least two seats in the Legislative
Assembly.
34. National political parties have units in the
various states, they follow the same policies,
programmes and strategy that is decided at the
national level.
Conditions required :
(i) A party that secures at least 6% of the total
votes in general elections of Lok Sabha or assembly
elections in four states.
(ii) Wins at least 4 seats in Lok Sabha.
294
35. Jharkhand–JMM–Jharkhand Mukti Morcha
(Bow and Arrow)
Maharasthra–INC–Indian National Congress
Odisha–BJD–Biju Janata Dal. (Conch)
36. Now, India has  seven  recognized national
parties - Congress, BJP, BSP, CPI, CPI-M, NCP
and All India Trinamool Congress. Recognition as
a national or a state party ensures that the election
symbol of that party is not used by any other
political entity in polls across India.
37. The national political party which espouses
secularism and welfare of weaker sections and
minorities is the Indian National Congress.
Four features of this party are listed below :
(i) Founded in 1885.
(ii) Dominated Indian politics, both at the
national and state levels, for several decades after
India’s independence.
(iii) Ruling party at the centre till 1977 and then
from 1980 to 1989. After 1989, its support base
declined.
(iv) A centrist party (neither rightist nor leftist) in
its ideological orientation.
at
38. The state and regional political parties
strengthen federalism in following ways:
ym
They provide variety of choice to people as they
each have different agendas and focus on issues
ud
more relevant to their regions.
They provide a platform for different pressure and
social groups and communities to put forward
st
their demands. They make the parliament diverse
ity
by sharing power of government by helping to
form a coalition government.
For example in 2014 election the UPA was formed
al
by Nationalist Congress party (NCP), Rashtriya
qu
Janta Dal (RJD), Jharkhand Mukti Morcha (JMM)
etc.
@
39.
S.No. National Parties Regional Parties
(i) A party that secures A party
at least 6% of secures at least 6%
total votes in Lok of the total votes
Sabha elections or in an election to
Assembly elections the Legislative
in four states and Assembly of a state
wins at least four and wins at least two
seats in the Lok seats is recognized
Sabha is recognized as a state party or
as a national party. regional party.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(ii) National parties Regional parties
will have influence can have influence
in more than three in one or more
states. states.
For example : INC, For example :
BJP, CPI-M, CPI Samajwadi Party,
and NCP. Samata Party,
Rashtriya Janata
Dal, DMK,
am
AIADMK.
40. Political Party: A political party is a group of
people who come together to contest elections and
gr
hold power in the government. Political parties take
up policies and programmes for the society with a
le
view to promote the collective good. The political
te
party tries to persuade people why their policies
are better than other parties, and tries to win the
l_
support of people.
Three Components of a Political Party:
ia(i) The Leaders - Every political party has some
prominent leaders who formulate policies and
er
programmes of the party and choose candidates
for contesting elections.
(ii) The Active Members : They are involved in
different committees of the party and participate
directly in the party activities.
(iii) The Followers : They believe in the party’s
ideology and support the party by casting their
votes in favour of the party at the time of election.
41. ‘Bhartiya Janta Party’ (BJP) gets inspiration
from India’s ancient culture and values.
Four important features :
(i) Cultural nationalism or ‘Hindutva’ is an
important element in its conception of India
nationhood and politics.
(ii) The party wants full territorial and political
integration of Jammu and Kashmir with India.
(iii) A uniform civil code for all people living
in the country irrespective of region and ban on
that
religious conversions.
(iv) Founded in 1980, by reviving the erstwhile
Bharatiya Jana Sangh, its support base increased
substantially in the 1990s.
42. Challenge of dynastic succession
43. Because they are part of the society, hence
political parties involve partisanship.
44. Three challenges faced by political parties in
India are :
Political Parties
(i) Lack of internal democracy.
(ii) Challenge of dynastic succession
(iii) Growing role of money and muscle power.
Often parties do not seem to offer a meaningful
choice to the voters.
45. No party system is ideal for all countries and
all situations :
(i) Party system is not something, any country
can choose.
(ii) It evolves over a long period depending on
the nature of the society.
(iii) Its social and regional division, its history of
policies and its system of elections.
(iv) Each country develops a party system that is
conditioned by its special circumstances.
46. Dynastic succession is one of the most serious
challenges before the political parties because :
(i) Most political parties do not practice open
and transparent procedures for their functioning.
iathought.
(ii) There is no way for an ordinary worker to rise
er
to the top in a party.
(iii) In many parties, the top positions are always
at
controlled by members of one family.
(vi) This practice is unfair to other members of
ym
that party and is also bad for democracy.
(v) People who do not have adequate experience or
ud
popular support come to occupy position of power.
47. Money and muscle power play an important
st
role in elections because :
(i) Parties tend to nominate those candidates
ity
who have or can raise large amounts of money.
(ii) Rich people and companies who give funds to
al
the parties tend to have influence on the policies
qu
and decisions of the party.
(iii) In some cases, parties support criminals who
can win election.
@
(iv) Democrats all over the world are worried
over the increasing role of rich people and big
companies in democratic politics.
48. Efforts made by legal organizations to reform
political parties in India include :
(i) To check defection, the Constitution was
amended to prevent elected MLA’s and MP’s from
changing parties.
(ii) The Supreme Court passed an order to reduce
the influence of money and criminals by making
it mandatory to produce an affidavit by the
295
candidates giving details of property and criminal
cases pending on them.
(iii) The Election Commission passed an order
making it necessary for political parties to hold
their organizational election and file their income
tax returns.
49. (i) Defection in politics means moving of
a person from one party to another party for
some personal benefit. It means changing party
am
allegiance from the party on which the person got
elected to a different party.
gr
The anti-defection rule prevents it.
50. Political parties shape public opinions in the
le
following way :
te
(a) They raise and highlight issues thus raising
awareness amongst the public.
l_
(b) Parties have members and activists spread
all over the country, who spread the party line of
(c) Many of the pressure groups are the extensions
of political parties among different sections of the
society.
51. Popular dissatisfaction exists with political
parties all over the world. It mainly focusses on
four areas of working of political parties :
(i) Lack of internal democracy within parties.
(ii) Dynastic succession.
(iii) Growing role of money and muscle power in
parties.
(iv) There is not a meaningful choice to the voters.
52. (i) The Constitution was amended to prevent
elected MLA’s and MP’s from changing parties.
This was done because many elected representatives
were indulging in defection in order to become
ministers or for cash rewards. Now, if any MLA or
MP changes parties, he or she loses the seat in the
legislature or the parliment.
(ii) The Supreme Court passed an order to reduce
the influence of money and criminals.
Now, it is mandatory for every candidate who
contests elections to file an affidavit giving details
of his property and criminal cases pending against
him. The new system has made a lot of information
available to the public. But there is no system to
check if the information given by the candidates is
true and complete.
296
(iii) The Election Commission passed an order
making it necessary for political parties to hold
their organizational elections and file their income
tax returns.
(iv) The parties have started doing so but
sometimes it is mere formality. It is not clear if
this step has led to greater internal democracy in
political parties.
53. Effective measures to reform political parties
are :
(i) A law should be made to regulate the internal
affairs of political parties and hold internal
elections.
(ii) It should be made compulsory for political
parties to maintain a record of members.
(iii) It should be made mandatory for political
parties to give a minimum number of tickets;
about 1/3rd to women candidates.
(iv) There should be a quota for women in the
decision making bodies of the party.
(v) There should be state funding of elections.
er
(vi) The government should give parties money
at
to support their election expenses for example,
petrol, paper, telephone, etc. or in cash.
ym
(vii) Vote casting for Indian citizens should be
made compulsory in each election.
(viii) Data regarding caste and religion, OBC, SC,
ud
ST should not be utilized during election period
for castist or religion based politics.
st
54. In all the democracies, citizens have rights but
ity
they should be able to claim these rights.
1. When the elected political parties become
al
the ruling party then they give these rights to the
citizens legally and practically.
qu
2. In all the democracies, people need good
governance, for this we need political parties
@
which contest in elections.
3. The society needs rapid development, this
work is done by the political parties. They can
introduce many new policies and program for the
welfare of the citizens.
4. The Opposition political party also plays a
vital role by finding mistakes in the work of the
ruling party so that the development stays on
course.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
5. If there were no political parties in such
cases we would only have independent candidates
contesting election with individual agenda and not
a national agenda.
6. The rise of political parties is directly linked
to the emergence of representative democracies.
Large societies need a way to bring various
representatives together so that a responsible
government could be formed.
am
We can say that parties are a necessary condition
for a democracy.
gr
55. Functions of the ruling parties :
(i) They play a major role in making laws and
le
policies for the country.
(ii) They form the government and run the
te
country for the benefit of its citizens.
l_
Functions of the opposition parties :
(i) They oppose the government by voicing
ia
different views about policies and actions taken.
(ii) They criticise government for its failure and
wrong practices.
(iii) They mobilise opposition to the government,
which ensures that the government functions in an
upright manner.
56. (i) Lack of internal democracy : The first
challenge is lack of internal democracy within
parties. Concentration of power in one or few
leaders at the top. Some parties are run like private
groups.
(ii) Dynastic succession : Favour people close
to them or their family members. In many
parties, the top positions are always controlled by
members of one family, this defies the concept of
democracy.
(iii) Money and muscle power : The third challenge
is about growing role of money and muscle power
in parties, especially during elections.
(iv) Meaningful choice : The fourth challenge
is that very often parties do not seem to offer a
meaningful choice to the voters.
(v) Details of membership are not kept. Also
there is no clarity in financial matters.
(vi) No organisational meetings or internal
elections for organisational posts are held.
 Chapter
7 Democracy
How do we Assess Democracy’s Outcomes?
Accountable, Responsive and Legitimate
Government
Economic Growth and Development
QUICK RECAP
What do the common people expect from a
democratic government? Does the democratic
system of government really fulfil the expectations
of the common people?
ia
We know that democracy is a better form of
er
government when compared with dictatorship or
any other alternative as it -
at
HOW DO WE ASSESS DEMOCRACY’S
ym
OUTCOMES?
ff Promotes equality among citizens
ud
ff Enhances the dignity of the individual
ff Improves the quality of decision-making
st
ff Provides a method to resolve conflicts
ff Allows room to correct mistakes
ity
Most of the people support democracy against
other alternatives, such as rule by a monarch or
al
military or religious leaders. But very few people
qu
are satisfied with the democracy in practice.
Democracy is seen to be good in principle but
often felt to be not so good in its practice.
@
This dilemma invites us to think hard about the
outcomes of democracy.
Do we prefer democracy only for moral reasons?
Or are there some prudential reasons to support
democracy too?
Over 160 countries of the world today claim and
practice some kind of democratic politics: they
have formal constitutions, they hold elections,
they have parties and they guarantee rights to
citizens. While these features are common to most
of them, these democracies are quite different from
Outcomes of
Reduction of Inequality and Poverty
Accommodation of Social Diversity
am
Dignity and Freedom of the Citizens
gr
le
te
each other in terms of their social situations, their
economic achievements and their cultures. Clearly,
l_
what may be achieved or not achieved under each
of these democracies will be very different. But is
there something that we can expect from every
democracy, just because it is a democracy?
The Democracy Index is an index compiled
by the UK-based company, the Economist
Intelligence Unit (EIU) that intends to measure
the state of democracy in 167 countries,  It
categorizes these countries as Full Democracies,
Flawed Democracies, Hybrid Regimes and
Authoritarian Regimes. The top three positions
are taken by Norway, Iceland, Sweden.
When we think about the outcomes of democracy
we must understand that democracy is just a form
of government. It can only create conditions for
achievements of people in different sections of the
society. The citizens have to take advantage of those
conditions and achieve those goals. These can be
studied under the headings of Political outcomes,
Economic outcomes, Social outcomes.
ACCOUNTABLE, RESPONSIVE AND
LEGITIMATE GOVERNMENT
Being Accountable
ff The most basic outcome of democracy is that
it produces a government that is accountable
to the citizens.
ff When people choose their representatives,
they are expected to be accountable.
298
ff The citizens have the right and also the means
to examine the process of decision making.
ff The government is expected to practice
regular, free and fair elections and open-
discussions on important issues.
ff Democratic government can apparently
be less efficient than a non-democratic
government. This happens because a non-
democratic government does not need to
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
ff It is assumed that the democratic governments
are not corrupt.
ff Many democratic governments fall short in
electoral expectations and often do not share
information. However, it must be said that
their records are still much better than non-
democratic governments.
Being Legitimate

am
ff A democratic government is people’s
arrive at consensus among a diverse set of
own government. That is why there is
people. Democracy functions on the basis
an overwhelming support for the idea of
of deliberation and negotiation and hence

gr
democracy all over the world.
decisions are often delayed. But this does not
ff People wish to be ruled by representatives

le
mean that a democratic government is less
elected by them. They also believe that
efficient.

te
democracy is suitable for their country.
Democracy is preferred over dictatorship
Democracy’s ability to generate support for
everywhere.

l_
itself is an outcome that cannot be ignored.
Those who agree with one of these statements.
ff Though there are many reports of democracies
ia
Bangladesh India Nepal Pakistan S. Lanka ignoring the demands of people and there are
routine tales of corruption but yet chances of
er
Democracy
69 70 62 37 71
is preferable improvement in governance only exist in a
at

Sometimes democratic set-up.

dictatorship 6 9 10 14 11
ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
ym

is better
Doesn’t
25 21 28 49 18 Economic Growth
matter to me
ff Compared to dictatorships (between the years
ud

Very few doubt the suitability of democracy for 1950-2000) the rate of economic growth in
their own country. democracies have been slightly less.
st

How suitable is democracy for your country? ff But there are many democratic countries
ity

Very suitable suitable which are among the economic superpowers

South Asia 85 of the world. This shows that economic growth
al

Bangladesh 93 does not depend on the form of government

only.
qu

Sri Lanka 52
ff Other factors also decide the trend of
India 92 economic growth; like population size, global
@

situation, cooperation from other countries,

Pakistan 84
economic priorities of the country, etc.
Nepal 79 ff When we look at other positive outcomes such
0 50 100 as socio-economic development and welfare
of the people then, democracy is always better
Being Responsive
than dictatorship.
ff A democratic government is more responsible
and also responsive towards the expectation of Economic Development
people. ff Economic development of a country greatly
ff The government is responsive to public depends upon factors such as population
opinion and attentive to the needs and size, global environment and economic
demands of the people. priorities.
Outcomes of Democracy 299
ff Comparing the economic development in the rule by majority community in terms of
democracies and dictatorship, we find that the religion or race or linguistic group.
differences are negligible. ff Democracy remains democracy only as long
ff Though democracies cannot guarantee as every citizen has a chance of being in
economic growth but the growth as it happens majority at some point of time.
is broad based.
DIGNITY AND FREEDOM OF THE CITIZENS
REDUCTION OF INEQUALITY AND ff Democracy is much superior to any other
POVERTY form of government in promoting dignity and

am
ff Democracies are expected to reduce freedom of the individual.
economic disparities by equitable distribution ff The passion for respect and freedom are the
of opportunities of growth. This leads to basis of democracy. Democracies throughout

gr
reduction of disparities of income and wealth. the world have recognized this, at least in
ff In real life, democracies have not been able principle. This has been achieved in various

le
to enforce equitable wealth distribution. It is degrees in various democracies.
ff Democracies recognize that all individuals

te
seen that a small proportion of the ultra rich
enjoy a disproportionate share of riches. are equal. .

l_
ff However, it can be said that democratic ff Most societies across the world were
governments do make an effort to spread ia historically male dominated societies. Equal
the economic opportunities. The situation in treatment of women is a necessary ingredient
dictatorships are much worse. of a democratic society.
er
ff The principles of individual freedom and dignity
ACCOMMODATION OF SOCIAL DIVERSITY have legal and moral status in democracies.
at

ff We cannot resolve conflicts among different ff We know that the democracy in India has
ym

groups in the society. But we can certainly strengthened the claims of the discriminated
learn to respect these differences and evolve section of the society for equal rights and
mechanisms to negotiate the differences. dignity.
ud

ff Non-democratic regimes often turn a ff An important aspect of democracy is the

blind eye to or suppress internal social continuous improvement. As people get some
st

differences. benefit they begin to ask for more. In that

ff Democracy does not simply rule by majority sense the expectations in democracy never
ity

opinion. The majority must work with the end.

minority so that government has the general ff The evidence that people complain and ask
al

view. Majority and minority opinions are not for improvement is itself a manifestation of a
qu

permanent. democratic society. It transforms people from

ff The rule by majority should not become being a subject to becoming a citizen.
@
300
Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions
How do we Assess Democracy’s
Outcomes? ; Accountable,
Responsive and Legitimate
Government
VSA (1 mark)
1. Explain the meaning of democracy.
 (AI 2017)
2. Which one of the following is a foundational
challenge of democracy?
(a) Empowering women
(b) Keeping military away from controlling
government
ia
(c) Ensuring greater power to local
er
governments
(d) Empowering minority groups
at
 (Foreign 2017)
ym
3. In which area does democracy fail to achieve
the same results as in dictatorship?
 (Term-II 2016)
ud
4. Which form of government is better
democratic or non-democratic?
st
 (Term-II 2015)
ity
5. What is meant by transparency?
al
 (Term-II 2015)
6. How does democracy produce an accountable
qu
government? (Term-II 2015)
@
7. Which one of the following is the most popular
form of government in the contemporary
world?
(a) Dictatorship (b) Monarchy Rule
(c) Military Rule (d) Democracy
 (AI 2014)
8. Which one of the following is an example of
outcomes of a democracy that produces an
accountable Government?
(a) Open to public debates on major policies
and legislation
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(b) Open in promoting economic
development
(c) Open in reducing economic inequalities
(d) Open to rulers elected by the people
 (Delhi 2014)
am
9. Which one of the following features is
common to most of the democracies?
gr
(a) They have formal constitution.
le
(b) They hold regular election.
(c) They have political parties.
te
(d) All the above  (Delhi 2013)
l_
SA (3 marks)
10. On the basis of which values will it be a fair
expectation that democracy should produce a
harmonious social life? Explain.
 (Foreign 2017)
11. Analyse any three values that make democracy
better. (Delhi 2017)
12. Which values make democracy better than
any other form of governments? Explain.
 (Foreign 2017)
13. State any three merits of democracy.
 (Term-II 2015)
14. How is democractic government known
as responsive government? Explain with
examples.  (AI 2014)
15. Why is democratic government known as
legitimate government? Explain.
 (Foreign 2014)
16. “Transparency is the most important feature
of democracy.” Analyse. (Term-II 2012)
17. Explain any three merits of democratic
governments over the dictatorship.
 (Foreign 2012)
18. Explain any three weaknesses of democracy.
(Term-II 2012)
Outcomes of Democracy 301

LA (5 marks) 31. How democracies have been able to reduce

19. Describe the importance of democratic
government as an accountable and legitimate
government. (Delhi 2019)
20. “Democracy stands much superior of any
other form of government in promoting
dignity and freedom of individual.” Justify this
statement. (2018)
poverty? Elaborate.  (Term-II 2012)
32. Describe the favorable condition generally
provided to people under a democratic rule.
(Term-II 2012)
33. Explain the ways in which democracy can be
redefined to make democracy more effective.

am
(Term-II 2012)
21. Describe any five characteristics of democracy.
34. How do democratic government ensure
 (AI 2017)
transparency? Explain any three points.

gr
Economic Growth and  (Delhi 2011)

le
Development; Reduction of 35. Explain the role of democratic government in
reducing economic disparities. (AI 2011)

te
Inequality and Poverty
LA (5 marks)

l_
VSA (1 mark)
36. “Democracy is more effective than its other
22. What is meant by economic inequality?
ia alternatives.” Justify the statement.
 (Term-II 2016)
er
 (Term-II 2015)
SA (3 marks)
Accommodation of Social Diversity;
at

23. “Democracies are not appearing to be very

Dignity and Freedom of the
ym

successful in reducing economic inequalities.”

Analyse the statement. (Term-II 2016) Citizens
ud

24. Evidence shows that in practice, many

democracies did not fulfill the expectations VSA (1 mark)
of producing economic development in the
st

37. Explain the meaning of ‘sectional interest

country. Validate the statement with the help group’. (Foreign 2017)
ity

of relevant example. (Term-II 2016)

38. Name any two sectional interest groups.
25. How are the democratic governments
al

 (AI 2016)
better than the other forms of government?
qu

Compare. (Term-II 2016) 39. Which system can reduce the possibility of
26. Establish the relationship between democracy tension and conflict among different groups of
@

and development. (Term-II 2016) society ? (Term-II 2016)

27. How can a democratic government be made 40. Why is a democratic government better than
accountable? Explain. (Term-II 2016) other alternatives? (Foreign 2015)
28. What are the expected outcomes of SA (3 marks)
democracy? Explain. (Term-II 2015)
41. Examine the political outcome of democracy.
29. “Some people think that democracy produces
a less effective government.” Analyse the (Term-II 2016)
statement. (Foreign 2015) 42. “Democracy accommodates social diversities”.
30. “The cost of time that democracy pays is Support the statement with examples.
perhaps worth it.” Justify. (AI 2014) (2016, Term-II 2012)
302
43. When is democracy considered successful?
Explain.  (Term-II 2015)
44. “There is overwhelming support for the idea
of democracy all over the world.” Support the
statement. (Term-II 2015)
45. What are the two conditions to accommodate
social diversities in a democracy? Mention
any one exception to this.  (Term-II 2015)
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
harmoniums life among citizens.” Justify this
statement. (2018)
50. “Democracy is very important for promoting
dignity and freedom of the citizens.” Support
the statement with arguments. (Delhi 2017)
51. Describe the role of citizens in a democracy.
(Term-II 2016)

am
52. “A public expression of dissatisfaction with
46. How is democracy accountable and responsive democracy shows the success of democratic
to the needs and expectations of the citizens?
project.” Justify the statement.

gr
Analyse. (AI 2015)
 (Term-II 2016)
47. Are democracies based on political and

le
economic equalities? Explain.  (Term-II 2012) 53. “Democracy stands much superior in

te
48. Discuss any three factors that describe the promoting dignity and freedom of the
citizens”. Justify the statement.

l_
successful working of democracy in India.
 (Term-II 2012)  (2015, Term-II 2014)
ia54. “Democracy is seen to be good in principle
LA (5 marks)
but felt to be not so good in practice.” Justify
er
49. “Democracies lead to peaceful and the statement. (Term-II 2013)
at

Answers
ym

1. It is a system of government by the whole (i) The rulers elected by the people must take
ud

population or all the eligible members of a state, all the major decisions and be responsible to
typically through elected representatives. them.
st

2. (b) Keeping military away from controlling (ii) Elections must offer a choice and fair
ity

government. opportunity to the people to change the current

3. Economic development government.
al

4. Democratic government is better. (iii) This choice and opportunity should be

available to all the people equally.
qu

5. To examine the process of decision-making in

a democracy is known as transparency. (iv) The government must be limited by basic
rules of the constitution and citizen’s rights.
@

6. In an accountable government, people have

the right to elect the leaders to form government
and if possible they participate in decision making
process.
7. (d) Democracy.
8. (d) Open to rulers elected by the government
9. (d) all of the above
10. A democratic government must safeguard
the fundamental rights of every citizen. This is the
basis of a harmonious social life. The values that
must be followed are :
11. (a) Freedom of expression is granted in a
democratic nation. For example, the role of media.
It allows people to form groups, and indulge in
peaceful protests to vent their grievances.
(b) It ensures transparency in its functioning,
such as the recent introduction of the Right to
Information Act.
(c) It enhances dignity of the individual.
Democracies ensure rights to the individuals
which allow them to develop to the fullest
potential. Example: Fundamental Rights.
Outcomes of Democracy
12. Democracy means rule of people. That is
of the people, for the people and by the people.
Democracy is a form of government in which all
eligible citizens participate equally—either directly
or through elected representatives. 
Values it represent are :
(a) Freedom to citizens.
(b) Democracy represents the views and opinions
of all the citizens of the country, whether in
majority or minority.
(c) Solving conflicts and quarrels by discussion
and negotiation.
(d) Dignity to the people of every section of the
society.
13. Merits of Democracy are :
(i) Democracy assures equality in every sphere
of life like political, social and economic.
(ii) It upholds basic individual liberties like
ia
freedom of speech, etc.
er
(iii) In a democracy transparency in governance is
at
achieved.
14. A democratic government has to be
ym
responsive to the needs of its citizens.
(i) Through discussions and public opinions the
ud
democratic government can check the popularity
of its decisions and mechanism of administering
st
justice.
(ii) A government which is able to respond to
ity
grievances faster is able to avoid confrontation and
provide good governance. Such governments are
al
said to be responsive.
qu
15. (i) A democratic government is called
legitimate government because it is people’s own
@
government.
(ii) It may be slow, less efficient and may have
other flaws but it is people’s government.
(iii) There is an overwhelming support for the
idea of democracy all over the world. People of
South Asia, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, India, Pakistan
and Nepal have no doubt about the suitability of
democracy for their country.
(iv) People wish to be ruled by representatives
elected by them. Democracy’s ability to generate
its own support makes it more legitimate.
303
16. Transparency is the most important feature of
democracy :
(i) Democracy ensures that decision-making
will be based on certain norms and procedures.
(ii) So, a citizen who wants to know if a decision
was taken through correct procedures can find this
out by filing R.T.I.
(iii) The citizens have the right and the means to
am
examine the process of decision-making. This is
known as transparency.
17. Advantages of Democracy :
gr
(i) Chief merit of democracy lies in the fact that
le
it safeguards the interests of the people. Real power
lies in the hands of the people who exercise it by
te
the representatives elected by them and who are
responsible to them. The social, economic and
l_
political interests of the individuals are served better
under this system.
(ii) Democracy is based on the principle of
equality. All members of the state are equal in the
eyes of law. All enjoy equal social, political and
economic rights and state cannot discriminate
among citizens on the basis of caste, religion, sex,
or property. All have equal right to choose their
government.
(iii)
Democracy is known for its stability,
firmness and efficiency. The tenure of the elected
representatives is fixed. They form a stable
government because it is based on public support.
The administration is conducted with a sense of
responsibility.
Demerits of Dictatorship :
(a) In dictatorship a very select few rule over the
country and they are nor answerable to the public.
There is no chance of correcting a wrong policy or
a decision.
(b) Since people have no say in the government
functioning there is large scale dissatisfaction.
The rulers generally use suppressive and coercive
measures to keep the population from revolting.
18. (i) Democracies take more time in decision-
making.
(ii) Democracies fall short in elections that
provide a fair chance to everyone and do not
subject every decision to public debate.
304
(iii) The tales of corruption are enough to convince
that democracies are not free of evil at all.
19. Democratic government can be said to be
accountable and legitimate government. The
following reasons can be ascribed to it:
Accountable government :
(i) When people choose their representatives,
they are expected to be accountable, this is the
basic outcome of democracy.
(ii) The citizens have the right and also the means
to examine the process of decision making, that is
high level of accountability is expected.
(iii) The government is expected to practice
regular, free and fair elections and open discussions
on important issues.
(iv) Democratic government can apparently be less
efficient than a non-democratic government. This
happens because a non-democratic government
does not need to arrive at consensus among a
diverse set of people. Democracy functions on the
er
basis of deliberation and negotiation and hence
at
decisions are often delayed. But this does not mean
that a democratic government is less efficient.
ym
Legitimate government :
(i) A democratic government is people’s own
ud
government. That is why there is an overwhelming
support for the idea of democracy all over the
world and there is the element of legitimacy
st
attached to it.
ity
(ii) People wish to be ruled by representatives
elected by them. They also believe that democracy
al
is suitable for their country. Democracy’s ability
to generate support for itself is an outcome that
qu
cannot be ignored.
(iii) Though there are many reports of democracies
@
ignoring the demands of people and there are
routine tales of corruption but yet chances of
governments improving only exists in democratic
setup.
20. Dignity and Freedom of the Citizens :
Democracy has emerged as the most popular form
of government in promoting dignity and freedom
of the individual. It does so -
(a) By extending legal and political equality to
every citizen including women, to the weaker
sections of society and to the marginalized.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(b) By guaranteeing fundamental rights to all.
(c) Giving adequate representation to the
minorities and protection through various
safeguards.
(d) This gives political voice to the marginalized
and increases their democratic consciousness.
(e) It enables women, lower casts and other
disadvantaged groups to wage their struggle for
am
justice, fairness with a legal backing.
21. The characteristics of democracy are:
1. Elected representatives rule the country.
gr
2. Elections that are free and fair are held at
le
regular periodicity.
3. Rights of the individual citizen are protected
te
and rule of law prevails that is equal for every one.
l_
4. Independent judiciary functions with out the
iaintervention of the rulers.
5. Opposition parties question the actions of the
rulers and thus ensure good governance.
6. Freedom of religion and culture is ensured.
22. It refers to disparities in the distribution of
economic assets and income.
23. Democracy and the economic outcomes :
(i) Slow economic development and economic
growth can be due to large population.
(ii) Basic needs of life, such as food, clothing,
shelter are difficult to achieve in certain
democracies.
(iii) Prevalence of economic inequalities are often
seen.
(iv) Poverty is still a big issue.
(v) Allocation of resources in few hands.
(vi) Unjust distribution of goods and opportunities.
However despite mediocre economic outcomes
democracy is preferred for the dignity it provides
to every citizen.
24. (i) If we consider all democracies and all
dictatorships for the fifty years between 1950
and 2000, dictatorship has slightly higher rate of
economic growth.
(ii) Economic development depends on several
factors : country’s population size, global situation,
cooperation from other countries, etc.
Outcomes of Democracy
(iii) However, the difference in the rates of
economic development between less developed
countries with dictatorships and democracies is
negligible.
(iv) Overall, it cannot be said that democracy is a
guarantee of economic development. But we can
expect democracy not to lag behind dictatorships
in this respect.
(v) With small difference in the rates of economic
growth between countries under dictatorship and
democracy, it is better to prefer democracy as it
has several other positive outcomes. Such as- the
decisions are taken after a consensus is formed.
The economic development is more likely to be
broad based and benefit larger section of the
society. In a democracy the people are citizens and
not subjects.
25. The democratic governments are better than
other forms of governments:
ia29. It is true that some people think that
(i) They hold regular elections, while it is not the
er
case in other form of governments.
at
(ii) They guarantee rights to citizens, while it is
not the case in the other form of governments.
ym
(iii)
Such government accommodates social
diversities, while this does not happen in other
forms of government.
ud
26. In general there is a healthy relationship
between democracy and development. However,
st
(a) Experience from poor countries show that
ity
economic growth under dictatorship regime has
been slightly faster. However such societies lack
al
positive social aspects of personal dignity and
freedom.
qu
(b) It can be said that in democracies, opportunities
for economic growth are available to a large
@
section of the population. This indicates that the
chances of economic inequality is reduced.
(c) A democratic government is more likely
to spend resources on public projects such as
education, health, public transport, etc. which has
a positive effect on the population. Thus holistically
democracy scores much more than dictatorship.
(d) Democracy provides better conflict resolution
by discussion and negotiation; rather than through
violent means which destroys public resources,
property and morale of the people.
305
27. A democratic government can be made
accountable by :
(i) Conducting discussions and negotiations.
(ii) Ensuring transparency.
(iii) Holding regular, free and fair elections.
(iv) Having an independent media.
28. The expected outcomes of democracy are as
follows :
am
(i) The government is accountable to the people.
(ii) The government is responsive to the needs of
the people.
gr
(iii) Economic growth and development reducing
all forms of inequality and end of poverty is
le
expected.
te
(iv) Accommodating all social diversities happen.
l_
(v) It ensures dignity and freedom of the
individuals.
democracy produces a less effective government
because :
(i) Non-democratic rulers do not have to bother
about deliberation in assemblies or worry about
public opinion.
(ii) They can be very quick and efficient in
decision making and implementation.
(iii) But democracy is based on the ideal of
deliberation and negotiation. So some delay is
bound to take place.
(iv) Some democracies fall short in providing a
fair chance to everyone in selecting their leaders.
(v) Democratic governments do not have a very
good record when it comes to sharing information
with citizens.
(vi) Democracies often frustrate the needs of the
people and often ignore the demands of a section
of its population.
30. (i) Imagine a government that may take
decisions very fast. But it may take decisions that
are not accepted by the people and may, therefore,
face problems.
(ii) In contrast, the democratic governments take
more time to follow procedure before arriving at a
decision.
(iii) However, because it has followed procedure,
its decisions may be more acceptable to the people
306
and more effective. So, the cost of time that
democracy pays is worth it.
31. (i) Democracies are not very successful
in reducing economic inequalities. Even when
majority of voters constitute the poor, yet
democratically elected government do not appear
to be as keen to address the issue of poverty as one
would expect them to.
(ii) Situation is much worse in some of the
countries where people depend upon rich
countries for food supplies.
(iii) But even then democracy is favoured because
it provides the opportunity to change the rulers
and the people have dignity.
32. Favorable conditions generally provided to
people under a democratic rule are :
(i) It promotes dignity to citizens irrespective of iamaking.
caste, creed and religion.
(ii) It ensures freedom of the individual to express
er
himself or herself.
at
(iii) It provides reservation for women and other
advantages for discriminated groups so that they
ym
come up fast.
33. Ways in which democracy can be redefined to
ud
make democracy more effective are :
(i) Ensure that views of minority are respected.
st
(ii) Eliminate caste, religion and gender based
ity
discrimination.
(iii) People must enjoy extensive rights from right
al
to vote to participate in elections.
(iv) People must enjoy social and economic rights.
qu
34. The ways by which democratic government
@
ensures transparency are :
(i) In democracies the decision-making process
is based on proper norms and procedures.
(ii) Citizens have the right to examine the process
of decision making.
(iii)
A democratic government develops
mechanisms for the citizens to hold the government
accountable and to take part in decision making.
35. The government plays an important role in
reducing economic disparities by adopting the
following measures:  legitimate government.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(i) Government ensures equal distribution of
wealth, so that there is no large gap between the
rich and the poor. 
(ii) Government undertakes extensive social
welfare schemes and strives to achieve universal
literacy rate. 
(iii) Government takes care to provide equal
opportunities to all. The income should be
am
eventually distributed among the people.
36. Democracy is more effective than its other
alternatives :
gr
(i) Democracy promotes equality among
citizens, and the economic benefits are broad
le
based.
te
(ii) It enhances the dignity of the individual.
l_
(iii) It also improves the quality of decision-
(iv) It provides a method to resolve conflicts.
(v) It gives room to correct mistakes.
(vi) Democratic government is a legitimate
government.
(vii)
Democracy’s ability to generate its own
support is itself an outcome that cannot be ignored.
37. Sectional interest groups seek to represent
the common interests of a particular section of
society. As a result, members of sectional pressure
groups are directly and personally concerned with
the outcome of the campaign fought by the group
because they usually stand to gain from it.
38. Labors’ Union, Farmer Associations are two
sectional interest groups.
39. Democracies have an advantage in resolving
social differences, diversion and conflicts because
they have evolved a mechanism to negotiate the
differences.
40. (i) It promotes equality among citizens.
(ii) It enhances the dignity of the individual.
41. (i) Democracy provides right to the citizens
to choose their leaders and keep a check on them.
(ii) If required people can participate in decision
making either directly or through representatives.
(iii) It produces accountable, responsible and
Outcomes of Democracy
42. “Democracy accommodates social diversities” :
(i) Democracies develop a procedure to deal
with conflicts. This reduces the possibility of the
tensions becoming explosive or violent.
(ii) No society can fully and permanently resolve
conflicts among different groups. But we can
certainly learn to respect these differences and can
evolve a mechanism to negotiate these differences.
(iii) Ability to handle social differences, divisions
and conflict is thus a definite advantage of
democratic regimes.
(iv) Example : Belgium has successfully negotiated
differences among its ethnic population.
43. Democracy is considered to be successful if :
(i) The government elected by the people must
take all major decisions and not be influenced by
the rich and powerful.
(ii) The election must offer a free choice and
opportunity to the people to select its leaders.
(iii) The choice should be available to all the
er
people based on political equality and without any
at
coercion.
44. There is overwhelming support for the idea
ym
of democracy all over the world because :
(i) A democratic government is people’s own
ud
government.
(ii) The evidence from South Asia shows that
support for democracies exists in most countries.
st
(iii) People wish to be ruled by representatives
ity
elected by them.
(iv) Most people believe that democracy is suitable
al
for their country.
qu
(v) Democracy has the ability to generate its own
support which in itself is an outcome that cannot
@
be ignored.
45. (i) It is necessary to understand that
democracy is not simply rule by majority. The
majority always needs to work with the minority so
that governments function to represent the general
view.
(ii) It is also necessary that rule by majority does
not become rule by majority community in terms
of religion or race or linguistic group.
The exception is in the government of Sri Lanka
where majoritarianism is followed leading to many
problems.
307
46. Democracy is accountable and responsive to
the needs and expectations of the citizens because :
(i) In a democracy, people have the right to
choose their representatives and the people have
control over them.
(ii) Citizens have the right to participate in
decision making that affects them. This ensures
that the working of the government is transparent.
(iii) Everybody expects the government to be
am
attentive to the needs and expectations of itself.
(iv) It is expected that the democratic government
gr
develops mechanisms for citizens to hold itself
accountable.
le
(v) The opposition parties can also question
te
and criticize the government policies. They keep
a check on the ruling party and make sure that it
l_
does not misuse the power.
ia47. Democracy are based on political equality :
(i) All citizens have equal role in electing
representatives.
(ii) Parallel to the process of bringing individuals
into the political arena, we find growing economic
inequalities.
(iii) Democracy does not appear to be very
successful in reducing economic inequalities.
(iv) The ultra-rich enjoy a highly disproportionate
share of wealth and opportunities.
(v) It is often difficult to meet the basic needs of
life, such as food, clothing, house, education for
the poor thus, democracies cannot be said to be
based on economic equality.
48. Factor for the success of democracy is India:
(i) Transparency of functioning with
implementation of RTI Act.
(ii) It provides legitimacy as regular elections are
held in India.
(iii) Government accommodates social diversity.
(iv) It provides dignity and freedom to the citizens
with many fundamental rights.
49. Democracies lead to peaceful and harmonious
life among citizens:
Democracy provides the opportunity to negotiate
the differences and decide on what is better
for everyone. Non-democratic regimes usually
just ignore the internal problems or suppress
308
it.  Democracy ensures inclusion of every group
including minorities and its interests in the
decision making.  (iv) They value their democratic rights and make
Democracy is considered better because :
(a) It promotes equality among citizens.
(b) It recognizes and enhances the dignity of the
individual.
(c) It improves the quality of decision making.
(d) It provides a method to resolve conflicts.
(e) It allows room to correct mistakes.
50. The above statement is proved with the help
of following arguments :
(a) Democracy provides fundamental rights to
all its citizens.
(b) Democratic govt. is answerable to the people.
(c) It provides people the right to change the
govt after a fixed period if its function is not up to iarespect and equal treatment. In many democracies,
the expectation.
(d) It provides the right for peaceful
er
demonstration.
at
(e) It reduces the possibility of conflict and thus
maintains social harmony.
ym
51. The role of citizens in a democracy are as
follows :
ud
(i) Citizens must exercise their rights and
freedom to get benefited from democratic set-up.
st
(ii) They must be aware of their rights and duties.
(iii) They should be aware of the local issues and
ity
greater problems the country is facing.
al
(iv) They must cooperate in maintaining law and
order.
qu
(v) People must be sensitive to the needs and
interest of others.
@
52. “A public expression of dissatisfaction with
democracy shows the success of democracy.
(i) It shows that people have developed awareness
and the courage to ask questions.
(ii) When people look critically at the government,
democracy becomes better.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iii) When people complain, government begins
to perform better.
use of it.
53. “Democracy stands much superior in
promoting dignity and freedom to the citizens”:
(i) Every individual wants to receive respect from
fellow beings. Democracy provides fundamental
am
rights to every citizen.
(ii) Freedom from coercion is basis of any
democracy, where everyone can have faith of
gr
choice.
le
(iii)
In a democracy people have equal
opportunities so they can come up in life. They are
te
not discriminated on the basis of caste or gender.
l_
(iv) Long struggles by women have got them
women were deprived of their right to vote for a
long time which they have achieved now. In India
1/3rd of seats have been reserved for women in
local bodies.
(v) Democracy has strengthened the claims of
the disadvantaged and discriminated castes for
equal status and equal opportunity.
54. Democracy is seen to be good in principles
but not so good in practice because of the following
reasons :
(i) The decision making process in democracy is
time-taking.
(ii) The tyranny of the majority sometimes over
rides the minority.
(iii) Corruption and red-tapism often tarnishes
the functioning of democracies.
(iv) An illiterate and uniformed electorate
fails to give itself a legitimate and accountable
government.
(v) The role of dynastic politics dominates
political cultures which goes against the very
concept of democracy.
 Chapter
Challenges to
8 Democracy*
Thinking About Challenges
Thinking About Political Reforms
QUICK RECAP
We have learnt that democracy is the dominant
form of government in the contemporary world.
We have also learnt that the promise of democracy
is far from realized anywhere in the world. To
realize that promise remains the challenge of
Democracy.
er
A challenge is not just any problem. We usually
call only those difficulties a ‘challenge’ which
at
are significant and which can be overcome. A
challenge is a difficulty that carries within it an
ym
opportunity for progress. Once we overcome a
challenge we go up to a higher level than before.
ud
THINKING ABOUT CHALLENGES
Foundational Challenge
st
1. At least one fourth of the globe is still not
ity
under democratic government. These countries
face the foundational challenge of making the
al
transition to democracy and then instituting
democratic government.
qu
2. This involves bringing down the existing non-
democratic regime, keeping military away
@
from controlling government and establishing
a sovereign and functional state.
Challenge of Expansion
1. The established democracies face the challenge
of expansion. This involves applying the basic
principle of democratic government across all
the regions, different social groups and various
institutions.
* The chapter ‘Challenges to Democracy’ to be assessed in the Periodic Tests only and will not be evaluated in Board Examination.
Redefining Democracy
am
gr
le
2. Ensuring greater power to local governments.
te
3. Extension of federal principle to all the
units of the federation, inclusion of women
l_
and minority groups, etc. falls under this
ia challenge. This also means that less and less
decisions should remain outside the arena of
democratic control. Most countries including
India and other democracies like the US face
this challenge.
Challenge of deepening of Democracy
1. The challenge of deepening of democracy
is faced by every democracy in one form or
another. This involves strengthening of the
institutions and practices of democracy.
2. This should happen in such a way that people
can realize their expectations of democracy.
3. In general terms, it usually means strengthening
those institutions that help people’s participation
and control. This requires an attempt to bring
down the control and influence of the rich
and powerful people in making governmental
decisions.
From the above descriptions it is clear that different
countries face different kinds of challenges of
democracy. These challenges depend at what stage
of social development the country is. Solutions
to these challenges also depend on a particular
country’s unique situation. It can be said that
there is no pre-prescribed method to tackle the
challenge faced by a democracy.
310
THINKING ABOUT POLITICAL REFORMS
ff The challenges we face as individuals or as a
society gives us hope for a possible political
reform. We discuss challenges only because
we think these can be overcome.
ff Legal ways to political reform : Well thought
out changes in laws can certainly help to
discourage bad political practices and pave
the way for good ones. However the reforms
must be carried out by the political activists,
political parties and responsible citizens.
ff Laws that empower common people : The most
useful laws are those that common people
can use for the betterment of democracy.
For example, “Right to Information” (RTI)
improves transparency in government
departments and reduce corruption.
ff Reforms of political parties : The principle
aim of political reforms should be aimed at
strengthening democracy. This can be done by
er
improving the quality of political behavior of
the politicians and the citizens.
at
ff Implementation of Laws : There should be
ym
proper and uncompromised implementation
of laws.
ff Any proposal for political reforms should
ud
consider not only about what a good solution
is but also about who will implement it and
st
how. It is not very wise to think that the
legislatures will pass legislations that go against
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
the interest of all the political parties. But the
measures that rely on democratic movements,
citizens’ organizations and the media are likely
to succeed.
REDEFINING DEMOCRACY
In a nutshell we can say that democracy is a form
of government in which the rulers are elected by
the people. The salient points can be summarized
am
as follows:
ff The rulers elected by the people must take all
the major decisions.
gr
ff Elections must offer a choice and fair
opportunity to the people to change the
le
current rulers if they aren’t any good.
ff This choice and opportunity should be
te
available to all the people on an equal basis.
l_
ff The exercise of this choice must lead to a
ia government limited by basic rules of the
constitution and citizens’ rights.
ff Democratic rights are not limited to the right
to vote, stand in elections and form political
organizations.
ff Power sharing between governments and
social groups is necessary in a democracy.
ff Democracy cannot be the brute rule of
majority and how a respect for minority voice
is necessary for democracy.
ff Democracy paves the path for eliminating
discrimination based on caste, religion and
gender.
Challenges to Democracy
Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions
Thinking About Challenges ;
Thinking About Political Reforms ;
Redefining Democracy
VSA (1 mark)
1. “A challenge is not just any problem but
an opportunity for progress’. Analyse the
statement. (2018)
2. Explain the meaning of ‘challenge.’
 (Delhi 2017)
3. Explain the meaning of political reforms.
 (Foreign 2017)
4. What does the challenge of expansion faced
ia
by established democracies involve?
er
 (Term-II 2016)
5. A country holds election to elect people’s
at
representatives to form the government but
ym
the elections are not fair. Identify the kind
of challenge faced by the people in such a
country.
ud
(Term-II 2015)
6. Which challenge to established democracies
st
ensures more participation of women and
ity
minority groups in a democratic country?
(Term-II 2015)
al
7. How can you say that democracies are based
qu
on political equality? (AI 2015)
8. Which one of the following is a better way to
@
carry out political reforms in a democratic
country?
(a) Legal changes
(b) Empowerment of people
(c) Constitutional changes
(d) Legislation reforms (Foreign 2012)
SA (3 marks)
9. How would you like to expand the definition
of democracy? Explain.  (Term-II 2016)
10. How are the challenges to democracy linked
311
to the possibility of political reforms ? Explain.
(Term-II 2015)
11. “A challenge is an opportunity for progress”.
Support the statement with your arguments.
(Term-II 2015)
am
12. Suggest some broad guidelines that can be
kept in mind while devising ways and means
gr
for political reforms in India.  (Term-II 2016)
13. Which three challenges do you feel are being
le
faced by political parties in India? Give your
te
opinion. (AI 2016)
l_
14. “Most of the established democracies are
facing the challenge of expansion.” Support
the statement with examples.
 (Delhi 2016, 2010)
15. “The challenge of deepening of democracy
is being faced by every democracy in one
form or another.” Support the statement with
arguments.  (Foreign 2016)
16. What type of financial reforms should be
brought to strengthen democracy and why?
(Term-II 2015)
17. “Lack of internal democracy within parties is
the major challenge to political parties all over
the world.” Analyse the statements.
 (Delhi 2015)
18. “Serious efforts were made by the legal
organisations to reform political parties in
India.” Support the statement. (Foreign 2015)
19. “Legal-constitutional changes by themselves
cannot overcome challanges to democracy”.
Justify the statement with an example.
 (Delhi 2013)
20. Explain three foundational challenges faced
by democracies.  (Term-II 2012)
21. Explain the challenges faced by countries
which do not have a democratic form of
government.  (Term-II 2012)
22. Suggest any three political reforms to
strengthen democracy. (Term-II 2012)
312
23. What is a democratic reform? Mention a few
broad guidelines for devising political reforms
in India.  (Term-II 2012)
24. ‘Legal reforms may sometimes be counter
productive’. Support the statement with
suitable arguments.  (Term-II 2012)
25. Explain the three major challenges faced by
modern democracies. (Foreign 2012)
LA (5 marks)
26. “It is very difficult to reform politics through
legal ways.” Evaluate the statement. (AI 2017)
27. Explain any four forms of casteism in Indian
politics. (AI 2017)
Answersia
1. The statement indicates that every challenge
er
has an opportunity hidden in it, which can be said
to be camouflaged by a problem. As we overcome
at
the problem or the challenge we are able to exploit
the opportunity.
ym
2. Challenge can be explained as the difficulty
in moving towards an opportunity. It can
ud
be a foundational challenge as faced by non-
democracies (as they wish to move towards
st
democracy) or challenge of expansion – as
faced by established democracies; as they try to
ity
provide all the benefits to all the sections of the
population.
al
3. Political reforms are initiatives that are taken
qu
to overcome the various challenges in political
and social life are called political reforms.
@
4. This involves applying the basic principle
of democratic governance across all the regions,
different social groups and various institutions.
5. People face the challenge of expansion of
democracy.
6. The challenge of expansion.
7. Democracy gives  political equality  by
granting every individual the right to vote.
All citizens have equal rights to influence
decision-making and have equal access to political
power.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
28. Describe any five efforts made to reform
political parties in India.
 (Delhi 2017)
29. When was the ‘Right to Information Act’
implemented? How does it act as the watch-
dog of democracy? Explain. (Delhi 2016)
30. Explain any five major challenges being faced
by the Indian democracy.  (Term-II 2014)
am
31. What are the guidelines to be kept in mind
while adopting political reforms?
gr
 (Term-II 2012)
32. Explain how dynastic succession is a major
le
challenge for political parties in India.
te
 (AI 2011)
l_
8. (c) Constitutional changes
9. Definition of democracy shall be expanded by
adding following features :
(i) The government elected by the people must
take all the decisions freely and fairly.
(ii) Elections must offer a choice and fair
opportunity to the people to change the current
rulers.
(iii) The choice and opportunity should be
available to all the people equally.
(iv) The exercise of this choice must lead to a
government limited by the basic rules of the
constitution and citizen’s rights.
10. Each challenge in democracy is linked to the
possibility of reforms. All the countries do not
have same challenges.
(i) Carefully devised changes in law can help to
discourage wrong political practices.
(ii) Democratic reforms are to be carried out
by political activists, parties, movements and
politically conscious citizens.
(iii) Political participation by ordinary citizen
should be there and without coercion.
(iv) Democratic movements, citizens’s
organization and media should play an important
role.
Challenges to Democracy
(v) Empowerment of people through laws such
as RTI.
11. A challenge is an opportunity for progress
because :
(i) A challenge is a difficulty that carries within it
an opportunity for progress.
(ii) Once we overcome a challenge we go up to a
higher level than before.
(iii) Some of the challenges include inequality,
poverty, unemployment, illiteracy, regionalism,
casteism, communalism, etc.
(iv)
Legal constitutional changes and the
cooperation of the citizen is the need of the hour.
12. Guidelines for political reform :
(i) Any legal change must carefully consider at
what result it will have on politics. Sometimes the
result may be counter-productive.
ia
(ii) The main focus of political reforms should be
er
on ways to strengthen the democratic practice.
(iii) Any proposal for political reforms should
at
think not only about what is a good solution but
also about who will implement it and how.
ym
13. The three challenges faced by political parties
in India that needs correction are :
ud
(a) Lack of internal democracy
(b) Challenge of dynastic succession  in Indian democracy.
st
(c) Growing role of money and muscle power
ity
14. Most of the established democracies face the
challenge of expansion as it involves applying the
al
principle of democratic government across all
qu
regions. This is due to the following reasons:
Expansion of democracy is the logical next
@
step to the foundational challenge and ensures
safeguarding of democratic principles at grassroots
level.
Expansion of democracy is related to the
empowerment of previously disadvantaged groups
amongst the population.
It is related to the participation of people in the
decision-making process so that the benefits
accrue to all sections of society.
15. Deepening of democracy :
(i) Deepening of democracy involves
313
strengthening the institutions and the practices of
democracy.
(ii) In different societies the ordinary people
have different expectations from democracy and it
needs to be fulfilled.
(iii)
Deepening of democracy needs more
of people’s participation and control on the
functioning of the leaders.
am
(iv) The control of rich and powerful people in the
making of the governmental decision has to come
down.
gr
16. 1. The financial accounts of every political
party should be made public. These accounts
le
should be examined by government auditors.
te
2. There should be state funding of elections.
Parties should be given some money by the
l_
government to meet their election expenditure.
3. Citizens should be encouraged to give more
donations to parties and to political workers not
involving cash transaction. Such donations should
be exempt from income tax.
4. Most of the political parties are dependent on
money given by big business houses. The worry is
that the role of money in politics reduces whatever
little voice the poor have in our democracy.
17. Lack of internal democracy is a serious issue
(i) Tendency in political parties towards the
concentration of power in one or  few leaders at
the top is a problem. This also triggers family hold
over the political party.
(ii) Parties do not keep membership records.
(iii) They do not hold organizational meetings.
(iv) They do not conduct internal elections
regularly.
(v) Ordinary members of the party do not get
sufficient information about the happening in the
party.
(vi) Personal loyalty to the leader becomes more
important than actual work done.
18. The reforms that have been made are :
(i) The constitution was amended to prevent
elected MLA and MP from changing parties, by
bringing anti defection law.
314
(ii) The Supreme Court had passed an order
to reduce the influence of money and criminals.
It is now mandatory for candidates to submit an
affidavit of pending court cases and the amount of
property they own.
(iii) The Election Commission passed an order
making it necessary for political parties to hold
their organizational elections and file their income
tax returns.
19. There are many challenges to democracy, like
economic inequality, poverty, unemployment,
illiteracy, regional imbalances, casteism,
communalism, etc. The Parliament has time
and again passed many laws to remove all such
hindrances and challenges.There is not a single
field which has not been touched and reformed.
But legal challenges alone cannot overcome
challenges to democracy.
As there are strict laws against dowry, but still this
er
evil persists and there is not a single day when we
do not hear about dowry deaths.
at
What is required is the cooperation of the
citizens, i.e. change in mindset of the citizens.
ym
They need to be reasonable, active, cooperative
and willing to perform their duties. Legal
ud
constitutional changes and the cooperation
of the citizens are the need of the hour.
st
Thus, legal constitutional changes by themselves
cannot overcome challenges to democracy.
ity
20. Foundational challenges faced by democracies
are :
al
(i) Making the transition to democracy from
qu
other forms of rule and then instituting democratic
government.
@
(ii) This involves bringing down the existing
non democratic regime, keeping military away
from controlling government and establishing a
sovereign and functional state.
(iii) For example : Democratic Government of
Nepal.
21. (i) These countries face the foundational
challenge of making transition to democracy and
then instituting democratic government.
(ii) They also face the challenge of bringing
down the existing non-democratic regime and
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
keeping the military away from controlling the
government.
(ii) Such countries have to make great efforts to
establish a sovereign and functional democracy.
22. Some of the reforms to strengthen the
working of political parties are as follows :
(i) Anti-defection law, under which a member
would be disqualified if he/she goes against the
am
directions of the party.
(ii) Reduction in the influence of money. Cash
for votes have been banned by the election
gr
commission and anybody involved in the process
le
is likely to be punished.
(iii) It is important for a condidate to file an
te
affidavit giving details of his property and court
l_
cases pending against him/her.
ia(iv) The election commission has made it necessary
for political parties to hold their organizational
elections and file income tax returns.
(v) There should be a law to ensure internal
democracy in political parties. It should be made
mandatory for political parties to give a minimum
number of tickets, about one-third, to women
candidates.
23. All suggestions or proposals about
overcoming various challenges to democracy are
called democratic reform or political reform.
Broad guidelines for devising political reforms in
India are :
(i) Legal ways of reforming politics
(ii) The Right to Information Act
(iii) Reforms through political practice
(iv) Implementation of reforms
24. (i) Any legal changes must carefully look at
the results it will have on politics. Sometimes, the
results can be counter-productive. For example,
many states have banned people who have more
than two children from contesting panchayat
elections.
(ii) This has resulted in the denial of democratic
opportunity to many poor men and women, which
was not intended. Generally, laws that seek to ban
something are not very successful in politics.
Challenges to Democracy
(iii) The best laws are those which empower
people to carry out democratic reforms. For
example, Right to Information Act.
25. Challenges faced by modern democracies are :
(i) Deepening of democracy : This involves
applying the basic principle of democratic
government across all the regions, different social
groups and various institutions.
(ii) Every democracy face the challenge of
expansion.
This involves strengthening of the institutions and
practices of democracy. It requires an attempt to
bring down control and influence of the rich and
powerful people in making governmental decision.
Example : In USA, African-American people have
won equal rights, but are still poor, less educated
and marginalised.
ia
26. It is very difficult to reform politics through
er
only legal ways.
(i) Devising new laws can help to discourage the
at
practice of wrong political and social practices
ym
and encourage new ones.
(ii) But these changes alone can’t help to reform
politics that is a challenge to democracy.
ud
For example just by changing the rules in cricket
can’t improve the quality of the game.
st
(iii) Similarly, in politics, the reforms have to be
ity
carried out by political parties, activists, pressure
groups, movements and citizens.
al
We have to strive to make political system more
qu
participative and representative in its approach.
There have been certain provisions and laws that
@
has an effect in improving transparency in public
life. An important example is the provision of RTI
(Right to Information Act 2005). It is hoped that
the functioning of the political parties will soon
come under this Act.
27. Casteism is rooted in the belief that caste is
the sole basis of social community. Caste can take
various forms in Indian politics.
(i) When parties choose candidates in elections,
they keep in mind the caste composition of the
electorate in a constituency. They select their
315
candidates accordingly so as to get necessary
support to win elections.
(ii) When governments are formed, political
party takes care that representatives of particular
castes and tribes should get a place in the ministry.
(iii) During the campaigning, political parties and
candidates make appeals to people to give their
votes on the basis of caste. Some political parties
am
are known to favor particular castes and are seen
as their representatives.
(iv) The candidates focus on pockets of voters
gr
of favored caste; with promises of favoring them
when they come in power.
le
28. Some measures taken by the government to
te
reform political parties have been : 
l_
(i) Anti-defection law, which states that if any
sitting MLA or MP changes the party, he/she will
lose his seat in the legislature/parliament.
(ii) It is mandatory now for every candidate to
furnish all details related to the financial assets,
criminal cases pending against them.
(iii) Election Commission has made it mandatory
for parties to hold regular organizational elections
and file income tax for the income of the party.
(iv) Recent  judgement by Supreme Court that
disqualifies convicted MP’s and MLA’s who
have been sentenced to more than two years of
imprisonment by the lower court and whose appeal
against their conviction is pending, is considered
to be the landmark decision by the apex court to
clean the system. 
(v) An important development that is expected
is, to bring the functioning of the political parties
under the ambit of Right to Information Act.
29. ‘The Right to Information Act’ was
implemented in 2005.
(i) It empowers the people to find out what is
happening in government departments.
(ii) It acts as the watchdogs of democracy.
(iii) It helps to control corruption and supplements
the existing laws that banned corruption and
imposed strict penalties.
(iv) It gives political leaders incentives to do good
work.
316
30. Major challenges are :
The challenges faced by Indian democracy are of
deepening and of expansion in nature viz.
(a) Poverty illiteracy, unemployment are
prevalent ever after 72 years of independence and
democratic rule.
(b) Caste and gender discrimination is rampant
in our society.
(c) There are frequent reports of political
corruption.
(d) Political battles are fought with the use of
muscle and money power.
(e) The weaker sections still have to be given
reservation even after 72 years of democracy.
31. The guidelines to be kept in mind while
adopting political reforms include :
(i) Involving political parties, political activist
iawho do not have adequate experience or popular
and people in bringing about reforms rather than
er
impose reforms through laws.
(ii) Legal measures should be positive, more like
at
incentives that will encourage action.
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iii) Improving the quality of political practices by
increasing people’s participation.
(iv) Laws being considered may meet with
resistance in the legislatures and by political parties.
32. Dynastic succession is a major challenge for
the political parties in India. This happens because :
(i) Most political parties do not practice open
and transparent procedures for their functioning,
am
there are very few ways for an ordinary worker to
rise to the top in such parties.
(ii) Those who happen to be the leaders are in
gr
position of favoring people close to them and their
family members.
le
(iii) In many parties, the top positions are always
te
controlled by members of one family.
l_
(iv) This is unfair to other members of that
party. This is also bad for democracy, since people
support come to occupy positions of power. This
tendency is present in some measure all over the
world, including in some of the older democracies,
but quite prevalent in Indian regional parties.
 am
gr
le
te
l_
ia
er

UNDERSTANDING
at

ECONOMIC
ym
ud

DEVELOPMENT
st
ity
al
qu
@
 Unit 4
Understanding Economic Development
1. Development

am
2. Sectors of the Indian Economy

gr
3. Money and Credit

le
te
4. Globalisation and the Indian Economy

5. Consumer Rights
l_
ia
er
Chapterwise Analysis of Last 10 Years’ CBSE Board Questions (2019-2010)
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
 Chapter
1 Development
What Development Promises - Different
People Different Goals
Income and other Goals
National Development
QUICK RECAP
WHAT DEVELOPMENT PROMISES -
ia
DIFFERENT PEOPLE DIFFERENT GOALS
er
We all want development and progress. However,
since our aspirations and desires vary, development
at
and progress have different meaning for each of us.
Developmental needs of people also vary because
ym
their particular life situations are different. For
example; for a person in a remote village, access to
ud
an all-weather road can be the developmental goal.
On the other hand, for a person living in Delhi
st
or Mumbai; construction of a rapid mass transit
system may be the developmental goal.
ity
In a similar way construction of a dam, can be
development for some villagers and be a cause of
al
relocation for some other villagers. Similarly, we
qu
have ideas about what a country should be like.
Here too the ideas can be very different from each
@
other and can even be conflicting.
That is why for large projects we need to think and
plan very carefully. What are the essential things
that we require? Can life be better for all? How
should people live together? Can there be more
equality? Development involves thinking about
these questions and about the ways in which we
can work towards achieving these goals.
INCOME AND OTHER GOALS
If we collate a variety of data about what people
desire you will find that people look for : regular
How to Compare Different Countries or
States?
am
Income and other Criteria
Public Facilities
gr
Sustainability of Development
le
te
l_
work, better wages, and decent price for their crops
or any product that they produce.
ff It can be said that they want more income.
However apart from income people also
look for equal treatment, freedom, security,
and respect from others. They resent
discrimination. In some cases, these goals
may become more important than more
income because material goods are not all that
you need to live.
Together these factors make for a good quality
of life.
ff In the same way, for development, people look
at a mix of goals. You would have observed
that if women are engaged in paid work,
their dignity in the household and society
increases. On the other hand if there is respect
for women there would be more sharing of
housework and a greater acceptance of women
working outside. In addition a safe and secure
environment will allow more women to take
up a variety of jobs or run a business.
ff Hence, the developmental goals that people
have are not only about better income but also
about other important things in life.
NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
Thus, for forming an idea about ‘national
development’ we must take into consideration
various elements of development. Such as
320
ff Per Capita Income: The total income of a
country divided by the population is called
the per capita income of that country. As per
the World Development Report 2006, the
per capital income in India was Rs. 28,000
per annum. (India’s per capita income was
Rs1,12432 in 2016-17)
ff Gross National Product: The total income
generated in the country is called Gross
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
the life expectancy in India for males is 67
years and for females it is 72 years.
ff Literacy Rate: The percentage of literate
people is another important indicator of
development. Education is a big leveler as it
opens newer opportunities for the educated
person. Especially in a country like India we
can see many examples of a brilliant student
coming from a lower-class family cracking the

am
National Product. IITs. Once you are in IIT then you get a bright
ff Gross Domestic Product: The total income and secure future for you and your family. As
generated minus the income generated by

gr
per 2011 census, the literacy rate in India was
exports is called the Gross Domestic Product.
74%.
ff Infant Mortality Rate : The number of

le
ff Infrastructure: Roads, railways, airports,
children who die before completing one year
ports and power generation are the lifelines

te
out of 1000 births is called the infant mortality
of a nation’s economy. A better infrastructure
rate. The lesser figure is a better indicator of

l_
ensures a better economic activity leading to
development. This is an important parameter
overall prosperity.
as it shows the quality and extent of availability
ia
ff Public Facilities : Just having enough
of healthcare in a country. As per 2011 census,
money cannot buy all the goods and
er
the child mortality rate in India is 30.15.
ff Male to Female Ratio: Number of female per services that one may need to live well.
at

thousand males is called sex ratio. A lesser So, income by itself is not an indicator of
figure shows society’s aversion to a girl child satisfaction of life. For example, just money
ym

and worse condition of women in society. As cannot buy a pollution-free environment

per 2011 census, the sex ratio in India is 940 or ensure unadulterated food or medicines.
We need good public facilities and preventive
ud

per thousand males.

ff Life expectancy: The maximum age up steps. For many of the important things
to which an adult lives is called the life in life the best way, and the cheapest way,
st

expectancy rate. This also shows the overall is to provide these goods and services
ity

quality of life in a country. As per 2011 census, collectively.

al

HOW TO COMPARE DIFFERENT COUNTRIES OR STATES?

qu

Per capita income Infant mortality Literacy rate Growth in literacy

State
(2016-17) Rs rate (2016) %(2016) M/F (2011- 2001)
@

Goa 466632 8 93/82 87.40-82.01 = 5.39

Delhi 365882 18 91/81 86.34-81.67 = 4.67
Chandigarh 275454 14 91/81 86.43-81.94 = 4.49
Maharashtra 225892 19 90/81 82.91-76.88 = 6.03
Kerala 196842 10 96/92 93.91-90.86 = 3.05
National avg 112432 34 74.04-64.83 = 9.21
Uttar
72300 43 79/59 69.72-56.27 = 13.45
Pradesh
Bihar 63200 38 73/53 63.82 -47.00 = 16.62
Development
(pp-  percent point  is the unit for the arithmetic
difference of two percentages. For example, moving
up from 47% to 63.82% is a 16.62  percentage
point increase, but is an actual 35.7% increase. As
in case of Bihar )
The data given in above table shows some
interesting interrelationship between different
aspects of development.
ff We can notice the relationship between high
per capita income and low infant mortality
rates. Could it be because of access to better
medical care (better paying ability) and better
awareness of infant health such as hygiene and
vaccination (better education)?
ff The sharp increase in literacy during the
(2011-2001) in states of Bihar and Uttar
Pradesh is an encouraging sign. This could be
because the governments in these states had a
special focus on education.
iaPUBLIC FACILITIES
ff Thus the different aspects of human
er
development index are closely inter-related.
at
INCOME AND OTHER CRITERIA
Human Development Report
ym
Once it is realized that even though the level
of income is important, yet it is an inadequate
ud
measure of the level of development, we begin to
think of another criterion.
st
ff Such as health and education indicators. Over
the past decade or so, health and education
ity
indicators have come to be widely used along
with income as a measure of development.
al
ff The Human Development Report published
qu
by  United Nations Development Programme
(UNDP) compares countries based on the
educational levels of the people, their health
@
status and per capita income.
ff The  Human Development Index  (HDI) is a
composite statistic of life expectancy at birth,
education years, and per capita income.
ff It is used to distinguish whether the country is a
developed, a developing or an underdeveloped
country. Originally the index was developed
in 1990 by Pakistani economist Mahbub ul
Haq and Indian economist Amartya Sen.
ff Countries fall into four broad human
development categories: Very High Human
321
Development, High Human Development,
Medium Human Development and Low
Human Development.
ff India ranked 131 in the category of Medium
Human development (2016). The top three
ranking countries are Norway, Australia,
Switzerland (in the category very High Human
development). Among our neighboring
countries, the rankings are -
am
–– Sri Lanka -73
–– Myanmar 145
gr
–– Pakistan 147
–– Nepal 144
le
–– Bangladesh 139
te
–– Bhutan 132
–– China 90
l_
–– Afghanistan 169
ff The money in our pockets cannot buy all
the goods or services that one needs to live
a good life. For example can it buy good air
to breathe in the cities? In practice for many
of the important things in life the best way,
also the cheapest way, is to provide these
goods and services collectively. For example it
is cheaper to have collective security for the
whole locality than for individual houses .
–– Even now, in many areas, children,
particularly girls, are not able to achieve
secondary level schooling. Teaching them
at home is certainly not the solution is
it? So people may shift to a community
that already has all these things. Money
may also not be able to protect you from
infectious diseases, unless the whole of
your community takes preventive steps.
–– Kerala has a low Infant Mortality Rate
because it has adequate provision of basic
health and educational facilities. Similarly,
in some states, the Public Distribution
System (PDS) functions well. If some PDS
shop, i.e. ration shop, does not function
properly in such places, the people are
able to get the problem rectified. Health
and nutritional status of people of such
states is certainly likely to be better.
322
SUSTAINABILITY OF DEVELOPMENT
ff From any stage of being developed or not
developed we would always want to continue
our development or at least be maintained for
future generations. However, after the second
half of the twentieth century, a number of
scientists have been warning that the present
type, and levels, of development are not
sustainable.
–– Groundwater is an example of renewable
resources. These resources are replenished
by nature as in the case of crops and plants.
However, even these resources may be
overused. For example, in the case of
groundwater, if we use more than what is
being replenished by rain then we would
be overusing this resource. Examples of
ground water depletion are seen in the
North western Indian states.
ia
–– Non-renewable resources are those which
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
will get exhausted after years of use. We
have a fixed stock on earth which cannot
be replenished. We do discover new
resources that we did not know of earlier.
New sources in this way add to the stock.
However, over time, even this will get
exhausted.
–– Consequences of environmental
degradation do not respect national or
am
state boundaries; this issue is no longer
region or nation specific. Our future is
linked together.
gr
–– Sustainability of development is an
le
important area of knowledge in which
scientists, economists, philosophers
te
and other social scientists are working
l_
together. At all times as a member of the
society and as individuals we need to ask
where we want to go, what we wish to
become and what our goals are.
Development
Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions
What Development Promises -
Different People Different Goals ;
Income and other Goals ; National
Development
VSA (1 mark)
1. What may be a goal of landless rural labourers
regarding their income? (Delhi 2019)
2. What may be a goal of prosperous farmer of
Punjab? (Delhi 2019)
3. State any two goals of development other than
income. (2018, 2014)
4. Why is average income considered as an
er
important criteria for development? Give one
reason? (Term-I 2017)
at
5. Why Kerala has a low infant mortality rate?
ym
 (Term-I 2017, 2015,2016)
6. How will you calculate the GDP of a country?
ud
 (Term-I 2016)
7. How can we ensure the sustainability of
st
development in our country? Suggest any one
ity
way. (Term-I 2016)
8. What is the development goal of rural people
al
of India as per your viewpoint? (Term-I 2015)
qu
9. Explain the term Net attendance Ratio.
 (Term-I 2015, 2014)
@
10. What is the advantage of knowing per capita
income? Mention any one. (Term-I 2014)
11. How is the average income of a country
calculated?
 (Term-I 2014)
12. For each of the sectors that we come across, we
should focus on employment and
(a) GDP (b) GNP
(c) NNP (d) NI
 (Term-I 2013)
323
SA (3 marks)
13. How do we count various goods and services
for calculating Gross Domestic Product
(G.D.P.) of a country? Explain with example.
am
(Delhi 2019)
14. How do different persons have different
developmental goals? Explain with examples.
gr
(AI 2019)
le
15. Why are developmental goals different for
different people? Give examples to support
te
your answer. (Term-I 2017)
l_
16. What is the meaning of development? Explain
ia the two aspects of development.
 (Term-I 2017, 2015)
17. Apart from income which other six things
people look for growth and development.
(Term-I 2017, 2016)
18. Which three efforts should be made by any
country to improve its HDI? (Term-I 2016)
19. “People have conflicting developmental goals.”
Support the statement with suitable example.
(Term-I 2016, 2017)
20. Explain the factors on which the quality of life
depend. (Term-I 2016, 2015)
21. “For development people look at a mix of
goals”. Support the statement with three
suitable examples. (Term-I 2016)
22. Which three development goals will you like
to prescribe for rural labourers?
 (Term-I 2015)
23. What is meant by economic development?
What are the two bases of measuring economic
development of a country?
 (Term-I 2015, 2011)
24. Explain the terms : Net attendance ratio and
Literacy Rate.  (Term-I 2014)
25. State any three factors other than income that
are important in life.  (Term-I 2014)
324
26. Explain the role of education and health in the
overall development of a country.
 (Term-I 2014)
27. State the criterion used by the World Bank
as per World Development Report 2012, in
classifying the countries. How did the World
Bank define low and high income countries
(Based on this report)? (Term-I 2014)
28. State any three factors other than income that
are important in life. (Term-I 2014, 2015)
29. Describe any three features of a development
country.  (Term-I 2013)
30. Why do different individuals have different
as well as conflicting notions of development
goals? (Term-I 2012)
31. Why Kerala has a better human development
ranking than Punjab in spite of lower per
iaCountries or States? ; Income and
capita income? (Term-I 2011)
er
32. Explain the following terms.
at
(i) Infant Mortality Rate;
(ii) Literacy Rate and
ym
(iii) Net Attendance Ratio. (Term-I 2010)
LA (5 marks)
ud
33. What is average income? What is its
st
importance? Mention its limitations related to
development. (Term-I 2017)
ity
34. What is national development? What are
al
the aspects covered under the national
development? (Term-I 2016)
qu
35. What is the main criterion used by the World
Bank in classifying different countries?
@
Describe its limitations. (2017, Term-I 2016)
36. What is development? Why do different
people have different development goals?
Explain with four example. (Term-I 2015)
37. Explain with example that there are other
important development goals also besides
income. (Term-I 2014)
38. How has the World Bank classified countries?
What are the limitations of this report?
 (Term-I 2013, 2012)
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
39. What is development? What are the indicators
used by UNDP for measuring development?
Compare it with the World Bank report.
(Term-I 2012)
40. Why do we use averages to compare the
development of countries? What are the
limitations in using it? Explain.
 (Term-I 2012)
am
41. “Development goals are different for
different people”. Explain the statement with
appropriate examples. (Term-I 2012)
gr
42. Besides income, what can be the other
le
attributes to compare economic development?
(Term-I 2012)
te
How to Compare Different
l_
other Criteria
VSA (1 mark)
43. Why do people look at a mix of goals for
development? (Term-I 2016)
44. What is the full form of HDI? (Term-I 2015)
45. In what respect is the criterion used by the
UNDP for measuring development of the
countries different from the one used by the
World Bank? (Term-I 2015)
46. What is the most common indicator for
measuring economic development of a
country? (Term-I 2014)
47. According to the World Bank (2004), which
country would be classified as a low income
country? (Term-I 2014)
48. If there are 4 families in a country with per
capita income of $ 15000. The income of
3 families is $ 10000, $ 20000, and $ 12000.
What is the income of the 4th family?
(Term-I 2014)
49. What term is used for report published by
UNDP which compares countries based on
the education levels of the people, their health
status and per capita income? (Term-I 2014)
Development
50. Which of the following neighbouring
countries has a better performance in terms of
human development than India?
(a) Bangladesh (b) Sri Lanka
(c) Nepal (d) Pakistan
 (Term-I 2012)
SA (3 marks)
51. On the basis of which three indicators of HDI
325
for everybody’s greed.” Who said these words?
 (Term-I 2015)
62. State any one reason for over use of resources.
(Term-I 2015)
63. Why do some people oppose dams? Give one
reason. (Term-I 2014)
64. A study by which organisation estimates that

am
20 lakh jobs can be created in the education
2004 Sri Lanka has better rank than India.?
sector alone? (Term-I 2014)
 (2017, Term-I 2016)
SA

gr
52. Explain the three components of Human (3 marks)
Development Index. (Term-I 2016, 2014)
65. How is the issue of sustainability important

le
53. Why do we use averages? Are there any for development? Explain with examples?

te
limitations to their use? Explain giving (2018)
examples. (Term-I 2014)

l_
66. What is sustainable development? Why
54. Write the importance of human development
is the issue of sustainability important for
index in three points. (Term-I 2012)
ia development? Explain. (2016, Term-I 2015)
55. Explain the main criterion used by World
er
Bank in classifying different countries? 67. “Money cannot buy all the goods and services
 (2015, Term-I 2012) that a person may need to live well”. Explain
at

the statement with suitable examples.

56. Write a note on Human Development Index.
ym

(Term-I 2016)
 (2013, Term-I 2011)
68. Suggest any three measures for sustainable
LA (5 marks) (Term-I 2015)
ud

development.
57. In what respect is the criterion used by the 69. “The issue of sustainability is important for
st

UNDP different from that of the World Bank? development”. Explain. (Term-I 2014)
What are the limitations of the criterion used
ity

by the World Bank? (Term-I 2017) 70. “Sustainability of development” is a new area
of knowledge. Do you agree? Justify your
58. How is it that the average person in Punjab
al

answer. (Term-I 2014)

has more income than the average person in
qu

Kerala but it lags behind in many other crucial 71. “The future generation may not have sufficient
areas? Explain. (2017, Term-I 2016) resources as compared to the present
@

59. Is per capita income a true measure of generation”. Explain the statement by giving
development? Elaborate. (Term-I 2013) suitable examples. (Term-I 2012)

60. Describe any five conditions or aspects that 72. Explain the term ‘sustainable development’.
you would consider before accepting a job. Suggest two measures to ensure sustainable
(Term-I 2014, 2012) development. (Term-I 2011)

Public Facilities ; Sustainability of LA (5 marks)

Development 73. “Consequences of environment degradation

do not respect national or state boundaries”.
VSA (1 mark)
Support the statement with example.
61. “There is enough for everybody’s need but not (Term-I 2016)
326
74. Explain the importance of sustainable
development by giving the example of ground
water.
 (Term-I 2016, 2014, 2013)
75. What does sustainability of development
mean? How can sustainable development be
achieved?
 (Term-I 2015)
76. Why is sustainable development essential?
How does it help to prevent environment
degradation?  (Term-I 2014, 2015)
77. ‘The earth has enough resource to meet the
needs of all but not enough to satisfy the greed
Answers
1. Development goals for landless rural laborer
iathat we can take to attain sustainability is to adopt
are more days of work and better wages .
er
2. The prosperous farmers of Punjab can aspire
at
for better irrigation facilities. As a developmental
goal they can look forward to sending their
ym
children to better schools. They would also look
for better yielding crop varieties.
ud
3. (i) Education (ii) Health
4. Average income represents the total income
st
of a country keeping in view of the total population.
If the average income is adequate to meet the basic
ity
requirement and other facilities then country is
al
considered developed.
5. Kerala has low infant mortality rate as it
qu
has high development of education and health
facilities.
@
6. GDP stands for Gross Domestic Product and
it is the final value of total authorized goods and
services officially produced within the territory
of a country in all the sectors of the economy. It
calculates the aggregate production; hence it works
as economic indicator as well. Only the value of the
final products that reach the customer is counted.
7. Sustainable development is development that
meets the needs of the present generation without
compromising the ability of future generations
to meet  their own needs. An important measure
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
of even one person’. How is this statement
relevant to the discussion of development?
Explain. (Term-I 2014, 2012)
78. How far is it correct to say that money in your
pocket cannot buy the basic needs to live well?
Explain. (Term-I 2012)
79. What is Sustainable Development? Explain
am
any four measures to promote sustainable
development. (Term-I 2012)
gr
80. Define Sustainable Development. Write any
four features of Sustainable Development.
le
(Term-I 2012)
te
l_
measures to reduce global warming and carbon
emition. We can do it by cutting down the use and
wastage of all kinds of energy.
8. It can be (a) Regular Income (b) Regular job
(c) Own a piece of land (d) Better health
9. The net attendance ratio (NAR) is the
percentage of the official primary school-age
population that attends primary school. The gross
attendance ratio (GAR) is the total number of
students attending primary school - regardless of
age.
10. It is the most appropriate criteria for
measuring the development of a country.
11. It is calculated by dividing the total income of
the country by total population.
12. (a) GDP
13. Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is the total
sum of the value of the final goods and services of
the three sectors.
The following guidelines aid in calculating the
total production in a given sector:
• The value of the goods are calculated rather
than the numbers of the individual goods.
• The value calculated is of the final products
and services which automatically includes the
values of the intermediate goods and services.
Development
• The total production is then acquired by
adding the total value of the final value of the
goods and services in a given sector. This will give
us the GDP in this sector.
The calculation can be understood from the
following example –
Wheat and flour are intermediate goods used for
making final products such has breads and biscuits.
Other ingredients may include salt, sugar, butter
etc. The intermediate products are not counted in
the GDP. In this case bread and biscuit are counted
in the GDP.
14. There are people seeking equal treatment,
freedom, security and respect in addition to
income. Hence, every individual has their own
priority to have material things or non-material
things.
(a) Development involves many questions for
ia
better life and the ways in which one can work to
er
achieve goals. Since every individual is different
from the other, the notion of development also
at
varies.
(b) The difference in social and economic
ym
positions of the people generally results in different
goals of development. For example,development
ud
goals of landless rural labor could be to earn more
wages. Development goals of farmers who depend
st
on rain for growing crops may be an all-season
canal system so that he can grow more crops.
ity
(c) Development goals for an aspiring sports
person would be development of a world class
al
sporting facility and training center. Whereas
qu
development goal for women could be gender
parity in wages with male employees.
@
15. (i) Development or progress does not mean
one and same thing for every individual. Each
individual has his/her own notion of development.
(ii) People seek things that are most important
for them, i.e. things that can fulfil their aspiration
or desires.
Examples :
(a) Development for a farmer might be proper
irrigation facilities.
(b) For an urban youth, it may be employment.
(c) For a landless labourer, it may be land.
327
(d) For a girl, it might mean gender equality or
more freedom.
16. Development refers to progress or
improvement in life style. Important aspects of
development are :
(i) Different persons can have different
developmental goals.
(ii) What may be development for one may not
am
be development for the other. It may even be
destructive for other.
17. (i) Apart from income, people also seek
gr
things like equal treatment, freedom, security and
respect of other.
le
(ii) They resent discrimination. All these are
te
important goals.
(iii) In fact, in some cases, these may be more
l_
important than more income or more consumption
because material goods are not all that you need to
live.
(iv) Money or material thing that one can buy
with it is one factor on which our life depends.
18. The three efforts which could be made by any
country to improve its HDI are :
(i) providing 100% literacy to the people.
(ii) Improving health facilities.
(iii) Creating a pollution free environment.
19. Different person could have different as well
as conflicting notions of a country’s development.
In fact two person or groups of persons may
seek things which are conflicting. To get more
electricity industrialists may want more dams.
But this may submerge the land and disrupt the
lives of people who are displaced - such as tribes.
They might resent this and may prefer small check
dams or tanks to irrigate their land.
20. The quality of life depends upon the following
factors.
(i) Money and material things.
(ii) Presence of family members, friends and
relatives.
(iii) Good working atmosphere at the office.
(iv) An opportunity to learn and contribute
(v) A position of self respect in the family
(vi) A safe and secure environment.
328
21. For development, people look at a mix of
goals, e.g.
(i) If women are engaged in paid work, their
dignity in the household and society increases. So
dignity is an important goal.
(ii) However, it is also the case that if there is
respect for women there would be more sharing
of housework and greater acceptance of women
working outside.
(iii) A safe and secure environment may allow
more women to take up a variety of jobs or run a
business. These are goals other than income. Hence
development goal is not only for better income but
for other important things in life.
22. Three development goals for rural labourers
are :
(i) More days of work and better wages.
(ii) Local schools to provide quality education for
their children.
er
(iii) There should be no social discrimination.
23. Economic development means the rate of
at
production is greater than the rate of increase in
population and the rate of growth of GDP is high
ym
enough to fulfil the basic needs of the population.
Two bases of measuring development of a country.
ud
(i) Average or per capita facilities.
(ii) National income and public facilities.
st
24. (i) Net Attendance Ratio : (NAR) It is the
ity
ratio of the number of persons in the official age
group attending any education at institution in
al
a particular class- group to the total number of
persons in the age group.
qu
(ii) Literacy Rate : It is the total number of
literate persons in a given age group expressed
@
as a percentage of the total population in that age
group.
25. The three important factors are :
(i) Infant Mortality Rate : It is an indicator of the
availability of doctors and medical facilities in the
region as well the awareness of the people living
there in regard to diseases and their prevention.
(ii) Literacy Rate : This is an indicator of the
number of schools and teachers available in a
region and also indicates whether the facilities are
being used or not due to societal pressures.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(iii) Life Expectancy : This is also an indicator of
available health facilities. Low life expectancy is a
hindrance to economic development.
26. (i) Role of education : It plays a vital role
in the overall development of a human being and
society, therefore stress on imparting education
has been given in our constitution.
(ii) Role of Health : The general health standard
am
in India is quite low. This is quite inevitable as
nearly one fourth of the population lives below the
poverty line.
gr
A community based programme on health care
and medical services in rural areas is launched.
le
As a result of these efforts, there has been a fall in
te
the incidents of certain diseases like tuberculosis,
leprosy and polio.
l_
27. (i) The World Bank defined low and high
iaincome countries according to per capita income
(PCI).
(ii) Countries with per capita income of US$
12616 per annum and above are called rich
countries.
(iii) Countries with per capita income of US$ 1035
or less are called low-income or poor countries.
28. Though income is one of the most important
aspects of our lives, there are other important
things, such as
(a) Education, equal treatment, freedom,
security, good health and respect.
(b) Women need safe and secure environment to
take up a variety of jobs or run a business.
(c) People also need political rights and civil
liberties.
(d) People need pollution-free environment and
clean surroundings.
29. (i) High per capita income.
(ii) High HDI.
(iii) Greater focus on economic growth and
development.
(iv) High literacy and standard of living.
(v) Most of the population has access to basic
healthcare and education.
(vi) High quality of life parameters — including
freedom, equal opportunities, etc.
Development
30. Development goals may be common, different
or conflicting.
(i) Common Goals : There are some needs which
are common to all like income, freedom, equality,
security, respect, friendship, etc.
(ii) Different Goals : Development or progress
does not mean the same thing for every individual.
Each individual has his own idea of development.
For example, development for a farmer might be
irrigation facilities; for an unemployed youth it
may mean employment opportunities, etc.
(iii) Conflicting Goals : What may be development
for some may become destruction for some
others. Example : Industrialists may want dams
for electricity but such dams would displace the
natives of a region by submerging their land.
31. Kerala has a better human development
ranking than Punjab inspite of lower per capita
income because it has adequate provision of basic
health and educational facility. This results in :
er
(i) Lower mortality rate
at
(i) Higher literacy rate
(iii) Gross Enrolment ratio is also higher.
ym
32. Refer to answer 25(i) and (ii) and 24(i).
33. Avg income - it is the total income of a nation
ud
(GDP) divided by its population, also called per
capita income. It helps in classifying countries as
st
developed, under developed or developing.
ity
As done by World Bank it hides disparities, as in
the middle east countries, a small population is
al
rich but a very large population is poor.
Limitations of calculating per capita income are :
qu
(i) A rise in per capita income can be due to rise
in prices and not due to increase in physical out-
@
put, it is not a reliable index of economic develop-
ment.
(ii) National income rises but lack of distribution
makes the rich richer and the poor poorer.
(iii) It excludes all non-marketed goods and ser-
vices, even though they may be important for hu-
man happiness and better quality of life.
(iv) Rise in per capita income may be due to use
of modern capital intensive technology in produc-
tion which may be labor displacing in nature thus
adversely affecting the poor masses.
329
(v) If rate of population growth, is higher than
the rate of growth of national income, this will
lead to fall in per capita availability of goods and
services and economic welfare.
(vi) Contribution of commodity to economic
welfare may be higher than its money value e.g.,
money value of salt, needle, thread, etc. included
in national income is lower than their contribution
to economic welfare.
am
34. National development is the ability of the
nation to improve the standard of living of its
gr
population. It can be done by providing various
needs and opportunities of livelihood to the
le
people, and providing them employment, etc. It
te
also includes providing basic hygiene, healthcare
and education.
l_
The important aspects of national development
iaare:-
(i) Enlargement of economic awareness
(ii) Increasing agricultural outputs
(iii) Eradication of poverty
(iv) Development of rural areas
(v) Handling of growth in urban areas
(vi) Ensuring gender parity in the society
(vii) Resolving conflicts by discussion and
negotiation.
35. (i) Per capita income is the base for
comparison by the World Bank.
(ii) Narrow concept of development.
(iii) Countries are divided into rich and poor.
(iv) Refer to answer 55.
36. Development means continuous progress or
increase in real per-capita income. In other words,
there is improvement in economic welfare of the
people and their standard of living.
The four characteristics of development are :
(i) Developmental goals are different for different
people.
(ii) What may be development for one may not be
development for the other.
(iii) For development people look at a mix of
goals.
(iv) Different persons could have different as well
as conflicting notions of country’s development.
330
37. Refer to answer 15.
38. (i) World Bank classifies countries according
to the Per Capita Income.
(ii) Countries with PCI of more than US$ 12235
per annum and above are called rich countries.
(iii) Countries with PCI less than US$ 1035 are
called poor countries.
(iv) Countries with income between US$ upto
$3955 are called lower-middle income countries
and between $3955 and $12235 are called upper
middle income countries.
The limitations of this report are :
(i) It considers only income and not other aspects
such as literacy, health, life expectancy etc.
(ii) World Development Report (WDR) only tells
about income and not how it is distributed among
the citizens.
39. (i) Development refers to the process as
a result of which along with increase in real
er
per-capita income, there is improvement in the
at
economic welfare and well-being of people.
The UNDP has taken
ym
(a) Education,
(b) Health and
ud
(c) Per capita income as the indicators.
(ii) Compared to the World Bank Report:
st
(a) It is a broader concept of development.
ity
(b) Countries have been ranked and goals other
than level of income are being taken into account.
al
40. Refer to answer 53.
qu
41. Refer to answer 15.
42. Income is not only the criterion but it is
@
one of the important indicators of economics
development. Some of the other attributes are :
(a) Infant mortality Rate : It is an indicator of the
availability of doctors and medical facilities in the
region as well as the awareness of the people living
here in regard to diseases and their prevention.
Low infant mortality rate indicates good medical
facilities and all round development in the society.
(b) Literacy Rate : This is an indicator of the
number of schools and teachers available in a
region and also indicates whether the facilities are
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
being used or not due to societal pressures. Low
literacy rate shows backwardness and there will
not be fast economic development.
(c) Life Expectancy : This is also and indicator of
available health facilities. Low life expectancy will
be a hindrance to economic development.
43. For development, people do look at a mix of
goals which not only focus on earning more but
am
also on non-material aspect like equal treatment,
respect of other, dignity of labour, a safe and secure
work environment, pollution free surroundings,
gr
etc.
44. Human Development Index
le
45. UNDP compares countries on educational
te
level, health status and per capita income; whereas
l_
the World Bank uses only per capita income for
iameasuring development.
46. Per capita income.
47. Any country with per-capita income of
US $ 1035 or less. (In 2016 it was taken as $ 1025,
or less.)
48. $ 18000.
49. Human Development Index (HDI)
50. (b) Sri Lanka
51. (i) Life expectancy
(ii) Gross enrollment ratio
(iii) Per capita income
52. Human Development Index is published by
the UNDP.
(i) It includes the level of development of a
country.
(ii) It indicates about a country how far it has
travelled and how far it has yet to travel to achieve
high ranks in matters such as per capita income of
the people.
(iii) It includes important welfare elements such
as life expectancy, literacy, educational level of
people and health status.
53. Averages are used to compare different
countries, states, or regions. As countries have
different populations, comparing total income
will not tell us what an average person has earned.
Thus averages are good criteria for comparisons.
Development 331
Averages have many limitations. Threshold GNI/Capita
(a) They don’t give us the true picture regarding (current US$)
the distribution of income. Low income < 1,035
(b) Averages don’t give us any information
Lower-middle 1,006 - 3,955
regarding the non-materialistic goods and services. income
While averages are useful for comparison, they also
Upper-middle 3,956 - 12,235
hide disparities. For example, the infant mortality
income
rate of a country does not differentiate between
High income > 12,235

am
the male and female infants born in that country.
Such an average tells us nothing about whether the 1. It covers only the economic aspect ignoring
number of children dying before the age of one are peace, health, environment, education, longevity,

gr
mostly boys or girls. etc.

le
54. Human Development Index is a measure of 2. This method does not give information
economic development and economic welfare. regarding the distribution of income.

te
The Human Development Index examines three 56. The UNDP publishes Human Development

l_
important criteria of economic development and Report (HDR) annually. HDR is like a ‘report card’
uses this to create an overall score between 0 and 1. iaof each country in the field of human development.
1 indicates a high level of economic development HDR ranks countries on the basis of value of
while 0 is a very low level. The Human Development HDI. It classifies countries into following three
er
Index combines the following three criteria of categories:
economic development.
at

(i) High human development countries (HDI

1. Life Expectancy Index : Average life value between 1 – 0.8)
ym

expectancy is compared to a global expected life (ii) Medium human development countries (HDI
expectancy. value between 0.79 – 0.5)
ud

2. Education Index : (iii) Low human development countries (HDI

(a) Mean years of schooling. value between 0.49 – 0)
st

(b) Expected years of schooling. Earlier India was among low human development
3. Income Index : The HDI gives an overall countries but now it has made a place in medium
ity

index of economic development. It gives a rough human development countries, with a score of
ability to make comparisons on issues of economic 0.624
al

welfare - much more than just using GDP statistics. 57. The World Bank uses per capita income to
qu

Human Development Index is important because measure the development. But it does not give the
it helps us to know how a country is doing. It is a clear picture about the condition of the people in
@

better measure of a country’s progress. the country.

55. The World Bank assigns the world’s economies
into four income groups — high, upper-middle,
lower-middle, and low. We base this assignment
on Gross National Income, per capita calculated
using the Atlas method. It is measured in US
Dollars.
Each year on July 1st, the classifications are
updated for countries. They change for reasons
such as income growth, inflation, exchange rates,
and population change, etc.
That is why UNDP has adopted -human develop-
ment index.
The Human Development Index (HDI) is based
on :
(i) Per capita income : When the total national
income of the country is divided by its population,
we get the per capita income.
(ii) Life expectancy : It measures the average age
of a person in a country. It helps us to know the
health facilities of the country.
332
(iii) Literacy rate : Education is also one of the
most important criteria for the development of a
country.
(iv) Gross enrolment ratio : It measures the
education gained at three levels—at the primary,
secondary and higher education level.
58. (i) Per capita income of Punjab is `26,000
and Kerala is `22,800.
(ii) Literacy rate of Punjab according to 2001
census is 70% and Kerala is 91% i.e., Punjab lags
behind Kerala.
(iii) Therefore, income by itself is not a completely
adequate indicator of material goods and services
that citizens are able to use.
(iv) Over the past decade, health and education
indicators have come to be widely used along with
income as a measure of development.
(v) Human Development Report published
by UNDP compares countries on the basis of
er
educational levels, health status and per capita
income.
at
(vi) Kerala has a low infant mortality rate as it has
adequate provision of basic health and educational
ym
facilities.
59. (i) Per capital income is the average income.
ud
It is income per head of the population per year.
Total income of country
(ii) Per Capita Income =
st
Total population
(iii) It is not an adequate indicator because :
ity
(a) It does not tell us how this income is
al
distributed. Per Capita Income might not be the
income of every individual in the state.
qu
(b) Life Expectancy and Infant Mortality Rate are
important criteria for measuring development.
@
(c) Education and literacy level are other
indicators of development.
(d) Pollution free environment, less corruption,
gender equality, etc. are also important.
60. If one gets a job in a far off place, before
accepting it one would try to consider many
factors, apart from income such as:
(i) Facilities for the family : I would have to check
if there is good educational facility for children, a
good house and locality to stay in, good medical
facilities should also be available.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(ii) Job security : I should have clear terms of
employment in my appointment letter. A job which
gives high pay but no job security will reduce one’s
sense of security and freedom.
(iii) Opportunity to learn : There should be
opportunity for personal career growth, so that no
boredom or stagnation sets in.
(iv) Working atmosphere needs to be cooperative
and healthy : There should be good team spirit and
am
the seniors should look after the newcomers and
guide them. If women are engaged in paid work,
gr
their dignity in the household and society increase.
A safe and secured environment may allow more
le
women to take up jobs or run a business.
(v) Time for your family : Working hours should
te
be fixed and adhered to so that their is time for
l_
spending with family. Leave facility must be there
iaas well.
61. Mahatma Gandhi
62. (a) Increasing population (b) Poor awareness
(c) Excessive use of ground water for irrigation
63. Because this disrupts the lives of people who
are displaced. It also disturbs the natural habitat of
the region.
64. Planning Commission (Dissolved in August
2014)
65. Sustainable development is that process
which fulfils the needs of present generation,
without causing any harm to the ability of the
future generation to meet their needs.
(i) It requires preservation of stock of resources
including exhaustible natural resources and
environmental resources.
(ii) Recent studies show that groundwater in
India is exhausted because of overuse. 1/3rd of
the country is overusing its groundwater reserves.
Another area is exhaustion of natural resources,
such as minerals and fossil fuels.
66. Sustainable economic development means
development should take place without damaging
the environment and development in the present
should not compromise with the needs of the
future generation.
Issue of sustainability is important and desirable
for development.
Development
(i) Economic development is a continuous
process. Resources are not exploited. At the
same time development should not harm the
environment.
(ii) It is desirable because everyone would
certainly like the present level of development to
go further or at least be maintained for the future
generations.
67. Money cannot buy all the goods and services
that a person may need to live well. Income by
itself is not a completely adequate indicator of
material goods and services that citizens are able
to use. For example, normally, money cannot buy a
pollution free environment or ensure that a person
gets unadulterated medicines, unless a person can
afford to shift to a community that already has
all these things. Money may also not be able to
protect individual from infection, disease, unless
the whole of our community takes preventive
ia
steps.
er
68. (i) Controlling overuse and creating an
at
awareness to provide sustainable development.
(ii) Increased use of renewable resources.
ym
(iii) Less use of fossil fuels.
(iv) Introduction of organic farming.
ud
(v) Adopting measures to reduce global warming.
69. The issue of sustainability is important for
st
development because of the following reasons:
(i) Resources remain continuously available for
ity
human use so that cycle of development goes on.
al
(ii) Reserves of mineral oil and ground water are
depleting with a rapid pace.
qu
(iii) Conservation and preservation have become
the need of the hour for the coming generations.
@
70. Yes, we agree with this statement. The reasons
are :
(i) Sustainability of development is comparatively
a new area of knowledge in which scientists,
economists, philosphers and other social scientists
are working together.
(ii) In general, the question of development or
progress is continuous.
(iii) At all times, as a member of the society and
as individuals we need to ask where we want to go,
what we wish to become and what our goals are.
333
71. It is quite true that the future generation may
not have sufficient resources as compared to the
present generation.
(i) The statement explains that the overuse of
resources by the present generation would lead to
insufficiency of resources for the future generation.
(ii) Development without adequate resources is
impossible.
(iii) Example :
am
(a) Nearly one-third of India is overusing their
ground water resources.
gr
(b) Overusing of fossil fuels like petroleum, coal.
72. Refer to answer 66.
le
73. Consequences of environment degradation do
te
not respect national or state boundaries. This issue
is no longer a regional or national issue. Our future
l_
is linked together. Sustainability of development is
essential for all the mankind and it is our common
responsibility to save the environment.
These days, it is a matter of discussion among
different countries of world. Global warming, acid
rain etc. are not bound to a country and cannot be
controlled by one nation. It is a global matter for
thinking and finding the solutions.
74. (i) Sustainable development is all about
judicious use of resources at present keeping
in mind the future requirements of the coming
generation.
(ii) Ground water is overused for agriculture.
(iii) Water is drawn from wells and this leaves the
underground water-table depleted.
(iv) Though water is a renewable resource it is
used more than what is being replenished.
75. Sustainable development is defined as meeting
the needs of the present without compromising
the ability of future generations to meet their own
needs. Unless the development is sustainable it
cannot be continued for a prolonged period of
time.
Sustainable development is the upliftment of
a particular section of the society achieved by
cooperation and utilization of various types of
natural and man made resources without harming
the environment, it’s various elements and above
all the natural resources.
334
It can be achieved by -
(a) Using ecofriendly processes and producing
ecofriendly products.
(b) Recycling and reusing as many products as
possible.
(c) Use of things that don’t harm the environment.
(d) Judicious use of fossil fuels and working it
towards alternative energy sources.
(e) Curb activities that lead to pollution.
76. Sustainable development is important for
economic growth because :
(i) Environment must be conserved while
development is taking place.
(ii) Resources must be used in such a way that it is
conserved or replenished for future generations.
(iii) The standard of living of all people must be
raised.
Measures to ensure sustainable development:
ia
er
(i) We should focus on using renewable
resources.
at
(ii) The present resources must be used
judiciously, with planning, and overexploitation
ym
should be avoided.
77. This statement was given by Mahatma
ud
Gandhi:
(i) It means that the earth has abundant resources
st
to satisfy everyone’s needs but in our greed
ity
and hurry to develop, we have been recklessly
exploiting the resources.
al
(ii) In the name of development, we have indulged
in activities such as deforestation, overgrazing,
qu
encroachment into forest land, overuse of ground
water, use of plastices, etc.
@
(iii) The exploitation of natural resources not only
harms the environment but may cripple the future
generations of the development process itself.
(iv) If fossil fuels are exhausted, the development
of all countries would be at risk.
(v) Thus, there is a need for conservation and
judicious use of resources for development.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
78. (i) Income by itself is not a completely
adequate indicator.
(ii) Money cannot buy us a pollution free
environment.
(iii) Money may also not be able to protect us
from infectious diseases.
Therefore, the whole community needs to take
preventive steps, i.e.,
(i) Collective security for the whole society.
am
(ii) Public facilities such as schools.
(iii) Public distribution system in some states.
gr
(iv) All can only be done collectively and not
individually.
le
79. Sustainable development : Development
te
without environmental degradation and with
conservation of resources for the future generation.
l_
Measures to promote sustainable development.
(i) Increased use of renewable resource.
(ii) Less use of fossil fuels.
(iii) Introduction of organic farming.
(iv) Adopting measures to reduce global warming.
80. Sustainable develpment maybe defined as
development that meets the needs of the present
generation without compromising the ability of
the future generation to meet their own needs.
Features :
(i) It is linked to sustainability since it has to be
maintained for future generations.
(ii) Resources are needed to be used wisely so
that they can be replenished. For example, if trees
are cut they should also be re-planted and allowed
to grow.
(iii) Overuse of resources which exhaust them. For
example, petroleum. If it is used indiscriminately,
it will soon get finished and future generations will
have nothing left in their hands.
(iv) If development is not sustainable, it will give
rise to environmental degradation and become a
global problem.
(v) People must be protected against pollution,
thereby ensuring their quality of life and health.
 Chapter
Sectors of the Indian
2 Economy
Sectors of Economic Activities
Comparing the Three Sectors
Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Sectors in
India
QUICK RECAP
You will find that people are engaged in various
economic activities. Some of these activities are
producing goods. Some others are producing
services. These activities are happening around
ia
us every minute even as we speak. How do we
er
understand these activities? One way of doing
this is to group them (classify them) using some
at
important criterion.
ym
SECTORS OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES
Classification of Sectors According to Activity-
Primary Sector
ud
When the economic activity depends mainly on
exploitation of natural resources then that activity
st
comes under the primary sector. Agriculture
and agriculture related activities are the primary
ity
sectors of economy. It also involves retrieval and
production of raw materials, such as coal, or other
al
minerals.
qu
Secondary Sector
When the main activity involves transformation of
@
More Classification of Economic Sectors
According to Ownership
Public sector : Owned and/or controlled by the
government.
They usually have the welfare motive. These
include postal service, railways or certain large
industries. It also includes services, such as the
police and the army.
Private sector : Owned and/or controlled by
private citizens alone or as a group (shareholders).
These are run with a profit motive. Example Tata
Motors, Reliance Industries, etc.
Division of Sectors as Organized and
Unorganized
am
Sectors in Terms of Ownership: Public and
Private Sectors
gr
le
te
the raw materials into goods such as manufacturing
l_
then it is the secondary sector. For example, steel
is converted to a motor car or textile is converted
into clothing. All industrial production, where
physical goods are produced, come under the
secondary sector.
Tertiary Sector
ff When the activity involves providing
intangible goods like services then this is
part of the tertiary sector. Financial services,
management consultancy, cinema telephony,
IT or even babysitting are good examples of
service sector.
ff It is suggested that traditional tertiary
services could be further distinguished from
“quaternary” and  quinary  service sectors.
Economic activity in the hypothetical
quaternary sector comprises information-
and knowledge-based services, while quinary
services include industry related to  human
services and hospitality.
According to working conditions
Organised sector : Secured employment, better
wages, good working conditions, job security,
fixed working hours. Facilities of leaves, maternity
benefits and medical benefits, etc., are available to
employees.
Unorganised sector : Irregular employment, less
wages, poor working conditions, no job security,
long working hours. No facility of medical
benefits, leaves, etc.
336 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

COMPARING THE THREE SECTORS

Sectors of Industry
Although there are hundreds of different jobs or occupations, they can
all be classified into 4 categories :

Primary Working with or the extraction of natural

,
resources, e.g. Farming, minning or forestry.

am
Making things, either by manufacturing or
Secondary construction, e.g Nissan Car manufacturing.

gr
le
This type of industry provides services.
These include commercial services (Shop)
Tertiary

te
professional (Solicitors), social (School
teacher), Entertainment (restaurants), Personal

l_
(Hairdressers).
ia
This is a new sector and is linked to ICT and
er
Quaternary research development (Genetics Researcher).
at

Calculation of Total Production a particular year provides the total production

ym

ff In calculating the total production, the rupee of the sector for that year.
value of the goods is calculated and added up. ff The sum of production in the three sectors
gives the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of
ud

ff However, the value of the final goods and a country. GDP shows how big the economy
services are taken. The value of final goods is. In India, the task of measuring GDP is
st

and services produced in each sector during undertaken by a central government ministry.
ity

Share of sectors in India’s GDP (constant 2004-05 prices)

al

60.00%
qu

50.00%
@

40.00%

30.00%

20.00%

10.00%

0.00%
19 -51
19 -53
19 -55
19 -57
19 -59
19 -61
19 -63
19 -65
19 -67
19 -69
19 -71
19 -73
19 -75
19 -77
19 -79
19 -81
19 -83
19 -85
19 -87
19 -89
19 -91
19 -93
19 -95
19 -97
20 -99
20 -01
20 -03
20 -05
20 -07
20 -09
-11
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
98
00
02
04
06
08
10
19

Share of primary sector Share of secondary sector Share of service sector

Sectors of the Indian Economy 337

PRIMARY, SECONDARY AND TERTIARY 120.00%

Share of Sector in GDP

SECTORS IN INDIA
100.00%
Evolution of an Economy from Primary Sector
Based to Tertiary Sector 80.00% Tertiary
35% 55%
ff During early civilisation all economic activity sector
was in primary sector. When the food 60.00% Secondary
production became surplus people’s need sector
20%
for other products increased. This led to the 40.00%
Primary
20% sector
development of secondary sector. The growth

am
of secondary sector spread its influence during 20.00% 45%
industrial revolution in nineteenth century. 25%
ff After growth of economic activity, a support 0.00%
1973 2003
system was needed to facilitate the industrial

gr
Graph 2
activity. Certain sectors like transport and
finance play an important role in supporting 1. The first graph shows the rupee turnover of

le
the industrial activity. Moreover, more shops various sectors in 1973 and 2003. The second

te
were needed to provide goods in people’s graph shows the share of three sectors in the
neighbourhood. GDP during these twenty years and the last

l_
ff Ultimately, other services like tuition,
administrative support, etc. developed. graph shows share in providing employment.
The first graph shows a massive increase in
Interdependency of Sectors
ia
turnover for all these sectors during twenty
ff Let us take an example of a cold drink that
er
contains water, sugar and artificial flavour. years, which shows the way our economy grew.
ff The cold drink manufacturer is dependent on 2. The second graph shows that share of
at

the farmer for sugar. agriculture decreased substantially and that

ff Both are dependent on a transporter so that of industry remained static and share of
ym

the sugarcane reaches the sugar mill and then services grew. Particularly the growth of share
the sugar reaches the cold drink plant.
of services sector was phenomenal from 35%
ff A person or system of persons is required to
ud

maintain and monitor all these movements of to 55%.

goods from farm to factory to shop in different Share of Sectord in Employment
locations. 120.00%
st

ff The farmer also needs fertilizers and seeds

ity

which are processed in some other factory and 100.00%

15% 22%
need to be delivered to his doorstep by some
80.00% 10% Tertiary
means of transportation.
al

sector
ff At every step, these activities need the 18%
60.00% Secondary
qu

support of banking system. So, in a nutshell, sector

this describes how interrelated all sectors of an 40.00%
Primary
economy are. 75% sector
@

60%
Growth and Status of Different Sectors in India 20.00%
Value of Sectors in Indian Economy
` Crore 0.00%
1973 2003
250000
Graph 3
Tertiary
200000 sector
3. The third graph paints a distressing picture.
Secondary
150000 sector The primary sector provided employment to
100000
Primary 75% workers and this decreased to 60% in
sector
2000, which is not as big a drop as agriculture’s
50000 drop in GDP contribution. On the other hand,
0 the growth in employment provided by other
1973 2003
Graph 1 two sectors was substantially low.
338
The meaning of this finding is as follows:
ff Majority of people are still employed in
agricultural activities. As agriculture provides
seasonal employment during cropping season
so chances of hidden employment are big. In
addition, it has been seen in other economies
that gradually, as economies grow, the sectoral
shift from primary to secondary and tertiary
sector always happens.
ff Hence, in that sense a large majority of the
Indian work force is still with the primary
sector.
ff Secondary and tertiary sectors have failed to
generate enough employment opportunities
making a pressure on the primary sector.
DIVISION OF SECTORS AS ORGANIZED
AND UNORGANIZED
ff Organized sector covers those enterprises or
places of work where the terms of employment
are regular and therefore, people have assured
er
work. They are registered by the government
at
and have to follow its rules and regulations
which are given in various laws such as the
ym
Factories Act, Minimum Wages Act, Payment
of Gratuity Act, Shops and Establishments Act
etc.
ud
It is called organized because it has some
formal processes and procedures. Some
st
of these people may not be employed by
ity
anyone but may work on their own but
they too have to register themselves with
al
the government and follow the rules and
regulations.
qu
Workers in the organized sector enjoy
security of employment. They are
@
expected to work only a fixed number of
hours. If they work more, they have to
be paid overtime by the employer. They
also get several other benefits from the
employers.
They get paid leave, payment during
holidays, provident fund, gratuity etc.
They are supposed to get medical benefits
and, under the laws, the factory manager
has to ensure facilities like drinking water
and a safe working environment.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
When they retire, these workers get
pensions or other benefits.
ff The unorganized sector on the other hand
is characterized by small and scattered units
which are largely outside the control of the
government. There are rules and regulations
but these are not followed.
Jobs here are low-paid and often not
regular. There is no provision for overtime,
am
paid leave, holidays, leave due to sickness
etc.
gr
Employment is not secure. People can be
asked to leave without any reason. When
le
there is less work, such as during some
te
seasons, some people may be asked to
leave. A lot also depends on the whims of
l_
the employer.
ia This sector includes a large number of
people who are employed on their own
doing small jobs such as selling on the
street or doing repair work. Similarly,
farmers work on their own and hire
laborer as and when they require.
Protecting Workers in the Unorganized Sector
ff We know that large number of workers are
forced to enter the unorganized sector jobs,
which pay a very low salary. They are often
exploited and not paid a fair wage. Their
earnings are low and not regular. These jobs
are not secure and have no other benefits.
Hence, there is a need for protecting the
employees in the unorganized sector.
In the rural areas, the unorganized sector
mostly comprises of landless agricultural
laborer, small and marginal farmers,
sharecroppers and artisans (such as
weavers, blacksmiths, carpenters and
goldsmiths).
Nearly 80 per cent of rural households
in India are in small and marginal
farmer category. These farmers need to
be supported through adequate facility
for timely delivery of seeds, agricultural
inputs, credit, storage facilities and
marketing outlets.
Sectors of the Indian Economy
In the urban areas, unorganized sector
comprises mainly of workers in small-
scale industry, casual workers in
construction, trade and transport etc.,
and those who work as street vendors, rag
pickers etc.
We also find that majority of workers
from scheduled castes, tribes and
backward communities find themselves
in the unorganized sector. Besides getting
the irregular and low paid work, these
workers also face social discrimination.
SECTORS IN TERMS OF OWNERSHIP:
PUBLIC AND PRIVATE SECTORS
ff An important way of classifying economic
activities into sectors is on the basis of who
owns assets and is responsible for the delivery
of services. In the public sector, the government ia
owns most of the assets and provides all the
er
services. In the private sector, ownership of
assets and delivery of services is in the hands
at
of private individuals or companies.
Railways or post office is an example of
ym
the public sector whereas companies like
Tata Iron and Steel Company Limited
ud
(TISCO) or Reliance Industries Limited
(RIL) are privately owned.
st
Activities in the private sector are guided
by the motive to earn profits. To get such
ity
services we have to pay money to these
individuals and companies.
al
The purpose of the public sector is not just
qu
to earn profits. Governments raise money
through taxes and other ways to meet
expenses on the services rendered by it.
@
There are several things needed by the
society as a whole but which the private
sector will not provide at a reasonable cost.
Some of these need spending large sums
of money, which is beyond the capacity
of the private sector. Also, collecting
money from thousands of people who use
these facilities is not easy. Examples are
construction of roads, bridges, railways,
harbors, generating electricity, providing
irrigation through dams etc. Thus,
339
governments have to undertake such
heavy spending and ensure that these
facilities are available for everyone.
The Need for Public Sector
ff There are several things needed by the society
as a whole but which the private sector cannot
provide at a reasonable cost. Why?
Some of these projects need spending
large sums of money, which is beyond the
am
capacity of the private sector.
Collecting money from thousands of
gr
people who use these facilities is not easy.
Even if they do provide these things the
le
private sector is more likely to charge
a high rate for their use. Examples are,
te
construction of roads, bridges, railways,
l_
harbours, metro rail, providing irrigation
through dams, etc.
Only the governments can undertake
such heavy spending and ensure that these
facilities are available for everyone. There
are some activities, which the government
has to support.
In some cases, the government subsidises
the goods that are meant for the poor.
This includes cooking gas, fertilizers,
irrigation, electricity in rural sector
support purchase price of farm produce,
primary education and medical care, etc.
Government Aided Schemes to Fight
Unemployment
How to Protect Workers in the Unorganised
Sector?
ff The unskilled or semi-skilled labour generally
is forced to seek jobs in the unorganised
sector. These people need some protection in
getting jobs and from exploitation. The casual
workers in both rural and urban areas need
to be protected. We also find that majority
of workers from scheduled castes, tribes and
backward communities find themselves in
the unorganised sector. Besides getting the
irregular and low paid work, these workers
also face social discrimination. Protection and
support to the unorganised sector workers is
thus necessary for both economic and social
development.
340
Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment
Guarantee Act (MGNREGA)
ff Earlier known as NREGA (National Rural
Employment Guarantee Act 2005)
ff MGNREGA aims at enhancing livelihood
security of the households in rural areas of the
country by providing at least one hundred days
of guaranteed wage employment in a financial
year. The allocation of `48,000 crore for the
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
employment was not provided.
This is an application of “the right to
work” ethics.
Enforces equal wage-equal work.
Targets SC/ST and poor women folk.
One third beneficiaries are women.
Other employment generating initiatives of the
government of India includes:
Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana

am
FY 2017-18, is the highest ever allocation for ––

MGNREGA. (PMGSY)
ff (Under NREGA 2005, all those who were –– Deen Dayal Antyodaya Yojana-National

gr
able to, and were in need of, work had been Rural Livelihoods Mission
guaranteed 100 days of employment in a –– Deendayal Upadhyaya Grameen

le
year by the government. People were given Kaushalya Yojana (DDU-GKY)
unemployment allowance in case they were Rural Self Employment Training Institutes

te
––
not given work under the Act.) (RSETIs)

l_
It provides 100 days of guaranteed –– Shyama Prasad Mukherjee Rurban
employment every year. ia Mission
Non-employment allowance in case the –– Saansad Adarsh Gram Yojana (SAGY)
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
Sectors of the Indian Economy 341

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

Sectors of Economic Activities ; (c) Workers are working in a lazy manner.

(d) Workers do not want to work.
Comparing the Three Sectors  (Term-I 2011)
VSA (1 mark)
SA (3 marks)

am
1. Distinguish between ‘primary’ and ‘secondary’
14. What historical changes have been brought
sectors. (Delhi 2019)
about in the primary economy?
2. When we produce goods by exploiting natural

gr
 (Term-I 2017)
resources, in which category of economic
15. Explain any three reasons for the primary

le
sector such activities come? (2018)
sector to be the largest employer in India.
3. What do you understand by under

te
(Term-I 2015)
employment? (Term-I 2017)

l_
16. “The declining share of agriculture in the
4. What is hidden unemployment?
Gross Domestic Product (G.D.P.) is a matter
 (Term-I 2016)
ia of serious concern in India”. Support the
5. In which sector is Seasonal and Disguised statement with any five reasons.
er
Unemployment most prevalent in India? (Term-I 2015)
 (Term-I 2016)
at

17. Agriculture had been the backbone of the

6. State the meaning of underemployment. Indian economy. But its share has been
ym

(Term-I 2016) declining. Explain the meaning of this

7. What is another name of underemployment? statement.  (Term-I 2010)
ud

(Term-I 2016) 18. Explain the term ‘unemployment’. What is

disguised unemployment? (Term-I 2014)
8. Where is the disguised unemployment found
st

mostly? (Term-I 2016) 19. Explain any three types of unemployment

ity

found in India. (Term-I 2011)

9. Suggest any one way to solve under-
employment situation in rural areas in India. 20. Explain the ways by which more employment
al

(Term-I 2016) can be created in a country like India.

qu

(Term-I 2011)
10. What does comprise the unorganised sector in
rural areas? (Term-I 2015) 21. How would income and employment increase
@

if farmers are provided with loan, irrigation

11. Which sector includes activities that help in
the development of the primary and secondary
sector? (Term-I 2014)
12. Which communities generally find themselves
in the unorganized sector? (Term-I 2015)
13. Which one among the following is the most
appropriate meaning of underemployment?
(a) Workers are not paid for their work.
(b) Workers are working less than what they
are capable of doing.
and transportation facilities? (Term-I 2012)
22. Why is NREGA also called the right to work?
Explain. (Term-I 2014)
23. Describe the provisions of “National Rural
Employment Guarantee Act”, 2005.
(Term-I 2012)
24. Agriculture is an unorganised sector in India.
Do you agree with this statement? Justify your
answer with suitable example. (Term-I 2012)
342 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

LA (5 marks) 36. In which sector are natural products changed

into form through ways of manufacturing?
25. Suggest any five measures to reduce the (Term-I 2015)
unemployment. (Term-I 2016)
37. Under which economic sector does the
26. Describe any five provisions of ‘National Rural production of a commodity through the
Employment Guarantee’ Act 2005. natural process come? (Term-I 2015, 2014)
(Term-I 2017)
38. In which sector is manufacturing included?
27. Suggest some ways which can be helpful in
(Term-I 2014)

creating employment in rural areas.
 (Term-I 2015, 2011)
28. Why is agriculture the most labour absorbing
am
39. All the basic services like transport, banks,
insurance belong to which of the following

gr
sectors?
sector in India? How does disguised
(a) Primary sector (b) Secondary sector

le
unemployment make it worse? Explain with
an example. (Term-I 2014) (c) Tertiary sector (d) IT sector

te
 (Term-I 2012)
29. “When a country develops, the contribution of

l_
primary sector declines and that of secondary SA (3 marks)
and tertiary sector increases.” Analyse the ia40. Distinguish the service conditions of organised
statement. (Term-I 2015, 2014, 2012)
sector with that of unorganised sector. (2018)
er
30. How can we create more employment
41. Why is there an urgent need to protect workers
opportunities in urban areas? Explain with
at

in the unorganised sector? Explain.

examples. (Term-I 2012)
(Term-I 2017)
ym

31. Explain measures that can be adopted to

42. How is tertiary sector different from the other
remove disguised unemployment in the
two sectors of economic activities? Explain.
(Term-I 2011)
ud

agriculture sector. 
(Term-I 2017)
32. “Agriculture had been the backbone of the
43. What constitutes the unorganised sector in
st

Indian economy. But the declining share of

urban areas? Why do workers in this sector
agriculture in the GDP is now a matter of
ity

need protection? (Term-I 2015)

serious concern”. Explain the meaning of this
statement. (Term-I 2010) 44. Why do people prefer to work in an organised
al

sector? Explain. (Term-I 2015)

Primary, Secondary and Tertiary
qu

45. Give a comparative study of Organised and

Sectors in India ; Division of Sectors Unorganised sectors. (Term-I 2014)
@

as Organized and Unorganized 46. Why is it necessary to give protection and

VSA (1 mark) support to unorganised sector workers?
Explain with examples. (Term-I 2012)
33. Why tertiary sector is also called the service
47. “Workers are exploited in unorganised sectors
sector? (Term-I 2017, 2014)
in India”. Support the statement with suitable
34. Mention any one feature of organised sector. examples. (Term-I 2011)
 (Term-I 2017)
48. What are the differences in the employment
35. When was Mahatma Gandhi National Rural conditions between organised and
Employment Guarantee Act implemented? unorganised sectors of the economy?
(Term-I 2016) (Term-I 2012)
Sectors of the Indian Economy 343
49. How can the workers in unorganised sector be 63. Who has the ownership of the assets in the
protected? Explain. (Term-I 2011) public sector? (Term-I 2015)

LA (5 marks) 64. Name the sector which continued to be the

largest employer even in the year 2000.
50. Compare the employment conditions of (Term-I 2014)
workers in the organised and unorganised
sectors. (Term-I 2017, 2016) SA (3 marks)

51. Differentiate between organised and 65. Why is the ‘tertiary sector’ becoming

am
unorganised sector. (Term-I 2015) important in India? Explain any three reasons.
(Delhi 2019)
52. ‘Workers in the unorganised sector also face

gr
social discrimination’ Elucidate. 66. Why is the tertiary sector becoming more
 (Term-I 2013) important in India? Explain by giving any

le
53. What is the significance of secondary sector three reasons.  (Term-I 2017)

te
in Indian economy? How does it help in the 67. How are the three sectors of the economy
economic development of the country? different from each other? Explain.

l_
(Term-I 2011) (Term-I 2017)
ia68. Distinguish between the public sector and the
Sectors in Terms of Ownership: private sector.  (Term-I 2015)
er
Public and Private Sectors 69. Explain the meaning of tertiary sector.
at

VSA (1 mark) Mention any four economic activities of this

sector.  (Term-I 2014)
ym

54. Mention any one factor responsible for

the growth of service sector in the Indian 70. Classify the economic sectors on the basis of
economy. (Term-I 2016) nature of activities. Mention the main feature
ud

of each.  (Term-I 2014)

55. TISCO and Reliance are owned by which
71. Classify the sector of economy on the basis of
st

sector? (Term-I 2016)

ownership. (Term-I 2014)
ity

56. Which sector has gained prominence over the

72. Service sector in India employs two types of
last thirty years? (Term-I 2016)
people. Explain by giving suitable examples.
al

57. Mention the share of tertiary sector in terms (Term-I 2011)

qu

of GDP in 2003. (Term-I 2015)

73. Explain the interdependence of all the three
58. A.T.M. is an example of which sector? economic sectors giving examples from
@

(Term-I 2015) transportation system.  (Term-I 2012)

59. Which sector helps in the development of the
primary and secondary sector? (Term-I 2015)
60. How does public sector help in the
development of a country? (Term-I 2015)
61. What is the intention of the government in
raising money through taxes? (Term-I 2015)
62. What do final goods and services mean?
(Term-I 2014)
74. Explain any three factors responsible for the
tertiary sectors becoming more important in
India.  (Term-I 2012)
75. How is tertiary different from other sectors?
Give examples.  (Term-I 2011)
76. How far is it correct to say that several services
which cannot be provided by private sector
can be provided by the public sector? Explain.
 (Term-I 2012)
344
LA (5 marks)
77. Highlight any five features of ‘Public Sector.’
(AI 2019)
78. Describe the estimates of Planning
Commission to create jobs in tourism and
education. (Term-I 2016)
79. How does public sector contribute to the
economic development of a nation? Explain.
 (Term-I 2014)
Answers
1. Primary sector includes economic activities
such as agricultural practices, extraction and
production of natural resources from mines etc.
The secondary sector on the other hand processes
natural resources. It includes manufacturing
ia
practices by using machinery.
er
2. Primary sector
at
3. It is the condition in which people in a labour
ym
force are employed at less than full-time or regular
jobs or at jobs inadequate with respect to their
training or economic needs.
ud
4. It happens when the workers are working at
less than their capabilities. The underemployment
st
of workers is not reflected in official
ity
unemployment  statistics because of the way they
are compiled. Only those who have no work
al
but are actively looking for work are counted as
qu
unemployed.
5. It is mainly in the agriculture sector (Primary
@
sector).
6. Refer to answer 4.
7. Overstaffing or hidden unemployment
8. In primary sector.
9. The government can spend money on
development of infrastructure projects, such as
construction of roads, canals, etc. The government
can provide easy credit to people and encourage
entrepreneurship.
10. Agricultural activities
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
80. Explain the importance of the service sector.
(Term-I 2014)
81. There has been a big change in the three sectors
of economic activities, but a similar shift has
not taken place in the share of employment.
Explain the above statement on the basis of
facts. (2015, Term-I 2012)
82. Explain why service sector is gaining more
am
importance in the global economy.
(Term-I 2017, 2013, 2010)
gr
le
11. Tertiary sector
te
12. Scheduled tribes, scheduled castes and
l_
backward communities
13. (b) Workers are working less than what they
are capable of doing.
14. As the methods of farming changed and
agriculture sector began to prosper, it produced
much more food than before. Many people
could now take up other activities. This was the
largest sector in terms of value and in terms of
employment.
As new methods of manufacturing were developed
manufacturing became important. Its first effects
were felt in Europe and consequently in British
India. Craftsmen and artisans found it difficult
to sell their wares and were forced to return to
agriculture leading to severe over-employment.
The situation began to improve after India became
independent.
In 1972 the primary sector was the largest,
contributing 45% of the GDP. In 2003 it came
down to 25%. This was principally because the
secondary and tertiary sectors were growing very
fast. In 2017 the primary sector contributed just
17% to the GDP however, it still employs 53% of
the Indian workforce.
During this period the agricultural sector has seen
major changes, such as :
Two green revolutions leading more productivity
by use of better seeds, fertilizers, etc.
Sectors of the Indian Economy
Vast improvements in animal husbandry, fisheries,
etc. Growth in food processing and allied field.
15. Primary sector continues to be the largest
employer because :
(i) Enough jobs have not been created by the
secondary and tertiary sectors.
(ii) In the tertiary sector though the production
has risen almost eleven times, the employment has
345
19. (i) Disguised Unemployment : A situation in
which more persons are employed on a job than
are optimally required. If a part of the labour force
is withdrawn and the total production remains
unchanged, this withdrawn labour represents
disguised unemployment.
(ii) Seasonal Unemployment : Unemployment
caused by the fact that certain activities can be

am
grown only 3 times. pursued only during specified periods, e.g. the
(iii) When people do not get employment they demand for agricultural labour increases at the
time of sowing and harvesting. During the interval

gr
flock to the primary sector.
between sowing and harvesting, there is a fall in
16. (i) Indian farmers are facing challenge from

le
employment. It is also found in seasonal industries
international competition.
like ice factories.

te
(ii) Government is reducing investment in
agricultural sector, especially irrigation sector. (iii) Structural Unemployment : Unemployment

l_
caused by the fact that the economy fails to generate
(iii) Subsidy in fertilizers has decreased, leading to
enough jobs. It is the result of the backwardness and
a rise in cost of production.
ia
low rate of economic development of a country.
(iv) Reduction in import duties on agricultural
er
It is generally witnessed in the underdeveloped
products.
countries, e.g. a change of energy use from thermal
at

(v) Farmers are withdrawing their investment

power to solar electric power is bound to curtail coal
from agriculture causing a downfall in the
ym

mining activity and cause unemployment there.

employment in agriculture.
20. The ways by which more employment can be
17. Agriculture is the backbone of the Indian
created in a country like India are :
ud

economy because :
(i) If more dams are built and canal water is
(i) In India, about 63% people were engaged in
provided to all the small farmers, more employment
st

agriculture sector in 2001.

can be generated in agriculture sector.
ity

(ii) Its share in GDP was more than 40% in 1973.

(ii) Providing cheap credit facilities and crop
(iii) Many raw materials for secondary sector are
insurance can result in more employment.
al

supplied by agriculture.
(iii) More money should be spent in transport
(iv) Share of agriculture in the G.D.P. has declined
qu

and storage, because then more people can be

from 44% to 24% during 1973 to 2003.
employed.
@

(v) The primary sector continues to be the largest

employer but the production has not increased to
sustain it.
18. (i) Unemployment : When a person is
willing to work at the prevailing wage rate but fails
to get a job, it is called unemployment.
(ii) Disguised unemployment : When more
people are working than required, it is called
disguised unemployment. Even if we remove a few
people from the job, the process of production will
not be affected.
(iv) The government/bank can provide loan at
cheap rates to improve irrigational facilities.
(v) Technical training, vocational guidance to
unemployed youth for self employment.
21. (i) Loan provided can be used to construct a
well or to buy better quality seeds and pesticides.
(ii) Irrigation will help to have a second crop after
the first one, even in the absence of monsoon.
(iii) Transportation facility will facilitate taking
their produce to the market to sell.
346
22. NREGA is also called Right to Work :
(i) It has been implemented in 200 poorest of the
poor districts of India.
(ii) NREGA guarantees 100 days of assured work
to the people who are able and in need of work.
(iii) If the government fails to provide work, it will
provide unemployment allowances to the people.
(iv) One-third of the jobs are reserved for women.
23. Provisions of NREGA, 2005 are :
(i) It provides 100 days assured employment
every year to each rural household.
(ii) One-third of the proposed jobs are reserved
for women.
(iii) If an applicant is not employed within
15 days he/she is entitled to a daily unemployment
allowance.
(iv) The government have to establish
iaarea are :
Central Employment Guarantee Funds and
er
state employment guarantee funds for the
implementation of the scheme.
at
(v) The scheme is to be extended to 600 districts.
ym
24. In agricultural activities, people are exploited,
such as landless labourers.
(i) Their income level is low.
ud
(ii) There is no job security.
st
(iii) Agriculture is seasonal in nature and there is
no fixed pay.
ity
(iv) No other benefits, such as pension,
medical facility, paid leave, provident fund, safe
al
environment, etc. are available.
qu
25. To reduce unemployment there has to be a
multi-pronged action. Planned development by
@
accelerating industrialisation is the need of the
hour. At the same time, work has to be done to
stimulate demand of goods and services. This will
create sustainable jobs in industrial sector.
More employment opportunities in the rural areas
needs to be created by processing farm produce
and farm waste. Cooperative farming should
be introduced for the benefit of small farmers.
Villagers should be encouraged to develop allied
activities, such as fisheries, aperies, etc., and
cottage industries.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
To eliminate seasonal unemployment, projects
should be planned accordingly. Allied economic
activity should be arranged by providing micro-
finance and community self-help in both rural and
urban areas.
Educational programs related to adaptive
technology must be demonstrated in simple
and implementable form. This will encourage
entrepreneurial spirit amongst the people.
am
Self-employment schemes in services or small
manufacturing, connected to the core activity in
gr
the rural/urban areas for the unemployed youth
have to be launched to enable them to start their
le
own business or small-scale firm, which can also
te
generate employ­ment for many others.
26. Refer to answer 23.
l_
27. Some ways to increase employment in rural
(i) Construction of new dams and canals-
Constructing dams, canals or digging wells in
villages. This would serve the needs of farmers for
irrigation and people engaged in such construction
activity would gain employment.
(ii) Development in transport facility by
government and creating storage facilities of farm
produce in rural areas.
(iii) Credit from local banks, so that crops can be
grown every years.
(iv) Agro-based industries can be set up in rural
areas or semi-rural belts.
(v) Making provisions for education and
health services in rural belts can also result in
employments.
28. (i) Agriculture is the most labour absorbing
sector in India because the secondary and tertiary
sectors have failed to provide more employment.
(ii) Disguised unemployment is generally found
in agriculture sector. People engaged in farming
are generally more than required. Though it seems
that they are working in the cultivation of land, but
actually they are partly employed.
(iii) For example : A farmer who has a land of
three hectare, which requires only two persons
for farming related to work, but all the seven
Sectors of the Indian Economy
family members are engaged in it. If five persons
out of them are withdrawn from the job, the
total production will not fall. Therefore, five
persons will come under the category of disguised
unemployment.
29. (i) In the initial stages of development, the
primary sector was the most important sector
of economic activity. As the methods of farming
changed and agriculture sector began to prosper,
people began to take up other activities.
(ii) New methods of manufacturing were
introduced; factories came up and started expanding.
(iii) The secondary sector gradually became
the most important in total production and
employment.
(iv) With the development of areas like transport
and administration, the service sector kept on
growing. In the past 100 years, there has been a
shift from the secondary to the tertiary sector in
er
developing economies.
at
(v) The service sector has become the most
important in terms of total production and
ym
employment. This is the general pattern observed
in developed countries.
ud
30. (i) The government can improve employment
in urban areas by providing technical training
st
so that young people can be absorbed in the
ity
manufacturing and service sector.
(ii) To improve health situation, we need health
al
centres, hospitals and for that doctors, nurses,
workers.
qu
(iii) Similarly to provide education to all children
@
we would need a lot of schools, which can also
generate employment.
(iv) Tourism : Every state or region has the potential
for increasing the income and employment for
people in that area. This can also be done by people
in that area. This can also be done by promoting
tourism or regional crafts industry.
(v) New services like IT are also creating jobs.
All these are the long term projects but the
government also has certain short term projects
for people.
347
31. When more people are compelled to do a
job which few can do, equally well then such a
situation is termed as disguised unemployment.
(i) One or two members of farmer’s family can
work in the farms of big landlord and earn wages.
(ii) Two or three members of such a family may
move to work in a nearby factory and earn more
money.
am
(iii) More irrigational facilities can be provided to
grow more crops in a year.
(iv) By opening processing units of agriculture
gr
production, more employment opportunities can
be created.
le
(v) Technical, vocational training can reduce the
te
unemployment of farmers.
l_
32. Refer to answer 17.
ia33. Tertiary sector is the sector which provides
services, such as banking, selling, transportation,
etc. These services actually help in proper
functioning of the primary and secondary sectors.
34. A worker is assured of regular work and
regular salary and also other benefits.
35. In the year 2005.
36. Secondary sector
37. Primary sector
38. Secondary
39. (c) Tertiary sector
40. Employment conditions under :
(a) Organised sector
(i) Rules and regulations (labour laws) as
proposed by the government are followed.
(ii) Formal processes and procedures are
followed.
(iii) Security of employment to workers, who
are employed for full time is ensured.
(iv) Working hours fixed, overtime is paid for
extra hours of work.
(v) Workers get benefits like provident fund,
gratuity, medical benefits, paid leave, etc.
(b) Unorganised sector
(i) Outside the control of the government
laws.
348
(ii) Small and scattered units.
(iii) Rules and regulations are not followed
(iv) Low-paid and irregular jobs
(v) High degree of insecurity.
(vi) No provision for overtime, paid leave,
holidays, etc.
41. (i) They are paid low salaries.
(ii) Their jobs are not secure.
(iii) They have no retirement and medical benefits.
(iv) They are often exploited.
42. Tertiary sector is different from other two
sectors because,
(i) It does not provide or produce goods.
(ii) It provides services, such as transport, I.T.
communications, etc.
(iii) It is the backbone of all the sector.
(iv) As primary and secondary sectors develop,
ia
the requirement of services increases.
er
43. In the urban areas, unorganised sector
comprises workers in small scale industry, casual
at
workers in construction, trade and transport, etc.
ym
It also includes street vendors, head load workers,
garment makers, rag pickers, etc.
Workers in this sector need protection from
ud
over exploitation, different treatment because of
belonging to SC and ST category.
st
44. Advantages of organised sector:
ity
(i) People enjoy security of employment.
(ii) Work for fixed hours.
al
(iii) If they work more, they get overtime
qu
allowances.
(iv) Paid leaves, payment during holidays, medical
@
benefits, safe working environment and pension
after retirement.
45. Organised sector :
(i) Workers in the organised sector enjoy security
of employment.
(ii) Workers get several benefits from the
employers like paid leave, provident fund, gratuity,
etc.
(iii) Workers work for a fixed number of hours.
If they work more, they are paid overtime by the
employer.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Unorganised sector :
(i) Employements is subject to high degree of
insecurity.
(ii) There is no provision for paid leave, holidays,
etc.
(iii) Workers get less wages and there is no
provision for overtime payment.
46. Refer to answer 41.
am
47. Workers are really exploited in unorganised
sector in India. The following examples support
gr
the statement
(i) Low salary : Most workers of the unorganised
le
sector receive wages below the national minimum
te
wage.
(ii) Long working hours : In most construction
l_
sites, labourers have to work for a time spread over
9-10 hours a day.
(iii) Temporary jobs : On an average, a farm
labourer finds employment for less than 200 days
in a year.
(iv) No facilities and benefits. Many construction
companies do not provide proper safety measures,
to their workers even in hazardous work.
48. Refer to answer 45.
49. In the unorganised sector mostly landless
agricultural labourers, small and marginal farmers,
share croppers and artisans are included. These
workers can be protected by the following ways :
(i) Farmers need to be supported through
adequate facility for timely delivery of seeds,
agriculture inputs, credit, storage and marketing
outlets.
(ii) In urban areas, casual workers need
government’s support for improving employment
conditions by good monitoring.
(iii) Small scale industries also need support in
marketing of the goods.
50. Refer to answer 45.
51. Refer to answer 45.
52. It is true that the workers in unorganised
sector face social discrimination.
(i) There are no rules and regulations followed.
Sectors of the Indian Economy
(ii) Jobs are low paid and often not regular.
(iii) No provision of overtime is there and no paid
holidays or leave is given.
(iv) Employment is not secure. People can be
asked to leave without reason.
(v) Some kind of work is seasonal in nature and
temporary workers are employed. They become
unemployed after the season is over.
53. The significance of secondary sector is that it
transforms raw materials into commodities. It is
the second largest sector of our country.
Role in Economic Development :
(i) Secondary sector uses mechanical power and
modern use of labour.
(ii) It provide employment to a large number of
people.
(iii) It also helps in creating self-sufficiency in
ia(iv) Rapid growth of services sector has also
the country. It produces goods for local and
er
international consumers.
at
54. As income level rose, certain section of the
population started demanding many services like
ym
eating out, tourism, private hospital, etc. The rise
of information and communication technology
ud
can be largely attributed to improvement in
telecommunication and power sector.
st
55. Private sector
56. Tertiary sector
ity
57. It was 50 to 60% in 2003. (It was 72.5% in
al
2017.)
qu
58. Service sector
59. Service sector/Tertiary sector
@
60. Public sector invests in key sectors, such as
health, education, defense, etc. where the private
sector cannot invest.
61. Government raises money through taxes to
meet the expenses of the various services rendered
by it.
62. It represents the total production/output of
the sectors.
63. The government
64. Primary sector
349
65. Tertiary sector has become important in India
because :
(i) Basic services like hospitals, education, post
and telegraph, courts, etc. are the responsibility
of the government in developing countries. These
have expanded because more people are using
these facilities.
(ii) Demand for services such as transport,
trade, storage increases with the development
am
of primary and secondary sectors. As the Indian
economy is growing fast the demand for services
gr
are expanding.
(iii) Demand for tourism, shopping, private
le
schools, private hospitals, etc. increases with the
te
increase in the level of income as more and more
people can afford these services. This has also
l_
created more employment.
benefitted from overseas demand such as software
industry and call center services.
(v) Liberalization of financial sector provided an
environment for faster growth of financial services
as more people use these facilities. The tertiary
sector accounts for most of the national and per
capita income of India.
66. (i) In any country several basic services
like transport, bank, insurance, educational
institutions, etc. are required and the government
has to take responsibility for the provision of these
services.
(ii) The development of agriculture and industry
leads to the development of services, such as
transport trade, storage, etc.
(iii) As income level rises certain sections of
people start demanding many services like eating
out, tourism, private hospitals, etc.
(iv) Certain new services, such as those based on
information and communication technology have
become important and essential.
(v) Greater the development of the primary and
secondary sectors, more would be the demand for
such services.
67. Primary Sector : Activities undertaken by
using natural resources, e.g. forestry, agriculture,
fishing, etc.
350
Secondary Sector : Activities include various
manufacturing activities and adds utility to
primary sector, e.g. cotton to cloth, Iron ore to Steel,
etc. Tertiary Sector : Includes all such activities
which support primary and secondary sector by
providing services, such as transportation etc.
68. Public Sector :
(i) The government controls the assets and
provides the services.
(ii) The purpose of the public sector is not just to
earn profits. Government raises money through
taxes to invest on the services rendered by it.
(iii) Railways or post office is an example of the
public sector.
Private Sector :
(i) Ownership of assets and delivery of services is
in the hands of private individuals or companies.
(ii) Activities in the private sector are guided by
er
the motive to earn profit. To provide such services
the companies invest their own money or raise it
at
from the public.
ym
(iii) Tata Iron and Steel Company (TISCO) or
Reliance Industries Ltd. (RIL) are examples of
private sector.
ud
69. Tertiary sector : These are activities that help
in the development of the primary and secondary
st
sectors. These activities, by themselves, do not
ity
produce a good but they are a support for the
production process.
al
Four economic activities of this sector are banking,
qu
transport, storage, communication, etc.
70. Classification of economic sector on the basis
@
of nature of activities are as follows :
(i) Primary sector : When we produce goods by
exploiting natural resources, it is an activity of the
primary sector, such as agriculture, dairy farming,
fishing, forestry.
(ii) Secondary sector : In this, natural products
are converted into other forms through
manufacturing that we associate with industrial
activity. The product is not produced by nature
but has to be made and therefore, some process
of manufacturing is essential. For example, using
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
cotton fibre that we get from plant is spun and
cloth is made.
(iii) Tertiary sector : It helps in the development of
the primary and secondary sectors. They provide
aid or a support for the production process.
Transport, storage, communication, banking,
trade are some examples of tertiary activities.
71. Refer to answer 68.
am
72. (i) Service sector in India employs many
different kinds of people. At one end there are a
limited number of services that employ highly
gr
skilled and educated workers, such as manager,
le
lawyers, accountants, etc.
(ii) At the other end there are a very large number
te
of workers engaged in services, such as small
l_
shopkeepers, repair persons, transport persons.
iaThese people earn much less.
(iii) Thus only a part of this sector is growing in
value.
73. All the three sectors are highly interdependent
on each other.
(i) All that is produced in the primary sector
is of no use until it undergoes a change into
finished product which is not possible without
transportation.
(ii) Secondary sector is the manufacturing sector.
To make these products and to sell them in the
market, we need transportation.
(iii) For moving from primary to secondary sector
and further to the market, requires services of
trades at different places and require many other
services. For all this we cannot think of working
without transportation facilities.
74. (i) The demand for various services has
been increasing as the income levels of the people
increase. There has been a spurt in the need of
services like financial institutions, educational
institutions, services related to convenience and
computer software etc., in Indian economy.
(ii) With prosperity, more and more
transportation is needed for goods and people.
This gives rise to transport services in road,
railways and air travel.
Sectors of the Indian Economy
(iii) With more travel, the tourism sector is
increasing very fast which includes travel and tour
services and hotel industry.
75. Tertiary sector is different from other sectors
in the following ways :
(i) Primary sector includes all those activities
which result in output of natural products.
(ii) Secondary sector includes activities which
produce a new product by converting the natural
product.
(iii) Tertiary activities neither produce any natural
product nor transform the shape of natural
products. It only supports the activities in both
sectors. Steel produced in a factory has to move
long distance. It can be done by a strong network
or tertiary activities, such as transportation.
76. Society needs many things as a whole,
which the private sector is not able to provide at
a reasonable cost. Some of the services are much
er
beyond the capacity and resources of the private
sector. Examples are construction of roads, dams,
at
bridges, ports and other infrastructural projects.
ym
The government is usually able to absorb some cost
because it is able to get finance for large projects at
reasonable cost that are payable over long periods.
ud
Government has resources both manpower and
financial to take up large projects that the private
st
sector does not have.
ity
It is much easy for the government to collaborate
with world agencies like UNICEF, WHO, etc., to
al
implement programs in health and education.
qu
Services like police and maintenance of the armed
forces, high end scientific research, etc., can only
@
be undertaken by the government.
77. The importance of the public sector can be
enumerated as follows:
Some projects need spending of large sums
of money, which is beyond the capacity of the
private sector. Collecting money from thousands
of people who use these facilities is not easy. This is
seen in various public conveniences.
In certain cases of national security such as
the defense forces, only the public sector can be
trusted. Large scale operations of governing the
351
banks and management of money circulation can
only be done by the public sector.
Even if they do provide these things the private
sector is more likely to charge a high rate for their
use. Examples are construction of roads, bridges,
railways, harbors, metro rail, providing irrigation
through dams etc.
Only the governments can undertake such
am
heavy spending and ensure that these facilities are
available for everyone. There are some activities,
which the government has to support.
gr
In some cases, the government subsidizes the
le
goods that are meant for the poor. This includes
cooking gas, fertilizers, irrigation, electricity
te
in rural sector support purchase price of farm
produce, primary education and medical care etc.
l_
ia78. About jobs in schools :
(i) Planning Commission estimates that nearly
20 lakh jobs can be created in education sector
alone.
(ii) For more children to attend school, more
teachers and more infrastructure will be required.
Regarding jobs in Tourism :
(i) Planning Commission estimates that nearly
35 lakh jobs can be created in tourism sector.
(ii) Regional Crafts and Cottage industry can also
create jobs.
(iii) New services, such as IT also are job
generators.
79. Public sector undertakes various activities
which are important for the development of the
public in general and also which require huge
amount of investment.
(i) It promotes rapid economic development
through creation and expansion of infrastructure
in underdeveloped areas.
(ii) It creates employment opportunities through
its various projects.
(iii) It generates financial resources for economic
and social development.
(iv) It ensures a balanced regional development.
(v) It encourages development of small, medium
and cottage industries as ancillaries.
352
(vi) It ensures easy availability of goods at
moderate rates.
(vii) It contributes to community development by
providing health and educational services.
80. The importance of the tertiary sectors are :
(i) This sector helps in the development of the
primary and secondary sectors.
(ii) The activities related to this sector do not
produce key goods but they are an aid or a support
for the production process.
(iii) It also provides essential services based on
information technology.
(v) The services, which are included in the tertiary
sectors are transport, storage, communication,
banking trade, etc.
81. (i) Industrial output has increased by eight
times but employment in the sector has increased
only by 2-5 times.
er
(ii) In the tertiary sector, the production of
at
services rose by eleven times but employment in
the services rose only by three times.
ym
(iii) More than half of the workers in the country
are working in the primary sector producing only
ud
one quarter of the goods.
(iv) Secondary and tertiary sectors produce three
st
fourths of the produce whereas, they employ only
ity
one quarter of the people.
(v) Primary sector has disguised employment
al
whereas workers in secondary and tertiary sectors
qu
work overtime.
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
82. Tertiary sector in India has been growing
rapidly for a number of reasons:
(i) In a developing country, the government
has to take the responsibility for the provision of
basic services for example, hospitals, educational
institutions, post and telegraph services, police
stations, courts, village administrative offices,
municipal corporations, defence, transport, banks,
insurance companies, etc.
am
(ii) The development of agriculture and industry
leads to the development of services, such as trade,
gr
transport, storage, etc. Greater the development of
the primary and secondary sectors, more would be
le
the demand for such services.
te
(iii) As income levels rise, certain sections of
people start demanding many more services, such
l_
as eating out, tourism, shopping, private hospitals;
iaprivate schools, professional at training, etc. This
change was quite sharp in cities, especially in big
cities.
(iv) Over the past decade or so, certain new
services, such as those based on information
and communication technology have become
important and essential.
(v) Government policy of privatisation has also
led to growth of this sector.
(vi) A large number of workers are engaged in
services, such as small shopkeepers, repair persons,
transport persons, etc.
(vii) However, the entire sector has not grown.
Large numbers of people engaged as construction
workers, maids, peons, small shopkeepers, etc. do
not find any change in their life.
 Chapter
3 Money and Credit
Money as a Medium of Exchange
Modern forms of Money
Loan Activities of Banks
Two Different Credit Situations
QUICK RECAP
MONEY AS A MEDIUM OF EXCHANGE
A person holding money can easily exchange it
for any commodity or service that he or she might
want. Thus, everyone prefers to receive payments
in money and then exchange the money for things
er
that they want. Let us take the case of a shoe
manufacturer. He wants to sell shoes in the market
at
and buy wheat. The shoe manufacturer will first
ym
exchange shoes that he has produced for money,
and then exchange the money for wheat. In the
earlier scenario of barter system, the shoe seller
ud
would have to look for a wheat seller who also
wants to buy shoes.
st
Barter System: The barter system was used before
the advent of money. People used to exchange one
ity
thing for another in this system.
Double Coincidence of wants: The double
al
coincidence of wants is the major drawback of the
barter system. It can be very difficult to find people
qu
who can fulfill this condition. What one person
desires to sell is exactly what the other wishes to buy.
@
In a barter system where goods are directly
exchanged without the use of money, double
coincidence of wants is an essential feature. In
contrast, in an economy where money is in use,
money by providing the crucial intermediate
step eliminates the need for double coincidence
of wants. It is no longer necessary for the shoe
manufacturer to look for a farmer who will buy his
shoes and at the same time sell him wheat.
Since, money acts as an intermediate in the
exchange process, it is called a medium of
exchange.
Terms of Credit
am
Formal Sector Credit in India
Self Help Groups for the Poor
gr
le
te
MONEY
l_
ff Money is a means by which we can get
ia something in exchange. Initially, coins came
into use. The coins were initially made of
precious metals; like gold and silver. When the
precious metals became too precious, ordinary
metals began to be used for making coins.
Paper money or currency notes gradually
took place of coins; although coins of smaller
denominations are still in use.
ff The currency notes and coins are issued
by the government or an authorized body.
In India, the RBI (Reserve Bank of India)
issues currency notes on behalf of the Union
Government. On the Indian currency note,
you can find a statement which promises to
pay the bearer the amount which is mentioned
on the currency note.
ff As per Indian law, no other individual or
organization is allowed to issue currency.
Moreover, the law legalizes the use of rupee as
a medium of payment that cannot be refused
in settling transactions in India. No individual
in India can legally refuse a payment made in
rupees. Hence, the rupee is widely accepted as
a medium of exchange.
Advantages of Money
Removes the coincidence of wants :
(a) Takes less storage space and is easier to carry.
(b) Liquidity of currency is easier.
354
(c) Now-a-days; many instruments are available
for money transaction so, one need not to carry
physical currency.
MODERN FORMS OF MONEY
ff Deposits with Banks: Generally we need
only some currency for our daily needs.
Rest of the amount is usually kept as deposit
in banks. Money which is kept in a bank is
safe and it even earns an interest. One can
withdraw money from his account as and
when required. Since, deposit in the bank
account can be withdrawn on demand, these
deposits are called demand deposits.
ff One can use a cheque; instead of cash to
settle payments. Moreover, one can also buy a
demand draft from a bank to make payments.
ff Credit: Banks keep a small proportion of their
deposits as cash with themselves. This is usually
15% of their deposits as cash. This amount is
er
kept as provision to pay the depositors who
at
may come to withdraw the money on any day.
This amount is enough because only a small
ym
fraction of people come to withdraw money
on a given day.
ud
ff The rest of the amount is used by the banks
to give money on credit to people who need
st
the credit. A bank charges interest on the loan.
The interest rate charged by a bank on loans
ity
is higher than the interest rate given by it on
deposits. Thus, interest is the main source of
al
income for banks.
qu
ff Credit/Debit Cards and Cellphone
applications: Now-a-days, credit/debit
@
cards are in vogue. A debit card allows you
to make payments from the amount which
is lying in your bank account. A credit card,
on the other hand, provides money on credit.
Payment through credit/debit card is done
electronically and this removes the need of
carrying cash.
ff These days payments can be made and
received through cell phone applications.
This makes the transaction very convenient
without carrying cash.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
LOAN ACTIVITIES OF BANKS
ff People often need to borrow money for
various purposes. Many businessmen need to
borrow to buy raw materials and machineries.
Many farmers need to borrow to buy seeds,
fertilisers, farm equipments, etc. People
usually buy vehicles and houses by borrowing
from banks. Thus, credit plays an important
role in the economy.
am
ff Every loan agreement specifies terms and
conditions; regarding the rate of interest
and terms of payment. In most of the cases,
gr
the banks fix an EMI (Equated Monthly
Installment) for repayment of loan.
le
TWO DIFFERENT CREDIT SITUATIONS
te
ff A large number of transactions in our day-to-
l_
day activities involve credit or loan in some
ia form. Loan refers to an agreement in which
the lender gives the borrower money, goods
or services in return for the promise of future
payment.
Credit plays a vital and positive role
business whether small or large. In
business the loan is usually needed to
finance the working capital. That is is to
buy raw material and to pay for recurring
expenses. The loan is usually paid after
the finished goods are sold and payment
are received.
In rural areas, the main demand for
credit is for crop production. It involves
considerable costs on seeds, fertilizers,
pesticides, water, electricity, repair of
equipment, etc. There is a minimum three
to four months between the time when the
farmers buy these inputs and when they
sell the crop. Farmers usually take crop
loans at the beginning of the season and
repay the loan after harvest. Repayment
of the loan is crucially dependent on the
income from farming.
TERMS OF CREDIT
ff Collateral: An asset which is owned by the
borrower and is used as a guarantee to a
lender until the loan is repaid is called the
collateral. Land, house, vehicle, livestocks,
deposits with banks, insurance policy, gold,
Money and Credit
etc., are examples of assets that can be kept
as collateral. If the borrower fails to repay the
loan, the lender reserves the right to sell the
collateral to obtain payment.
ff Documentation: The transaction between the
lender and the borrower are put on record by
documenting it. It includes rate of interest,
tenure, collateral and mode of repayment. The
terms of credit vary from one loan agreement
to another and also on the nature of the lender
and the borrower.
FORMAL SECTOR CREDIT IN INDIA
ff The formal Sector comprises of banks and
cooperative societies. The Reserve Bank of
India supervises the functioning of formal
sources of loans. For instance, we have seen
that the banks maintain a minimum cash
balance out of the deposits they receive. The
RBI monitors that the banks actually maintain
the cash balance.
ff Similarly, the RBI sees that the banks give
er
loans not just to profit-making businesses and
at
traders but also to small cultivators, small scale
industries, to small borrowers etc. Periodically,
ym
banks have to submit information to the RBI
on how much they are lending, to whom, at
what terms and conditions.
ud
Informal Sector
ff The informal sector consists of money
st
lenders, traders, employers, friends, relatives,
ity
merchants and landlords. There is no
organization which supervises the credit
al
activities of lenders in the informal sector.
ff They can lend at whatever interest rate and
qu
terms they wish.
Others, 7%
@
Landlords, 1%
Traders, 3%
Money lenders
Commercial Bank 30%
25%
Cooperative Societies
27%
Relatives and
friends, 7%
355
ff The informal lenders usually charge a very high
rate of interest. A higher cost of borrowing is
often detrimental to the borrower. It usually
results in a debt trap for the borrower. The
borrower is seldom able to escape the never
ending cycle of loan repayment.
ff Many people are too poor to qualify the
requirements of credit-worthiness of banks
and cooperatives. There are many others
am
who may not have enough documents; like
residential certificate or income certificate.
Such people are usually at the mercy of
gr
informal lenders.
le
ff Most loans from informal lenders carry a very
high interest rate and have other stringent
te
conditions. They do little to increase the
income of the borrowers.
l_
ff Thus, it is necessary that banks and
iaco-operatives increase their lending
particularly in the rural areas, so that the
dependence on informal sources of credit
reduces.
ff While formal sector loans need to expand, it
is also necessary that everyone receives these
loans. At present, it is the richer households
who receive formal credit whereas the poor
have to depend on the informal sources.
ff It is important that the process and the
requirements for availing formal credit should
be made accommodative so that the poor can
benefit from the cheaper loans.
SELF HELP GROUPS FOR THE POOR
ff Self Help Groups (SHGs) are recent
phenomena. A SHG is comprised of small
number of people; like 15 – 20 members. The
members pool their savings. The collection
is then utilised to lend small amounts of
money which may be required by any of the
members. The group charges interest on the
loan. The arrangement of loans through Self
Help Groups is also known as microfinance
because the small amount of loan is involved.
ff It was the Grameen Bank of Bangladesh which
began experimenting with microfinance. The
founder of Grameen Bank, Mohammad
Yunus was conferred with Nobel Prize in 2006
for his efforts at improving the lot of the poor.
356 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
ff SHGs have helped immensely in reducing the influence of informal lenders in rural areas. Many big
corporate houses are also promoting SHGs at many places in India.
Features
–– Comprising 15-20 members
–– Neighbors together save small amounts regularly
–– Saving may vary from member to member
–– Members can take small loans at low interest rates
–– Collaterals are not required

am
–– Repayment default is seriously followed by the members
Objectives

gr
–– To create a facility that will cater to the credit needs of the very poor section
Targets small and marginal farmers and rural artisans

le
––
–– It inculcates saving habit in the rural poor people

te
–– To enhance participation

l_
–– To improve capabilities of women
–– To enhance the socio-economic base of villages
ia
–– To encourage entrepreneurship in villages
er
Benefits
–– Develops the habit of initiating action
at

–– Improves living conditions

ym

–– Makes the members responsible for their actions

–– Helps in capacity building
–– Develops self confidence amongst members
ud

–– Promotes trust and mutual help

–– Encourages resource pooling
st

–– Leads to financial inclusion

ity

“Microfinance recognizes that poor people are remarkable reservoirs of energy and knowledge. While
the lack of financial services is not just a sign of poverty, today it is looked as an untapped opportunity
al

to create markets, bring people in from the margins and give them the tools to help themselves” Kofi
qu

Annan (Ex. Sec General of UN)

“The poor stay poor, not because they are lazy but because they have no access to capital”
-Milton Friedman
@
Money and Credit 357

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

Money as a Medium of Exchange; 15. How is money used as a medium of exchange?

Explain with examples. (Delhi 2013)
Modern forms of Money
16. What are the modern forms of money? Why
VSA (1 mark) is the 'rupee' widely accepted as a medium of
exchange? Explain two reasons.

am
1. Why is money called a medium of exchange?  (Term-II 2013)
(AI 2019) 17. How is money used in every day life? Explain

gr
2. Highlight the inherent problem in double with examples. (Term-II 2014)
coincidence of wants. (Delhi 2017)

le
LA (5 marks)
3. How is money beneficial in transactions?

te
18. "The rupee is widely accepted as a medium of
 (Foreign 2017) exchange." Explain. (Term-II 2012)

l_
4. What is meant by double coincidence of
wants? (Term-II 2016) iaLoan Activities of Banks; Two
5. Why one cannot refuse a payment made in
Different Credit Situations; Terms
er
rupees in India? (Term-II 2016) of Credit
at

6. How does money eliminate the need for VSA (1 mark)

double coincidence? (Term-II 2016)
ym

19. Why do banks or lenders demand collateral

7. What is barter system? (Term-II 2015) against loans? (Delhi 2019)
20. Why are demand deposits considered as
8. What is a cheque? (Term-II 2015)
ud

money? (AI 2019)

9. How does money act as medium of exchange? 21. How do the deposits with banks become their
st

(Term-II 2015) source of income? (Delhi 2016)

ity

10. Who issues currency notes in India? 22. Why do farmers require credit?
(Term-II 2015) (Term-II 2016)
al

SA (3 marks) 23. Banks provide a higher rate of interest on

qu

which one of the following accounts?

11. How can money be used to easily exchange (a) Saving account
@

it for goods or services? Give examples to (b) Current account

explain. (Delhi 2016)
12. How is money transferred from one bank
account to another bank account? Explain
with an example. (Foreign 2016)
13. Why is modern currency accepted as a
medium of exchange without any use of its
own? Find out the reason. (AI 2015)
14. Explain with examples, how people are
involved with the banks? (Term-II 2014)
(c) Fixed deposits for long period
(d) Fixed deposits for very short period
 (AI 2012)
24. Why do banks keep a small proportion of the
deposits as cash with themselves?
(a) To extend loan to the poor.
(b) To extend loan facility.
(c) To pay salary to their staff.
(d) To pay the depositors who might come to
withdraw money. (Delhi 2011)
358 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

SA (3 marks) LA (5 marks)
25. Describe the bad effects of informal sources of 39. What are demand deposits? Explain any three
credit on borrowers. (Delhi 2019) features of it? (Term-II 2016)
26. Explain any three functions of the Reserve 40. Describe the vital and positive role of credit
Bank of India. (AI 2019) with examples. (Delhi 2016)
27. Explain the three important terms of credit.
41. How do banks play an important role in the
(AI 2019) economy of India? Explain. (AI 2015)

am
28. Why cheap and affordable credit is important 42. How are deposits with the bank beneficial for
for country development? Explain any three individual as well as for the nation? Explain
reasons.  (2018) with examples. (Term-II 2015)

gr
29. Explain any three loan activities of banks in 43. Why is it necessary for banks and cooperatives
India. (AI 2017)

le
to increases their lending in rural areas?
30. “Banks are efficient medium of exchange.” Explain. (Foreign 2014)

te
Support the statement with arguments. 44. Which government body supervises the

l_
 (Delhi 2017) functioning of formal sources of loans in
31. Illustrate with examples the role of ‘loan’ in ia India? Explain its functioning.  (AI 2012)
‘business’. (Foreign 2017) 45. "Cheap and affordable credit is crucial for the
er
32. Poor households still depend on informal country's development." Explain the statement
sources of credit". Support the statement with with five points. (Term-II 2011)
at

examples. (Term-II 2016, 2012) 46. How do banks mediate between those who
have surplus money and those who need
ym

33. Dhananjay is a government employee and

money? (Term-II 2011)
belongs to a rich household, whereas Raju is
a construction worker and comes from a poor Formal Sector Credit in India; Self
ud

rural household. Both are in need and wish to

take loan. Create a list of argument explaining Help Groups for the Poor
st

who between the two would successfully be

VSA (1 mark)
able to arrange money from a formal source.
ity

Why? (Term-II 2016) 47. Give any two examples of informal sector of
credit.  (2018)
al

34. "The credit activities of the informal sector

should be discouraged." Support the statement 48. Prove with an argument that there is a great
qu

with arguments.  (Term-II 2016) need to expand formal sources of credit in

35. “Deposits with the banks are beneficial to the rural India.  (Term-II 2016)
@

depositors as well as to the nation”. Examine
the statement. (AI 2016)
36. Why do lenders ask for collateral while
lending? Give any three reasons.
 (Foreign 2014)
37. How does the Reserve Bank of India supervise
the functioning of banks? Why is this
necessary? (Term-II 2011)
38. What is meant by terms of credit? What does
it include? (Term-II 2011)
49. Why are most of the poor households deprived
from the formal sector of loans?
 (Term-II 2016)
50. Why is the supervision of the functioning of
formal sources of loans necessary?
(Term-II 2016)
51. Why do banks maintain cash reserve?
(Term-II 2016)
52. Which one of the following refers to
investment?
Money and Credit
(a) The money spent on religious ceremonies.
(b) The money spent on social customs.
(c) The money spent to buy assets such as land.
(d) The money spent on household goods.
 (AI 2014)
53. Which one of the following is a formal source
of credit?
(a) Traders
(b) Cooperative societies
(c) Money-lenders
(d) Friends and relatives  (Delhi 2014)
SA (3 marks)
54. Describe the importance of formal sources of
credit in the economic development.
 (Delhi 2019)
55. Mention three points of difference between
ia62. "Most of the poor households are still
er
formal sector and informal sector loans.
(Term-II 2016)
at
56. How is the concept of Self Help Groups
ym
important for poor people? Give your view
point. (Foreign 2016)
ud
Answers
st
1. Money acts as an intermediate in the
ity
transaction and the exchange process. We can buy
things with the help of money.
al
2. For double coincidence of wants to work
qu
out, an individual must require what the other
person is willing to give away and vice versa. If this
situation is not reached exchange of goods does
@
not happen. This problem is eliminated by the use
of money.
3. Money is very beneficial in transaction
as it eliminates the inconvenience of double
coincidence of wants. Thus, it has replaced the
barter system. Now, people can buy whatever they
want.
4. Both the parties in such situation have to
be buyers and sellers at the same time for the
respective goods or services. Transaction occurs
only if this condition is met.
359
57. Formal credit meets only about half of the
total credit needs of the rural people. Where
does the other half come from?
 (Term-II 2014)
LA (5 marks)
58. “Self Help Groups’ help borrowers to overcome
the problem of lack of collateral.” Examine the
statement. (Delhi 2017)
am
59. Review any three merits and any two demerits
of ‘Formal sector of credit’ in India.
gr
 (Foreign 2017)
60. How can the formal sector loans be made
le
beneficial for poor farmers and workers?
te
Suggest any five measures. (AI 2016)
61. Explain the differences between Formal and
l_
Informal Sources of Credit. (Term-II 2012)
dependent on informal sources of credit."
Explain the statement. (Term-II 2012)
63. Which are the two major sources of formal
sectors in India? Why do we need to expand
the formal sources of credit?
 (Term-II 2012, 2011)
5. A payment in rupees cannot be refused
in India, because it is accepted as the medium
of exchange in India. It also guaranteed by the
Government of India.
6. Double coincidence of wants is an essential
feature in a barter system, where goods are directly
exchanged without the use of money. However,
in an economy using money as a medium of
exchange, eliminates this by providing the crucial
intermediate step. For example, it is not necessary
for a shoemaker to look for a farmer who will buy
shoes made by him and at the same time, sell rice
to him. All he has to do is to find a buyer for his
shoes, who will pay him money for them. With
this money he can purchase rice or any other
commodity available in the market.
7. Barter system is an old way of exchanging
goods between two parties to satisfy their needs.
360
In this system goods are exchanged without the
use of money.
8. A cheque is an instruction written on paper to
the bank to pay a specific amount as mentioned, to
the person, whose name the cheque bears.
9. Money acts as an intermediate in the
transaction and the exchange process. We can buy
things with the help of money.
10. Reserve Bank of India (RBI)
11. Money acts as a medium of exchange itself for
goods and services. A person holding money can
easily exchange it for any commodity or service
that he or she might want.
Everyone prefers to receive payments in money
and exchange the money for things they want.
For example : A shoemaker wants to sell shoes in
the market and buy wheat. The shoemaker will
first exchange shoes for money and then exchange
the money for wheat. If the shoemaker had to
directly exchange shoes for wheat without the
er
use of money, he would have to look for a wheat
at
growing farmer who not only wants to sell wheat
but also wants to buy the shoe in exchange. Both
ym
the parties have to agree to sell and buy each others
commodities. This process is very difficult, time
consuming and unhealthy.
ud
12. Money transfer from one bank account to
another bank account.
st
If a person has to make a payment to his or her
ity
friend and writes a cheque for a specific amount,
this means that the person instructs his bank to
al
pay this amount to his friend. His friend takes this
cheque and deposits it in his account in the bank.
qu
This said amount is transferred from one bank
account to another bank account.
@
13. Modern currency is accepted as a medium of
exchange without any use of its own because
(i) Modern currency is authorized by the
government of a country.
(ii) In India, the Reserve Bank of India issues all
currency notes on behalf of Central Government.
(iii) No other individual or organization is allowed
to issue currency.
(iv) The law legalises the use of rupee as a medium
or payment that cannot be refused in setting
transactions in India.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(v) No individual in India can legally refuse
payment made in rupees.
14. We know that banks accept the deposits from
the people who have surplus money and also pay
an interest on the deposits.
But banks keep only a small portion (15 percent
in India) of their deposits as cash with themselves.
This is kept as a provision to pay the depositors
who might come to withdraw money from their
am
account in the bank on any day. They use the
major portion of the deposits to extend loans to
those who need money. In this way banks mediate
gr
between those who have surplus money and those
le
who need money.
15. Overcomes the problem of double co-
te
incidence of wants . For example, if a person
needs wheat in exchange of tea, then he/she must
l_
search for a person who is ready to trade wheat
iafor tea. Money made the need for such searches
redundant.
(ii) Acts as a medium of deferred payment.
(iii) Has a store value.
16. The modern forms of money are listed below :
(i) Paper currency
(ii) Coins
(iii) Demand deposits
(iv) Cheques
The rupee is accepted as a medium of exchange
because it is mandated and guaranteed by the
government.
17. In modern times, money is used as a medium
of exchange because it has been authorized by the
government as a currency.
In everyday lives we use money
(i) To buy goods and services like in market
money can be used to buy clothes, vegetable, etc.
(ii) To deposit in banks so that money can be
saved and used for future use. For example : If a
labourer deposits his monthly salary in his bank
account, then, he can use it in installments during
the entire month.
(iii) As a store value. For instance, we cannot store
perishable goods like milk, grain, etc. to exchange;
but we can keep money for future use.
18. The rupee is widely accepted as a medium of
exchange because :
Money and Credit
(i) The currency is authorised by the government
of the country.
(ii) In India, the Reserve Bank of India issues
currency notes on behalf of the central government.
(iii) The law legalises the use of rupee as a medium
of payment that cannot be refused in setting
transactions in India.
(iv) No individual in India can legally refuse a
payment made in rupees. Hence, the rupee is
widely accepted as a medium of exchange.
19. Banks or lenders ask for collaterals for the
safety of their capital. If the borrower stops making
the promised loan repayments, the lender can seize
the collateral to recover its money. Thus collateral
offer security to the lender against default.
20. Demand deposits are considered as money,
because they can be withdrawn when required
and the money withdrawn can be used for making
payments. So, they are also considered as money in
the modern economy.
er
21. When we deposit our money in the bank we
at
get an interest on it. However the bank uses that
money to give loan to people. The bank charges an
ym
interest on its loan at a higher rate than what is
paid to the depositors. Thus, the banks earn money
from the deposits.
ud
22. Farmers require credit to pay for agricultural
inputs such as seeds, fertilizers, pesticides, etc.
st
23. (c ) Fixed deposits for long periods
ity
24. (d) To pay the depositors who might come to
withdraw money.
al
25. The informal sector consists of money
qu
lenders, traders, employers, friends, relatives,
merchants and landlords. There is no organization
@
which supervises the credit activities of lenders in
the informal sector.
(a) The informal lenders usually charge a very
high rate of interest. A higher cost of borrowing is
often detrimental to the borrower. It usually results
in a debt trap for the borrower. The borrower is
seldom able to escape the never ending cycle of
loan repayment.
(b) Most loans from informal lenders carry a
very high interest rate and have other stringent
conditions. They do little to increase the income of
the borrowers.
361
(c) It has been observed that the loan recovery
mechanics in the informal sector is particularly
harsh in cases of loan repayment default. There
have been cases of selling of properties at throw
away prices and total loss of belongings and even
suicides.
26. The Reserve Bank of India has many
important roles that affects the common public.
(a) RBI monitors the balance kept by the bank for
am
day to day transactions.
(b) RBI monitors the banking activity, particularly
the loan giving activity of the banks. It ensures
gr
that the banks give loans to priority sector like
agriculture and not just to profit making sectors.
le
(c) The RBI undertakes the responsibility of
te
controlling credit created by the commercial banks.
RBI uses quantitative and qualitative techniques to
l_
control and regulate the credit flow. This includes
iainterest rates and percentage of loans to a sector.
(d) The RBI gives guidelines to the bank about
setting up the terms of credit that the bank may
decide upon for the borrowers.
27. The three important terms of credit are ;
(a) Interest Rate – It is interest that the borrower
pays to the bank. An interest component is added
to the principal that the borrower pays to the bank
as loan payment installment.
(b) Collateral: An asset which is owned by the
borrower and is used as a guarantee to a lender
until the loan is repaid is called the collateral.
Land, house, vehicle, livestock, deposits with
banks, insurance policy, gold, etc., are examples of
assets that can be kept as collateral. If the borrower
fails to repay the loan, the lender reserves the right
to sell the collateral to obtain payment.
(c) Documentation: The transaction between
the lender and the borrower are put on record
by documenting it. It includes rate of interest,
tenure, collateral and mode of repayment. The
terms of credit vary from one loan agreement to
another and also on the nature of the lender and
the borrower.
28. Cheap and affordable credit is crucial for
the country's development due to the following
factors:
(a) More lending would lead to higher incomes
and encourage people to invest in agriculture,
engage in business and set up small scale industries.
362
(b) Cheap credit means more income would
be left with the borrower to reinvest rather than
return as interest. This leads to acceleration of
economic activity.
(c) Cheap credit would also allow weaker sections
of society to enter formal sector of lending and
rid them of exploitation at the hands of informal
moneylenders.
(d) Affordable credit would also end the cycle
of debt trap and lead to sustainable economic
activity that would allow borrowers to invest in
better technology to make their business more
competitive.
29. Bank provided loans for various economic
activities to people or organizations.
Banks keep only a small proportion of the deposits
with them as cash, to meet daily payments.
The deposits are used to meet the loan requirement
of the people.
ia
Thus, the banks intermediates between those who
er
have surplus funds and those who are in need of
these funds.
at
Bank offer less interest on deposits than what they
charge on loans.
ym
30. People deposit their money with banks by
opening a bank account. Banks keep the money
ud
safe and provides interest on the deposited amount.
The deposited money can be withdrawn from
st
banks as and when required on demand.
Banks also facilitate easy transfer of money
ity
through cheques, demand drafts and internet
banking from one account to another in the same
al
or any other bank.
qu
Banks keep only 15% of their total cash deposits
to meet the everyday withdrawal demands of
@
their customers. Major portion of the remaining
deposits are used to give loans to people at specific
rate of interest. Thus, we see that money is very
efficiently exchanged between various people.
31. Loan or credit plays a crucial role in business.
By sanctioning loans to developing industries and
trade, banks provide them with the necessary aid for
functioning, developing and expanding business.
This leads to increase in the production, profits
and employment.
For this reason, it is important that the formal
sector gives out more loans so that borrowers are
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
not duped by moneylenders, and can ultimately
contribute to national development.
32. (i) Banks are not present everywhere in rural
India, whereas informal sources are easily available
in all villages.
(ii) Getting a loan from a bank is difficult for
poor people than taking a loan from the informal
resources, because bank loans require proper
documents and collaterals.
am
(iii) Money lenders provide loan to the poor
people without any collateral.
(iv) Formal sources provide loan only for
gr
productive purpose, whereas the informal sources
le
provide credit for productive and non-productive
purposes.
te
(v) Other informal sources of credit are friend
and relatives, or traders and landlords, who know
l_
the borrowers personally and therefore, do not
demand collateral.
33. Dhananjay will be able to get loan from a
formal source.
Arguments :
Banks are not present everywhere in rural India.
Even when they are present, getting a loan from
a bank is much more difficult than taking a loan
from informal sources.
Bank loans require proper documents and
collateral. Absence of collateral is one of the major
reasons which prevent the poor from getting bank
loans.
Informal lenders such as moneylenders, on the
other hand, know the borrowers personally and
hence, are often willing to give a loan without
collateral.
34. The credit activities of the informal sector
should be discouraged because :
(i) 85% of loans taken by the poor household in
the urban areas are from informal sources.
(ii) Informal lenders charge very high interest on
their loans.
(iii) There are no boundaries and restrictions.
(iv) Higher cost of borrowing means a larger part
of the earnings of the borrowers is used to repay
the loans.
(v) In certain cases, the high interest rate for
borrowing can mean that the amount to be repaid
is greater than the income of the borrower.
Money and Credit
(vi) This could lead to increasing debt and debt
trap, therefore the credit activities of the informal
sector should be discouraged.
35. The deposits with banks are beneficial for
individuals as well as to the nation :
(i) Bank accept deposit and also pay an amount
as interest and in this way people earn money.
(ii) People's money is safe with banks.
(iii) It is easy for individuals to get credit who have
savings and current account in the banks.
(iv) Poor people who are engaged in production
need credit.
(v) Credit provided by the banks for government
projects help in development of the nation.
(vi) Bank provide loans for the promotion of
international trade.
(vii) Development of infrastructure is undertaken
with the loans provided by the banks.
36. Lenders ask for collateral as security against
loans. If the borrower fails to repay the loan, the
er
lender has the right to sell the asset or collateral to
recover the payment.
at
Collateral assets (such as land, vehicle, etc) act
ym
as a security for the lenders in case the borrower
defaults on repayment of loan. It is for this reason
that lenders ask for collateral while lending.
ud
37. Reserve Bank of India (RBI) supervises the
banks in the following ways :
st
(i) It monitors the balance kept by banks for day
to day transaction.
ity
(ii) It checks that the banks give loans not just
to profit-making businesses and traders but also to
al
small borrowers.
qu
(iii) Periodically, banks have to give details about
lenders, borrowers and interest rate to RBI.
@
It is necessary for securing public welfare. It
prevents the bank to run the business with only
profit motive. It also keeps a check on interest rate
of credit facilities provided by bank. RBI makes
sure that the loans from the banks are affordable
and cheap.
38. Terms of credit are the requirements need to
be satisfied for any credit arrangements. It includes
interest rate, collateral, documentation and mode
of repayment. However, the terms of credit vary
depending upon the nature of lender, borrower
and loan.
363
39. People save their money in banks by opening
an account. The deposits in the bank accounts can
be withdrawn on demand, so these deposits are
called demand deposits.
(i) Banks accept the deposits and also pay an
interest on the deposits. In this way people's
money is safe with the banks and it earns interest.
(ii) The facility of cheques against demand
deposits makes it possible to directly settle
am
payments without the use of cash. Since, demand
deposits, can be used as a means of payment,
along with currency, they constitute money in the
gr
modern economy.
(iii) The depositor can withdraw the money as and
le
when he/she needs the money.
te
40. 'Credit' refers to an agreement in which the
lender supplies the borrower with money to buy,
l_
goods or services in return for the promise of
iafuture payment.
Credit plays a vital and positive role as :
(i) Credit helps people from all walks of life in
setting up their business, increases their income
and support their families.
(ii) To some people loan helps in constructing
their houses and get relief from monthly rent.
(iii) To other it helps in raising their living
standards.
(iv) Example : Sheela has joined a job. She has
taken a loan to buy a scooty that she can attend
office conveniently and build a career. Without the
loan she would have to travel in bus which takes
more time. Thus she would not be able to attend
evening classes.
41. Bank play an important role in developing the
economy of India.
(i) They keep money of the people in its safe
custody.
(ii) They give interest on the deposited money to
the people.
(iii) They mediate between those who have surplus
money and those who are in need of money.
(iv) They provide loan to large number of people
at low interest rate.
(v) They promote agricultural and industrial
sector by providing loans.
(vi) They also provide funds to different
organizations, who in turn provide employment to
many.
364
42. Refer to answer 35.
43. There is a necessity for the banks and
cooperative societies to increase their lending in
rural areas due to the following reasons :
(i) It reduces dependence on informal sources of
credit.
(ii) Banks will provide more loan facilities to
rural households.
(iii) It will save rural people from exploitation.
(iv) The poor can benefit from the cheaper loans
by improving their economic condition.
(v) The increased lending facilities will improve
the livelihood of the people in the rural areas.
44. The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) supervises
the functioning of formal sources of loans in India.
For instance, banks maintain a minimum cash
balance out of the deposits they receive.
The Reserve Bank of India monitors that the banks
actually maintain this cash balance. Similarly, the
Reserve Bank of India ensures that the banks give
er
loans not just to profit-making businesses and
at
traders, but also to small cultivators, small scale
industries, small borrowers, etc. Periodically,
ym
banks have to submit information to the Reserve
Bank of India on how much they are lending, to
whom, at what interest rate, etc.
ud
45. Credit for country development :
(i) Higher cost of borrowing means a larger part
st
of the earnings of the borrowers is used to repay
ity
interest of the loans. Hence borrowers, have less
income left for themselves.
al
(ii) In certain cases, the high interest rate of
borrowing can mean that the amount to be repaid
qu
is greater than the income of the borrower. This
could lead to increasing debt and debt trap. For
@
these reasons, banks and co-operative societies
need to lend more at reasonable rates.
(iii) This would lead to higher incomes and many
people could then borrow cheaply for a variety of
needs.
(iv) They could grow crops, do business, set-up
small scale industries, etc.
(v) They could set-up new industries or trade
goods.
46. (i) Bank keep small proportion of their
deposit as cash with themselves.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(ii) Major portion of deposit is used for extending
loans.
(iii) The bank mediate between depositors and
borrowers in this way.
(iv) They charge high rate of interest on loans than
what they offer on deposits. This gives the bank a
reasonable earning.
(v) However, the important aspect is that this
facilitates the flow of money in the economy.
am
47. Moneylenders, traders, employees, relatives
and friends, etc.
gr
48. The formal source of credit needs to be
expanded in rural sector because then only the
le
rural poor will get credit at reasonable rate and the
te
credit will not be proved to be a liability.
49. The poor are deprived from the formal sector
l_
of loans because –
ia(a) They cannot provide collateral.
(b) They are not literate and unable to fulfil the
needs for taking loans in the formal sector.
50. The supervision of the functioning of the
formal sources of credit is necessary because
the banks should not only provide loans to rich
sections of society but also to poor people. Also,
the banks should follow the right procedures of
borrowing and lending money as stipulated by the
RBI.
51. Banks maintain cash reserve to ensure smooth
daily withdrawal by depositors.
52. (c ) The money spent to buy assets such as
land.
53. (b) Cooperative societies
54. The formal source of credit comprises of
banks and cooperative societies. The Reserve
Bank of India supervises the functioning of formal
sources of loans.
(a) Even though collateral and paper work is
needed to secure loan from banks the interest rates
here are lesser than informal sources.
(b) The formal sources of credit are part of the
greater national economy. Hence even small
borrowers should try to avail this facility and not
go for informal sources of borrowing. The Self
Help Groups (SHG) have been really of great help
for the rural poor.
Money and Credit
(c) The role of formal sources of credit has
been very great particularly for financing large
developmental projects and various business
projects in the private sector and the public sector.
55. Formal sector loans:
(i) Loans from bank and cooperatives need
collateral.
(ii) Under supervision of the Reserve Bank of
India.
(iii) Reasonable rates of interest.
Informal sector loans :
(i) Loans from money lenders, relatives, friends,
traders, etc., does not need collateral.
(ii) No supervision of any institution.
(iii) Very high rates of interest.
56. Self Help Groups are known as SHGs :
(i) These are mainly created by the poor, often
females of rural area for their own benefits.
(ii) In this all members deposit their monthly
savings to the leader .
er
(iii) This creates self employment for the members.
at
(iv) If any member needs money for domestic
work such as renovation of house , buying
ym
fertilizers or agriculture equipment he/she can
borrow it from the group.
(v) Members can get timely loan at reasonable
ud
interest and without any collateral and
documentation. It operates on mutual trust.
st
57. (i) The formal sources of credit in India still
meets only about half of the total credit needs of
ity
the rural people. The other half comes from the
informal sources such as money lenders, friends,
al
relatives etc.
qu
(ii) Compared to formal lenders, most of the
informal lenders charge much higher interest rates
@
on loans like 3% to 5% per month, i.e., 36% a year.
(iii) Besides the high interest rate, informal
lenders impose various other tough conditions.
For example, they make the farmers promise to
sell the crop to him at a low price. There is no such
condition in formal sector.
(iv) Loans taken by poor people from informal
lenders sometimes, lead them to debt trap because
of high interest rate.
58. Self help groups (SHG) have helped
borrowers to borrow money without collateral in
the following ways:
365
(i) Self help groups have organized rural poor
more so women in collecting their money and in
extending loans to its members. 
(ii) SHG charge less rate of interest as compared
with any other forms of rural banking or even
those charged by moneylenders. 
(iii) These groups gradually can seek loans from
bank so as to create employment opportunities for
its members. 
am
(iv) Banks have been extending loans to these
groups to meet their needs like buying fertilizers,
seeds, raw materials, etc.
gr
(v) These SHG have emerged as building blocks
of the rural poor as it is the group as a whole which
le
is responsible of the repayment of the loan. In
te
case, of non-repayment it is taken up in a serious
manner by the group members. Thus, because
l_
of this, banks offer money to women organized
iain these groups without any collateral. Similarly,
members of these groups can get loans when
required which is repayable in small installments.
59. Banks and cooperatives are the formal sources
of credit.
Advantages :
1. These institutions are regulated by the Reserve
Bank Of India. Their rates of interest for loans are
controlled. The rates and terms are fixed.
2. There is no exploitation by the lenders.
3. Everyone can take a loan that includes big
businessmen as well as the small cultivators or
borrowers.
4. The cost of borrowing is usually less.
Disadvantages :
1. The procedure to get the loan is time
consuming.
2. They require collateral security.
60. Formal sector loans can be made beneficial
for poor farmers and workers in the following
ways :
(i) Create awareness to farmers about formal
sector loans.
(ii) Process of providing loans should be made
easier.
(iii) It should be simple, fast and timely.
(iv) More number of Nationalized Bank/
cooperative banks should be opened in rural
sector.
366 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(v) Banks and cooperatives should increase (vi) The Reserve Bank RBI do not supervise
facility of providing loans so that dependence on of India supervises them.
informal sources of credit reduces. their functioning.
(vi) While formal sector loans need to expand,
it is also necessary that everyone receives these 62. (i) Banks are not present everywhere in rural
loans. India, whereas informal sources are easily available
61. in all villages.
S. Formal Sector Informal Sector (ii) Getting a loan from a bank is much more
No. Credit Credit

am
difficult for poor people than taking a loan from
(i) Includes banks and Includes moneylend- the informal resources, because bank loans require
cooperatives. ers, traders, employ- proper documents and collaterals.

gr
ees, friends and rela-
(iii) Moneylenders provide loan to the poor
tives.

le
people without any collateral.
(ii) Bank requires No collateral is
(iv) Formal sources provide loan only for

te
collateral and proper required.
documentation for productive purposes whereas the informal sources

l_
getting a loan. provide credit for productive and non-productive
(iii) A reasonable rate of High rate of interest purpose.
ia
interest is charged. and repeated 63. The major sources of formal credit are :
borrowing can lead to
er
(i) Banks (ii) Cooperatives
debt trap.
Reasons to expand formal source of credit :
at

(iv) Apart from profit Their only motive is

(i) To save the poor farmers and workers from
making they also to extract profit as
ym

have an objective of much as possible. the exploitation by the informal sector credit.
social welfare. (ii) Informal sector charges a higher interests on
(v) Terms of credit are They impose very loans which means that a large part of the earning
ud

fair and reasonable. tough and sometimes is used to repay the loan.
even unreasonable (iii) Formal credit can fulfil various needs of the
st

terms of credit on people through providing cheap and affordable

ity

borrowers. credit.
al
qu
@
 Chapter
Globalisation and the
4 Indian Economy
Production Across Countries
Interlinking Production Across Countries
Foreign Trade and Integration of Markets
What is Globalization?
QUICK RECAP
Until the middle of the twentieth century,
production activity of a company was usually done
within countries. Whenever there was a need,
raw materials were imported and finished goods
exported. After this period large companies called
er
multinational corporations (MNCs) emerged on
at
the scene.
An MNC is a company that owns or controls
ym
production in more than one nation. MNCs set
up offices and factories for production in regions
ud
where they can get cheap labor or raw material or
are closer to important markets.
st
PRODUCTION ACROSS COUNTRIES
ity
The production process can be divided into small
parts and spread out across the globe. For example,
al
China provides the advantage of being a cheap
manufacturing location. Mexico and Eastern
qu
Europe are important for their closeness to the
markets in the US and Europe.
@
India has highly skilled engineers who can
understand the technical aspects of production.
It also has educated English speaking youth who
can provide customer care services. This provides
great benefits to the MNC to set up businesses in
India.
INTERLINKING PRODUCTION ACROSS
COUNTRIES
ff MNCs set up production where it is close to the
markets; where there is skilled and unskilled
Factors that have Enabled Globalisation
am
World Trade Organisation
Impact of Globalisation on India
The Struggle for a Fair Globalisation
gr
le
te
labor available at low costs; and where the
l_
availability of other factors of production is
ia assured.
ff MNCs also look for government policies that
take care of their interests.
ff The money that is spent to buy assets such
as land, building, machines, etc., is called
investment. Investment made by MNCs is
called foreign investment. Any investment is
made with the hope that these assets will earn
profits.
ff At times, MNCs set up production jointly
with local companies. The benefit to the local
company can be
(a) MNCs can provide money for additional
investments, like buying new machines for
faster production.
(b) MNCs might bring with them the latest
technology for production.
ff A common route for MNC investments is to
buy up local companies and then to expand
production. MNCs with huge wealth can quite
easily do so.
ff Large MNCs in developed countries place
orders for production with small producers.
Garments, footwear, sports items are examples
of industries where production is carried out
by a large number of small producers around
the world. The products are supplied to the
MNCs, which then sell these under their own
brand names to the customers.
368
ff These large MNCs have tremendous power
to determine price, quality, delivery and
labour conditions for these distant producers.
Thus, by setting up partnerships with local
companies, by using the local companies for
supplies, by closely competing with the local
companies or buying them up, MNCs are
exerting a strong influence on production at
these distant locations. As a result, production
in these widely dispersed locations is getting
interlinked.
FOREIGN TRADE AND INTEGRATION OF
MARKETS
ff Foreign trade has been a very important
factor that connects countries. India has been
an active participant in international trade
since ancient times. Foreign trade creates an
opportunity for the producers to reach beyond
the domestic markets. This greatly expands
iaff Government policies that liberalized foreign
the possibilities for a business.
er
ff Similarly, for the buyers, the horizon of
availability becomes very broad. In general,
at
with the opening of trade, goods travel from
one market to another and choice of goods
ym
in the markets rises. Prices of similar goods
in the two markets tend to become stable
and competitive. Foreign trade thus results
ud
in connecting the markets or integration of
markets in different countries.
st
WHAT IS GLOBALIZATION?
ity
ff Globalization is the trend of increasing
interaction between people or companies
al
on a worldwide scale due to advances
qu
in transportation and communication
technology. The way in which the world
economy is integrated in the modern world
@
is globalization. It is primarily an economic
process of integration that has social and
cultural influence. Though globalization
appears to be a modern phenomena its
origins can be traced to the European Age of
Discovery and voyages to the New World.
Main features of Globalization
ff Opening up of businesses throughout the
world.
ff Buying and selling of goods to and from any
location in the world.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
ff Removal of difference between domestic and
foreign market.
ff Locating production or other facilities
anywhere in the world depending upon
business opportunities and not on
consideration of nationalities.
ff Sourcing factors of production such as raw
material, capital or manpower from anywhere
in the world.
am
The need for Globalization
ff Urgent need to cut cost of production so that
gr
the goods can become affordable to more and
more people.
le
ff The need to expand business by entering
newer markets in another country.
te
ff Reduction of trade barriers amongst the
l_
WTO, members encouraged globalization.
trade and foreign investment encouraged it.
FACTORS THAT HAVE ENABLED
GLOBALISATION
ff Faster delivery of goods with better technology
of production and transport.
ff Goods and services produced and delivered at
competitive cost.
ff Port handling becoming convenient and
economical because of container services.
ff Easy flow of information due to better
communication technology.
ff Removal of various trade barriers because of
liberalization.
ff Availability of qualified manpower.
WORLD TRADE ORGANISATION
Liberalization of foreign trade and investment
in India was supported by some very powerful
international organizations. According to these
organizations all barriers to foreign trade and
investment are harmful. There should be no barriers.
ff World Trade Organization (WTO) is one
such organization whose aim is to liberalize
international trade.
ff WTO establishes rules regarding international
trade, and sees that these rules are obeyed. 164
countries of the world are currently members
of the WTO (2016).
Globalisation and the Indian Economy
ff Though WTO is supposed to allow free trade
for all, in practice, it is seen that the developed
countries have unfairly retained trade barriers.
On the other hand, WTO rules have forced the
developing countries to remove trade barriers.
An example of this is the current debate on
trade in agricultural products.
Functions of WTO
(a) Establishment of rules of international trade.
(b) Ensuring that the rules are followed by the
member countries.
(c) Promote removal of trade barriers.
IMPACT OF GLOBALISATION OF INDIA
ff Increased competition among domestic and
foreign producers.
ff The consumers have greater choice.
ff Better products becoming available at
economical prices.
ff Change in lifestyle (dresses) and eating habits
(opening of foreign food companies).
er
ff More foreign investment comes into a country
leading to establishment of production
at
facilities with latest technology.
ym
ff Raised production standards
ff Increased employment opportunities
ff Emergence of the Indian Multinational
ud
companies
ff Creation of services sector involving IT, in
st
India.
ff Ford is having manufacturing plants in
ity
Chennai and cars manufactured in Chennai go
for sale in other countries. Moreover, company
al
may be getting gear boxes produced in some
qu
other country, seat belts from a different
country, lights, rear view mirrors in some
other nation by some other company. Almost
@
all the components get supplied by various
vendors to Ford Motor, which assembles them
to make the car. All these activities help in
generating employment opportunities across
Positive impacts of Liberalization
–– Increased foreign investment
–– Increased productivity
–– Technological upgradation
–– Increased GDP
369
the world. This in turn affects the world
economy. Thus globalization affects a large
section of the world economically.
Liberalization of foreign trade and foreign
investment policy
ff Liberalization means removal of barrier. For
trade, taxes or duties generally act as barrier
as they rise the price of the goods for the
customer.
am
ff Tax on imports is an example of trade barrier.
It is called a barrier because some restriction
has been set up. Governments can use trade
gr
barriers to increase or decrease (regulate)
foreign trade and to decide what kinds of
le
goods and how much of each, should come
te
into the country.
ff The Indian government, after Independence,
l_
had put barriers to foreign trade and foreign
ia investment. This was considered necessary to
protect the producers within the country from
foreign competition.
ff Starting around 1991, some far-reaching
changes in trade policy were made in India.
The government felt that competition would
improve the performance of producers within
the country since they would have to improve
their quality. This decision was supported by
powerful international organizations.
ff Thus, barriers on foreign trade and foreign
investment were removed to a large extent.
This meant that goods could be imported and
exported easily and also foreign companies
could set up factories and offices here.
ff Removing barriers or restrictions by the
government is what is known as liberalization.
With liberalization of trade, businesses
are allowed to make decisions freely about
what they wish to manufacture, import or
export. The government imposes much less
restrictions than before and is therefore said
to be more liberal.
Negative impacts of liberalization
–– Imbalance in development
–– Increased unemployment in some
sectors
–– Shutting down of domestic business
370
THE STRUGGLE FOR A FAIR
GLOBALISATION
ff Not everyone has benefited from globalization
at least uniformly. People with education, skill
and wealth have made the best use of the
new opportunities. On the other hand, there
are many people who have not shared the
benefits.
ff The is a need to make Globalization Fair.
Fair globalization would create opportunities
for all, and also ensure that the benefits of
globalization are shared better.
ff The government can play a major role in
making this possible. Its policies must protect
the interests, not only of the rich and the
powerful, but all the people in the country.
ia
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
The suggested steps are as follows :
Government can ensure that labor
laws are properly implemented and the
workers get their rights.
It can support small producers to improve
their performance till the time they
become strong enough to compete.
If necessary, the government can use trade
and investment barriers.
am
It can negotiate at the WTO for ‘fairer
rules’.
gr
It can also align with other developing
countries with similar interests to fight
le
against the domination of developed
countries in the WTO.
te
l_
Globalisation and the Indian Economy 371

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

Production Across Countries; 10. What is liberalisation? Describe any four

effects of liberalisation on the Indian economy.
Interlinking Production Across  (AI 2017)
Countries; Foreign Trade and 11. “Advancement of international trade of a
Integration of Markets country is an index to its prosperity.” Support

am
the statement with suitable example.
VSA (1 mark)  (AI 2014)
1. State any one example of ‘Trade Barrier’.

gr
(AI 2019)
What is Globalization?; Factors
that have Enabled Globalization

le
2. Why had the Indian Government put barrier
to foreign trade and foreign investment after

te
VSA (1 mark)
independence? State any one reason.

l_
 (AI 2015) 12. Why do MNCs set up their offices and
factories in those regions where they get cheap
3. Why did the Indian Government remove
labour and other resources? (AI 2016)
barriers to a large extent on foreign trade and
ia
foreign investment? (Foreign 2015) 13. Differentiate between investment and foreign
er
4. Removing barriers or restrictions set by the investment. (AI 2016)
government is known as
at

14. What is the meaning of ‘Investment’?

(a) Globalisation (b) Privatisation
(Term-II 2015)
ym

(c) Nationalisation (d) Liberalisation

 (Foreign 2014) 15. What is ‘Foreign Investment’? (Term-II 2015)
ud

SA (3 marks) 16. What attracts the Foreign investment?

 (Term-II 2015)
5. How is foreign trade interlinking markets of
st

different countries? Explain with example. SA (3 marks)

 (Foreign 2017)
ity

17. Examine any three conditions which should

6. What are the Special Economic Zones (SEZs)? be taken care of by multinational companies
al

Why is the government setting up SEZs? to set up their production units.

(2016, Term-II 2012)  (Delhi 2017)
qu

7. Why had the Indian government put barriers 18. How do Multinational corporations (MNCs)
to foreign trade and foreign investments after
@

interlink production across countries? Explain

Independence? Analyse the reasons. with examples. (AI 2017)
 (AI 2016)
19. Explain by giving example that multinational
(Term-II 2015)
corporations (MNCs) are spreading their
8. “Foreign trade is an important component of production in different ways. (Term-II 2016)
globalisation”. Explain any three points in this
20. Elaborate any three disadvantages of
regard. (Term-II 2015)
multinational corporations.
LA (5 marks)  (2016, Term-II 2012)
9. How has foreign trade been integrating 21. Describe any three ways in which countries
markets of different countries? Explain with can be linked through globalisation.
examples. (2018)  (Term-II 2015)
372
22. Explain any three ways in which MNCs
control production in other countries.
(Term-II 2014)
23. What is Globalisation ? Explain.
 (Term-II 2012)
24. Should more Indian companies emerge as
MNCs? How would it benefit the people in the
country? (Term-II 2011)
LA (5 marks)
25. Why do multinational corporations (MNCs)
set up their offices and factories in certain
areas only? Explain any five reasons.
(Delhi 2019)
26. Describe the contribution of technology in
promoting the process of globalisation.
 (Delhi 2017)
27. What is globalisation? Describe the role
of Multinational Corporations (MNCs) in
promoting globalisation process.
er
 (Delhi 2016)
at
28. Describe any five factors that promote the
Multinational Corporations (MNCs) to set-
ym
up their production units in a particular place.
 (Foreign 2016)
ud
29. How are multinational corporations (MNCs)
controlling and spreading their productions
across the world? Explain. (Delhi 2015)
st
30. How has information and communication
ity
technology stimulated globalisation process?
Explain with examples.  (Term-II 2014)
al
31. “Globalisation has been advantageous to
qu
consumers as well as to producers.” Support
the statement with suitable examples.
 (AI 2014)
@
32. Explain the role of multinational corporations
in the globalisation process. (Delhi 2014)
World Trade Organisation; Impact
of Globalization on India; The
Struggle for a Fair Globalisation
VSA (1 mark)
33. Due to which reason the latest models of
different items are available within our reach?
 (Foreign 2016)
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
34. Why are MNCs setting their customer care
centers in India? (Term-II 2015)
35. Which one of the following has been the
major source of foreign exchange for I.T.
Industry?
(a) Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited
(b) Oil India Limited
(c) Steel Authority of India Limited
am
(d) Business Process Outsourcing
 (Delhi 2014)
36. Which one of the following type of countries
gr
has been more benefited from globalisation?
le
(a) Rich countries
(b) Poor countries
te
(c) Developing countries
l_
(d) Developed countries  (Foreign 2012)
ia37. Which one of the following Indian Industries
has been hit hard by globalisation?
(a) I.T. (b) Toy-making
(c) Jute (d) Cement
 (Foreign 2012)
SA (3 marks)
38. Analyse any three factors that make
globalization more fair. (AI 2019)
39. Analyse the impact of globalization on Multi-
national Corporations (MNCs) in India.
(AI 2019)
40. “Globalisation and greater competition
among producers has been an advantage
to consumers.” Justify the statement with
examples.  (Term-II 2016)
41. “A wide ranging choice of goods are available
in the Indian Markets.” Support the statement
with examples in context of globalisation.
(Term-II 2016)
42. “The impact of globalisation has not been
uniform.” Demonstrate with the help of
illustration. (AI 2016)
43. “Information and communication technology
has played a major role in spreading out
production of services across countries.”
Justify the statement with examples.
 (Foreign 2016)
Globalisation and the Indian Economy
44. “World Trade Organization rules have forced
the developing countries to remove trade
barriers.” Explain the values hampered due to
this.  (Term-II 2012)
45. In recent years how our markets have been
transformed? Explain with examples.
 (Delhi 2015)
46. “Technology has stimulated the globalisation
process.” Support the statement with examples.
 (Foreign 2015)
47. How did ‘Cargill Food become the largest
producer of edible oils in India? Explain.
 (Term-II 2014)
48. Why did Ford Motors Company want to
develop Ford India as a componenet supplying
base for its other plants across the globe?
Explain. (Term-II 2014)
49. How do the MNCs help in the growth of local
companies? (Term-II 2013)
er
50. Describe the impact of globalisation on small
at
producers. (Term-II 2012)
51. How globalisation has affected the lives of the
ym
people? Explain with any three examples.
(Term-II 2012)
ud
52. Explain the meaning of fair globalisation.
 (Term-II 2012)
st
53. Explain with three examples how top
ity
Indian companies have been benefited from
Globalisation.  (Term-II 2012)
al
54. How has Globalisation created new
qu
opportunities for companies providing
services in India? Explain.  (Term-II 2012)
@
Answers
1. There are three types of trade barriers: Tariffs,
Non-Tariffs, and Quotas. Tariffs are taxes that are
imposed by the government on imported goods or
services.
2. To protect the Indian industries from
competition of superior foreign goods.
3. In 1991, the Government of India liberalized
its policy and felt that Indian producers must
373
55. How can the benefits of globalisation be
shared better? Explain. (Term-II 2012)
56. What is Globalisation? How can the
government ensure fair Globalisation to its
people? Give two points.  (Term-II 2011)
LA (5 marks)
57. How do we feel the impact of globalization on
am
daily life ?Explain with examples. (2018)
58. Analyse any five positive effects of globalisation
gr
on the Indian economy. (AI 2017)
le
59. Describe the impact of globalisation on Indian
economy with examples.  (AI 2016)
te
60. Describe the major problems created by the
l_
globalization for a large number of small
ia producers and workers. (Foreign 2016)
61. What steps should be taken to make trade
more fair between the countries?
 (Term-II 2016)
62. “Globalisation and greater competition
among producers has been advantageous
to consumers.” Support the statement with
examples. (AI 2015)
63. “Fair globalisation would create opportunities
for all and also ensure that benefits of
globalisation are shared better.” Support the
statement. (Foreign 2015)
64. How have our markets been transformed in
recent years? Explain with examples.
 (Delhi 2013)
compete with producers around the world.
The Government had an opinion that trade
competition would improve the performance
of the local producers within the country since
they will be forced to improve their quality. Thus,
Indian Government removed barriers to a large
extent on foreign trade and foreign investment.
This decision was supported by powerful
374
international organization like the WTO (World
Trade Organisation).
4. (d) Liberalisation
5. (i) Through trade, goods travel from one
market to another.
(ii) Choice of goods in the markets increases and
prices become competitive.
(iii) Producers compete closely with each other
and best products become successful.
6. SEZs or Special Economic Zones are industrial
areas with world class facilities.
(i) Companies who set-up units in SEZs are
exempted from tax for 5 years.
(ii) They are set-up to attract foreign investment.
7. Reasons for putting trade barriers to foreign
trade and investment by the Indian government
after Independence are :
ia
(i) To protect local producers and goods from
er
foreign competition.
at
(ii) Industries needed protection in early stages
so that they could grow and develop in order to be
ym
ready to compete with developed countries later
on.
ud
(iii) It imposed restrictions on the import of
certain goods.
st
Reasons to remove barriers were :
(i) To face competition and improve quality of
ity
products.
al
(ii) To attract foreign investments.
(iii) To get order for production.
qu
8. (i) Foreign trade implies exchange of goods
and services across the countries.
@
(ii) It helps to expand the size of market for
producers.
(iii) Producers and consumers can get
commodities produced in any part of the world.
(iv) It works to integrate markets in different
countries.
9. (i) Foreign trade has increased substantially
with globalization. It has led to integration of the
economy of a country with the economies of other
countries under conditions of free flow of trade,
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
capital and movement of persons across borders.
(ii) Integration of markets has led people in one
country to use and appreciate products and culture
of other countries. The markets now behave like
one huge ‘world market’.
(iii) MNCs are playing a major role in the process
of rapid integration or interconnection between
countries. For example, if we take the case of
am
automobiles, we find that an Indian citizen can
select to buy from a large number of international
brands., that are made in India. This has been
gr
possible only because of integration of markets.
(iv) Now, more regions of the world are in closer
le
contact with each other than a few decades back.
te
This has been possible with the increased flow of
goods and services.
l_
(v) MNCs play an important role in the Indian
economy by setting up production jointly with
some of the local companies.
(vi) Rapid improvement in information and
communication technology has been one major
factor that has stimulated the Globalization
process.
10. Liberalisation means the opening of the
country for foreign investments and capitals. Trade
barriers are often used  by countries to protect the
domestic industries from the products of other
countries. It has led to dismantling of the trade
barriers.
Free trade benefits consumers through increased
choices and reduced prices. On the other hand,
free flow of capital ensures that any country can
make investments in other countries.
Impacts:
(i) Increase in the foreign trade leading to better
foreign reserves.
(ii) Increase in foreign investment.
(iii) Exchange of technology between countries,
has led to improvement in production in domestic
companies. Also, competition from MNCs makes
the Indian companies perform better.
(iv) Foreign companies (MNCs) can now setup
factories and offices in India to boost their
production for the global markets. Many MNCs
Globalisation and the Indian Economy
now export products that has been manufactured
in India.
(v) Better means of communication have
developed alongside globalisation, which facilitates
trading activities.
11. This statement is true due to following
reasons :
(i) As the resources are always limited,
international trade provides the opportunity for
its best use.
(ii) Goods or resources of one country are
required by other and vice-versa. These differences
create conditions for international trade.
(iii) Foreign investment and trade has helped
India to improve its productivity of manufactured
goods. International trade contributes to India’s
economic growth, raising income levels of people.
As more people in the world come to know about
India it stimulates tourism and opens the door for
er
business and earning of foreign exchange.
at
(iv) In the recent years, exchange of commodities
and goods have been superseded by the exchange
ym
of services associated with information technology
adding large sums to the foreign exchange
ud
reserves.
(v) India has emerged as a large data processing
st
giant at the international level and it is earning
large foreign exchange through the export of
ity
information technology. Thus, it can be concluded
that advancement of international trade of a
al
country is an index of its economic prosperity.
qu
12. Multinational companies usually set up their
offices and factories in regions (countries) where
@
they get land, labour and raw materials at a cheaper
rate. This makes them more competitive in the
world market and can lead to greater profitability.
13. Investment by any person or entity is the
money spent for buying building, land or other
assets with a motive to earn a profit in future
by selling it or in any other fashion. Foreign
investment is any investment made by a foreign
business entity such as a MNC, or an individual
or a foreign government in India for buying assets
with the motive to earn a profit from it.
375
14. The money that is spent to buy assets such as
land , building, machines and other equipment is
called an investment.
15. Investment made in India by the
Multinational Companies based abroad is called
foreign investment.
16. Infrastructural facility and the possibility of
making more profits.
am
17. The MNCs must ensure that
(a) Cheap raw material is available.
gr
(b) Cheap yet skilled labor is available.
(c) The overall production cost is low.
le
(d) Availability of large consumer base.
te
18. There are varieties of ways in which the MNCs
l_
establish their production in different countries
iaacross the globe.
They set up partnership with local companies by
using the local companies for supplies, by closely
competing with the local companies or  buying
them.
They procure the raw materials locally in large
quantities and at cheap rates from various
locations.
Gradually they integrate the locations and achieve
“economies of scale”.
Example - Cargill Foods taking over Parakh Food.
19. Multinational corporations are spreading
their productions in different ways.
(i) By setting up partnership with local
companies.
(ii) By placing order with local companies. For
example, garments, footwear, sports items, etc.
(iii) By closely competing with the local
companies.
(iv) By buying local companies. To take an
example, Cargill Foods, a very large American
MNC has taken over smaller Indian company such
as Parakh Foods.
20. The disadvantages of MNCs are :
(i) Small manufacturers like — makers of
capacitors, plastic toys, tyres, dairy products and
vegetable oil became victims of competition.
376
(ii) Closing down of small units rendered many
workers jobless.
(iii) Most employers prefer to employ workers
‘flexibly’, this mean that workers jobs are no
longer secure. Small Indian companies were hard
hit because of Government’s changed policies
such as allowing import of the goods which were
previously not allowed.
21. (i) By the movement of goods.
(ii) By the movement of services.
(iii) By the movement of investments.
(iv) By the movement of technology.
(v) By the movement of people between
countries.
22. The multinational corporations (MNCs) are
controlling and spreading their production across
the world in the following ways :
(i) MNCs set-up their production units close to
er
market.
(ii) They set-up units jointly with local companies.
at
(iii) They set-up units where the labour is available
ym
at low cost.
(iv) Large MNCs place orders for productions
with small producers.
ud
(v) They have tremendous power to control price,
quality, delivery and labour conditions for distant
st
producers.
ity
(vi) By purchasing local companies.
23. (i) Globalisation is a process of rapid
al
integration or interconnection between countries
qu
through foreign trade and foreign investments by
multinational corporations (MNCs).
@
(ii) More and more goods and services,
investments and technology move between
countries.
(iii) Globalisation is the integration which leads
to the spread of high quality goods and services
throughout the world.
24. Yes, more Indian companies should emerge as
MNCs.
It would benefit the people in the country in the
following ways:
(i) New job opportunities would be created by
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
the emergence of Indian companies as MNCs.
(ii) Local companies that provide raw materials
and other services to these companies will prosper.
(iii) It would also lead to rise in production
standards, and improvement in the standard of
living of the people.
25. The Multinational Corporations set up
offices and factories in certain areas because of the
am
following reasons:
(i) MNCs set up production where it is close to the
markets; where there is skilled and unskilled labor
gr
available at low costs; and where the availability of
le
other factors of production is assured.
(ii) MNCs also look for government policies
te
that take care of their interests. Any investment
l_
is made with the hope that these assets will earn
iaprofits.
(iii) At times, MNCs set up production jointly
with local companies. The benefit to the local
company can be -a) MNCs can provide money for
additional investments, like buying new machines
for faster production. b) MNCs might bring with
them the latest technology for production.
(iv) A common route for MNC investments is
to buy up local companies and then to expand
production. MNCs with huge wealth can quite
easily do so.
(v) Large MNCs in developed countries place
orders for production with small producers.
Garments, footwear, sports items are examples of
industries where production is carried out by a
large number of small producers around the world.
The products are supplied to the MNCs, which
then sell these under their own brand names to the
customers.
(vi) These large MNCs have tremendous power
to determine price, quality, delivery, and labor
conditions for these distant producers. Thus, by
setting up partnerships with local companies, by
using the local companies for supplies, by closely
competing with the local companies or buying
them up, MNCs are exerting a strong influence on
production at these distant locations. As a result,
production in these widely dispersed locations is
Globalisation and the Indian Economy
getting interlinked.
26. Technology has been the most important
factor in triggering globalisation. It has been the
main catalyst for its advancement.
For Example, the internet and information
systems. Massive amounts of information and data
are available via the World Wide Web. The obvious
benefits have been as follows-
(a) The world’s banking systems have benefited
from the ability to instantly transfer funds,
simplifying long-distance transactions.
(b) Most global businesses use technology
that has been available for many years, such as
planes and ships. However, innovative navigation
advancements, such as global positioning systems,
have increased efficiency and made travel safer.
(c) In cargo handling our ports have become
safer and more efficient. With the improvement
in infrastructure and better engineered vehicles
er
domestic cargo movement (and passenger
movement) has become safer and efficient.
at
27. Globalisation means integration of the
ym
domestic economy with the world economy
through trade, capital and technology flows.
ud
MNC’s play an important role in the globalisation
process. They compete with the local producers
st
thus integrating the markets.
The role of MNCs in the process of globalisation
ity
can be understood through the following five
examples:
al
(i) MNCs have led to the availability of products
qu
from all over the world in any country. For
example, in India, corporations like Toyota, Ford
@
and Hyundai have led to availability of cars from
other countries which are of high quality.
(ii) MNCs from developing countries are also
increasing their presence in developed countries.
For example, Tata Tea purchased Tetley, a tea
brand in Britain a few years ago.
(iii) They have led to a greater movement of labor
across the world. For example, Indian software
engineers working in TCS go to the U.S. for work.
(iv) MNCs have increased the inflow of foreign
capital across different countries. For example,
377
when a corporation like General Electric invests in
India, it brings in capital from abroad.
(v) They have led to more transfer of technology
across the countries. For example, Samsung brings
in more advanced technology for manufacturing
electronics into countries like India.
28. Factors that promotes MNCs to set up
production base :
am
(i) Close proximity to the market.
(ii) Availability of skilled and unskilled labour at
low cost.
gr
(iii) Governments liberalised policies.
le
(iv) Developed infrastructure.
te
(v) Political stability.
29. Refer to answer 22.
l_
ia30. Refer to answer 26.
31. Globalisation has been advantageous to
producers in the following ways :
(i) The producers now have access to the
international markets.
(ii) Globalisation has also enabled fast movement
of capital, via electronic transfers.
(iii) Globalisation has enabled access to foreign
investment in capital and technology.
Globalisation has been advantageous to consumers
in the following ways:
(i) Globalisation has led to employment
generation, as a result, benefited people.
(ii) Globalisation has also given rise to intense
competition due to opening up of markets to
foreign companies. As a result, this has led to the
increase in product quality and decrease in the
prices of the products.
(iii) The consumers have benefited from the
arrival of MNCs as they have brought good quality
products to India.
32. MNCs play an important role in the
globalisation process.
(i) MNCs control production in more than one
country.
(ii) They compete with the local producers directly
even after being miles apart, thus integrating the
378
markets across the world.
(iii) Their working leads to exchange of
investments and products which leads to
interconnection between diverse countries.
(iv) Countries get connected when movement of
goods, people, investment and services between
different countries takes place.
(v) MNCs bring global practices such as
technology and people management to host
countries.
33. Due to globalization, the latest models of
different items are available in India.
34. Due to the availability of cheap skilled labor
and good English speaking workforce.
35. (d) Business Process Outsourcing
36. (c ) Developing countries
37. (b) Toy making
iaseen on Indian roads that are produced by the top
38. Globalization is the trend of increasing
er
interaction between people or companies on a
worldwide scale due to advances in transportation
at
and communication technology. However, it
ym
must be ensured that globalization must benefit
all the segments of the society only then it can be
called fair globalization. This can happen if we can
ud
ensure –
(i) Proper implementation of labor laws.
st
(ii) It must be ensured that the small businesses
ity
are adequately supported so that they do not lose
out to large corporations.
al
(iii) As and when needed trade barriers must be
qu
applied to protect new sectors.
(iv) Our country must be able to join forces with
@
other countries to fight domination of developed
countries and negotiate with WTO for fair rules.
39. Globalization has made a very positive effect
on the Multi National Corporations. The ways in
which they have benefitted are :
(a) MNCs have been able to set up production
where it is close to the markets; where there is
skilled and unskilled labor available at low costs;
and where the availability of other factors of
production is assured.
(b) MNCs also look for government policies that
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
take care of their interests and thus they have been
able to select beneficial bases for their business.
(c) Because of the prevailing rules, MNCs have
been able to set up production jointly with local
companies. The benefit to the local company can
be in terms of capital and technology.
(d) Because of globalization the MNC’s have been
able to bring better, safer, products to the people,
am
that too at competitive prices.
40. Transformation of our markets because of
globalisation has benefitted the consumers.
gr
(i) There is a wide choice of goods and services
le
before us in the market.
The latest models of digital cameras, mobile phones
te
and televisions made by the leading manufacturers
l_
of the world are within our reach.
(ii) Every season new model of automobile can be
companies of the world.
(iii) A similar explosion of brands can be seen
for many other goods such as clothes or breakfast
cereal.
(iv) People enjoy higher standards of living.
(v) Indian companies have invested in newer
technology and production methods and raised
their production standards.
41. A wide ranging choice of goods :
(i) We have a wide variety of goods and services
before us in the market.
(ii) The latest models of the digital cameras,
mobile phones and televisions made by leading
manufacturers of the world are available in the
market.
(iii) Every season, new models of automobiles can
be seen on Indian roads.
(iv) Today Indian’s are buying cars produced by
nearly all the top companies in the world.
(v) A similar explosion of high quality brands
can be seen for many other goods.
42. (i) While globalisation has benefited the
well off consumers and also producers with skill,
education and wealth, many small producers and
workers have suffered as a result of the rising
Globalisation and the Indian Economy
competition.
(ii) Removal of trade barriers and liberalisation
of the government to facilitate globalisation have
hit the local producers and manufacturers hard.
(iii) Globalisation and the pressure of competition
have substantially changed the lives of workers.
Faced with growing competition. Most employers
these days prefer to employ workers flexibly. This
means that workers jobs are no longer secure.
43. Rapid improvement in information and
communication technology has stimulated the
globalisation process.
(i) While transportation technology has made
much faster delivery of goods across long distances
at lower costs, this would not have been possible
without IT.
(ii) There have been remarkable development in
information and communication technology.
(iii) Telecommunication and interest facilities are
er
used to contact one another around the world, to
at
access information instantly, and to communicate
from remote areas.
ym
(iv) Through internet, one can obtain and share
information. It also allows to send e-mail and talk
across the world at negligible costs.
ud
(v) For example, a news magazine published
for Mumbai readers can be designed and printed
st
in Delhi office. The designers in the Delhi office
ity
get order on how to design the magazine from
the office in Mumbai using internet facilities.
al
The designing is done on a computer and sent to
qu
Mumbai. The printing is done in Mumbai.
Even the payment of money for designing from
@
a bank in Mumbai to a bank in Delhi is done
instantly through net-banking.
44. Values hampered due to this are :
(i) Equal benefits and opportunities for all is not
followed. This is because the large population in
developing countries are poor and uneducated,
they should not be treated at par with developed
world.
(ii) Equality is not followed.
(iii) Fair trade rules and practices also affects the
poor people in the same way.
379
45. With globalization many changes have occurred
in the Indian markets. The various transformations
in Indian market in recent years are :
(i) There is availability of wide range of choice of
goods and services.
(ii) Products are of better quality and at
competitive prices.
(iii) We can easily avail the latest products with
am
advanced technology, e.g. digital cameras, mobile
phones, etc.
(iv) Some Indian companies have become more
gr
competitive and have become multinationals with
le
overseas production bases; such as Tata Motors,
Tata Tea, Mahendra & Mahendra, Sun Pharma,
te
etc.
l_
(v) There has been a jump in foreign trade and
iathe Indian markets are very well integrated with
the world. Notable have been the growth of
Information Technology industry with companies
like TCS, Infosys, etc.
46. Technology has really stimulated globalisation.
(i) Telecommunication is used to contact and
communicate and to make information easily
accessible.
(ii) Internet facilitates money and capital
movement across countries.
(iii) Speedy transfer of information and capital
integrate different countries of the world.
47. (i) Cargill Foods is a very large American
MNC. It has bought over smaller Indian companies
such as Parakh Foods and expanded the range of
its production of edible oil in India.
(ii) Parakh Foods had built a large marketing
network in various parts of India, where its brands
was well-reputed. Also, Parakh Foods had four oil
refineries whose control has now shifted to Cargill.
It has become the largest producer of edible oils in
India. It refines and markets various edible oil, for
the food industry.
(iii) Many popular brands like Sweekar, Nature
Fresh, and Gemini have become part of Cargill
Foods.
48. Ford Motors wanted to develop Ford India
380
as a component supplying base for its other plants
across the globe due to following reasons:
(i) A number of local manufacturers are
supplying component to their Chennai plant and
the MNC feels that they can supply component to
other plants across the globe.
(ii) Cost of labour and material is very low in
India.
(iii) The components can be easily supplied to
other MNC car manufacturers in India and China.
49. MNCs help in the growth of local companies
as follows :
(i) MNCs spread their production and interact
with local producers in various countries across
the globe.
(ii) By setting up partnerships with local
companies.
(iii) By using the local companies for supply.
er
(vi) By closely competing with the local companies
or buying them.
at
50. Globalisation help in the growth of local
companies.
ym
(i) MNCs are spreading their production
by interacting with local producers in various
ud
countries across the globe.
(ii) By setting up partnership with local
st
companies.
ity
(iii) By using the local companies for supply.
(iv) By closely competing with the local companies
al
or buying them.
qu
51. Effect of globalisation on the lives of people are :
(i) Raised their investment in industries relating
@
to cell phones, automobiles, electronics, soft
drinks, fast food or services such as banking in
urban areas.
(ii) New jobs have been created.
(iii) Local companies supplying raw materials to
these industries have prospered leading to owner
employment and better products.
(iv) It has led to increased competition.
(v) Several top Indian companies have been able
to benefit from the increased competition. They
have invested in newer technology and production
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
methods and raised the production standards and
have become world class. Some have gained from
successful collaboration with foreign companies.
(vi) New opportunities for service such as
data entry, accounting, administrative tasks,
engineering are now being done cheaply in
countries such as India and are exported to the
developed countries.
am
52. Fair globalisation creates opportunities for all
and also ensures that the benefits of globalisation
are shared by all.
gr
(i) Government can play a major role in making
le
this possible. Policies must protect the interest of
rich and poor.
te
(ii) Labour laws are properly implemented and
l_
the workers get their rights.
ia(iii) It can support small producers by putting
some restrictions or barriers.
(iv) It can negotiate at the WTO for fairer rules.
53. Several top Indian companies have been able
to benefit from Globalisation :
(i) They have invested in newer technology and
production methods and raised their production
standards and quality of goods and services.
(ii) Some have gained from successful
collaborations with foreign companies.
(iii) Globalisation has enabled some large Indian
companies to emerge as multinational themselves.
For example : Tata Motors and Infosys.
54. (i) Globalisation has created new
opportunities for companies providing services
particularly those involving IT.
(ii) An Indian company producing a magazine
for a London based company is an example.
(iii) Besides, a host of services such as data entry,
accounting, administrative tasks and engineering
are now being done cheaply in India and are
exported to the developed countries.
55. The benefits of Globalisation can be shared
better in the following ways :
(i) The government policy must protect the
interest, not only of the rich and the powerful, but
of all the people in the country.
Globalisation and the Indian Economy
(ii) The government can ensure that labour laws
are implemented and workers get their rights.
(iii) It can support small producers to improve
their performance till they becomes strong enough
to compete.
(iv) It can use trade and investment barriers
judiciously.
(v) It can negotiate at the WTO for ‘fairer rules’.
56. Globalisation means integration of the
domestic economy with the world economy
through trade, capital and technology flows.
Government can ensure fair globalisation to its
people in the following ways:
(i) Government needs to care about the labour
laws so that workers get their rights and support
small producers to improve their performance.
(ii) Government can negotiate with World
Trade Organisation for fairer rules and can align
er
with developing countries to stand against the
domination of developed countries.
at
57. Let us see the effect of foreign trade through
ym
the example of Chinese toys in the Indian market.
Chinese toys have become more popular in the
Indian market because of their cheaper prices
ud
and interesting new designs. Now, Indian buyers
have a greater choice of toys and at lower prices.
st
Simultaneously, Chinese toy makers got the
ity
opportunity to expand their business.
On the other hand, Indian toy makers are unable
al
to sell their products.
qu
In general it can be concluded that only skilled and
educated class has benefited from globalization.
@
They could utilize the opportunities.
For the customers of different consumer goods
today there are choices with a variety of good
quality goods and at reasonable prices; which has
a positive impact on their standard of living.
58. Positive impact of the globalisation on Indian
economy :
(a) Availability of variety of products which has
enabled the consumers to have greater choice and
enjoy improved quality at lower prices for several
products.
381
(b) This has led to better standards of living.
(c) This has led to increase in foreign direct
investment.
(d) New jobs have been created in many
industries.
(e) Top Indian companies have been benefited
by investing in new technology and production
methods along with successful collaborations with
am
foreign companies.
59. Impact of globalisation on Indian economy :
(i) Higher standard of living in urban areas.
gr
(ii) The impact has not been uniform among
le
producers and workers.
(iii) There is greater choice before the consumers
te
who now enjoy improved quality and lower prices
l_
for several products.
ia(iv) MNCs have increased their investments in
India leading to more job opportunities.
(v) Globalisation has enabled some large Indian
companies to emerge as MNCs themselves like
Tata Motors, Infosys, Asian Paints, etc.
(vi) Globalisation has also created new
opportunities for companies providing services
particularly those involving IT (Information
Technology).
(vii) Local companies that supply raw materials to
foreign industries have prospered.
However, for a large number of producers and
workers, globalisation has posed major challenges.
60. Globalisation for small producers and
workers have not always been beneficial :
(i) It has led to widening of income inequalities
among various countries.
(ii) Worker’s jobs are no longer secure.
(iii) Expansion of unorganized sector.
(iv) Small manufacturers are forced to hit hard
due to severe competition.
(v) Several units are forced to shutdown
rendering many workers jobless.
(vi) Lives of workers are on the whims of employers.
(vii) Workers are denied their fair share of benefits.
61. The following steps should be taken to make
trade more fair :
382
(i) Before imposing trade barrier interest of the
developing countries should be looked into.
(ii) Rules and regulation should be uniform.
(iii) Ensure that the developed countries do not
retain trade barriers unfairly.
(iv) Labour laws should be implemented properly.
(v) Small producers should be supported to
improve their performance till they become strong
enough to compete.
62. Globalisation and greater competition among
producers has been advantageous to consumers.
(i) Globalisation and greater competition
among producers both local and foreign has been
advantageous to consumers, particularly the well
off sections of urban areas.
(ii) There is greater choice before these
consumers who now enjoy higher standards of
living.
ia
(iii) Producers have invested in newer technology
er
and production methods and have raised their
at
production standards leading to the availability of
the better products for consumers .
ym
(iv) Wide ranging choice of goods in our markets
is a recent phenomenon and have brought changes
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
in lives of people. For example, consumers are
buying cameras, mobiles, T.V. or many other
daily life items with the latest technology made by
leading brands.
63. Fair globalisation create opportunities for all
and also ensure that benefits of globalisation are
shared better.
(i) Government policies must protect the
am
interests not only of the rich and powerful but of
all the people in the country.
gr
(ii) Government can ensure that labour laws are
properly implemented and the workers get their
le
rights.
te
(iii) Government can support small producers to
improve their performance till they become strong
l_
enough to compete.
(iv) If necessary the government can use trade
and investment barriers.
(v) It can negotiate at the WTO for fairer rules.
(vi) It can also align with other developing
counties with similar interests to fight against the
domination of developed countries in the WTO.
64. Refer to answer 45.
 Chapter
5 Consumer Rights*
QUICK RECAP
THE CONSUMER IN THE MARKETPLACE
ff A ‘consumer’ is a person who uses or consumes
goods or avails services. Under the Consumer
Protection Act, a consumer is defined as:
(a) Any person who buys any goods for a
consideration, which has been paid or
promised, or partly paid and partly promised,
ia International has become an umbrella body of
or under any scheme of deferred payment. It
er
includes any user of such goods, when such
use is made with the approval of the buyer, but
at
does not include a person who obtains goods
for re-sale or any commercial purpose.
ym
(b) Any person who hires or avails of any service,
for a consideration which has been paid or
ud
promised, or partly paid and partly promised,
or under any system of deferred payment. It
st
includes any beneficiary of services when
such services are availed of with the approval
ity
of the person concerned but does not include
al
a person who avails of such services for any
commercial purpose.
qu
ff A consumer can be exploited in the
marketplace on the following fronts:
@
–– Is given incomplete or false information
about a product or services
–– Is given unfair terms and conditions and
charged higher prices
–– Is sold unsafe products
–– Is sold adulterated product
–– Is cheated on weights and measures
–– Is exploited with artificial scarcity
–– Is not given after sales services
* Chapter 5 ‘Consumer Rights’ to be done as Project Work.
am
gr
In 1985 United Nations adopted the UN
Guidelines for Consumer Protection. This was
le
a tool for nations to adopt measures to protect
te
consumers and for consumer advocacy groups
to press their governments to do so. At the
l_
international level, this has become the foundation
for consumer movement. Today, Consumers
240 organizations from over 100 countries.
Consumer Movement
ff Consumers in India have suffered for a long
time at the hands of unscrupulous traders, with
food adulteration, black marketing, hoarding,
under weighing, etc. Consumer movement
began in India in the 1960s. After many years
of organized struggle, the government was
forced to take notice and finally the Consumer
Protection Act (COPRA) was enacted in 1986.
ff According to the Consumer protection Act
1986, the consumer has the following rights -
1. Right to Safety   2. Right to be Informed
3. Right to Choose   4. Right to be Heard
5. Right to seek Redressal
6. Right to Consumer Education:
ff The Consumer Protection Act by conferring
these rights on the consumers, empowers them
to fight against any unscrupulous, exploitative
and unfair trade practices adopted by sellers.
Duties of Consumers
A consumer should keep in mind the following
responsibilities while making a purchase :
(i) Consumer should make a wise choice by
being aware of all the choices available in the
market.
384
(ii) They should buy only standardized goods,
having proper marks of quality such as ISI
mark, FPO mark, Hallmark, etc.
(iii) Follow manufacturer’s instructions and use
the products safely.
(iv) Read labels to know about prices, net weight,
manufacturing and expiry dates, etc.
(v) Demand a fair deal as a right.
(vi) Make purchases only from proper outlets and
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(vii) Collect cash memo on purchase of goods
or services to serve as a proof of the purchase
made.
(viii) On finding deficiency in products and
services a consumer should file a complaint
in an appropriate consumer forum.
(ix)
People should come together and form
consumer societies for educating and
safeguarding the interests of the consumers.

am
discourage unscrupulous practices like black- (x) A consumer must always respect the
marketing, hoarding, etc. environment.

gr
Three tier quasi-judicial Redressal machinery

le
District Forum State commission National commission
The District Forum consists Each State Commission consists The National Commission

te
of a President and two other of a President and not less than consists of a President and at

members, one of whom should
be a woman.
Members are appointed by the
respective State Government
A complaint can to be made to
l_
two other members, one of least four other members, one
whom should be a woman.
ia of whom should be a woman.
The members are appointed They are appointed by the
by the State Government Central Government.
er
concerned.
A complaint can to be made A complaint can to be made
at

the appropriate District Forum to the appropriate State to the National Commission
when the value of the goods or Commission when the value of when the value of the goods
ym

services in question, along with the goods or services in question, or services in question, along
the compensation claimed, does along with the compensation with the compensation claimed,
ud

not exceed ` 20 lakhs. claimed, exceeds ` 20 lakhs but exceeds ` 1 crore.

does not exceed ` 1 crore.
In case of dissatisfaction an In case of dissatisfaction an In case of dissatisfaction with
st

appeal can be filed before the appeal can be filed before the the order of the national
ity

State Commission within 30 National Commission within commission the matter can
days. 30 days. be taken to the Supreme court
al

within 30 days.
qu

Demerits of consumer redressal Protection Act in 1986. India is one of the

ff The process of redressal is cumbersome and few countries that have exclusive courts for
@

time consuming consumer redressal. The consumer movement

ff Consumer has to attend court and may even
engage a lawyer
ff No case can be filed if evidence of purchase
is lost
ff Existence of a bad product itself does not help
ff Some laws are not clear and do not support
the consumers
National Consumers’ Day
ff 24th  December is celebrated as the National
Consumers’ Day. It was on this day that the
Indian Parliament enacted the Consumer
in India has made significant progress in
recent times. At present, there are more than
700 consumer groups. Out of them, about 20-
25 are well organized and are recognized for
their work.
ff The consumer redressal process is becoming
cumbersome, expensive and time consuming.
The lawyer’s charges in some cases work as
deterrent. Sometimes, the long delay de-
motivates a person and he may even stop
pursuing the case.
Consumer Rights 385

Previous Years’ CBSE Board Questions

How consumer is exploited (one 10. What is the duty of a consumer?

(Term-II 2016)
or two simple case studies) factors
causing exploitation of consumers; 11. Name the levels of consumer courts that are
available to appeal. (Term-II 2016)
Rise of consumer awareness; how

am
12. Which logo will you like to see on the electric
a consumer should be in a market; heater to be sure of its quality? (Foreign 2016)
Role of government in consumer

gr
13. What is COPRA? When was is introduced?
protection (Foreign 2016)

le
VSA (1 mark) 14. On which day of the year is ‘National

te
1. Which logo of quality is marked on the gold Consumers Day’ celebrated in India?

l_
jewellery? (AI 2019) (Term-II 2015)
2. Give an example of violation of consumer’s 15. Why was the consumer Protection Act enacted
ia
right to choose. (AI 2017) by the Indian Parliament? (Term-II 2015)
er
3. How is the maximum retail price printed on 16. What is adulteration? (Term-II 2015)
packets beneficial for you? (AI 2017)
at

17. Write any one objective of consumer

4. Give any one example of consumer’s ‘right to
ym

awareness. (Term-II 2015)

choose.’ (Delhi 2017)
18. Suppose your parents want to purchase Gold
5. If you want to extract information about the
ud

jewellery along with you; then which logo will

functions of any government department,
which right would you exercise? you look for on the jewellery? (AI 2015)
st

 (Delhi 2017) 19. Which logo would you like to see while
purchasing a tin of edible oil? (Foreign 2015)
ity

6. In what condition is the ‘Right to Seek

Redressal’ exercised? Give an example. 20. A chemist sold you a medicine of expiry date
al

(Foreign 2017) under which consumer right you can approach

qu

7. If any damage is done to a consumer by a the consumer court? (Term-II 2011)

trader, under which consumer right one can
SA (3 marks)
@

move to consumer court to get compensation?

(AI 2016)
8. Suppose you have to buy a packed bottle for
drinking water in your journey. Which logo
will you like to see to be sure about its quality?
(Delhi 2016)
9. If you are not interested to buy a brush with
toothpaste but shopkeeper denied to sell
toothpaste only. In this case which consumer
right is being violated by the seller?
(Foreign 2016)
21. How can consumers use their ‘Right to Seek
Redressal’? Explain with example.
(Delhi 2019)
22. Highlight any three rights of consumers.
(AI 2019)
23. How can consumer awareness be spread
among consumers to avoid exploitations in
the market place? Explain any three ways.
(2018)
386
24. Analyse the importance of the three-tier
judicial machinery under Consumer
Protection Act (COPRA), 1986 for redressal
of consumer disputes. (AI 2017)
25. Analyse any three reasons for the beginning of
the consumer movement in India.
 (Delhi 2017)
26. Give any three examples of different types of
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
39. How did consumer movement originate as a
‘social force’ in India.? (Term-II 2014)
40. Why should a consumer be well-informed?
Explain. (Term-II 2013)
41. “After 20 years of the enactment of COPRA,
consumer awareness in India is spreading but
slowly.” Give reasons. (Term-II 2013, 2012)
42. How has the RTI (Right to Information) Act

am
exploitation in the market. (Foreign 2017)
passed in 2005 affected consumers in India?
27. “Consumer awareness is essential to avoid  (Term-II 2013)

gr
exploitation in the marketplace.” Support the
43. List the information about goods and services
statement.  (Term-II 2016)
which should be available under the Right to

le
28. Explain the need of standardization of products information (RTI).  (Term-II 2012)

te
with the help of examples from day to day life.
44. Where can a consumer go to get justice against
 (Term-II 2016)

29. How do large companies manipulate the
market? Explain with examples.
 (Term-II 2016)
er
30. How are consumers exploited in the market
at
l_
unfair trade practices? Explain.
ia (Term-II 2012)
45. What is the function of three-tier quasi
machinery under COPRA? Describe.
 (Term-II 2012)

place? Explain. (Term-II 2016

46. Explain any three functions of the consumer
31. How can a consumers’ movement be truly
ym

protection council or consumers forum.

successful and effective? (Term-II 2016) (Term-II 2012)
32. “The consumer movement arose out of
ud

47. Explain in brief any three of the consumer

dissatisfaction of the consumers”. Justify the rights. (Term-II 2012)
statement with arguments.  (Term-II 2016)
st

48. Explain any three features of the consumer

33. “Rules and regulations are required for the
protection Act of 1986. (Term-II 2012)
ity

protection of the consumers in the market

place.” Justify the statement with arguments. 49. What are the duties of consumers while
al

(AI 2016) purchasing a thing? Write any three.

(Term-II 2011)
qu

34. Describe the limitations of the consumer

movement. (Term-II 2015) 50. Explain any three ways by which people may
@

be exploited in the market. (Term-II 2011)

35. What precautions do you suggest for a
consumer to take while purchasing medicines
from the market? (Term-II 2015)
36. Explain with an example how you can use the
right to seek redressal. (AI 2015)
51. What is the rationale behind the enactment of
Consumer Protection Act, 1986?
 (Term-II 2011)
LA (5 marks)

37. When is the ‘National Consumer Day’
celebrated in India? Describe the importance
of this day. (Term-II 2015)
38. Explain any three factors which gave birth to
the ‘Consumer Movement’ in India.(AI 2014)
52. What type of duties should a consumer keep
in mind under the consumer awareness?
Explain.  (Term-II 2016)
53. Explain with example the impact of the Right
to Information (R.T.I.). (Term-II 2015)
Consumer Rights
54. How has a three-tier quasi-judicial machinery
been set-up for redressal of consumer
disputes? Explain.  (Term-II 2014)
55. “Consumer movement can be effective only
with the consumer’s active involvement.”
Analyse the statement.
 (Foreign 2014)
Answers
1. Hallmark is an official mark on items made of
gold.
2. Any consumer who buys goods or receives a
service has the right to choose whether to buy the
goods or the service. As an example, sometimes
cooking gas supply dealers insist that you have
to buy the stove from them when you take a new
iaas COPRA. It came into effect in the year 1986.
connection. Here one’s right to choose another
er
stove from another shop is being violated.
3. It is very beneficial, because of this the seller
at
cannot sell the product at a higher price than the
ym
price printed on the pack.
4. Suppose I want to buy toothpaste and selects
a particular brand but the shop owner says that he
ud
will sell the toothpaste only if I buy a tooth brush
also; such proposal violates my right to choose.
st
This is because if I do not need a toothbrush I am
ity
forced to buy it because I need a toothpaste.
5. Right to Information. (R.T.I.)
al
6. Consumers have the right to seek redressal
qu
against unfair trade practices and exploitation. If
any damage is done to a consumer, she has the
right to get compensation.
@
Example, Mahesh had sent a money order to his
village for his daughter’s marriage. The money
did not reach his daughter at the time when she
needed it nor did it reach months later. So, Mahesh
filed a case in the district level consumer court and
utilized right to seek redressal.
7. Right to seek redressal
8. ISI logo
9. Consumer’s right to choose
10. Consumer should look for the desired
387
56. Explain with an example how one can exercise
the “Right to Choose’. (Term-II 2014)
57. Why are rules and regulations required for the
protection of the consumers, in the market
place? Explain with examples.  (Delhi 2013)
58. Explain the factors which gave birth to the
consumer movement in India. (Term-II 2012)
am
gr
information on the product and collect payment
receipt.
le
11. Consumer courts are there at district, state
te
and national level.
l_
12. ISI logo
13. Consumer Protection Act is popularly known
14. 24th December
15. To protect the consumers from unfair
trade practices and protect the interests of the
consumers.
16. It is the procedure of mixing impure
substances into pure products to increase its
volume, so as to derive extra profit. Adulteration is
always harmful to the consumer.
17. To protect the consumer from exploitation.
18. “Hallmark”
19. AGMARK
20. Right to Safety
21. Consumers have Right to seek redressal
against unfair trade practices and exploitation.
If damage is done to the consumer, he or she has
the right to get compensation depending on the
degree of damage. One should go to the District
forum if the claim of compensation amount is
below 20 lakh with in thirty days of the dissatisfying
event. One should go to the State Commission if
the compensation claim is between 20 lakh to One
crore and to the National commission if the claim
is for more than One crore. For example,
Ravi had bought a SUV, from a car dealer with 1
year warranty.
388
While driving it he found that it had no feature of
SUV and its feature are all that of ordinary car.
He filed a case in a district level consumer court
in New Delhi as the car dealer agency did not
respond to his repeated appeal for compensation
and the claim amount was less than 20 lakh.
The court verified his document. The court gave
verdict in his favor and awarded full compensation
to him and framed charges against the car company
for selling false product.
22. The following are the ‘rights of a consumer’:
1. Right to be informed – The consumers have
the right to be informed about the particulars of
goods and services that they purchase. Consumers
can then complain and ask for compensation or
replacement if the product proves to be defective
in any manner.
In recent times, the right to information has been
expanded to cover various services provided by the
Government. In October 2005, the Government
er
of India enacted a law,popularly known as RTI
at
(Right to Information) Act, which ensures its
citizens all the information about the functions of
ym
government departments.
2. Right to Choose – Consumers have the right
ud
to choose a product according to their need and
wish. A consumer has the right to choose whether
to continue to receive the service or stop it. There
st
have been cases of gas supply dealers insisting to
ity
buy the stove from them when one takes a new
connection. In this way many a times one can be
al
forced to buy things the consumer does not want.
A consumer can legally appeal against it.
qu
3. Right to seek Redressal – Consumers have
the right to seek redressal against unfair trade
@
practices and exploitation. If any damage is done to
a consumer, she has the right to get compensation
depending on the degree of damage. Consumer
courts have been set up. These are ‘quasi-judicial’
bodies that give redressal to aggrieved consumes.
23. Consumer awareness must be spread among
consumers to avoid their exploitation. This can be
done by
(a) The formation of various organizations such
as Consumers Forum or Consumers Protection
Council.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(b) By guiding consumers on how to file cases in
the Consumers Courts.
(c) By promoting consumer education through
advertisement, mass campaign and publicity
against malpractices of traders.
(d) By writing articles, holding exhibitions and
rallies.
(e) By ensuring implementation of the various
consumer laws.
am
24. Under COPRA, the Indian govt. has set up
consumer courts for the protection of consumers
gr
against exploitation by unfair and unethical trade
practices by sellers, producers and other service
le
providers.
(a) These courts have been set up at three levels -
te
National , State and District Levels.
l_
(i) National consumer courts address and settle
iaclaims of ` 1 crore and above.
(ii) State consumer courts address and settle
claims between 20 lakh and 1 crore.
(iii) District consumer courts address and settle
claims upto 20 lakhs.
(b) If a case is dismissed in district level court
the consumer can also appeal in state and then in
National level courts.
25. The following are the three main reasons for
beginning of consumer movement in India:
(i) Shortage of consumer products.
(ii) Adulteration and black marketing.
(iii) Poor quality of many products because of
poor quality control and lack of technology.
(iv) Unpredictable availability, price and purity of
products.
26. Exploitation in the marketplace happens in
various ways. Some examples are :
(i) When traders indulge in unfair trade practices
such as when shopkeepers weighs or measure less
than what they should. This is usually in materials
sold loose like rice, flour, milk, cloth, etc.
(ii) When traders add charges that were not
mentioned before, like handling charges, packing
charges, etc.
(iii) When adulterated/defective goods or expired
medicines are sold.
(iv) When advertisements make false or
exaggerated claims.
Consumer Rights
27. Consumer awareness to avoid exploitation :
Consumer awareness is essential to avoid
exploitation in the marketplace. Markets do not
work in a fair manner. Exploitation happens in
various ways. Therefore, awareness is essential.
Certain details are given on the packing. When
we buy medicines, details are marked on the pack.
Rules have been made so that the manufacturer
displays the information. Consumers can complain
and ask for compensation or replacement of the
product, if it proves to be defective in any manner.
28. Standardization is very essential to save the
consumers from malpractices and fraudulent
means. For example :
(i) For certain articles, ISI mark is a must to
ensure high quality and avoid accidents.
(ii) The producers of the medicine have to print
the date of manufacture, date of expiry, salts used iaprotection of the consumers in the market place.”
precautions if any.
er
29. The large companies manipulate the market
in various ways.
at
(i) Large companies with huge amount of wealth,
power and riches can manipulate the market in
ym
various ways.
(ii) At times false information is passed on
ud
through the media and other sources to attract
consumers.
st
(iii) For example, a company for years sold
powder milk for babies all over the world as the
ity
most scientific product claiming this to be better
al
than mother’s milk. It took years or struggle before
the company was forced to accept that it had been
qu
making false claims.
(iv) Similarly, a long battle had to be fought with
@
court cases to make cigarette manufacturing
companies accept that their product could cause
cancer.
30. Refer to answer 26.
31. Consumers’ movement can be truly
successful and effective when consumers realize
their role and importance. It is often said that
consumer movements can be effective only with
the consumers’ active involvement. It requires
a voluntary effort and struggle involving the
participation of one and all.
389
32. ‘The consumer movement arose out of
dissatisfaction of the consumers’ this is true.
(i) As many unfair practices were being practiced
by the sellers.
(ii) There was no legal system available to the
consumers to protect them from exploitation in
the marketplace.
(iii) In India, the consumer movement such
as ‘Social Force’ originated with the necessity
am
of protecting and promoting the interest of
consumers against unethical and unfair trade
practices.
gr
(iv) Rampant food shortage, hoardings, black
le
marketing, adulteration of food and edible oil gave
birth to the consumer movement in an organized
te
from in the 1960s.
l_
33. “Rules and regulation are required for the
(i) Individual consumers often find themselves
in a weak position, whenever there is a complaint
regarding a good or service that had been bought,
the seller tries to shift all the responsibility on the
the buyer.
Refer to answer 26.
34. Limitations of Consumer Movement :
(i) It is cumbersome, expensive and time-
consuming.
(ii) Evidences are not easy to gather.
(iii) Existing laws are not clear.
(iv) Lack of consumers awareness.
(v) Lawyers have to be payed which makes the
redressal expensive.
35. While buying/purchasing medicine the
following should be observed :
(i) Price, batch no., date of manufacture must be
checked.
(ii) Address of the manufacturing company.
(iii) Expiry date.
(iv) Directions of proper use.
(v) Information relating to side effects and risk
associated with usage of that medicine and cash
memo must be collected.
36. Rights to seek redressal comes into effect
when a customer gets something and if the product
is damaged or not in a good state, and the seller
390
refuses to replace or repair it. The customer has
the rights to seek redressal.
Consumers have Right to seek redressal
against unfair trade practices and exploitation.
If damage is done to the consumer, he or she has
the right to get compensation depending on the
degree of damage.
For example, Ravi had bought a SUV, from a car
dealer with 1 year warranty. While driving he
found that it had no feature of SUV and its feature
are all that of ordinary car. He filed a case in a
district level consumer court in New Delhi ( as
the price of the car was 7 lakh) as the car dealer
agency did not respond to his repeated appeal for
replacement or compensation. The court verified
his document. The court gave verdict in his favor
and awarded full compensation to him and framed
charges against the car company for making false
claims on a product.
ia
37. 24th December is observed as National
er
Consumer’ Day in India. The importance of this
day are :
at
(i) Consumer protection Act was enacted on this
ym
day.
(ii) India has exclusive courts for consumer
redressal. About 700 consumer groups are working
ud
in India. However, consumer redressal process
is becoming cumbersome, expensive and time-
st
consuming. Pledge is taken to simplify and make
ity
it effective.
(iii) This day is used to spread the awareness of
al
COPRA.
38. Refer to answer 32.
qu
39. (i) In india, the consumer movement
became a social force. It originated with the
@
necessity of protecting and promoting the interest
of consumers against unethical and unfair trade
practices.
(ii) Rampant food shortages, hoarding black
marketing, adulteration of food and edible oil gave
birth to the consumer movement in an organised
form in the 1960s.
(iii) Till the 1970s, consumer organizations were
largely engaged in writing articles and holding
exhibitions. They formed consumer group to look
into malpractices in ration shops.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Gradually more and more people became involved
in it.
40. (i) When consumers become conscious of
their right while purchasing various goods and
services, they will be able to discriminate and
make informed choices.
(ii) There is lesser or no chance of getting
exploited if the consumer is informed and aware.
41. Consumer awareness in India is spreading
am
slowly because :
(i) Beside, the enforcement of laws the
gr
unorganized sector does not follow it.
(ii) Rules and regulations are often not followed.
le
(iii) Lack of active involvement of the consumers
te
has made it weak and often people don’t have faith
in it.
l_
42. (i) The RTI Act ensures citizens all the
information about the functions of government
departments.
(ii) By filling an application under RTI act, a
citizen can ask the government department to
furnish information.
(iii) For example, people make complaints about
the lack of civic amenities such as bad roads or
poor water and health facilities but no one listens.
Now, the RTI Act gives them the power to question
the respective government department.
43. Particular about the goods and services are
available as given below :
(i) Ingredients used in the product.
(ii) Date of manufacture.
(iii) Expiry date (upto which date it can be use)
(iv) Direction for proper use.
44. Consumer has the right to seek redressal
against unfair trade practices and exploitation.
(i) One can go to district level consumer court
which deals with claims upto ` 20 Lakhs.
(ii) State and National levels counts are for
redressal of consumer disputes of value of 21 lakh
to 1 crore, and over one crore respectively.
45. Under COPRA, a three-tier quasi-judicial
machinery at the district, state and national levels
was setup for redressal of consumer disputes.
(i) The district level court deals with the cases
involving claims up to `20 lakhs.
Consumer Rights
(ii) The state level court deals with the cases
involving claims between `20 lakhs and `1 crore.
(iii) The national level court deals with the cases
involving claims exceeding `1 crore.
46. Function of the Consumer protection Council
or Consumer forums are :
(i) To guide the consumer on how to file cases in
the consumer court.
(ii) To represent the individual consumer in the
consumer court.
(iii) These voluntary organizations also receive
financial support from the government for creating
awareness among the people.
47. The consumer has following rights:
(i) Right to be informed : A consumer has right
to know the important information about the
goods and services he purchase.
(ii) Right to choose : A consumer has right to buy
iaactivities such as hoarding and black-marketing.
goods and services of his choice.
er
(iii) Right to seek redressal : A consumer has right
to seek redressal against unfair trade practices and
at
exploitation.
ym
48. Consumer protection Act 1986, is popularly
known as COPRA.
(i) It applies to all goods and services.
ud
(ii) It covers all sectors, i.e., private, public and
cooperative.
st
(iii) It gives rights to consumer. It established
ity
consumer protection councils at centre and state
levels.
al
Under COPRA, a three-tier quasi-judicial
machinery at district, state and national levels
qu
was set-up for redressal of consumer disputes.
The enactment of COPRA has led to the setting
@
up of separate departments of consumer affairs in
central and state governments.
49. The duties of the consumers while purchasing
a thing are :
(i) Consumer should look at the quality of the
product, market price, guarantee period, date of
manufacturing, expiry date, etc.
(ii) Consumers should purchase standard
products with seal of ISI or the AGMARK.
(iii) Consumer should ask for a cash memo and
warranty card.
391
(iv) He/she should know the legal procedures if
cheated.
(v) He/she should be aware of his/her duties.
50. Consumer may be exploited in the market in
the following ways :
(i) Product of substandard quality : Selling of
medicines beyond their expirey date, supply of
defective home appliances, etc.
(ii) Higher prices : Traders sometimes charge a
am
price higher than the retail price (MRP).
(iii) Duplicate Articles : Many false and counterfeit
gr
product are being sold to the consumers.
51. The rationale behind this act is to protect and
le
promote the rights of consumers.
(i) To make consumers aware about their rights.
te
(ii) To punish those who indulge in malpractices
l_
and exploit the consumers.
(iii) To see that traders don’t indulge in anti-social
52. Duties of the consumers are :
(i) While purchasing consumer should look
at the quality of the product, the marked price,
guarantee or the warranty period.
(ii) A consumer should preferably purchase
standardised products which contain the seal of
ISI or the Agmark or other standard marks.
(iii) A consumer must be aware of his right and duties.
(iv) The consumer should form consumer
awareness forum, which can be given representation
in various committees formed by the government.
(v) He should know the method to get redressal if
cheated.
53. Impact of the Right to Information Act.
(i) In October 2005, the Government of India
enacted a law popularly known as R.T.I which
ensures its citizens all the information about the
functions of various Government Departments.
(ii) Now, it is possible for the affected citizens to
pursue the progress of any scheme or policy of
government.
(iii) To build a pressure on Government officials
to deliver the results in a time bound frame.
(iv) It has checked corruption to an extent.
(v) It can even help in finding out lacuna in the
selection process of many government job.
54. Refer to answer 45.
392
55. (i) After 30 years of the enactment of
COPRA, consumer awareness in India is spreading
but slowly.
(ii) There is a scope for consumers to realise their
role and importance.
(iii) It requires a voluntary effort and struggle
involving the participation of each one of us.
(iv) Hence, consumer movement can be effective
only with consumers active involvement and
government support.
56. The consumer has the right to choose, so that
he is assured of satisfactory quality and servie at a
fair price.
(i) Any consumer who receives a service in
whatever capacity, regardless of age, gender and
nature of service, has the right to choose whether
to continue to receive the service.
(ii) Suppose you want to buy toothpaste, and the
shop owner says that she can sell the toothpaste
only if you buy a tooth brush. If you are not
er
interested in buying the brush, your right to choice
at
is denied. Similarly, sometimes gas supply dealers
insist that you have to buy the stove from them
ym
when you take a new connection. In this way many
a times you are forced to buy things that you may
not with to and you are left with no choice.
ud
(iii) Consumers can move to the Consumer Court
for all the above according to COPRA passed in
st
1986.
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
57. Refer to answer 33.
58. (i) Unfair trade practices : Some traders and
shopkeepers indulge in unethical or unfair trade
practices. They cheat the customers by giving them
articles of substandard quality.
Duplicate items are also available in the market
but they look so genuine that even wise and clever
customers fail to differentiate them. Similarly,
am
under weighing tactics is very common among
shopkeepers. They give less quantity but charge
more than the actual.
gr
(ii) Adulteration and impurity : It is also a
le
common practice where manufactures of ghee, oil,
butter, etc. resort to adulteration. These activities
te
increase their profit margin causing loss and health
l_
risk to customers.
ia(iii) Artificial scarcity : Shortage of essential items
in the market is the result of hoarding. In order
to get more profit, certain unscrupulous traders
resort to hoarding of goods, thereby creating
artificial scarcity and sell these products at higher
prices.
(vi) False or incomplete information : At times
false information is passed on through the media
and through other methods to attract consumers.
This activity causes monetary loss as well as
inconvenience to the consumers.
 PRACTICE PAPER
(Solved)
1
General Instructions :
(i) The question paper has 35 questions in all.

SOLVED
(ii) Marks are indicated against each question.
(iii) Questions from serial number 1 to 20 are objective type questions. Each question carries one mark. Answer them

am
as instructed.
(iv) Questions from serial number 21 to 28 are 3 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
80 words each.

gr
(v) Questions from serial number 29 to 34 are 5 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
120 words each.

le
(vi) Question number 35 is a map question of 6 marks with two parts - 35a, from History (2 marks) and 35b,

te
from Geography (4 marks).

l_
Time allowed : 3 hours  Maximum marks : 80

SECTION - A ia4. Complete the following table

1. Match the years given in column A with the Type of Varieties Ideal Temperature
er
events in column B. Choose the correct answer crop required
Coffee

from the options given below :

at

(A) (B) Cool growing

Column A Column B
season
ym

A 1832 1 Artisan and Industrial

workers revolt in Europe 5. Give the difference between renewable and
B 1834 2 Treaty of Constantinople non-renewable resources.
ud

C 1848 3 Custom union or OR

Zollverein formed in Give examples of non-ferrous minerals.
st

Prussia
6. Give example of abiotic resources.
ity

D 1858 4 Cavour formed an

alliance with France 7. Which language was recognised as the only
official language of Sri Lanka in 1956?
al

2. Study the picture and answer the question that

follows : OR
qu

Image depicts a severe potato Correct the following statement and rewrite :
famine in 1849. Where did it In Belgium, Brussels has a separate government
@

happen? in which both the communities have unequal

(a) Ireland
representation. The French speaking people
(b) England
accepted this representation in Brussels
(c) France
because the Dutch-speaking community has
(d) India
accepted same representation in the Central
3. It is believed that ________ .
Government.
(a) spaghetti travelled east from America to
China to become noodles. 8. A key feature of federalism is ________ .
(b) noodles and spaghetti are not linked. (a) There are two or more tiers of government.
(c) noodles travelled west from China to (b) The president is the Head of State.
become spaghetti (c) People have equal voting right.
(d) spaghetti developed in the west on its own. (d) The military has marginal interference.
394
9. An example of ‘gender division of labor is
________ .
(a) reservation for women in universities
(b) opening of colleges exclusively for women.
(c) we are brought up to believe that the main
responsibility of women is housework
(d) Equal work equal pay
10. When a state declares itself to be secular, it
means that–
(a) it has a state religion
(b) it has a woman Head of State
(c) it does not believe in caste system
(d) it does not have a state religion.
11. Correct the following statement and rewrite:
Horizontal distribution of power allows
different organs of government placed at the
same level to exercise different powers. Such
a separation ensures that the organs can
exercise unlimited power.
12. It is expected that democracy–
er
(a) promotes equality among citizens
(b) enhances dignity of individuals
at
(c) provides a method to resolve conflicts.
(d) all of the above.
ym
OR
A democratic government is called legitimate
ud
because –
(a) it is approved by law
st
(b) it is people’s own government
(c) it has ethical values
ity
(d) it is headed by a Prime Minister.
13. Complete the sentence
al
One of the things that democracies do
qu
successfully is ______
OR
@
The social situation that is more likely to
happen in a democracy is ______
14. Why do people look at a mix of goals for
development?
15. In the question given below there are two
statements marked as Assertion (A) and
Reason (R). Read the statements and choose
the correct option.
Assertion (A) : When dams are built many
people benefit from it.
Reason (R) : Many people are also harmed as
they are displaced from their homes.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct
explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the
correct explanation of A.
(c) A is correct R is wrong.
(d) A is wrong but R is correct.
16. What is Barter System?
OR
Why do banks ask for collaterals?
am
17. What is the meaning of investment?
18. The tertiary sector can be defined as the
gr
(a) third sector of India
(b) combination of primary and secondary
le
sector.
te
(c) sector of manufacturing
(d) sector that produces intangibles
l_
19. Which of the following is not true for banks?
ia (a) It is the formal sector of lending.
(b) It works on double coincidence of wants.
(c) It is governed by the Reserve Bank of
India.
(d) It accepts money deposits from people.
20. Money is called a medium of exchange because
(a) it is exchanged for goods
(b) it acts as an intermediate as transaction
(c) Money has a lot of use or its own
(d) Same money works all over the world.
SECTION - B
21. Describe the impact of Napoleonic reforms on
the rest of Europe.
OR
Explain the nation building process of
Germany.
22. What is meant by print revolution? Explain its
significance.
OR
How Gandhiji converted National movement
to a mass movement?
23. Read the sources given below and answer the
questions that follow :
Print Culture and the French Revolution
There can be no doubt that print helps the
spread of ideas. But we must remember that
people did not read just one kind of literature.
If they read the ideas of Voltaire and Rousseau,
Practice Paper-1
they were also exposed to monarchical and
Church propaganda.
They were not influenced directly by everything
they read or saw. They accepted some ideas
and rejected others. They interpreted things
their own way. Print did not directly shape
their minds, but it did open up the possibility of
thinking differently.
(a) How did print culture influence the
public?
(b) Did the public read only one kind of
literature?
(c) Were the public directly influenced?
24. Why is it essential to have resource planning ?
Explain any three reasons.
OR
What is the significance of Textile Industry in
India?
25. Distinguish between Red soil and Laterite soil.
er
26. What is the difference between personal
communication and mass communication?
at
State any two points of importance of mass
communication.
ym
27. How is the ethnic composition of Belgium
very complex?
ud
28. What is the meaning of development? Explain
the two aspects of development.
st
OR
ity
Evaluate the role tertiary sector in the
economy.
al
SECTION - C
qu
29. What is the meaning of cultural fusion? Give
two examples how indentured labour system
@
led to cultural fusion.
OR
Describe any five characteristics of ‘Arid soils’.
30. Read the following passage and answer the
questions that follow :
Mumbai is the biggest port with a spacious
natural and well-sheltered harbour. The
Jawaharlal Nehru port was planned with a
view to decongest the Mumbai port and serve
as a hub port for this region. Marmagao port
(Goa) is the premier iron ore exporting port of
395
the country. This port accounts for about fifty
per cent of India’s iron ore export.
New Mangalore port, located in Karnataka
caters to the export of iron ore concentrates
from Kudremukh
mines. Kochchi is the extreme south-western
port, located at the entrance of a lagoon with a
natural harbour.
Moving along the east coast, you would see
am
the extreme south-eastern port of Tuticorin,
in Tamil Nadu. This port has a natural harbor
and rich hinterland. Thus, it has a flourishing
gr
trade handling of a large variety of cargoes to
even our neighbouring countries like Sri Lanka,
le
Maldives, etc. and the coastal regions of India.
te
Chennai is one of the oldest artificial ports of
the country. It is ranked next to Mumbai in
l_
terms of the volume of trade and cargo.
ia (a) Name some of the main Indian ports on
the western coast.
(b) Which commodity is mainly exported by
Marmagao port?
(c) What is the significance of Tuticorin port?
31. State the main elements of power sharing
model evolved in Belgium.
32. How is federal government different from
the unitary form of government? Why are
federations preferred these days?
OR
There are enough evidences that in practice
many democracies have been unable to fulfil
the aspirations of its citizens in producing
economic development in the country.
Justify the statement with the help of relevant
example.
33. What is the significance of secondary sector
in Indian economy? How does it help in the
economic development of the country?
34. In recent years how markets have been
transformed?
MAP SKILL BASED QUESTION
35. (a) Three features A, B and C are marked on the
given political outline map of India. Identify
these features with the help of the following
information and write their correct names
on the lines marked near them:
396
(i) The place where the Indian National
Congress Session was held.
(ii) The place where Gandhiji organized
‘Satyagraha’ in favour of cotton mill
workers.
(iii)
The place where the Chouri Chura
incident took place.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(b) Locate and label the following with
appropriate symbols on the same given
outline political map of India.
(i) Raja Sansi- International Airport
(ii) Salem- Iron and Steel Plant
(iii) Software Technology Park of Hyderabad

am
gr
le
te
C

B
l_
ia
er
at
ym
ud

A
st
ity
al

Answers
qu

1. A-2, B-3, C-4, D-1 OR
@

2. (a) 3. (c) In Belgium, Brussels has a separate government

4. A. Commercial  B. Arabica variety
5. Renewable : Replenished by nature but can be
over used.
Non-renewable : Resources that get exhausted
after prolonged use, such as coal.
OR
Copper, bauxite, zinc, lead etc.
6. Rocks and minerals.
7. Sinhala.
in which both the communities have equal
representation. The French speaking people
accepted equal representation in Brussels because
the Dutch-speaking community has accepted
equal representation in the Central Government.
8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. Horizontal distribution of power results in
concentration of power among various institutions.
This arrangement is called a system of checks and
balances.
Practice Paper-1
12. (d) OR (b)
13. eliminates differences of opinion about how
marginalised sections are to be treated.
OR
dignity and freedom of the individual is guaranteed
14. Development signifies not just more earning,
but also includes, gender equality, respect, dignity
of labour, safe work place, good health, etc. That is
why people look at a mix of goals for development.
15. (b)
16. Barter is a system of exchange in which goods
are directly exchanged without the use of money.
OR
For the safety of their capital
17. The money that is spent to buy assets such
as land, building, machines, etc. is called an
investment. It is done in the hope of getting better
returns at a future date.
ia
er
18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. The Napoleonic code which created equality
at
before the law and secured the right to property
was implemented in the regions under French
ym
control. This raised the expectations of the people
and put pressure on the nobility.
ud
(i) Administrative divisions were streamlined,
in the Dutch Republic, Switzerland, Italy and
Germany by eliminating the feudal system. This
st
made the administration more efficient.
ity
(ii) The peasants were liberated from serfdom
and manorial dues.
al
(iii) It established equality before law by abolishing
privilege based on birth and standardized weight
qu
and measures.
OR
@
(i) By 1848, the popular effort had failed in
installing a constitutional monarch in Germany.
(ii) There after the task for unification of
Germany was taken over by Prussia and its
Chief Minister Otto von Bismarck who followed
a policy of “blood and Iron”. During a period of
seven years three were fight with Denmark, Austria
and France. These states were defeated.
(iii) In January 1871 the process of unification of
Germany was completed.
The Prussian king William I was proclaimed
German Emperor.
397
22. Print revolution refers to the changes that
took place in the field of print as printing press was
invented by Gothenburg. It was very significant
and had profound impact on the society.
(i) As cost of books went down and books
became freely available a new reading public
emerged.
(ii) Access to books created a new culture of
reading. Earlier, reading was restricted to the elites.
am
Common people lived in a world of oral culture
that involved just listening. Now books could
reach out to wider sections of people as literacy
gr
also increased.
le
(iii) Print created the possibility of wide
circulation of ideas, and introduced a new world of
te
debate and discussion. Even those who disagreed
with established authorities could now print and
l_
circulate their ideas. Through the printed message,
they could persuade people to think differently,
and move them to action. This had significance in
different spheres of life.
OR
(i) Gandhiji converted national movement
into mass movement by awakening the people,
and making the people realize the strength of
non-cooperation.
(ii) He encouraged the workers and peasants to
raise voice against the unjust policies and laws
of British. He supported them by organizing
successful satyagraha like at KHEDA and
CHAMPARAN.
(iii) Gandhiji made the movement truly national
by bringing in the Muslims by supporting the
Khilafat Movement.
(iv) The non-cooperation movement that was
started with the middle class refusing to buy
British cloth and boycotting Government offices,
schools and courts made the people realize their
potential to bring change in the society. This made
more and more people join the movement.
23. (a) It most certainly spread ideas.
(b) The public read different kinds of literature
such as Church propaganda and the ideas of the
philosophers.
(c) The public were not influenced directly. They
interpreted the things their own way. Reading
helped them to think differently.
398
24. It is essential to have resource planning for
the following reasons:
(i) It helps to identify and estimate the availability
of different resources in the country.
(ii) It helps in conservation of the resources more
importantly energy resources and reduce wastage
and practice environment friendly processes.
(iii) It is the first step towards attaining
sustainability.
OR
(a) The Textile Industry occupies unique position
in the Indian economy, because it contributes
significantly to industrial production (14 per
cent), employment generation (35 million persons
directly – the second largest after agriculture) and
foreign exchange earnings (about 15 per cent).
(b) In the early years, the Cotton Textile Industry
was concentrated in the cotton growing belt of
Maharashtra and Gujarat. Availability of raw
iaFrench. Remaining one per cent of the Belgians
cotton, market, transport including accessible port
er
facilities, labor, moist climate, etc. contributed
towards its localization.
at
(c) This industry has close links with agriculture
and provides a living to farmers, 5 cotton boll
ym
pluckers and workers engaged in ginning,
spinning, weaving, dyeing, designing, packaging,
ud
tailoring and sewing.
25. Red soil :
st
(i) Red soil is formed due to weathering of
igneous and metamorphic rocks.
ity
(ii) It is highly porous and less fertile but where it
is deep it is fertile.
al
(iii) It is less crystalline.
qu
(iv) It is red in color due to the presence of iron
in it.
@
(v) They occur in parts of Tamil Nadu, Karnataka,
Andhra Pradesh, Orissa and Jharkhand.
Laterite soil :
(i) It is formed by the leaching process in the
heavy rainfall areas of tropical India.
(ii) It is less fertile, only grass grows on it in
abundance.
(iii) It is crystalline.
(iv) It is red in color due to little clay and much
gravel of red sand-stones.
(v) It is found in hills of the Deccan, Karnataka,
Kerala, Orissa, Assam and Meghalaya.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
26. The main differences between Personal
Communication and Mass Communication are as
follows :
(i) Personal Communication : It’s the communication
between person to person. It provides necessary
communication between two people that makes
man a social animal. The means of personal
communication are speaking, letters, e-mails,
SMSs, telephone and mobile phone .
am
(ii) Mass Communication : It’s the communication
aimed at a large population the masses. It provides
entertainment as well as creates awareness
gr
among the masses. It includes radio, television,
newspapers, magazines, books, films, etc.
le
27. The ethnic composition of Belgium, a small
te
country is very complex. Of the country’s total
population, 59 per cent live in the Flemish region
l_
and speak Dutch language. Another 40 per cent
people live in the Wallonia region and speak
speak German. In the capital city, Brussels, about
80 per cent people speak French while 20 per cent
are Dutch-speaking.
28. Development refers to progress or improvement
in lifestyle and fulfilment of aspirations.
Important aspects of development are :
(i) Different persons can have different
developmental goals. What may be development
for one may not be development for the other. It
may even be destructive for others.
(ii) The UNDP compares development of
education levels, their health status and per capita
income of people.
OR
(a) These are activities that help in the
development of the primary and secondary
sectors. These activities, by themselves, do not
produce a good but they are an aid or a support
for the production process. For example, goods
need to be transported by trucks or trains and then
sold in wholesale and retail shops; they have to be
stored in godowns.
(b) Hence, transport, storage, communication,
banking, trade are some examples of tertiary
activities.
(c) Since these activities generate services, the
tertiary sector is also called the service sector. It
also includes services of teachers, doctors, and
Practice Paper-1
those who provide personal services such as washer
men, barbers, cobblers, lawyers, and people to do
administrative and accounting works.
(d) In recent times, certain new services based
on information technology such as internet cafe,
ATM booths, call centers, software companies etc.
have become important. Service sector contributes
the most to the national economy these days and is
further growing.
29. Cultural fusion is a phenomenon which
emerges when two or more cultures inter-mingle
and produce a new culture.
(i) Indentured labourers used to live and work
in very harsh conditions. This forced them to
seek new avenues of comfort and relaxation. This
blended different cultural forms.
(ii) Examples :
(a) Hosay : In Trinidad, the annual Muharram
procession was transformed into a riotous carnival
called ‘Hosay’ in which workers of all races and
religions joined.
er
(b) Chutney Music : ‘Chutney music’ is another
creative contemporary expression of the post
at
indentured experience.
ym
(c) Rastafarianism : The protest religion of
‘Rastafarianism’ is also said to reflect social
and cultural links with Indian migrants to the
ud
Caribbean.
OR
st
Characteristics of ‘Arid soils’ are :
(i) Red to brown in color.
ity
(ii) Sandy in texture.
(iii) Evaporation of water is faster, soil lacks
al
humus and moisture.
qu
(iv) Soil generally composed of Kankar.
(v) Kankar restricts the infiltration of water.
@
30. 
(a) Mumbai, Jawaharlal Nehru port,
Marmagao, New mangalore port are some of the
important ports on the western coast.
(b) Iron ore
(c) In the south-eastern coast is port of Tuticorin,
in Tamil Nadu. This port has a natural harbor and
rich hinterland. It has a flourishing trade handling
of a large variety of cargoes to our neighboring
countries like Sri Lanka, Maldives, etc. and the
coastal regions of India.
31 The arrangement that the Belgium leaders
worked out is as follows :
399
(i) Belgian Constitution prescribes that the
number of Dutch and French-speaking ministers
shall be equal in the Central Government. Thus, no
single community can make decisions unilaterally.
(ii) Many powers have been given to the State
Governments because the State Governments are
not subordinate to the Central Government.
(iii) Brussels has a separate government, in which
both the communities have equal representation.
am
(iv) There is a third type of government.
‘Community Government’ which is elected by
people belonging to one language community
gr
(may be Dutch, French and German) and has
the power regarding cultural, educational and
le
language related issues.
te
32. Difference:
(i) Unitary government has only one level of
l_
government whereas a federal government has
iatwo or more levels of government.
(ii) In Unitary government, the, sub-units are
subordinate to the center, whereas in a federation,
Central government cannot encroach on the rights
of State governments.
(iii) In Unitary system, center can order the sub-
units which cannot happen in federation.
A Federation is preferred because :
(i) It helps in making administration effective
and efficient.
(ii) It helps to accommodate all diverse group.
OR
If we consider all democracies and all dictatorships
for the fifty years between 1950 and 2000,
dictatorships are found to have slightly higher rate
of economic growth.
Economic development in a country depends on
several factors such as - country’s population size,
global situation, cooperation from other countries,
economic priorities adopted by the country, etc.
However, the difference in the rates of economic
development between less developed countries
with dictatorships and democracies is negligible.
Overall, it cannot be said that democracy is a
guarantee of economic development, because
business efficiencies and ethics will have to be
maintained.
But we can expect democracy not to lag behind
dictatorships in this respect.
When there is no significant difference in the
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
 PRACTICE PAPER
(Solved)
2
General Instructions :
(i) The question paper has 35 questions in all.

SOLVED
(ii) Marks are indicated against each question.
(iii) Questions from serial number 1 to 20 are objective type questions. Each question carries one mark. Answer them

am
as instructed.
(iv) Questions from serial number 21 to 28 are 3 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
80 words each.

gr
(v) Questions from serial number 29 to 34 are 5 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
120 words each.

le
(vi) Question number 35 is a map question of 6 marks with two parts - 35a, from History (2 marks) and 35b,

te
from Geography (4 marks).

l_
Time allowed : 3 hours  Maximum marks : 80

SECTION - A ia What does the image “Houseless and Hungry”

1. What was the meaning of ‘Liberalism’ in early 1874 depict?
(a) It shows the prosperity of the Londoners.
er
nineteenth century in Europe?
2. Match the following terms given in column A (b) The condition of the common people in
at

with the explanation in column B. Chose the England

correct answer from the options given below: (c) It shows the condition of the people in
ym

Column A Column B USA

A Vellum 1 A pronouncement of (d) It shows mill workers.
ud

Islamic law 5. What is the main cause of land degradation in

B Galley 2 Parchment made from Punjab?
skin of animals
st

C Ulama 3 Metal frame in which OR

ity

types are laid Name the states having black soil?

D Fatwa 4 Scholars of Islam (a) Maharashtra (b) Gujarat
al

3. Proto Industrialisation refers to ________ . (c) Madhya Pradesh (d) All of the above
(a) phase of production after industrialisation 6. Complete the following table
qu

(b) phase of production during industrialisation

(c) phase of production before industrialisation Sesamum Cropping season Type of crop
(d) latest form of industrialisation
@

(A) (B)
4. Study the picture and answer the question that 7. Which factor is responsible for increasing the
follows :
feeling of alienation among the Sri Lankans
Tamils?
OR
Why do we have a multiparty system in India?
8. By majoritarianism we mean ________ .
(a) rule of the majority community
(b) rule by an elected majority
(c) rule by an elite society
(d) rule of law of few people
402
9. The country usually considered as a medal for
democracy is
(a) Sri Lanka (b) Belgium
(c) Somalia (d) None of these
10. Vertical division of power means ________ .
(a) sharing of power among government of
different levels
(b) sharing of power between different
departments
(c) sharing of power equally between various
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
15. “There is enough for everybody’s need but not
for everybody’s greed”. Who said these words?
16. What is foreign investment?
OR
What is meant by fair globalization?
17. One of problems of globalisation is that
(a) Increased choice of goods
(b) Loss of business for small entrepreneurs
(c) Rise in prices

am
ethnic groups (d) Poor quality products
(d) sharing of power equally between various 18. Why had the Indian Government put barriers
linguistic groups to foreign trade and foreign investment after

gr
DON'T WORRY. independence?
11. WE'LL FIND A

le
WAY FOR YOU. 19. In the question given below there are two
statements marked as Assertion (A) and

te
Reason (R). Read the statements and choose
the correct option.

l_
Assertion (A) : According to ownership an
industry can be organized or inorganized
ia
Reason ( R) : Usually large organizations are
er
in the organized sector
(a) Lip service to women representation
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct
(b) Parliament and women
at

explanation of A.
(c) Male dominance (d) Gate blockers
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the
ym

12. Women’s political representation is maximum correct explanation of A.

is the – (c) A is correct R is wrong
(a) Union government (d) A is wrong but R is correct
ud

(b) State government

(c) Panchayat Samitis (d) None of the above 20. Which of the following is a correct statement ?
(a) GDP includes exports
st

OR (b) GNP includes exports

Which of these matters deal with the ‘Family (c) GNP does not include exports
ity

Laws’? (d) All the statements are incorrect

(a) Marriage and divorce
al

(b) Adoption SECTION - B

(c) Inheritance (d) All of these
qu

21. Explain the conditions that were seen as

13. Correct the following statement and rewrite: obstacles to the economic exchanges and
Political power is shared between governments growth by the new commercial class in the
@

at different levels in Sri Lanka, but was refused
in Belgium. Sri Lanka practices federal division
of power.
OR
People have a right to be consulted on how they
are to be governed. A legitimate government
is one where citizens, are governed and thus
acquire a stake in the system.
14. In what respect is the criterion used by
the UNDP for measuring development of
countries, different from the one used by the
World Bank?
19th century Europe.
OR
What changes did Napoleon introduce to
make the administrative system more efficient
in the territories ruled by him?
22. How had the earliest printing technology
developed in the world? Explain with examples.
OR
What where corn Laws? Why were these laws
abolished? How abolition of the corn laws
affected the people of England?
Practice Paper-2
23. Read the sources given below and answer the
questions that follow :
Further Innovations
By the late eighteenth century, the press
came to be made out of metal. Through the
nineteenth century, there were a series of
further innovations in printing technology. By
the mid-nineteenth century, Richard M. Hoe
of New York had perfected the power-driven
cylindrical press. This was capable of printing
8,000 sheets per hour.
This press was particularly useful for printing
newspapers. In the late nineteenth century, the
offset press was developed which could print up
to six colours at a time. From the turn of the
twentieth century, electrically operated presses
accelerated printing operations.
(a) When did the press began to be made of
metal.
(b) What was special about power driven
ia
cylindrical press?
er
(c) What could the offset printing do?
24. Why did Jawaharlal Nehru proclaim the dams
at
as the “temples of modern India? Explain any
three reasons.
ym
OR
Answer the following questions in about 30
ud
words.
(i) Explain how water becomes a renewable
resource.
st
(ii) What is water scarcity and what are its
ity
main causes?
25. Describe the significance of tourism as a trade
al
in India.
qu
26. Explain the two basis of social differences with
examples.
27. Why is modern currency accepted as a
@
medium of exchange without any use of its
own? Find out the reason.
28. How would income and employment increase
if farmers are provided with loan, irrigation
and transport facility?
OR
Why do some economist think that Indian
farmers have a bleak future, if they continue to
grow food grains on holdings that are getting
smaller and smaller? What could be the way
out?
403
SECTION - C
29. Describe the techniques which were adopted
by the Manchester industrialists to sell their
goods in India.
OR
How can you contribute to minimize pollution?
30. Read the following passage and answer the
questions that follow :
am
Tourism in India has grown substantially over
the last three decades. Foreign tourist’s arrivals
in the country witnessed an increase of 4.5 per
gr
cent during the year 2015 as against the year
2014, contributing `1,35,193 crore of foreign
le
exchange in 2015.
8.03 million foreign tourists visited India in
te
2015. More than 15 million people are directly
l_
engaged in the tourism industry. Tourism also
promotes national integration, provides support
to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits. It
also helps in the development of international
understanding about our culture and heritage.
Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism,
eco tourism, adventure tourism, cultural
tourism, medical tourism and business tourism.
(a) How has been the growth of tourism in
India? What are its segments?
(b) What is the importance of tourism to the
Indian economy?
(c) How tourism helps in our understanding
of the world?
31. Describe the horizontal and vertical power
sharing in democracies.
32. Why did the makers of our constitution
declare India to be a union of states? Why
were some sub-political units of India given a
special status?
OR
What are the important reforms the have
been applied to the political parties in India.
Further what can be done to improve their
functioning.
33. Why do we use averages to compare the
development of countries? What are the
limitations in using it? Explain.
34. Explain with example how multinational
corporations (MNC’s) are spreading their
production in different ways.
404 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

MAP SKILL BASED QUESTION
35. (a) Three features A, B and C are marked on
the given political outline map of India.
Identify these features with the help of
the following information and write their
correct names on the lines marked on the
map:
(i) The city related to Jallianwala Bagh
Incident.
(ii) Name the place of peasant satyagraha,
in Gujarat
(iii)  Place related to INC session of
September 1920
(b) 
On the given political outline map of
India, locate and label the following items
with appropriate symbols:
(i) Maurbhanj iron ore mines
(ii) Namrup Thermal power station
(iii) Paradip port

am
gr
le
te
A

l_
ia
er
C
at

B
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu

Answers
@

1. Liberalization stood for freedom for OR

individuals and equality before the law of the land. India adopted a multiparty system because the
2. A-2, B-3, C-4, D-1 social and geographical diversity in such a large
3. (c) 4. (b) country cannot be accommodated or absorbed by
5. Over irrigation  OR  (d) one or two parties.
6. A - Kharif crop in the north and Rabi crop in 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (a) 11. (a)
the south India 12. (c)  OR  (d)
B - Oil seeds 13. Political power is shared between governments
7. Majoritarianism. at different levels in Belgium, but was refused in
Practice Paper-2
Sri Lanka. Belgium practices federal division of
power.
OR
People have a right to be consulted on how they
are to be governed. A legitimate government is
one where citizens, through participation, acquire
a stake in the system.
14. UNDP compares countries on health status,
education level and per capita income whereas
the World Bank uses only per capita income for
measuring development.
15. Mahatma Gandhi.
16. Investments made in foreign currency by
MNC’s or other entity from foreign countries is
called foreign investment.
OR
It means a globalization which will lead to the
spread of benefits of the globalization amongst all
the sections of the society.
17. (b)
18. It was done to protect the businesses with in
er
the country from harsh foreign competition.
at
19. (d) 20. (b)
21. Following were the conditions that were
ym
viewed as obstacles for economic growth and
exchange by the new commercial classes during
19th century Europe :
ud
(i) There were many state-imposed restrictions
on the movement of goods, capital and people
st
across different places.
(ii) There was no freedom of markets.
ity
(iii) For example, in the German confederation
of 39 states set up by Napoleon, all the states had
al
different system of weights and measures and
different currencies. Since duties were charged
qu
on the basis of weight and measurement of the
goods, the process of levying duties was very time
@
consuming.
OR
Napoleon introduced several changes to make the
administrative system more efficient in the
territories ruled by him.
(a) He formulated the Civil Code of 1804, also
known as the Napoleonic Code. It did away with
privileges based on birth. This law established
equality before law, and also secured the right to
property.
(b) Napoleon shortened administrative divisions,
abolished the feudal system, and freed peasants
from manorial dues and serfdom.
405
(c) Transport and communications were
improved and in town guild system was removed.
Due to the above peasants, artisans, businessmen
and workers enjoyed ease of doing business.
Uniform laws, standardized weights and measures
and removal of inter boarder tariffs helped the
small businessmen immensely.
22. The earliest printing technology was
developed from AD 594 on Buddhism’s need to
preserve all teaching and maintain a ‘book’ of all
am
thoughts. This involved writing on clay tablets
which then led to wood block printing in China
and Japan.
gr
(i) In Europe, printing developed with images
printed on cloth, playing cards, etc., around the
le
early fifteenth century.
te
(ii) Finally, Gutenberg, in Germany designed
the movable type printing press in 1439, thereby
l_
starting the modern age of printing.
ia OR
The landed aristocracy in England pressurized
the government to restrict the import of corn in
England.
(i) The laws allowing the British Government
to restrict the import of corn is known as the
“Corn Laws”. This led to the rise in food prices
exorbitantly.
(ii) These laws were abolished because the
industrialists and urban dwellers were unhappy
with high food prices; as a result of which they
forced the abolition of the Corn Laws.
Result: Food could be imported into Britain at a
much cheaper rate.
Effects :
(i) Britain began to import food grains from
rest of the world. British agriculture was unable to
compete with imports in matters of price and even
quality.
(ii) Vast areas of land were now left uncultivated.
(iii) Thousands of men and women were thrown
out of work. They started migrating to cities.
(iv) Food prices fell and consumption of food
items in Britain rose.
(v) Other countries: Russia, America, and
Australia exported food grains to meet the British
demand.
(vi) They required railways to link the ports
which gradually developed.
23. (a) By the late 18th century.
(b) This could print 8000 sheets per hour. This
was very useful for printing newspapers.
(c) It could print in six colours.
406
24. India’s first Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru
called dams as Temples of modern India while
inaugurating Bhakra Nangal Dam. He would have
said so because dams fulfill many of the needs of
the people.
The multipurpose dams :
(i) Generate power which serves the industry
and forms the backbone of the economy.
(ii) Provides water for human consumption and
for irrigation in times of need.
(iii) They control flood and mitigate the effects of
drought.
OR
(i) A very large part of water that is used the
world over, primarily ends up in the sea. From
there, it enters the hydrological cycle. It forms
water vapor and rises high up in the sky and forms
clouds. Freshwater is renewed by this cycle when
precipitation occurs. Hence, water is a renewable
resource.
(ii) Water scarcity or water stress occurs when
water availability is not enough to match the
er
demand for water. It is caused by an increase in
population, growing demand for water, and
at
unequal access to it. According to Falkenmark
water stress occurs when water availability is
ym
between 1000 and 1600 cubic meter per person
per year.
ud
25. Significance of tourism as a trade in India :
(i) Our country earns foreign exchange through
tourism of foreigners. In 2017, tourism generated
st
Rs 15.24 lakh crore or 9.4% of the GDP of India.
ity
(ii) Internal tourism promotes national integration.
In 2017 it supported 41.6 million jobs.
(iii) It provides support to cultural pursuits and
al
develops international understanding about
qu
cultural heritage.
26. Social differences are based on two main
@
factors which lead to formation of social groups
that are based on our choices.
Differences on the basis of birth :
(i) Normally we don’t choose to belong to our
community. We belong to it simply because we are
born into it.
(ii) People around us, have different physical
abilities or disabilities.
Differences on the basis of choices :
Some of the social differences are based on our
choices. For example,
(i) Some people are atheists. They don’t believe in
God or any religion.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(ii) Some people choose to follow a religion other
than the one in which they are born.
(iii) Most of us choose what to study, which
occupation to take up and which games or cultural
activities to take part in.
27. Though the Modern Currency is without
any use of its own it is accepted as a medium of
exchange. This is because :
(i) The currency is authorized by the government
am
of the country. In India, the Reserve Bank of India
issues currency notes on behalf of the central
government.
gr
(ii) As per Indian law, no other individual
or organization is allowed to issue currency.
le
Moreover, the law legalizes the use of rupee as
a medium of payment that cannot be refused in
te
settling transactions in India.
(iii) No individual in India can legally refuse
l_
a payment made in rupees. Hence, the rupee is
iawidely accepted as a medium of exchange.
28. (i) The irrigation facilities will help him to
be less dependent on monsoon. They can also
expand the area of cultivation. They may also be
able to grow a second crop, thus provide more
employment to themselves and to others.
(ii) With the help of loan, he can put high
yield variety of seeds, good fertilizers and farm
implements. This will also boost his crop output.
(iii) With the help of transportation facilities, he
will be able to go to market and sell his surplus at
the best possible rates without getting involved
with any middle men. This will also improve his
income which he can spend in buying consumer
items and thus be a part of the economy.
OR
(a) It is suggested that Indian farmers should
diversify their cropping patterns from cereals to
high value crops. This will increase their income
and reduce environmental degradation.
(b) This is because fruits, herbs, flowers,
vegetables need much less irrigation.
(c) India’s diverse climate can be harnessed to
grow a wide range of high-value crops.
29. (i) The Manchester made cloth carried a
label with ‘Made in Manchester’ written in bold.
This assured the buyers of the quality of the cloth.
(ii) The British manufacturers used images
of Indian Gods and Goddesses on the labels. It
symbolized the divine approval for the commodity’
It also created familiarity with the Indian buyers.
Practice Paper-2
(iii) Manufacturers got calendars printed with
the images of Gods and the advertisement of their
products there made products appear’ desirable
and necessary. The calendars were seen on the
walls of hotels, tea shops, households, etc. These
were used even by people who could not read.
(iv) Images of historical characters and heroes
from the past were also displayed on calendars
thus sending the message that the product was
as worthy of respect as were these respectable
characters.
(v) The Indian manufacturers printed the image
of Bharat Mata and a nationalist message on the
labels. They also printed ‘Made in India’ on the
labels thus appealing to the nationalist sentiments.
Most of the baby products carried the image of
Lord Krishna to appeal to the religious sentiments.
OR
We can contribute in the following way to
minimize pollution :
(i) Conserve energy remember to turn off lights,
iashared among governments at different levels like
computers, and electric appliances when not in
er
use. Use energy efficient light bulbs (such as LED
lights)and appliances that are star rated.
at
(ii) Limit driving own vehicles by carpooling,
using public transportation, cycling and walking.
ym
Keeping your automobile well-tuned and
maintained to reduce pollution and consume
optimum fuel. We should preferably use CNG
ud
vehicles.
(iii) Use hand-powered equipment as much as
st
possible. We should choose environmentally
friendly paints and other chemicals and advocate
ity
silencers in generators to reduce sound pollution.
(iv) Advocate for emission reductions from
al
power plants and more stringent national vehicle
emission standards. Use jute, paper bags instead of
qu
plastic bags.
(v) We should plant more trees and advocate
@
afforestation. And conserve water including
ground water by preventing its illegal use.
(vi) We must not dump our wastes on the land
here and there and use L. P. G or Bio gas for
cooking which are less polluting.
30. (a) Tourism in India has been growing
steadily over the years. Over 8 million international
tourists arrived in India in 2015. Foreign tourist
come to India for heritage tourism,eco tourism,
adventure tourism, medical tourism etc.
(b) Tourism earns not only precious foreign
exchange but also provides employment to over 15
million people.
407
(c) Tourism also promotes national integration,
provides support to local handicrafts and cultural
pursuits. It also helps in the development of
international understanding about our culture and
heritage.
31. Horizontal Powers Sharing:
(i) Horizontal Division of power happens
when power is shared , among different organs of
government as, legislature, executive and judiciary.
(ii) Different organs of government exercise
am
different powers, i.e., there is a concept of
separation of powers.
(iii) Horizontal distribution specifies the concept
gr
of checks and balances in order to check the
le
exercises of unlimited powers of any one organ of
the government.
te
(iv) Horizontal distribution of power ensures the
concept of the expansion of democracy.
l_
Vertical Powers Sharing :
(i) In Vertical Division of powers, power can be
union, state and local levels of such government, i.e.,
it involves higher and lower levels of government.
(ii) In vertical division of powers, constitution
clearly lays down the powers of different levels of
government.
(iii) There is no such concept of checks and
balances in the vertical division because powers
are clearly given by the constitution from the
higher level to the lower level.
(iv) Vertical division of powers promotes the
concept of deepening of democracy. Center, state
and local government is an example of vertical
sharing of power.
32. India became a Union of states because it
consisted of both British—ruled territories as well
as many princely states. Some sub-political units of
India have a special status.
(i) French and Portuguese—ruled territories
were given the status of Union territory.
(ii) Jammu and Kashmir joined India on a special
condition.
(iii) Some units were too small to become
independent states. They were made Union
Territories.
(iv) States in the north-east have been given a
special status as they have a large tribal population
with a distinct history and culture.
(v) All the British ruled regions were given the
same status. All princely states voluntarily joined
India with the same status as British ruled territory.
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
 PRACTICE PAPER
(Unsolved)
3
General Instructions :
(i) The question paper has 35 questions in all.

SOLVED
(ii) Marks are indicated against each question.
(iii) Questions from serial number 1 to 20 are objective type questions. Each question carries one mark. Answer them

am
as instructed.
(iv) Questions from serial number 21 to 28 are 3 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
80 words each.

gr
(v) Questions from serial number 29 to 34 are 5 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
120 words each.

le
(vi) Question number 35 is a map question of 6 marks with two parts - 35a, from History (2 marks) and 35b,

te
from Geography (4 marks).

l_
Time allowed : 3 hours  Maximum marks : 80

SECTION - A ia4. Napoleon is shown in the image as a postman.

1. Who was Frederic Sorrieu?
er
(a) A French Philosopher
(b) A French Artist
at

(c) A French Politician

ym

(d) A French Revolutionary

2. Production of which of these industries went
ud

up during the Non- Cooperation Movement?

(a) Textiles and handloom
st

(b) Steel industry

What does the image depict?
ity

(c) Coal industry

(a) The falling letters show Napoleon distributing
(d) None of these
his wealth among the common people
al

3. Match the following items given in column (b) It shows Napoleon going to war at Leipzig
qu

A with those in column B. Chose the correct in 1813

answer from the options given below: (c) The image proves that Napoleon did not
@

Column A Column B like to ride horses.

(d) The falling letters show the territories he
A Person responsible 1 George Elliot
lost on his way back from Leipzig
for Protestant
movement 5. Minerals formed from solidification of molten
B First printing press 2 Martin Luther matter in the crack, crevices, faults or joints
developed by are found in which types of rocks?
(a) Stratified rocks
C Important novelist 3 Marco Polo
(b) Igneous and metamorphic rocks
D He brought 4 Johann (c) Sedimentary rocks
printing to Italy Gutenburg
(d) None of the above
410
OR
Which of the following is not a source of Fresh
water?
(a) Groundwater (b) Brackish water
(c) Precipitation (d) Glaciers
6. White Revolution involves improvement in the
production of which of the following products?
(a) Cotton (b) Wheat
(c) Maize or corn (d) Milk
7. Considering everything we can say that a
democratic government is better than its
alternatives in at least one aspect; which aspect
is it?
OR
Which are the basic objectives of a federal
system of government?
8. Which among the following countries is a
perfect example of accommodation of social
diversity?
ia
(a) Sri Lanka (b) Belgium
er
(c) Iran (d) Pakistan
9. Which of the following countries is the
at
example of two-party system?
ym
(a) USA (b) UK
(c) India (d) Both (a) and (b)
10. When and under whose leadership was
ud
Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP) formed?
(a) 1982, Mayawati (b) 1984, Kanshi Ram
st
(c) 1985, Mulayam Singh Yadav
(d) 1986, Bhajanlal
ity
11. What is leading to the breakdown of caste
hierarchy?
al
(a) Large-scale urbanization
qu
(b) Growth of literacy and education
(c) Occupational mobility
(d) All of the above
@
12. In which of these countries, the participation
of women in politics is small?
(a) Sweden (b) Norway
(c) India (d) Finland
OR
Which of the following sentences is correct?
(a) The Catholics in Northern Ireland were
represented by Nationalist parties.
(b) They demanded that Northern Ireland
should be unified with the Republic of
Ireland.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(c) Republic of Ireland was a predominantlya
Catholic country.
(d) All of the above
13. Correct the following statement and rewrite :
Power can be shared among governments at
different levels – a general government for
the entire country and governments at the
provincial or regional level. Such a general
government for the entire country is usually
am
called local government.
OR
Political power is shared between governments
gr
at different levels in Sri Lanka, but was
refused in Belgium. Sri Lanka practices federal
le
division of power.
te
14. What did the rebellious nationalities of the
Balkans think of their freedom struggle?
l_
15. Which of the following best defines a Jobber?
(a) Employed by industrialists to get new
recruits
(b) Old trusted worker
(c) Person of authority and power
(d) Controlled lives of workers
16. First country to undergo industrial revolution
is _______
(a) Japan (b) Britain
(c) Germany (d) France
OR
What was the first symbol of the new era of
the factory system?
(a) Jute (b) Cotton
(c) Wheat (d) None of these
17. People are engaged in _______ to produce
goods and services.
(a) Work (b) Income
(c) Economic activities (d) Growth
18. Double coincidence of wants is a feature of
_______
(a) Money
(b) Barter system of exchange
(c) Market
(d) Economy
19. Money acts as an intermediate in the exchange
process hence it is called _______
(a) Store of value
(b) Standard of measurement
(c) Medium of exchange
(d) None
Practice Paper-3
20. In the question given below there are two
statements marked as Assertion (A) and
Reason (R). Read the statements and choose
the correct option.
Assertion (A) : As per 2018 data 50% of the
Indian working population is engaged in
agriculture.
Reason ( R) : That means globalization has
affected this sector positively
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct
explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the
correct explanation of A.
(c) A is correct R is wrong.
(b) A is wrong but R is correct.
SECTION - B
21. What were the causes of withdrawal of the
Non -Cooperation Movement ? Explain.
OR
How did the Salt Satyagraha become an
er
effective tool of resistance against British?
at
22. Why did the British government curb the
freedom of the Indian press after the revolt of
ym
1857?
OR
ud
Why cheap and affordable credit is important
for country’s development?
st
23. Read the sources given below and answer the
questions that follow:
ity
Religious reforms and Public debates
From the early nineteenth century, there were
al
intense debates around religious issues. Different
groups confronted the changes happening
qu
within colonial society in different ways, and
offered a variety of new interpretations of the
@
beliefs of different religions.
Some criticised existing practices and
campaigned for reform, while others countered
the arguments of reformers.
These debates were carried out in public and
in print. Printed tracts and newspapers not
only spread the new ideas, but they shaped
the nature of the debate. A wider public could
now participate in these public discussions and
express their views.
(a) How print media influenced public
debates?
411
(b) How did print media made the debates
more broad based?
(c) Over all what has been the influence of
print media on thinking process of the
public.
24. What is pipeline transportation? What are its
merits and demerits?
OR
Give a short account of one major iron ore
am
belts in India.
25. What are the main causes of land degradation
gr
in Gujarat, Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh?
How can it be checked?
le
26. Differentiate between “Coming together
te
federation” and “Holding together’ federation”.
27. Explain the attitude of the Indian merchants
l_
and the industrialists towards the Civil
ia Disobedience Movement.
28. Explain the contribution of textile industry in
the Indian economy.
OR
“The pace of change has been rapid in
modern times and has impacted the ways of
communication as well.” In light of the given
statement explain the role of a variety of means
of communication that are used in India in the
currents times.
SECTION - C
29. Describe the explosive conditions prevailing
in Balkans after 1871 in Europe.
OR
Why is agriculture called the mainstay of the
Indian economy?
30. Read the following passage and answer the
questions that follow :
Manufacturing sector is considered the
backbone of development in general and
economic development in particular mainly
because–
• M anufacturing industries not only help
in modernizing agriculture, which forms
the backbone of our economy, they also
reduce the heavy dependence of people on
agricultural income by providing them jobs
in secondary and tertiary sectors.
412
• I ndustrial development is a precondition for
eradication of unemployment and poverty
from our country. This was the main
philosophy behind public sector industries
and joint sector ventures in India. It was
also aimed at bringing down regional
disparities by establishing industries in
tribal and backward areas.
• E  xport of manufactured goods expands
trade and commerce, and brings in much
needed foreign exchange.
(a) What is the importance of the manufacturing
sector?
(b) How industrial development helps other
sectors of the economy?
(c)  How industrial development helps in
unemployment?
31. How can the relationship between politics and
religion be beneficial and problematic at the
same time? Explain.
32. What is a multi-party system? Explain its
er
merits and demerits.
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
OR
How does democracy produce an accountable,
responsive and legitimate government?
Discuss by giving five reasons.
33. What is average income? What is its
importance? Mention its limitations related to
development.
34. Why is there an urgent need to protect
workers in the organized sector?
am
MAP SKILL BASED QUESTION
gr
35. (a) On the given political map of India
identify the following
le
(i) Place of 1916 Indigo planters movement.
te
(ii)  Place where Gandhiji’s salt march
(1930) ended.
l_
(iii) Place of Cotton mills works Satyagraha?
ia (b) Identify any three of the following
(i) Nagarjuna Sagar Dam
(ii) A major coffee producer state
(iii) Singrauli thermal power station
 PRACTICE PAPER
(Unsolved)
4
General Instructions :
(i) The question paper has 35 questions in all.

SOLVED
(ii) Marks are indicated against each question.
(iii) Questions from serial number 1 to 20 are objective type questions. Each question carries one mark. Answer them

am
as instructed.
(iv) Questions from serial number 21 to 28 are 3 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
80 words each.

gr
(v) Questions from serial number 29 to 34 are 5 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
120 words each.

le
(vi) Question number 35 is a map question of 6 marks with two parts - 35a, from History (2 marks) and 35b,

te
from Geography (4 marks).

l_
Time allowed : 3 hours  Maximum marks : 80

SECTION - A ia4. What is the rearing of silkworms for the

1. Arrange the following as they appeared in production of silk called?
er
history (a) Horticulture (b) Pisciculture
(a) Rinderpest epidemic in Africa (c) Sericulture (d) Agriculture
at

(b) The Great economic Depression 5. Which of the following rocks consists of a
single mineral?
ym

(c) Abolishing of indentured labor migration

(d) Indian Independence (a) Granite (b) Basalt
2. Match the books and authors (c) Limestone (d) Sandstone
ud

Books Authors OR
Which of the following is considered to be an
st

A Anandamath i Mahatma Gandhi

environment friendly fuel?
B The Folklore of ii Bankim Chandra
ity

(a) Peat (b) Coal

Southern India Chattopadhyay
(c) Petroleum (d) Natural gas
al

C Hind Swaraj iii Tarinicharan

6. Which of these is not a good option for a
Chattopadhyay
qu

democratic state?
D Bharatbarsher iv Natesa sastri (a) One-party system
Itihas
(b) Two-party system
@

3. Which of the following in true with reference (c) Multi-party system

to Satyagraha? (d) None of the above
(A) It emphasized the muscle power 7. Correct the following statement and rewrite:
(B) It emphasized the Power of truth
In Belgium the leaders took the standard
(C) Gandhiji successfully fought the racist
path. They recognized the superiority of the
regime of South Africa with the novel
majority and ignored the existence of regional
method.
differences and cultural diversities.
(a) Only A is true.
(b) Only B is true. OR
(c) Both A and B are true. Between 1970 and 1993, the Belgian leaders
(d) Both B and C are true. amended their constitution four times so as to
414
work out an arrangement of supremacy of the
dominant social group to enable everyone to
live together within the same country.
8. Who chooses the candidates for contesting
elections in India?
(a) Members and supporters of the party
(b) Top party leadership
(c) The existing government
(d) None of these
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
12. Which community in India was in a more or
less similar position as that of Blacks in USA?
(a) Brahmins (b) Dallits
(c) Vaishyas (d) Kshatriyas
OR
Which of the following subjects is not included
in the Union list?
(a) Defence (b) Foreign affairs

am
9. Look at the advertisements given below; can (c) Police (d) Banking
you tell why the image Maharaja Ranjit Singh 13. Although averages are useful for comparing
was put on a Manchester label? different aspects of countries, yet they hide

gr
many disparities. Explain.

le
OR

te
Describe the important problems, that has
been created by globalization for the large

l_
number of small producers and workers.
14. Primary Sector is also known as ______.
ia
(a) Agriculture and its related activities
er
(b) Agriculture
(c) Economy (d) Dairy
at

15. Match the terms and definition

ym

Column A Column B
A Male to i The maximum age
Female up to which a child is
ud

Ratio expected to live at birth

is called life expectancy.
st

B Life ii The percentage of

ity

expectancy people of a particular

area aged 7 years
10. In Indian politics, where are the seats reserved
al

or above, who can

for women?
read write with
qu

(a) Lok Sabha

understanding.
(b) State Legislative Assemblies
(c) Cabinets C Infant iii The number of
@

(d) Panchayati Raj bodies Mortality children who die before

Ratio completing one year
11. Which of these sentences is not true?
out of 1000 births
(a) Democracy involves competition among
various political parties. D Literacy iv Number of females
(b) Their competition tends to unite the rate per thousand males is
country if they compete in terms of called sex ratio.
existing social divisions. 16. Assertion (A) : While production in all the
(c) Social divisions change into political three sectors has increased it has increase the
division and lead to conflict, violence etc. maximum in tertiary sector.
(d) Political division can even lead to the Reason (R) : Economy grows faster when
disintegration the country. there is value addition
Practice Paper-4
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct
explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the
correct explanation of A.
(c) A is correct R is wrong.
(d) A is wrong but R is correct.
17. In India, who issues the currency notes on
behalf of the central government?
(a) Reserve Bank of India
(b) State Bank of India
(c) Finance Minister of India
(d) None
18. Money is called the medium of exchange
because ______
(a) money is given or taken
(b) money acts as an intermediate in
transaction
(c) money leads to market fluctuations
(d) money leads to expanding economy
er
18. A cheque is a paper ______ the bank to pay
a specific amount from the person’s account
at
to the person in whose name the cheque has
been made.
ym
(a) Instructing (b) Guaranteeing
(c) Authorizing (d) Permitting
ud
19. An MNC is a company that owns or controls
production in more than……….nation.
st
(a) One (b) Two
(c) Three (d) Four
ity
20. Globalization means ______ the domestic
al
economy to the rest of the world.
(a) Disintegration (b) Opening up
qu
(c) Inviting (d) Degrading
@
SECTION - B
21. How did the expansion of British industries
affect the weavers?
OR
“The development of nationalism did not
come about only through was and territorial
expansion. Culture played an important role
in creating the idea of the nation” Elaborate
upon the statement.
22. Describe any three economic hardship faced
by Europe in 1830s.
415
OR
Why did the poor peasants join the Civil
Disobedience Movement (1930-34). Why
could not the Congress give full support to
their demand?
23. Read the sources given below and answer the
questions that follow:
Print Culture and the French Revolution
Many historians have argued that print culture
am
created the conditions within which French
Revolution occurred. Can we make such a
gr
connection? Print popularised the ideas of the
Enlightenment thinkers.
le
Collectively, their writings provided a critical
commentary on tradition, superstition and
te
despotism. They argued for the rule of reason
rather than custom, and demanded that
l_
everything be judged through the application of
ia reason and rationality.
They attacked the sacred authority of the
Church and the despotic power of the state, thus
eroding the legitimacy of a social order based
on tradition.
The writings of Voltaire and Rousseau were
read widely; and those who read these books
saw the world through new eyes, eyes that were
questioning, critical and rational.
(a) How did print culture help in the French
Revolution?
(b) What were the topics of the writings.
(c) What effect did the writings had?
24. What is pipeline transportation? Give two
merits and demerits of the it.
OR
(i) How are integrated steel plants different
from mini steel plants?
(ii) What problems does the industry face?
(iii) What recent developments have led to a
rise in the production capacity?
25. Explain the geographical conditions required
for the cultivation of pulses.
26. Distinguish between overlapping and cross-
cutting social differences with examples.
27. Compare the employment conditions of workers
in the organized sector and the unorganized
sector.
416
28. Why should we use renewable energy
resources? Explain with arguments.
OR
Answers of the following questions :
(i) How do industries pollute the environment?
(ii) Discuss the steps to be taken to minimize
environmental degradation by industry?
SECTION - C
29. “Napoleon had destroyed democracy in
France, but in the administrative field he had
incorporated revolutionary principles in
order to make the whole system more rational
and efficient.” Analyze the statement with
arguments.
OR
Describe any five factors responsible for the
ia32. How can the formal sector loans be made
concentration of iron and steel industry in and
er
around Chotanagpur Plateau region.
at
30. Read the following paragraph and answer the
questions that follow :
ym
Thermal pollution of water occurs when hot
water from factories and thermal plants is
ud
drained into rivers and ponds before cooling.
What would be the effect on aquatic life?
st
Dumping of wastes specially glass, harmful
chemicals, industrial effluents, packaging, salts
ity
and garbage renders the soil useless. Rain water
percolates to the soil carrying the pollutants
al
to the ground and the ground water also gets
qu
contaminated.
Water pollution is caused by organic and
@
inorganic industrial wastes and effluents
discharged into rivers. The main culprits in
this regard are paper, pulp, chemical, textile
and dyeing, petroleum refineries, tanneries
and electroplating industries that let out dyes,
detergents, acids, salts and heavy metals
like lead and mercury pesticides, fertilizers,
synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and
rubber, etc. into the water bodies. Fly ash,
phospo- gypsum and iron and steel slags are the
major solid wastes in India.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
Air pollution is caused by the presence of high
proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur
dioxide and carbon monoxide. Airborne
particulate materials contain both solid and
liquid particles like dust, sprays mist and
smoke. Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper
factories, brick kilns, refineries and smelting
plants, and burning of fossil fuels in big and
am
small factories that ignore pollution norms.
(a) How thermal pollution affects aquatic
life?
gr
(b) What is water pollution? How can we
le
prevent it?
(c) How can we prevent air pollution?
te
31. “Social diversity in a country need not be seen
l_
as a source of danger”. Explain.
beneficial for poor farmers and workers?
Suggest any five measures.
OR
 apid improvement in technology has been
R
an important factor in stimulating the process
of globalization. Justify with examples
33. What were the consumers of majoritation
politics in Sri Lanka?
34. Apart from income which other six things
people look for in growth and development?
MAP SKILL BASED QUESTION
35. (a) On the given political map of India
identify the following
(i) Place of Congress sessions held in
December 1920.
(ii)  Place where the Chauri Choura
incident occurred.
(iii) Place of Kheda Peasant Satyagraha?
(b) Identify any three of the following :
(i) Hirakud Dam
(ii) A major jute producer state
(iii) Namrup thermal power station
(iv) Rajiv Gandhi International airport
@
Practice Paper-4

qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
417
 PRACTICE PAPER
(Unsolved)
5
General Instructions :
(i) The question paper has 35 questions in all.

SOLVED
(ii) Marks are indicated against each question.
(iii) Questions from serial number 1 to 20 are objective type questions. Each question carries one mark. Answer them

am
as instructed.
(iv) Questions from serial number 21 to 28 are 3 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
80 words each.

gr
(v) Questions from serial number 29 to 34 are 5 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
120 words each.

le
(vi) Question number 35 is a map question of 6 marks with two parts - 35a, from History (2 marks) and 35b,

te
from Geography (4 marks).

l_
Time allowed : 3 hours  Maximum marks : 80

SECTION - A ia (a) Coal (b) Potash salt

1. What does ‘Absolutist’ mean? (c) Iron ore (d) Sulphur
er
(a) A Philosophy (b) A Theory OR
(c) Monarchical Government Under which of the following type of resource
at

(d) A Painting can tidal energy be put?

2. Who was the leader of the peasants in the (a) Replenishable (b) Abiotic
ym

Gudem Hills? (c) Human-made (d) Non-recyclable

(a) Alluri Sitaram Raju 6. Which of the following industries is in private
ud

(b) Baba Ramchandra sector?

(c) Venkata Raju (d) None of these (a) Dabur (b) BHEL
(c) SAIL (d) HINDALCO
st

3. Match the following items given in column A

with those in column B. 7. What are the parties which are given the
ity

Column A Column B special privilege of ‘election symbol’ and other

facilities?
A Diamond Sutra i Ukiyo art form
al

(a) ‘Identified’ by the Election Commission

B Kitagawa ii Parchment made
(b) ‘Recognized’ by the Election Commission
qu

Utamaro from skin of (c) ‘Patronized’ by the Election Commission

animals (d) ‘Attached’ by the Election Commission
@

C Vellum iii Jyotiba Phule

OR
D Sacchi iv Oldest Japanese
Kavitayan book Which of these is not a good option for a
democratic state?
4. Which of the following are known as coarse
(a) One-party system (b) Two-party system
grains?
(c) Multi-party system (d) None of the above
(a) Wheat and Rice
(b) Millets—Jowar, bajra and ragi 8. Complete the following table
(c) Pulses—urad, arhar, gram Kharif Yearly Example Ideal
(d) Oilseeds crop rainfall Temperature
5. Which of the following sedimentary minerals required required
is formed as a result of evaporation, especially (A) - ? (B) - ? Moderate
in arid regions? rainy
Practice Paper-5 419
9. The percentage of elected women members 15. From 1973 to 2003 which of the following
in the Lok Sabha has never reached what per sectors has grown considerably: -
cent of its total strength? (a) No sector has grown
(a) 25% (b) 15% (b) Secondary
(c) 10% (d) 5% (c) Agriculture
10. What is meant by gender division’? (d) Tertiary
(a) Division between men and poor OR
(b) Division between males and females Biscuits for the consumer in the market is a
(c) Division between educated and uneducated _______

am
(d) None of the above (a) Final good (b) Intermediate good
11. Which of these sentences is not correct about (c) Good (d) Services

gr
the “Black Power Movement”? 16. BMI Stands for :
(a) It emerged in 1966 (a) Body Mass Index

le
(b) It lasted till 1975 (b) Bureau Mass Index
(c) It was a more militant movement

te
(c) Below Measure Index
(d) It advocated peaceful methods (d) None of these

l_
12. Why were the images of gods and goddesses 17. Credit (loan) refers to an agreement in which
put on imported cloth? ia the lender supplies the borrower with money,
OR goods or services in return for the promise of
er
Men spend less time in which category of _______
work than women? (a) Future payment (b) Payment made
at

(c) No payment (d) Security

13. Spot the mistake and rewrite the correct
18. Assertion (A) : While production in all the
ym

statement :
three sectors has increased it has increase the
In Sri Lanka in 1956, an Act was passed to
maximum in tertiary sector.
recognize Tamil as the only official language,
ud

thus disregarding Sinhala. Reason ( R) : This is a problem unique to the

Indian economy
OR
st

(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct

In Sri Lanka the governments followed explanation of A.
ity

preferential policies that favored Tamil (b) Both A and R are true but R is not the
applicants for university positions and correct explanation of A.
al

government jobs. A new constitution (c) A is correct R is wrong

qu

stipulated that the state shall protect and foster (d) A is wrong but R is correct
Buddhism.
19. What came into existence in 1991?
@

14. Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment
Act., It is an important act based on anti
poverty measures. Which of the following is
correct about it?
(a) It guarantees 100 days of paid work, it was
first implemented in 2009
(b) It guarantees 200 days of paid work, it was
first implemented in 2005
(c) It guarantees 200 days of paid work, it was
first implemented in 2009
(d) It guarantees 100 days of paid work, it was
first implemented in 2005
(a) New Economic policy
(b) World Trade Organization
(c) GATT
(d) None
OR
Globalization is the process of rapid
integration or ______ between countries.
(a) Interconnection (b) Interdisciplinary
(c) Inter-location (d) Intra-location
20. World Trade Organization’s aim is to liberalize
______
420
(a) International Trade
(b) Domestic Trade
(c) Trade
(d) None
SECTION - B
21. Describe any three steps taken by French
revolutionaries to create a sense of collective
identity amongst the French people.
OR
Explain the efforts of Dr B.R. Ambedkar for
the political empowerment of the Dalits.
22. Dense and efficient network of transport
is a pre-requisite for local and national
development. Analyze the statement.
OR
Write a note on the changing nature of the
international trade in the last fifteen years.
ia
23. Read the sources given below and answer the
er
questions that follow :
Children Women and Workers
at
Women became important as readers as well
ym
as writers. Penny magazines were especially
meant for women, as were manuals teaching
proper behaviour and housekeeping.
ud
When novels began to be written in the
nineteenth century, women were seen as
st
important readers. Some of the best known
ity
novelists were women: Jane Austen, the Bronte
sisters, George Eliot.
al
Their writings became important in defining a
new type of woman: a person with will, strength
qu
of personality, determination and the power to
think.
@
(a) Which magazines were specially made for
women?
(b) Who were the women writers.
(c) What kind of women characters were
portrayed in the novels?
24. Suggest any thee measures to reduce industrial
pollution of freshwater resources.
OR
Explain how water has become a non-
renewable resource and we are facing a water
shortage?
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
25. Why is it necessary to conserve mineral
resources? Explain any three ways.
26. Describe the power sharing arrangement
made in Belgium.
27. “Technology has stimulated the process of
globalization”. Justify
28. Describe any five factors that led to the end of
Bretton Woods System and the beginning of
globalization.
am
OR
Why do developed countries want developing
gr
countries to liberalize their trade and
investment? What do you think should the
le
developing countries demand in return?
te
SECTION - C
l_
29. “Nationalism spreads when people begin to
believe that they are all part of the same nation.”
Support the statement with arguments.
OR
What steps did the French revolutionaries
take to create a sense of collective identity
among the French people?
30. Read the following passage and answer the
questions that follow-
Waterways are the cheapest means of transport.
They are most suitable for carrying heavy and
bulky goods.
It is a fuel-efficient and environment friendly
mode of transport. India has inland navigation
waterways of 14,500 km in length. Out of these
only 5685 km are navigable by mechanized
vessels. Some of the waterways declared as the
National Waterways by the Government are :
The Ganga river between Allahabad and
Haldia (1620 km)-N.W. No. 1
The Brahmaputra river between Sadiya and
Dhubri (891 km)-N.W. No. 2
The West-Coast Canal in Kerala (Kottapurma-
Kollam, Udyogamandal and Champakkara
canals-205 km) – N.W. No. 3
(a) Among all the ways of travel which is the
cheapest?
(b) What are some of the benefits of
waterways?
(c) Which is longest water-way route?
Practice Paper-5
31. What is liberalization? Explain its effects on
the Indian economy.
32. Describe any five distinct characteristics of
arid soil.
OR
Describe how communities have conserved
and protected forests and wildlife in India?
33. “No political system is ideal for all countries
421
MAP SKILL BASED QUESTION
35. (a) On the given political map of India
identify the following
(i) Place of 1917, Peasants Movement
(ii) Place of 1918 Cotton Mill Workers
Satyagraha.
(iii) 1927 Congress session.
(b) Identify the following on the map.
(i) A major tea producer state

am
and all situations”. Justify the statement. (ii) Salem Iron and Steel plant
34. What are the features of a good democracy? (iii) Haldia port

gr
le
te
l_
ia
er
at
ym
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@
CBSE SAMPLE PAPER 2019-20
(Solved)
(Solved)
General Instructions :
(i) The question paper has 35 questions in all.

SOLVED
(ii) Marks are indicated against each question.
(iii) Questions from serial number 1 to 20 are objective type questions. Each question carries one mark. Answer them

am
as instructed.
(iv) Questions from serial number 21 to 28 are 3 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
80 words each.

gr
(v) Questions from serial number 29 to 34 are 5 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed
120 words each.

le
(vi) Question number 35 is a map question of 6 marks with two parts - 35a, from History (2 marks) and 35b,

te
from Geography (4 marks).

l_
Time allowed : 3 hours  Maximum marks : 80

SECTION - A Which of the following aspect best signifies

ia
1. Match the following items given in column A this image of ‘Germania’?
er
with those in column B. Choose the correct (a) Heroism and Justice
answer from the options given below: (b) Folk and Cultural Tradition
at

Column A Column B (c) Austerity and Asceticism

A. Rashsundari 1. Chhote Aur Bade (d) Revenge and Vengeance
ym

Debi Ka Sawal 4. Who was called as the architect of Germany’s

B. Sudarshan Chakr 2. Kesari unification?
C. Kashibaba 3. Amar Jiban
ud

5. Which one of the following is an example of

D. Bal Gangadhar Tilak 4. Sacchi Kavitayen Cultivable Wasteland?
2. Identify the appropriate reason for the formation (a) Gross cropped Area
st

of the party from the options given below : (b) Uncultivable Land
ity

(a) Wanted members of Congress to return to (c) Barren Wasteland

Council Politics (d) Current fallow Land
al

(b) Wanted members of Congress to ask for

Poorna Swaraj for Indians 6. Complete the following table with correct
qu

(c) Wanted members of Congress to ask information with regard to the cultivation of rice :
Dominion State for India Rice Annual Cropping Temperature
rain fall season required for its
@

(d) Wanted members of Congress to oppose

Simon Commission required growth (in
degrees)
3. Study the picture and answer the question that
100 cm (A) - ? (B) - ?
follows :
7. Being a tropical country, India has enormous
possibilities of tapping solar energy. Suggest
any one way to popularize its maximum use.
OR
A concerted effort has to be made for
sustainable development. Suggest any one step
in conserving our mineral resources for the
future.
CBSE Sample Paper
8. Correct the following statement and rewrite :
In Srilanka, an Act was passed in 1956 to
recognise Tamil as the only official language,
disregarding Sinhala.
OR
Belgium is a small country in Europe and
share borders with France, Italy, Germany and
Luxembourg.
9. Which of the following option best signifies
423
(b) Present generation fulfills its needs while
considering the needs of the future
generation as well.
(c) It means utilization of natural resources
by the past, present and forthcoming
future generation.
(d) To meet the needs of the future generations
even if the needs of the present generation
go unmet.

am
this cartoon? 14. One of the best ways to reduce over usage of
ground water is _________.
15. Which of the following profession belongs to

gr
the Tertiary Sector of economy?
(a) Fisherman (b) Farmer

le
(c) Factory worker (d) Teacher

te
16. The number of deaths of children less than
one year of age per 1000 live births is referred

l_
as _________.
ia OR
The total number of children of age group 14
er
(a) Demand for separate state from and 15 years attending school as a percentage
Democratic Government of total number of children in the same age
at

(b) Democratic Government is facing group is referred as _________.

territorial issues with the bordering states 17. Find the Incorrect option :
ym

(c) Democratic Government is coping

(a) Demand deposit share the essential
with multiple pressures through
accommodation features of money
(b) With demand deposit payments can be
ud

(d) Democratic Government accepts

demands based on separate state made without cash
(c) Demand deposits are safe way of money
st

10. The representation of women in Indian

Parliament is still low as compared to transformation
ity

European countries because _________. (d) Demand deposit facility is like cheque
OR 18. Arrange the following in the correct sequence–
al

The Constitution of India provides to all (i) Transporting cloth to the workshops
individuals and communities freedom to (ii) Sale in shops and showrooms
qu

profess, practice and propagate any religion (iii) Spinning the yarn
because _________. (iv) Weaving of the fabric
@

11. Who presides over the meeting of the
Municipal Corporation?
OR
Which government has the power to legislate
on ‘Residuary’ subjects in India?
12. Mention the formula to calculate the BMI
(Body Mass Index).
13. Which of the following statement defines
Sustainable Development?
(a) Sustainable use of natural resources
without considering the need of the future
generation.
(a) (i), (iv), (iii), (ii) (b) (iii), (iv), (i), (ii)
(c) (iv), (i), (ii), (iii) (d) (iii), (iv), (ii), (i)
19. In the question given below, there are two
statements marked as Assertion (A) and
Reason (R). Read the statements and choose
the correct option:
Assertion (A) : Not every goods or service
that is produced and sold needs to be counted
to know the total production in each sector.
Reason (R) : The value of final goods already
includes the value of all the intermediate
goods.
424
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct
explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the
correct explanation of A.
(c) A is correct but R is wrong.
(d) A is wrong but R is correct.
20. Rita has taken a loan of Rs. 7 lakhs from the
bank to purchase a car. The annual interest
rate on 1 the loan is 14.5 per cent and the
loan is to be repaid in 3 years in monthly
installments. The bank retained the papers
of the new car as collateral, which will be
returned to Rita only when she repays the
entire loan with interest.
Analyse the loan information given above,
considering one of the following correct
option.
(a) Mode of re-payment
(b) Terms of credit
ia
(c) Interest on loan (d) Deposit criteria
er
SECTION - B
at
21. Describe the famous incidence of Jallianwala
ym
Bagh.
OR
Describe the role of Alluri Sitaram Raju in
ud
Andhra Pradesh during 1920s.
22. Why did European flee to America in
st
nineteenth century? Explain.
ity
OR
Why did merchants move to the countryside
al
Europe during the seventeenth and eighteenth
qu
centuries? Explain.
23. Read the sources given below and answer the
@
questions that follows :
Source A : Religious Debates and the Fear of
Print
Print created the possibility of wide circulation
of ideas, and introduced a new world of debate
and discussion. Even those who disagreed
with established authorities could now print
and circulate their ideas. Through the printed
message, they could persuade people to think
differently, and move them to action. This had
significance in different spheres of life.
Source B : The Reading Mania
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
The ideas of scientists and philosophers
now became more accessible to the common
people. Ancient and medieval scientific texts
were compiled and published, and maps and
scientific diagrams were widely printed. When
scientists like Isaac Newton began to publish
their discoveries, they could influence a much
wider circle of scientifically minded readers.
The writings of thinkers such as Thomas Paine,
Voltaire and Jean Jacques Rousseau were also
am
widely printed and read. Thus their ideas about
science, reason and rationality found their way
into popular literature.
gr
Source C : Print Culture and the French
le
Revolution
Print popularised the ideas of the Enlightenment
te
thinkers. Collectively, their writings provided a
critical commentary on tradition, superstition
l_
and despotism. They argued for the rule of
reason rather than custom, and demanded that
everything be judged through the application
of reason and rationality. They attacked the
sacred authority of the Church and the despotic
power of the state, thus eroding the legitimacy of
a social order based on tradition. The writings
of Voltaire and Rousseau were read widely;
and those who read these books saw the world
through new eyes, eyes that were questioning,
critical and rational.
(a) Evaluate the effectiveness of Print in the
transmission of ideas and cultures.
(b) To what extent do you agree that scientific
ideas were circulated through Print. Give only
one aspect.
(c) 
To what extent did print culture create
conditions for French Revolution ? Cite any
one evidence to support your answer.
24. “Energy saved is energy produced”. Support
the statement with suitable examples.
OR
“India has fairly rich and varied mineral
resources across different regions.” Support
the statement with examples.
25. Describe any three features of Indian
Federalism.
26. Describe the role of Political Parties in India.
27. Why do we need to expand formal sources of
credit in India? Explain.
@
qu
al
ity
st
ud
ym
at
er
ia
l_
te
le
gr
am
426 CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10

Answers
1. A - 3, B - 4, C - 1, D - 2 15. (d) : Teacher
2. (a) : Wanted members of Congress to return 16. Infant mortality rate (IMR)
to Council Politics
OR
3. (a) : Heroism and Justice
Net Attendance Ratio
4. Otto Von Bismarck
17. (d) : Demand deposit facility is like cheque

am
5. (b) : Uncultivable Land
18. (b) : (iii), (iv), (i), (ii)
6. A. Kharif Cropping Season
19. (a) : Both A and R are true and R is the correct
B. 16°C – 27°C

gr
explanation of A.
7. Making people aware about renewable energy 20. (b) : Terms of Credit

le
resources/use of rooftop solar panels/solar street
lighting system 21. Jallianwalla Bagh incident.

te
(i) On 13 April, Jallianwalla Bagh incident took
OR place.

l_
Improved technologies/ Recycling of metals/ (ii) On that day a crowd of villagers who had
Using scrap metals and other substitutes come to Amritsar to attend a fair gathered in the
ia
8. In Srilanka, an Act was passed in 1956 to enclosed ground of Jallianwalla Bagh.
er
recognise Sinhala as the only official language, (iii) Being from outside the city, they were unaware
disregarding Tamil. of the martial law that had been imposed.
at

OR (iv) Dyer entered the area, blocked the exit points,

ym

and opened fire on the crowd, killing hundreds.

Belgium is a small country in Europe and share
borders with France, the Netherlands, Germany OR
and Luxembourg.
ud

Role of Alluri Sitaram Raju in the Gudem hills of

9. (c) : Democratic Government is coping with Andhra Pradesh
multiple pressures through accommodation
st

(i) Alluri Sitaram Raju claimed that he had a

10. Lack of legally imposed quotas or reservation variety of special powers like making astrological
ity

policy at central level predictions, healing people and surviving bullet

OR shots.
al

(ii) The rebels proclaimed him as an incarnation

India is a secular country
qu

of God.
11. The Mayor / Municipal Commissioner/ (iii) Raju was inspired by Gandhiji’s Non-
Alderman
@

OR
Union Government
12. BMI (Body Mass Index) : Weight of person in
kg and height in metres is taken. Divide the weight
by the square of the height.
13. (b) : Present generation fulfills its needs while
considering the needs of the future generation as
well.
14. Implementation of stringent policies to
control misuse of water
Cooperation Movement.
(iv) Persuaded people to wear khadi and give up
drinking.
(v) But at the same time he asserted that India
could be liberated only by the use of force, not
non-violence.
(vi) Used guerrilla warfare for achieving swaraj.
22. European flee to America in 19th century
(i) Poverty and hunger were common in Europe.
(ii) Cities were crowded and deadly diseases were
widespread.
CBSE Sample Paper
(iii) Religious conflicts were common and
religious dissenters were persecuted.
(iv) Plantations were worked on by slaves.
OR
Merchants moved to the countryside Europe
(i) Expansion of world trade and the acquisition
of colonies.
(ii) Powerful urban craft and trade guilds did not
allow expansion of production in towns.
(iii) Producers regulated production, competition,
prices.
(iv) Rulers also granted different guilds the
monopoly right to produce and trade in specific
products.
(v) It was therefore difficult for new merchants
to set up business in towns. So they turned to the
countryside.
23. (a) Print introduced a new world of debate
and discussion which led to the beginning of the
er
Protestant Reformation with the contribution of
at
Martin Luther.
(b) Newspapers, journals, chapbooks and other
ym
medium popularised the scientific ideas of scientist
and philosophers like Isaac Newton,Thomas Paine,
ud
Voltaire and Jean Jacques Rousseau.
(c) (i) Print popularised the ideas of the
st
Enlightenment thinkers.
(ii) All values, norms and institutions were re-
ity
evaluated and discussed.
(iii) It led to the growth of hostile sentiments
al
against the French monarchy.
qu
24. Energy saved is energy produced”.
(i) Promotion of energy conservation and
@
increased use of renewable energy sources are the
twin planks of sustainable energy.
(ii) India is presently one of the least energy
efficient countries in the world.
(iii) We have to adopt a cautious approach for the
judicious use of our limited energy resources.
(iv) Using public transport systems instead of
individual vehicles.
(v) Switching off electricity when not in use.
(iv) Using power-saving devices and using non-
conventional sources of energy.
427
OR
“India has fairly rich and varied mineral resources
across different regions.”
(i) Peninsular rocks contain most of the reserves
of coal, metallic minerals, mica and many other
non-metallic minerals.
(ii) Sedimentary rocks on the western and eastern
flanks of the peninsula, in Gujarat and Assam have
most of the petroleum deposits.
am
(iii) Rajasthan with the rock systems of the
peninsula, has reserves of many non-ferrous
gr
minerals. The vast alluvial plains of North India
are almost devoid of economic minerals.
le
25. (i) Indian federalism is a threefold distribution
te
based on three lists:
(I) Union List on which centre makes laws such
l_
as defence, currency, etc.
ia(II) State List on which state makes laws such as
police, trade, agriculture, etc.
(III) Concurrent List on which both Centre and
State Legislates such as education, marriage, etc.
(ii) Centre legislate on ‘residuary’ subjects
(iii) High Courts and the Supreme Court sorts out
the dispute between centre and state.
26. Role of Political Parties
(i) Parties contest election
(ii) Parties put forward different policies and
programmes
(iii) Parties form and run the govt.
(iv) Parties that lose in the election play the role of
opposition
(v) Parties shape public opinion
(vi) Parties provide people access to govt.
Machinery and welfare schemes.
27. Expand formal sources
(i) To save people from the exploitation of
Informal sector
(ii) Formal charge a low interest on loans.
(iii) To save from debt trap.
(iv) It provides cheap and affordable credit.
(v) RBI also supervises the formal sector credit
through various rules and regulations which
ensures that banks give loans to small cultivators,
small borrowers, etc. and not just to profit making
business and traders.
428
OR
Banks and cooperative societies need to lend more.
(i) This would lead to higher incomes
(ii) People could borrow cheaply for a variety of
needs.
(iii) They could grow crops and set up small-scale
industries etc.
(iv) Cheap and affordable credit is crucial for the
country’s development.
(v) To save and reduce the dependence on
informal sources of credit.
(vi) It is important that the formal credit is
distributed more equally so that the poor can
benefit from the cheaper loans.
28. Employment generation
(i) People can be employed in projects like
construction of dam/canal/ roads in the village.
(ii) Government invests and employ people in
providing transportation and storage services.
er
(iii) People can be employed in services like
at
banking, trade, etc.
(iv) Government can identify, promote industries
ym
and services in semi-rural areas to enhance
employment.
ud
(v) Government can open centres to give them
training and financial assistance to help them
st
become self – employed.
29. The Balkans
ity
(i) The Balkan was a region of geographical and
al
ethnic variations comprising of modern- day
Romania, Bulgaria, Albania, Greece, Macedonia,
qu
Croatia, Bosnia-Herzegovina Slovenia, Serbia and
Montenegro. The inhabitants were called Slavs.
@
(ii) The spread of romantic nationalism lead to its
disintegration.
(iii) Different Slavic nationalities struggled to
define their identity.
(iv) Balkan region became a region of intense
conflict over expansion of territory.
(v) At the same time, the great European Powers
-Russia, Germany, England and Austro- Hungary
were keen on taking the control of the Balkan
region, since it was important from trade point of
view.
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
(vi) This led to the series of wars in the region and
finally became the cause of the First World War.
OR
The period of 1848 considered as phase of the
Revolution of the Liberals in Europe
(i) Events of February 1848 in France had
brought about the abdication of the monarch and
a republic based on universal male suffrage had
am
been proclaimed.
(ii) Germany, Italy, Poland, the Austro-
Hungarian Empire - men and women of the
gr
liberal middle classes combined their demands for
le
constitutionalism with national unification.
(iii) They took advantage of the growing popular
te
unrest to push their demands for the creation of
l_
a nation-state on parliamentary principles - a
iaconstitution, freedom of the press and freedom of
association.
(iv) In the German regions a large number
of political associations whose members were
middle-class professionals, businessmen and
prosperous artisans came together in the city of
Frankfurt and decided to vote for an all-German
National Assembly.
(v) The middle classes who resisted the demands
of workers and artisans and consequently lost their
support. In the end troops were called in and the
assembly was forced to disband.
(vi) The issue of extending political rights to
women was a controversial one within the liberal
movement, in which large numbers of women had
participated actively over the years.
(vii) Women had formed their own political
associations, founded newspapers and taken part
in political meetings and demonstration.
30. (a) For development, advancement and
globalization
(b) (i) They are the very basis of industries and
trade of country.
(ii) Create job employment opportunities
(iii) Help to grow economy
(iv) Transport maintains the movement of persons
and products from one region to another region of
the country.
CBSE Sample Paper
(v) For sending and receiving messages
(vi) Interlinking world
(vii) Increases awareness among the people at
national level.
(viii) Help in defending the independence and the
national unity of a country
(c) (i) Trade between nation and countries are the
index to its economic prosperity
(ii) It generates employment
(iii) It helps in earning foreign exchange
31. (i) On one hand Industries lead to extensive
industrial growth and expansion, other hand these
are also the cause of environmental degeneration
which prompt to the different type of air, water
pollution.
(ii) There is an increasing requirement to use a
further sustainable model.
(iii) Industries must produce eco-friendly
products and dump wastes responsibly.
er
(iv) Use of latest technology can help industries
at
to control pollution and lead towards sustainable
mode of operation.
ym
(v) Industries use- Reuse-Recycle-Refuse approach.
(vi) If necessary, dump waste in specified places,
ud
away from the land and water sources, for example-
before dumping treat well and make useful for
st
other than drinking purpose,stop using thermal
plants in some of the locations.
ity
32. The accommodative experience of Belgium
for peace and harmony
al
(i) The Path of accommodation adopted in
qu
Belgium
(ii) Dutch and French speaking ministers got
@
equal in the central govt.
(iii) Many Powers of the central government have
been given to state government
(iv) The state Government was not subordinate to
the Central Govt.
(v) Brussels has a separate Govt. in which both
the communities have equal representation.
(vi) There is a third kind of Govt. called
community. Govt. elected by the people belonging
to Dutch, French and German no matter where
they live.
429
33. Democracy is based on the idea of deliberation
and negotiation.
(i) Democracy gives importance to deliberation
and public opinion.
(ii) The democratic government will take more
time to follow procedures before arriving at a
decision.
(iii) Its decisions may be both more acceptable to
the people and more effective.
am
(iv) Democracy ensures that decision making will
be based on norms and procedures.
gr
(v) Transparency as Persons have the right and
the means to examine the process of decision
le
making.
te
(vi) It follows procedures and is accountable to the
people.
l_
(vii) The democratic government develops
iamechanisms for citizens to hold the government
accountable.
(viii) Democratic govt. follows mechanisms for
citizens to take part in decision making whenever
they think fit.
OR
Respect and Equal treatment of women are
necessary ingredients of a democratic society.
(i) Economic independence or access to an
inherited or self-generated income is considered
to be the major means of empowering women.
(ii) Equal political and civil rights as men
(iii) Ways of autonomy and freedom.
(iv) Distributive justice to reduce inequalities in
resources and power.
(v) Love, universal brotherhood, sincerity,
honesty and integrity of character, firm attitude of
rendering help.
(vi) Removing social evils including violence,
torture, humiliation etc.
34. Technology: Rapid improvement in
technology has stimulated the globalisation
process.
(i) This has made much faster delivery of goods
across long distances possible at lower costs.
(ii) Even more remarkable have been the
developments in information and communication
technology.
430
(iii) Technology in the areas of telecommuni-
cations, computers, Internet has been changing
rapidly.
(iv) Telecommunication facilities (telegraph,
telephone including mobile phones, fax) are used
CBSE Champion Social Science Class 10
to contact one another around the world, to access
information instantly, and to communicate from
remote areas.
(v) This has been facilitated by satellite
communication devices.

35. (a) and (b) :

am
Bhakra Nangal

gr
Dam
Noida Software

le
Technology Park

te
l_
Dandi B Paradwip Major
A Sea Port
Chattrapati Shivaji
ia
International Airport
er
Nagpur
at

Kalpakkam Nuclear
Salem Iron and Power Plant
ym

Steel Industry
ud
st
ity
al
qu
@